Page 2 : © 2017 Reserved by SPECTRUM BOOKS PVT. LTD., No part of this publication may be reproduced in any form, or by any means without prior permission of the publishers., ISBN 81-7930-654-2, First published in 1995 by Spectrum India, 23rd Edition 2017, Price: ` 365, Production Coordinator, K.K. Padmanabhan, Assistance in Production, V.R. Krishnadas, Lasertypesetting/Graphics, Shiv Shankar Gupta, Cover Design, Gyana Geetha, , Spectrum India and Spectrum, Books (P) Ltd. have obtained, the information contained in this, book from sources considered, to be reliable. However,, Spectrum India/Spectrum Books, (P) Ltd. or the authors do not, undertake to guarantee the, accuracy or completeness of the, information, and, as such, are, not responsible for any error,, omission or damage arising from, the use of the information. The, authors and publishers are, supplying information, but are, not, offering, professional, services., , Published and Distributed by, , SPECTRUM BOOKS (P) LTD., A1 291, First Floor, Janakpuri, New Delhi 110 058, Phone: 25507922, 25623501, Telefax: 91-11-25611640, e-mail:
[email protected], Visit our websites: www.spectrumbooks.in,, www.spectrumbooksonline.in, All disputes will be subject to Delhi jurisdiction., , Printed at:, Ajanta Printers, New Delhi-110 018
Page 3 :
Editor’s Note, Several books have been written by justly famous authors and, historians of India’s struggle for freedom which is the major, strand in any consideration of the history of Modern India., But these volumes are extensive and in-depth studies, and, often suffer from an overemphasis on one aspect at the cost, of another. The present small effort, however, brings together, various aspects of the turbulent period (from the arrival of, the Europeans on Indian soil and the establishment of British, rule in India to the day India won independence and the early, years of freedom) in a systematic and succinct manner: major, and important details and milestones are effectively discussed, while several relevant but little known details are also, highlighted., It is not just the mainstream freedom struggle that has, been considered; the disparate efforts—small but significant—, of several groups have also been discussed. The political and, socio-economic developments that have influenced the growth, of modern India have been dealt with in independent chapters., The endeavour has been to present complex and truly, vast material in a brief and easy-to-understand manner, and, we hope our readers find the book of use and interest., The present revised edition includes chapters on the, (iii)
Page 4 :
Editor’s Note, advent of the Europeans in India and the British consolidation, of power in India besides incorporating additional information, under several chapters. There are also chapters on the, challenges that a newly independent nation faced in the wake, of a brutal partition. The Nehruvian era is also briefly, discussed. A survey of personalities associated with various, movements, peasant and tribal movements, tables and charts, are also given for quick reference., Suggestions for improvement are welcome., Kalpana Rajaram, , (iv)
Page 5 :
Contents, Unit I, SOURCES AND APPROACHES, Chapter 1, Sources for the History of Modern India, Archival Materials, Central Government Archives, Archives of the State Governments, Archives of Three Presidencies, Archives of Other European Powers, Judicial Records, Published Archives, Private Archives, Foreign Repositories, Biographies, Memoirs and Travel Accounts, Newspapers and Journals, Oral Evidence, Creative Literature, Painting, Summary, , 1, 3, 4, 4, 5, 6, 6, 7, 7, 8, 8, 9, 10, 11, 11, 12, 14, , Chapter 2, Major Approaches to the History of Modern India 15, Colonial Approach/ Historiography, 16, Nationalist Historiography/ Approach, 16, (v)
Page 6 :
Contents, Marxist Historiography/ Approach, Subaltern Approach/ Historiography, Communalist Approach, Cambridge School, Liberal and Neo-Liberal Interpretations, Feminist Historiography, Summary, , 17, 18, 19, 20, 20, 20, 21, , Unit II, ADVENT OF EUROPEANS AND, CONSOLIDATION OF BRITISH, POWER IN INDIA, , 23, , Chapter 3, Advent of the Europeans in India, The Portuguese in India, The Quest for and Discovery of a, Sea Route to India, From Trading to Ruling, Portuguese State, Portuguese Lose Favour with the Mughals, Decline of the Portuguese, Significance of the Portuguese, The Dutch, Dutch Settlements, Anglo-Dutch Rivalry, Decline of the Dutch in India, The English, Charter of Queen Elizabeth I, Progress of the English Company, The French, Foundation of French Centres in India, The Anglo-French Struggle for Supremacy: the, Carnatic Wars, Causes for the English Success and the, French Failure, (vi), , 25, 25, 25, 27, 31, 34, 36, 37, 39, 39, 40, 41, 41, 41, 42, 46, 46, 48, 55
Page 7 :
Contents, The Danes, Why the English Succeeded against, Other European Powers, Structure and Nature of the Trading Companies, Naval Superiority, Industrial Revolution, Military Skill and Discipline, Stable Government, Lesser Zeal for Religion, Use of Debt Market, Summary, Boxes, Portuguese Rise and Fall, Formative Years of the East India Company, Rise and Fall of Dupleix in India, About the Goods in Trade Initially, Chapter 4, India on the Eve of British Conquest, Challenges before the Mughals, External Challenges, Weak Rulers after Aurangzeb—An, Internal Challenge, Causes of Decline of Mughal Empire, Shifting Allegiance of Zamindars, Jagirdari Crisis, Rise of Regional Aspirations, Economic and Administrative Problems, Rise of Regional States, Survey of Regional Kingdoms, Nature and Limitations of Regional States, Socio-Economic Conditions, Agriculture, Trade and Industry, Status of Education, Societal Set-up, (vii), , 58, 58, 58, 59, 59, 59, 59, 60, 60, 61, 37, 45, 51, 56, 64, 64, 64, 67, 69, 70, 70, 73, 74, 75, 75, 79, 80, 80, 80, 82, 83
Page 8 :
Contents, Development in Art, Architecture and Culture, Summary, Boxes, Why Many Empire-shaking Battles at Panipat?, Causes of the Mughals’ Downfall in a Nutshell, Chapter 5, Expansion and Consolidation of British, Power in India, The British Imperial History, Was the British Conquest Accidental or Intentional?, When did the British Period Begin in India?, Causes of British Success in India, Superior Arms, Military and Strategy, Better Military Discipline and Regular Salary, Civil Discipline and Fair Selection System, Brilliant Leadership and Support of Second, Line Leaders, Strong Financial Backup, Nationalist Pride, British Conquest of Bengal, Bengal on the Eve of British Conquest, Alivardi Khan and the English, Challenges Before Siraj-ud-daula, The Battle of Plassey, Mir Kasim and the Treaty of 1760, The Battle of Buxar, The Treaty of Allahabad, Dual Government in Bengal (1765-72), Mysore’s Resistance to the Company, The Wodeyar / Mysore Dynasty, Rise of Haidar Ali, First Anglo-Mysore War (1767-69), Second Anglo-Mysore War (1780-84), Third Anglo-Mysore War, (viii), , 85, 86, 66, 74, 88, 88, 88, 90, 91, 91, 92, 92, 92, 93, 93, 93, 93, 94, 95, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 102, 102, 102, 103, 104, 105
Page 9 :
Contents, Fourth Anglo-Mysore War, Mysore After Tipu, Anglo-Maratha Struggle for Supremacy, Rise of the Marathas, Entry of the English into Maratha Politics, First Anglo-Maratha War (1775-82), Second Anglo Maratha War (1803-1805), Third Anglo-Maratha War (1817-19), Why the Marathas Lost, Conquest of Sindh, Rise of Talpuras Amirs, Gradual Ascendancy over Sindh, Criticisms of the Conquest of Sindh, Conquest of Punjab, Consolidation of Punjab under the Sikhs, Ranjit Singh and the English, Punjab After Ranjit Singh, First Anglo-Sikh War (1845-46), Second Anglo-Sikh War (1848-49), Significance of the Anglo-Sikh Wars, Extension of British Paramountcy Through, Administrative Policy, The Policy of Ring-Fence, Subsidiary Alliance, Doctrine of Lapse, Relations of British India with Neighbouring, Countries, Anglo-Bhutanese Relations, Anglo-Nepalese Relations, Anglo-Burmese Relations, Anglo-Tibetan Relations, Anglo-Afghan Relations, John Lawrence and the Policy of, Masterly Inactivity, Lytton and the Policy of Proud Reserve, British India and the North-West Frontier, Summary, (ix), , 106, 109, 109, 109, 110, 110, 113, 114, 116, 118, 118, 119, 122, 123, 123, 124, 125, 126, 128, 129, 129, 130, 130, 134, 135, 136, 136, 137, 138, 139, 141, 142, 143, 144
Page 10 :
Contents, Boxes, Robert Clive, Estimate of Tipu Sultan, Annexation of Awadh, , 99, 107, 135, , Unit III, RISING RESENTMENT AGAINST, COMPANY RULE, Chapter 6, People’s Resistance Against British Before 1857, People’s Resistance: Meaning, Genesis of People’s Resistance, Causative Factors for People’s Uprisings, Civil Uprisings, Major Causes of Civil Uprisings, General Characteristics of Civil Uprisings, Important Civil Uprisings, Peasant Movements with Religious Overtones, Tribal Revolts, Different Causes for Mainland and, North-Eastern Tribal Revolts, Characteristics of Tribal Revolts, Important Tribal Movements of Mainland, Tribal Movements of the North-East, Sepoy Mutinies, Causes, Important Mutinies, Weaknesses of People’s Uprisings, Summary, Boxes, Tribal Movements: Period, Region, Causes at a Glance, North-East Frontier Tribal Movements: Year,, Region, Major Causes, Chapter 7, The Revolt of 1857, Simmering Discontent, , 147, , 149, 149, 150, 150, 151, 151, 152, 152, 166, 168, 168, 169, 170, 176, 177, 177, 178, 179, 179, 174, 176, , 183, 183, (x)
Page 11 :
Contents, The 1857 Revolt: the Major Causes, Economic Causes, Political Causes, Administrative Causes, Socio-Religious Causes, Influence of Outside Events, Discontent Among Sepoys, Beginning and Spread of the Revolt, The Spark, Starts at Meerut, Choice of Bahadur Shah as Symbolic Head, Civilians Join, Storm Centres and Leaders of the Revolt, Suppression of the Revolt, Why the Revolt Failed, All-India participation was absent, All classes did not join, Poor Arms and Equipment, Uncoordinated and Poorly Organised, No Unified Ideology, Hindu-Muslim Unity Factor, Nature of the Revolt, Consequences, Significance of the Revolt, Summary, Box, White Mutiny, Unit IV, REFORM MOVEMENTS, , 184, 184, 185, 186, 186, 187, 187, 188, 188, 188, 189, 190, 190, 193, 194, 194, 195, 195, 195, 196, 196, 197, 200, 204, 205, 202, 207, , Chapter 8, Socio-Religious Reform Movements:, General Features, Factors Giving Rise to Desire for Reform, Impact of British Rule, Social Conditions Ripe for Reform, (xi), , 209, 209, 209, 210
Page 13 :
Contents, Vokkaliga Sangha, 249, Justice Movement, 249, Self-Respect Movement, 249, Temple Entry Movement, 250, Indian Social Conference, 250, Wahabi/Walliullah Movement, 251, Titu Mir‘s Movement, 251, Faraizi Movement, 252, Ahmadiyya Movement, 252, Sir Syed Ahmed Khan and the Aligarh Movement 253, The Deoband School (Darul Uloom), 255, Parsi Reform Movements, 256, Sikh Reform Movements, 256, The Theosophical Movement, 257, Significance of Reform Movements, 258, Positive Aspects, 258, Negative Aspects, 260, Unit V, THE STRUGGLE BEGINS, , 263, , Chapter 10, Beginning of Modern Nationalism in India, 265, Factors in the Growth of Modern Nationalism, 265, Understanding of Contradictions in Indian, 265, and Colonial Interests, Political, Administrative and Economic Unification of, the Country, 266, Western Thought and Education, 267, Role of Press and Literature, 267, Rediscovery of India’s Past, 268, Progressive Character of Socio-religious, 268, Reform Movements, Rise of Middle Class Intelligentsia, 268, Impact of Contemporary Movements in the World 269, Reactionary Policies and Racial, 269, Arrogance of Rulers, (xiii)
Page 14 :
Contents, Political Associations Before the Indian, National Congress, Political Associations in Bengal, Political Associations in Bombay, Political Associations in Madras, Pre-Congress Campaigns, Summary, Chapter 11, Indian National Congress: Foundation and the, Moderate Phase, Foundation of Indian National Congress, Was It a Safety Valve?, Aims and Objectives of the Congress, Era of Modernates (1885-1905), Important Leaders, Moderate Approach, Contributions of Moderate Nationalists, Economic Critique of British Imperialism, Constitutional Reforms and Propaganda in, Legislature, Campaign for General Administrative Reforms, Protection of Civil Rights, An Evaluation of the Early Nationalists, Role of Masses, Attitude of the Government, Summary, Box, Indian Councils Act 1892, , 269, 270, 272, 272, 272, 273, 274, 274, 275, 276, 276, 276, 276, 277, 277, 278, 280, 281, 282, 282, 283, 284, 279, , Unit VI, NATIONAL MOVEMENT (1905-1918), , 285, , Chapter 12, Era of Militant Nationalism (1905-1909), Growth of Militant Nationalism, , 287, 287, , (xiv)
Page 15 :
Contents, Why Militant Nationalism Grew, The Swadeshi and Boycott Movement, Partition of Bengal to Divide People, Anti-Partition Campaign Under, Moderates (1903-05), The Congress’s Position, The Movement under Extremist Leadership, The Extremist Programme, New Forms of Struggle, Extent of Mass Participation, All India Aspect, Annulment of Partition, Evaluation of the Swadeshi Movement, The Movement Fizzles Out, Movement a Turning Point, The Surat Split, Run-up to Surat, Split Takes Place, Government Repression, The Government Strategy, Morley-Minto Reforms—1909, The Reforms, Evaluation, Summary, Box, Differences between Moderates and Extremists, Chapter 13, First Phase of Revolutionary Activities, (1907-1917), Why the Surge of Revolutionary Activities, The Revolutionary Programme, A Survey of Revolutionary Activities, Bengal, Maharashtra, Punjab, (xv), , 287, 291, 291, 292, 293, 294, 294, 295, 298, 299, 300, 300, 300, 301, 303, 304, 305, 306, 307, 308, 308, 310, 311, 302, 315, 315, 316, 316, 316, 319, 320
Page 16 :
Contents, Revolutionary Activities Abroad, Decline, Summary, Chapter 14, First World War and Nationalist Response, Home Rule League Movement, Factors Leading to the Movement, The Leagues, The Home Rule League Programme, Government Attitude, Why the Agitation Faded Out by 1919, Positive Gains, Lucknow Session of the Indian National, Congress (1916), Readmission of Extremists to Congress, Lucknow Pact between Congress and, Muslim League, Montagu’s Statement of August 1917, Indian Objections, Summary, Unit VII, ERA OF MASS NATIONALISM BEGINS, (1919-1939), Chapter 15, Emergence of Gandhi, Why Nationalist Resurgence Now, Post-War Economic Hardships, Expectations of Political Gains for Cooperation, in the War, Nationalist Disillusionment with Imperialism, Worldwide, Impact of Russian Revolution (November 7, 1917), Montagu-Chelmsford Reforms and Government, (xvi), , 321, 325, 326, 328, 329, 329, 330, 331, 332, 332, 333, 333, 333, 334, 337, 337, 338, 339, , 341, 341, 341, 342, 342, 343, 343
Page 17 :
Contents, of India Act, 1919, Main Features, Drawbacks, Congress’s Reaction, Making of Gandhi, Early Career and Experiments with, Truth in South Africa, Gandhi’s Experience in South Africa, Gandhi’s Technique of Satyagraha, Gandhi in India, Champaran Satyagraha (1917)—First Civil, Disobedience, Ahmedabad Mill Strike (1918)—First Hunger Strike, Kheda Satyagraha (1918)—First Non-Cooperation, Gains from Champaran, Ahmedabad and Kheda, Rowlatt Act, Satyagraha, Jallianwala Bagh Massacre, The Rowlatt Act, Satyagraha Against the Rowlatt Act—, First Mass Strike, Jallianwala Bagh Massacre (April 13, 1919), The Hunter Committee of Inquiry, Congress View, Summary, Box, Tolstoy Farm, Chapter 16, Non-Cooperation Movement and, Khilafat Aandolan, Background, The Khilafat Issue, Development of the Khalifat-Non-Cooperation, Programme, Congress Stand on Khilafat Question, Muslim League Support to Congress, The Non-Cooperation Khilafat Movement, (xvii), , 343, 346, 346, 347, 347, 351, 351, 352, 353, 354, 355, 356, 356, 356, 357, 358, 361, 363, 364, 350, 366, 366, 367, 368, 368, 369, 369
Page 18 :
Contents, Spread of the Movement, People’s Response, Government Response, The Last Phase of the Movement, Why Gandhi Withdrew the Movement, Evaluation of Khilafat Non-Cooperation Movement, Summary, Chapter 17, Emergence of Swarajists, Socialist Ideas,, Revolutionary Activities and Other New Forces, Swarajists and No-Changers, Genesis of Congress-Khilafat Swarajya Party, Swarajists’ Arguments, No-Changers’ Arguments, Agree to Disagree, The Swarajist Manifesto for Elections, Gandhi’s Attitude, Swarajist Activity in Councils, Constructive Work by No-Changers, Emergence of New Forces: Socialistic Ideas,, Youth Power, Trade Unionism, Spread of Marxist and Socialist Ideas, Activism of Indian Youth, Peasants’ Agitations, Growth of Trade Unionism, Caste Movements, Revolutionary Activity with a Turn towards, Socialism, Revolutionary Activity During the 1920s, Why Attraction for Revolutionary Activity, after Non-Cooperation Movement, Major Influences, In Punjab-United Provinces-Bihar, In Bengal, (xviii), , 371, 373, 374, 374, 376, 377, 378, 379, 379, 379, 380, 380, 381, 381, 382, 382, 384, 385, 385, 387, 387, 387, 387, 388, 388, 388, 389, 389, 391
Page 19 :
Contents, Official Reaction, Ideological Rethinking, Summary, , 394, 394, 396, , Chapter 18, Simon Commission and the Nehru Report, Appointment of the Indian Statutory Commission, Indian Response, Police Repression, Impact of Appointment of Simon Commission, on the National Movement, The Simon Commission Recommendations, Nehru Report, Main Recommendations, The Muslim and Hindu Communal Responses, Amendments Proposed by Jinnah, Nehru Report Found Unsatisfactory, Summary, Box, Dr Ambedkar and the Simon Commission, Chapter 19, Civil Disobedience Movement and Round, Table Conferences, The Run-up to Civil Disobedience Movement, Calcutta Session of Congress, Political Activity during 1929, Irwin’s Declaration (October 31, 1929), Delhi Manifesto, Lahore Congress and Purna Swaraj, January 26, 1930: the Independence Pledge, Civil Disobedience Movement—the Salt Satyagraha, and Other Upsurges, Gandhi’s Eleven Demands, Why Salt was Chosen as the Important Theme, Dandi March (March 12-April 6, 1930), (xix), , 398, 398, 399, 401, 401, 402, 403, 403, 404, 406, 407, 407, 400, 408, 408, 408, 409, 409, 410, 410, 412, 413, 413, 414, 414
Page 20 :
Contents, Spread of Salt Disobedience, Impact of Agitation, Extent of Mass Participation, Government Response—Efforts for Truce, Gandhi-Irwin Pact, Evaluation of Civil Disobedience Movement, Karachi Congress Session—1931, Congress Resolutions at Karachi, The Round Table Conferences, First Round Table Conference, Second Round Table Conference, Third Round Table Conference, Civil Disobedience Resumed, During Truce Period (March-December 1931), Changed Government Attitude After Second RTC, Government Action, Popular Response, Communal Award and Poona Pact, Main Provisions of the Communal Award, Congress Stand, Gandhi’s Response, Poona Pact, Impact of Poona Pact on Dalits, Gandhi’s Harijan Campaign and thoughts on Caste, Ideological Differences and Similarities between, Gandhi and Ambedkar, Summary, Chapter 20, Debates on the Future Strategy after Civil, Disobedience Movement, The First Stage Debate, Nehru’s Vision, Nehru’s Opposition to StruggleTruce-Struggle Strategy, Finally, Yes to Council Entry, (xx), , 415, 420, 420, 421, 422, 423, 425, 425, 426, 426, 428, 431, 432, 432, 432, 433, 433, 434, 435, 436, 436, 437, 437, 438, 441, 445, 448, 448, 449, 450, 450
Page 21 :
Contents, Government of India Act, 1935, Main Features, Evaluation of the Act, Nationalists’ Response, The Second Stage Debate, Divided Opinion, Gandhi’s Position, Congress Manifesto for Elections, Congress’ Performance, Summary, , 451, 451, 454, 455, 455, 456, 457, 457, 458, 458, , Chapter 21, Congress Rule in Provinces, Gandhi’s Advice, Work under Congress Ministries, Civil Liberties, Agrarian Reforms, Attitude Towards Labour, Social Welfare Reforms, Evaluation, Summary, , 459, 459, 459, 460, 460, 461, 462, 462, 464, , Unit VIII, TOWARDS FREEDOM AND, PARTITION 1939-1947, Chapter 22, Nationalist Response in the Wake of, World War II, Congress Crisis on Method of Struggle, Haripura and Tripuri Sessions: Subhash, Bose’s Views, Gandhi and Bose: Ideological Differences, Non-Violence versus Militant Approach, Means and Ends, Form of Government, (xxi), , 465, , 467, 467, 467, 472, 473, 473, 474
Page 22 :
Contents, Militarism, Ideas on Economy, Religion, Caste and Untouchability, Women, Education, Second World War and Nationalistic Response, Congress Offer to Viceroy, CWC Meeting at Wardha, Government Attitude and Congress, Ministries’ Resignation, Government’s Hidden Agenda, August Offer, Responses, Evaluation, Individual Satyagrahas, Gandhi Designates Nehru as his Successor, Cripps Mission, Why Cripps Mission was Sent, Main Proposals, Departures from the Past and Implications, Why Cripps Mission Failed, Summary, Chapter 23, Quit India Movement, Demand for Pakistan,, and the INA, Quit India Movement, Why Start a Struggle Now, The ‘Quit India’ Resolution, Gandhi’s General Instructions to, Different Sections, Spread of the Movement, Extent of Mass Participation, Government Repression, Estimate, (xxii), , 477, 478, 480, 482, 482, 485, 486, 487, 487, 488, 489, 492, 493, 493, 493, 494, 495, 495, 496, 496, 497, 499, 501, 501, 501, 502, 502, 503, 505, 506, 506
Page 23 :
Contents, Gandhi Fasts, Famine of 1943, Rajagopalachari Formula, The Formula, Objections, Desai-Liaqat Pact, Wavell Plan, Why the Government was Keen on a Solution Now, The Plan, Muslim League’s Stand, Congress Stand, Wavell’s Mistake, The Indian National Army and Subhash Bose, Origin and First Phase of the Indian National Army, Summary, , 507, 507, 508, 508, 508, 509, 509, 509, 510, 510, 511, 511, 511, 512, 516, , Chapter 24, Post-War National Scenario, 518, Two Strands of National Upsurge, 518, Why a Change in Government’s Attitude, 519, Congress Election Campaign and INA Trials, 520, Election Campaign for Nationalistic Aims, 520, Congress Support for INA Prisoners, 521, The INA Agitation—A Landmark on Many Counts521, Three Upsurges—Winter of 1945-46, 522, Three-Stage Pattern, 523, Evaluation of Potential and Impact of the, 524, Three Upsurges, Congress Strategy, 525, Election Results, 526, Performance of the Congress, 526, Muslim League’s Performance, 526, Significant Features of Elections, 527, The Cabinet Mission, 527, Why British Withdrawal Seemed Imminent Now 527, On the Eve of Cabinet Mission Plan, 529, (xxiii)
Page 24 :
Contents, Cabinet Mission Arrives, Cabinet Mission Plan—Main Points, Different Interpretations of the Grouping Clause, Main Objections, Acceptance and Rejection, Communal Holocaust and the Interim Government, Changed Government Priorities, Interim Government, Obstructionist Approach and Ulterior, Motives of League, Birth and Spread of Communalism in India, Characteristic Features of Indian Communalism, Reasons for Growth of Communalism, Evolution of the Two-Nation Theory, Summary, Box, Wavell’s “Breakdown Plan”, Chapter 25, Independence with Partition, Attlee’s Statement of February 20, 1947, Main Points of Attlee’s Statement, Why a Date Fixed by Government for Withdrawal, Congress Stand, Independence and Partition, Mountbatten as the Viceroy, Mountbatten Plan, June 3, 1947, Indian Independence Act, Problems of Early withdrawal, Integration of States, Inevitability of Partition, Why Congress Accepted Partition, Gandhi’s Helplessness, Summary, Box, Plan Balkan, (xxiv), , 529, 529, 531, 531, 532, 533, 533, 533, 535, 535, 536, 537, 543, 547, 532, 550, 550, 550, 551, 551, 551, 552, 552, 555, 556, 556, 557, 557, 559, 560, 555
Page 25 :
Contents, Unit IX, INDIA UNDER BRITISH RULE:, GOVERNANCE AND OTHER ASPECTS, Chapter 26, Constitutional, Administrative and Judicial, Developments, Constitutional Development between 1773 and 1858, The Regulating Act of 1773, Pitt’s India Act of 1784, The Act of 1786, The Charter Act of 1793, The Charter Act of 1813, The Charter Act of 1833, The Charter Act of 1853, The Act for Better Government of India, 1858, Developments after 1858 till Independence, Indian Councils Act, 1861, Indian Councils Act, 1892, Indian Councils Act, 1909, Government of India Act, 1919, Simon Commission, Government of India Act, 1935, Evolution of Civil Services in India, Cornwallis’ Role, Wellesley’s Role, Charter Act of 1853, Indian Civil Service Act, 1861, Statutory Civil Service, Congress Demand and Aitchison Committee, Montford Reforms (1919), Lee Commission (1924), Evaluation of Civil Services under British Rule, Evolution of Police System in Modern India, Military Under the British, (xxv), , 561, , 563, 563, 564, 565, 565, 566, 566, 567, 568, 569, 569, 569, 570, 571, 571, 573, 574, 576, 576, 577, 577, 577, 578, 578, 578, 579, 579, 580, 582
Page 26 :
Contents, Development of Judiciary in British India, Reforms under Warren Hastings (1772-1785), Reforms under Cornwallis (1786-1793)—, Separation of Powers, Reforms under William Bentinck (1828-1833), Later Developments, Evaluation, Major Changes in Administrative Structure after 1857, Genesis of Administrative Changes:, New Stage of Colonialism, Administration: Central, Provincial, Local, Central Government, Provincial Government, Local Bodies, , 584, 585, 585, 586, 587, 587, 588, 588, 589, 589, 590, 591, , Chapter 27, Survey of British Policies in India, Administrative Policies, Divide and Rule, Hostility Towards Educated Indians, Attitude Towards the Zamindars, Attitude Towards Social Reforms, Underdeveloped Social Services, Labour Legislations, Restrictions on Freedom of the Press, White Racism, British Social and Cultural Policy in India, Characteristics of New Thought, Schools of Thought, Indian Renaissance, Dilemma Before the Government, Role of Christian Missionaries, British Retreat, British Policy Towards Princely States, British Foreign Policy in India, (xxvi), , 597, 597, 597, 597, 598, 598, 598, 599, 600, 601, 601, 602, 602, 603, 603, 604, 604, 604, 605
Page 27 :
Contents, Chapter 28, Economic Impact of British Rule in India, Deindustrialisation—Ruin of Artisans and, Handicraftsmen, One-Way Free Trade, No Steps towards Modern Industrialisation, Ruralisation, Impoverishment of Peasantry, Emergence of Intermediaries, Absentee Landlordism,, Ruin of Old Zamindars, Stagnation and Deterioration of Agriculture, Famine and Poverty, Commercialisation of Indian Agriculture, Destruction of Industry and Late Development, of Modern Industry, Nationalist Critique of Colonial Economy, British Policies Making India Poor, Growth of Trade and Railways to Help Britain, One-Way Free Trade and Tariff Policy, Effect of Economic Drain, Economic Issue a Stimulant to National Unrest, Stages of Colonialism in India, First Stage, Second Stage, Third Stage, Summary, Box, Economic Drain, Chapter 29, Development of Indian Press, Early Regulations, Struggle by Early Nationalists to Secure, Press Freedom, Vernacular Press Act, 1878, (xxvii), , 607, 607, 607, 608, 608, 609, 610, 610, 610, 611, 612, 614, 615, 617, 617, 618, 619, 619, 619, 620, 622, 623, 615, 625, 625, 626, 628
Page 28 :
Contents, During and After the First World War, During the Second World War, Chapter 30, Development of Education, Under Company Rule, A Humble beginning by Charter Act of 1813, Orientalist-Anglicist Controversy, Lord Macaulay’s Minute (1835), Efforts of Thomson, Wood’s Despatch (1854), After the Crown Took Over, Hunter Education Commission (1882-83), Indian Universities Act, 1904, Government Resolution on Education, Policy—1913, Saddler University Commission (1917-19), Education Under Dyarchy, Hartog Committee (1929), Sergeant Plan of Education, Development of Vernacular Education, Development of Technical Education, Evaluation of British Policy on Education, Box, Wardha Scheme of Basic Education (1937), Chapter 31, Peasant Movements 1857-1947, Peasantry Under Colonialism, A Survey of Early Peasant Movements, Indigo Revolt (1859-60), Pabna Agrarian Leagues, Deccan Riots, Changed Nature of Peasant Movements after 1857, Weaknesses, Later Movements, (xxviii), , 631, 631, 632, 632, 633, 633, 634, 634, 635, 636, 636, 637, 638, 638, 639, 639, 640, 641, 642, 642, 640, 644, 644, 645, 645, 646, 646, 647, 648, 648
Page 29 :
Contents, The Kisan Sabha Movement, Eka Movement, Mappila Revolt, Bardoli Satyagraha, The All India Kisan Congress/Sabha, Under Congress Ministries, Peasant Activity in Provinces, During the War, Post-War Phase, Balance-Sheet of Peasant Movements, , 648, 649, 650, 650, 652, 652, 652, 653, 654, 656, , Chapter 32, The Movement of the Working Class, Early Efforts, During Swadeshi Upsurge, During the First World War and After, The AITUC, The Trade Union Act, 1926, Late 1920s, Meerut Conspiracy Case (1929), Under Congress Ministries, During and After the Second World War, After Independence, , 657, 658, 658, 659, 659, 660, 660, 661, 661, 661, 662, , Unit X, INDEPENDENCE AND AFTER, Chapter 33, , 663, , Challenges Before the New-born Nation, 665, First Day of Independent India, 665, First Cabinet After Independence, 665, Radcliffe’s Boundary Award and the Communal Riots 667, Challenges before the Boundary Commission, 668, Regions Most Affected by Riots, 669, Challenges Associated with Division of Resources, 671, Division of Civil Government, 671, (xxix)
Page 30 :
Contents, Division of Finances, Division of Defence Personnel and Equipment, Assassination of Gandhi, Rehabilitation and Resettlement of Refugees, East Punjab, Bengal, Delhi Pact on Minorities, Centres of Refugee Settlements in India, Communists and Independence, Why Communists were Skeptical about, Independence?, Shift from Antagonistic Strategy to, Constitutional Democracy, Chapter 34, The Indian States, I. The Company’s Struggle for Equality from, a Position of Subordination (1740-1765), II. Policy of Ring Fence (1765-1813), III. Policy of Subordinate Isolation (1813-1857), IV. Policy of Subordinate Union (1857-1935), Curzon’s Approach, Post-1905, V. Policy of Equal Federation (1935-1947):, A Non-Starter, VI. Integration and Merger, Plebiscite and Army Action, Gradual Integration, Chapter 35, Making of the Constitution for India, Background, Constituent Assembly, Formation, Two Constituent Assemblies: India and Pakistan, Evaluation of the Assembly for India, (xxx), , 671, 672, 672, 673, 674, 674, 675, 676, 676, 677, 677, , 679, 679, 680, 680, 681, 682, 682, 683, 683, 684, 685, 686, 686, 689, 689, 691, 691
Page 31 :
Contents, After Independence, Work : Committees and Consensus, Box, Drafting Committee, , 692, 693, 693, , Chapter 36, The Evolution of Nationalist Foreign Policy, 1880 to First World War: Anti-Imperialism and, Pan-Asian Feeling, World War I, 1920s and 1930s—Identifying with Socialists, After 1936—Anti-Fascism, After Independence, Panchsheel and Non-Alignment, Boxes, Historical Perspective on Panchsheel, Five Criteria of Non-alignment, , 696, 697, 698, 698, 699, 699, 700, 701, 703, , Chapter 37, First General Elections, Groundwork for the Elections, The Election Commission, Legislation for Polls, Independent India Goes to the Polls for the, First Time, Challenges, Parties in the Fray for the Lok Sabha, Conduct of Elections, Results, Box, First General Elections: Winners, , 705, 705, 705, 706, 707, 707, 709, 710, 711, 711, , Chapter 38, Developments under Nehru’s Leadership (1947-64) 713, Political Developments, 714, Debate Over National Language, 714, (xxxi)
Page 32 :
Contents, Linguistic Reorganisation of the States, Growth of other Political Parties, An Undemocratic Deed, Concept of Planning for Economic Development, Progress of Science and Technology, Social Developments, Developments in Education, Social Change Under Nehru, Foreign Policy, Relations with Neighbours, India and Pakistan, India and China, India and Nepal, India and Bhutan, India and Sri Lanka, , 715, 718, 723, 724, 725, 726, 726, 727, 728, 729, 729, 730, 732, 732, 732, , APPENDICES, 1. Personalities Associated with Specific Movements, Swadeshi Movement, Non-cooperation Movement, Civil Disobedience Movement, Quit India Movement, 2. Governors-General and Viceroys of India:, Significant Events in their Rule, 3. Indian National Congress Annual Sessions, 4. Socio-Religious Reform Movements, (late 18th to mid-20th century), 5. Famous Trials of the Nationalist Period, 6. Caste Movements, 7. Peasant Movements, 8. Newspapers and Journals, , 733, 735, 735, 739, 743, 747, 750, , (xxxii), , 760, 765, 772, 774, 776, 779
Page 33 :
UNIT I, , Sources, and, , Approaches
Page 34 :
1, Sources for the History of, Modern India, An abundance of historical material is available for studying, India from the mid-18th century to the mid-20th century. In, constructing the history of modern India, priority needs to, be given to archives. Archives refer to a collection of, historical records and documents, usually primary source, documents, i.e., those documents that have been created as, a necessary part of some activity—administrative, legal,, social or commercial. They are unique/original documents,, not consciously written or created to convey information to, a future generation. An important part of archives relating, to modern India are the official records, i.e., the papers of, government agencies at various levels., The records of the East India Company provide a, detailed account of trading conditions during the period, 1600-1857. When the British crown took over the, administration, it also kept a large variety and volume of, official records. These records help historians to trace every, important development stage-by-stage and follow the, processes of decision-making and the psychology of the, policy-makers. The records of the other European East India, companies (the Portuguese, Dutch and French) are also, useful for constructing the history of the 17th and 18th, centuries. They are primarily important from the point of, view of economic history, but much can be gathered from, them about the political set-up as well., 3
Page 35 :
4, , A Brief History of Modern India, , There are also many contemporary and semicontemporary works such as memoirs, biographies and travel, accounts which give us interesting as well as useful glimpses, into the history of the 18th and early 19th centuries., Newspapers and journals made their appearance in the later, part of the 18th century, and they provide very valuable, information on almost all aspects of the Indian society in, the 19th and 20th centuries. Other sources of modern Indian, history include oral evidence, creative literature and paintings., , Archival Materials, There are four categories of official records (i) central, government archives, (ii) state government archives, (iii), records of intermediate and subordinate authorities, and (iv), judicial records. Apart from these, there are private archives, and archival sources available abroad., , Central Government Archives, The National Archives of India, located in New Delhi,, contains most of the archives of the Government of India., These provide authentic and reliable source materials on, varied aspects of modern Indian history. The records with, the National Archives come under various groups, representing, different branches of the secretariat at different stages of, its development. This happened as the work of the East India, Company was distributed among various branches—public or, general, revenue, political, military, secret, commercial,, judicial, education, etc.—and a separate set of records was, kept for each of these branches or departments. With the, appointment of James Rennell as the first Surveyor General, of Bengal in 1767, the Survey of India began to scientifically, map the unknown regions of the country and its bordering, lands. The records of the Survey of India as well as the, journals and memoirs of the surveyors provide valuable, information not only on geographical matters but also on
Page 36 :
Sources for the History of Modern India, , 5, , contemporary socio-economic conditions and other important, historical aspects., The proceedings of the public, judicial and legislative, departments provide ample data for studying the social and, religious policies of the colonial government. The, government’s policies on education and the growth of the, education system during the colonial rule are mentioned in, the educational records of the central archives. The papers, bearing on the emergence of the nationalist movement were, part of the public series of the home department records but,, in 1907, a new series of records—Home Political—was, started to deal exclusively with political and communal, issues. The records of the Reforms Office are very useful, for an analytical study of the constitutional developments, from 1920 to 1937., , Archives of the State Governments, The source material in the state archives comprise the, records of (i) the former British Indian provinces, (ii) the, erstwhile princely states which were incorporated in the, Indian Union after 1947, and (iii) the foreign administrations, other than those of the British. Apart from these, the records, of those Indian powers which were taken over by the British,, for instance, the archives of the Kingdom of Lahore (popularly, known as Khalsa Darbar records from 1800 to 1849), are, important source material. Another important collection of, the pre-British public archives in India is the Peshwa Daftar, housed in the Alienation Office, Pune. It forms the most, valuable single source for the study of Maratha history for, a period of almost a century before the fall of the Peshwas., For studying the history of the princely states of, Rajasthan, viz., Jaipur, Bikaner, Jodhpur, Udaipur, etc., the, archives of these states, now housed in the Rajasthan State, Archives at Bikaner, are valuable. Similarly, the history of, Dogra rule from 1846 in Jammu and Kashmir can be studied, in the valuable collection of state papers housed at Jammu., The other significant archives of the princely states are those
Page 37 :
6, , A Brief History of Modern India, , of Gwalior, Indore, Bhopal and Rewa, all in Madhya Pradesh,, Travancore and Cochin in Kerala, Mysore in Karnataka and, Kolhapur in Maharashtra., , Archives of Three Presidencies, The early records of Fort Williams (Bengal Presidency) were, lost during the sack of Calcutta in 1756, but the archives, of the Bengal presidency after the British victory at Plassey, have survived more or less in a complete series, which are, partly available in the National Archives of India and partly, in the State Archives of West Bengal. The records of the, Madras Presidency begin from AD 1670 and include records, of the Governor and Council of Fort St. George. In these, records there is plenty of information bearing on the rise, of the English East India Company as a political power in, the south and in the Deccan, including the Anglo-French, struggle and the English conflicts with other Indian powers., The archives of Bombay Presidency, housed in the Maharashtra, Secretariat Record Office, Mumbai, are extremely useful in, studying the history of Western India—Maharashtra, Gujarat,, Sindh and the Kannada-speaking districts of the erstwhile, Bombay Presidency which were incorporated in Mysore in, 1956., , Archives of Other European Powers, The archives related to the Portuguese preserved in Goa,, mainly belonging to the period from 1700 to 1900, are, valuable for the history of Portuguese possessions in India., The orders and dispatches from Lisbon received in Goa and, the responses and reports dispatched from India to Portugal, constitute the most significant historical material among the, Portuguese archives. The Dutch records of Cochin and, Malabar are in the Madras Record Office and those of, Chinsura in the state archives of West Bengal. The French, archives of Chandernagore and Pondicherry (now Puducherry), were taken to Paris by the French authorities before they, relinquished these settlements. The archives of the Danish
Page 38 :
Sources for the History of Modern India, , 7, , possessions were also transferred to Copenhagen when the, Dutch sold Tranquebar and Serampore to the English East, India Company in 1845. The remaining Danish records,, mainly relating to Tranquebar (1777-1845), are now housed, in the Madras Record Office., , Judicial Records, Housed in the Madras Record Office, the archives of the, Mayor’s Court at Fort St. George, beginning from AD 1689,, are the earliest available judicial archives. The pre-Plassey, records of the Mayor’s Court at Fort Williams have been, lost, but those for the years 1757-73 are kept in the record, room of the Calcutta High Court, along with the archives of, the Supreme Court of Bengal (1774-1861). Similarly, the, records of the Mayor’s Court at Bombay established in 1728, are available in the Maharashtra Secretariat Record Office, which also has the custody of the archives of the Bombay, Recorder’s Court and the Supreme Court. Apart from, containing the proceedings and minutes, this category of, records contains copies of wills, probates, and letters of, administration which are useful for genealogical studies and, for investigations pertaining to the state of society and, economic conditions in the respective regions., , Published Archives, The most significant archival publications are the Parliamentary, Papers which include many excerpts from the records of the, East India Company and the Government of India under the, Crown. The reports of the parliamentary select committees;, various royal commissions constituted on specific subjects, like education, civil reforms and famines, and the parliamentary, debates on the Indian empire are indispensable. The, proceedings of the Indian and provincial legislatures, the, weekly gazettes published by the central and the provincial, governments and collections of laws and regulations issued, from time to time also serve as useful source material for, historical research.
Page 39 :
8, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Private Archives, Private archives comprise papers and documents of individuals, and families of note, who played a significant role in the, development of modern India. The papers of eminent leaders, of the nationalist movement and the records of organisations, like the Indian National Congress are housed in the Nehru, Memorial Museum and Library in New Delhi. The archives, of banks, business houses and chambers of commerce are, extremely helpful in the study of economic changes., , Foreign Repositories, A vast body of historical material related to the history, of modern India is available in the repositories of erstwhile, imperialist powers, who ruled in different parts of the, Indian subcontinent, as well as in some other countries, too. In England, the India Office Records, London and the, records kept in the British Museum are very valuable. The, India Office Records possesses various important, documents: the minutes of the Courts of Directors and the, General Court of the East India Company and various, committees constituted from time to time; the minutes and, correspondence of the Board of Control or the Board of, Commissioners for the Affairs of India; and the records, of the Secretary of State and the India Council. The British, Museum possesses collections of papers of British viceroys,, secretaries of states and other high ranked civil and, military officials who were posted in India. The archives, of the missionary societies, for instance, of the Church, Missionary Society of London, provide insight into the, educational and social development in pre-independent, India., The Archives Nationale, Paris, and the Archives of the, French Ministries of Foreign Affairs, Colonies and War,, have records that throw light on the history of French, possessions as well as other socio-political conditions. The, records of the Dutch East India Company is available in
Page 40 :
Sources for the History of Modern India, , 9, , Rijksarchief, The Hague, and that of the Danish and, Portuguese are kept in Copenhagen and Lisbon,, respectively., Apart from the archives of the European nations, the, archives preserved in Pakistan are of utmost importance., The West Pakistan Record Office, Lahore, Record Office,, Peshawar, records available in Sind, etc., give information, about the regional history of the Indian subcontinent, besides shedding light on India’s relations with Afghanistan,, Iran and other neighbouring countries in the colonial era., , Biographies, Memoirs and Travel, Accounts, Many travellers, traders, missionaries and civil servants who, came to India, have left accounts of their experiences and, their impressions of various parts of India. An important, group among these writers was that of the missionaries who, wrote to encourage their respective societies to send more, missionaries to India for the purpose of envangelising its, inhabitants. In this genre, Bishop Heber’s Journal and Abbe, Dubois’s Hindu Manners and Customs, provide useful, information on the socio-economic life of India during the, period of decline of the Indian powers and the rise of the, British., Some of the famous British travellers who wrote travel, accounts were—George Forster, Benjamin Heyne, James, Burnes (Narrative of a Visit to the Court of Sinde),, Alexander Burnes (Travels Into Bokhara), C.J.C. Davidson, (Diary of the Travels and Adventures in Upper India), and, John Butler (Travels and Adventures in the Province of, Assam). Famous non-British travellers who wrote about India, include Victor Jacquemont (Letters from India describing, a journey in the British Dominions of India, Tibet, Lahore, and Cashmere during the years 1828-1829—1831), Baron, Charles (Travels in Kashmir and the Punjab), and William
Page 41 :
10, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Moorcroft. These travel accounts are indispensable and, generally reliable sources for constructing the history of, modern India, especially as they supplement the official, papers., , Newspapers and Journals, Newspapers and journals of the nineteenth and twentieth, centuries, published in English as well as in the different, vernacular languages, form an important and authentic source, of information for the construction of the history of modern, India. The first attempts to publish newspapers in India were, made by the disgruntled employees of the English East India, Company who sought to expose the malpractices of private, trade. For instance, in 1776, William Bolts, being censured, by the Court of Directors for private trading, resigned from, the Company and announced his intention to publish a, newspaper. The official response to Bolts’ scheme was strong, and his plan ended before materialising. In 1780, James, Augustus Hickey published the first newspaper in India, entitled The Bengal Gazette or Calcutta General Advertiser., Hickey’s press was seized within two years, owing to his, outspoken criticism of government officials. Afterwards,, many publications appeared such as The Calcutta Gazette, (1784), The Madras Courier (1788) and The Bombay, Herald (1789). The newspapers and journals of the early, period primarily aimed at catering to the intellectual, entertainment of the Europeans and Anglo-Indians., From the second half of the 19th century, many, powerful newspapers appeared, edited/published by, distinguished and fearless journalists. Interestingly, nearly, one-third of the founding fathers of the Indian National, Congress in 1885 were journalists. Some of their publications, were: The Hindu and Swadesamitran under the editorship, of G. Subramaniya Iyer, Kesari and Mahratta under Bal, Gangadhar Tilak, Bengalee under Surendranath Banerjea,
Page 42 :
Sources for the History of Modern India, , 11, , Amrita Bazaar Patrika under Sisir Kumar Ghosh and Motilal, Ghosh, Sudharak under Gopal Krishna Gokhale, Indian, Mirror under N.N. Sen, Voice of India under Dadabhai, Naoroji, Hindustan and Advocate under G.P. Varma. The, Tribune and Akhbar-i-Am in Punjab, Indu Prakash, Dnyan, Prakash, Kal and Gujarati in Bombay, and Som Prakash, Banganivasi and Sadharani in Bengal were other noted, newspapers of the time. Indian nationalists and revolutionaries, living abroad published newspapers and journals—Indian, Sociologist (London, Shyamji Krishnavarma), Bande Matram, (Paris, Madam Cama), Talwar (Berlin, Virendranath, Chattopadhyay), and Ghadar (San Francisco, Lala Hardayal)—, to infuse a feeling of nationalism among Indians living, abroad., Newspapers depict almost all aspects of life in colonial, India from around the 1870s onwards. From the 1920s, onwards, newspapers tracked the major events during the, freedom struggle. However, newspaper accounts cannot be, seen as unprejudiced or completely objective. The accounts, that were published in a newspaper in London by the proBritish Raj people were bound to be different from the report, in an Indian nationalist paper., , Oral Evidence, Oral history refers to the construction of history with the, help of non-written sources, for instance, personal, reminiscence. Oral sources allow historians to broaden the, boundaries of their discipline and corroborate their findings, from other sources of history. However, many historians, remain sceptical of oral history., , Creative Literature, The most significant outcome of the Indo-European contact, was the novel which emerged in the latter half of the 19th, century. The first important writer of that period was the
Page 43 :
12, , A Brief History of Modern India, , famous Bengali novelist, Bankim Chandra Chatterji (183894). His novels are mostly historical, the best known among, them being Anand Math (1882), especially for its powerful, lyric ‘Vandemataram’ and depiction of the Sanyasi Revolt, (1760s). His last novel Rajasimha can be called the grand, finale to his remarkable career. Icharam Suryaram Desai, (1853-1912) was a fine scholar of medieval Gujarati literary, history. His first novel Hind ane Britanica was one of the, earliest Indian novels with political overtones. Tamil writers, like Girija Devi and Ramatirtha Thammal, who wrote Mohanra, Rajani (1931) and Dasikalin Mosa Valai (1936) respectively,, also made the novel an effective vehicle of social experience., G.V. Krishna Rao’s Kilubommalu (The Puppets, 1956) in, Telugu was concerned with the moral aspects and behaviour, of the rural people. Vaikom Muhammad Basheer (19101994) was one of the eminent writers in Malayalam whose, famous novel Balyakala Sakhi (The Childhood Friends,, 1944) was a tragic tale of love. Similarly, Thakazhi Siva, Sankara Pillai became prominent for his two extremely well, written works in Malayalam, Tottiyude Makan (Son of a, Scavenger, 1948) and Chemmin (Shrimps, 1956). Despite, having different educational backgrounds and social outlooks,, all these writers shared a strong sense of realism and deep, interest in the life of the marginalised and oppressed sections, of the society. These novels give a picture of the social, milieu of the days they relate to., , Painting, Some information on the socio-economic, political and, cultural life during the colonial period can be obtained from, the paintings of that period. The Company Paintings, also, referred as ‘Patna Kalam’ emerged under the patronage of, the East India Company. They picturise the people and scenes, as they existed at the time. Trades, festivals, dances and the, attire of people were visible in these works. Company
Page 44 :
Sources for the History of Modern India, , 13, , paintings continued to be popular throughout the 19th century, until the introduction of photography in India in the 1840s., The pictorial images produced by the British and, Indians—paintings, pencil drawings, etchings, posters, cartoons, and bazaar prints—are especially important records of the, great revolt of 1857. The British pictures offer images that, were meant to provoke a range of different emotions and, reactions. Some of them commemorate the British heroes, who saved the English and repressed the rebels. Relief of, Lucknow, painted by Thomas Jones Barker in 1859, is one, such example. Another painting of this period, In Memoriam, by Joseph Noel Paton, recorded in painting two years of the, revolt of 1857. One can see English women and children, huddled in a circle, looking helpless and innocent, seemingly, waiting for the inevitable—dishonour, violence and death., These paintings of the mutiny period are important for the, historian to interpret and understand the worldviews of the, British and the Indians regarding this major event., Kalighat painting that came to the fore in Calcutta in, the nineteenth century depicted not only mythological figures, but also ordinary people engaged in their everyday life. These, latter pictures captured the social changes taking place in the, Calcutta of the time. These paintings made a comment on, social evils of the time; some of these paintings satirised, certain modes adopted by the people of the time., In the last decades of the nineteenth century, a new art, movement emerged which received its primary stimulus from, the growing nationalism in India. Artists like Nandalal Bose, and Raja Ravi Varma were representatives of this new trend., In the rise of the Bengal School led by Abanindranath Tagore, (nephew of Rabindranath Tagore), E.B. Havell (who joined, the art school in Calcutta as principal) and Ananda Kentish, Coomaraswamy (son of an important Tamil political leader, in Sri Lanka) played a vital role. Though many of the paintings, of this new trend primarily focused on themes of Indian
Page 45 :
14, , A Brief History of Modern India, , mythology and cultural heritage, they are important sources, for studying the modern art movement in India and for the, art historians., Summary, Sources of Modern Indian History, Archival Materials consist of public, private and foreign repositories, Public Archives include the archives of the Governments of India,, archives of state governments, archives of the three Presidencies, of Bengal, Madras and Bombay, and judicial records., Private Archives Papers and documents of individuals and families, of note who played a significant role in the development of modern, India., Foreign Repositories Indian office Records in London, Record, Office, Lahore, etc., Biographies and Memoirs Accounts of travelers, traders,, missionaries and civil servants during the 18th and 19th centuries, as well as memoirs written by Indian leaders during Independence, movement., Newspapers and Journals Published in India as well as abroad., Others Oral tradition, creative literature, painting.
Page 46 :
2, Major Approaches to the, History of Modern India, Looking at how histories are written is part of the study of, the intellectual history of the period under discussion and, can provide a variety of ideas and explanations. The starting, point in the history of a society, therefore, has to be a, familiarity with its historiography—the study of historical, interpretation. This provides recognition of the intellectual, context of history, instead of seeing history as just a narration, of events. The modern history of India, for the convenience, of understanding, can be broadly read under four approaches—, the Colonial (or the Imperialist), Nationalist, Marxist, and, Subaltern—each with its own distinct characteristics and, modes of interpretation. However, there are other approaches—, Communalist, Cambridge, Liberal and Neo-liberal, and, Feminist interpretations—which have also influenced historical, writing on modern India., View, The production of histories of India has become very frequent, in recent years and may well call for some explanations… The, reason is a two-fold one: changes in the Indian scene requiring, a reinterpretation of the facts and changes in the attitudes of, historians about the essential elements of Indian history., —Percival Spear, , 15
Page 47 :
16, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Colonial Approach/ Historiography, For the major part of the 19th century the Colonial School, occupied a high position in India. The term ‘colonial approach’, has been used in two senses. One relates to the history of, the colonial countries, while the other refers to the works, which were influenced by the colonial ideology of domination., It is in the second sense that most historians today write, about the colonial historiography. In fact, the practice of, writing about the colonial countries by the colonial officials, was related to the desire for domination and justification of, the colonial rule. Hence, in most such historical works there, was criticism of indigenous society and culture., Simultaneously, there was praise for the Western culture and, values and glorification of the individuals who established the, colonial empires. The histories of India written by James, Mill, Mountstuart Elphinstone, Vincent Smith and many, others are pertinent examples of the colonial historiographical, trend. Certain characteristics common to most of the works, of these historians are the following:, (i) ‘Orientalist’ representation of India;, (ii) the opinion that the British brought unity to India;, (iii) the notions of Social Darwinism—the English, considered themselves superior to the ‘natives’ and, the fittest to rule;, (iv) India viewed as a stagnant society which required, guidance from the British (White Man’s burden); and, (v) establishing Pax Britannica to bring law and order, and peace to a bickering society., , Nationalist Historiography/ Approach, The nationalist approach to Indian history can be described, as one which tended to contribute to the growth of nationalist, feelings and to unify people in the face of religious, caste,
Page 48 :
Major Approaches to the History of Modern India, , 17, , or linguistic differences or class differentiation. This approach, looks at the national movement as a movement of the Indian, people, which grew out of the growing awareness among all, people of the exploitative nature of colonial rule. This, approach developed as a response to and in confrontation with, the colonial approach. It should be noted that the nationalist, historians of modern India didn’t exist before 1947. Before, 1947, nationalist historiography mainly dealt with the ancient, and medieval periods of Indian history. Although, in the last, quarter of the 19th century, a detailed and scientific critique, of colonialism for the adverse economic aspects of alien rule, was developed by nationalists like Dadabhai Naoroji, M.G., Ranade, G.V. Joshi, R.C. Dutt, K.T. Telang, G.K. Gokhale,, and D.E. Wacha. The only accounts of the national movement, was by nationalist leaders (not historians) such as R.G., Pradhan, A.C. Mazumdar, J.L. Nehru and Pattabhi Sitaramayya., R.C. Majumdar and Tara Chand are noted nationalist historians, of modern India., , Marxist Historiography/ Approach, The beginning of the Marxist approach in India was heralded, by two classic books—Rajni Palme Dutt’s India Today and, A.R. Desai’s Social Background of Indian Nationalism., Originally written for the famous Left Book Club in England,, India Today, first published in 1940 in England, was later, published in India in 1947. A.R. Desai’s Social Background, of Indian Nationalism, was first published in 1948., Unlike the imperialist/colonial approach, the Marxist, historians clearly see the primary contradiction between the, interests of the colonial masters and the subject people, as, well as the process of the nation-in-the-making. Unlike the, nationalists, they also take full note of the inner contradictions, between the different sections of the people of the Indian, society. However, some of them, particularly Rajni Palme
Page 49 :
18, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Dutt, were unable to fully integrate their treatment of the, primary anti-imperialist contradiction and the secondary, inner contradictions and tended to counterbalance the antiimperialist struggle with the class or social struggle. They, tend to see the national movement as a structured bourgeois, movement, if not the bourgeoisie’s movement, and miss its, open ended and all-class character. Another noted Marxist, historian, who made a critique of R.P. Dutt’s paradigm, is, Sumit Sarkar; he considers Dutt’s paradigm as a “simplistic, version of the Marxian class approach”. He looks at the, nationalist leaders in the light of intelligentsia which acts as, a “kind of proxy for as yet passive social forces with which, it had little organic connection”., A.R. Desai traces the growth of the national movement, in five phases, each phase based on particular social classes, which supported and sustained it., , Subaltern Approach/ Historiography, This school of thought began in the early 1980s under the, editorship of Ranajit Guha, as a critique of the existing, historiography, which was faulted for ignoring the voice of, the people. Right from the beginning, subaltern historiography, took the position that the entire tradition of Indian, historiography had had an elitist bias. For the subaltern, historians, the basic contradiction in Indian society in the, colonial epoch was between the elite, both Indian and foreign,, on the one hand, and the subaltern groups, on the other, and, not between colonialism and the Indian people. However, they, do not subscribe to the Marxist theory of the nature of the, exploitation by the nationalist movement: they point out that, the Indian society of the time could not be seen in terms, of class only as capitalism in the country was just nascent, at the time. This school sees nationalism as exploitative in, terms of caste, gender, religious and creed divisions.
Page 50 :
Major Approaches to the History of Modern India, , 19, , View, A few historians have of late initiated a new trend, described, by its proponents as subaltern, which dismisses all previous, historical writing, including that based on a Marxist perspective,, as elite historiography, and claims to replace this old, ‘blinkered’, historiography with what it claims is a new people’s or subaltern, approach., —Bipan Chandra, , Nationalism, say the subalterns, ignored the internal, contradictions within the society as well as what the, marginalised represented or had to say. They believe that the, Indian people were never united in a common anti-imperialist, struggle, that there was no such entity as the Indian national, movement. Instead, they assert, there were two distinct, movements or streams: the real anti-imperialist stream of the, subalterns and the bogus national movement of the elite. The, elite streams, led by the ‘official’ leadership of the Indian, National Congress, were little more than a cloak for the, struggle for power among the elite., , Communalist Approach, The historians of this school, relying completely on the, colonial historiography of medieval India and colonial era, textbooks, viewed Hindus and Muslims as permanent hostile, groups whose interests were mutually different and, antagonistic to each other. This view was not only reflected, in the writings of the historians but it also found a more, virulent form in the hands of the communal political leaders., In their view, India’s medieval history was one long story, of Hindu-Muslim conflict. As a corollary of this view, it was, then argued that the 19th- and 20th-century Muslims had the, ‘happy’ and ‘proud’ everpresent memory of having been the, ruling class, while Hindus had the ‘sad’ and ‘humiliating’, memory of having been the subject race. This, ultimately,
Page 51 :
20, , A Brief History of Modern India, , developed mutual hatred among these groups often resulting, in communal riots and, in the end led to the partition of India., , Cambridge School, According to this school of thought, the fundamental, contradiction under colonial rule was not between imperialism, and the Indian people, but among the Indians themselves., Further, Indian nationalism was not the product of a struggle, of the Indian people against colonial exploitation, but what, arose from conflict among the Indians for getting the benefits, given to them by the British rulers. The leaders of the national, movement, according to this school, were inspired by the, quest for power and material benefits. This approach has been, criticised by many scholars on the ground that it takes the, mind or ideals out of human behaviour and reduces nationalism, to ‘animal politics’., , Liberal and Neo-Liberal Interpretations, According to this interpretation, the economic exploitation, of the colonies was not beneficial to the British people as, a whole. The availability of markets for British industrial, goods in the colonial world and capital investment in overseas, markets (like laying of railways in India) might have actually, discouraged domestic investment and delayed the development, of the ‘new’ industries in Britain. The proponents of this, school of thought are Patrick O’Brian, Hopkins and Cain., , Feminist Historiography, The shift in terms of the writing of women’s history began, with the women’s movement of the 1970s which provided, the context and impetus for the emergence of women’s, studies in India. Very soon, women’s history broadened and, assumed the more complex shape of gender history. In the
Page 52 :
Major Approaches to the History of Modern India, , 21, , early years, the endeavour was to write a history of women, to supplement the writings of mainstream history. Also, an, attempt was made to research and compile an archive of, women’s writing. An important area of research has been, analysis of the way in which colonial structures, such as the, legal structure, affected women’s lives. Women’s vulnerability, due to the denial of ownership of productive resources has, been focused on, in the analysis of how progressive laws, shaped gender relations. In the colonial period, two works, based upon the women’s question in India—The High Caste, Hindu Woman (1887) by Pandita Ramabai, and Mother India, (1927) by Katherine Mayo—attracted international attention., , Summary, Different Approaches, Colonial Approach is influenced by the colonial ideology of, domination. It focuses on criticism of indigenous society and, culture, and praises the Western culture and values. James, Mill, Vincent Smith etc., followed the approach., Nationalist Approach evolved as a response to and in confrontation, with the colonial approach. Before independence, this school, dealt with the ancient and medieval periods of Indian history,, and not the modern period. After independence this school, focused on modern India. R.C. Majumdar and Tara Chand, belonged to this school., Marxist Approach focuses on the primary contradiction between the, interests of the colonial masters and the native subjects. It, also takes notice of the inner contradictions between the, different sections of Indian society. R.P. Dutt and A.R. Desai, were noted Marxist historians of India., Subaltern Approach takes the position that the entire tradition of, Indian historiography has an elitist bias and the role of the, common masses has been neglected. Ranajit Guha belonged, to this school.
Page 53 :
22, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Communalist Approach views Hindus and Muslims as permanent, the hostile groups whose interests are mutually different and, antagonistic to each other., Cambridge School envisages Indian nationalism as a product of, conflicts among the Indians themselves for getting the benefits, from the British rulers. For them Indian nationalist leaders were, inspired by the greed of power and material benefits., Liberal and Neo-liberal Interpretations imply that the economic, exploitation of the colonies was not beneficial to the people, of Britain as it delayed the development of the ‘new’ industries, in Britain., Feminist Historiography focuses on areas of research that analyse, colonial structures, such as the legal structure, which affected, women’s lives. It also focuses on women’s vulnerability due to, the denial of ownership of productive resources.
Page 54 :
UNIT II, , Advent of, Europeans, and, , Consolidation, of British, Power in, India
Page 55 :
Advent of the Europeans in India, , 25, , 3, Advent of the, Europeans in India, Though we talk of ancient, medieval and modern periods in, history, history is a continuity. It is not always easy to, distinguish clearly when one period ends and another begins., So if we think of the history of modern India as beginning, with the advent of the Europeans, we need to go back to what, is generally considered the medieval period, i.e., the fifteenth, century itself. Indeed to a time even before the Mughals came, and established their empire., , The Portuguese in India, The Quest for and Discovery of a, Sea Route to India, After the decline of the Roman Empire in the seventh, century, the Arabs had established their domination in Egypt, and Persia. Direct contact between the Europeans and India, declined and, with that, the easy accessibility to the Indian, commodities like spices, calicoes, silk, and various precious, stones that were greatly in demand was affected. In 1453,, Constantinople fell to the Ottoman Turks, who were on the, ascendant. Merchandise from India went to the European, markets through Arab Muslim intermediaries. The Red Sea, trade route was a state monopoly from which Islamic rulers, earned tremendous revenues. The land routes to India were, also controlled by the Arabs. In the circumstances, the, Europeans were keen to find a direct sea route to India., 25
Page 56 :
26, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Fifteenth-century Europe was gripped by the spirit of, the Renaissance with its call for exploration. At the same, time, Europe made great advances in the art of ship-building, and navigation. Hence, there was an eagerness all over Europe, for adventurous sea voyages to reach the unknown corners, of the East., The economic development of many regions of Europe, was also progressing rapidly with expansion of land under, cultivation, the introduction of an improved plough, scientific, crop management such as crop rotation, and increased supply, of meat (which called for spices for cooking as well as, preservation). Prosperity also grew and with it the demand, for oriental luxury goods also increased., Venice and Genoa which had earlier prospered through, trade in oriental goods were too small to take on the mighty, Ottoman Turks or to take up major exploration on their own., The north Europeans were ready to aid Portugal and Spain, with money and men, even as the Genoese were ready to, provide ships and technical knowledge. It is also to be noted, that Portugal had assumed the leadership in Christendom’s, resistance to Islam even as it had taken on itself the spirit, of exploration that had characterised the Genoese., Historians have observed that the idea of finding an, ocean route to India had become an obsession for Prince, Henry of Portugal, who was nicknamed the ‘Navigator’; also,, he was keen to find a way to circumvent the Muslim, domination of the eastern Mediterranean and all the routes, that connected India to Europe. Pope Nicholas V gave Prince, Henry a bull in 1454, conferring on him the right to navigate, the “sea to the distant shores of the Orient”, more specifically, “as far as India” in an attempt to fight Islamic influence and, spread the Christian faith. However, Prince Henry died before, his dream became a reality., In 1497, under the Treaty of Tordesillas (1494), the, rulers of Portugal and Spain divided the non-Christian world, between them by an imaginary line in the Atlantic, some, 1,300 miles west of the Cape Verde Islands. Under the treaty,, Portugal could claim and occupy everything to the east of
Page 57 :
Advent of the Europeans in India, , 27, , the line while Spain could claim everything to the west. The, situation was thus prepared for the Portuguese incursions into, the waters around India., It was in 1487 that the Portuguese navigator,, Bartholomew Dias, rounded the Cape of Good Hope in Africa, and sailed up the eastern coast; he was well convinced that, the long sought after sea route to India had been found. But, it was only ten years later that an expedition of Portuguese, ships headed out to India (in 1497) and arrived in India in, slightly less than eleven months’ time, in May 1498., , From Trading to Ruling, Vasco Da Gama, The arrival of three ships under Vasco Da Gama, led by a, Gujarati pilot named Abdul Majid, at Calicut in May 1498, profoundly affected the course of Indian history. The Hindu, ruler of Calicut, the Zamorin (Samuthiri), however, had no, apprehensions as to the European’s intentions. As the prosperity, of his kingdom was due to Calicut’s position as an entrepot,, he accorded a friendly reception to Vasco Da Gama. The Arab, traders, who had a good business on the Malabar coast were, apprehensive and were not keen on the Portuguese getting, a hold there., For centuries, the trading system in the Indian Ocean, had had numerous participants—Indians, Arabs, Africans from, the east coast, Chinese, Javanese, among others—but these, participants had acted according to some tacit rules of, conduct and none had sought overwhelming dominance, though all were in it for profit. The Portuguese changed that:, they wanted to monopolise the hugely profitable eastern trade, by excluding competitors, especially the Arabs., Vasco da Gama stayed in India for three months. When, he returned to Portugal, he carried back with him a rich cargo, and sold the merchandise in the European market at a huge, profit. The importance of direct access to the pepper trade, was made clear by the fact that elsewhere the Europeans, who, had to buy through Muslim middlemen, would have had to
Page 58 :
28, , A Brief History of Modern India, View, , The landing of Vasco da Gama at Calicut in 1498 ... is generally, regarded as the beginning of a new era in world history, especially, in the relationship between Asia and Europe. Although Asia and, Europe had been in commercial relations with each other since, antiquity, the opening of the direct sea-relations between the two, was not only the fulfilment of an old dream (according to the, Greek historian, Herodotus, the Phoenicians had rounded Africa, in the 6th century BC) it presaged big increase of trade between, the two. This, however, was only one of the objectives of the, Portuguese. For the Portuguese, the opening of a new sea-route, to India would give a big blow to the Muslims, the Arabs and, Turks, who were the traditional enemies of Christianity, and were, posing a new threat to Europe by virtue of the growing military, and naval power of the Turks. A direct sea-link with India would, displace the virtual monopoly of the Arabs and Turks over the, trade in eastern goods, especially spices. They also vaguely, hoped by their exploration of Africa they would be able to link, up with the kingdom of the legendary Prior John, and be in a, position to attack the Muslims from two sides. Thus, the, commercial and religious objectives supported and justified each, other., —Satish Chandra, , spend ten times as much for the same amount of pepper., Not surprisingly, other profit-seeking merchants of European, nations were tempted to come to India and trade directly., A voyage was undertaken by Pedro Alvarez Cabral to, trade for spices, negotiating and establishing a factory at, Calicut, where he arrived in September 1500. There was an, incident of conflict when the Portuguese factory at Calicut, was attacked by the locals, resulting in the death of several, Portuguese. In retaliation, Cabral seized a number of Arab, merchant ships anchored in the harbour, and killed hundreds, of their crew besides confiscating their cargo and burning, the ships. Calicut was bombarded by Cabral. Later, Cabral, succeeded in making advantageous treaties with the local, rulers of Cochin and Cannanore., Vasco da Gama once again came to India in 1501. The, Zamorin declined to exclude the Arab merchants in favour
Page 59 :
Advent of the Europeans in India, , 29, , of the Portuguese when Vasco Da Gama combined commercial, greed with ferocious hostility and wreaked vengeance on Arab, shipping wherever he could. His rupture with the Zamorin, thus became total and complete. Vasco da Gama set up a, trading factory at Cannanore. Gradually, Calicut, Cannanore, and Cochin became the important trade centres of the, Portuguese., Gradually, under the pretext of protecting the factories, and their trading activities, the Portuguese got permission to, fortify these centres., , Francisco De Almeida, In 1505, the King of Portugal appointed a governor in India, for a three-year term and equipped the incumbent with, sufficient force to protect the Portuguese interests. Francisco, De Almeida, the newly appointed governor, was asked to, consolidate the position of the Portuguese in India and to, destroy Muslim trade by seizing Aden, Ormuz and Malacca., He was also advised to build fortresses at Anjadiva, Cochin,, Cannanore and Kilwa. What Almeida, however, encountered, along with the opposition of the Zamorin, was a threat from, the Mameluke Sultan of Egypt. Encouraged by the merchants, of Venice whose lucrative commerce was now at risk due, to the Portuguese interference, the Egyptians raised a fleet, in the Red Sea to stop the advance of the Portuguese. In 1507,, the Portuguese squadron was defeated in a naval battle off, Diu by the combined Egyptian and Gujarat navies, and, Almeida’s son was killed. Next year, Almeida avenged his, defeat by totally crushing the two navies. Almeida’s vision, was to make the Portuguese the master of the Indian Ocean., His policy was known as the Blue Water Policy (cartaze, system)., View, As long as you may be powerful at sea you will hold India as, yours; and if you do not possess this power, little will avail you, a fortress on shore., —Francisco De Almeida
Page 60 :
30, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Alfonso de Albuquerque, Albuquerque, who succeeded Almeida as the Portuguese, governor in India, was the real founder of the Portuguese, power in the East, a task he completed before his death. He, secured for Portugal the strategic control of the Indian Ocean, by establishing bases overlooking all the entrances to the sea., There were Portuguese strongholds in East Africa, off the, Red Sea, at Ormuz; in Malabar; and at Malacca. The Portuguese,, under Albuquerque bolstered their stranglehold by introducing, a permit system for other ships and exercising control over, the major ship-building centres in the region. The nonavailability of timber in the Gulf and Red Sea regions for, ship-building also helped the Portuguese in their objectives., Albuquerque acquired Goa from the Sultan of Bijapur in 1510, with ease; the principal port of the Sultan of Bijapur became, “the first bit of Indian territory to be under the Europeans, since the time of Alexander the Great”. An interesting feature, of his rule was the abolition of sati., The Portuguese men who had come on the voyages and, stayed back in India were, from Albuquerque’s day, encouraged, to take local wives. In Goa and the Province of the North, they established themselves as village landlords, often building, new roads and irrigation works, introducing new crops like, tobacco and cashew nut, or better plantation varieties of, coconut besides planting large groves of coconut to meet, the need for coir rigging and cordage. In the cities, such as, Goa and Cochin, they settled as artisans and master-craftsmen,, besides being traders. Most of such Portuguese came to look, upon their new settlements, rather than Portugal, as home., View, Bitter persecution of Muslims was one serious drawback of, Albuquerque’s policy. This could have been due to his resolve, to further the interests of his countrymen by complete extinction, of Muslim commercial interests in the East. During his rule,, Albuquerque did his best to strengthen the fortifications of Goa, and enhance its commercial importance. In order to secure a, permanent Portuguese population in India he encouraged his men, to take Indian wives. (The Gazetteer of India, Vol. II)
Page 61 :
Advent of the Europeans in India, , 31, , Nino da Cunha, Nino da Cunha assumed office of the governor of Portuguese, interests in India in November 1529 and almost one year later, shifted the headquarters of the Portuguese government in, India from Cochin to Goa. Bahadur Shah of Gujarat, during, his conflict with the Mughal emperor Humayun, secured help, from the Portuguese by ceding to them in 1534 the island, of Bassein with its dependencies and revenues. He also, promised them a base in Diu. However, Bahadur Shah’s, relations with the Portuguese became sour when Humayun, withdrew from Gujarat in 1536. Since the inhabitants of the, town started fighting with the Portuguese, Bahadur Shah, wanted to raise a wall of partition. Opposing this, the, Portuguese started negotiations, in the course of which the, ruler of Gujarat was invited to a Portuguese ship and killed, in 1537. Da Cunha also attempted to increase Portuguese, influence in Bengal by settling many Portuguese nationals, there with Hooghly as their headquarters., , Favourable Conditions for Portuguese, In India, excepting Gujarat, ruled by the powerful Mahmud, Begarha (1458-1511), the northern part was much divided, among many small powers. In the Deccan, the Bahmani, Kingdom was breaking up into smaller kingdoms. None of, the powers had a navy worth its name, nor did they think, of developing their naval strength. In the Far East, the, imperial decree of the Chinese emperor limited the navigational, reach of the Chinese ships. As regards the Arab merchants, and ship-owners who until then dominated the Indian Ocean, trade, they had nothing to match the organisation and unity, of the Portuguese. Moreover, the Portuguese had cannons, placed on their ships., , Portuguese State, , The general tendency is to underestimate the Portuguese hold, in India. However, the Estado Português da India (State of, the Portuguese India) was in fact a larger element in Indian, history than it is given credit for. Many of the coastal parts
Page 62 :
32, , A Brief History of Modern India, , of India had come under Portuguese power within fifty years, of Vasco da Gama’s arrival. The Portuguese had occupied, some sixty miles of coast around Goa. On the west coast, from Mumbai to Daman and Diu to the approaches to Gujarat,, they controlled a narrow tract with four important ports and, hundreds of towns and villages. In the south, they had under, them a chain of seaport fortresses and trading-posts like, Mangalore, Cannanore, Cochin, and Calicut. And though their, power in Malabar was not consolidated, it was enough to, ensure influence or control over the local rulers who held, the spice growing land. The Portuguese established further, military posts and settlements on the east coast at San Thome, (in Chennai) and Nagapatnam (in Andhra). Towards the end, of the sixteenth century, a wealthy settlement had grown at, Hooghly in West Bengal., Envoys and ambassadors were exchanged between Goa, and many of the major kingdoms in India of the time. Treaties, were signed between Goa and the Deccan sultans in 1570, which were regularly renewed as long as their kingdoms, lasted. The Portuguese always had a role to play in the, successive battles for the balance of power between, Vijayanagara and the Deccan sultans, between the Deccanis, and the Mughals, and between the Mughals and the Marathas., Interestingly, the Portuguese, the first Europeans to, come to India, were also the last to leave this land. It was, 1961 before the Government of India recaptured Goa, Daman, and Diu from them., , Portuguese Administration in India, , The head of the administration was the viceroy who served, for three years, with his secretary and, in later years, a, council. Next in importance came the Vedor da Fazenda,, responsible for revenues and the cargoes and dispatch of, fleets. The fortresses, from Africa to China, were under, captains, assisted by ‘factors’, whose power was increased, by the difficulties of communication and was too often used, for personal ends.
Page 63 :
Advent of the Europeans in India, , 33, , Religious Policy of the Portuguese, The Moors were the bitter enemies of the Portuguese in, North Africa. So were the Arabs. Arriving in the East, the, Portuguese brought with them the same zeal to promote, Christianity and the wish to persecute all Muslims. Intolerant, towards the Muslims, the Portuguese were initially quite, tolerant towards the Hindus. However, over time, after the, introduction of the Inquisition in Goa, there was a change, and Hindus were also persecuted., But, in spite of this intolerant behaviour, the Jesuits, made a good impression at the court of Akbar, mainly due, to the Mughal emperor’s interest in questions of theology., In September 1579, Akbar forwarded a letter to the, authorities at Goa requesting them to send two learned, priests. The Church authorities in Goa eagerly accepted the, invitation, seeing in it a chance to convert the emperor to, Christianity, and with him his court and the people. Jesuit, fathers, Rodolfo Aquaviva and Antonio Monserrate were, selected for the purpose. When they reached Fatehpur Sikri, on February 28, 1580, they were received with honour., Aquaviva and Monserrate went back in 1583, belying the, hopes the Portuguese entertained of Akbar’s conversion to, the Christian faith. The second mission called by Akbar in, 1590 also ended on a similar note in 1592. The third mission,, again invited by Akbar, arrived in 1595 at Lahore (where the, court was then residing) and continued as a sort of permanent, institution, thereby extending its influence on secular politics., Fathers Jerome Xavier and Emanuel Pinheiro were the, leaders of the mission, and their letters from the court, became very widely known for the information they provided, on the latter part of Akbar’s reign., Prince Salim, on ascending the throne as Jahangir,, assuaged the Muslims by neglecting the Jesuit fathers., Gradually, however, his temporary estrangement from the, Jesuits ended, and in 1606 he again renewed his favours to, them. The elegant and spacious church at Lahore was allowed, to be retained by them along with the collegium or the
Page 64 :
34, , A Brief History of Modern India, , priests’ residence. In 1608, twenty baptisms were carried out, in Agra, the priests publicly acting with as much liberty as, in Portugal., Jahangir’s conduct was such that the Jesuit priests, became hopeful of bringing him within the Christian fold., However, these hopes were belied. Moreover, arrogant, actions on the part of the Portuguese viceroys created a rift, with the Mughal emperor., , Portuguese Lose Favour with, the Mughals, In 1608, Captain William Hawkins with his ship Hector, reached Surat. He brought with him a letter from James I,, King of England, to the Mughal court of Jahangir requesting, permission to do business in India. Father Pinheiro and the, Portuguese authorities did their best to prevent Hawkins from, reaching the Mughal court, but did not succeed. Jahangir, accepted the gifts Hawkins brought for him and gave Hawkins, a very favourable reception in 1609. As Hawkins knew the, Turki language well, he conversed with the emperor in that, language without the aid of an interpreter. Pleased with, Hawkins, Jahangir appointed him as a mansabdar of 400 at, a salary of Rs 30,000 (apparently, he never received it)., Hawkins was also married to the daughter of an Armenian, Christian named Mubarak Shah (Mubarikesha)., The grant of trading facilities to the English offended, the Portuguese. However, after negotiations, a truce was, established between the Portuguese and the Mughal emperor., The Portuguese stopped the English ships from entering the, port of Surat. A baffled Hawkins left the Mughal court in, 1611, unable to counter the Portuguese intrigues or check, the vacillating Mughal policies. However, in November 1612,, the English ship Dragon under Captain Best along with a, little ship, the Osiander, successfully fought a Portuguese, fleet. Jahangir, who had no navy worth its name, learnt of, the English success and was greatly impressed.
Page 65 :
Advent of the Europeans in India, , 35, , The Portuguese acts of piracy also resulted in conflict, with the imperial Mughal government. In 1613, the Portuguese, offended Jehangir by capturing Mughal ships, imprisoning, many Muslims, and plundering the cargoes. An enraged, Jahangir ordered Muqarrab Khan, who was the then in charge, of Surat, to obtain compensation. However, it was during the, reign of Shah Jahan, that the advantages which the Portuguese, enjoyed in the Mughal court were lost forever. Also lost were, the hopes of converting the royal family and Mughal India, to Christianity, a hope that the Portuguese held because of, the welcome accorded to them and their religion by Akbar, and Jahangir., , Capture of Hooghly, , On the basis of an imperial farman circa 1579, the Portuguese, had settled down on a river bank which was a short distance, from Satgaon in Bengal to carry on their trading activities., Over the years, they strengthened their position by constructing, big buildings which led to the migration of the trade from, Satgaon to the new port known as Hooghly. They monopolised, the manufacture of salt, built a custom house of their own, and started enforcing strictly the levy of duty on tobacco,, which had become an important article of trade since its, introduction at the beginning of the 17th century., The Portuguese not only made money as traders but, also started a cruel slave trade by purchasing or seizing Hindu, and Muslim children, whom they brought up as Christians., In the course of their nefarious activities, they seized two, slave girls of Mumtaz Mahal. On June 24, 1632, the siege, of Hooghly began, ending in its capture three months later., Shah Jahan ordered the Bengal governor Qasim Khan to take, action against the Portuguese. A siege of Hooghly finally led, to the Portuguese fleeing. The Mughals suffered a loss of, 1,000 men, but also took 400 prisoners to Agra. The, prisoners were offered the option to convert to Islam or, become slaves. The persecution of Christians continued for, some time after which it died down gradually.
Page 66 :
36, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Decline of the Portuguese, , By the 18th century, the Portuguese in India lost their, commercial influence, though some of them still carried on, trade in their individual capacity and many took to piracy and, robbery. In fact, Hooghly was used by some Portuguese as, a base for piracy in the Bay of Bengal. The decline of the, Portuguese was brought about by several factors. The local, advantages gained by the Portuguese in India were reduced, with the emergence of powerful dynasties in Egypt, Persia, and North India and the rise of the turbulent Marathas as their, immediate neighbours. (The Marathas captured Salsette and, Bassein in 1739 from the Portuguese.), The religious policies of the Portuguese, such as the, activities of the Jesuits, gave rise to political fears. Their, antagonism for the Muslims apart, the Portuguese policy of, conversion to Christianity made Hindus also resentful., Their dishonest trade practices also evoked a strong, reaction. The Portuguese earned notoriety as sea pirates., Their arrogance and violence brought them the animosity of, the rulers of small states and the imperial Mughals as well., The discovery of Brazil diverted colonising activities, of Portugal to the West., The union of the two kingdoms of Spain and Portugal, in 1580-81, dragging the smaller kingdom into Spain’s wars, with England and Holland, badly affected Portuguese monopoly, of trade in India., The earlier monopoly of knowledge of the sea route, View, The Portuguese entered India with the sword in one hand and, the crucifix in the other; finding much gold, they laid aside the, crucifix to fill their pockets, and not being able to hold them, up with one hand, they were grown so heavy, they dropped the, sword, too; being found in this posture by those who came after,, they were easily overcome., —Alfonso de Souza, the Portuguese, Governor in India (1542-45)
Page 67 :
Advent of the Europeans in India, , 37, , Portuguese Rise and Fall, 1498: Arrival of Vasco-da-Gama at Calicut and his grand, reception by the local king, Zamorin., 1503: Establishment of the first Portuguese fort at Cochin., 1505: Establishment of the second Portuguese fort at Cannanore., 1509: Defeat of the combined fleet of Gujarat, Egypt and Zamorin, by the Portuguese governor Francisco Almeida., 1510: Alfonso Albuquerque, the Portuguese governor, captures, Goa from Bijapur., 1530: Declaration of Goa as the Portuguese capital., 1535: Subjugation of Diu., 1559: The Portuguese capture Daman., 1596: Ouster of the Portuguese by the Dutch from South-east, Asia., 1612: Loss of Surat to the English., 1663: The Dutch win all Portuguese forts on the Malabar coast, to oust the Portuguese from India., , to India held by the Portuguese could not remain a secret, forever; soon enough the Dutch and the English, who were, learning the skills of ocean navigation, also learnt of it. As, new trading communities from Europe arrived in India, there, began a fierce rivalry among them. In this struggle, the, Portuguese had to give way to the more powerful and, enterprising competitors. The Dutch and the English had, greater resources and more compulsions to expand overseas,, and they overcame the Portuguese resistance. One by one,, the Portuguese possessions fell to its opponents. Goa which, remained with the Portuguese had lost its importance as a, port after the fall of the Vijayanagara empire and soon it did, not matter in whose possession it was. The spice trade came, under the control of the Dutch, and Goa was superseded by, Brazil as the economic centre of the overseas empire of, Portugal. In 1683, after two naval assaults, the Marathas, invaded Goa., , Significance of the Portuguese, Most historians have observed that the coming of the, Portuguese not only initiated what might be called the
Page 68 :
38, , A Brief History of Modern India, , European era, it marked the emergence of naval power. The, Cholas, among others, had been a naval power, but it was, now for the first time a foreign power had come to India, by way of the sea. The Portuguese ships carried cannon, and, this was the first step in gaining monopoly over trade—with, the threat or actual use of force. The Portuguese declared, their intention to abide by no rules except their own, and, they were intent on getting a decisive advantage over the, Indians and over the Indian Ocean trading system., In the Malabar of the sixteenth century, the Portuguese, showed military innovation in their use of body armour,, matchlock men, and guns landed from the ships. The Portuguese, may have contributed by example to the Mughal use of field, guns, and the ‘artillery of the stirrup’. However, an important, military contribution made by the Portuguese onshore was, the system of drilling groups of infantry, on the Spanish, model, introduced in the 1630s as a counter to Dutch, pressure. The practice was adopted first by the French and, English, and later taken up by the Marathas and Sikhs, and, such armies of sepoys became new tools of empire in India., The Portuguese were masters of improved techniques, at sea. Their multi-decked ships were heavily constructed,, designed as they were to ride out Atlantic gales rather than, run before the regular monsoons; this permitted them to carry, a heavier armament. Their use of castled prow and stern was, a noteworthy method by which to repel or launch boarding, parties. Indian builders adapted both to their own use., However, the Portuguese skill at organisation—as in the, creation of royal arsenals and dockyards and the maintenance, of a regular system of pilots and mapping and pitting state, forces against private merchant shipping—was even more, noteworthy.The Mughals and Marathas may certainly have, learnt from the Portuguese but the more certain heirs of this, knowledge were other Europeans, especially the Dutch and, English, in Asia., In India, the memory of religious persecution and
Page 69 :
Advent of the Europeans in India, , 39, , cruelty detracts from the other contributions made by the, Portuguese in the cultural field. However, it cannot be, forgotten that the missionaries and the Church were also, teachers and patrons in India of the arts of the painter, carver,, and sculptor. As in music, they were the interpreters, not just, of Portuguese, but of European art to India., The art of the silversmith and goldsmith flourished at, Goa, and the place became a centre of elaborate filigree, work, fretted foliage work and metal work embedding jewels., However, though the interior of churches built under the, Portuguese have plenty of woodwork and sculpture and, sometimes painted ceilings, they are generally simple in their, architectural plan., , The Dutch, Commercial enterprise led the Dutch to undertake voyages, to the East. Cornelis de Houtman was the first Dutchman, to reach Sumatra and Bantam in 1596. In 1602, the StatesGeneral of the Netherlands amalgamated many trading, companies into the East India Company of the Netherlands., This company was also empowered to carry on war, to, conclude treaties, to take possession of territory and to erect, fortresses., , Dutch Settlements, , After their arrival in India, the Dutch founded their first, factory in Masulipatnam (in Andhra) in 1605. They went on, to establish trading centres at different parts of India and thus, became a threat to the Portuguese. They captured Nagapatam, near Madras (Chennai) from the Portuguese and made it their, main stronghold in South India., The Dutch established factories on the Coromandel, coast, in Gujarat, Uttar Pradesh, Bengal and Bihar. In 1609,, they opened a factory in Pulicat, north of Madras. Their other, principal factories in India were at Surat (1616), Bimlipatam, (1641), Karaikal (1645), Chinsura (1653), Baranagar,
Page 70 :
40, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Kasimbazar (near Murshidabad), Balasore, Patna, Nagapatam, (1658) and Cochin (1663). Participating in the redistributive, or carrying trade, they brought to the islands of the Far East, various articles and merchandise from India. They carried, indigo manufactured in the Yamuna valley and Central India,, textiles and silk from Bengal, Gujarat and the Coromandel,, saltpetre from Bihar and opium and rice from the Ganga, valley., , Anglo-Dutch Rivalry, The English were also at this time rising to prominence in, the Eastern trade, and this posed a serious challenge to the, commercial interests of the Dutch. Commercial rivalry soon, turned into bloody warfare., The climax of the enmity between the Dutch and the, English in the East was reached at Amboyna (a place in, present-day Indonesia, which the Dutch had captured from, the Portuguese in 1605) where they massacred ten Englishmen, and nine Japanese in 1623., This incident further intensified the rivalry between the, two European companies. After prolonged warfare, both the, parties came to a compromise in 1667 by which the British, agreed to withdraw all their claims on Indonesia, and the, Dutch retired from India to concentrate on their more, View, The Dutch rivalry with the English, during the seventeenth, century, was more bitter than that of the Portuguese. The policy, of the Dutch in the East was influenced by two motives: one, was to take revenge on Catholic Spain, the foe of their, independence, and her ally Portugal, and the other was to, colonise and establish settlements in the East Indies with a view, to monopolising commerce in that region. They gained their first, object by the gradual decline of Portuguese influence. The, realisation of their second object brought them into bitter, competition with the English., —R.C. Majumdar, H.C. Raychaudhuri and K. Datta in, An Advanced History of India
Page 71 :
Advent of the Europeans in India, , 41, , profitable trade in Indonesia. They monopolised the trade in, black pepper and spices. The most important Indian, commodities the Dutch traded in were silk, cotton, indigo,, rice and opium., , Decline of the Dutch in India, , The Dutch got drawn into the trade of the Malay Archipelago., Further, in the third Anglo-Dutch War (1672-74),, communications between Surat and the new English settlement, of Bombay got cut due to which three homebound English, ships were captured in the Bay of Bengal by the Dutch forces., The retaliation by the English resulted in the defeat of the, Dutch, in the battle of Hooghly (November 1759), which, dealt a crushing blow to Dutch ambitions in India., The Dutch were not much interested in empire building, in India; their concerns were trade. In any case, their main, commercial interest lay in the Spice Islands of Indonesia, from where they earned a huge profit through business., , The English, Charter of Queen Elizabeth I, , Francis Drake’s voyage around the world in 1580 and the, English victory over the Spanish Armada in 1588 generated, a new sense of enterprise in the British, encouraging sailors, to venture out to the East. As the knowledge grew of the, high profits earned by the Portuguese in Eastern trade,, English traders too wanted a share. So in 1599, a group of, English merchants calling themselves the ‘Merchant, Adventurers’ formed a company. On December 31, 1600,, Queen Elizabeth I issued a charter with rights of exclusive, trading to the company named the ‘Governor and Company, of Merchants of London trading into the East Indies’., Initially, a monopoly of fifteen years was granted, which in, May 1609 was extended indefinitely by a fresh charter. As, the Dutch were already concentrating more on the East
Page 72 :
42, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Indies, the English turned to India in search of textiles and, other commodities of trade., , Progress of the English Company, Foothold in West and South, Captain Hawkins arrived in the court of Jahangir in April, 1609 itself. But the mission to establish a factory at Surat, didn’t succeed due to opposition from the Portuguese, and, Hawkins left Agra in November 1611. In 1611, the English, had started trading at Masulipatnam on the south-eastern, coast of India and later established a factory there in 1616., It was in 1612 that Captain Thomas Best defeated the, Portuguese in the sea off Surat; an impressed Jahangir granted, permission to the English in early 1613 to establish a factory, at Surat under Thomas Aldworth. In 1615, Sir Thomas Roe, came as an accredited ambassador of James I to the court, of Jahangir, staying on there till February 1619. Though he, was unsuccessful in concluding a commercial treaty with the, Mughal emperor, he was able to secure a number of, privileges, including permission to set up factories at Agra,, Ahmedabad and Broach., The English company did not have a smooth progress., It had to contend with the Portuguese and the Dutch in the, beginning. But the changing situation helped them and turned, things in their favour. Bombay had been gifted to King, Charles II by the King of Portugal as dowry when Charles, married the Portuguese princess Catherine in 1662. Bombay, was given over to the East India Company on an annual, payment of ten pounds only in 1668. Later Bombay was made, the headquarters by shifting the seat of the Western Presidency, from Surat to Bombay in 1687. So there was tacit peace, between the English and the Portuguese now. There was also, an Anglo-Dutch compromise as mentioned earlier by which, the Dutch agreed not to interfere with the English Company’s, trade in India. Thus the English were rid of two arch-rivals, in India.
Page 73 :
Advent of the Europeans in India, , 43, , The English Company’s position was improved by the, ‘Golden Farman’ issued to them by the Sultan of Golconda, in 1632. On a payment of 500 pagodas a year, they earned, the privilege of trading freely in the ports of Golconda. A, member of the Masulipatnam council, the British merchant, Francis Day, in 1639 received from the ruler of Chandragiri, permission to build a fortified factory at Madras which later, became the Fort St. George and replaced Masulipatnam as, the headquarters of the English settlements in south India., Thereafter, the English extended their trading activities to the, east and started factories at Hariharpur in the Mahanadi delta, and at Balasore (in Odisha) in 1633., , Foothold in Bengal, Bengal was then a large and rich province in India, advanced, in trade and commerce. Commercial and political control, over Bengal naturally appeared an attractive proposition to, the profit-seeking English merchants. Bengal was also an, important province of the Mughal empire., Shah Shuja, the subahdar of Bengal in 1651, allowed, the English to trade in Bengal in return for an annual payment, of Rs 3,000, in lieu of all duties. Factories in Bengal were, started at Hooghly (1651) and other places like Kasimbazar,, Patna and Rajmahal. Nevertheless, despite the privileges of, the farmans, the Company’s business was now and then, obstructed by customs officers in the local checkposts who, asked for payment of tolls. In pursuance of its changed, policy, the Company wanted to have a fortified settlement, at Hooghly so that force could be used if necessary. William, Hedges, the first agent and governor of the Company in, Bengal, appealed to Shayista Khan, the Mughal governor of, Bengal in August 1682, for redressal of the grievance. As, nothing came out of the appeal, hostilities broke out between, the English and the Mughals. Four years later, Hooghly was, sacked by the imperial Mughals in October 1686. The English, retaliated by capturing the imperial forts at Thana (modern
Page 74 :
44, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Garden Reach), raiding Hijli in east Midnapur and storming, the Mughal fortifications at Balasore. However, the English, were forced to leave Hooghly and were sent to an unhealthy, location at the mouth of the River Ganga., After the Mughal raid on Hooghly, Job Charnock, a, company agent, started negotiations with the Mughals so as, to return to a place called Sutanuti. Charnock signed a treaty, with the Mughals in February 1690, and returned to Sutanuti, in August 1690. Thus, an English factory was established on, February 10, 1691, the day an imperial farman was issued, permitting the English to “continue contentedly their trade, in Bengal” on payment of Rs 3000 a year in lieu of all dues., A zamindar in Bardhaman district, Sobha Singh, rebelled,, subsequently giving the English the pretext they were looking, for, to fortify their settlement at Sutanuti in 1696. In 1698,, the English succeeded in getting the permission to buy the, zamindari of the three villages of Sutanuti, Gobindapur and, Kalikata (Kalighat) from their owners on payment of Rs, 1,200. The fortified settlement was named Fort William in, the year 1700 when it also became the seat of the eastern, presidency (Calcutta) with Sir Charles Eyre as its first, president., , Farrukhsiyar’s Farmans, In 1715, an English mission led by John Surman to the court, of the Mughal emperor Farrukhsiyar secured three famous, farmans, giving the Company many valuable privileges in, Bengal, Gujarat and Hyderabad. The farmans thus obtained, were regarded the Magna Carta of the Company. Their, important terms were—, ●, In Bengal, the Company’s imports and exports were, exempted from additional customs duties excepting, the annual payment of 3,000 rupees as settled, earlier., ●, The Company was permitted to issue dastaks (passes), for the transportation of such goods.
Page 75 :
Advent of the Europeans in India, , 45, , Formative Years of the East India Company, 1600 : The East India Company was established., 1609 : William Hawkins arrived at Jahangir’s court., 1611 : Captain Middleton obtained the permission of the Mughal, governor of Surat to trade there., 1613 : A permanent factory of East India Company was established, at Surat., 1615 : Sir Thomas Roe, the ambassador of King James I, arrived, at Jahangir’s court. By 1618, the ambassador succeeded, in obtaining two farmans (one each from the emperor and, Prince Khurram) confirming free trade with exemption from, inland tolls., 1616 : The Company established its first factory in the south in, Masulipatnam., 1632 : The Company got the golden farman from the Sultan of, Golconda which ensured safety and prosperity of their trade., 1633 : The Company established its first factory in east India in, Hariharpur, Balasore (Odisha)., 1639 : The Company got the lease of Madras from a local king., 1651 : The Company was given permission to trade at Hooghly, (Bengal)., 1662 : The British King, Charles II, was given Bombay as dowry, for marrying a Portuguese princess (Catherine of Braganza)., 1667 : Aurangzeb gave the English a farman for trade in Bengal., 1691 : The Company got the imperial order to continue their trade, in Bengal in lieu of payment of Rs 3,000 a year., 1717 : The Mughal emperor Farrukhsiyar issued a farman, called, Magna Carta of the Company, giving the Company a large, number of trade concessions., ●, ●, , ●, , ●, , The Company was permitted to rent more lands, around Calcutta., In Hyderabad, the Company retained its existing, privilege of freedom from duties in trade and had, to pay the prevailing rent only for Madras., In Surat, for an annual payment of 10,000 rupees,, the East India Company was exempted from the levy, of all duties., It was decreed that the coins of the Company minted, at Bombay were to have currency throughout the, Mughal empire.
Page 76 :
46, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Apparently, the English East India Company managed, to earn a number of trading concessions in Bengal from the, Mughal authority by means of flattery and diplomacy., But the English had to vanquish the French before they, could be rid of competitors and establish their complete sway, over India., , Merging of Two English Companies, After the English revolution of 1688, the Whigs, with their, enhanced influence, opposed the monopoly of the East India, Company. Thus a rival company was formed which deputed, Sir William Norris as its ambassador to the court of, Aurangzeb (January 1701-April 1702) to gain trading privileges, for itself. The new company, however, proved a failure. Under, pressure from the Crown and the Parliament, the two, companies were amalgamated in 1708 under the title of, ‘United Company of Merchants of England Trading to the, East Indies’. This was the East India Company—from 1708, to 1873—which was to establish British political power in, India., , The French, Foundation of French Centres in India, , Although the French harboured a wish to engage in the, commerce of the East since the opening years of the, sixteenth century, their appearance on the Indian coasts was, late. Indeed, the French were the last Europeans to come to, India with the purpose of trade. During the reign of Louis, XIV, the king’s famous minister Colbert laid the foundation, of the Compagnie des Indes Orientales (French East India, Company) in 1664, in which the king also took a deep, interest. The Compagnie des Indes Orientales was granted, a 50-year monopoly on French trade in the Indian and Pacific, Oceans. The French king also granted the company a concession, in perpetuity for the island of Madagascar, as well as any
Page 77 :
Advent of the Europeans in India, , 47, , other territories it could conquer. The Company spent a lot, of its money and resources in trying to revive the colonies, of Madagascar but without any success. Then in 1667,, Francois Caron headed an expedition to India, setting up a, factory in Surat. Mercara, a Persian who accompanied Caron,, founded another French factory in Masulipatnam in 1669, after obtaining a patent from the Sultan of Golconda. In 1673,, the French obtained permission from Shaista Khan, the, Mughal Subahdar of Bengal, to establish a township at, Chandernagore near Calcutta., , Pondicherry—Nerve Centre of French, Power in India, In 1673, Sher Khan Lodi, the governor of Valikondapuram, (under the Bijapur Sultan), granted Francois Martin, the, director of the Masulipatnam factory, a site for a settlement., Pondicherry was founded in 1674. In the same year, Francois, Martin replaced Caron as the French governor., The French company established its factories in other, parts of India also, particularly in the coastal regions. Mahe,, Karaikal, Balasore and Qasim Bazar were a few important, trading centres of the French East India Company., After taking charge of Pondicherry in 1674, Francois, Martin developed it as a place of importance. It was indeed,, the stronghold of the French in India., , Early Setbacks to the French East India, Company, The French position in India was badly affected with the, outbreak of war between the Dutch and the French. Bolstered, by their alliance with the English since the Revolution of, 1688, the Dutch captured Pondicherry in 1693. Although the, Treaty of Ryswick concluded in September 1697 restored, Pondicherry to the French, the Dutch garrison held on to it, for two more years. Once again, under Francois Martin’s able, guidance Pondicherry flourished and turned out to be the, most important settlement of the French in India. Again there
Page 78 :
48, , A Brief History of Modern India, , was a bad turn in the fortunes of the French company in India, when the War of Spanish Succession broke out in Europe., Consequent to this, they had to abandon their factories at, Surat, Masulipatnam and Bantam in the early 18th century., The French in India had another setback when Francois Martin, died on December 31, 1706., , Reorganisation of the French Company, In 1720, the French company was reorganised as the ‘Perpetual, Company of the Indies’ which revived its strength. This was, further enhanced by the stewardship of two active and wise, governors, Lenoir and Dumas, between 1720 and 1742., Further, the French India was backed by the French possession, of Mauritius and Reunion in the southern Indian Ocean., , The Anglo-French Struggle for Supremacy:, the Carnatic Wars, Background of Rivalry, Though the British and the French came to India for trading, purposes, they were ultimately drawn into the politics of, India. Both had visions of establishing political power over, the region. The Anglo-French rivalry in India reflected the, traditional rivalry of England and France throughout their, histories; it began with the outbreak of the Austrian War of, Succession and ended with the conclusion of the Seven Years, War. Specifically in India, the rivalry, in the form of three, Carnatic wars, decided once for all that the English and not, the French were to become masters of India., In 1740, the political situation in south India was, uncertain and confused. Nizam Asaf Jah of Hyderabad was, old and fully engaged in battling the Marathas in the western, Deccan while his subordinates were speculating upon the, consequences of his death. To the south of his kingdom lay, the Coromandel coast without any strong ruler to maintain, a balance of power. Instead, there was the remnant of the, old Vijayanagara empire in interior Mysore, Cochin and
Page 79 :
Advent of the Europeans in India, , 49, , Travancore in the Malabar coast, and on the east the small, states of Madura (Madurai), Tanjore (Thanjavur) and, Trichinopoly (Thiruchirapally). The decline of Hyderabad was, the signal for the end of Muslim expansionism and the, English adventurers got their plans ready. Also, there was the, Maratha kingdom of Tanjore, providing the Peshwa of Pune, an excuse for interference whenever he pleased., , First Carnatic War (1740-48), Background Carnatic was the name given by the, Europeans to the Coromandel coast and its hinterland. The, First Carnatic War was an extension of the Anglo-French War, in Europe which was caused by the Austrian War of, Succession., Immediate Cause Although France, conscious of its, relatively weaker position in India, did not favour an extension, of hostilities to India, the English navy under Barnet seized, some French ships to provoke France. France retaliated by, seizing Madras in 1746 with the help of the fleet from, Mauritius, the Isle of France, under Admiral La Bourdonnais,, the French governor of Mauritius. Thus began the first, Carnatic War., Result The First Carnatic War ended in 1748 when the, Treaty of Aix-La Chapelle was signed bringing the Austrian, War of Succession to a conclusion. Under the terms of this, treaty, Madras was handed back to the English, and the, French, in turn, got their territories in North America., Significance The First Carnatic War is remembered, for the Battle of St. Thome (in Madras) fought between the, French forces and the forces of Anwar-ud-din, the Nawab of, Carnatic, to whom the English appealed for help. A small, French army under Captain Paradise defeated the strong, Indian army under Mahfuz Khan at St. Thome on the banks, of the River Adyar. This was an eye-opener for the Europeans, in India: it revealed that even a small disciplined army could, easily defeat a much larger Indian army. Further, this war
Page 80 :
50, , A Brief History of Modern India, , adequately brought out the importance of naval force in the, Anglo-French conflict in the Deccan., , Second Carnatic War (1749-54), Background The background for the Second Carnatic, War was provided by rivalry in India. Dupleix, the French, governor who had successfully led the French forces in the, First Carnatic War, sought to increase his power and French, political influence in southern India by interfering in local, dynastic disputes to defeat the English., Immediate Cause The opportunity was provided by the, death of Nizam-ul-Mulk, the founder of the independent, kingdom of Hyderabad, in 1748, and the release of Chanda, Sahib, the son-in-law of Dost Ali, the Nawab of Carnatic,, by the Marathas in the same year. The accession of Nasir, Jang, the son of the Nizam, to the throne of Hyderabad was, opposed by Muzaffar Jang, the grandson of the Nawab, who, laid claim to the throne saying that the Mughal Emperor had, appointed him as the governor of the Carnatic. In the Carnatic,, the appointment of Anwar-ud-din Khan as the Nawab was, resented by Chanda Sahib., The French supported the claims of Muzaffar Jang and, Chanda Sahib in the Deccan and Carnatic, respectively, while, the English sided with Nasir Jang and Anwar-ud-din., Course of the War The combined armies of Muzaffar, Jang, Chanda Sahib and the French defeated and killed Anwarud-din at the Battle of Ambur (near Vellore) in 1749., Muzaffar Jang became the subahdar of Deccan, and Dupleix, was appointed governor of all the Mughal territories to the, south of the River Krishna. A French army under Bussy was, stationed at Hyderabad to secure French interests there., Territories near Pondicherry and also some areas on the, Orissa Coast (including Masulipatnam) were ceded to the, French., Having failed to provide effective assistance to, Muhammad Ali at Trichinopoly, Robert Clive, then an agent
Page 81 :
Advent of the Europeans in India, , 51, , Rise and Fall of Dupleix in India, Joseph Francis Dupleix, born in 1697, was the son of a wealthy, Farmer-General of Taxes and Director-General of the Company of, the Indies. He got a high post at Pondicherry in 1720, allegedly, on the basis of influence of his father. At Pondicherry he made, a lot of money by private trade, which was then permitted to, servants of the French company. In December 1726, he was, suspended owing to drastic change in the constitution of the French, company and some confusions arising out of that. In 1730, Dupleix, won his case, and was appointed as governor of Chandernagore, as compensation. In 1741, he was appointed as the Director-General, of French colonies in India. Later, he was conferred the title of, Nawab by the Mughal emperor and the Subahdar of Deccan,, Muzzaffar Jang., According to historians, Dupleix possessed qualities of an, administrator, a diplomat, and a leader besides having political, insight with a broad vision., Dupleix in the Role of Administrator, In 1741, Dupleix became the Governor-General of Pondicherry., He found Pondicherry facing several problems—Maratha invasion,, famine, uncultivated land and chaotic conditions in the Carnatic., Apart from these, the Directors of the Company, sought a drastic, cut in expenditure of the French East India Company, owing to, the priority given to the French colonies in North America. So,, Dupleix reduced public expenditure, despite opposition of his, council, and balanced income and expenditure, coupled with a cut, on salaries of officers. However, he decided to disobey the directors, on the matter of fortification of settlements. He enhanced the, defences of Pondicherry, even spending a large sum from his, personal wealth. He made Pondicherry the emporium of commerce, in south India by taking practical steps to develop the trade of, the colony. Later, the Directors of the Company praised Dupleix, for taking the right decisions, even in contradiction of the directors., Dupleix as a Master of Diplomacy, The analysis of the first two Carnatic wars proves the, diplomacy of Dupleix as a leader who visualised the path of the, European conquest of India., Dupleix used the Nawab of Carnatic to forbid the English from
Page 82 :
52, , A Brief History of Modern India, , waging war in his territories so that the French settlements at, Pondicherry could be protected till the French forces acquired, enough strength. In return the nawab was promised Madras after, the English got defeated. But Dupleix, using his diplomacy, didn’t, give Madras to the nawab and even defeated him at St. Thome, (1746)., Dupleix convinced Admiral La Bourdonnais to break promises, made to the English, citing examples from history that promises, made under certain circumstances were never binding. Further, he, said that since the position of the governor-general was superior, to that of the commander of navy, the compact entered into between, the latter and the English was ultra vires. Thus, he was able to, convince his subordinate to do what was considered unethical in, general terms, but best suited for one’s nation., Dupleix was the first European to interfere in the internal, politics of the Indian rulers. He supported Muzzaffar Jang for, Hyderabad and Chanda Sahib for Carnatic and his candidates, emerged successful and, in return, gave great concessions to, Dupleix., Dupleix was, in fact, the originator of the practice of subsidiary, alliance in India. He placed a French army at Hyderabad at the, expense of the subahdar., Why Dupleix Failed in India, Dupleix was recalled in 1754 due to the initial defeat of the, French army in the Second Carnatic War and the heavy cost, incurred by the company due to Dupleix’s political decisions. Many, historians have called the recall of Dupleix by the directors as a, blunder—a result of a compromise between France and England, over issues in America; however, there were some weaknesses, in Dupleix also, which can be put in brief as follows:, (i) Dupleix suffered from an over-sanguine temperament. He, hoped too often for too long, thus losing the advantage in critical, situations., (ii) The peers of Dupleix didn’t like his autocratic behaviour, and on many occasions quarrelled with him on this matter., (iii) Dupleix was not a man of action: he planned a campaign,, directed his lieutenants, but never led an army in the battlefield, like Lawrence or Clive. The French failed to capture Trichnopoly, (1752-53) because the schemes thought out by Dupleix could not, be turned into action by his commanders.
Page 83 :
Advent of the Europeans in India, , 53, , (‘factor’) of the English company, put forward the proposal, for a diversionary attack on the governor of Madras, Saunders., He suggested a sudden raid on Arcot, the capital of the, Carnatic, so as to relieve the pressure on Trichinopoly. He, reasoned that in such an event Chanda Sahib would rush to, save his capital. Thus, in August 1751, with only a force of, 210 men Robert Clive attacked and captured Arcot. As, expected, Chanda Sahib hastened to his capital, taking a force, of 4,000 men from Trichinopoly, but failed to get back the, fort even after a siege of 53 days, from September 23 to, November 14. Now Mysore, Tanjore and the Maratha chief,, Morari Rao, came to the aid of Trichinopoly, and of Clive, and Stringer Lawrence. Trichinopoly was first relieved of its, siege, while General Law of France with Chanda Sahib, remained cooped up in the island of Srirangam. They were, forced to surrender in June 1752 when Muhammad Ali, executed Chanda Sahib, the British failing to interfere., Views, The struggle between Dupleix and Clive in India, the defence, of Arcot and the deeds which led to the founding of our Indian, Empire… all these events were part of a desperate struggle for, supremacy between England and France., —J.R. Seeley, We may regard Dupleix as the most striking figure in the short, Indian episode of that long and arduous contest for transmarine, dominion which was fought out between France and England in, the eighteenth century, although it was far beyond his power, to influence the ultimate destiny of either nation in India, and, although the result of his plans was that ‘we accomplished for, ourselves against the French exactly everything that the French, intended to accomplish for themselves against us’ (Clive). It is, certain, moreover, that the conception of an Indian Empire had, already been formed by others besides Dupleix, and that more, than one clearheaded observer had perceived how easily the, whole country might be subdued by an European power., —Alfred Lyall
Page 84 :
54, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Result The French authorities, annoyed at the heavy, financial losses that Dupleix’s policy involved, decided to, recall him in 1754. Godeheu succeeded Dupleix as the, French Governor-General in India. Godeheu adopted a policy, of negotiations with the English and concluded a treaty with, them. The English and the French agreed not to interfere in, the quarrels of native princes. Also, each party was left in, possession of the territories actually occupied by them at, the time of the treaty. According to historians, the fear of, serious repercussions in America prompted the French to, suspend hostilities in India., Implications It became evident that the countenance, of Indian authority was no longer necessary for European, success; rather Indian authority itself was becoming dependent, on European support. Muhammad Ali in the Carnatic and, Salabat Jang in Hyderabad became clients rather than patrons., , Third Carnatic War (1758-63), , Background In Europe, when Austria wanted to recover, Silesia in 1756, the Seven Years War (1756-63) started., Britain and France were once again on opposite sides., Course of War in India In 1758, the French army, under Count de Lally captured the English forts of St. David, and Vizianagaram in 1758. Now, the English became offensive, and inflicted heavy losses on the French fleet under Admiral, D’Ache at Masulipatnam., Battle of Wandiwash The decisive battle of the Third, Carnatic War was won by the English on January 22, 1760, at Wandiwash (or Vandavasi) in Tamil Nadu. General Eyre, Coote of the English totally routed the French army under, Count Thomas Arthur de Lally and took Bussy as prisoner., Pondicherry was gallantly defended by Lally for eight, months before he surrendered on January 16, 1761. With the, loss of Jinji and Mahe, the French power in India was reduced, to its lowest. Lally, after being taken as prisoner of war at, London, returned to France where he was imprisoned and, executed in 1766., Result and Significance The Third Carnatic War
Page 85 :
Advent of the Europeans in India, , 55, , View, While the English received supplies of food and money from, Bengal, recruits of men from Europe, and grain from their northern, settlements, the French could receive nothing but what came, to them laboriously by land. The first were constantly strengthened,, the second was constantly weakened. And this enabled Coote, to establish his military superiority over Lally in the field and, to hem him within the walls of Pondicherry., —H.H. Dodwell, (The Cambridge History of India, Vol V), , proved decisive. Although the Treaty of Peace of Paris, (1763) restored to the French their factories in India, the, French political influence disappeared after the war. Thereafter,, the French, like their Portuguese and Dutch counterparts in, India, confined themselves to their small enclaves and to, commerce. The English became the supreme European power, in the Indian subcontinent, since the Dutch had already been, defeated in the Battle of Bidara in 1759., The Battle of Plassey, in 1757, is usually regarded by, historians as the decisive event that brought about ultimate, British rule over India. However, one cannot quite ignore the, view that the true turning point for control of the subcontinent, was the victory of British forces over the French forces at, Wandiwash in 1760. The victory at Wandiwash left the, English East India Company with no European rival in India., Thus they were ready to take over the rule of the entire, country., Significantly, in the Battle of Wandiwash, natives, served in both the armies as sepoys. It makes one think:, irrespective of which side won, there was an inevitability, about the fall of India to European invaders. There was a lack, of sensitivity to geopolitics of the day as well as a lack of, foresight on the part of native rulers., , Causes for the English Success and the, French Failure, The English company was a private enterprise—this created, a sense of enthusiasm and self-confidence among the people.
Page 86 :
56, , A Brief History of Modern India, , About the Goods in Trade Initially, There are accounts by various European travellers and traders, about the activities in port towns such as Surat which give details, of the intricate steps that went into the creation of fabrics collectively, called ‘Indian’., Great demand was there for cotton longcloth, (usually 35 to, 50 m in length), salempores (staple cotton cloth), and morees, (superior quality cotton cloth). Other much desired fabrics were the, painted cloths and prints, the silks and dyes. These textiles were, not just in demand in Europe but also in other parts of Asia. Indians, had traded in textiles for centuries before the Europeans arrived., In China, Japan and the Indonesian archipelago, Indian cotton was, popular for its lightweight, yet strong qualities. When the Dutch,, English and French acquired materials from India, it was not only, for their home countries, but for transport to Malacca or Java, for, example, where they were traded for spices. By the 18th century,, the French had coloured patterned handkerchiefs specially woven, for particular island markets - which proved a successful entrepreneurial, effort., A corollary to the trade in textiles and spices was the trade, in slaves. It is generally considered that slave trade concerned, Europe, Africa, and the Americas (the ‘New World’), but this ignores, the fact that trade between Europe and Asia also helped to sustain, slavery. French ships took European goods to Asia, where they, acquired cowry shells and Indian textiles that were highly valued, in West Africa. Traders exchanged these goods in Africa for slaves,, who were sent to the colonies of France in the Americas. “The, circle was completed,” says the Yale Center for the Study of, Globalisation, “when sugar and other goods from the Americas were, loaded on board and shipped back to France.”, When the French East India Company started trading in India,, they entered an already well established, complex economic system,, an intricate network of production, negotiation, delivery, and distribution., Large commercial fleets as well as prosperous shore-based businesses, were run by Indian merchants. Weavers and merchants worked with, overland freight operators and brokers, who worked with exporters, and ship owners. These agents had also to negotiate with local, state officials for commercial privileges. The European traders had, to learn well established rules and practices and successfully, collaborate with indigenous envoys.
Page 87 :
Advent of the Europeans in India, , 57, , The factories of all the European trading groups were to be, found in practically at the same places. At the peak of the Indian, trade, the demand for Indian goods exceeded the supply by weavers, and other artisans; even so there was no serious rivalry initially., But as the three companies—the Dutch, the English and the, French—grew more competitive, the English, better funded and, better conversant in local business practices and customs, were, able to expand their factory outposts to larger industrial towns under, their jurisdiction. Gradually, these commercial strongholds turned, into political enclaves, ultimately enabling the English to expand, and consolidate their power and control all over India., , With less governmental control over it, this company could, take instant decisions when needed without waiting for the, approval of the government. The French company, on the, other hand, was a State concern. It was controlled and, regulated by the French government and was hemmed in by, government policies and delays in decision-making., The English navy was superior to the French navy; it, helped to cut off the vital sea link between the French, possessions in India and France., The English held three important places, namely,, Calcutta, Bombay and Madras whereas the French had only, Pondicherry., The French subordinated their commercial interest to, territorial ambition, which made the French company short, of funds., In spite of their imperialistic motives, the British never, neglected their commercial interests. So they always had the, funds and the consequent sound financial condition to help, them significantly in the wars against their rivals., A major factor in the success of the English in India, was the superiority of the commanders in the British camp., In comparison to the long list of leaders on the English side, —Sir Eyre Coote, Major Stringer Lawrence, Robert Clive, and many others—there was only Dupleix on the French side.
Page 88 :
58, , A Brief History of Modern India, , The Danes, The Danish East India Company was established in 1616 and,, in 1620, they founded a factory at Tranquebar near Tanjore,, on the eastern coast of India. Their principal settlement was, at Serampore near Calcutta. The Danish factories, which were, not important at any time, were sold to the British government, in 1845. The Danes are better known for their missionary, activities than for commerce., , Why the English Succeeded against, Other European Powers, Of all the European nations who came as traders to India, after new sea routes were discovered, England emerged as, the most powerful and successful by the end of the eighteenth, century. The major factors which can be attributed for the, success of the English against other European powers—, Portugal, the Netherlands, France and Denmark—in the world, in general and in India in particular were as follows:, , Structure and Nature of the Trading, Companies, The English East India Company, formed through amalgamation, of several rival companies at home, was controlled by a board, of directors whose members were elected annually. The, shareholders of the company exercised considerable influence,, as the votes could be bought and sold through purchase of, shares. The trading companies of France and Portugal were, largely owned by the State and their nature was in many ways, feudalistic., In the French company, the monarch had more than 60, per cent share and, its directors were nominated by the, monarch from the shareholders who were supposed to carry, on the decisions of two high commissioners appointed by
Page 89 :
Advent of the Europeans in India, , 59, , the government. The shareholders took very little interest in, promoting the prosperity of the company, because the State, guaranteed a dividend to the shareholders. The lack of public, interest could be inferred from the fact that between 1725, and 1765, there was no meeting of the shareholders and the, company was simply managed as a department of the State., , Naval Superiority, The Royal Navy of Britain was not only the largest; it was, most advanced of its times. The victory against the Spanish, Armada and against the French at Trafalgar had put the Royal, Navy at the peak of the European naval forces. In India too,, the British were able to defeat the Portuguese and the French, due to strong and fast movement of the naval ships. The, English learnt from the Portuguese the importance of an, efficient navy and improved their own fleet technologically., , Industrial Revolution, The Industrial Revolution started in England in the early 18th, century, with the invention of new machines like the spinning, Jenny, steam engine, the power loom and several others., These machines greatly improved production in the fields of, textile, metallurgy, steam power and agriculture. The industrial, revolution reached other European nations late and this, helped England to maintain its hegemony., , Military Skill and Discipline, The British soldiers were a disciplined lot and well trained., The British commanders were strategists who tried new, tactics in warfare. Technological developments equipped the, military well. All this combined to enable smaller groups of, English fighters defeat larger armies., , Stable Government, With the exception of the Glorious Revolution of 1688,, Britain witnessed stable government with efficient monarchs.
Page 90 :
60, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Other European nations like France witnessed violent, revolution in 1789 and afterwards the Napoleonic Wars., Napoleon’s defeat in 1815, significantly weakened France’s, position and from then on it was forced to side with Britain., The Italians were united as a nation as late in 1861. The Dutch, and Spain were also involved in the 80-years war in the 17th, century which weakened Portuguese imperialism. The Dutch, East India Company, affected by bankruptcy in 1800 coupled, with the revolution in 1830, was forced to sell its possessions, to Britain and quit Asia., , Lesser Zeal for Religion, Britain was less zealous about religion and less interested, in spreading Christianity, as compared to Spain, Portugal or, Dutch. Thus, its rule was far more acceptable to the subjects, than that of other colonial powers., , Use of Debt Market, One of the major and innovative reasons why Britain succeeded, between the mid-eighteenth century and the mid-nineteenth, century, while other European nations fell, was that it used, the debt markets to fund its wars. The world’s first central, bank—the Bank of England—was established to sell, government debt to the money markets on the promise of, a decent return on Britain’s defeating rival countries like, France and Spain. Britain was thus enabled to spend much, more on its military than its rivals. Britain’s rival France, could not match the expenditure of the English; between, 1694 and 1812, first under the monarchs, then under the, revolutionary governments and finally under Napoleon, Bonaparte, France simply went bankrupt with its outdated, ways of raising money.
Page 91 :
Advent of the Europeans in India, , 61, , Summary, Why a Sea Route to India, (i) Spirit of renaissance in the 15th-century Europe., (ii) European economy growing rapidly, leading to prosperity and, demand for luxury goods; increase in the supply of meat, requiring spices for preservation., (iii) Capture of Constantinople in 1453, and Syria and Egypt later, by the Ottoman Turks calling for a new route to reach India, without dealing with Arabs and Turks., (iv) Venice and Genoa too small to stand up to the Turks., (v) Spain and Portugal aided with money and men by the North, Europeans and by ships and technical knowledge by the, Genoese., (vi) The Portuguese the pioneers followed by the Dutch, English,, Danes and the French respectively to reach India., The Portuguese, Vasco Da Gama discovered sea route to India in 1498., Vasco’s second visit in 1502 led to the establishment of trading, stations at Calicut, Cochin and Cannanore., Francisco de Almeida (1505-09) First governor, initiated the blue, water policy (cartaze system)., Alfonso de Albuquerque (1509-1515) Considered to be the founder, of the Portuguese power in India: captured Goa from Bijapur;, persecuted Muslims; captured Bhatkal from Sri Krishna Deva, Rai (1510) of the Vijayanagar; and initiated the policy of marrying, with the natives of India and banned the practice of sati in, his area of influence., Nino de Cunha (1529-38) shifted the capital from Cochin to Goa, in 1530. In his rule, Diu and Bassein came under the Portuguese, occupation from Gujarat King Bahadur Shah. Bahadur Shah got, killed in 1537 at Diu while negotiating with the Portuguese., Factors for Decline of the Portuguese in India (a) emergence of, powerful dynasties in Egypt, Persia and north India and the, appearance of the Marathas as neighbours; (b) political fears, aroused by the activities of Jesuit missionaries, and hatred of, persecution (such as inquisition) that caused reaction against, Portuguese spiritual pressure; (c) rise of the English and Dutch, commercial ambitions challenging the Portuguese supremacy;, (d) rampant corruption, greed and selfishness along with piracy, and clandestine trade practices of the Portuguese administration, in India; (e) diversion of Portuguese colonising ambitions towards, the West due to the discovery of Brazil.
Page 92 :
62, , A Brief History of Modern India, , The Dutch, (i) The United East India Company of the Netherlands (Verehgidge, Oost Indische Compagnie), formed in March 1602 by the, Charter of Dutch Parliament, had the powers to wage wars, make, treaty and build forts., (ii) Dutch Factories in India Masulipatnam (1605), Pulicat (1610),, Surat (1616), Bimlipatam (1641), Karikal (1645), Chinsurah, (1653), Cassimbazar (Kasimbazar), Baranagore, Patna, Balasore,, Nagapatam (1658) and Cochin (1663)., (iii) Decline in India The defeat of the Dutch in the Anglo-Dutch, rivalry and the shifting of Dutch attention towards the Malay, Archipelago., (iv) Battle of Bidara (1759) The English defeated the Dutch., The English, Factors for Foundation Drake’s voyage round the world, and, English victory over the mighty Spanish Armada leading to great, ambitions., Formation English East India Company was formed on December, 31, 1600 by the charter issued by Queen Elizabeth I, which, gave the company monopoly to trade in the East Indies for, 15 years., Settlements in India (i) With Captain Thomas Best’s victory over, the Portuguese (1612), the English established their first factory, at Surat (1613). Subsequently Sir Thomas Roe secured permission, from Jehangir to establish factories at Agra, Ahmedabad and, Broach., (ii) Bombay came under the control of the Company, with Charles, II (who received it as a part of the Portuguese dowry) leasing, it out to the English Company for an annual rent of 10 pounds., (iii) Madras with the Fort St. George replaced Masulipatnam as the, English headquarters on the east coast, when the former was, given by the Chandragiri chief to the English in 1639., (iv) The city of Calcutta grew from the development of three villages, Sutanuti, Gobindapur and Kalikata secured from the Mughal, governor of Bengal. The fortified settlement was named Fort, William (1700) and it became the seat of British power in India, till 1911., Farrukhsiyar’s Farmans In 1717, the Mughal Emperor Farrukhsiyar’s, farmans, called Magna Carta of the East India Company, gave, significant privileges to the Company in Bengal, Gujarat and, Hyderabad.
Page 93 :
Advent of the Europeans in India, , 63, , Problems of Company at Home In 1635, a rival company named, Courteen Association later called the Assada company, formed, by Sir William Courteen, was given license to trade by Charles, I. In 1657, both the companies merged., In 1698, another rival company emerged. In 1702, the rivalry, between the old and the new company came to an end, but, their final amalgamation took place in 1708 under the title ‘The, United Company of Merchants of England Trading to the East, Indies, after the arbitration of the Earl of Godolphin. This, Company ruled in India till 1858., The French, Foundation In 1664, Colbert, a minister of Louis XIV, laid the, foundations of Compagnie des Indes Orientales., Settlements in India Pondicherry, developed as headquarters, was, granted to Francois Martin, the director of Masulipatnam factory,, by Valikondapuram governor Sher Khan Lodi in 1673. Finally, incorporated into Indian Union in 1954., Anglo-French Rivalry in India The Anglo-French rivalry in India, coincided with the wars between the English and French in, Europe., Causes ● For protection and expansion of commercial interests., ● Political developments in the south India and Europe provided, pretexts to contest their claims which culminated in three, Carnatic wars., First Carnatic War (1740-48) It was an extension of the Anglo-French, rivalry in Europe and ended in 1748 with the Treaty of AixLa Chapelle., Second Carnatic War (1749-54) Although inconclusive, it undermined, the French power in South India vis-à-vis the English., Third Carnatic War (1758-63) ● A decisive war, known for the Battle, of Wandiwash (1760-61);, ● An echo of the Anglo-French struggle in Europe., ● By the Treaty of Paris (1763), the French were allowed to, use Indian settlements for commercial purposes only and, fortification of settlements were banned., Causes of the French Failure ● Inadequate Military and Financial, Support, ● France’s Involvement in Europe, ● Ill-managed Policy of Imperial France, ● Lack of Commercial Incentive to the French Company, ● Sound Commercial Base of the English Company
Page 94 :
64, , A Brief History of Modern India, , 4, India on the Eve of, British Conquest, The first half of the eighteenth century saw the decline of, the mighty Mughals, who had been the envy of their, contemporaries for almost two centuries. The reign of, Aurangzeb (1658-1707) proved to signify the beginning of, the end of Mughal rule in India. It is argued that Aurangzeb’s, misguided policies weakened the stability of the state and, the decline gained momentum after his death due to wars, of succession and weak rulers. Though Muhammad Shah ruled, for a long spell of 29 years (1719-48), a revival of the, imperial fortunes did not take place as he was an incompetent, ruler. Muhammad Shah’s reign witnessed the establishment, of the independent states of Hyderabad, Bengal, Awadh and, Punjab. Several local chiefs began to assert their independence, and the Marathas began to make their bid to inherit the, imperial mantle., , Challenges before the Mughals, External Challenges, , In the absence of internal strength, the Mughals could not, put a tough front against external challenges which came in, the form of several invasions from the north-west. The northwestern borders had been neglected by the later Mughals and, not much effort was expended in protecting the border., 64
Page 95 :
India on the Eve of British Conquest, , 65, , View, Nader Shah was Mughal emperor for only fifty-seven days, in, 1739, but those days created aftershocks that transformed India's, politics. They broke existing centres of authority, massively, shrinking the scope of Mughal power. They set loose bands of, mounted warriors who ransacked the countryside seeking wealth, from villages and towns. They pushed traders behind the walls, of whichever power had the strongest forts. For a short period, plunder, rather than negotiation, became the most effective tool, for creating new centres of wealth. Those fifty-seven days laid, the ground which allowed the East India Company to conquer, territory in India for the first time., —Jon Wilson, India Conquered, , Nadir Shah, the Persian emperor, attacked India in, 1738-39, conquered Lahore and defeated the Mughal army, at Karnal on February 13, 1739. Later, Muhammad Shah was, captured, and Delhi looted and devastated. According to an, estimate, apart from the Peacock Throne and the Kohinoor, diamond, seventy crore rupees were collected from the, official treasury and the safes of the rich nobles. Nadir Shah, gained the strategically important Mughal territory to the, west of the Indus including Kabul. Thus, India once again, became vulnerable to the attacks from the north-west., Ahmad Shah Abdali (or Ahmad Shah Durrani), who, was elected the successor of Nadir Shah after the latter’s, death in 1747, invaded India several times between 1748 and, 1767. He continuously harassed the Mughals who tried to, buy peace in 1751-52 by ceding Punjab to him. In 1757,, Abdali captured Delhi and left behind an Afghan caretaker, to watch over the Mughal emperor. Before his return, Abdali, had recognised Alamgir II as the Mughal emperor and the, Rohilla chief, Najib-ud-Daula, as Mir Bakhshi of the empire,, who was to act as personal ‘supreme agent’ of Abdali. In, 1758, Najib-ud-Daula was expelled from Delhi by the, Maratha chief, Raghunath Rao, who also captured Punjab. In, 1759, Ahmad Shah Abdali returned to India to take revenge, on the Marathas. In 1761, Abdali defeated the Marathas in
Page 96 :
66, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Why Many Empire-shaking Battles at Panipat?, Panipat and its adjacent region, located in present Haryana, on the banks of the Yamuna and between the fertile plains of the, Ganga and Indus rivers, have witnessed several battles. These, battles changed the course of Indian history at different points of, time., ● The first Battle of Panipat in 1526 was between Babur and, Ibrahim Lodi. The result of the battle laid the foundation of the, Mughal Empire by ending the rule of the Delhi Sultanate., ● The Second Battle of Panipat in 1556 was between Akbar, and Hemu; it decided in favour of the continuation of the Mughal, rule., ● The Third Battle of Panipat in 1761 between the Marathas, and Ahmad Shah Abdali put an end to the Maratha ambition of, ruling over India., Why Panipat was a favourite battle field, ● Panipat had a strategic location. One of the parties of the, war generally came from the north/northwest through the Khyber, Pass to get hold over Delhi, the political capital of northern India., To move a military through rough terrains—deserts of Rajasthan, or the other northern areas infested with dense forests—was very, risky and difficult. On the other hand, the rulers at Delhi considered, Panipat as a confrontable strategic ground and hence they preferred, to take the fight there., ● Its proximity to Delhi made it easier for the Indian rulers, to transport weapons, military and food supplies etc., to the, battleground, and still keep the capital insulated from the conflict, at hand., ● Panipat’s surrounding region has a flat ground which was, suitable for cavalry movement—the main mode of warfare at the, time., ● After the construction of the Grand Trunk Road by Sher Shah, Suri (1540-45), Panipat was on this route. It became easier for, conquerors to find their way there., ● The duration of monsoon rainfall in the region is short in, comparison to other areas making it easier to fight., ● The artisans/smiths of these regions were experts in making, warfare-related materials and hence it became easier for forces of, both parties to replenish their war materials.
Page 97 :
India on the Eve of British Conquest, , 67, , the Third Battle of Panipat. The last of Abdali’s invasions, came in 1767., , Weak Rulers after Aurangzeb—An, Internal Challenge, Bahadur Shah I (1709–March 1712) After a nearly, two-year-long war of succession, the 63-year-old Prince, Muazzam, the eldest son of Aurangzeb, became the emperor,, taking the title Bahadur Shah. He was later called Bahadur, Shah I). He had killed his brothers Muhammad Azam and Kam, Bakhsh in the war of succession. Khafi Khan gave the title, of Shah-i-Bekhabar to Bahadur Shah., He adopted a pacific policy with the Marathas, the, Rajputs and the Jats. Shahu, the Maratha prince, was released, from Mughal captivity, and Rajput chiefs were confirmed in, their respective states. However, the Sikh leader Banda, Bahadur attacked the Muslims in Punjab and hence the, emperor took action against him. Bahadur Shah I died in, February 1712., Jahandar Shah (March 1712-February 1713) With, the help of Zulfikar Khan, Jahandar Shah became the emperor., Zulfikar Khan was appointed prime minister; he introduced, izara system to improve the financial condition of the, empire. Jahandar Shah abolished Jaziya., Farrukhsiyar (1713-1719) After killing Jahandar Shah, with the help of Sayyid brothers—Abdulla Khan and Hussain, Ali (known as ‘King Makers’), Farrukhsiyar became the new, emperor. He followed a policy of religious tolerance by, abolishing Jaziya and pilgrimage tax. In 1717, he gave, View, He (Bahadur Shah I) was the last Emperor of whom anything, favourable can be said. Henceforth, the rapid and complete, abasement and practical dissolution of the Empire are typified, in the incapacity and political insignificance of its sovereigns., —Sidney Owen
Page 98 :
68, , A Brief History of Modern India, , farmans to the British. In 1719, the Sayyid brothers, with, the help of Peshwa Balaji Vishwanath, dethroned Farrukhsiyar., Later, he was blinded and killed. It was the first time in the, Mughal history that an emperor was killed by his nobles., Rafi-ud-Darajat (February 28 to June 4, 1719) He, ruled for the shortest period among the Mughals., Rafi-ud-Daula (June 6 to September 17, 1719) The, Sayyid brothers placed Rafi-ud-Daula with the title Shah, Jahan II on the throne. The new emperor was an opium, addict., Muhammad Shah (1719-48) After the death of Rafiud-Daula, Raushan Akhtar became the choice of the Sayyid, Brothers. Muhammad Shah, as he came to be known in, history, was given the title of ‘Rangeela’ due to his luxurious, life-style., Muhammad Shah, with the help of Nizam-ul-Mulk,, killed the Sayyid Brothers. In 1724, Nizam-ul-Mulk became, the wazir and founded the independent state of Hyderabad., In 1737, Baji Rao I, the Maratha Peshwa invaded Delhi with, a small army of 500 horsemen. In 1739, Nadir Shah defeated, the Mughals in the Battle of Karnal and later imprisoned, Muhammad Shah and annexed areas west of the Indus into, the Persian empire., Ahmad Shah (1748-1754) Ahmad Shah was an, incompetent ruler who left the state affairs in the hands of, Udham Bai, the ‘Queen Mother’. Udham Bai, given the title, of Qibla-i-Alam, was a lady of poor intellect who ruled with, the help of her paramour, Javid Khan (a notorious eunuch)., Alamgir II (1754-1758) Alamgir II was a grandson of, Jahandar Shah. Ahmed Shah Abdali, the Iranian invader,, reached Delhi in January 1757. During his reign, the Battle, of Plassey was fought in June 1757., Shahjehan III (1758-1759), Shah Alam II (1759-1806) His reign saw two decisive, battles—the Third Battle of Panipat (1761) and the Battle, of Buxar (1764). In 1765, according to the terms of Treaty
Page 99 :
India on the Eve of British Conquest, , 69, , of Allahabad (August 1765), he was taken under the East India, Company’s protection and resided at Allahabad. He also, issued a farman granting to the Company in perpetuity the, Diwani (the right to collect revenue) of Bengal, Bihar and, Orissa. In 1772, the Marathas took him to Delhi where he, lived till 1803. In 1803, he again accepted the protection, of the English, after the defeat of Daulat Rao Scindia by the, English. Afterwards, the Mughal emperors became the, pensioners of the English., Akbar II (1806-37) He gave the title of Raja to, Rammohan Rai. In 1835, the coins bearing the names of, Mughal emperors were stopped., Bahadur Shah II (1837-1857) Bahadur Shah II or, Bahadur Shah Zafar (Zafar being his surname) was the last, Mughal emperor. The Revolt of 1857 had made a futile, attempt to declare him the Emperor of India. He was captured, by the English and sent to Rangoon where he died in 1862., In legal terms, the Mughal Empire came to an end on, November 1, 1858 with the declaration of Queen Victoria., , Causes of Decline of Mughal Empire, Why the Mughal Empire declined has been a subject of, debate among historians. Scholarly opinion can be divided, along two broad lines—those who view the matter as, generally empire-related and those who regard the, developments as region-related. The empire-related or, Mughal-centric view sees the causes of the decline within, the structure and functioning of the empire itself. The regionrelated view finds the causes of Mughal decline in the turmoil, and instability in the different parts of the empire. The, decline was due to both aspects., The process of disintegration of the Mughal Empire, began during the reign of Aurangzeb, but it picked up, momentum only after his death in 1707. At his death,, conditions were not such that the process of decline could
Page 100 :
70, , A Brief History of Modern India, , not be checked. Although Mughal authority was challenged, by several chiefs and rulers, none could assert independence, in the face of the imperial might. The Sikhs, Marathas and, Rajputs did not possess the capacity to overthrow the empire;, they merely resisted Mughal power to gain and keep their, independence in their respective territories. Thus, if the, successors of Aurangzeb had been capable rulers, the empire, might not have fallen. Most of the emperors who came after, Aurangzeb proved to be incapable, weak and licentious, monarchs who hastened the process of disintegration of the, empire and, finally, its collapse., The major factors which contributed to the downfall, of the Mughal Empire are discussed below., , Shifting Allegiance of Zamindars, , Two classes shared the power of the State with the emperor, during the medieval period—the zamindars and the nobles., The zamindars were hereditary owners of their lands who, enjoyed certain privileges on hereditary basis, and were, variously known as rais, rajas, thakurs, khuts or deshmukhs., They occupied an important place in the empire because they, helped in the collection of revenue and in local administration,, for which they maintained soldiers. Though the Mughals had, tried to curb the power of the zamindars and maintain direct, contact with the peasants, they had not wholly succeeded., During the reign of Aurangzeb itself, there was a marked, increase in the power and influence of the zamindars. The, biggest fallout of this was that regional loyalties were, encouraged. Many local zamindars helped the nobility, the, other powerful class within the empire, to take advantage of, the weakness of the empire and carve out independent, kingdoms for themselves., , Jagirdari Crisis, , The nobility comprised people who were either assigned, large jagirs and mansabs or appointed subahdars of Mughal, subas and given the responsibility of maintaining these. To
Page 101 :
India on the Eve of British Conquest, , 71, , Views, The roots of the disintegration of the Mughal empire may be, found in the Medieval Indian economy; the stagnation of trade,, industry and scientific development within the limits of that, economy; the growing financial crisis which took the form of, a crisis of the jagirdari system and affected every branch of, state activity; the inability of the nobility to realise in the, circumstances their ambitions in the service of the state and, consequently the struggle of factions and the bid of ambitious, nobles for independent dominion; the inability of the Mughal, emperors to accommodate the Marathas and to adjust their, claims within the framework of the Mughal empire, and the, consequent breakdown of the attempt to create a composite, ruling class in India; and the impact of all these developments, on politics at the court and in the country, and upon the security, of the north-western passes. Individual failings and faults of, character also played their due role but they have necessarily, to be seen against the background of these deeper, more, impersonal factors., —Satish Chandra, Parties and Politics, at the Mughal Court, 1707-40, Various explanations are put forward for the revolts which brought, about the collapse of the Mughal Empire... Here our main concern, is with what our 17th and early 18th century authorities have, to say. And it will be seen that they, at any rate, put the greatest, store by the economic and administrative causes of the upheaval, and know little of religious reaction or national consciousness..., Thus was the Mughal Empire destroyed. No new order was, or, could be, created by the forces ranged against it., —Irfan Habib, The Agrarian System of, Mughal India, The more I study the period, the more I am convinced that, military inefficiency was the principal, if not the sole, cause of, that empire’s final collapse. All other defects and weaknesses, were as nothing in comparison with this...Long before it, disappeared, it had lost all military energy at the centre, and, was ready to crumble to pieces at the first touch. The rude, hand of no Persian or Afghan conqueror, no Nadir, no Ahmad, Abdali, the genius of no European adventure, a Dupleix or a
Page 102 :
72, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Clive, was needed to precipitate it into the abyss. The empire, of the Mughals was already doomed before any of these had, appeared on the scene; and had they never been heard of there, can be little doubt that some Mahratta bandit or Sikh freebooter, would in due time have seated himself on the throne of Akbar, and Shahjahan., —William Irvine, Army of the Indian Mughals, A common impression is, that...the decline, fall of the Mughal, Empire were due to the degeneracy of its sovereigns. But...it, was irretrievably ruined in the reign of Aurangzeb, a monarch, of great ability, energy and determination, but lacking in political, insight, and a bigoted Mussulman. He struck the first mortal, blow by reversing Akbar’s wise and generous policy of ignoring, distinctions of race and religion, and reimposing the jizya or poll, tax, on his Hindu subjects; whereby he estranged them, and, turned the noblest and most warlike of them—the Rajputs,, hitherto the staunchest supporters of the throne—into deadly and, persistent enemies. And Shivaji and his followers not only, vindicated their independence, but struck a second mortal blow, at the integrity of the Empire. They destroyed its military, reputation. They exhausted its accumulated treasure. They, spread disorder and devastation over the Deccan and beyond, it...They established an imperium in imperio. Thus the Empire,, though not dissolved, was hopelessly debilitated. The effective, authority of the central government was thenceforth in, abeyance...Nadir Shah, after inflicting the extremity of humiliation, on the Emperor and his capital, annexed the Imperial territory, west of the Indus. The dissolution of the Empire was complete., —Sidney Owen, The Fall of the Mughal Empire, The Mughal Empire and with it the Maratha overlordship of, Hindustan fell because of the rottenness at the core of Indian, society. The rottenness showed itself in the form of military and, political helplessness. The country could not defend itself; royalty, was hopelessly depraved or imbecile; the nobles were selfish, and short-sighted; corruption, inefficiency and treachery disgraced, all branches of the public service. In the midst of this decay, and confusion, our literature, art and even true religion had, perished., —J.N. Sarkar, Fall of the Mughal Empire, Vol. IV
Page 103 :
India on the Eve of British Conquest, , 73, , this class belonged many Rajput rulers, subahdars and, mansabdars. Mughal rule has often been defined as “the rule, of the nobility”, because these nobles played a central role, in administering the empire. Although Akbar had provided a, well-knit organisation for them, there was divisiveness among, the nobility on the basis of religion, homeland and tribe, and, each category formed a group of its own. Mutual rivalry,, jealousy and contest for power among the various groups, during the rule of the later Mughals (in the absence of a, strong central leadership) not only reduced the prestige of, the emperor, but also contributed to the decline of the, empire., , Rise of Regional Aspirations, , Aurangzeb’s reign itself witnessed powerful regional groups, like the Jats, Sikhs and Marathas defying the authority of the, Mughal state in their bid to create kingdoms of their own., They did not succeed in their efforts, but they influenced, the future course of political events in their respective, regions. Their continuous struggle against the empire for, political ascendancy weakened the empire considerably., Aurangzeb, and after him Bahadur Shah I, by attempting to, suppress the Rajputs, spurred them to battle against the, Mughals. The later Mughals made an effort to follow a policy, of reconciliation with the Rajputs, but by then it was already, too late: the Rajputs no longer trusted the Mughals enough, to ally with them for the welfare of the empire., The Marathas too were becoming a formidable enemy., Their aim was at first limited only to regaining control over, the region of Maharashtra; but it soon went on to include, getting legal sanction from the Mughal emperor for collecting, sardeshmukhi and chauth throughout India. They forged, northwards and, by 1740, succeeded in spreading their, influence over the provinces of Gujarat, Malwa and, Bundelkhand. The Rajput struggle against the empire and the, growing ambition and power of the Marathas, thus, adversely, affected the Mughal might.
Page 104 :
74, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Causes of the Mughals’ Downfall in a Nutshell, Some of the main causes for the decline of the Mughals, briefly, put, were as follows:, (i) The government of the Mughals was a personal despotism, and so its success depended on the character of the reigning, ruler. The later Mughals were worthless and neglected the, administration of the state., (ii) With the absence of a definite law of succession, there always, occurred a war of succession; this weakened the stability of, the government, and fostered partisanship at the cost of, patriotism., (iii) The degeneration of the rulers led to the degeneration of the, nobility, with factious quarrels and intrigues costing the empire, heavily., (iv) The deterioration of the army also proved disastrous for the, empire., (v) The empire had become too vast and unwieldy to be efficiently, governed from a central authority under weak rulers, especially, under the existing conditions of transport and communication., (vi) Aurangzeb’s religious policy was largely responsible, leading, to revolts by Rajputs, Sikhs, Jats and Marathas., (vii) Aurangzeb’s Deccan policy was a complete failure and was, an important cause of the downfall of the Mughal empire., (viii) Invasions of Irani and Durrani kingdoms gave a death-blow, to the Mughal empire., , Economic and Administrative Problems, , The number of amirs and their ranks or mansabs had increased, sharply over time; there was little land left to be distributed, among them as jagirs. Aurangzeb tried to solve the problem, of acute shortage of jagirs or bejagiri by showing enhanced, income from the jagirs on record. But this was a shortsighted measure as the amirs tried to recover the recorded, income from their jagirs by pressurising the peasantry. So, both the amirs and the peasantry were antagonised. Then there, were the wars, the luxurious lifestyles of the emperors and, amirs alike, the reduction in khalisa land, all of which, burdened the state. The result was that the expenditure of, the state much exceeded its income.
Page 105 :
India on the Eve of British Conquest, , 75, , There was, moreover, no significant scientific and, technological advance that could have improved a stagnant, economy. The once flourishing trade did not enrich the, empire’s coffers even as the inroads by European traders, grew along coastal India., These economic and administrative problems only, multiplied following the death of Aurangzeb. The empire had, become too vast to be efficiently administered by a centralised, system when the rulers were weak and incompetent., , Rise of Regional States, The states that emerged as a result of the decline of the, Mughal Empire can be classified into the following three, broad categories:, (i) Successor States These were the Mughal provinces, that turned into states after breaking away from the empire., Though they did not challenge the sovereignty of the Mughal, ruler, the establishment of virtually independent and hereditary, authority by their governors showed the emergence of, autonomous polity in these territories. Some examples are, Awadh, Bengal and Hyderabad., (ii) Independent Kingdoms These states came into, existence primarily due to the destabilisation of the Mughal, control over the provinces, examples being Mysore, Kerala, and the Rajput states., (iii) The New States These were the states set up by, the rebels against the Mughal empire, examples being the, Maratha, the Sikh and the Jat states., , Survey of Regional Kingdoms, Hyderabad, The founder of the Asaf-Jah house of Hyderabad was Kilich, Khan, popularly known as Nizam-ul-Mulk. It was Zulfikar, Khan who had first conceived the idea of an independent state, in the Deccan. But with his death in 1713 the dream remained
Page 106 :
76, , A Brief History of Modern India, , unfulfilled. Kilich Khan, disgusted with the Mughal emperor, who had appointed Mubariz Khan as a full-fledged viceroy, of the Deccan, decided to fight Mubariz Khan. He defeated, and later killed Mubariz Khan in the Battle of Shakr-Kheda, (1724). He now assumed control of the Deccan. In 1725,, he became the viceroy and conferred on himself the title of, Asaf-Jah., , Awadh, The founder of the independent principality of Awadh was, Saadat Khan, popularly known as Burhan-ul-Mulk. Saadat, Khan was a Shia. He had joined in a conspiracy against the, Sayyid brothers, which resulted in his being given an increased, mansab. Later, driven out of the court, he was prompted to, found a new independent state. Saadat Khan committed, suicide due to pressure from Nadir Shah who was demanding, a huge booty from him. He was succeeded by Safdar Jang, as the Nawab of Awadh., , Bengal, Murshid Kuli Khan was the founder of the independent state, of Bengal. He was a capable ruler and made Bengal a, prosperous state. He was succeeded in 1727 by his son Shujaud-din. His successor, Sarfaraz Khan, was killed in 1740 by, Alivardi Khan, the deputy governor of Bihar at Gheria, who, assumed power and made himself independent of the Mughal, emperor by giving yearly tribute., , The Rajputs, The Rajputs tried to re-establish their independence in the, 18th century. This forced the Mughal ruler Bahadur Shah I, to march against Ajit Singh (1708), who had formed an, alliance with Jai Singh II and Durgadas Rathor. But the, alliance was broken and the situation was saved for the, Mughals. At one time the Rajputs controlled the entire, territory extending from the south of Delhi up to the western, coast.
Page 107 :
India on the Eve of British Conquest, , 77, , Mysore, Another important state to make its appearance in the, eighteenth century was that of Mysore. This territory located, at the junction of the Eastern and Western Ghats was ruled, by the Wodeyars. Various powers, interested in this territory,, turned the area into a constant battlefield. In the end the, Mysore state was brought under the rule of Haider Ali who, ruled the state but not without trouble. He was involved in, constant warfare with the British and so was his son Tipu, Sultan., , Kerala, Martanda Varma established an independent state of Kerala, with Travancore as his capital. He extended the boundaries, of his state from Kanyakumari to Cochin. He made efforts, to organise his army along the Western model and adopted, various measures to develop his state., , The Jats, The agriculturist Jat settlers living around Delhi, Mathura, and, Agra revolted against the oppressive policies of Aurangzeb., After some initial setbacks, Churaman and Badan Singh, succeeded in setting up the Jat state of Bharatpur. But it was, under Suraj Mal that Jat power reached its zenith. He not, only provided an efficient system of administration but also, greatly extended the territory of the state. His state included, territories from Ganga in the east to Chambal in the south, and included the Subahs of Agra, Mathura, Meerut and, Aligarh. However, the Jat state suffered a decline after the, death of Suraj Mal in 1763. Thereafter, the state split into, small areas controlled by petty zamindars who mainly lived, by plunder., , The Sikhs, Guru Gobind Singh transformed the Sikhs into a militant sect, in defence of their religion and liberties. Banda Bahadur, who, later assumed the leadership of the Sikhs in 1708, was
Page 108 :
78, , A Brief History of Modern India, , defeated and killed. In the wake of the invasions of Nadir, Shah and Ahmad Shah Abdali, the Sikhs once again asserted, their authority. At this stage they organised themselves into, 12 misls or confederacies which exercised control over, different parts of the kingdom. The credit for establishing, a strong kingdom of Punjab goes to Ranjit Singh. He was, the son of Mahan Singh, the leader of the Sukarchakiya misl., Ranjit Singh brought under control the area extending from, the Sutlej to the Jhelum. He conquered Lahore in 1799 and, Amritsar in 1802. By the Treaty of Amritsar with the British,, Ranjit Singh acknowledged the British right over the cisSutlej territories. Ranjit Singh proved to be an efficient, administrator. He greatly modernised his army with the help, of Europeans. But towards the close of his reign, the English, forced him to sign the Tripartite Treaty in 1838 with Shah, Shuja and the English Company whereby he agreed to provide, passage to the British troops through Punjab with a view to, placing Shah Shuja on the throne of Kabul. Ranjit Singh died, in 1839. His successors could not keep the state intact and,, soon enough, the British took control over it., , The Marathas, Perhaps the most formidable province to emerge was that, of the Marathas. Under the capable leadership of the Peshwas,, the Marathas uprooted the Mughal authority from Malwa and, Gujarat and established their rule. At one time they claimed, the right to be the chief inheritors of the Mughal dominion,, but their authority was challenged by Ahmed Shah Abdali in, the Third Battle of Panipat (1761). The Marathas quickly, recovered from the defeat and offered the most formidable, challenge to the English East India Company in the struggle, for political supremacy in India., , Rohilakhand and Farukhabad, The states of Rohilakhand and the kingdom of the Bangash, Pathans were a fall out of the Afghan migration into India., Large scale immigration of Afghans into India took place in
Page 109 :
India on the Eve of British Conquest, , 79, , mid-18th century because of political and economic turmoil, in Afghanistan. Ali Muhammad Khan took advantage of the, collapse of authority in north India following Nadir Shah’s, invasion, to set up a petty kingdom, Rohilakhand. This was, the area of the Himalayan foothills between Kumaon in the, north and the Ganga in the south. The Rohillas, as the, inhabitants of Rohilakhand were known, suffered heavily at, the hands of the other powers in the area, the Jats and the, Awadh rulers and, later, the Marathas and the British., Mohammad Khan Bangash, an Afghan, set up an independent, kingdom to the east of Delhi in the area around Farrukhabad,, during the reigns of Farrukhsiyar and Muhammad Shah., , Nature and Limitations of Regional States, The independent political systems that emerged in the, provinces continued to maintain ties with the Mughal imperial, authority and acknowledged the emperor’s importance as an, umbrella. Even rebel chieftains of the Marathas and Sikhs, recognised the Mughal emperor as the supreme authority., The polity that emerged in these states was regional, in character, and functional with the collaborative support of, the different local groups like the zamindars, merchants, local, nobles and chieftains. The provincial rulers had to take care, of these various local interests in order to maintain themselves., Of course, there were exceptions; for instance, in Mysore,, rulers did not recognise the local chieftains., The regional states had certain limitations. The provincial, rulers failed to develop a system based on sound financial,, administrative and military organisation. Though some of, them tried to modernise, notably Mysore, on the whole, they, were backward in science and technology. Another drawback, was the constant warfare these states had with the neighbouring, regional powers—wars in which none could ultimately, dominate. In fact, these states were strong enough to, challenge Mughal power, but none was able to replace it with, a stable polity at an all-India level.
Page 110 :
80, , A Brief History of Modern India, , The jagirdari crisis intensified as income from, agriculture declined, and the number of contenders for a, share of the surplus multiplied. Though trade, internal and, foreign, continued without disruption and even prospered, the, rest of the economy stagnated., , Socio-Economic Conditions, Eighteenth century India failed to make progress economically,, socially or culturally, at an adequate pace. India became a, land of contrasts because extreme poverty and extreme luxury, existed side by side. The common populace remained, impoverished, backward and oppressed and lived at the bare, subsistence level; the rich and the powerful enjoyed a life, of luxury and lavishness. But it is worth noting that the life, of the Indian masses was, by and large, better in the 18th, century than it was after 100 years of British rule., , Agriculture, Though agriculture was technically backward, it was worked, by the hard labour of peasants. But this hard working class, seldom got the fruits of their labour. Even though the, agricultural produce supported the rest of the society, a, peasant’s own reward was miserably inadequate. They were, forced to pay exorbitant amounts to the state, the zamindars,, the jagirdars, and the revenue-farmers. But this worsened, under British rule., , Trade and Industry, On account of being self-sufficient in handicrafts and, agricultural products, India did not import foreign goods on, a large scale. On the other hand, its industrial and agricultural, products were in good demand in foreign markets. Hence its, exports were more than its imports; trade was balanced by, import of silver and gold. India was known as a sink of, precious metals.
Page 111 :
India on the Eve of British Conquest, , 81, , Views, Bear in mind that the commerce of India is the commerce of, the world and… he who can exclusively command it is the, dictator of Europe., —Peter the Great, India was a far greater industrial and manufacturing nation than, any in Europe or any other in Asia. Her textile goods—the fine, products of her looms, in cotton, wool, linen and silk—were, famous over the civilised world; so were her exquisite jewellery, and her precious stones cut in every lovely form; so were her, pottery, porcelains, ceramics of every kind, quality, color and, beautiful shape; so were her fine works in metal—iron, steel,, silver and gold., She had great architecture—equal in beauty to any in the, world. She had great engineering works. She had great merchants,, great businessmen, great bankers and financiers. Not only was, she the greatest shipbuilding nation, but she had great commerce, and trade by land and sea which extended to all known civilised, countries. Such was the India which the British found when they, came., —J.T. Sunderland, For centuries the handloom weavers of Bengal had produced, some of the world’s most desirable fabrics, especially the fine, muslins, light as ‘woven air’, that were coveted by European, dressmakers. As late as the mid-eighteenth century, Bengal’s, textiles were still being exported to Egypt, Turkey and Persia, in the West, and to Java, China and Japan in the East, along, well-established trade routes, as well as to Europe., —Shashi Tharoor, An Era of Darkness, , Items of Import From the Persian Gulf Region—, pearls, raw silk, wool, dates, dried fruits, and rose water; from, Arabia—coffee, gold, drugs, and honey; from China—tea,, sugar, porcelain, and silk; from Tibet—gold, musk, and, woollen cloth; from Africa—ivory and drugs; from Europe—, woollen cloth, copper, iron, lead and paper., Items of Export Cotton textiles, raw silk and silk, fabrics, hardware, indigo, saltpetre, opium, rice, wheat, sugar,, pepper and other spices, precious stones, and drugs.
Page 112 :
82, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Important Centres of Textile Industry Dacca,, Murshidabad, Patna, Surat, Ahmedabad, Broach, Chanderi,, Burhanpur, Jaunpur, Varanasi, Lucknow, Agra, Multan, Lahore,, Masulipatnam, Aurangabad, Chicacole, Vishakhapatnam,, Bangalore, Coimbatore, Madurai, etc.; Kashmir was a centre, of woollen manufactures., Ship-building Industry Maharashtra, the Andhra region, and Bengal were the leaders in ship-building. Indian shipping, also flourished on the Kerala coast at Calicut and Quilon., The Zamorin of Calicut used the Muslim Kunjali Maraikkars, (who were well known for their seafaring ability) for his navy., Shivaji Bhonsle’s navy put up a good defence on the west, coast against the Portuguese. According to Bipan Chandra,, the European companies bought many Indian-made ships for, their use., , Status of Education, The education imparted in 18th-century India was still, traditional which could not match with the rapid developments, in the West. The knowledge was confined to literature, law,, religion, philosophy, and logic and excluded the study of, physical and natural sciences, technology and geography. In, fact, due to over-reliance placed on ancient learning, any, original thought got discouraged. Elementary education among, the Hindus and the Muslims was quite widespread. The Hindu, and Muslim elementary schools were called pathshalas and, maktabs respectively. The education was confined to reading,, writing, and arithmetic. Children from the lower caste, sometimes attended the schools, but female presence was, rare., Chatuspathis or Tols, as they were called in Bihar and, Bengal, were the centres of higher education. Some of the, famous centres for Sanskrit education were Kasi (Varanasi),, Tirhut (Mithila), Nadia and Utkala. Madrasahs were the, institutions of higher learning for Persian and Arabic, Persian
Page 113 :
India on the Eve of British Conquest, , 83, , being the court language and learnt by the Muslims as well, as the Hindus. Azimabad (Patna) was a famous centre for, Persian education. People interested in the study of the Quran, and Muslim theology had to acquire proficiency in Arabic., , Societal Set-up, Many Castes, Many Sects, The society of 18th century India was characterised by, traditional outlook and stagnation. Though there existed a, certain degree of broad cultural unity, people were divided, by caste, religion, region, tribe and language. The family, system was primarily patriarchal and caste was the central, feature of the social life of the Hindus. Apart from the four, varnas, Hindus were divided into numerous sub-castes which, permanently fixed their place in the social scale. Though the, choice of profession was mainly determined by caste, considerations, exceptions occurred on a large scale, making, caste status quite fluid in some parts of the country. Caste, councils and panchayats enforced caste norms and regulations., Even though Islam enjoined social equality on the Muslims,, they too were divided by considerations of caste, race, tribe, and status. Religious considerations not only kept the Sunni, and Shia nobles apart but also the Irani, Afghan, Turani and, Hindustani Muslim nobles and officials apart from one, another. The sharif Muslims consisting of nobles, scholars,, priests and army affairs often looked down upon the ajlaf, Muslims or the lower class Muslims in a manner similar to, the way of the higher-caste Hindus treated the lower-caste, Hindus. Religious conversions occurred and caste proved to, be a major divisive force and element of disintegration in, 18th century India., , Position of Women in Society, In the patriarchal family system in India (except in some, social groups in Kerala), women possessed little individuality
Page 114 :
84, , A Brief History of Modern India, View, , A Hindu woman can go anywhere alone, even in the most, crowded places, and she need never fear the impertinent looks, and jokes of idle loungers., —Abbe Dubois, commented at beginning, of the nineteenth century, , of their own, though there were a few exceptions. While, upper class women remained at home, lower class women, worked in fields and outside their homes supplementing the, family income. Certain outdated and exploitative social, customs and traditions such as the purdah, sati, child, marriage, polygamy did exist which hindered the progress of, women. The plight of the Hindu widow was usually miserable., The evil of dowry was especially widespread in Bengal and, Rajputana. Sensitive Indians were often touched by the hard, and harsh life of the widows. Raja Sawai Jai Singh of Amber, and the Maratha General Prashuram Bhau tried to promote, widow remarriage but failed., , Menace of Slavery, European travellers and administrators, who came in the 17th, century, reported the widespread prevalence of slaves in, India. It is believed that some people were compelled to sell, their offspring due to economic distress, famines, natural, calamities and extreme poverty. Generally higher classes of, Rajputs, Khatris and Kayasthas kept women slave for domestic, work. However, the status of slaves in India was better than, that in Europe. Slaves, were usually treated as hereditary, servants rather than as menials. Marriages took place among, the slaves, and the offspring coming out of such wedlock, were considered free citizens., The advent of Europeans heightened the slavery and, slave trade in India. European trading companies purchased, slaves from the markets of Bengal, Assam and Bihar and took
Page 115 :
India on the Eve of British Conquest, , 85, , them to the European and American market. Abyssinian slaves, were sold at Surat, Madras and Calcutta., , Development in Art, Architecture, and Culture, The decline of the imperial Mughals forced talented people, to seek the patronage of newly established state courts like, Hyderabad, Lucknow, Jaipur, Murshidabad, Patna, Kashmir,, etc., At Lucknow, Asaf-ud-Daula built the bada Imambara, in 1784. In the first half of the 18th century, Sawai Jai Singh, built the pink city of Jaipur and five astronomical observatives, at Delhi, Jaipur, Benares, Mathura and Ujjain. He also, prepared a set of time-tables called Jij Muhammad-shahi,, to help the people in the study of astronomy. In the south,, in Kerala, the Padmanabhapuram Palace, famous for its, architecture and mural paintings, was constructed., New schools of painting were born and achieved, distinction. The paintings of the Rajputana and Kangra, schools became prominent and revealed new vitality and taste., A distinct feature of the literary life of the 18th century, was the growth of Urdu language and poetry. It was the period, of Urdu poets like Mir, Sauda, Nazir and Mirza Ghalib (19th, century). In south India, Malayalam literature flourished, under the patronage of the Travancore rulers. Kanchan, Nambiar was a noted Malayalam poet. The Tamil language, was enriched by sittar poetry. Tayumanavar (1706-44), one, of the best exponents of sittar poetry, protested against the, abuses of temple-rule and the caste system. Heer Ranjha,, the romantic epic in Punjabi literature, was composed by, Warris Shah. In Sindhi literature, Shah Abdul Latif composed, Risalo, a collection of poems. These are just some examples, of literary works in regional languages.
Page 116 :
86, , A Brief History of Modern India, Summary, , Why the Mughal Empire Declined, ●, Weak Successors The Mughal empire was a personal despotism, and its success depended upon a strong and capable monarch., ●, Absence of Definite Law of Succession Continuous wars of, succession (absence of law of primogeniture) fostered partisanship, at the cost of patriotism., ●, Aurangzeb’s Religious and Deccan Policies The religious, policy antagonised the Rajputs, Sikhs, Jats and Marathas;, Deccan policy kept the emperor away from the capital for a long, duration., ●, Degeneration of Rulers and Nobles, ●, Deterioration of Army, ●, Too Vast an Empire The vast empire became a difficult task, for weak rulers to administer efficiently., ●, External Invasions Invasions of Irani and Durrani kingdoms, (Nadir Shah, Ahmad Shah Abdali) gave a death-blow., ●, Economic Decline Endless wars, stagnation in agriculture, and, decline in trade and industry emptied the royal treasury., ●, Advent of Europeans European companies interfered in native, politics, hastening the disintegration of empire., ●, Shifting Allegiance of Zamindars., ●, Jagirdari Crisis., ●, Rise of Regional Aspirations Rise and establishment of Awadh,, Bengal, Hyderabad, Mysore, Kerala, Rajput states and Jat states, accelerated the process of disintegration., Rise of Regional States, ●, Three categories, ●, Successor States Hyderabad (1724, Nizam-ul-Mulk), Bengal, (1717, Murshid Quli Khan), and Awadh (1722, Saadat Khan, Burhan-ul-Mulk)., ●, Independent States Mysore (under Haidar Ali), Kerala (King, Martanda Varma), and Rajput States (Raja Sawai Singh of, Amber)., ●, New States Marathas, Sikhs, Jats and Afghans., Socio-Economic Conditions, Agriculture ● Stagnant and technologically backward agriculture,, compensated by very hard labour of peasants.
Page 117 :
India on the Eve of British Conquest, , 87, , Peasants paid revenues to state, zamindars, jagirdars and, revenue-farmers., ●, Major produce/crops: rice, wheat, sugar, pepper, spices, cotton,, etc., Trade and Industry Trade flourished. Cotton textiles, raw silk, silk, fabrics, hardware, indigo, saltpetre, opium, rice, wheat, sugar,, pepper, spices, precious stones, and drugs were exported., Gold, musk, woollen cloth, copper, iron, lead, paper, porcelain,, pearls, dates, dried fruits, coffee, tea, ivory, rose water, etc.,, were imported., The textile industry was famous for its produce. The shipbuilding industry flourished. The metal industry was also well, developed., Education ● Elementary education imparted through pathshalas, and maktabs., ●, Chatuspathis or Tols among Hindus, and Madrasahs among, Muslims were the institutes of higher learning., ●, Absence of the study of science and technology and geography, was a general feature., Society ● Apart from the four varnas, Hindus were divided into, many sub-castes which differed in their nature from place to, place., ●, Muslims were also divided by considerations of caste, race,, tribe, and status, even though their religion propagated equality., Art, Architecture and Culture ● Asaf-ud-Daula, in 1784, built Bada, Imambara at Lucknow., ●, Sawai Jai Singh built pink-city of Jaipur and five astronomical, observatories (Delhi, Jaipur, Mathura, Benares, Ujjain)., ●, Painting schools of Kangra and Rajputana came into prominence., ●, In northern India, growth of Urdu language and poetry took, place. Prominent Urdu poets were Mir, Sauda, Nazir, and Mirza, Ghalib., ●, Regional languages developed. Tamil language was enriched, by Sittar poetry., ●
Page 118 :
88, , A Brief History of Modern India, , 5, Expansion and Consolidation, of British Power in India, The British Imperial History, The entire imperial history of Britain can be periodised into, two phases, the ‘first empire’ stretching across the Atlantic, towards America and the West Indies, and the ‘second, empire’ beginning around 1783 (Peace of Paris) and swinging, towards the East—Asia and Africa. The imperial history of, Britain started with the conquest of Ireland in the sixteenth, century. The English then sprang up as the ‘new Romans’,, charged with civilising so-called backward races throughout, the world. For this, the post-Enlightenment intellectuals of, Britain, in particular, and of Europe, in general, started, certifying themselves as civilised vis-a-vis the Orient peoples, and others. Owing to various spatial and situational forces, the nature of imperial ideology of Britain changed over time, but its fundamentals remained the same., , Was the British Conquest, Accidental or Intentional?, Historians have debated over the fundamental query, whether, the British conquest of India was accidental or intentional., John Seeley leads the group which says that the British, conquest of India was made blindly, unintentionally and, 88
Page 119 :
Expansion and Consolidation of British Power, , 89, , Views, Our acquisition of India was made blindly. Nothing great that, has ever been done by Englishman was done so unintentionally, and so accidentally, as the conquest of India., —John Seeley, The deeper reasons of intention and motive for the Company’s, acquisition of vast areas of territory are more obscure...for the, expansion occurred in such different parts of India at different, times. In each particular situation the precise British interests, at stake varied, and the perceived danger to them; as did the, relative weight in decision-making of different British groups, concerned in Indian affairs., —Judith Brown, , accidentally, and in a “fit of absent-mindedness”. This school, of opinion argues that the British came to trade in India and, had no desire to acquire territories or to squander their, profits on war waged for territorial expansion. The English,, it is argued, were unwillingly drawn into the political turmoil, created by the Indians themselves, and were almost forced, to acquire territories., The other group says that the British came to India with, the clear intention of establishing a large and powerful, empire, a plan which they completed by working on it bit, by bit over the years. They dismiss as propaganda the claim, of the peaceful intent and political neutrality of the English, East India Company in its early days., Both the schools of opinion appear to be overstating, their viewpoints. Initially, perhaps, the Company officials, started acquiring territory just to promote and protect their, trade interests, especially when they saw how factionalised, the political situation was. They came to realise how easily, they could pit one local ruler against another and began to, interfere in local politics and, in the process, acquired, territories. But later on the British politicians back in Britain, and the administrators sent by them to India worked on a, clear desire and plan to acquire territories and establish an, empire.
Page 120 :
90, , A Brief History of Modern India, , The enormous profits from the trade in the East,, notably India, attracted the English traders (the Company) as, it did other Europeans. A desire for quick profits, personal, ambitions of individuals, plain avarice and effects of political, developments in Europe were some of the factors that made, the British increase their political clout in India. At times,, they waged wars to protect their commercial interests and,, at others, they did so to protect their Indian allies from the, attacks of potential rivals. B.L. Grover writes: “Lord Wellesley, resorted to aggressive application of the subsidiary alliance, system to extend British dominion in India as a defensive, counter measure against the imperialistic designs of France, and Russia. From 1798 to 1818 the British motives were, consciously imperialistic. Lord Hastings further carried the, policy of Wellesley and treated India as a conquered rather, than an acquired country. Thereafter, the British seemed to, work on a set design to conquer the whole of India, and even, some neighbouring states.”, , When did the British, Period Begin in India?, In mid-18th-century India, various historical forces were at, work, consequent to which the country moved towards a new, direction. Some historians regard the year 1740, when the, Anglo-French struggle for supremacy in India began in the, wake of the War of Austrian Succession in Europe, as the, beginning of the British period. Some see the year 1757,, when the British defeated the Nawab of Bengal at Plassey,, as the designated date. Still others regard 1761, the year of, the Third Battle of Panipat when the Marathas were defeated, by Ahmad Shah Abdali, as the beginning of this phase of, Indian history. However, all such chronological landmarks are, somewhat arbitrary because the political transformation which, began around that time took about eighty years to complete.
Page 121 :
Expansion and Consolidation of British Power, , 91, , For instance, as we think of 1761, the British would, certainly come to mind (because of their victory over the, Nawab of Bengal at Plassey and over the French) but we, would not entirely write off the Marathas and would probably, also consider the prospects of Haidar Ali. In fact, it was a, period of Indian history which it would probably be a mistake, to interpret in terms of what we know in the present., Nonetheless, the circumstances under which the British, succeeded are not clear, and the few bottlenecks which they, faced were not of a serious nature. It is this paradox which, makes the causes of British success in establishing an empire, in India a matter of considerable interest., , Causes of British Success in India, The entire process of expansion and consolidation of the, British power in India took almost a century. In these hundred, odd years the English used many diplomatic and military, tactics, apart from other mechanisms, to finally emerge as, the rulers of India. Both war and administrative policies were, used by the English to impose their power over various, kingdoms and finally to consolidate their own rule over the, entire India. The British were not averse to using unscrupulous, tactics to exploit a situation or a regional ruler to get their, own way. The causational forces and factors for the success, of the British are as follows., , Superior Arms, Military and Strategy, , The firearms used by the English, which included muskets, and cannons, were better than the Indian arms both in speed, of firing and in range. On realising this, many Indian rulers, imported European arms and employed European officers to, train their troops but unfortunately the Indian military officers, and the ranks could never match the English officers, and English armies; in the absence of originality, the, military officers and armies of Indian rulers became mere, imitators.
Page 122 :
92, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Better Military Discipline and, Regular Salary, A regular system of payment of salaries and a strict regime, of discipline were the means by which the English Company, ensured that the officers and the troops were loyal. On their, part, most of the Indian rulers did not have enough money, to pay salaries regularly. The Marathas at times diverted their, military campaigns to collect revenue so as to pay their, troops. Also, the Indian rulers were dependent on personal, retinues or a rabble of mercenary elements who were not, amenable to discipline and could turn rebellious or join the, opponents when the going was not good., , Civil Discipline and Fair Selection System, , The Company officers and troops were given charge on the, basis of their reliability and skill and not on hereditary or, caste and clan ties. They themselves were subject to strict, discipline and were aware of the objectives of their campaigns., In contrast, the Indian administrators and military officers, were appointed on the basis of caste and personal relations,, often disregarding merit and ability. As a result, their, competence was doubtful and they often tended to be, rebellious and disloyal in order to pursue their own interests., , Brilliant Leadership and Support of, Second Line Leaders, Clive, Warren Hastings, Elphinstone, Munro, Marquess of, Dalhousie, etc., displayed rare qualities of leadership. The, English also had the advantage of a long list of secondary, leaders like Sir Eyre Coote, Lord Lake and Arthur Wellesley, who fought not for the leader but for the cause and the glory, of their country. The Indian side too had brilliant leaders like, Haidar Ali, Tipu Sultan, Chin Kulich Khan, Madhu Rao, Sindhia, and Jaswant Rao Holkar, but they often lacked a team, of second line trained personnel. Moreover, the Indian, leaders were as much fighting against one another as against
Page 123 :
Expansion and Consolidation of British Power, , 93, , the British. The spirit of fighting for a united cause was not, their motivation. Thus they often supported the British against, neighbouring rulers. The consciousness of ‘India’ was lacking., , Strong Financial Backup, , The income of the Company was adequate enough to pay its, shareholders handsome dividends as also to finance the, English wars in India. Furthermore, England was earning, fabulous profits from its trade with the rest of the world., This vast amount of resources in money, materials and men, was available to the British in times of need, thanks to their, superiority in sea power., , Nationalist Pride, , An economically thriving British people believing in material, advancement and proud of their national glory faced the, ‘weak, divided-amongst-themselves Indians’ bereft of a sense, of unified political nationalism. The lack of materialistic, vision among Indians was also a reason for the success of, the English Company., , British Conquest of Bengal, Bengal on the Eve of British Conquest, , Bengal, the richest province of the Mughal Empire included, present day Bangladesh, and its Nawab had authority over the, region constituting present day states of Bihar and Odisha., Exports from Bengal to Europe consisted of raw products, such as saltpetre, rice, indigo, pepper, sugar, silk, cotton, textiles, handicrafts, etc. The English East India Company had, vital commercial interests in trading in Bengal, as nearly 60, per cent of the British imports from Asia consisted of goods, from Bengal. During the 1630s, regular contact of the British, with Bengal continued when they established factories in, Balasore, Hooghly, Kasimbazar, Patna and Dacca. By the, 1690s, the foundation of Calcutta by the English company, completed the process of English commercial settlement in
Page 124 :
94, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Bengal. The Company paid a sum of Rs 3,000 (£ 350) per, annum to the Mughal emperor who allowed them to trade, freely in Bengal. In contrast, the Company’s exports from, Bengal were worth more than £ 50,000 per annum., In 1700, Murshid Quli Khan became the Dewan of, Bengal and ruled till his death in 1727. He was succeeded, by his son-in-law, Shujauddin who ruled till 1739. After that,, for a year (1739-40), Sarfaraz Khan, an incapable son of, Murshid Quli Khan, became the ruler; he was killed by, Alivardi Khan. Alivardi Khan ruled till 1756 and also stopped, paying tributes to the Mughal emperior. Under the rule of, these rulers, Bengal made unprecedented progress. There, were other factors too, which made Bengal prosperous, for, instance, the rest of India was disturbed by inter-border, disputes, the Maratha invasions, Jat revolts, and external, invasions by Nadir Shah and Ahmed Shah Abdali. The region, of Bengal was fortunate enough to escape these challenges., The population of Calcutta rose from 15,000 (in 1706) to, 100,000 (in 1750) and other cities like Dacca and, Murshidabad became highly populous., Almost all the governors of Bengal strongly resented, the special privileges enjoyed by the English company as it, meant a huge loss to the provincial exchequer. So the friction, between the English commercial interests and the Bengal, government became the chief cause for conflict between the, two. During a short period between 1757 and 1765, the power, gradually got transferred from the Nawabs of Bengal to the, British with the latter defeating the former., , Alivardi Khan and the English, , In 1741, Alivardi Khan, the Deputy Governor of Bihar, killed, the Nawab of Bengal Sarfaraz Khan in a battle and certified, his own position as the new Subahdar of Bengal by paying, a large sum of money to the Mughal Emperor, Muhammad, Shah. Alivardi Khan ruled for 15 years, during which he, fought off the Marathas. The English, too, took the advantage
Page 125 :
Expansion and Consolidation of British Power, , 95, , of the Maratha incursions in Bengal, by obtaining a permission, from the nawab to dig a ditch and throw up an entrenchment, around their settlement of Fort William. Later, Alivardi, Khan’s apprehensions were drawn to the Carnatic region,, where the European companies had usurped all power; on, realising this, he was urged to expel the Europeans from, Bengal. But he died in April 1756 and was succeeded by his, grandson, Siraj-ud-daula, the son of Alivardi’s youngest, daughter., , Challenges Before Siraj-ud-daula, , A youth just in his twentieth year, Siraj inherited many, troubles from his grandfather. He had a rival in his cousin,, the Nawab of Purnea, Shaukat Jang; a hostile aunt, Ghasiti, Begum, a childless widow; a rebellious commander of the, army, Mir Jafar, husband of Alivardi Khan’s sister; and an, alarmed (Hindu) subject population. There was a dominant, group in his court comprising Jagat Seth, Omichand, Rai, Ballabh, Rai Durlabh and others who were opposed to him., To these internal rivals were added the threat to Siraj’s, position from the ever-growing commercial activity of the, English company. Impulsive by nature and lacking experience,, Siraj felt insecure, and this prompted him to act in ways, which proved counter productive. He defeated Shaukat Jang, and killed him in a battle, divested Ghasiti Begum of her, treasures and secured her, and dismissed Mir Jafar, appointing, Mir Madan in his place. A Kashmiri officer Mohan Lal was, appointed as the overall administrator, and he acted almost, like a prime minister., , The Battle of Plassey, Prelude to the Battle, The officials of the Company made rampant misuse of its, trade privileges that adversely affected the nawab’s finances., The English fortified Calcutta without the nawab’s permission., The Company further tried to mislead him, and compounded
Page 126 :
96, , A Brief History of Modern India, , their sin by giving asylum to a political fugitive, Krishna Das,, son of Raj Ballabh who had fled with immense treasures, against the nawab’s will. The Company, on its part, suspected, that Siraj would drastically reduce its trade privileges in, collusion with the French in Bengal. Thus, when Siraj attacked, and seized the English fort at Calcutta, it brought their, hostility into the open., Mention may be made here of the much propagated, ‘Black Hole Tragedy’. Siraj-ud-daula is believed to have, imprisoned 146 English persons who were lodged in a very, tiny room due to which 123 of them died of suffocation., However, historians either do not believe this story, or say, that the number of victims must have been much smaller., , The Battle, The arrival of a strong force under the command of Robert, Clive at Calcutta from Madras strengthened the English, position in Bengal. Clive forged a secret alliance with the, traitors of the nawab—Mir Jafar, Rai Durlabh, Jagat Seth (an, influential banker of Bengal) and Omichand. Under the deal,, Mir Jafar was to be made the nawab who in turn would reward, the Company for its services. The secret alliance of the, Company with the conspirators further strengthened the, English position. So the English victory in the Battle of, Plassey (June 23, 1757) was decided before the battle was, even fought. Due to the conspiracy of the nawab’s officials,, the 50,000-strong force of Siraj was defeated by a handful, of Clive’s forces. Siraj-ud-daula was captured and murdered, by the order of Mir Jafar’s son, Miran. The Battle of Plassey, placed at the disposal of the English vast resources of Bengal., After Plassey, the English virtually monopolised the trade and, commerce of Bengal., , Significance of Battle of Plassey, As a result of this victory, Mir Jafar became the Nawab of, Bengal. He gave large sums of money plus the zamindari, of 24 parganas to the English.
Page 127 :
Expansion and Consolidation of British Power, , 97, , The Battle of Plassey had political significance for it, laid the foundation of the British empire in India; it has been, rightly regarded as the starting point of British rule in India., The battle established the military supremacy of the English, in Bengal. Their main rivals, the French, were ousted. They, obtained a grant of territories for the maintenance of a, properly equipped military force, and their prestige increased, manifold. But there was no apparent change in the form of, government, though the supreme control of affairs passed to, Clive, on whose support the new nawab, Mir Jafar, was, entirely dependent for maintaining his newly acquired position., The sovereignty of the English over Calcutta was recognised,, and the English posted a Resident at the nawab’s court., , Mir Kasim and the Treaty of 1760, , Mir Jafar was increasingly irritated by the interference of, Clive. He entered into a conspiracy with the Dutch at, Chinsura. But the Dutch were defeated and humbled by the, English forces at Bedara in November 1759. The treachery, of Mir Jafar and his failure to make the payments due to, the Company, annoyed the English. Meanwhile, Miran, the, son of Jafar died and there started a fight for the nawabship, of Bengal between Mir Kasim, the son-in-law of Mir Jafar,, and Miran’s son. Vansittart, the new Governor of Calcutta,, agreed to support Mir Kasim’s claim after a treaty between, Mir Kasim and the Company was signed in 1760. Important, features of the treaty were as follows:, (i) Mir Kasim agreed to cede to the Company the, districts of Burdwan, Midnapur and Chittagong., (ii) The Company would get half of the share in chunam, trade of Sylhet., (iii) Mir Kasim agreed to pay off the outstanding dues, to the Company., (iv) Mir Kasim promised to pay a sum of rupees five, lakh towards financing the Company’s war efforts in, southern India., (v) It was agreed that Mir Kasim’s enemies were the
Page 128 :
98, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Company’s enemies, and his friends, the Company’s, friends., (vi) It was agreed that tenants of the nawab’s territory, would not be allowed to settle in the lands of the, Company, and vice-versa., Under the pressure of the Company, Mir Jafar decided, to resign in favour of Mir Kasim. A pension of Rs 1,500, per annum was fixed for Mir Jafar., , Steps taken by Mir Kasim, Mir Kasim was the ablest nawab among the successors of, Alivardi Khan. After assuming power, Mir Kasim shifted the, capital from Murshidabad to Munger in Bihar. The move was, taken to allow a safe distance from the Company at Calcutta., His other important steps were reorganising the bureaucracy, with the men of his own choice and remodelling the army, to enhance its skill and efficiency., , The Battle of Buxar, Prelude to Battle, The Company had thought that Mir Kasim would prove to, be an ideal puppet for them. However, Mir Kasim belied the, expectations of the Company. Ram Narayan, the deputygovernor of Bihar, was not responding to repeated requests, by the nawab to submit the accounts of the revenues of Bihar., Mir Kasim could not tolerate this open defiance of his, authority. But Ram Narayan was supported by the English, officials of Patna. The misuse of the Company’s dastak or, trade permit (a permit which exempted the goods specified, from payment of duties) by Company officials also resulted, in tensions between the nawab and the English., The misuse of the dastak meant the loss of tax revenue, to the nawab. It also made the local merchants face unequal, competition with the Company merchants. By an imperial, farman, the English company had obtained the right to trade, in Bengal without paying transit dues or tolls. However, the
Page 129 :
Expansion and Consolidation of British Power, , 99, , servants of the Company also claimed the same privileges, for their private trade. The Company’s servants also sold, dastak to Indian merchants for a commission. Besides, they, used coercive methods to get goods at cheaper rates, which, was against the spirit of the duty-free trade. The duty-free, trade simply meant buying cheap in an otherwise competitive, market. Mir Kasim decided to abolish the duties altogether,, but the British protested against this and insisted upon having, preferential treatment as against other traders., The Nawab-Company tussle over transit duty led to the, outbreak of wars between the English and Mir Kasim in 1763., The English gained successive victories at Katwah,, Murshidabad, Giria, Sooty and Munger. Mir Kasim fled to, Awadh (or Oudh) and formed a confederacy with the Nawab, of Awadh, Shuja-ud-daulah, and the Mughal Emperor, Shah, Alam II, with a view to recover Bengal from the English., , The Battle, The combined armies of Mir Kasim, the Nawab of Awadh, and Shah Alam II were defeated by the English forces under, Major Hector Munro at Buxar on October 22, 1764 in a, closely contested battle. The English campaign against Mir, Kasim was short but decisive., The importance of this battle lay in the fact that not, only the Nawab of Bengal but also the Mughal Emperor of, India was defeated by the English. The victory made the, English a great power in northern India and contenders for, the supremacy over the whole country., Robert Clive, A survey of this period of British rule cannot be complete without, a reference to Robert Clive, who joined the army after resigning, from a clerk’s post. He was instrumental in laying the foundations, of British power in India. He was made the Governor of Bengal, twice from 1757 to 1760 and then from 1765 to 1767. He, administered Bengal under the dual government system till his return, to England where he allegedly committed suicide in 1774.
Page 130 :
100, , A Brief History of Modern India, , After the battle, Mir Jafar, who was made Nawab in, 1763 when relations between Mir Kasim and the Company, became strained, agreed to hand over the districts of, Midnapore, Burdwan and Chittagong to the English for the, maintenance of their army. The English were also permitted, duty-free trade in Bengal, except for a duty of two per cent, on salt. After the death of Mir Jafar, his minor son, Najimud-daula, was appointed nawab, but the real power of, administration lay in the hands of the naib-subahdar, who, could be appointed or dismissed by the English., , The Treaty of Allahabad, , Robert Clive concluded two important treaties at Allahabad, in August 1765—one with the Nawab of Awadh and the other, with the Mughal Emperor, Shah Alam II., Nawab Shuja-ud-Daula agreed to:, (i) surrender Allahabad and Kara to Emperor Shah, Alam II;, (ii) pay Rs 50 lakh to the Company as war indemnity;, and, (iii) give Balwant Singh, Zamindar of Banaras, full, possession of his estate., Shah Alam II agreed to:, (i) reside at Allahabad, to be ceded to him by the, Nawab of Awadh, under the Company’s protection;, (ii) issue a farman granting the diwani of Bengal,, Bihar and Orissa to the East India Company in lieu, of an annual payment of Rs 26 lakh; and, (iii) a provision of Rs 53 lakh to the Company in return, for nizamat functions (military defence, police,, and administration of justice) of the said provinces., Clive did not want to annex Awadh because it would, have placed the Company under an obligation to protect an, extensive land frontier from the Afghan and the Maratha, invasions. The treaty made the Nawab a firm friend of the, Company, and turned Awadh into a buffer state. Similarly,
Page 131 :
Expansion and Consolidation of British Power, , 101, , Clive’s arrangement with Shah Alam II was inspired by, practical considerations. It made the emperor a useful ‘rubber, stamp’ of the Company. Besides, the emperor’s farman, legalised the political gains of the Company in Bengal., Mir Kasim, the dethroned Nawab of Bengal, spent the, rest of his life in abject misery as a homeless wanderer and, died in June 1777., , Dual Government in Bengal (1765-72), , After the battle of Buxar, the East India Company became, the real masters of Bengal. Robert Clive introduced the dual, system of government, i.e., the rule of the two—the Company, and the Nawab—in Bengal in which both the diwani, i.e.,, collecting revenues, and nizamat, i.e., police and judicial, functions, came under the control of the Company. The, Company exercised diwani rights as the diwan and the, nizamat rights through its right to nominate the deputy, subahdar. The Company acquired the diwani functions from, the emperor and nizamat functions from the subahdar of, Bengal., The system held a great advantage for the Company., It left the appearance of authority to the puppet Indian ruler,, Views, Whether regarded as a duel between the foreigner and the native,, or as an event pregnant with vast permanent consequences,, Buxar takes rank amongst the most decisive battles ever fought., Not only did the victory of the English save Bengal, not only, did it advance the British frontier to Allahabad, but it bound the, rulers of Awadh to the conqueror by ties of admiration, of, gratitude, of absolute reliance and trust, ties which made them, for the ninety-four years that followed the friends of his friends, and the enemies of his enemies., —G.B. Malleson, Clive was not a founder but a harbinger of the future. He was, not a planner of empire but an experimenter who revealed, something of the possibilities. Clive was the forerunner of the, British Empire., —Percival Spear
Page 132 :
102, , A Brief History of Modern India, , while keeping the sovereign power in the hands of the, Company. The nawab was responsible for maintaining peace, and order, but he depended both for funds and forces upon, the Company because the latter controlled the army and, revenues., For the exercise of diwani functions, the Company, appointed two deputy diwans, Mohammad Reza Khan for, Bengal and Raja Sitab Roy for Bihar. Mohammad Reza Khan, also acted as deputy nazim or deputy subahdar., The dual system led to an administrative breakdown and, proved disastrous for the people of Bengal. Neither the, Company nor the Nawab cared for administration and public, welfare. Warren Hastings did away with the dual system in, 1772., , Mysore’s Resistance to the Company, The Wodeyar / Mysore Dynasty, , After the battle of Talikota (1565) gave a deadly blow to, the great kingdom of Vijayanagara, many small kingdoms, emerged from its remnants. In 1612 a Hindu kingdom under, the Wodeyars emerged in the region of Mysore. Chikka, Krishnaraja Wodeyar II ruled from 1734 to 1766. During the, second half of the 18th century, Mysore emerged as a, formidable power under the leadership of Haidar Ali and Tipu, Sultan. The English felt their political and commercial, interests in south India was threatened because of Mysore’s, proximity with the French and Haidar Ali and Tipu’s control, over the rich trade of the Malabar coast. Mysore’s power, was also seen as a threat to the control of the English over, Madras., , Rise of Haidar Ali, In the early 18th century two brothers, Nanjaraj (the, sarvadhikari) and Devaraj (the Dulwai) had reduced Chikka, Krishnaraja Wodeyar to a mere puppet. Haidar Ali, born in, 1721 in an obscure family, started his career as a horseman
Page 133 :
Expansion and Consolidation of British Power, , 103, , in the Mysore army under the ministers, Nanjaraj and Devaraj., Though uneducated, he possessed a keen intellect and was, a man of great energy and determination., Repeated incursions of the Marathas and of the Nizam’s, troops into the territories of Mysore resulted in heavy, financial demands made by the aggressors from Mysore., Mysore became financially and politically weak. The need, of the hour was a leader with high degree of military powers, and diplomatic skill. Haidar Ali fulfilled that need and, usurped the royal authority by becoming the de facto ruler, of Mysore in 1761. He realised that the exceedingly mobile, Marathas could be contained only by a swift cavalry, that the, cannons of the French-trained Nizami army could be silenced, only by an effective artillery, and that the superior arms from, the West could only be matched by arms brought from the, same place or manufactured with the same know-how., Haidar Ali took the help of the French to set up an, arms factory at Dindigul (now in Tamil Nadu), and also, introduced Western methods of training for his army. He also, started to use his considerable diplomatic skill to, outmanoeuvre his opponents. With his superior military skill, he captured Dod Ballapur, Sera, Bednur and Hoskote in 176163, and brought to submission the troublesome Poligars of, South India (in what is now Tamil Nadu). Recovering from, their defeat at Panipat, the Marathas under Madhavrao attacked, Mysore, and defeated Haidar Ali in 1764, 1766, and 1771., To buy peace, Haidar Ali had to give them large sums of, money, but after Madhavrao’s death in 1772, Haidar Ali, raided the Marathas a number of times during 1774-76, and, recovered all the territories he had previously lost, besides, capturing new areas., , First Anglo-Mysore War (1767-69), Background, After their easy success in Bengal, the English were confident, of their military strength. They concluded a treaty with the
Page 134 :
104, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Nizam of Hyderabad (1766) persuading him to give them the, Northern Circars (region) in lieu of which they said they, would protect the Nizam from Haidar Ali. Haidar already had, territorial disputes with the Nawab of Arcot and differences, with the Marathas., , Changing Alliances, The Nizam, the Marathas, and the English allied together, against Haidar Ali. Haidar acted with considerable tact and, diplomatic skill. He paid the Marathas to turn them neutral, and, promising to share conquered territories with the Nizam,, converted the Nizam into his ally. He then joined the Nizam, to attack the Nawab of Arcot., , Course of War, The war continued for a year-and-a-half without any conclusion., Haidar changed his strategy and suddenly appeared before the, gates of Madras. There was complete chaos and panic at, Madras forcing the English to conclude a very humiliating, treaty with Haidar on April 4, 1769—Treaty of Madras. The, treaty provided for the exchange of prisoners and mutual, restitution of conquests. Haidar Ali was promised the help, of the English in case he was attacked by any other power., , Second Anglo-Mysore War (1780-84), Background, Haidar Ali accused the English of breach of faith and nonobservance of the Treaty of Madras when in 1771 he was, attacked by the Marathas, and the English failed to come to, his aid. Also, he found that the French were much more, helpful than the English in meeting his army’s requirement, of guns, saltpetre and lead. Consequently, through Mahe, a, French possession on the Malabar coast, some French war, material was brought to Mysore. Meanwhile, the American, war of independence had broken out in which the French were, on the side of the rebels against the English. Under the, circumstances, Haidar Ali’s friendship with the French caused
Page 135 :
Expansion and Consolidation of British Power, , 105, , even more concern to the English. They therefore tried to, capture Mahe, which Haidar regarded to be under his, protection. Haidar considered the English attempt to capture, Mahe a direct challenge to his authority., , Course of War, Haidar forged an anti-English alliance with the Marathas and, the Nizam. He followed it up by an attack in the Carnatic,, capturing Arcot, and defeating the English army under, Colonel Baillie in 1781. In the meantime, the English (under, Sir Eyre Coote) detached both the Marathas and the Nizam, from Haidar’s side, but the undeterred Haidar faced the, English boldly only to suffer a defeat at Porto Novo in, November 1781. However, he regrouped his forces and, defeated the English and captured their commander,, Braithwaite., Treaty of Mangalore Haidar Ali died of cancer on, December 7, 1782. Now his son, Tipu Sultan, carried on the, war for one year without any positive outcome. Fed up with, an inconclusive war, both sides opted for peace, negotiating, the Treaty of Mangalore (March, 1784) under which each, party gave back the territories it had taken from the other., , Third Anglo-Mysore War, Background, A dispute arose between Tipu and the state of Travancore., Travancore had purchased Jalkottal and Cannanore from the, Dutch in the Cochin state. As Cochin was a feudatory of Tipu,, he considered the act of Travancore as a violation of his, sovereign rights. So, in April 1790, Tipu declared war against, Travancore for the restoration of his rights., , Course of War, The English, siding with Travancore, attacked Tipu. In 1790,, Tipu defeated the English under General Meadows. In 1791,, Cornwallis took the leadership and at the head of a large army, marched through Ambur and Vellore to Bangalore (captured
Page 136 :
106, , A Brief History of Modern India, View, , We have crippled our enemy effectively without making our, friends too formidable., —Lord Cornwallis, , in March 1791) and from there to Seringapatam. Coimbatore, fell to them, but they lost it again, and at last with the support, of the Marathas and the Nizam, the English attacked, Seringapatam for the second time. Tipu offered serious, opposition, but the odds were against him. Consequently, he, had to pay heavily under the Treaty of Seringapatam., Treaty of Seringapatam Under this treaty of 1792,, nearly half of the Mysorean territory was taken over by the, victors. Baramahal, Dindigul and Malabar went to the English,, while the Marathas got the regions surrounding the Tungabhadra, and its tributaries and the Nizam acquired the areas from the, Krishna to beyond the Pennar. Besides, a war damage of three, crore rupees was also taken from Tipu. Half of the war, indemnity was to be paid immediately while the rest was to, be given in installments, for which Tipu’s two sons were taken, as hostages by the English., , Fourth Anglo-Mysore War, Background, The English as well as Tipu Sultan used the period 1792 to, 1799 to recoup their losses. Tipu fulfilled all the terms of, the Treaty of Seringapatam and got his sons released. In 1796,, when the Hindu ruler of Wodeyar dynasty died, Tipu refused, to place Wodeyar’s minor son on the throne and declared, himself sultan. He also decided to avenge his humilitating, defeat and the terms put by the Treaty of Seringapatam., In 1798, Lord Wellesley succeeded Sir John Shore as, the new Governor General. An imperialist to the core,, Wellesley was concerned about Tipu’s growing friendship, with the French and aimed at annihilating Tipu’s independent, existence or force him to submission through the system of, Subsidiary Alliance. So the chargesheet against Tipu mentioned
Page 137 :
Expansion and Consolidation of British Power, , 107, , Estimate of Tipu Sultan, Tipu Sultan was born in November 1750 to Haidar Ali and, Fatima. A well educated man, he could freely converse in Arabic,, Persian, Kanarese and Urdu., Tipu was a great warrior (he was known as the ‘Tiger of, Mysore’) and gave maximum care to the raising and maintenance, of an efficient military force. He organised his army on the European, model with Persian words of command. Though he took the help, of the French officers to train his soldiers, he never allowed them, (French) to develop into a pressure group. Like his father, Tipu, realised the importance of a naval force. In 1796, he set up a Board, of Admiralty and planned for a fleet of 22 battleships and 20 large, frigates. Three dockyards were established at Mangalore, Wajedabad, and Molidabad. However, his plans did not fructify., Tipu was a patron of science and technology. He is credited, as the ‘pioneer of rocket technology’ in India. He wrote a military, manual explaining the operation of rockets. He was also a pioneer, in introducing sericulture to the Mysore State., Tipu was a great lover of democracy and a great diplomat., He gave his support to the French soldiers at Seringapatam in setting, up a Jacobin Club in 1797. He ordered a salute of 2,300 cannons, and 500 rockets to celebrate the occasion. Tipu himself became, a member of the Jacobin Club and allowed himself to be called, Citizen Tipu. He planted the Tree of Liberty at Seringapatam., Some historians have depicted Tipu as a bigoted monarch., This was the main view of colonial historians. This estimation of, the sultan is not fully correct. It is true that he crushed the Hindu, Coorgs and Nairs. But at the same time he also punished the Muslim, Moplahs when they defied his authority. Though he is reported to, have demolished temples in Kerala when he conquered places there,, Tipu is also known to have protected Hindu temples within his own, kingdom. He sanctioned funds for the repair of the Sringeri Temple, and installation of the idol of Goddess Sarada (the idol had been, damaged during a Maratha raid in 1791). It is necessary not to, judge characters of the past with modern yardsticks of secularism, and democracy., Tipu despised the use of palanquins and described them as, fit only for use of women and the disabled. He is also credited, with beginning capitalist development at a time when feudalism was, prevalent., Tipu was a man representing multiple traditions.
Page 138 :
108, , A Brief History of Modern India, , that he was plotting against the English with the Nizam and, the Marathas and that he had sent emissaries to Arabia,, Afghanistan, Kabul and Zaman Shah, as also to Isle of France, (Mauritius) and Versailles, with treasonable intent. Tipu’s, explanation did not satisfy Wellesley., , Course of War, The war began on April 17, 1799 and ended on May 4, 1799, with the fall of Seringapatam. Tipu was defeated first by, English General Stuart and then by General Harris. Arthur, Wellesley, the brother of Lord Wellesley, also participated, in the war. The English were again helped by the Marathas, and the Nizam. The Marathas had been promised half of the, territory of Tipu and the Nizam had already signed the, Subsidiary Alliance. Tipu laid down his life fighting bravely;, his family members were interned at Vellore, and his, treasures were confiscated by the English. The English chose, a boy from the earlier Hindu royal family of Mysore as the, maharaja and also imposed on him the subsidiary alliance, system., Views, Tipu has been regarded by some writers as the first Indian, nationalist and a martyr for India’s freedom. But this is a wrong, view arrived at by projecting the present into the past. In the, age in which Tipu lived and ruled there was no sense of, nationalism or an awareness among Indians that they were a, subject people. It will, therefore, be too much to say that Tipu, waged war against the English for the sake of India’s freedom., Actually he fought in order to preserve his own power and, independence..., —Mohibbul Hasan, History of Tipu Sultan, When a person travelling through a strange country finds it well, cultivated, populous with industrious inhabitants, cities newly, founded, commerce extending, towns increasing and everything, flourishing so as to indicate happiness he will naturally conclude, it to be under a form of government congenial to the minds, of the people. This is a picture of Tippoo’s country., —Lieutenant Moore
Page 139 :
Expansion and Consolidation of British Power, , 109, , Mysore After Tipu, , ● Wellesley offered Soonda and Harponelly districts, of Mysore Kingdom to the Marathas, which the latter refused., ● The Nizam was given the districts of Gooty and, Gurramkonda., ● The English took possession of Kanara, Wynad,, Coimbatore, Dwaraporam and Seringapatam., ● The new state of Mysore was handed over to the old, Hindu dynasty (Wodeyars) under a minor ruler Krishnaraja, III, who accepted the subsidiary alliance., ● In 1831 William Bentinck took control of Mysore, on grounds of misgovernance., ● In 1881 Lord Ripon restored the kingdom to its ruler., , Anglo-Maratha Struggle for Supremacy, Rise of the Marathas, , As the Mughal Empire declined, one of the staunchest and, hardiest of the empire’s adversaries, the Marathas, got a, chance to rise in power. They controlled a large portion of, the country; besides, they also received tributes from areas, not directly under their control. By the middle of the, eighteenth century, they were in Lahore thinking of becoming, rulers of the north Indian empire and in the court of the, Mughals playing the role of kingmakers., Though the Third Battle of Panipat (1761), in which, they were defeated by Ahmad Shah Abdali, changed the, situation, they regrouped, regained their strength and within, a decade achieved a position of power in India., Bajirao I (1720-40), considered greatest of all the, Peshwas, had started a confederacy of prominent Maratha, chiefs to manage the rapidly expanding Maratha power, and, to some extent appease the kshatriya section of the Marathas, (Peshwas were brahmins) led by the senapati Dabodi. Under, the arrangement of the Maratha confederacy, each prominent, family under a chief was assigned a sphere of influence which
Page 140 :
110, , A Brief History of Modern India, , he was supposed to conquer and rule, but in the name of, the then Maratha king, Shahu. The Maratha families which, emerged prominent were—(i) the Gaekwad of Baroda,, (ii) the Bhonsle of Nagpur, (iii) the Holkars of Indore,, (iv) the Sindhias of Gwalior, and (v) the Peshwa of Poona., The confederacy, under Bajirao I to Madhavrao I worked, cordially but the Third Battle of Panipat (1761) changed, everything. The defeat at Panipat and later the death of the, young Peshwa, Madhavrao I, in 1772, weakened the control, of the Peshwas over the confederacy. Though the chiefs of, the confederacy united on occasion, as against the British, (1775-82), more often they quarrelled among themselves., , Entry of the English into Maratha Politics, , The years between the last quarter of the 18th century and, the first quarter of the 19th century witnessed the Marathas, and the English clashing thrice for political supremacy, with, the English emerging victorious in the end. The cause of, these conflicts was the inordinate ambition of the English,, and the divided house of the Marathas that encouraged the, English to hope for success in their venture. The English in, Bombay wanted to establish a government on the lines of, the arrangement made by Clive in Bengal, Bihar and Orissa., So it was a longed-for opportunity for the English when, dissensions over a succession divided the Marathas., , First Anglo-Maratha War (1775-82), Background, After the death of Madhavrao in 1772, his brother Narayanrao, succeeded him as the fifth peshwa. However, Narayanrao’s, uncle, Raghunathrao, had his nephew assassinated and named, himself as the next peshwa, although he was not a legal heir., Narayanrao’s widow, Gangabai, gave birth to a son after her, husband’s death. The newborn infant was named ‘Sawai’ (One, and a Quarter) Madhavrao and he was legally the next peshwa., Twelve Maratha chiefs (Barabhai), led by Nana Phadnavis,
Page 141 :
Expansion and Consolidation of British Power, , 111, , made an effort to name the infant as the new peshwa and, rule for him as regents., Treaties of Surat and Purandhar Raghunathrao,, unwilling to give up his position in power, sought help from, the English at Bombay and signed the Treaty of Surat in, 1775. Under the treaty, Raghunathrao ceded the territories, of Salsette and Bassein to the English along with a portion, of the revenues from Surat and Bharuch districts. In return,, the English were to provide Raghunathrao with 2,500 soldiers., The British Calcutta Council, on the other side of India,, condemned the Treaty of Surat (1775) and sent Colonel, Upton to Pune to annul it and make a new treaty (Treaty, of Purandhar, 1776) with the regency renouncing Raghunath, and promising him a pension. The Bombay government, rejected this and gave refuge to Raghunath. In 1777, Nana, Phadnavis violated his treaty with the Calcutta Council by, granting the French a port on the west coast. The English, retaliated by sending a force towards Pune., , Course of War, The English and the Maratha armies met on the outskirts of, Pune. Though the Maratha army had a larger number of, soldiers than the English, the latter had highly superior, ammunition and cannons. However, the Maratha army was, commanded by a brilliant general named Mahadji Sindhia, (also known as Mahadji Shinde). Mahadji lured the English, army into the ghats (mountain passes) near Talegaon and, trapped the English from all sides and attacked the English, supply base at Khopali. The Marathas also utilised a scorched, earth policy, burning farmland and poisoning wells. As the, English began to withdraw to Talegaon, the Marathas attacked,, forcing them to retreat to the village of Wadgaon. Here, the, English army was surrounded on all sides by the Marathas, and cut off from food and water supplies. The English, surrendered by mid-January 1779 and signed the Treaty of, Wadgaon that forced the Bombay government to relinquish
Page 142 :
112, , A Brief History of Modern India, , all territories acquired by the English since 1775., Treaty of Salbai (1782): End of the First Phase of, the Struggle Warren Hastings, the Governor-General in, Bengal, rejected the Treaty of Wadgaon and sent a large force, of soldiers under Colonel Goddard who captured Ahmedabad, in February 1779, and Bassein in December 1780. Another, Bengal detachment led by Captain Popham captured Gwalior, in August 1780. In February 1781 the English, under General, Camac, finally defeated Sindhia at Sipri., Sindhia proposed a new treaty between the Peshwa and, the English, and the Treaty of Salbai was signed in May 1782;, it was ratified by Hastings in June 1782 and by Phadnavis, in February 1783. The treaty guaranteed peace between the, two sides for twenty years. The main provisions of the Treaty, of Salbai were:, (i) Salsette should continue in the possession of the, English., (ii) The whole of the territory conquered since the, Treaty of Purandhar (1776) including Bassein should be, restored to the Marathas., (iii) In Gujarat, Fateh Singh Gaekwad should remain in, possession of the territory which he had before the war and, should serve the Peshwa as before., (iv) The English should not offer any further support, to Raghunathrao and the Peshwa should grant him a, maintenance allowance., (v) Haidar Ali should return all the territory taken from, the English and the Nawab of Arcot., (vi) The English should enjoy the privileges at trade, as before., (vii) The Peshwa should not support any other European, nation., (viii) The Peshwa and the English should undertake that, their several allies should remain at peace with one another., (ix) Mahadji Sindhia should be the mutual guarantor for, the proper observance of the terms of the treaty.
Page 143 :
Expansion and Consolidation of British Power, , 113, , Second Anglo Maratha War (1803-1805), Background, The Second Anglo-Maratha war started in circumstances, similar to those of the first. After Peshwa Madhavrao Narayan, committed suicide in 1795, Bajirao II, the worthless son of, Raghunathrao, became the Peshwa. Nana Phadnavis, a bitter, foe of Bajirao II, became the chief minister. The dissensions, among the Marathas provided the English with an opportunity, to intervene in Maratha affairs. The death of Nana Phadnavis, in 1800 gave the British an added advantage., , Course of War, On April 1, 1801 the Peshwa brutally murdered the brother, of Jaswantrao Holkar, Vithuji. A furious Jaswant arrayed his, forces against the combined armies of Sindhia and Bajirao, II. The turmoil continued and on October 25, 1802, Jaswant, defeated the armies of the Peshwa and Sindhia decisively at, Hadaspar near Poona and placed Vinayakrao, son of Amritrao,, on the Peshwa’s seat. A terrified Bajirao II fled to Bassein, where, on December 31, 1802, he signed a treaty with the, English., Treaty of Bassein (1802) Under the treaty, the Peshwa, agreed:, (i) to receive from the Company a native infantry, (consisting of not less than 6,000 troops), with the usual, proportion of field artillery and European artillery men, attached, to be permanently stationed in his territories;, (ii) to cede to the Company territories yielding an, income of Rs 26 lakh;, (iii) to surrender the city of Surat;, (iv) to give up all claims for chauth on the Nizam’s, dominions;, (v) to accept the Company’s arbitration in all differences, between him and the Nizam or the Gaekwad;, (vi) not to keep in his employment Europeans of any, nation at war with the English; and
Page 144 :
114, , A Brief History of Modern India, , (vii) to subject his relations with other states to the, control of the English., Reduced to Vassalage After the Peshwa accepted the, subsidiary alliance, Sindhia and Bhonsle attempted to save, Maratha independence. But the well prepared and organised, army of the English under Arthur Wellesley defeated the, combined armies of Sindhia and Bhonsle and forced them, to conclude separate subsidiary treaties with the English., In 1804, Yashwantrao Holkar made an attempt to form, a coalition of Indian rulers to fight against the English. But, his attempt proved unsuccessful. The Marathas were defeated,, reduced to British vassalage and isolated from one another., [(i) Defeat of Bhonsle (December 17, 1803, Treaty of, Devgaon); (ii) Defeat of Sindhia (December 30, 1803,, Treaty of Surajianjangaon); and (iii) Defeat of Holkar, (1806, Treaty of Rajpurghat)]., Significance of the Treaty of Bassein Admittedly, the, treaty was signed by a Peshwa who lacked political authority,, but the gains made by the English were immense. The, provision of keeping English troops permanently in Maratha, territory was of great strategical benefit. The Company, already had troops in Mysore, Hyderabad and Lucknow. The, addition of Poona on the list meant that the Company’s troops, were now more evenly spread and could be rushed to any, place without much delay in times of need. Though the Treaty, of Bassein did not hand over India to the Company on a, platter, it was a major development in that direction; the, Company was now well placed to expand its areas of, influence. In the circumstances, the observation that the, treaty “gave the English the key to India,” may be exaggerated,, but appears understandable., , Third Anglo-Maratha War (1817-19), Background, Lord Hastings had the imperialistic design of imposing, British paramountcy. By the Charter Act of 1813, the East
Page 145 :
Expansion and Consolidation of British Power, , 115, , India Company’s monopoly of trade in China (except tea), ended and hence the company needed more markets., The Pindaris, made up of many castes and classes, were, attached to Maratha armies as mercenaries. When the Marathas, became weak, the Pindaris could not get regular employment., As a consequence, they started plundering neighbouring, territories, including those of the Company. The English, charged the Marathas with giving shelter to the Pindaris., Pindari leaders like Amir Khan and Karim Khan surrendered, while Chitu Khan fled into the jungles., The Treaty of Bassein, described as “a treaty with a, cipher (the Peshwa)”, wounded the feelings of the other, Maratha leaders. They saw the treaty as an absolute surrender, of independence., Lord Hastings’ actions taken against the Pindaris were, seen as a transgression of the sovereignty of the Marathas;, they served to once again unite the Maratha confederacy. A, repentant Bajirao II made a last bid in 1817 by rallying, together the Maratha chiefs against the English in course of, the Third Anglo-Maratha War., , Course of War, , The Peshwa attacked the British Residency at Poona. Appa, Sahib of Nagpur attacked the residency at Nagpur, and the, Holkar made preparations for war. But by then the Marathas, had lost almost all those elements which are needed for the, growth of a power. The political and administrative conditions, of all the Maratha states were confused and inefficient. After, the death of Jaswantrao Holkar, Tulsi Bai, the Holkar’s, favourite mistress, came to the helm of affairs in Poona., Though a clever and intelligent woman, she could not, administer the state properly because she was influenced by, some unworthy men such as Balram Seth and Amir Khan., The Bhonsle at Nagpur and the Sindhia at Gwalior had also, become weak. So the English, striking back vigorously,, succeeded in not allowing the Peshwa to exert his authority, again on the Maratha confederacy.
Page 146 :
116, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Result The Peshwa was defeated at Khirki, Bhonsle at, Sitabuldi, and Holkar at Mahidpur., Some important treaties were signed. These were:, ● June 1817, Treaty of Poona, with Peshwa., ● November 1817, Treaty of Gwalior, with Sindhia., ● January 1818, Treaty of Mandasor, with Holkar., In June 1818, the Peshwa finally surrendered and the, Maratha confederacy was dissolved. The peshwaship was, abolished. Peshwa Bajirao became a British retainer at Bithur, near Kanpur. Pratap Singh, a lineal descendant of Shivaji, was, made ruler of a small principality, Satara, formed out of the, Peshwa’s dominions., , Why the Marathas Lost, , There were several reasons for the Marathas’ defeat by the, English. The main reasons were as follows., (i) Inept Leadership The Maratha state was despotic, in character. The personality and character of the head of, the state had a great bearing on the affairs of the state. But,, unfortunately, the later Maratha leaders Bajirao II, Daulatrao, Sindhia and Jaswantrao Holkar were worthless and selfish, leaders. They were no match for the English officials such, as Elphinstone, John Malcolm and Arthur Wellesley (who, later led the English to conquer Napoleon)., (ii) Defective Nature of Maratha State The cohesion, of the people of the Maratha state was not organic but, artificial and accidental, and hence precarious. There was no, effort, right from the days of Shivaji, for a well thought out, organised communal improvement, spread of education or, unification of the people. The rise of the Maratha state was, based on the religio-national movement. This defect of the, Maratha state became glaring when they had to contend with, a European power organised on the best pattern of the West., (iii) Loose Political Set-up The Maratha empire was, a loose confederation under the leadership of the Chhatrapati, and later the Peshwa. Powerful chiefs such as the Gaikwad,
Page 147 :
Expansion and Consolidation of British Power, , 117, , the Holkar, the Sindhia and the Bhonsle carved out semiindependent kingdoms for themselves and paid lip service to, the authority of the Peshwa. Further, there existed, irreconcilable hostility between different units of the, confederacy. The Maratha chief often took sides with one, or the other. The lack of a cooperative spirit among the, Maratha chiefs proved detrimental to the Maratha state., (iv) Inferior Military System Though full of personal, prowess and valour, the Marathas were inferior to the English, in organisation of the forces, in war weapons, in disciplined, action and in effective leadership. The centrifugal tendencies, of divided command accounted for much of the Maratha, failures. Treachery in the ranks was instrumental in weakening, the Maratha forces. The adoption of the modern techniques, of warfare by the Marathas was inadequate. The Marathas, neglected the paramount importance of artillery. Though the, Poona government set up an artillery department, it hardly, functioned effectively., (v) Unstable Economic Policy The Maratha leadership, failed to evolve a stable economic policy to suit the changing, needs of time. There were no industries or foreign trade, openings. So, the economy of the Maratha was not conducive, to a stable political set-up., (vi) Superior English Diplomacy and Espionage The, English had better diplomatic skill to win allies and isolate, the enemy. The disunity among the Maratha chiefs simplified, the task of the English. Diplomatic superiority enabled the, English to take a quick offensive against the target., Unlike the Marathas’ ignorance and lack of information, about their enemy, the English maintained a well-knit spy, system to gather knowledge of the potentialities, strengths,, weaknesses and military methods of their foes., (vii) Progressive English Outlook The English were, rejuvenated by the forces of Renaissance, emancipating them, from the shackles of the Church. They were devoting their, energies to scientific inventions, extensive ocean voyages and
Page 148 :
118, , A Brief History of Modern India, , acquisition of colonies. Indians, on the other hand, were still, steeped in medievalism marked by old dogmas and notions., The Maratha leaders paid very little attention to mundane, matters of the state. Insistence on maintenance of traditional, social hierarchy based on the dominance of the priestly class, made the union of an empire difficult., In the end, it can be concluded that the English attacked, a ‘divided house’ which started crumbling after a few pushes., , Conquest of Sindh, In the early 19th century, the English started to show an, interest in Sindh where they enjoyed some trade facilities, authorised by a farman of the Mughal Emperor in 1630. The, farman provided the English with such privileges in the ports, of Sindh which they enjoyed elsewhere., , Rise of Talpuras Amirs, , In the eighteenth century, prior to the rule of Talpuras Amirs,, Sindh was ruled by the Kallora chiefs. In 1758, an English, factory was built at Thatta, owing to a parwana given by the, Kallora prince, Ghulam Shah. In 1761, Ghulam Shah, on the, arrival of an English resident in his court, not only ratified, the earlier treaty, but also excluded other Europeans from, trading there. This advantage was enjoyed by the English upto, 1775 when a not-too-friendly ruler, Sarfraz Khan, made the, English close their factory., In the 1770s, a Baluch tribe called Talpuras, descended, from the hills and settled in the plains of Sindh. They were, excellent soldiers as well as adapted to hard life. They, acquired great influence and soon usurped power in the new, region. In 1783, the Talpuras, under the leadership of Mir, Fath (Fatah) Ali Khan, established complete hold over Sindh, and sent the Kallora prince into exile. The then Durrani, monarch confirmed the claims of Mir Fath Khan and ordered, the latter to share the country with his brothers (Mir’s, brothers, popularly known as ‘Char Yar’). When Mir Fath
Page 149 :
Expansion and Consolidation of British Power, , 119, , died in 1800, the Char Yar divided the kingdom among, themselves, calling themselves the Amirs or Lords of Sindh., These amirs extended their dominion on all sides. They, conquered Amarkot from the Raja of Jodhpur, Karachi from, the chief of Luz, Shaikarpur and Bukkar from the Afghans., , Gradual Ascendancy over Sindh, A common belief in the late 18th century was that Napoleon, was conspiring with Tipu Sultan to invade India. In 1799, behind Lord Wellesley’s efforts to revive commercial relations, with Sindh was the hidden aim to counteract the alliance of, the French, Tipu Sultan and Shah Zaman, the Kabul monarch., Negotiations were opened with Fath Ali Khan. But under the, influence of Tipu Sultan and the jealousy of the local traders,, aided by the anti-British party at Hyderabad (Sindh), the amir, in October 1800, ordered the British agent to quit Sindh, within ten days. The British agent (Crow) left Sindh and the, Company quietly suffered the insult., , Treaty of ‘Eternal Friendship’, In June 1807, the alliance of Tilsit with Alexander I of Russia, was joined by Napoleon Bonaparte. The alliance had as one, of its conditions a combined invasion of India by the land, route. Now the British wanted to create a barrier between, Russia and British India. To achieve this, Lord Minto sent, three delegations under the leadership of various prominent, persons to forge alliances. Accordingly, Metcalfe was sent, to Lahore, Elphinstone to Kabul and Malcolm to Teheran., Sindh was visited by Nicholas Smith who met the Amirs to, conclude a defensive arrangement. After negotiations, the, Amirs agreed to a treaty—their first-ever treaty with the, English. After professing eternal friendship, both sides, agreed to exclude the French from Sindh and to exchange, agents at each other’s court. The treaty was renewed in 1820, with the addition of an article excluding the Americans and
Page 150 :
120, , A Brief History of Modern India, , resolving some border disputes on the side of Kachch after, the final defeat of the Maratha confederacy in 1818., , Treaty of 1832, In 1832, William Bentinck sent Colonel Pottinger to Sindh, to sign a treaty with the Amirs. The provisions of the treaty, were as follows:, (i) Free passage through Sindh would be allowed to the, English traders and travellers and the use of Indus for trading, purposes; however, no warships would ply, nor any materials, for war would be carried., (ii) No English merchant would settle down in Sindh,, and passports would be needed for travellers., (iii) Tariff rates could be altered by the Amirs if found, high and no military dues or tolls would be demanded., (iv) The Amirs would work with the Raja of Jodhpur, to put down the robbers of Kachch., (v) The old treaties were confirmed and the parties, would not be jealous of each other., , Lord Auckland and Sindh, Lord Auckland, who became the Governor-General in 1836,, looked at Sindh from the perspective of saving India from, a possible Russian invasion and wished to obtain a counteracting, influence over the Afghans. Ranjit Singh in Punjab was strong, enough to resist coercion in this regard, but the Amirs were, not. Thus the English view was that they had to consolidate, their position in Sindh as a necessary first step for their plans, on Afghanistan. They got an opportunity when Ranjit Singh, captured a frontier town of Sindh, Rojhan, and Pottinger was, sent to Hyderabad to sign a new treaty with the Amirs. The, treaty offered protection to the Amirs on the condition that, the Company troops would be kept in the capital at the, Amir’s expense or alternatively the English would be given, suitable concessions in return. The Amirs initially refused, but later agreed reluctantly to sign the treaty in 1838 when, the possibility of Ranjit Singh getting help from others was
Page 151 :
Expansion and Consolidation of British Power, , 121, , View, Under Auckland and his cabinet of secretaries British policy in, India had fallen to a lower level of unscrupulousness than ever, before and the plain fact is that the treatment of Sindh from, this time onward, however expedient politically, was morally, indefensible., —P.E. Roberts, , pointed out to them. The treaty permitted the English to, intervene in the disputes between the Amirs and the Sikhs, as also to establish the presence of a British resident who, could go anywhere he liked escorted by English troops. Thus, Sindh was turned into a British protectorate in 1838., Tripartite Treaty of 1838 To address the Afghan, problem (as the British imagined it) the Company resorted, to further duplicity. Firstly, they persuaded Ranjit Singh to, sign a tripartite treaty in June 1838 agreeing to British, mediation in his disputes with the Amirs, and then made, Emperor Shah Shuja give up his sovereign rights on Sindh,, provided the arrears of tribute were paid. The exact amount, of the tribute was to be determined by the English whose, main objective was to obtain finances for the Afghan, adventure and obtain so much of the Amirs’ territory as would, secure a line of operation against Afghanistan through Sindh., Sindh Accepts Subsidiary Alliance (1839) The, Company intended to persuade or compel the Amirs to pay, the money and also to consent to the abrogation of that article, in the treaty of 1832 which prohibited the movement of, English troops in Sindh by land or by river. B.L. Grover, writes: “Under threat of superior force, the Amirs accepted, a treaty in February 1839 by which a British subsidiary force, had to be stationed at Shikarpur and Bukkar and the Amirs, of Sindh were to pay Rs 3 lakh annually for the maintenance, of the Company’s troops”. Henceforth, the Amirs were, debarred from having any negotiations with foreign states, without the knowledge of the Company. Further, they were
Page 152 :
122, , A Brief History of Modern India, , to provide store-room at Karachi for the Company’s military, supplies, besides abolishing all tolls on the Indus, and, furnishing an auxiliary force for the Afghan war if called upon, to do so., Capitulation of Sindh The first Anglo-Afghan War, (1839-42), fought on the soil of Sindh, was never liked by, the Amirs of Sindh; neither did they like the presence of, the British troops in their region. However, under the treaty, they were asked to pay for all this, which they did. They were, not rewarded or thanked for their services, but were charged, with hostility and disaffection against the British government., The Amirs were charged with treasonable activities against, the British, and Ellenborough, placed in a precarious position, due to the Afghan war reverses, sent Outram to Sindh to, negotiate a new treaty. Under this treaty, the Amirs were, required to cede important provinces as the price of their, past transgressions, to supply fuel to the Company’s steamers, plying on the Indus, and to stop minting coins. Furthermore,, in a succession dispute, the English intervened through, Napier, and started a war when the Amirs rose in revolt. The, whole of Sindh capitulated within a short time, and the Amirs, were made captives and banished from Sindh. In 1843, under, Governor-General Ellenborough, Sindh was merged into the, British Empire and Charles Napier was appointed its first, governor., , Criticisms of the Conquest of Sindh, Historians generally condemn the acquisition of Sindh by the, British in strong words. The causes for annexation were, deliberately manufactured. Like many episodes in the British, conquest of India, the Afghan war is also a tale of bullying, tactics and deceit. However, in the instance of the First, Afghan War, the English suffered terribly at the hands of the, Afghans with a corresponding loss of prestige. To compensate, for this, they annexed Sindh which prompted Elphinstone to, comment: “Coming from Afghanistan it put one in mind of
Page 153 :
Expansion and Consolidation of British Power, , 123, , a bully who has been knocked in the street and went home, to beat his wife in revenge.”, Views, We have no right to seize Sindh, yet we shall do so, and a, very advantageous, useful, humane piece of rascality it will be., —Charles Napier, ...to remove such brutal tyrants (the Amirs) was worthy of, England’s greatness. The conquest of Sindh is therefore no, iniquity..., —Charles Napier, I am sick of your policy; I will not say yours is the best, but, it is undoubtedly the shortest, that of the sword..., —James Outram, Deputy of Napier at, the time of annexation of Sindh., , Conquest of Punjab, Consolidation of Punjab under the Sikhs, , After the murder of the last Sikh guru, Guru Govind Singh,, a section of Sikhs under the leadership of Banda Bahadur, revolted against the Mughals during the rule of Bahadur Shah., In 1715, Banda Bahadur was defeated by Farrukhsiyar and put, to death in 1716. Thus the Shikh polity, once again, became, leaderless and later got divided into two groups—Bandai, (liberal) and Tat Khalsa (Orthodox). This rift among the, followers ended in 1721 under the influence of Bhai Mani, Singh. Later in 1784 Kapur Singh Faizullapuria organised the, Sikhs under Dal Khalsa, with the objective of uniting, followers of Sikhism, politically, culturally and economically., The whole body of the Khalsa was formed into two sections—, Budha Dal, the army of the veterans, and Taruna Dal, the, army of the young., The weakness of the Mughals and invasions of Ahmad, Shah Abdali created a general confusion and anarchy in, Punjab. These political conditions helped the organised Dal, Khalsa to consolidate further. The Sikhs consolidated in
Page 154 :
124, , A Brief History of Modern India, , misls which were military brotherhoods with a democratic, set-up. Misl is an Arabic word which means equal or alike., Another meaning of Misl is State. During the period, 1763, to 1773, many misls started to rule the Punjab region under, Sikh chieftains, from Saharanpur in the east to Attock in the, west, from the mountaineous regions of the north to Multan, in the south., , Sukarchakiya Misl and Ranjit Singh, At the time of the birth of Ranjit Singh (November 2, 1780),, there were 12 important misls—Ahluwaliya, Bhangi,, Dallewalia, Faizullapuria, Kanhaiya, Krorasinghia, Nakkai,, Nishaniya, Phulakiya, Ramgarhiya Sukharchakiya, and, Shaheed. The central administration of a misl was based on, Gurumatta Sangh which was essentially a political, social, and economic system. Ranjit Singh was the son of Mahan, Singh, the leader of the Sukarchakiya misl. Mahan Singh died, when Ranjit Singh was only 12 years old. But Ranjit Singh, showed an early acumen at political affairs. Towards the close, of the 18th century, all the important misls (except, Sukarchakiya) were in a state of disintegration. Afghanistan, was also engulfed in a civil war due to a power struggle which, went on for the next three decades. These events in the, neighbouring regions were fully exploited by Ranjit Singh, who followed a ruthless policy of ‘blood and iron’ and carved, out for himself a kingdom in the central Punjab. In 1799,, Ranjit Singh was appointed as the governor of Lahore by, Zaman Shah, the ruler of Afghanistan. In 1805, Ranjit Singh, acquired Jammu and Amritsar and thus the political capital, (Lahore) and religious capital (Amritsar) of Punjab came, under the rule of Ranjit Singh. He also maintained good, relations with the Dogras and the Nepalese and enlisted them, in his army., , Ranjit Singh and the English, , The prospects of a joint Franco-Russian invasion of India, through the land-route had alarmed the English. In 1807, Lord
Page 155 :
Expansion and Consolidation of British Power, , 125, , Minto sent Charles Metcalfe to Lahore. Ranjit Singh offered, to accept Metcalfe’s proposal of an offensive and defensive, alliance on the condition that the English would remain, neutral in case of a Sikh-Afghan war and would consider, Ranjit Singh the sovereign of the entire Punjab including the, Malwa (cis-Sutlej) territories. However, the negotiations, failed. In the changed political scenario in which the, Napoleonic danger receded and the English became more, assertive, Ranjit Singh agreed to sign the Treaty of Amritsar, (April 25, 1809) with the Company., , Treaty of Amritsar, The Treaty of Amritsar was significant for its immediate as, well as potential effects. It checked one of the most, cherished ambitions of Ranjit Singh to extend his rule over, the entire Sikh nation by accepting the river Sutlej as the, boundary line for his dominions and the Company’s. Now, he directed his energies towards the west and captured Multan, (1818), Kashmir (1819) and Peshawar (1834)., In June 1838, Ranjit Singh was compelled by political, compulsions to sign the Tripartite Treaty with the English;, however he refused to give passage to the British army, through his territories to attack Dost Mohammad, the Afghan, Amir., The relations of Raja Ranjit Singh with the Company,, from 1809 to 1839, clearly indicate the former’s weak, position. Although he was conscious of his weak position,, he took no step to organise a coalition of other Indian princes, or maintain a balance of power. Ranjit Singh died in June, 1839 and with his death the process of the decline of his, empire began., , Punjab After Ranjit Singh, Beginning of Court Factions, Ranjit Singh’s only legitimate son and successor, Kharak, Singh, was not efficient, and during the brief period of his
Page 156 :
126, , A Brief History of Modern India, , reign, court factions became active. Kharak Singh’s sudden, death in 1839 and the accidental death of his son, Prince, Nav Nihal Singh (when he was returning from his father’s, funeral), led to an anarchic situation in Punjab. Plans and, counter plans of various groups to capture the throne of, Lahore provided an opportunity for decisive action by the, English. The army—the pillar of the Sikh state—was far less, strong than it appeared to be. Ranjit Singh’s able generals—, Mohkam Chand, Dewan Chand, Hari Singh Nalwa, and Ram, Dayal—were already dead. Already discontent was growing, among the troops as a result of irregularity of payment. The, appointment of unworthy officers led to indiscipline. The, Lahore government, continuing the policy of friendship with, the English company, permitted the British troops to pass, through its territory—once, when they were fleeing from, Afghanistan, and again, when they were marching back to, Afghanistan to avenge their defeat. These marches resulted, in commotion and economic dislocation in Punjab., , Rani Jindal and Daleep Singh, After the death of Nav Nihal Singh, Sher Singh, another son, of Ranjit Singh succeeded, but he was murdered in late 1843., Soon afterwards, Daleep Singh, a minor son of Ranjit Singh,, was proclaimed the Maharaja with Rani Jindan as regent and, Hira Singh Dogra as wazir. Hira Singh himself fell a victim, to a court intrigue and was murdered in 1844. The new wazir,, Jawahar Singh, the brother of Rani Jindan, soon incurred the, displeasure of the army and was deposed and put to death, in 1845. Lal Singh, a lover of Rani Jindan, won over the army, to his side and became the wazir in the same year, and Teja, Singh was appointed as the commander of the forces., , First Anglo-Sikh War (1845-46), Causes, The outbreak of the first of the Anglo-Sikh wars has been, attributed to the action of the Sikh army crossing the River
Page 157 :
Expansion and Consolidation of British Power, , 127, , Sutlej on December 11, 1845. This was seen as an aggressive, manoeuvre that provided the English with the justification to, declare war. The causes were, however, much more complex, and may be listed as follows:, (i) the anarchy in the Lahore kingdom following the, death of Maharaja Ranjit Singh resulting in a power, struggle for domination between the court at Lahore, and the ever powerful and increasingly local army;, (ii) suspicions amongst the Sikh army arising from, English military campaigns to achieve the annexation, of Gwalior and Sindh in 1841 and the campaign in, Afghanistan in 1842; and, (iii) the increase in the number of English troops being, stationed near the border with the Lahore kingdom., , Course of War, The war began in December 1845 with 20,000 to 30,000, troops in the British side, while the Sikhs had about 50,000, men under the overall command of Lal Singh. But the, treachery of Lal Singh and Teja Singh caused five successive, defeats to the Sikhs at Mudki (December 18, 1845),, Ferozeshah (December 21-22, 1845), Buddelwal, Aliwal, (January 28, 1846), and at Sobraon (February 10, 1846)., Lahore fell to the British forces on February 20, 1846, without a fight., Treaty of Lahore (March 8, 1846) The end of the, first Anglo-Sikh War forced the Sikhs to sign a humiliating, treaty on March 8, 1846. The main features of the Treaty, of Lahore were as follows:, ● War indemnity of more than 1 crore of rupees was, to be given to the English., ● The Jalandhar Doab (between the Beas and the Sutlej), was annexed to the Company’s dominions., ● A British resident was to be established at Lahore, under Henry Lawrence., ● The strength of the Sikh army was reduced.
Page 158 :
128, , A Brief History of Modern India, , ● Daleep Singh was recognised as the ruler under Rani, Jindan as regent and Lal Singh as wazir., ● Since, the Sikhs were not able to pay the entire war, indemnity, Kashmir including Jammu was sold to Gulab Singh, and he was required to pay Rupees 75 lakh to the Company, as the price. The transfer of Kashmir to Gulab Singh was, formalised by a separate treaty on March 16, 1846., Treaty of Bhairowal The Sikhs were not satisfied with, the Treaty of Lahore over the issue of Kashmir, so they, rebelled. In December, 1846, the Treaty of Bhairowal was, signed. According to the provisions of this treaty, Rani Jindan, was removed as regent and a council of regency for Punjab, was set up. The council consisted of 8 Sikh sardars presided, over by the English Resident, Henry Lawrence., , Second Anglo-Sikh War (1848-49), Causes, The defeat in the first Anglo-Sikh War and the provisions, of the treaties of Lahore and Bhairowal were highly humiliating, for the Sikhs. Inhuman treatment meted out to Rani Jindan,, who was sent to Benares as a pensioner, added to the, resentment of the Sikhs., Mulraj, the governor of Multan, was replaced by a new, Sikh governor over the issue of increase in annual revenue., Mulraj revolted and murdered two English officers, accompanying the new governor. Sher Singh was sent to, suppress the revolt, but he himself joined Mulraj, leading to, a mass uprising in Multan. This could be considered as the, immediate cause of the war. The then Governor-General of, India, Lord Dalhousie, a hardcore expansionist, got the, pretext to annex Punjab completely., , Course of War, Lord Dalhousie himself proceeded to Punjab. Three important, battles were fought before the final annexation of Punjab., These three battles were:
Page 159 :
Expansion and Consolidation of British Power, , 129, , (i) Battle of Ramnagar, led by Sir Hugh Gough, the, commander-in-chief of the Company., (ii) Battle of Chillhanwala, January, 1849., (iii) Battle of Gujarat, February 21, 1849; the Sikh army, surrendered at Rawalpindi, and their Afghan allies were, chased out of India. (Gujarat is a small town on the banks, of River Jhelum.), Result At the end of the war came:, ● surrender of the Sikh army and Sher Singh in 1849;, ● annexation of Punjab; and for his services the Earl, of Dalhousie was given the thanks of the British, Parliament and a promotion in the peerage, as, Marquess;, ● setting up of a three-member board to govern Punjab,, comprising of the Lawrence brothers (Henry and, John) and Charles Mansel., In 1853 the board was nullified and Punjab was placed, under a chief commissioner. John Lawrence became the first, chief commissioner., , Significance of the Anglo-Sikh Wars, , The Anglo-Sikh wars gave the two sides a mutual respect for, each other’s fighting prowess. The Sikhs were to fight loyally, on the British side in the Revolt of 1857 and in many other, campaigns and wars uptil the Indian independence in 1947., , Extension of British Paramountcy, Through Administrative Policy, The process of imperial expansion and consolidation of, British paramountcy was carried on by the Company during, the 1757-1857 period through a two-fold method: (a) policy, of annexation by conquest or war; and (b) policy of annexation, by diplomacy and administrative mechanisms. We have, already discussed how the Company defeated and subjugated,, one by one, the major Indian powers like Bengal, Mysore,, the Marathas and the Sikhs, mainly by waging wars against
Page 160 :
130, , A Brief History of Modern India, , them and through considerable deceit. But in the case of, many other powers, the British applied diplomatic and, administrative policies. In this context, we may cite examples, of Warren Hastings’ ‘ring-fence’ policy, Wellesley’s system, of ‘subsidiary alliance’ and Dalhousie’s ‘doctrine of lapse’, to see how the British dominion expanded in India., , The Policy of Ring-Fence, , Warren Hastings took charge as the governor-general at a, critical period of British rule when the British were to, encounter the powerful combination of the Marathas, Mysore, and Hyderabad. He followed a policy of ring-fence which, aimed at creating buffer zones to defend the Company’s, frontiers. Broadly speaking, it was the policy of defence of, their neighbours’ frontiers for safeguarding their own, territories. This policy of Warren Hastings was reflected in, his war against the Marathas and Mysore. The chief danger, to the Company’s territories was from the Afghan invaders, and the Marathas. To safeguard against these dangers, the, Company undertook to organise the defence of the frontiers, of Awadh on the condition that the Nawab would defray the, expenses of the defending army. The defence of Awadh, constituted the defence of Bengal during that time. Thus the, states brought under the ring-fence system were assured of, military assistance against external aggression—but at their, own expense. In other words, these allies were required to, maintain subsidiary forces which were to be organised,, equipped and commanded by the officers of the Company, who, in turn, were to be paid by the rulers of these states., Wellesley’s policy of subsidiary alliance was, in fact,, an extension of the ring-fence system which sought to reduce, the Indian states into a position of dependence on the British, government., , Subsidiary Alliance, , The subsidiary alliance system was used by Lord Wellesley,, who was governor-general from 1798-1805, to build an
Page 161 :
Expansion and Consolidation of British Power, , 131, , empire in India. Under the system, the allying Indian state’s, ruler was compelled to accept the permanent stationing of, a British force within his territory and to pay a subsidy for, its maintenance. Also, the Indian ruler had to agree to the, posting of a British resident in his court. Under the system,, the Indian ruler could not employ any European in his service, without the prior approval of the British. Nor could he, negotiate with any other Indian ruler without consulting the, governor-general. In return for all this, the British would, defend the ruler from his enemies and adopt a policy of noninterference in the internal matters of the allied state., Subsidiary alliances brought immense gains for the East, India Company by extending the areas under British control, and bringing relative peace in subsidies and/or territory., During the seven-year rule of Wellesley alone, over 100, small and big states of India signed the subsidiary treaty., , Evolution and Perfection, , It was probably Dupleix, who first gave on hire (so to say), European troops to Indian rulers to fight their wars. Since, then, almost all the governor-generals from Clive onwards, applied the system to various Indian states and brought it to, near perfection., The first Indian state to fall into this protection trap, (which anticipated the subsidiary alliance system) was Awadh, which in 1765 signed a treaty under which the Company, pledged to defend the frontiers of Awadh on the condition, of the Nawab defraying the expenses of such defence. As, a bonus, presumably, to the Nawab, a British resident was, stationed at Lucknow to keep an eye on the goings on there., It was in 1787 that the Company insisted that the subsidiary, state should not have foreign relations. This was included in, the treaty with the Nawab of Carnatic which Cornwallis, signed in February 1787. It was but natural that the cession, of territory in lieu of protection money (or subsidy) would, be demanded next. This was fixed at an exorbitantly high, level, which the poor rulers could not pay and they usually
Page 162 :
132, , A Brief History of Modern India, , fell in arrears. It was Wellesley’s genius to make it a general, rule to negotiate for the surrender of territory in full, sovereignty for the maintenance of the subsidiary force., , Stages of Application of Subsidiary Alliance, There were four stages in the application of the subsidiary, alliance over unsuspecting Indian states and these were, carried out in an insidious manner. In the first stage, the, Company offered to help a friendly Indian state with its, troops to fight any war the state might be engaged in. The, second stage consisted of making a common cause with the, Indian state now made friendly and taking the field with its, own soldiers and those of the state. Now came the third, stage when the Indian ally was asked not for men but for, money. The Company promised that it would recruit, train,, and maintain a fixed number of soldiers under British, officers, and that the contingent would be available to the, ruler for his personal and family’s protection as also for, keeping out aggressors, all for a fixed sum of money. In the, fourth or the last stage, the money or the protection fee, was fixed, usually at a high level; when the state failed to, pay the money in time, it was asked to cede certain parts, of its territories to the Company in lieu of payment., The Company’s entry into the affairs of the state had, begun; now it would be for the British resident (installed in, the state capital under the treaty) to initiate, sustain and, hasten the process of eventual annexation., View, Wellesley converted the British Empire in India to the British, Empire of India. From one of the political powers in India, the, Company became the supreme power in India and claimed the, whole country as its sole protectorate. From Wellesley’s time, onwards the defence of India was the Company’s responsibility., —Sidney J. Owen (Selection from, Wellesley’s Despatches)
Page 163 :
Expansion and Consolidation of British Power, , 133, , States which Accepted Alliance, The Indian princes who accepted the subsidiary system were:, the Nizam of Hyderabad (September 1798 and 1800), the, ruler of Mysore (1799), the ruler of Tanjore (October 1799),, the Nawab of Awadh (November 1801), the Peshwa (December, 1801), the Bhonsle Raja of Berar (December 1803), the, Sindhia (February 1804), the Rajput states of Jodhpur, Jaipur,, Macheri, Bundi and the ruler of Bharatpur (1818). The, Holkars were the last Maratha confederation to accept the, Subsidiary Alliance in 1818., Views, A 1950 Colonial Office paper disarmingly says that Britain ‘as, a seafaring and trading nation... had long been a “collector of, islands and peninsulas”’. In a much-quoted remark, Sir John, Seeley, the Regius Professor of Modern History at Cambridge,, said something similar in 1883: ‘We seem, as it were, to have, conquered and peopled half the world in a fit of absence of mind., That didn’t mean quite what it seemed to say: what Seeley meant, was that there had not been a coherent policy behind Britain’s, imperial expansion. There had been an incoherent set of policies., The 1950 paper explained that the collection of islands and, peninsulas was assembled to protect trade and the sea routes., The motive for Empire was selfish… the motivation consisted, of desires which interlocked: desires for wealth, for strategic, possessions from which to defend the wealth, and for prestige,, the inevitable concomitant of wealth. In the process, numberless, hundreds of thousands of native populations were slaughtered,, … Almost always, the subject races, even the most sophisticated, and educated amongst them, were regarded as and made to, feel inferior to the ruling caste., —Walter Reid, Keeping the Jewel in the Crown, In the hundred years after Plassey, the East India Company,, with an army of 260,000 men at the start of the nineteenth, century and the backing of the British government and Parliament, (many of whose members were shareholders in the enterprise),, extended its control over most of India. The Company conquered, and absorbed a number of hitherto independent or autonomous, states, imposed executive authority through a series of highborn Governors General appointed from London, regulated the, country’s trade, collected taxes and imposed its fiat on all, aspects of Indian life., Shashi Tharoor, An Era of Darkness
Page 164 :
134, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Doctrine of Lapse, , In simple terms, the doctrine stated that the adopted son, could be the heir to his foster father’s private property, but, not the state; it was for the paramount power (the British), to decide whether to bestow the state on the adopted son, or to annex it. The doctrine was stated to be based on Hindu, law and Indian customs, but Hindu law seemed to be, somewhat inconclusive on this point, and the instances of, an Indian sovereign annexing the state of his vassal on account, of ‘lapse’ (i.e., leaving no issue as heir) were rather rare., Maharaja Ranjit Singh had annexed a few of his feudatory, principalities on account of ‘lapse’. Likewise, the Company, in 1820 acquired a few petty Cis-Sutlej states on the absence, of heirs. Nonetheless, there was no clear-cut instance of an, adopted son being deprived of an entire state or of such a, state being regarded as a ‘lapse’., Though this policy is attributed to Lord Dalhousie, (1848-56), he was not its originator. It was a coincidence, that during his governor-generalship several important cases, arose in which the ‘Doctrine’ could be applied. Dalhousie, showed too much zeal in enforcing this policy which had been, theoretically enunciated on some previous occasions. His, predecessors had acted on the general principle of avoiding, annexation if it could be avoided; Dalhousie in turn acted, on the general principle of annexing if he could do so, legitimately., , Annexed Lapsed States, It was a matter of chance that during Lord Dalhousie’s term, many rulers of states died without a male issue and seven, states were annexed under the Doctrine of Lapse. The most, important of these were Satara (1848), Jhansi and Nagpur, (1854). The other small states included Jaitpur (Bundelkhand),, Sambhalpur (Orissa), and Baghat (Madhya Pradesh)., Lord Dalhousie annexed Awadh in 1856 after deposing, Nawab Wajid Ali Shah on grounds of misgovernment.
Page 165 :
Expansion and Consolidation of British Power, , 135, , Annexation of Awadh, Awadh was the oldest of the surviving states brought under, the Subsidiary Alliance and the cruel impact of the system resulted, in its continuous maladministration under profligate and extravagant, nawabs for a long spell of 80 years., The people suffered from the heavy taxes imposed by the, Nawab as also the illegal exactions by his officials and the, talukdars. The chronic bankruptcy of the treasury was partly due, to the heavy charges realised by the British government for, maintenance of the subsidiary troops. In addition, large contributions, were realised by Lord Hastings, Lord Amherst and Lord William, Bentinck for purposes entirely unconnected with the affairs of, Awadh. In 1819, the Nawab was given the title and status of a, king., Lord Dalhousie directed Sleeman, the Resident in Awadh, to, make a tour throughout the state and ascertain the actual situation, by personal inspection. The resident submitted a report describing, the anarchical condition in the state. He was succeeded as resident, in 1854 by Outram who submitted a report supporting that of his, predecessor. Dalhousie hesitated to take the extreme step, i.e.,, annexation; he preferred permanent British administration, with the, Nawab retaining his titles and rank. But the Court of Directors, ordered annexation and abolition of the throne (1856). Wajid Ali Shah, refused to sign a treaty giving away his rights, and was exiled, to Calcutta. It was a political blunder for which the British had to, pay a heavy price during the Revolt of 1857., , Thus Dalhousie annexed eight states during his eightyear tenure (1848-56) as governor-general. In these eight, years, he annexed some quarter million square miles of the, territory of India. His reign almost completed the process, of expansion of British power in India, which began with the, victory over Siraj-ud-daula at Plassey in 1757., , Relations of British India with, Neighbouring Countries, The desire of the British imperialists to consolidate their, administrative and political power in the region led them into, conflict with countries neighbouring India.
Page 166 :
136, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Anglo-Bhutanese Relations, , The occupation of Assam in 1816 brought the British into, close contacts with the mountain state of Bhutan. Frequent, raids by Bhutanese into adjoining territories in Assam and, Bengal and the bad treatment meted out to Elgin’s envoy in, 1863-64 and the treaty imposed on him, by which the British, were forced to surrender the passes leading to Assam, led, to British annexation of these passes and the stopping of, allowance paid to the Bhutanese. In 1865, the Bhutanese were, forced to surrender the passes in return for an annual subsidy., It was the surrendered district which became a productive, area with tea gardens., , Anglo-Nepalese Relations, , The Gorkhas wrested control of Nepal from the successors, of Ranjit Malla of Bhatgaon in 1760. They began to expand, their dominion beyond the mountains. They found it easier, to expand in the southern direction, as the north was well, defended by the Chinese. In 1801, the English annexed, Gorakhpur which brought the Gorkhas’ boundary and the, Company’s boundary together. The conflict started due to the, Gorkhas’ capture of Butwal and Sheoraj in the period of Lord, Hastings (1813-23). The war, ended in the Treaty of Sagauli,, 1816 which was in favour of the British., As per the treaty,, ● Nepal accepted a British resident., ● Nepal ceded the districts of Garhwal and Kumaon,, and abandoned claims to Terai., ● Nepal also withdrew from Sikkim., This agreement brought many advantages to the British—, ● the British empire now reached the Himalayas;, ● it got better facilities for trade with Central Asia;, ● it acquired sites for hill stations, such as Shimla,, Mussoorie and Nainital; and, ● the Gorkhas joined the British Indian Army in large, numbers.
Page 167 :
Expansion and Consolidation of British Power, , 137, , Anglo-Burmese Relations, , In the beginning of the 19th century, Burma was a free, country and wanted to expand westward. The expansionist, urges of the British, fuelled by the lure of the forest, resources of Burma, market for British manufactures in, Burma and the need to check French ambitions in Burma and, the rest of South-East Asia, resulted in three Anglo-Burmese, Wars, and in the end, the annexation of Burma into British, India in 1885., , First Burma War (1824-26), The first war with Burma was fought when the Burmese, expansion westwards and occupation of Arakan and Manipur,, and the threat to Assam and the Brahmaputra Valley led to, continuous friction along the ill-defined border between, Bengal and Burma, in the opening decades of the nineteenth, century. The British expeditionary forces occupied Rangoon, in May 1824 and reached within 72 km of the capital at Ava., Peace was established in 1826 with the Treaty of Yandabo, which provided that the Government of Burma, ● pay rupees one crore as war compensation;, ● cede its coastal provinces of Arakan and Tenasserim;, ● abandon claims on Assam, Cachar and Jaintia;, ● recognise Manipur as an independent state;, ● negotiate a commercial treaty with Britain; and, ● accept a British resident at Ava, while posting a, Burmese envoy at Calcutta., , Second Burma War (1852), The second war was the result of the British commercial need, and the imperialist policy of Lord Dalhousie. The British, merchants were keen to get hold of timber resources of upper, Burma and also sought further inroads into the Burmese, market. This time, the British occupied Pegu, the only, remaining coastal province of Burma. An intense guerrilla, resistance had to be overcome before complete British, control of lower Burma could be established.
Page 168 :
138, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Third Burma War (1885), After the death of Burmese King Bhindan, his son Thibaw, succeeded to the throne. Thibaw, from the beginning itself,, was hostile towards the British. The British merchants at, Rangoon and lower Burma had been complaining about the, step-motherly treatment by Thibaw, who had also been, negotiating commercial treaties with the rival powers of, France, Germany and Italy. The French also planned to lay, a rail link from Mandalay to the French territory at a time, when the British were in conflict with the French in Niger,, Egypt and Madagascar. A humiliating fine had been imposed, on a British timber company by Thibaw. Dufferin ordered, the invasion and final annexation of upper Burma in 1885., [The British had to face a strong guerrilla uprising in, the whole of Burma soon after, and a nationalist movement, after the First World War. The Burmese nationalists joined, hands with the Indian National Congress. To weaken this link,, Burma was separated from India in 1935. The Burmese, nationalist movement further intensified under U Aung San, during the Second World War, which finally led to the, independence of Burma on January 4, 1948.], , Anglo-Tibetan Relations, , Tibet was ruled by a theocracy of Buddhist monks (lamas), under nominal suzerainty of China. The British efforts to, establish friendly and commercial relations with Tibet had, not yielded any result in the past and a deadlock had been, reached by the time of Curzon’s arrival in India. The Chinese, suzerainty over Tibet was ineffective and Russian influence, at Lhasa was increasing. There were reports of Russian arms, and ammunition coming into Tibet. Curzon felt alarmed and, sent a small Gorkha contingent under Colonel Younghusband, on a special mission to Tibet to oblige the Tibetans to come, to an agreement. The Tibetans refused to negotiate and, offered non-violent resistance. Younghusband pushed his way, into Lhasa (August 1904) while the Dalai Lama fled.
Page 169 :
Expansion and Consolidation of British Power, , 139, , Treaty of Lhasa (1904), Younghusband dictated terms to the Tibetan officials which, provided that—, ● Tibet would pay an indemnity of Rs 75 lakh at the, rate of one lakh rupees per annum;, ● as a security for payment, the Indian Government, would occupy the Chumbi Valley (territory between Bhutan, and Sikkim) for 75 years;, ● Tibet would respect the frontier of Sikkim;, ● Trade marts would be opened at Yatung, Gyantse,, Gartok; and, ● Tibet would not grant any concession for railways,, roads, telegraph, etc., to any foreign state, but give Great, Britain some control over foreign affairs of Tibet., Later, on the insistence of the Secretary of State and, true to the pledge given to Russia, the treaty was revised, reducing the indemnity from Rs 75 lakh to Rs 25 lakh and, providing for evacuation of Chumbi valley after three years, (the valley was actually evacuated only in January 1908)., Significance Only China gained in the end out of the, whole affair because the Anglo-Russian convention of 1907, provided that the two great powers would not negotiate with, Tibet, except through the mediation of the Chinese government., However, Curzon’s policy counteracted all Russian schemes, in Tibet., , Anglo-Afghan Relations, , In the early nineteenth century, increased Russian influence, in Persia replaced British influence and thwarted an English, scheme for establishment of a new route by River Euphrates, to India. Especially after the Treaty of Turkomanchai (1828),, the English got alarmed about possible Russian plans regarding, India. Soon, there was a search for a scientific frontier from, the Indian side. Passes of the north-west seemed to hold the, key to enter India. The need was felt for Afghanistan to be, under control of a ruler friendly to the British.
Page 170 :
140, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Forward Policy of Auckland, Auckland who came to India as the governor-general in 1836,, advocated a forward policy. This implied that the Company, government in India itself had to take initiatives to protect, the boundary of British India from a probable Russian attack., This objective was to be achieved either through treaties with, the neighbouring countries or by annexing them completely., The Amir of Afghanistan, Dost Mohammed, wanted British, friendship but made it conditional on the British helping him, to recover Peshawar from the Sikhs—a condition which the, British government in India rejected. Dost Mohammed now, turned to Russia and Persia for help. This prompted the, British government to go ahead with the forward policy, and, a Tripartite Treaty (1838) was entered into by the British,, Sikhs and Shah Shuja (who had been deposed from the Afghan, throne in 1809 and had been living since then as a British, pensioner at Ludhiana). The treaty provided that—, ● Shah Shuja be enthroned with the armed help of the, Sikhs, the Company remaining in the background, ‘jingling, the money-bag’;, ● Shah Shuja conduct foreign affairs with the advice, of the Sikhs and the British;, ● Shah Shuja give up his sovereign rights over Amirs, of Sindh in return for a large sum of money;, ● Shah Shuja recognise the Sikh ruler, Maharaja Ranjit, Singh’s claims over the Afghan territories on the right bank, of the River Indus., , First Anglo-Afghan War (1839-1842), Soon after the tripartite treaty of 1838, there came about, a drastic change in the political situation of the region, because of the removal of the original irritants—Persia lifted, its siege of Herat and Russia recalled its envoy from Kabul., Nevertheless, the British decided to go ahead with their, forward policy. This resulted in the First Afghan War (1839-
Page 171 :
Expansion and Consolidation of British Power, , 141, , 42). The British intention was to establish a permanent barrier, against schemes of aggression from the north-west., An English army entered triumphantly into Kabul, (August 1839) after a successful attack. Most of the tribes, had already been won over by bribes. Dost Mohammed, surrendered (1840) and Shah Shuja was made the Amir of, Afghanistan. But Shah Shuja was unacceptable to the Afghans., As soon as the British withdrew, the Afghans rose in, rebellion, killing the garrison commander in Kabul. The, British were compelled to sign a treaty (1841) with the, Afghan chiefs by which they agreed to evacuate Afghanistan, and restore Dost Mohammed. But the English plan failed., Under a new expedition, the British re-occupied Kabul in, September 1842, but having learned their lesson well, they, arrived at a settlement with Dost Mohammed by which the, British evacuated from Kabul and recognised him as the, independent ruler of Afghanistan., The First Afghan War cost India one-and-a-half crore, rupees and nearly 20,000 men., , John Lawrence and the Policy of, Masterly Inactivity, John Lawrence (1864-1869) started a policy of masterly, inactivity which was a reaction to the disasters of the First, Afghan War and an outcome of practical common sense and, an intimate knowledge of the frontier problem and of Afghan, passion for independence. Even when Dost Mohammed died, in 1863, there was no interference in the war of succession., Lawrence’s policy rested on the fulfilment of two, conditions—(i) that the peace at the frontier was not, View, Sir John Lawrence’s foreign policy was a policy of self-reliance, and self-restraint, of defence not defiance, of waiting and, watching that he might be able to strike harder and in the right, direction, if the time for aggressive action should ever come., —R.B. Smith, Biographer of John Lawrence
Page 172 :
142, , A Brief History of Modern India, , disturbed, and (ii) that no candidate in civil war sought foreign, help. And as Sher Ali established himself on the throne,, Lawrence tried to cultivate friendship with him., , Lytton and the Policy of Proud Reserve, , Lytton, a nominee of the Conservative government under, Benjamin Disraeli (1874-80), became the Viceroy of India, in 1876. He started a new foreign policy of ‘proud reserve’,, which was aimed at having scientific frontiers and safeguarding, ‘spheres of influence’. According to Lytton, the relations, with Afghanistan could no longer be left ambiguous., , Second Anglo-Afghan War (1870-80), Lytton made an offer of a favourable treaty to Sher Ali, but, the Amir wanted friendship with both his powerful neighbours,, Russia and British India, while keeping both of them at an, arm’s length. Later, Sher Ali refused to keep a British envoy, in Kabul while having earlier granted a similar concession, to the Russians. Lytton was displeased, and when the Russians, withdrew their envoy from Kabul, Lytton decided to invade, Afghanistan. Sher Ali fled in face of the British invasion, and, the Treaty of Gandamak (May 1879) was signed with Yakub, Khan, the eldest son of Sher Ali., Treaty of Gandamak (May 1879) The treaty signed, after the Second-Anglo Afghan War provided that:, ● the Amir conduct his foreign policy with the advice, of Government of India;, ● a permanent British resident be stationed at Kabul;, and, ● the Government of India give Amir all support against, foreign aggression, and an annual subsidy., But soon, Yakub had to abdicate under popular pressure, and the British had to recapture Kabul and Kandhar. Abdur, Rehman became the new Amir. Lytton chalked out a plan for, the dismemberment of Afghanistan, but could not carry it out., Ripon abandoned this plan and decided on a policy of keeping, Afghanistan as a buffer state.
Page 173 :
Expansion and Consolidation of British Power, , 143, , (After the First World War and the Russian Revolution, (1917), the Afghans demanded full independence. Habibullah, (who succeeded Abdur Rahman in 1901) was killed in 1919, and the new ruler Amamullah declared open war on the, British. Peace came in 1921 when Afghanistan recovered, independence in foreign affairs.), , British India and the, North-West Frontier, Successive Indian rulers tried to reach out to this region lying, between the Indus and Afghanistan in their search for a, scientific frontier. The conquest of Sindh (1843) and, annexation of Punjab (1849) carried British boundaries, beyond the Indus and brought them in contact with Baluch, and Pathan tribes, who were mostly independent, but the Amir, of Afghanistan claimed nominal suzerainty over them., During 1891-92 the British occupation of Hunza, Nagar, in Gilgit valley, which were passes commanding, communications with Chitral, alarmed Abdur Rahman (Amir, of Afghanistan). A compromise was finally reached by, drawing a boundary line known as Durand Line between, Afghan and British territories. Amir received some districts, and his subsidy was increased. But the Durand Agreement, (1893) failed to keep peace and soon there were tribal, uprisings. To check these, a permanent British garrison was, established at Chitral and troops posted to guard Malakand, Pass, but tribal uprisings continued till 1898., Curzon, the viceroy between 1899 and 1905, followed, a policy of withdrawal and concentration. British troops, withdrew from advanced posts which were replaced by tribal, levies, trained and commanded by British officers. He also, encouraged the tribals to maintain peace. He created the, North-West Frontier Province (NWFP) directly under the, Government of India (earlier, it was under control of the, lieutenant-governor of Punjab). Overall, Curzon’s policies
Page 174 :
144, , A Brief History of Modern India, , resulted in a peaceful north-west frontier. The peaceful, conditions continued thereafter with occasional tribal, uprisings. In January 1932, it was announced that the NWFP, was to be constituted as a governor’s province. Since 1947,, the province belongs to Pakistan., Summary, Factors Which Gave Success to British in India, Superior Arms, Military Discipline, Civil Discipline, Brilliant Leadership (which did not bother about adopting, unscrupulous practices), Financial Strength, Nationalist Pride, Conflict Between English and Nawabs of Bengal, ● Battle of Plassey (June 23, 1757): Robert Clive’s victory over, Siraj-ud-daula laid the territorial foundation of British rule in, India., ● Battle of Buxar (1764): Clive’s victory over the combined, armies of Nawab of Bengal, Nawab of Awadh and the Mughal, Emperor at Buxar laid the real foundation of the English power, ●, Treaty of Allahabad (1765): Granted the Diwani Rights of, Bengal, Bihar and Orissa to the English., (i) Treaty with Nawab of Awadh, (ii) Treaty with Shah Alam II, Mughal Emperor, ●, Dual Government—1765-72, British Conquest of Mysore, ●, First Anglo-Mysore War (1767-69); Treaty of Madras, ●, Second Anglo-Mysore War (1779-1784); Treaty of Mangalore, ●, Third Anglo-Mysore War (1790-92); Treaty of Seringapatam, ●, Fourth Anglo-Mysore War (1799); Mysore is conquered by, British forces, Anglo-Maratha Struggle for Supremacy, ●, First Anglo-Maratha War (1775-82); Treaty of Surat (1775),, Treaty of Purandhar (1776), and Treaty of Salbai (1782), ●, Second Anglo-Maratha War (1803-05); Treaty of Bassein, 1802, ●, Third Anglo-Maratha War (1817-1819)
Page 175 :
Expansion and Consolidation of British Power, ●, , 145, , Causes for the defeat of the Marathas, (i) Inept leadership, (ii) Defective nature of state, (iii) Loose political set-up, (iv) Inferior military system, (v) Ustable economic policy, (vi) Superior English diplomacy and espionage, (vii) Progressive English outlook, , Conquest of Sindh (1843), ●, Lord Ellenborough was the Governor-General of India, Conquest of Punjab, ●, Treaty of Amritsar (1809), Ranjit Singh and the British, ●, First Anglo-Sikh War (1845-46), ●, Second Anglo-Sikh War (1848-49), British Paramountcy in Action, ●, Ring-fence Policy of Warren Hastings, Subsidiary Alliance of Wellesley, ●, Subsidised States:, Hyderabad (1798; 1800), Mysore (1799), Tanjore (October 1799), Awadh (November 1801), Peshwa (December 1801), Bhonsle of Berar (December 1803), Sindhia (February 1804), Jodhpur (1818), Jaipur (1818), Macheri (1818), Bundi (1818), Bharatpur (1818), Doctrine of Lapse, ●, Lapsed States under Lord Dalhousie (1848-56), Satara (1848), Sambhalpur (1849), Bhagat (1850), Udaipur (1850)
Page 176 :
146, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Nagpur (1854), Jhanshi (1855), Awadh (1856; on charge of mal-administration), Relations of British India with Neighbouring Countries, ●, Anglo-Nepal Relations (Treaty of Sagauli, 1816), ●, Anglo-Burma Relations, First Anglo-Burma War, 1824-26, Second Anglo-Burma War, 1852, Third Anglo-Burma War, 1885, Anglo-Tibetan Relations, Treaty of Lhasa (1904), ●, , Anglo-Afghan Relations, Forward Policy of Auckland, First Anglo-Afghan War (1839-1842), John Lawrence’s Policy of Masterly Inactivity, Lytton and the Policy of Proud Reserve, Second Anglo-Afghan War (1870-80), Treaty of Gandamak (May 1879), ●, , North-West Frontier, Durand Agreement (1893), ●
Page 177 :
UNIT III, , Rising, Resentment, against, Company, Rule
Page 178 :
People’s Resistance Against British Before 1857, , 149, , 6, People’s Resistance Against, British Before 1857, Most of us think of the 1857 Revolt as the first major show, of resentment against the British who were represented by, the rule of the East India Company. However, there were, many incidents before the 1857 revolt that indicated all was, not well and that there was a building resentment against the, alien rule. This resentment manifested itself in several bouts, of resistance by different groups of people in different, regions of India., , People’s Resistance: Meaning, In the context of people’s resistance against the British rule,, the word ‘people’ encompasses several sections of the Indian, society who were affected by the alien rule. The peasants,, artisans, tribals, ruling classes (active or dispossessed),, military personnel (those under the Company as well as the, demobilised soldiers of ex-rulers), religious leaders (Hindu, and Muslim), etc., fought for the protection of their interests,, at times separately and at times together. The agitation in, Benares in 1810 against a house tax imposed by the colonial, government, the Surat riots in 1814 against the salt duty, the, rising in Bareilly in 1816 against police tax and municipal, taxes, are some examples of urban movements in which, people from lower strata like artisans, petty shopkeepers, and, 149
Page 179 :
150, , A Brief History of Modern India, , the urban poor fought together with the prosperous urban, gentry. The interests of these resistances differed in the, sense that each section had different grievances, but converged, on a common objective—to end the British rule., According to Bipan Chandra, people’s resistance took, three broad forms: civil rebellions, tribal uprisings and, peasant movements. We have also considered military, revolts as a form of people’s resistance, which involved, Indians employed in the Company’s forces, to make the study, of people’s resistance more comprehensive., , Genesis of People’s Resistance, In pre-colonial India, people’s protests against the rulers and, their officials were not uncommon—high land revenue, demand by the State, corrupt practices and hard attitude of, the officials being some of the instigating factors. However,, the establishment of colonial rule and its policies had a much, more annihilative effect on the Indians as a whole. There was, no one to hear their grievances or pay attention to their, problems. The Company was merely interested in extracting, revenue., The colonial law and judiciary safeguarded the interest, of the government and its collaborators—the landlords, the, merchants and money-lenders. Thus the people left with no, options, chose to take up arms and defend themselves. The, conditions of the tribal people were not different from those, of the people living in the mainland but the encroachment, by outsiders into their independent tribal polity made them, more aggrieved and violent., , Causative Factors for People’s Uprisings, The major factors responsible for the people’s resentment, and uprisings against the Company rule are as follows., ● Colonial land revenue settlements, heavy burden of, new taxes, eviction of peasants from their lands, and, encroachments on tribal lands.
Page 180 :
People’s Resistance Against British Before 1857, , 151, , ● Exploitation in rural society coupled with the growth, of intermediary revenue collectors, tenants and moneylenders., ● Expansion of revenue administration over tribal lands, leading to the loss of tribal people’s hold over agricultural, and forest land., ● Promotion of British manufactured goods, heavy, duties on Indian industries, especially export duties, leading, to devastation of Indian handloom and handicraft industries., ● Destruction of indigenous industry leading to migration, of workers from industry to agriculture, increasing the, pressure on land/agriculture., , Civil Uprisings, The word ‘civil’ encompasses everything which is not related, to defence/military, but here we have included those uprisings, which were generally led by deposed native rulers or their, descendants, former zamindars, landlords, poligars (—in, South India, holders of territory or palayam, consisting of, a few villages granted to them by the rulers—mainly the, Nayakas—in return for military service and tribute), exretainers and officials of the conquered kingdoms, or, sometimes by religious leaders. The mass support generally, came from rack-rented peasants, unemployed artisans and, demobilised soldiers, although at the centre of these uprisings, were erstwhile power-wielding classes., , Major Causes of Civil Uprisings, , ● Under the Company rule, there were rapid changes, in the economy, administration and land revenue system that, went against the people., ● Several zamindars and poligars who had lost control, over their land and its revenues due to the colonial rule, had, personal scores to settle with the new rulers., ● The ego of traditional zamindars and poligars was
Page 181 :
152, , A Brief History of Modern India, , hurt due to being sidelined in rank by government officials, and a new class comprising of merchants and money-lenders., ● The ruin of Indian handicraft industries due to, colonial policies impoverished millions of artisans whose, misery was further compounded by the disappearance of their, traditional patrons and buyers—princes, chieftains, and, zamindars., ● The priestly classes instigated hatred and rebellion, against alien rule, because the religious preachers, priests,, pundits, maulvis, etc., had been dependent on the traditional, landed and bureaucratic elite. The fall of zamindars and feudal, lords directly affected the priestly class., ● The foreign character of the British rulers, who, always remained alien to this land, and their contemptuous, treatment of the native people hurt the pride of the latter., , General Characteristics of Civil Uprisings, , These uprisings in most cases represented common conditions,, though separated in time and place., The semi-feudal leaders of civil uprisings were backward, looking and traditional in outlook. Their basic objective was, to restore earlier forms of rule and social relations., These uprisings were the result of local causes and, grievances and were also localised in their consequences., , Important Civil Uprisings, Sanyasi Revolt (1763-1800), The disastrous famine of 1770 and the harsh economic order, of the British compelled a group of sanyasis in Eastern India, to fight the British yoke. Originally peasants, even some, evicted from land, these sanyasis were joined by a large, number of dispossessed small zamindars, disbanded soldiers, and rural poor. They raided Company factories and the, treasuries, and fought the Company’s forces. It was only after, a prolonged action that Warren Hastings could subdue the, sanyasis. Equal participation of Hindus and Muslims
Page 182 :
People’s Resistance Against British Before 1857, , 153, , characterised the uprisings, sometimes referred to as the, Fakir Rebellion. Majnum Shah (or Majnu Shah), Chirag Ali,, Musa Shah, Bhawani Pathak and Debi Chaudhurani were, important leaders. Debi Chaudhurani’s participation recognises, the women’s role in early resistances against the British., Anandamath, a semi-historical novel by Bankim Chandra, Chattopadhyay, is based on the Sanyasi Revolt. Bankim, Chandra also wrote a novel, Devi Chaudhurani, as he saw, the importance of women too taking up the struggle against, an alien rule that posed a threat to traditional Indian values., , Revolt in Midnapore and Dhalbhum (1766-74), The English took hold of Midnapore in 1760 and at that time, there were about 3,000 zamindars and talukdars having cordial, relations with their ryots. But this harmonious scenario, changed after the introduction of new land revenue system, by the English in 1772. According to the British governor, Vansittart, the zamindars of Midnapore sided with the ryots, in case of conflict between the ryots and the English revenue, collecting officials. The zamindars of Dhalbhum, Manbhum,, Raipur, Panchet, Jhatibuni, Karnagarh, and Bagri, living in the, vast tract of Jungle Mahals of west and north-west, Midnapore—were ultimately dispossessed of their zamindaries, by 1800s. The important leaders of the uprisings were, Damodar Singh and Jagannath Dhal., , Revolt of Moamarias (1769-99), The revolt of the Moamarias in 1769 was a potent challenge, to the authority of Ahom kings of Assam. The Moamarias, were low-caste peasants who followed the teachings of, Aniruddhadeva (1553-1624), and their rise was similar to that, of other low-caste groups in north India. Their revolts, weakened the Ahoms and opened the doors for others to, attack the region, for instance, in 1792, the King of Darrang, (Krishnanarayan), assisted by his band of burkandazes (the, demobilised soldiers of the Muslim armies and zamindars), revolted. To crush these revolts, the Ahom ruler had to
Page 183 :
154, , A Brief History of Modern India, , request for British help. The Moamarias made Bhatiapar their, headquarters. Rangpur (now in Bangladesh) and Jorhat were, the most affected region. Although, the Ahom kingdom, survived the rebellion, the weakened kingdom fell to a, Burmese invasion and finally came under British rule., , Civil Uprisings in Gorakhpur, Basti, and Bahraich (1781), Warren Hastings, in order to meet the war expenses against, the Marathas and Mysore, made a plan to earn money by, involving English officers as izaradars (revenue farmers) in, Awadh. He involved Major Alexander Hannay, who was well, acquainted with the region, as an izaradar in 1778. Hannay, secured the izara of Gorakhpur and Bahraich to the amount, of 22 lakh rupees for one year. In fact, it was a secret, experiment by the Company to see for itself just how much, surplus money was accessible in practice., However, Hannay’s oppression and excessive demand, of revenue made the region, which had been in a flourishing, state under the Nawab, panic-striken. The zamindars and, cultivators rose against the unbearable exactions in 1781 and,, within weeks of the initial uprising, all of Hannay’s, subordinates were either killed or besieged by zamindari, guerilla forces. Although the rebellion was suppressed,, Hannay was dismissed and his izara forcibly removed., , Revolt of Raja of Vizianagaram (1794), In 1758, a treaty was made between the English and Ananda, Gajapatiraju, the ruler of Vizianagaram, to jointly oust the, French from the Northern Circars. In this mission they were, successful but the English, as was usual in their case in India,, went back on their word to honour the terms of the treaty., Anand Raju died before he could seriously tackle the English., The East India Company went on to demand a tribute of three, lakh rupees from Vizayaramaraju, the Raja of Vizianagaram, and asked him to disband his troops. This angered the raja, as there were no dues to be paid to the Company. The raja
Page 184 :
People’s Resistance Against British Before 1857, , 155, , supported by his subjects rose up in revolt. The English, captured the raja in 1793 and ordered him to go into exile, with a pension. The raja refused. The raja died in a battle, at Padmanabham (in modern Visakhapatnam district in Andhra, Pradesh) in 1794. Vizianagaram came under the Company’s, rule. Later, the Company offered the estate to the deceased, raja’s son and reduced the demand for presents., , Revolt of Dhundia in Bednur (1799-1800), After the conquest of Mysore in 1799, the English had to, confront many native leaders. Dhundia Wagh, a local Maratha, leader, who was converted to Islam by Tipu Sultan and put, into jail due to his mis-adventures, got released with the fall, of Seringapatam. Very soon, Dhundia organised a force which, consisted of anti-British elements, and carved out a small, territory for himself. A defeat by the English in August 1799, forced him to take refuge in Maratha region from where he, instigated the disappointed princes to fight against the English, and he himself took on the leadership. In September 1800,, he was killed while fighting against the British forces under, Wellesley. Though Dhundia failed, he became a venerated, leader of the masses., , Resistance of Kerala Varma Pazhassi Raja, (1797; 1800-05), Kerala Varma Pazhassi Raja, popularly known as Kerala, Simham (Lion of Kerala) or ‘Pyche raja’, was the de facto, head of Kottayam (Cotiote) in Malabar region. Apart from, resisting Hyder Ali and Tipu Sultan, Kerala Varma fought, against the British between 1793 and 1805., The Third Anglo-Mysore War (1790-92), extended, English paramountcy over Kottayam in violation of an earlier, agreement of 1790 which had recognised the independence, of Kottayam. The English appointed Vira Varma, the uncle, of Pazhassi Raja, as the Raja of Kottayam. The new raja, to, meet the revenue target fixed by the Company, levied, exorbitant rates of tax on the peasants. This led to a mass
Page 185 :
156, , A Brief History of Modern India, , resistance by the peasants under the leadership of Pazhassi, Raja in 1793. Pazhassi Raja fought bravely using guerilla, warfare, and in 1797 a peace treaty was made. But a conflict, over a dispute on Wayanad in 1800 started an insurgent, warfare. Pazhassi Raja organised a large force of Nairs which, was supplemented by Mappilas and Pathans, the latter being, demobilised soldiers of Tipu who had become unemployed, after Tipu’s death. In November 1805, the Kerala Simham, died in a gun-fight at Mavila Todu near present day KeralaKarnataka border., , Civil Rebellion in Awadh (1799), Wazir Ali Khan, the fourth Nawab of Awadh, with the help, of the British, had ascended the throne in September 1797., But very soon his relations with the British became sour and, he got replaced by his uncle, Saadat Ali Khan II. Wazir Ali, Khan was granted a pension in Benares. However, in January, 1799, he killed a British resident, Geogre Frederik Cherry,, who had invited him to lunch. Wazir Ali’s guards killed two, other Europeans and even attacked the Magistrate of Benares., The whole incident became famous as the Massacre of, Benares. Wazir Ali was able to assemble an army of several, thousand men which was defeated by General Erskine. Wazir, Ali fled to Butwal and was granted asylum by the ruler of, Jaipur. Arthur Wellesley requested the Raja of Jaipur to, extradite Wazir Ali. Wazir Ali was extradited on the condition, that he would neither be hanged nor be put in fetters. After, surrender in December 1799, he was placed in confinement, at Fort William, Calcutta., , Uprisings in Ganjam and Gumsur (1800, 1835-37), In the Northern Circars, Ganjam and its adjoining regions, rose in revolt against the British rule. Strikara Bhanj, a, zamindar of Gumsur in Ganjam district, refused to pay, revenues in 1797. In 1800, he openly rebelled and defied, the public authorities. Snodgrass, an oppressive and corrupt, collector, was replaced to suppress the insurrection. Strikara
Page 186 :
People’s Resistance Against British Before 1857, , 157, , was joined by Jlani Deo of Vizianagar (Poddakimedi) and, Jagannath Deo of Pratapgiri (Chinakimedi). In 1804 Jagannath, Deo was captured and sent to Masulipatnam. But the English, had to assign certain districts to Strikara Bhanj. In 1807-08,, Dhananjaya Bhanj, son of Strikara, forced his father to leave, the estate. Dhananjaya rebelled against the English but was, forced to surrender in June 1815., Strikara, who had returned to Ganjam, was reappointed, as the zamindar in a compromise with the government. He, managed the estate between 1819 and 1830 but, failing to, liquidate the arrears, retired in favour of his son, Dhananjay., However, unable to pay the enormous arrears, Dhananjay, Bhanj rose in rebellion for the second time when the British, forces occupied Gumsur and Kolaida in November 1835. The, revolt greatly reduced the government’s authority but, Dhananjay died in December 1835 and his followers continued, the resistance. The government appointed Russell, with full, discretionary powers, to deal with the situation. The struggle, lasted till February 1837, when Doora Bisayi, a formidable, leader, was arrested. The zamindari of Gumsur was forfeited., , Uprisings in Palamau (1800-02), The political situation of Palamau was complicated by the, crises of agrarian landlordism and feudal system. In 1800,, Bhukhan Singh, a Chero chief, rose in rebellion. Colonel, Jones camped for two years in Palamau and Sarguja to, suppress the rebellion. Bhukhan Singh died in 1802 and, subsequently the insurrection calmed down., , Poligars’ Revolt (1795-1805), The poligars (or palayakkarargal) of South India gave a stiff, resistance to the British between 1795 and 1805. The main, centres of these strong uprisings were Tinneveli (or, Thirunelveli), Ramanathapuram, Sivaganga, Sivagiri, Madurai,, and North Arcot. The problem started in 1781, when the, Nawab of Arcot gave the management and control of Tinneveli, and the Carnatic Provinces to the East India Company. This
Page 187 :
158, , A Brief History of Modern India, , arrangement caused resentment among the poligars who had,, for long considered themselves as independent sovereign, authorities within their respective territories. The first revolt, of the poligars against the Company was basically over, taxation, but had a larger political dimension in that the, English considered and treated the poligars as enemies., Kattabomman Nayakan, the poligar of Panjalankurichi, led, the insurrection between 1795 and 1799. After a fierce battle, in which the Company forces were defeated by Veerapandiya, Kattabomman, a price was put on the latter’s head. This led, to greater rebellion by the poligars. With reinforcements the, Company forces were finally able to defeat Kattabomman., Kattabomman fled into the Pudukottai forests. Once again, a betrayal—this time by Ettappan, the Raja of Pudukottai, who, entered into an agreement with the British—led to the capture, of Kattabomman. Kattabomman was hanged in a conspicuous, place. A close associate, Subramania Pillai was also hanged, and Soundara Pandian, another rebel, brutally killed. The, palayam of Panjalankurichi and the estates of five other, poligars who had joined the rebellion were confiscated and, the prominent poligars executed or sent to prison., The second phase, which was more violent than the, previous one, started in February 1801 when the poligars, imprisoned in the fort of Palamcotta were able to escape., The rebels took control of many forts and even captured, Tuticorin. The British forces were soon reinforced from, Malabar. The fugitives led by Oomathurai, brother of, Kattabomman, who fled to Sivaganga in Ramnad joined the, rebellion of the ‘Marudus’ led by Marathu Pandian which was, suppressed in October 1801. The fort of Panjalankurichi was, razed to the ground and the name of the place was expunged, from all the documents of the district. Meanwhile, the nawab, surrendered the civil and military administration of all the, territories and dependencies of the Carnatic exclusively to, the Company in perpetuity., Between 1803 and 1805, the poligars of North Arcot
Page 188 :
People’s Resistance Against British Before 1857, , 159, , rose in rebellion, when they were deprived of their right to, collect the kaval fees. (Kaval or ‘watch’ was an ancient, institution of Tamil Nadu. It was a hereditary village police, office with specified rights and responsibilities.) The region, was in a lawless condition particularly in the palayams of, Chittur and Chandragiri. The poligar of Yedaragunta, who, proved most daring and desperate among the insurgent chiefs,, was joined by the dispossessed poligar of Charagallu. By, February 1805, the rebels were suppressed. Several chiefs, were ordered to reside in Madras while some others were, granted an allowance of 18 per cent upon revenues of their, estates., The poligar rebellion spread over a vast area of South, India. The proclamations by the rebels, says A. Shunmugaiah,, indicate that they believed in a mass movement against the, alien rule, seeking independence of them., , Uprising in Bhiwani (1809), In 1809, the Jats of Haryana broke into rebellion. The Jats, fortified themselves in Bhiwani and made a strong resistance., A brigade of all arms, with a powerful battering ram, was, required to suppress the revolt., , Diwan Velu Thampi’s Revolt (1808-1809), The East India Company’s harsh conditions imposed on the, state of Travancore, after both of them agreed to a subsidiary, alliance arrangement under Wellesley in 1805, caused deep, resentment in the region. The ruler was not able to pay the, subsidy and fell in arrears. The British resident of Travancore, was meddling in the internal affairs of the state. The highhanded attitude of the Company compelled Prime Minister, (or Dalawa) Velu Thampi to rise against the Company,, assisted by the Nair troops. Velu Thampi addressed a, gathering in Kundara, openly calling for taking up arms, against the British to oust them from the native soil. This, was later known as the Kundara Proclamation. There was, large scale rebellion against the British as a result. A large
Page 189 :
160, , A Brief History of Modern India, , military operation had to be undertaken to restore peace. The, Maharaja of Travancore had not wholly supported the rebellion, and defected to the side of the Company. Velu Thampi killed, himself to avoid capture. The rebellion petered out., , Disturbances in Bundelkhand (1808-12), The vast province of Bundelkhand, conquered by the British, during the Second Anglo-Maratha Wars (1803-05), was put, within the Presidency of Bengal. The Bundela chiefs offered, resistance to the new government as long as they could fight, from their forts numbering nearly one hundred and fifty. The, first major resistance came from Lakshaman Dawa, the, killadar (fort commander) of Ajaygarh fort. Lakshman was, permitted to retain the fort as a temporary arrangement for, two years ending in 1808, but he wanted to continue his hold, after the expiry of the term. He surrendered in February 1809, and was taken to Calcutta. The next resistance came from, killadar of Kalanjar, Darya Singh, which was suppressed in, January 1812. But the most serious threat came from a, famous military adventurer named Gopal Singh, who had a, dispute with his uncle who was supported by the British. For, four years Gopal Singh eluded all vigilance and military, tactics of British forces. To put a stop to these disturbances,, the British had to adopt a policy of binding down the, hereditary chieftains of Bundelkhand by a series of contractual, obligations—Ikarnamahs., , Parlakimedi Outbreak (1813-34), Parlakimedi, situated in the western border of Ganjam district, (now in Odisha), witnessed resistance from the zamindars and, rajas. When the Company acquired Ganjam, Narayan Deo was, the raja of Parlakimedi, whose resistance forced the British, to dispatch an army under Colonel Peach. Peach defeated, Narayan Deo in 1768 and made Gajapathi Deo (son of, Narayan) proclaimed zamindar. But Narayan Deo, supported, by his son and brothers, revolted again. As the resistance, failed to calm down, the Presidency of Madras appointed
Page 190 :
People’s Resistance Against British Before 1857, , 161, , George Russell as commissioner of the region in 1832., Russell, provided with full fledged powers to suppress the, revolt, pacified the region by 1834., , Kutch or Cutch Rebellion (1816-1832), There was a treaty between the British and Maharaja Bharamal, II of Kutch in 1816, by which power was vested in the throne., There was, however, a power struggle between the maharaja, and a group of chieftains., The British interfered in the internal feuds of the Kutch, and, in 1819, Raja Bharmal II raised Arab and African troops, with the firm intention of removing the British from his, territory. The chieftains ranged on his side. The British, defeated and deposed the Kutch ruler Rao Bharamal in favour, of his infant son. A British resident governed the areas as, the de facto ruler with the help of a regency council. The, administrative innovations made by the regency council, coupled with excessive land assessment caused deep, resentment. In the meanwhile, some of the chieftains continued, their rebellion against alien rule. The news of the British, reverses in the Burma War emboldened the chiefs to rise, in revolt and demand the restoration of Bharamal II. After, extensive military operations failed to control the situation,, the Company’s authorities were compelled to follow a, conciliatory policy., , Rising at Bareilly (1816), The immediate cause of upsurge was the imposition of the, police tax which aroused the burning indignation of the, citizens. The issue became religious when Mufti Muhammad, Aiwaz, a venerated old man, gave a petition to the magistrate, of the town in March 1816., The situation aggravated further when the police, while, collecting tax, injured a woman. This event led to a bloody, scuffle between the followers of the Mufti and the police., Within two days of the event, several armed Muslims from, Pilibhit, Shahjahanpur and Rampur rose in rebellion for the
Page 191 :
162, , A Brief History of Modern India, , defence of the faith and the Mufti. In April 1816, the, insurgents murdered the son of Leycester (judge of provincial, court of Bareilly). The uprising could only be suppressed with, heavy deployment of military forces in which more than 300, rebels were killed and even more wounded and imprisoned., The upsurge seems to have been the product more of, discontent than of actual grievance—the elements of discontent, lying in the very nature of the alien administration., , Upsurge in Hathras (1817), Dayaram, a talukdar of several villages in the district of, Aligarh, had a strong base in the fort of Hathras. The fort,, considered to be among the strongest in India—a ‘second, Bharatpur’—had walls of great height, and thickness, defended, by a deep ditch and artillery mounted at the top. The English, had concluded the settlement of Hathras estate with Dayaram, as a farmer. But due to progressively increasing high, revenues, Dayaram constantly failed to pay arrears and even, committed many acts of hostility by giving harbour to, government fugitives. So, the Company with a large army, attacked Hathras in February 1817. Dayaram fought bravely, for more than 15 days and escaped unharmed. But, ultimately,, he was obliged to come back on condition of submission, and settled down with a pension. Another noted rebel, Bhagwant Singh, Raja of Mursan, frightened to dismantle his, fort, submitted to the government., , Paika Rebellion (1817), The Paiks of Odisha were the traditional landed militia (‘foot, soldiers’ literally) and enjoyed rent free land tenures for their, military service and policing functions on a hereditary basis., The English Company’s conquest of Odisha in 1803, and the, dethronement of the Raja of Khurda had greatly reduced the, power and prestige of the Paiks. Further, the extortionist land, revenue policy of the Company caused resentment among, zamindars and peasants alike. Common masses were affected
Page 192 :
People’s Resistance Against British Before 1857, , 163, , by the rise in prices of salt due to taxes imposed on it,, abolition of cowrie currency and the requirement of payment, of taxes in silver, etc., Bakshi Jagabandhu Bidyadhar had been the military, chief of the forces of the Raja of Khurda. In 1814,, Jagabandhu’s ancestral estate of Killa Rorang was taken over, by the Company, reducing him to penury. The spark was, lighted by the arrival of a body of Khonds from Gumsur into, the Khurda territory in March 1817. With active support of, Mukunda Deva, the last Raja of Khurda, and other zamindars, of the region, Bakshi Jagabandhu Bidyadhar led a sundry army, of Paikas forcing the East India Company forces to retreat, for a time. The rebellion came to be known as the Paika, Bidroh (rebellion). The initial success of the rebels set the, whole province covering Odisha in arms against the British, government for some time. Jagabandhu, declared an outlaw,, along with other rebels, was sheltered by the Raja of, Nayagarh. Although Dinabandhu Santra and his group, surrendered in November 1818, Jagabandhu evaded British, vigilance. In spite of rewards offered, none of the people, of the province betrayed their leaders. Though Khurda was, back under Company control by mid-1817, the Paika rebels, resorted to guerilla tactics. The rebellion was brutally, repressed by 1818. Priests at the Puri temple who had, sheltered Jagabandhu were caught and hanged. Paiks on the, whole suffered greatly. In 1825 Jagabandhu surrendered, under negotiated terms. (Some sources say he was captured, and died in captivity in 1829)., The Paik Rebellion succeeded in getting large remissions, of arrears, reductions in assessments, suspension of the sale, of the estates of defaulters at discretion, a new settlement, on fixed tenures and other adjuncts of a liberal governance., , Waghera Rising (1818-1820), Resentment against the alien rule coupled with the exactions, of the Gaekwad of Baroda supported by the British government
Page 193 :
164, , A Brief History of Modern India, , compelled the Waghera chiefs of Okha Mandal to take up, arms. The Wagheras carried out inroads into British territory, during 1818-19. A peace treaty was signed in November, 1820., , Ahom Revolt (1828), The British had pledged to withdraw from Assam after the, First Burma War (1824-26). But, after the war, instead of, withdrawing, the British attempted to incorporate the Ahoms’, territories in the Company’s dominion. This sparked off a, rebellion in 1828 under the leadership of Gomdhar Konwar,, an Ahom prince, alongwith compatriots, such as Dhanjoy, Bongohain, and Jairam Khargharia Phukan. Assembling near, Jorhat, the rebels formally made Gomdhar Konwar the king., Finally, the Company decided to follow a conciliatory policy, and handed over Upper Assam to Maharaja Purandar Singh, Narendra and part of the kingdom was restored to the, Assamese king., , Surat Salt Agitations (1840s), A strong anti-British sentiment resulted in attacks by the, local Surat population on the Europeans in 1844 over the, issue of the government’s step to raise the salt duty from, 50 paise to one rupee. Faced with a popular movement, the, government withdrew the additional salt levy. Again in 1848,, the government was forced to withdraw its measure to, introduce Bengal Standard Weights and Measures in face of, people’s determined bid to resort to boycott and passive, resistance., , Kolhapur and Savantvadi Revolts, The Gadkaris were a hereditary military class which was, garrisoned in the Maratha forts. These garrisons were disbanded, during administrative reorganisation in Kolhapur state after, 1844. Facing the spectre of unemployment, the Gadkaris rose, in revolt and occupied the Samangarh and Bhudargarh forts., Similarly, the simmering discontent caused a revolt in
Page 194 :
People’s Resistance Against British Before 1857, , 165, , Savantvadi areas. The people here had already revolted against, the British in 1830, 1836 and 1838, the last because the, British had deposed their ruler. The British authorities, introduced many laws to bring the region under control., , Wahabi Movement, The Wahabi Movement was essentially an Islamic revivalist, movement founded by Syed Ahmed of Rai Bareilly who was, inspired by the teachings of Abdul Wahab (1703-87) of Saudi, Arabia and Shah Waliullah of Delhi. Syed Ahmed condemned, the western influence on Islam and advocated a return to pure, Islam and society as it was in the Arabia of the Prophet’s, time., Syed Ahmed was acclaimed as the desired leader, (Imam). A countrywide organisation with an elaborate secret, code for its working under spiritual vice-regents (Khalifas), was set up, and Sithana in the north-western tribal belt was, chosen as a base for operations. In India, its important centre, was at Patna though it had its missions in Hyderabad, Madras,, Bengal, United Provinces and Bombay. Since Dar-ul-Harb, (the land of kafirs) was to be converted into Dar-ul-Islam, (the land of Islam), a jihad was declared against the Sikh, kingdom of Punjab. After the defeat of the Sikh ruler and, incorporation of Punjab into the East India Company’s, dominion in 1849, the English dominion in India became the, sole target of the Wahabis’ attacks., The Wahabis played an important role in spreading antiBritish sentiments. A series of military operations by the, British in the 1860s on the Wahabi base in Sithana and, various court cases of sedition on the Wahabis weakened the, Wahabi resistance, although sporadic encounters with the, authorities continued into the 1880s and 1890s., , Kuka Movement, The Kuka Movement was founded in 1840 by Bhagat Jawahar, Mal (also called Sian Saheb) in western Punjab. A major, leader of the movement after him was Baba Ram Singh. (He
Page 195 :
166, , A Brief History of Modern India, , founded the Namdhari Sikh sect.) After the British took, Punjab, the movement got transformed from a religious, purification campaign to a political campaign. Its basic tenets, were abolition of caste and similar discriminations among, Sikhs, discouraging the consumption of meat and alcohol and, drugs, permission for intermarriages, widow remarriage, and, encouraging women to step out of seclusion. On the political, side, the Kukas wanted to remove the British and restore Sikh, rule over Punjab; they advocated wearing hand-woven clothes, and boycott of English laws and education and products. So,, the concepts of Swadeshi and non-cooperation were propagated, by the Kukas, much before they became part of the Indian, national movement in the early twentieth century. As the, movement gained in popularity, the British took several steps, to crush it in the period between 1863 and 1872., In 1872, Ram Singh, was deported to Rangoon., , Peasant Movements with Religious, Overtones, Peasant uprisings were protests against evictions, increase in, rents of land, and the moneylenders’ greedy ways; and their, aim was occupancy rights for peasants among other things., They were revolts and rebellions of the peasants themselves, though led by local leaders in many cases. The peasant, movements in India till the outbreak of the Revolt of 1857, (and in its immediate aftermath) are given below., , Narkelberia Uprising, Mir Nithar Ali (1782-1831) or Titu Mir inspired the Muslim, tenants in West Bengal to rise against landlords, mainly, Hindu, who imposed a beard-tax on the Faraizis, and British, indigo planters. Often considered the first armed peasant, uprising against the British, these revolt soon took on a, religious hue. The revolt later merged into the Wahabi, movement.
Page 196 :
People’s Resistance Against British Before 1857, , 167, , The Pagal Panthis, The Pagal Panthi, a semi-religious group mainly constituting, the Hajong and Garo tribes of Mymensingh district (earlier, in Bengal), was founded by Karam Shah. But the tribal, peasants organised themselves under Karam Shah’s son, Tipu,, to fight the oppression of the zamindars. From 1825 to 1835,, the Pagal Panthis refused to pay rent above a certain limit, and attacked the houses of zamindars. The government, introduced an equitable arrangement to protect these peasants,, but the movement was violently suppressed., , Faraizi Revolt, The Faraizis were the followers of a Muslim sect founded, by Haji Shariat-Allah of Faridpur in Eastern Bengal. They, advocated radical religious, social and political changes., Shariat-Allah son of Dadu Mian (1819-60) organised his, followers with an aim to expel the English intruders from, Bengal. The sect also supported the cause of the tenants, against the zamindars. The Faraizi disturbances continued, from 1838 to 1857. Most of the Faraizis joined the Wahabi, ranks., , Moplah Uprisings, Hike in revenue demand and reduction of field size, coupled, with the oppression of officials, resulted in widespread, peasant unrest among the Moplahs of Malabar. Twenty-two, rebellions took place between 1836 and 1854. None, however,, proved successful., (The second Moplah uprising occurred after the Moplahs, came to be organised by the Congress and the Khilafat, supporters during the Non-cooperation Movement. But HinduMuslim differences distanced the Congress and the Moplahs, from each other. By 1921, the Moplahs had been subdued.), , Peasants’ Role in the 1857 Revolt, Peasant participation was active only in some areas affected, by the 1857 rebellion, mainly those in western Uttar Pradesh.
Page 197 :
168, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Moreover, the peasants united with the local feudal leaders, in many places to fight against foreign rule. After the revolt,, the plight of the peasants worsened with the British, Government’s decision to gain the support of the landed, classes while ignoring the peasants. Occupancy peasants’, interests suffered. In Avadh, for instance, land was restored, to the taluqdars and they were given revenue and other powers, as well, and the peasants could not avail of the provisions, of the 1859 Bengal Rent Act. As a punishment for their, participation in the 1857 revolt, the peasants had to pay an, additional cess in some regions., , Tribal Revolts, Tribal movements under British rule were the most frequent,, militant and violent of all movements., , Different Causes for Mainland and, North-Eastern Tribal Revolts, The tribal movements can be analysed better if categorised, into mainland tribal revolts and frontier tribal revolts, concentrated mainly in the north-eastern part of India., The mainland tribal rebellions were sparked off by a, number of factors, an important one concerned with the tribal, lands or forests., The land settlements of the British affected the joint, ownership tradition among the tribals and disrupted their, social fabric., As agriculture was extended in a settled form by the, Company government, the tribals lost their land, and there, was an influx of non-tribals to these areas., Shifting cultivation in forests was curbed and this added, to the tribals’ problems. The government further extended its, control over the forest areas by setting up reserved forests, and restricting timber use and grazing. This was the result, of the increasing demand from the Company for timber—, for shipping and the railways.
Page 198 :
People’s Resistance Against British Before 1857, , 169, , Exploitation by the police, traders and money-lenders, (most of them ‘outsiders’) aggravated the tribals’ sufferings., Some general laws were also abhorred for their intrusive, nature as the tribals had their own customs and traditions., With the expansion of colonialism, Christian, missionaries came to these regions and their efforts interfered, with the traditional customs of the tribals. The missionaries,, perceived as representatives of the alien rule, were resented, by the tribals., The movements of the tribes of the north-eastern, frontier were different from the non-frontier tribal revolts, in some aspects., For one thing, the tribes which shared tribal and cultural, links with countries across the border did not concern, themselves much with the nationalist struggle. Their revolts, were often in favour of political autonomy within the Indian, Union or complete independence., Secondly, these movements were not forest-based or, agrarian revolts as these tribals were generally in control of, land and forest area. The British entered the north-eastern, areas much later than the non-frontier tribal areas., Thirdly, the frontier tribal revolts under the British, continued for a longer time than the non-frontier tribal, movements. De-sanskritisation movements also spread among, the frontier tribals. The Meiteis organised a movement during, Churchand Maharaja’s rule (between 1891 and 1941) to, denounce the malpractices of the neo-Vaishnavite Brahmins., Sanskritisation movements were almost totally absent in the, north-east frontier region in the colonial period., , Characteristics of Tribal Revolts, , There were some common characteristics of the tribal, uprisings even though they were separated from one another, in time and space., ● Tribal identity or ethnic ties lay behind the solidarity, shown by these groups. Not all ‘outsiders’ were, however,
Page 199 :
170, , A Brief History of Modern India, , seen as enemies: the poor who lived by their manual labour, or profession and had a socially/economically supportive role, in the village were left alone; the violence was directed, towards the money-lenders and traders who were seen as, extensions of the colonial government., ● A common cause was the resentment against the, imposition of laws by the ‘foreign government’ that was seen, as an effort at destroying the tribals’ traditional socioeconomic framework., ● Many uprisings were led by messiah-like figures who, encouraged their people to revolt and who held out the, promise that they could end their suffering brought about by, the ‘outsiders’., ● The tribal uprisings were doomed from the beginning,, given the outdated arms they fought with as against the, modern weapons and techniques used by their opponents., , Important Tribal Movements of Mainland, , Some important tribal movements are discussed below. It, may be noted that most tribal movements, if we leave out, the frontier tribal areas, were concentrated in central India,, the west-central region and the south., , Pahariyas’ Rebellion, The British expansion on their territory led to an uprising, by the martial Pahariyas of the Raj Mahal Hills in 1778. The, British were forced to usher in peace by declaring their, territory as damni-kol area., , Chuar Uprising, Famine, enhanced land revenue demands and economic, distress goaded the Chuar aboriginal tribesmen of the Jungle, Mahal of Midnapore district and also of the Bankura district, (in Bengal) to take up arms., These tribes people were basically farmers and hunters., The uprising lasted from 1766 to 1772 and then, again, surfaced between 1795 and 1816. The Chuars were prominent
Page 200 :
People’s Resistance Against British Before 1857, , 171, , in Manbhum and Barabhum, especially in the hills between, Barabhum and Ghatsila. They held their lands under a kind, of feudal tenure, but were not strongly attached to the soil,, being always ready to change from farming to hunting, at the, bidding of their jungle chiefs or zamindars. In 1768, Jagannath, Singh, the zamindar of Ghatsila, went up in arms, alongwith, thousands of Chuars. The Company government capitulated., In 1771, the Chuar sardars, Shyam Ganjan of Dhadka, Subla, Singh of Kaliapal and Dubraj rose in rebellion. This time,, however, they were suppressed., The most significant uprising was under Durjan (or, Durjol) Singh in 1798. Durjan Singh was the zamindar of, Raipur from which he was dispossessed owing to the, operations of Bengal Regulations. In May 1798, his followers,, a body of 1,500 Chuars, indulged in violent activities in, Raipur to halt the auction of the estate of Raipur. The revolt, was brutally suppressed by the British. Other leaders of the, Chuars were Madhab Singh, the brother of the raja of, Barabhum, Raja Mohan Singh, zamindar of Juriah and Lachman, Singh of Dulma., (The term ‘Chuar’ is considered derogatory by some, historians who call this the Revolt of the Jungle Mahal,, instead.), , Kol Mutiny (1831), , The Kols, alongwith other tribes, are inhabitants of, Chhotanagpur. This covered Ranchi, Singhbhum, Hazaribagh,, Palamau and the western parts of Manbhum. The trouble in, 1831 started with large-scale transfers of land from Kol, headmen to outsiders like Hindu, Sikh and Muslim farmers, and money-lenders who were oppressive and demanded heavy, taxes. Besides, the British judicial and revenue policies badly, affected the traditional social conditions of the Kols. The, Kols resented this and in 1831, under the leadership of, Buddho Bhagat, the Kol rebels killed or burnt about a, thousand outsiders. Only after large-scale military operations, could order be restored.
Page 201 :
172, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Ho and Munda Uprisings (1820-1837), The Raja of Parahat organised his Ho tribals to revolt against, the occupation of Singhbhum (now in Jharkhand). The revolt, continued till 1827 when the Ho tribals were forced to, submit. However, later in 1831, they again organised a, rebellion, joined by the Mundas of Chotanagpur, to protest, against the newly introduced farming revenue policy and the, entry of Bengalis into their region. Though the revolt was, extinguished in 1832, the Ho operations continued till 1837., Nor were the Mundas to be quiet for long., [In 1899-1900, the Mundas in the region south of, Ranchi rose under Birsa Munda. The Ulgulan was one of, the most significant tribal uprisings in the period 1860-1920., The rebellion which began as a religious movement gathered, political force to fight against introduction of feudal, zamindari, tenures, and exploitation by money-lenders and forest, contractors. The Mundas claimed Chhotanagpur as their area, in 1879. British armed forces were then deployed. Birsa was, captured and imprisoned.], , The Santhal Rebellion (1855-56), Continued oppression of the Santhals, an agricultural people,, who had fled to settle in the plains of the Rajmahal hills, (Bihar) led to the Santhal rebellion against the zamindars. The, money-lenders who had the support of the police among, others had joined the zamindars to subject the peasants to, oppressive exactions and dispossession of lands. The rebellion, turned into an anti-British movement. Under Sidhu and Kanhu,, two brothers, the Santhals proclaimed an end to Company, rule, and declared the area between Bhagalpur and Rajmahal, as autonomous. The rebellion was suppressed by 1856., , Khond Uprisings (1837-1856), From 1837 to 1856, the Khonds of the hilly tracts extending, from Odisha to the Srikakulam and Visakhapatnam districts, of Andhra Pradesh revolted against Company rule. Chakra, Bisnoi, a young raja, led the Khonds who were joined by the
Page 202 :
People’s Resistance Against British Before 1857, , 173, , Ghumsar, Kalahandi and other tribals to oppose the suppression, of human sacrifice, new taxes, and the entry of zamindars, into their areas. With Chakra Bisnoi’s disappearance, the, uprising came to an end., [A later Khond rebellion in 1914 in the Orissa region, was triggered by the hope that foreign rule would end and, they could gain an autonomous government.], , Koya Revolts, , The Koyas of the eastern Godavari track (modern Andhra),, joined by Khonda Sara chiefs, rebelled in 1803, 1840, 1845,, 1858, 1861 and 1862. They rose once again in 1879-80, under Tomma Sora. Their complaints were oppression by, police and moneylenders, new regulations and denial of their, customary rights over forest areas. After the death of Tomma, Sora, another rebellion was organised in 1886 by Raja, Anantayyar., , Bhil Revolts, , The Bhils who lived in the Western Ghats controlled the, mountain passes between the north and the Deccan. They, revolted against Company rule in 1817-19, as they had to, face famine, economic distress and misgovernment. The, British used both force and conciliatory efforts to control, the uprising. However, the Bhils revolted again in 1825, 1831, and in 1846. Later, a reformer, Govind Guru helped the Bhils, of south Rajasthan (Banswara, Sunth states) to organise, themselves to fight for a Bhil Raj by 1913., , Koli Risings, , The Kolis living in the neighbourhood of Bhils rose up in, rebellion against the Company’s rule in 1829, 1839 and again, during 1844-48. They resented the imposition of Company’s, rule which brought with it large-scale unemployment for, them and the dismantling of their forts., , Ramosi Risings, The Ramosis, the hill tribes of the Western Ghats, had not, reconciled to British rule and the British pattern of
Page 205 :
176, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Tribal Movements of the North-East, , Some famous tribal movements of the north-east frontier, region have been given below., , Khasi Uprising, After having occupied the hilly region between Garo and, Jaintia Hills, the East India Company wanted to build a road, North-East Frontier Tribal Movements:, Year, Region, Major Causes, Movements Before 1857, 1. Ahoms’ Revolt (1828-33; Assam); against the non-fulfilment of, the pledges of the Company after the Burmese War; the uprising, was suppressed by the Company by dividing the kingdom., 2. Khasis’ Revolt (1830s; hilly region between Jaintia and Garo, Hills); led by the Nunklow ruler, Tirath Singh; against the, occupation of the hilly region., 3. Singphos’ Rebellion (1830s; Assam); led to murder of British, political agent of Assam by Singphos in 1839; was ultimately, suppressed., Movements After 1857, 1. Kukis’ Revolt (1917-19; Manipur); against British policies of, recruiting labour during the first World War., 2. Revolts in Tripura; against hike in house tax rates and against, settlement of outsiders in the region, (a) led by Parikshit Jamatia (1863), (b) the Reangs’ revolt led by Ratnamani (1942-43), (c) led by Bharti Singh (1920s), 3. Zeliangsong Movement (1920s; Manipur); led by the Zemi,, Liangmei and Rongmei tribes; against the failure of British to, protect them during the Kuki violence in 1917-19., 4. Naga movement (1905-31; Manipur); led by Jadonang; against, British rule and for setting up of a Naga raj., 5. Heraka Cult (1930s; Manipur); led by Gaidinliu; the movement, was suppressed but Kabui Naga Association was formed in, 1946., 6. Other Smaller Movements were the revolt of the Syntengs, of Jaintia Hills in 1860-62; the Phulaguri peasants’ rebellion in, 1861, the revolt of the Saflas in 1872-73; the uprising of the, Kacha Nagas of Cachhar in 1882; and a women’s war in Manipur, in 1904.
Page 206 :
People’s Resistance Against British Before 1857, , 177, , linking the Brahmaputra Valley with Sylhet. For this, a large, number of outsiders including Englishmen, Bengalis and the, labourers from the plains were brought to these regions. The, Khasis, Garos, Khamptis and the Singphos organised, themselves under Tirath Singh to drive away the strangers, from the plains. The uprising developed into a popular revolt, against British rule in the area. By 1833, the superior English, military force had suppressed the revolt., , Singphos Rebellion, The rebellion of the Singphos in Assam in early 1830 was, immediately quelled but they continued to organise revolts., An uprising in 1839 saw the death of the British political, agent. Chief Nirang Phidu led an uprising in 1843, which, involved an attack on the British garrison and the death of, many soldiers., Some of the smaller movements were those of the, Mishmis (in 1836); the Khampti rebellion in Assam between, 1839 and 1842; the Lushais’ revolt in 1842 and 1844, when, they attacked villages in Manipur., , Sepoy Mutinies, A number of sporadic military uprisings took place before, the Great Revolt of 1857 in different parts of the country., , Causes, , There was rising discontent of the sepoys against the British, rule due to the following reasons:, (i) discrimination in payment and promotions;, (ii) mistreatment of the sepoys by the British officials;, (iii) refusal of the government to pay foreign service, allowance while fighting in remote regions;, (iv) religious objections of the high caste Hindu, sepoys to Lord Canning’s General Service, Enlistment Act (1856) ordering all recruits to be, ready for service both within and outside India.
Page 207 :
178, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Further, the sepoys shared all the discontent and, grievances—social, religious and economic—that afflicted, the civilian population., Over the years, the upper caste sepoys had found their, religious beliefs in conflict with their service conditions. For, example, in 1806, the replacement of the turban by a leather, cockade caused a mutiny at Vellore. Similarly in 1844, there, was a mutinous outbreak of the Bengal army sepoys for being, sent to far away Sind and in 1824 the sepoys at Barrackpore, rose in revolt when they were asked to go to Burma because, crossing the sea would mean loss of caste., , Important Mutinies, The most important mutinies which broke out during the pre1857 period are the following:, (i) The mutiny of the sepoys in Bengal in 1764., (ii) The Vellore mutiny of 1806 when the sepoys protested, against interference in their social and religious, practices and raised a banner of revolt unfurling the, flag of the ruler of Mysore., (iii) The mutiny of the sepoys of the 47th Native Infantry, Unit in 1824., (iv) The revolt of the Grenadier Company in Assam in, 1825., (v) The mutiny of an Indian regiment at Sholapur in 1838., (vi) The mutinies of the 34th Native Infantry (N.I.), the, 22nd N.I., the 66th N.I. and the 37th N.I. in 1844,, 1849, 1850 and 1852 respectively., However, all these mutinies did not spread beyond their, locality and were ruthlessly crushed by the British Indian, government, often inflicting terrible violence, executing, leaders and disbanding the regiments. But the legacy of these, revolts proved to be of immense significance later.
Page 208 :
People’s Resistance Against British Before 1857, , 179, , Weaknesses of People’s Uprisings, ● These uprisings drew a large number of participants, but were, in fact, localised and occurred at different times, in different regions., ● They mostly arose out of local grievances., ● The leadership was semi-feudal in character, backwardlooking, traditional in outlook and their resistance did not, offer alternatives to the existing social set-up., ● If many of these revolts seemed similar to one, another in wanting to oust the alien rule, it was not because, of some ‘national’ impulse or common effort, but because, they were protesting against conditions that were common, to them., ● These rebellions were centuries-old in form and, ideological / cultural content., ● Those who were not so uncooperative or obstinate, were pacified through concessions by the authorities., ● The methods and arms used by the fighters in these, uprisings were practically obsolete compared to the weapons, and strategy—as well as deception and chicanery—employed, by their opponents., , Summary, ●, , Factors Responsible for People’s Resistance, Colonial land revenue settlements; heavy burden of new taxes, and eviction of peasants from their land., Growth of intermediary revenue collectors, tenants and moneylenders., Expansion of revenue administration over tribal lands., Destruction of indigenous industry and promotion of British, manufactured goods., End of patronage to priestly and scholarly classes., Foreign character of British rule.
Page 212 :
The Revolt of 1857, , 183, , 7, The Revolt of 1857, Simmering Discontent, In 1757, after the Battle of Plassey, the British laid the first, step towards getting power in northern India. And in 1857, took place the major ‘Revolt’ which was a product of the, character and policies of colonial rule after 1757, and after, which noteworthy changes took place in the British policy, of ruling over India. The cumulative effect of British, expansionist policies, economic exploitation and, administrative innovations over the years had adversely, affected the positions of all—rulers of Indian states, sepoys,, zamindars, peasants, traders, artisans, pundits, maulvis, etc., The simmering discontent burst in the form of a violent storm, in 1857 which shook the British empire in India to its very, foundations., However, the period between 1757 and 1857 was not, all peaceful and trouble-free; it saw a series of sporadic, popular outbursts in the form of religio-political violence,, tribal movements, peasant uprisings and agrarian riots, and, civil rebellions. Enhanced revenue demands—even in famine, years—caused anger. Many a times, movements against local, moneylenders turned into rebellion against the Company rule, as the moneylenders had the support of the police. British, interference in native religious/traditional customs also caused, resentment and resulted in rebellions. Almost from the very, early days of the East India Company’s rule, rebellions and, 183
Page 213 :
184, , A Brief History of Modern India, , uprisings occurred for various causes in different regions., Some of the movements continued even after the 1857, Revolt. Major revolts took place in the south, east, west and, the north-eastern regions which were suppressed with brutality, by the Company., [The previous chapter discussed some of these uprisings.], , The 1857 Revolt: the Major Causes, The causes of the revolt of 1857, like those of earlier, uprisings, emerged from all aspects—socio-cultural, economic, and political—of daily existence of Indian population cutting, through all sections and classes. These causes are discussed, below., , Economic Causes, , The colonial policies of the East India Company destroyed, the traditional economic fabric of the Indian society. The, peasantry were never really to recover from the disabilities, imposed by the new and a highly unpopular revenue settlement., Impoverished by heavy taxation, the peasants resorted to, loans from money-lenders/traders at usurious rates, the latter, often evicting the former from their land on non-payment, of debt dues. These money-lenders and traders emerged as, the new landlords, while the scourge of landless peasantry, and rural indebtedness has continued to plague Indian society, to this day. The older system of zamindari was forced to, disintegrate., British rule also meant misery to the artisans and, handicrafts people. The annexation of Indian states by the, Company cut off their major source of patronage—the native, rulers and the nobles, who could not now afford to be patrons, of the crafts workers. Added to this, British policy discouraged, Indian handicrafts and promoted British goods. The highly, skilled Indian craftsmen were forced to look for alternate, sources of employment that hardly existed, as the destruction
Page 214 :
The Revolt of 1857, , 185, , View, It was the British intruder who broke up the Indian handloom, and destroyed the spinning-wheel. England began with depriving, the Indian cottons from the European market; it then introduced, twist into Hindustan and in the end inundated the very mother, country of cotton with cottons.”, —Karl Marx, in 1853, , of Indian handicrafts was not accompanied by the development, of modern industries., The Indian trade and mercantile class was deliberately, crippled by the British who imposed high tariff duties on, Indian-made goods. At the same time, the import of British, goods into India attracted low tariffs, thus encouraging their, entry into India. By mid-nineteenth century, exports of cotton, and silk textiles from India practically came to an end. Free, trade—one way, that is—and refusal to impose protective, duties against machine-made goods from Britain simply, killed Indian manufacture., Zamindars, the traditional landed aristocracy, often saw, their land rights forfeited with frequent use of a quo, warranto by the administration. This resulted in a loss of, status for them in the villages. In Awadh, the storm centre, of the revolt, 21,000 taluqdars had their estates confiscated, and suddenly found themselves without a source of income,, “unable to work, ashamed to beg, condemned to penury”., These dispossessed taluqdars seized the opportunity presented, by the sepoy revolt to oppose the British and try to regain, what they had lost., The ruin of Indian industry increased the pressure on, agriculture and land, which could not support all the people;, the lopsided development resulted in pauperisation of the, country in general., , Political Causes, , The East India Company’s greedy policy of aggrandisement, accompanied by broken pledges and promises resulted in
Page 215 :
186, , A Brief History of Modern India, , contempt for the Company and loss of political prestige,, besides causing suspicion in the minds of almost all the, ruling princes in India, through such policies as of ‘Effective, Control’, ‘Subsidiary Alliance’ and ‘Doctrine of Lapse’. The, right of succession was denied to Hindu princes. The Mughals, were humbled when, on Prince Faqiruddin’s death in 1856,, whose succession had been recognised conditionally by Lord, Dalhousie, Lord Canning announced that the next prince on, succession would have to renounce the regal title and the, ancestral Mughal palaces, in addition to the renunciations, agreed upon by Prince Faqiruddin., The collapse of rulers—the erstwhile aristocracy—also, adversely affected those sections of the Indian society which, derived their sustenance from cultural and religious pursuits., , Administrative Causes, , Rampant corruption in the Company’s administration,, especially among the police, petty officials and lower law, courts, was a major cause of discontent. Indeed, it is the view, of many historians that the rampant corruption we see now, in India is a legacy of the Company rule. Also, the character, of British rule imparted a foreign and alien look to it in the, eyes of Indians: a kind of absentee sovereignty., , Socio-Religious Causes, , Racial overtones and a superiority complex characterised the, British administrative attitude towards the native Indian, population. The activities of Christian missionaries who, followed the British flag in India were looked upon with, suspicion by Indians. The attempts at socio-religious reform, such as abolition of sati, support to widow-marriage and, women’s education were seen by a large section of the, population as interference in the social and religious domains, of Indian society by outsiders. These fears were compounded, by the government’s decision to tax mosque and temple lands, and making laws such as the Religious Disabilities Act, 1856,, which modified Hindu customs, for instance, declaring that
Page 216 :
The Revolt of 1857, , 187, , a change of religion did not debar a son from inheriting the, property of his ‘heathen’ father., , Influence of Outside Events, , The revolt of 1857 coincided with certain outside events in, which the British suffered serious losses—the First Afghan, War (1838-42), Punjab Wars (1845-49), and the Crimean, Wars (1854-56). These had obvious psychological, repercussions. The British were seen to be not so strong and, it was felt that they could be defeated., , Discontent Among Sepoys, , The conditions of service in the Company’s Army and, cantonments increasingly came into conflict with the religious, beliefs and prejudices of the sepoys. Restrictions on wearing, caste and sectarian marks and secret rumours of proselytising, activities of the chaplains (often maintained on the Company’s, expenses which meant at Indian expense) were interpreted, by Indian sepoys, who were generally conservative by nature,, as interference in their religious affairs., To the religious Hindu of the time, crossing the seas, meant loss of caste. In 1856, Lord Canning’s government, passed the General Service Enlistment Act which decreed that, all future recruits to the Bengal Army would have to give, an undertaking to serve anywhere their services might be, required by the government. This caused resentment., The Indian sepoy was equally unhappy with his emoluments compared to his British counterpart. A more immediate, cause of the sepoys’ dissatisfaction was the order that they, would not be given the foreign service allowance (bhatta), when serving in Sindh or in Punjab. The annexation of Awadh,, home of many of the sepoys, further inflamed their feelings., The Indian sepoy was made to feel a subordinate at, every step and was discriminated against racially and in, matters of promotion and privileges. The discontent of the, sepoys was not limited to military matters; it reflected the, general disenchantment with and the opposition to British
Page 217 :
188, , A Brief History of Modern India, , rule. The sepoy, in fact, was a ‘peasant in uniform’ whose, consciousness was not divorced from that of the rural, population. “The Army voiced grievances other than its own;, and the movement spread beyond the Army”, observes S., Gopal., Finally, there had been a long history of revolts in the, British Indian Army—in Bengal (1764), Vellore (1806),, Barrackpore (1825) and during the Afghan Wars (1838-42), to mention just a few., , Beginning and Spread of the Revolt, The Spark, , The reports about the mixing of bone dust in atta (flour), and the introduction of the Enfield rifle enhanced the sepoys’, growing disaffection with the government. The greased, wrapping paper of the cartridge of the new rifle had to be, bitten off before loading and the grease was reportedly made, of beef and pig fat. The cow was sacred to the Hindus while, the pig was taboo for the Muslims. The Army administration, did nothing to allay these fears, and the sepoys felt their, religion was in grave danger., The greased cartridges did not create a new cause of, discontent in the Army, but supplied the occasion for the, simmering discontent to come out in the open., , Starts at Meerut, The revolt began at Meerut, 58 km from Delhi, on May 10,, 1857 and then, gathering force rapidly, soon embraced a vast, area from the Punjab in the north and the Narmada in the, south to Bihar in the east and Rajputana in the west., Even before the Meerut incident, there were rumblings, of resentment in various cantonments. The 19th Native, Infantry at Berhampur, which refused to use the newly, introduced Enfield rifle and broke out in mutiny in February, 1857 was disbanded in March 1857. A young sepoy of the
Page 218 :
The Revolt of 1857, , 189, , 34th Native Infantry, Mangal Pande, went a step further and, fired at the sergeant major of his unit at Barrackpore. He, was overpowered and executed on April 8 while his regiment, was disbanded in May. The 7th Awadh Regiment which defied, its officers on May 3 met with a similar fate., And then came the explosion at Meerut. On April 24,, ninety men of the 3rd Native Cavalry refused to accept the, greased cartridges. On May 9, eighty-five of them were, dismissed, sentenced to 10 years’ imprisonment and put in, fetters. This sparked off a general mutiny among the Indian, soldiers stationed at Meerut. The very next day, on May 10,, they released their imprisoned comrades, killed their officers, and unfurled the banner of revolt. They set off for Delhi after, sunset., , Choice of Bahadur Shah as, Symbolic Head, In Delhi, the local infantry joined them, killed their own, European officers including Simon Fraser, the political agent,, and seized the city. Lieutenant Willoughby, the officer-incharge of the magazine at Delhi, offered some resistance,, but was overcome. The aged and powerless Bahadur Shah, Zafar was proclaimed the Emperor of India., Delhi was soon to become the centre of the Great, Revolt and Bahadur Shah, its symbol. This spontaneous, raising of the last Mughal king to the leadership of the, country was a recognition of the fact that the long reign of, Mughal dynasty had become the traditional symbol of India’s, political unity. With this single act, the sepoys had transformed, a mutiny of soldiers into a revolutionary war, while all Indian, chiefs who took part in the revolt hastened to proclaim their, loyalty to the Mughal emperor. It also signified that the, rebels were politically motivated. Though religion was a, factor, the broad outlook of the rebels was not influenced, by religious identity but by the perception of the British as, the common enemy.
Page 219 :
190, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Bahadur Shah, after initial vacillation, wrote letters to, all the chiefs and rulers of India urging them to organise a, confederacy of Indian states to fight and replace the British, regime. The entire Bengal Army soon rose in revolt which, spread quickly. Awadh, Rohilkhand, the Doab, Bundelkhand,, central India, large parts of Bihar and East Punjab shook off, British authority., , Civilians Join, The revolt of the sepoys was accompanied by a rebellion of, the civil population, particularly in the north-western provinces, and Awadh. Their accumulated grievances found immediate, expression and they rose en masse to give vent to their, opposition to British rule. It is the widespread participation, in the revolt by the peasantry, the artisans, shopkeepers, day, labourers, zamindars, religious mendicants, priests and civil, servants which gave it real strength as well as the character, of a popular revolt. Here the peasants and petty zamindars, gave free expression to their grievances by attacking the, money-lenders and zamindars who had displaced them from, the land. They took advantage of the revolt to destroy the, money-lenders’ account books and debt records. They also, attacked the British-established law courts, revenue offices, (tehsils), revenue records and police stations., According to one estimate, of the total number of about, 1,50,000 men who died fighting the English in Awadh, over, 1,00,000 were civilians., Within a month of the capture of Delhi by the rebels,, the revolt spread to different parts of the country., , Storm Centres and Leaders of the Revolt, At Delhi the nominal and symbolic leadership belonged to, the Mughal emperor, Bahadur Shah, but the real command, lay with a court of soldiers headed by General Bakht Khan, who had led the revolt of Bareilly troops and brought them
Page 220 :
The Revolt of 1857, , 191, , to Delhi. The court consisted of ten members, six from the, army and four from the civilian departments. The court, conducted the affairs of the state in the name of the emperor., Emperor Bahadur Shah was perhaps the weakest link in the, chain of leadership of the revolt. His weak personality, old, age and lack of leadership qualities created political weakness, at the nerve centre of the revolt and did incalculable damage, to it., At Kanpur, the natural choice was Nana Saheb, the, adopted son of the last peshwa, Baji Rao II. He was refused, the family title and banished from Poona, and was living near, Kanpur. Nana Saheb expelled the English from Kanpur,, proclaimed himself the peshwa, acknowledged Bahadur Shah, as the Emperor of India and declared himself to be his, governor. Sir Hugh Wheeler, commanding the station,, surrendered on June 27, 1857 and was killed on the same, day., Begum Hazrat Mahal took over the reigns at Lucknow, where the rebellion broke out on June 4, 1857 and popular, sympathy was overwhelmingly in favour of the deposed, nawab. Her son, Birjis Qadir, was proclaimed the nawab and, a regular administration was organised with important offices, shared equally by Muslims and Hindus. Henry Lawrence, the, British resident, the European inhabitants and a few hundred, loyal sepoys took shelter in the residency. The residency was, besieged by the Indian rebels and Sir Henry was killed during, the siege. The command of the besieged garrison devolved, on Brigadier Inglis who held out against heavy odds. The early, attempts of Sir Henry Havelock and Sir James Outram to, recover Lucknow met with no success. Finally, Sir Colin, Campbell, the new commander-in-chief, evacuated the, Europeans with the help of Gorkha regiments. In March 1858,, the city was finally recovered by the British, but guerrilla, activity continued till September of the same year.
Page 221 :
192, , A Brief History of Modern India, , At Bareilly, Khan Bahadur, a descendant of the former, ruler of Rohilkhand, was placed in command. Not enthusiastic, about the pension being granted by the British, he organised, an army of 40,000 soldiers and offered stiff resistance to, the British., In Bihar, the revolt was led by Kunwar Singh, the, zamindar of Jagdishpur. An old man in his seventies, he, nursed a grudge against the British who had deprived him of, his estates. He unhesitatingly joined the sepoys when they, reached Arrah from Dinapore (Danapur)., Maulvi Ahmadullah of Faizabad was another, outstanding leader of the revolt. He was a native of Madras, and had moved to Faizabad in the north where he fought a, stiff battle against the British troops. He emerged as one of, the revolt’s acknowledged leaders once it broke out in Awadh, in May 1857., The most outstanding leader of the revolt was Rani, Laxmibai, who assumed the leadership of the sepoys at, Jhansi. Lord Dalhousie, the governor-general, had refused to, allow her adopted son to succeed to the throne after her, husband Raja Gangadhar Rao died, and had annexed the state, by the application of the infamous ‘Doctrine of Lapse’., Driven out of Jhansi by British forces, she gave the battle, cry—”main apni Jhansi nahin doongi” (I shall not give, away my Jhansi). She was joined by Tantia Tope, a close, associate of Nana Saheb, after the loss of Kanpur. The Rani, of Jhansi and Tantia Tope marched towards Gwalior where, they were hailed by the Indian soldiers. The Sindhia, the local, View, Here lay the woman who was the only man among the rebels., —Hugh Rose, (a tribute to the Rani of Jhansi from the man, who defeated her)
Page 222 :
The Revolt of 1857, , 193, , ruler, however, decided to side with the English and took, shelter at Agra. Nana Saheb was proclaimed the Peshwa and, plans were chalked out for a march into the south. Gwalior, was recaptured by the English in June 1858., The sacrifices made by the common masses were, immense and innumerable. The name of Shah Mal, a local, villager in Pargana Baraut (Baghpat, Uttar Pradesh), is most, notable. He organised the headmen and peasants of 84, villages (referred as chaurasi desh), marching at night from, village to village, urging people to rebel against the British, hegemony. The people attacked government buildings,, destroyed the bridges over the rivers and dug up metalled, roads—partially to stop government forces from coming into, the area, and partly because bridges and roads were viewed, as symbols of British rule. Shah Mal sent supplies to the, mutineers in Delhi and prevented all official communication, between British headquarters and Meerut. He made his, headquarters at the bungalow of an irrigation department on, the banks of the Yamuna and supervised and controlled his, operations from there. In fact, the bungalow was turned into, a “hall of justice”, resolving disputes and dispensing judgments., He also organised an effective network of intelligence for, a short duration, the people of the area felt that the British, rule was over, and their own rule had come. Unfortunately,, in July 1857, Shah Mal was killed by an English officer,, Dunlap. It is alleged that Shah Mal’s body was cut into pieces, and his head displayed on July 21, 1857 to terrify the public., For more than a year, however, the rebels carried on their, struggle against heavy odds., , Suppression of the Revolt, The revolt was finally suppressed. The British captured Delhi, on September 20, 1857 after prolonged and bitter fighting., John Nicholson, the leader of the siege, was badly wounded
Page 223 :
194, , A Brief History of Modern India, , and later succumbed to his injuries. Bahadur Shah was taken, prisoner. The royal princes were captured and butchered on, the spot, publicly shot at point blank range by Lieutenant, Hudson himself. The emperor was exiled to Rangoon where, he died in 1862. Thus the great House of Mughals was finally, and completely extinguished. Terrible vengeance was wreaked, on the inhabitants of Delhi. With the fall of Delhi the focal, point of the revolt disappeared., One by one, all the great leaders of the revolt fell., Military operations for the recapture of Kanpur were closely, associated with the recovery of Lucknow. Sir Colin Campbell, occupied Kanpur on December 6, 1857. Nana Saheb, defeated, at Kanpur, escaped to Nepal in early 1859, never to be heard, of again. His close associate Tantia Tope escaped into the, jungles of central India, but was captured while asleep in April, 1859 and put to death. The Rani of Jhansi had died on the, battlefield earlier in June 1858. Jhansi was recaptured by Sir, Hugh Rose. By 1859, Kunwar Singh, Bakht Khan, Khan, Bahadur Khan of Bareilly, Rao Sahib (brother of Nana Saheb), and Maulvi Ahmadullah were all dead, while the Begum of, Awadh was compelled to hide in Nepal. At Benaras, a, rebellion had been organised which was mercilessly suppressed, by Colonel Neill, who put to death all suspected rebels and, even disorderly sepoys., By the end of 1859, British authority over India was, fully re-established. The British government had to pour, immense supplies of men, money and arms into the country,, though the Indians had to later repay the entire cost through, their own suppression., , Why the Revolt Failed, All-India participation was absent, Limited territorial spread was one factor; there was no allIndia veneer about the revolt. The eastern, southern and
Page 224 :
The Revolt of 1857, , 195, , western parts of India remained more or less unaffected. This, was probably because the earlier uprisings in those regions, had been brutally suppressed by the Company., , All classes did not join, Certain classes and groups did not join and, in fact, worked, against the revolt., Big zamindars acted as “break-waters to storm”; even, Awadh taluqdars backed off once promises of land restitution, were spelt out. Money-lenders and merchants suffered the, wrath of the mutineers badly and anyway saw their class, interests better protected under British patronage., Educated Indians viewed this revolt as backward looking,, supportive of the feudal order and as a reaction of traditional, conservative forces to modernity; these people had high, hopes that the British would usher in an era of modernisation., Most Indian rulers refused to join, and often gave active, help to the British. Rulers who did not participate included, the Sindhia of Gwalior, the Holkar of Indore, the rulers of, Patiala, Sindh and other Sikh chieftains and the Maharaja of, Kashmir. Indeed, by one estimate, not more than one-fourth, of the total area and not more than one-tenth of the total, population was affected., , Poor Arms and Equipment, The Indian soldiers were poorly equipped materially, fighting, generally with swords and spears and very few guns and, muskets. On the other hand, the European soldiers were, equipped with the latest weapons of war like the Enfield rifle., The electric telegraph kept the commander-in-chief informed, about the movements and strategy of the rebels., , Uncoordinated and Poorly Organised, The revolt was poorly organised with no coordination or, central leadership. The principal rebel leaders—Nana Saheb,, Tantia Tope, Kunwar Singh, Laxmibai—were no match to, their British opponents in generalship. On the other hand, the
Page 225 :
196, , A Brief History of Modern India, , East India Company was fortunate in having the services of, men of exceptional abilities in the Lawrence brothers, John, Nicholson, James Outram, Henry Havelock, etc., , No Unified Ideology, The mutineers lacked a clear understanding of colonial rule;, nor did they have a forward looking programme, a coherent, ideology, a political perspective or a societal alternative. The, rebels represented diverse elements with differing grievances, and concepts of current politics., The lack of unity among Indians was perhaps unavoidable, at this stage of Indian history. Modern nationalism was as, yet unknown in India. In fact, the revolt of 1857 played an, important role in bringing the Indian people together and, imparting to them the consciousness of belonging to one, country., , Hindu-Muslim Unity Factor, During the entire revolt, there was complete cooperation, between Hindus and Muslims at all levels—people, soldiers,, leaders. All rebels acknowledged Bahadur Shah Zafar, a, Muslim, as the emperor and the first impulse of the Hindu, sepoys at Meerut was to march to Delhi, the Mughal imperial, capital. According to Maulana Azad, “Two facts stand out, clearly in the midst of the tangled story of the Rising of, 1857. The first is the remarkable sense of unity among the, Hindus and the Muslims of India in this period. The other, is the deep loyalty which the people felt for the Mughal, Crown.” Rebels and sepoys, both Hindu and Muslim, respected, each other’s sentiments. Immediate banning of cow slaughter, was ordered once the revolt was successful in a particular, area. Both Hindus and Muslims were well represented in, leadership, for instance Nana Saheb had Azimullah, a Muslim, and an expert in political propaganda, as an aide, while, Laxmibai had the solid support of Afghan soldiers.
Page 226 :
The Revolt of 1857, , 197, , Thus, the events of 1857 demonstrated that the people, and politics of India were not basically communal or, sectarian before 1858., , Nature of the Revolt, Views differ on the nature of the 1857 revolt. It was a mere, ‘Sepoy Mutiny’ to some British historians—“a wholly, unpatriotic and selfish Sepoy Mutiny with no native leadership, and no popular support”, said Sir John Seeley. However, that, is not a complete picture of the event as it involved many, sections of the civilian population and not just the sepoys., The discontent of the sepoys was just one cause of the, disturbance., Dr K. Datta considers the revolt of 1857 to have been, “in the main a military outbreak, which was taken advantage, of by certain discontented princes and landlords, whose, interests had been affected by the new political order”. The, last mentioned factor gave it an aura of a popular uprising, in certain areas. It was “never all-Indian in character, but was, localised, restricted and poorly organised”. Further, says, Datta, the movement was marked by absence of cohesion and, unity of purpose among the various sections of the rebels., It was at the beginning of the twentieth century that, the 1857 revolt came to be interpreted as a “planned war, of national independence”, by V.D. Savarkar in his book, The, Indian War of Independence, 1857. Savarkar called the, revolt the first war of Indian independence. He said it was, inspired by the lofty ideal of self rule by Indians through, a nationalist upsurge. Dr S.N. Sen in his Eighteen FiftySeven considers the revolt as having begun as a fight for, religion but ending as a war of independence., Dr R.C. Majumdar, however, considers it as neither the, first, nor national, nor a war of independence as large parts, of the country remained unaffected and many sections of the, people took no part in the upsurge.
Page 227 :
198, , A Brief History of Modern India, Views, , 1857 stands firmly in a historical continuum. Not of course it, was the direct product of social forces blowing off the political, crust but rather fortuitous conjuncture that laid these forces bane., Like 1848 in Europe—despite obvious disparities—it was on, uprising sans issue that could catch a society moving into the, early stages of modernisation., Eric Stokes, First War of Independence it certainly was, as in the whole, canvas of the recorded history of India it would be difficult to, find a parallel to this gigantic anti-foreign combine of all classes, of people and of many provinces of India. There was never a, war in India lasting continuously for more than a year and, simultaneously in all the regions which had for its objective the, abasement and ejectment of the alien ruling power., S.B. Chaudhuri, It is difficult to avoid the conclusion that the so-called First, National War of Independence of 1857 is neither First, nor, National, nor War of Independence., R.C. Majumdar, It has to be admitted that the war against the British was not, inspired by any sentiment of nationalism, for in 1857 India was, not yet politically a nation. It is a fact that the Hindus and, Muslims cooperated, but the leaders and the followers of the, two communities were moved by personal loyalties rather than, loyalty to a common motherland., Tara Chand, , According to some Marxist historians, the 1857 revolt, was “the struggle of the soldier-peasant democratic combine, against foreign as well as feudal bondage”. However, this view, can be questioned in the light of the fact that the leaders, of the revolt themselves came from a feudal background., Jawaharlal Nehru considered the Revolt of 1857 as, essentially a feudal uprising though there were some, nationalistic elements in it (Discovery of India). M.N. Roy, felt the Revolt was a last ditch stand of feudalism against, commercial capitalism. R.P. Dutt also saw the significance
Page 228 :
The Revolt of 1857, , 199, , of the Revolt of the peasantry against foreign domination, even as he acknowledged it to be a defence of the old feudal, order., The revolt of 1857 is not easy to categorise. While, one can easily dismiss some views such as those of L.E.R., Rees who considered it to be a war of fanatic religionists, against Christians or T.R. Holmes who saw in it a conflict, between civilisation and barbarism, one cannot quite go so, far as to accept it as a war for independence. It had seeds, of nationalism and anti-imperialism but the concept of, common nationality and nationhood was not inherent to the, revolt of 1857., It is doubtful if the separate communities that, participated in the revolt did so because they felt a common, nationhood. Furthermore, what of the southern section which, Views, The passions of the mutineers were centred on their grievances,, not on larger ideals., Percival Spear, The Mutiny became a Revolt and assumed a political character, when the mutineers of Meerut placed themselves under the king, of Delhi and a section of the landed aristocracy and civil, population decided in his favour. What began as a fight for religion, ended as a war of independence., S.N. Sen, ... had a single leader of ability arisen among them (the rebels),, we must have been lost beyond redemption., John Lawrence, The revolt of 1857 was a struggle of the soldier-peasant, democratic combine against foreign imperialism as well as, indigenous landlordism., Marxist Interpretation, It was far more than a mutiny, ... yet much less than a first, war of independence., Stanley Wolpert
Page 229 :
200, , A Brief History of Modern India, , was not a part of the revolt? Each of the leaders had a, personal cause for revolting; each had a personal interest to, protect. However, as Dr Sen points out, national revolutions, are mostly the work of a minority, with or without the active, support of the masses. From that point of view, the 1857, Rebellion can claim a national character., One may say that the revolt of 1857 was the first great, struggle of Indians to throw off British rule. Even this view, has been questioned by some historians who feel that some, of the earlier uprisings had been equally serious efforts at, throwing off the foreign yoke, but have not got the same kind, of attention. However, S.B. Chaudhuri observes, the revolt, was “the first combined attempt of many classes of people, to challenge a foreign power. This is a real, if remote,, approach to the freedom movement of India of a later age”., , Consequences, The revolt of 1857 marks a turning point in the history of, India. It led to far-reaching changes in the system of, administration and the policies of the British government., Even before the Revolt could be suppressed fully, the, British Parliament, on August 2, 1858, passed an Act for the, Better Government of India. The Act declared Queen Victoria, as the sovereign of British India and provided for the, appointment of a Secretary of State for India (a member of, the British cabinet). The direct responsibility for the, administration of the country was assumed by the British, Crown and Company rule was abolished., The assumption of the Government of India by the, sovereign of Great Britain was announced by Lord Canning, at a durbar at Allahabad in the ‘Queen’s Proclamation’ issued, on November 1, 1858. (It was by this proclamation that the, governor-general acquired the additional title of ‘Viceroy’.), Many of the promises made in that proclamation appeared, to be of a positive nature to the Indians.
Page 230 :
The Revolt of 1857, , 201, , As per the Queen’s proclamation, the era of annexations, and expansion had ended and the British promised to respect, the dignity and rights of the native princes., The Indian states were henceforth to recognise the, paramountcy of the British Crown and were to be treated as, parts of a single charge., The people of India were promised freedom of religion, without interference from British officials., The proclamation also promised equal and impartial, protection under law to all Indians, besides equal opportunities, in government services irrespective of race or creed. It was, also promised that old Indian rights, customs and practices, would be given due regard while framing and administering, the law., The Army, which was at the forefront of the outbreak,, was thoroughly reorganised and British military policy came, to be dominated by the idea of “division and counterpoise”., The British could no longer depend on Indian loyalty, so the, number of Indian soldiers was drastically reduced even as, the number of European soldiers was increased. The concept, of divide and rule was adopted with separate units being, created on the basis of caste/community/region. Recruits, were to be drawn from the ‘martial’ races of Punjab, Nepal,, and north-western frontier who had proved loyal to the British, during the Revolt. Effort was made to keep the army away, from civilian population., The Army Amalgamation Scheme, 1861 moved the, Company’s European troops to the services of the Crown., Further, the European troops in India were constantly revamped, by periodical visits to England, sometimes termed as the, ‘linked-battalion’ scheme. All Indian artillery units, except a, few mountain batteries, were made defunct. All higher posts, in the army and the artillery departments were reserved for, the Europeans. Till the first decade of the twentieth century,
Page 231 :
202, , A Brief History of Modern India, White Mutiny, , In the wake of the transfer of power from the British East, India Company to the British Crown, a section of European forces, employed under the Company resented the move that required the, three Presidency Armies to transfer their allegiance from the defunct, Company to the Queen, as in the British Army. This resentment, resulted in some unrest termed as White Mutiny., Prior to 1861, there were two separate military forces in India,, operating under the British rule. One was the Queen’s army and, the other comprised the units of the East India Company. The, Company’s troops received batta, extra allowances of pay to cover, various expenditures related to operations in areas other than the, home territories. With transfer of power, the batta was stopped., Lord Canning’s legalistic interpretation of the laws surrounding the, transfer also infuriated the affected White soldiers., The White Mutiny was seen as a potential threat to the already, precarious British position in India with a potential of inciting renewed, rebellion among the ‘still excited population in India’. The demands, of the ‘European Forces’ included an enlistment bonus or a choice, of release from their obligations. Finally, the demand for free and, clear release with free passage home was accepted, and men opted, to return home. It is also believed that open rebellion and physical, violence on the part of ‘European Forces’ were such that there, was little possibility of being accepted into the ‘Queen’s Army’., , no Indian was thought fit to deserve the king’s commission, and a new English recruit was considered superior to an, Indian officer holding the viceroy’s commission., The earlier reformist zeal of a self-confident Victorian, liberalism evaporated as many liberals in Britain began to, believe that Indians were beyond reform. This new approach—, ‘conservative brand of liberalism’, as it was called by Thomas, Metcalf—had the solid support of the conservative and, aristocratic classes of England who espoused the complete, non-interference in the traditional structure of Indian society., Thus the era of reforms came to an end., The conservative reaction in England made the British
Page 232 :
The Revolt of 1857, , 203, , View, In conceptual terms, the British who had started their rule as, ‘outsiders’, became ‘insiders’ by vesting in their monarch the, sovereignty of India., Bernard Cohn (in context of the Queen’s Proclamation), , Empire in India more autocratic; it began to deny the, aspirations of the educated Indians for sharing power. In the, long term, this new British attitude proved counter-productive, for the Empire, as this caused frustrations in the educated, Indian middle classes and gave rise to modern nationalism, very soon., The policy of divide and rule started in earnest after, the Revolt of 1857. The British used one class/community, against another unscrupulously. Thus, socially, there was, irremediable deterioration. While British territorial conquest, was at an end, a period of systematic economic loot by the, British began. The Indian economy was fully exploited, without fear., In accordance with Queen’s Proclamation of 1858, the, Indian Civil Service Act of 1861 was passed, which was to, give an impression that under the Queen all were equal,, irrespective of race or creed. (In reality, the detailed rules, framed for the conduct of the civil service examination had, the effect of keeping the higher services a close preserve, of the colonisers.), Racial hatred and suspicion between the Indians and the, English was probably the worst legacy of the revolt. The, newspapers and journals in Britain picturised the Indians as, subhuman creatures, who could be kept in check only by, superior force. The proponents of imperialism in India, dubbed the entire Indian population as unworthy of trust and
Page 233 :
204, , A Brief History of Modern India, , subjected them to insults and contempt. The complete, structure of the Indian government was remodelled and based, on the notion of a master race—justifying the philosophy, of the ‘Whiteman’s burden’. This widened the gulf between, the rulers and the ruled, besides causing eruptions of political, controversies, demonstrations and acts of violence in the, coming period., , Significance of the Revolt, For the British the Revolt of 1857 proved useful in that it, showed up the glaring shortcomings in the Company’s, administration and its army, which they rectified promptly., These defects would never have been revealed to the world, if the Revolt had not happened., For the Indians, the 1857 Revolt had a major influence, on the course of the struggle for freedom. It brought out, in the open grievances of people and the sepoys, which were, seen to be genuine. However, it was also obvious that the, primitive arms which the Indians possessed were no match, for the advanced weapons of the British. Furthermore, the, senseless atrocities committed by both sides shocked the, Indian intellectuals who were increasingly convinced that, violence was to be eschewed in any struggle for freedom., The educated middle class, which was a growing section, did, not believe in violence and preferred an orderly approach., But the Revolt of 1857 did establish local traditions of, resistance to British rule which were to be of help in the, course of the national struggle for freedom.
Page 234 :
The Revolt of 1857, , 205, , Summary, Revolt—a product of character and policies of colonial rule., Economic causes—heavy taxation under new revenue settlement,, summary evictions, discriminatory tariff policy against Indian, products, destruction of traditional handicrafts industry, and, absence of concomitant industrialisation on modern lines that hit, peasants, artisans and small zamindars., Political causes—greedy policy of aggrandisement, absentee, sovereigntyship character of British rule, British interference in, socio-religious affairs of Indian public., Military causes—discontent among sepoys for economic,, psychological and religious reasons, coupled with a long history, of revolts., ●, , Centres of Revolt and Leaders, Delhi, - General Bakht Khan, Kanpur, - Nana Saheb, Lucknow, - Begum Hazrat Mahal, Bareilly, - Khan Bahadur, Bihar, - Kunwar Singh, Faizabad, - Maulvi Ahmadullah, Jhansi, - Rani Laxmibai, Baghpat, - Shah Mal, , ●, , The British Resistance, Delhi, - Lieutenant Willoughby, John Nicholson,, Lieutenant Hudson, Kanpur, - Sir Hugh Wheeler, Sir Colin Campbell, Lucknow, - Henry Lawrence, Brigadier Inglis,, Henry Havelock, James Outram,, Sir Colin Campbell, Jhansi, - Sir Hugh Rose, Benaras, - Colonel James Neill, , ●, , Causes of Failure, Limited territorial and social base., Crucial support of certain sections of Indian public to British, authorities., Lack of resources as compared to those of the British.
Page 235 :
206, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Lack of coordination and a central leadership., Lack of a coherent ideology and a political perspective., ●, , Nature, R.C. Majumdar and S.N. Sen— “Not an organised ‘national’ revolt”, R.C. Majumdar— “Neither first, nor National War of Independence”, V.D. Savarkar—“War of independence”, Eric Stokes—“Elitist in character”, Lawrence and Seeley—“Mere sepoy mutiny”, T.R. Holmes—“A conflict between civilisation and barbarism”, James Outram—“A Mohammedan conspiracy making capital of, Hindu grievances”, Percival Spear—Three phases of the revolt, Conclusion: Not quite the first war of independence but sowed, the seeds of nationalism and quest for freedom from alien rule., , ●, , Effect, Crown took over; Company rule abolished. Queen’s Proclamation, altered administration. Army reorganised. Racial hatred deepened., White Mutiny.
Page 236 :
UNIT IV, , Reform, Movements
Page 237 :
Socio-Religious Reform Movements, , 209, , 8, Socio-Religious Reform, Movements: General Features, Factors Giving Rise to, Desire for Reform, The dawn of the nineteenth century witnessed the birth of, a new vision—a modern vision among some enlightened, sections of the Indian society. This enlightened vision was, to shape the course of events for decades to come and even, beyond. This process of reawakening, sometimes, but not, with full justification, defined as the ‘Renaissance’, did not, always follow the intended line and gave rise to some, undesirable by-products as well, which have become as much, a part of daily existence in the whole of the Indian subcontinent, as have the fruits of these reform movements., , Impact of British Rule, , The presence of a colonial government on Indian soil played, a complex, yet decisive role in this crucial phase of modern, Indian history. The impact of British rule on Indian society, and culture was widely different from what India had known, before. Most of the earlier invaders, who had come to India, settled within its frontiers, were either absorbed by its, superior culture or interacted positively with it and had, become part of the land and its people. However, the British, conquest was different. It came at a time when India, in, 209
Page 238 :
210, , A Brief History of Modern India, , contrast to an enlightened Europe of the eighteenth century, affected in every aspect by science and scientific outlook,, presented the picture of a stagnant civilisation and a static, and decadent society., , Social Conditions Ripe for Reform, Religious and Social Ills, Indian society in the nineteenth century was caught in a, vicious web created by religious superstitions and social, obscurantism. Hinduism had become steeped in magic and, superstition. The priests exercised an overwhelming and,, indeed, unhealthy influence on the minds of the people., Idolatry and polytheism helped to reinforce their position,, and their monopoly of scriptural knowledge imparted a, deceptive character to all religious systems. There was, nothing that religious ideology could not persuade people to, do., , Depressing Position of Women, Social conditions were equally depressing. The most, distressing was the position of women. Attempts to kill, female infants at birth were not unusual. Child marriage was, another bane of society. The practice of polygamy prevailed, and in Bengal, under Kulinism, even old men took very young, girls as wives. Several women hardly had a married life worth, the name, yet (at least among the higher castes) when their, husbands died they were expected to commit sati which Raja, Rammohan Roy described as a “murder according to every, shastra”. If they escaped this social coercion, they were, condemned to a life of misery and humiliation., , The Caste Problem, Another debilitating factor was caste. This entailed a system, of segregation, hierarchically ordained on the basis of ritual, status. At the bottom of the ladder came the untouchables, or scheduled castes, as they came to be called later. The, untouchables suffered from numerous and severe disabilities
Page 239 :
Socio-Religious Reform Movements, , 211, , and restrictions. The system splintered people into numerous, groups. In modern times it became a major obstacle in the, growth of a united national feeling and the spread of, democracy. It may also be noted that caste consciousness,, particularly with regard to marriage, prevailed also among, Muslims, Christians and Sikhs who also practised, untouchability, though in a less virulent form. Under a rigid, caste system, social mobility was checked, social divisions, grew, and individual initiative was thwarted. Above all, the, humiliation of untouchability—so much a part of the caste, system—militated against human dignity., , Opposition to Western Culture, , The establishment of colonial rule in India was followed by, a systematic attempt to disseminate colonial culture and, ideology as the dominant cultural current. Faced with the, challenge of the intrusion of colonial culture and ideology,, an attempt to reinvigorate traditional institutions and to, realise the potential of traditional culture developed during, the nineteenth century., , New Awareness among Enlightened, Indians, The impact of modern Western culture and consciousness, of defeat by a foreign power gave birth to a new awakening., There was an awareness that a vast country like India had been, colonised by a handful of foreigners because of weaknesses, within the Indian social structure and culture. For some time, it seemed that India had lagged behind in the race of, civilisation. This produced diverse reactions. Some Englisheducated Bengali youth developed a revulsion for Hindu, religion and culture, gave up old religious ideas and traditions, and deliberately adopted practices most offensive to Hindu, sentiments, such as drinking wine and eating beef. The, response, indeed, was varied but the need to reform social, and religious life was a commonly shared conviction.
Page 240 :
212, , A Brief History of Modern India, , During the last decades of the nineteenth century, the, rising tide of nationalism and democracy also found expression, in movements to reform and democratise the social, institutions and religious outlook of the Indian people., Factors such as growth of nationalist sentiments, emergence, of new economic forces, spread of education, impact of, modern Western ideas and culture and increased awareness, of the world strengthened the resolve to reform., The socio-cultural regeneration of the India of the, nineteenth century was occasioned by the colonial presence,, but not created by it., , Social and Ideological Bases of Reform, Middle Class Base, The social base of the regeneration seen in the nineteenth, century was the newly emerging middle class and the, educated (both traditionally educated and the Western educated), intellectuals, but there was a significant contrast between the, broadly middle class ideals derived from a growing awareness, of contemporary developments in the West, and a, predominantly non-middle class social base., The nineteenth century intelligentsia searched for its, model in the European ‘middle class’, which, as it learnt, through Western education, had brought about the great, transformation in the West from medieval to modern times, through movements like the Renaissance, the Reformation,, the Enlightenment and democratic revolution or reform., However, the intelligentsia of nineteenth century India did, not grow from trade or industry (which were firmly under, the control of British agencies); their roots lay in government, service or the professions of law, education, journalism or, medicine—with which was often combined some connection, with land in the form of the intermediate tenures.
Page 241 :
Socio-Religious Reform Movements, , The Intellectual Criteria, , 213, , What gave these reform movements an ideological unity were, rationalism, religious universalism and humanism. Rationalism, was brought to judge social relevance. Raja Rammohan Roy, firmly believed in the principle of causality linking the whole, phenomenal universe and demonstrability as the sole criterion, of truth. Akshay Kumar Dutt, while declaring that “rationalism, is our only preceptor”, held that all natural and social, phenomena could be analysed and understood by purely, mechanical processes. They thus used a rational approach to, study tradition; they evaluated the contemporary socioreligious practices from the standpoint of social utility and, to replace faith with rationality. As a consequence, in the, Brahmo Samaj the infallibility of the Vedas was repudiated,, while the Aligarh movement emphasised reconciliation of, Islamic teachings with the needs of the modern age. Syed, Ahmed Khan went to the extent of emphasising that religious, tenets were not immutable., Many of the intellectuals set aside the authority of, religion and evaluated truth in any religion by the criteria, of logic, reason or science. According to Swami Vivekananda,, the same method of investigation which applies to sciences, should be the basis on which religion must justify itself., Although some reformers tended to appeal to faith and, ancient authority to support their appeal, on the whole, a, rational and secular outlook was very much evident in putting, forward an alternative to prevalent social practices. Akshay, Kumar Dutt, for instance, brought medical opinion to support, his views against child marriage. Reference to the past was, to be used only as an aid and an instrument. Neither a revival, of the past nor a total break with tradition was envisaged., Though the reformers tried to reform their religions,, there was a universalistic aspect to their religious perspective., Raja Rammohan Roy considered different religions as national, embodiments of universal theism. He defended the basic and, universal principles of all religions—such as the monotheism
Page 242 :
214, , A Brief History of Modern India, , of the Vedas and unitarianism of Christianity—while attacking, the polytheism of Hinduism and trinitarianism of Christianity., Syed Ahmed Khan said that all prophets had the same ‘din’, (faith) and every country and nation had different prophets., The social reformers used the universalist perspective, to contend with the influence of religious identity on the, social and political outlook of the people which was indeed, strong., A new humanitarian morality was embodied in the, social reform movements which included the notion that, humanity can progress and has progressed, and that moral, values are ultimately those values which favour human, progress. The humanist aspect of the religious reform, movements was to be seen in the emphasis on the individual’s, right to interpret religious scriptures in the light of human, reason and human welfare and in a general attack on priestly, domination of religious practices., Religious reformation was an important but not the, exclusive concern of these movements. Attention was, focussed on worldly existence and not on issues of salvation, or other worldliness. Because of the strong religious element, in social practices and the fact that religion was the dominant, ideology of the times, it was not possible to undertake any, social action without coming to grips with it., These movements took into their ambit the entire, cultural existence, the way of life. The evolution of an, alternative cultural-ideological system and the regeneration, of traditional institutions were two concerns of these, movements. These concerns were manifest in the attempts, to reconstruct traditional knowledge, the use and development, of vernacular languages, creation of an alternative system of, education, defence of religion, efforts to regenerate Indian, art and literature, the emphasis on Indian dress and food,, attempts to revitalise the Indian systems of medicine and to, research the pre-colonial technology for its potential.
Page 243 :
Socio-Religious Reform Movements, , 215, , Two Streams, , The reform movements could broadly be classified into two, categories—the reformist movements like the Brahmo Samaj,, the Prarthana Samaj, the Aligarh Movement, and the revivalist, movements like Arya Samaj and the Deoband movement. The, reformist as well as the revivalist movement depended, to, varying degrees, on an appeal to the lost purity of the religion, they sought to reform. The only difference between one, reform movement and the other lay in the degree to which, it relied on tradition or on reason and conscience., , Direction of Social Reform, The humanistic ideals of social equality and the equal worth, of all individuals which inspired the newly educated middle, class influenced the field of social reform in a major way., The social reform movements were linked to the religious, reforms primarily because nearly all social ills like, untouchability and gender-based inequity derived legitimacy, from religion in one way or the other. In later years, though,, the social reform movement gradually dissociated itself from, religion and adopted a secular approach. Moreover, earlier, the reform movements had a rather narrow social base, being, limited to the upper and middle classes and upper castes who, tried to balance their modernised views and the existing, social conditions. But later on, the social reform movements, penetrated the lower strata of society to revolutionise and, reconstruct the social sphere., In the beginning, organisations such as the Social, Conference, Servants of India Society and the Christian, missionaries were instrumental in social reform along with, many enlightened individuals like Jyotiba Phule, Gopalhari, Deshmukh, K.T. Telang, B.M. Malabari, D.K. Karve, Sri, Narayana Guru, E.V. Ramaswami Naicker and B.R. Ambedkar., In later years, especially with the onset of the twentieth, century, the national movement provided the leadership and, organisation for social reform.
Page 244 :
216, , A Brief History of Modern India, , To reach the masses, the reformers used the Indian, languages to propagate their views. They used a variety of, media—novels, dramas, poetry, short stories, the press and,, in the 1930s and later on, the cinema—to spread their, opinions., Broadly, the social reform movements had a two-point, agenda—fight for the betterment of status of women in, society and fight to remove disabilities arising out of, untouchability., , Fight for Betterment of Position of, Women, The reformers had to work against great odds. Women were, generally accorded a low status and were considered to be, inferior adjuncts to men, with no identity of their own. They, enjoyed no scope of giving expression to their talents as they, were suppressed by practices such as purdah, early marriage,, ban on widow-marriage, sati, etc. Both Hindu and Muslim, women were economically and socially dependent on male, relatives, while education was generally denied to them. The, Hindu women did not enjoy the right to inherit property or, to terminate an undesirable marriage. Muslim women could, inherit property but only half as much as men could, while, in matters of divorce there was no equality between men and, women. Polygamy was prevalent among Hindus as well as, Muslims., Their glorification as wives and mothers was the only, way in which society recognised the contribution of women, as members of society. The improvement of the status of, women in the society was considered to be vital, and social, reformers worked towards this since a radical change in the, domestic sphere—where initial socialisation of the individual, takes place and where a crucial role is played by women—, was the need of the hour. It was clearly understood that this, change would translate into reformed homes and reformed, men, and that no country whose females were sunk in
Page 245 :
Socio-Religious Reform Movements, , 217, , ignorance could ever make significant progress in civilisation., The social reform movements, the freedom struggle,, movements led by enlightened women themselves and, later,, free India’s Constitution have done much for the emancipation, of women., The reformers basically appealed to the doctrines of, individualism and equality, and argued, to bolster their appeal,, that true religion did not sanction an inferior status to women., They raised their voice against degrading customs such as, polygamy, purdah, child marriage, restrictions on widow, marriage, and worked relentlessly to establish educational, facilities for women, to persuade the government to enact, favourable legislations for women and in general to propagate, the uselessness of medieval, feudal attitudes which required, to be given up., , Steps taken to Ameliorate Women’s Position, Because of the indefatigable efforts of the reformers, a, number of administrative measures were adopted by the, government to improve the condition of women., Abolition of Sati Influenced by the frontal attack, launched by the enlightened Indian reformers led by Raja, Rammohan Roy, the government declared the practice of sati, illegal and punishable by criminal courts as culpable homicide., The regulation of 1829 (Regulation XVII, A.D. 1829 of the, Bengal Code) was applicable in the first instance to Bengal, Presidency alone, but was extended in slightly modified, forms to Madras and Bombay Presidencies in 1830., Preventing Female Infanticide The practice of, murdering female infants immediately after their birth was, a common practice among upper class Bengalis and Rajputs, who considered females to be an economic burden. The, Bengal regulations of 1795 and 1804 declared infanticide, illegal and equivalent to murder. An Act passed in 1870 made, it compulsory for parents to register the birth of all babies, and provided for verification of female children for some
Page 246 :
218, , A Brief History of Modern India, , years after birth, particularly in areas where the custom was, resorted to in utmost secrecy., Widow Remarriage The Brahmo Samaj had the issue, of widow remarriage high on its agenda and did much to, popularise it. But it was mainly due to the efforts of Pandit, Ishwar Chandra Vidyasagar (1820-91), the principal of Sanskrit College, Calcutta, that the Hindu Widows’ Remarriage, Act, 1856, was passed; it legalised marriage of widows and, declared issues from such marriages as legitimate. Vidyasagar, cited Vedic texts to prove that the Hindu religion sanctioned, widow remarriage., Jagannath Shankar Seth and Bhau Daji were among the, active promoters of girls’ schools in Maharashtra. Vishnu, Shastri Pandit founded the Widow Remarriage Association, in the 1850s. Another prominent worker in this field was, Karsondas Mulji who started the Satya Prakash in Gujarati, in 1852 to advocate widow remarriage. Similar efforts were, made by Professor D.K. Karve in western India and by, Veerasalingam Pantulu in Madras. Karve himself married a, widow in 1893. He dedicated his life to the upliftment of, Hindu widows and became the secretary of the Widow, Remarriage Association. He opened a widows’ home in, Poona to give the high caste widows an interest in life by, providing them with facilities for vocational training. The, right of widows to remarriage was also advocated by B.M., Malabari, Narmad (Narmadashankar Labhshankar Dave), Justice, Govind Mahadeo Ranade and K. Natarajan among others., Controlling Child Marriage The Native Marriage, Act (or Civil Marriage Act), 1872 signified legislative action, in prohibiting child marriage. It had a limited impact as the, Act was not applicable to Hindus, Muslims and other, recognised faiths. The relentless efforts of a Parsi reformer,, B.M. Malabari, were rewarded by the enactment of the Age, of Consent Act (1891) which forbade the marriage of girls, below the age of 12. The Sarda Act (1930) further pushed, up the marriage age to 18 and 14 for boys and girls,
Page 247 :
Socio-Religious Reform Movements, , 219, , respectively. In free India, the Child Marriage Restraint, (Amendment) Act, 1978 raised the age of marriage for girls, from 15 to 18 years and for boys from 18 to 21., Education of Women The Christian missionaries were, the first to set up the Calcutta Female Juvenile Society in, 1819. The Bethune School, founded by J.E.D. Bethune,, president of the Council of Education in Calcutta in 1849, was the first fruit of the powerful movement for women’s, education that arose in the 1840s and 1850s. Pandit Ishwar, Chandra Vidyasagar was associated with no less than 35 girls’, schools in Bengal and is considered one of the pioneers of, women’s education., Charles Wood’s Despatch on Education (1854) laid, great stress on the need for female education. In 1914, the, Women’s Medical Service did a lot of work in training nurses, and mid-wives. The Indian Women’s University set up by, Professor D.K. Karve in 1916 was one of the outstanding, institutions imparting education to women. In the same year, Lady Hardinge Medical College was opened in Delhi., Health facilities began to be provided to women with, the opening of Dufferin Hospitals in the 1880s., Participation in the swadeshi and anti-partition and the, Home Rule movements during the opening decades of the, twentieth century was a major liberating experience for the, otherwise home-centred Indian women. After 1918, they, faced lathis and bullets and were jailed during political, processions, picketing, etc. They actively participated in trade, union and kisan movements, or revolutionary movements., They voted in, stood for and got elected to various legislatures, and local bodies. Sarojini Naidu went on to become the, president of the Indian National Congress (1925) and later, the governor of the United Provinces (1947-49)., After 1920, aware and self-confident women led a, women’s movement. Many organisations and institutions such, as the All India Women’s Conference (established in 1927), came up.
Page 248 :
220, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Women’s Organisations In 1910, Sarla Devi, Chaudhurani convened the first meeting of the Bharat Stree, Mahamandal in Allahabad. Considered as the first major, Indian women’s organisation set up by a woman, its objectives, included promotion of education for women, abolition of the, purdah system and improvement in the socio-economic and, political status of woman all over India. Sarla Devi believed, that the man working for women’s upliftment lived ‘under, the shade of Manu’., Ramabai Ranade founded the Ladies Social Conference, (Bharat Mahila Parishad), under the parent organisation, National Social Conference, in 1904 in Bombay., Pandita Ramabai Saraswati founded the Arya Mahila, Samaj to serve the cause of women. She pleaded for, improvement in the educational syllabus of Indian women, before the English Education Commission which was referred, to Queen Victoria. This resulted in medical education for, women which started in Lady Dufferin College. Later Ramabai, Ranade established a branch of Arya Mahila Samaj in, Bombay., In 1925, the National Council of Women in India, a, national branch of the International Council of Women, was, formed. Mehribai Tata played a vital role in its formation, and advancement. She opined that the purdah system, caste, differences and lack of education prevented women from, working to solve societal problems. Other women who held, important positions on the executive committee of the, council included Cornelia Sarabji, India’s first lady barrister;, Tarabai Premchand, wife of a wealthy banker; Shaffi Tyabji,, a member of one of Mumbai’s leading Muslim families; and, Maharani Sucharu Devi, daughter of Keshab Chandra Sen., However, according to critics, the philanthropic style that was, being followed by these women was that of upper-class, English women., The All India Women’s Conference (AIWC), founded, by Margaret Cousins in 1927, was perhaps the first women’s
Page 249 :
Socio-Religious Reform Movements, , 221, , organisation with an egalitarian approach. Its first conference, was held at Ferguson College, Pune. Important founding, members included Maharani Chimnabai Gaekwad, Rani Sahiba, of Sangli, Sarojini Naidu, Kamla Devi Chattopadhyaya and, Lady Dorab Tata. Its objectives were to work for a society, based on principles of social justice, integrity, equal rights, and opportunities; and to secure for every human being, the, essentials of life, not determined by accident of birth or sex, but by planned social distribution. For this purpose, the AIWC, worked towards various legislative reforms before and after, India’s independence, some examples being Sarda Act (1929),, Hindu Women’s Right to Property Act (1937), Factory Act, (1947), Hindu Marriage and Divorce Act (1954), Special, Marriage Act (1954), Hindu Minority and Guardianship Act, (1956), Hindu Adoption and Maintenance Act (1956), the, Suppression of Immoral Traffic in Women Act (1958),, Maternity Benefits Act (1961), Dowry Prohibition Act, (1961) and Equal Remuneration Act (1958, 1976)., , Struggle Against Caste-Based Exploitation, The later-Vedic conception of four-fold division of Hindu, society got further subdivided into numerous sub-castes due, to racial admixture, geographical expansion and diversification, of crafts which gave rise to new vocations., The concept of Hindu chaturvarnashrama dictated that, the caste of a person determined the status and relative purity, of different sections of population. It was caste that determined, who could get education or ownership of landed property,, the kind of profession one should pursue, whom one could, dine with or marry, etc. In general, caste decided a person’s, social loyalties even before birth. The dress, food, place of, residence, sources of water for drinking and irrigation, entry, into temples—all these were regulated by the caste factor., The worst-hit by the discriminatory institution of caste, were the ‘untouchables’ or the scheduled castes/dalits, as they, came to be called later. The disabilities imposed on them
Page 250 :
222, , A Brief History of Modern India, , were humiliating, inhuman and based on the principle of, inequality by birth., , Factors that Helped to Mitigate Caste-based, Discrimination, ● British rule, perhaps without intention, created, certain conditions that undermined caste consciousness, to an extent. British rule in India unleashed certain forces,, sometimes through direct administrative measures and, sometimes indirectly by creating suitable conditions. Though, these measures had negative effects in one way, they had a, positive effect too. For instance, the creation of private, property in land and free sale of land upset caste equations., A close interlink between caste and vocation could not, survive as village autarchy crumbled. Besides, modern, commerce and industry gave rise to several economic, avenues while growing urbanisation and modern means of, transport added to the mobility of populations. The British, administration introduced the concept of equality before law, in a uniformly applied system of law which dealt a severe, blow to social and legal inequalities, while the judicial, functions of caste panchayats were taken away. The, administrative services were made open to all castes and the, new education system was on totally secular lines., ● The social reform movements also strove to, undermine caste-based exploitation. From the mid-19th, century onwards, numerous organisations and groups such as, the Brahmo Samaj, Prarthana Samaj, Arya Samaj, Ramakrishna, Mission, the Theosophists, the Social Conference and, individuals worked to spread education among the untouchables, and remove restrictions imposed on them from entering, temples or using ponds, tanks, etc. Although many of them, defended the chaturvarna system, they criticised, untouchability. The social reformers attacked the rigid, hereditary basis of caste distinctions and the law of karma, which formed the basis of the religio-philosophic defence
Page 251 :
Socio-Religious Reform Movements, , 223, , of the undemocratic authoritarian caste institution. They, called on people to work for betterment in the real world, in which they lived, rather than strive for salvation after death., For instance, the Arya Samaj while crusading against the, disintegration of Hindu society into myriad sub-castes, aimed, at reconstructing it on the original four-fold division and, upholding the right of even the lowest castes to study the, scriptures., ● The national movement took inspiration from the, principles of liberty and equality against the forces, which tended to divide the society. The national leaders, and organisations opposed caste privileges, fought for equal, civic rights and free development of the individual. The caste, divisions were diluted, although in a limited manner, because, of mass participation in demonstrations, meetings and, satyagraha struggles. The Congress governments in various, provinces after 1937 did some useful work for the upliftment, of the depressed classes; for instance, free education for, Harijans (‘untouchables’) was introduced in some provinces., The rulers of states like Travancore, Indore and Devas took, the initiative in opening all state temples by proclamation., Gandhi always had in mind the objective of eradicating, untouchability by root and branch. His ideas were based on, the grounds of humanism and reason. He argued that the, Shastras did not sanction untouchability and, even if they, did, they should be ignored since truth cannot be confined, within the covers of a book. In 1932, he founded the All, India Harijan Sangh., ● With increasing opportunities of education and, general awakening, there were stirrings among the, lower castes themselves. This awakening gradually developed, into a powerful movement in defence of their rights and, against upper caste oppression. In Maharashtra, Jyotiba Phule,, born in a low caste Mali family, led a movement against the, brahminical domination of Hindu society. He accorded the
Page 252 :
224, , A Brief History of Modern India, , highest priority to education of lower castes, especially girls, for whom he opened several schools., Babasaheb Ambedkar, who had experienced the worst, form of casteist discrimination during his childhood, fought, against upper caste tyranny throughout his life. He organised, the All India Scheduled Castes Federation, while several other, leaders of the depressed classes founded the All India, Depressed Classes Association. Ambedkar condemned the, hierarchical and insular caste system as a whole, and advocated, the annihilation of the institution of caste for the real, progress of the nation. The struggle of the depressed classes, led to the provision of special representation for these, classes in the Government of India Act, 1935., Others in the 1900s, such as the Maharaja of Kolhapur,, encouraged the non-brahmin movement which spread to the, southern states in the first decade of the twentieth century, and was joined by the Kammas, Reddis, Vellalas (the, powerful intermediate castes) and the Muslims., During the 1920s in South India, the non-brahmins, organised the Self-Respect Movement led by E.V. Ramaswamy, Naicker. There were numerous other movements demanding, that the ban on the entry of lower castes into temples be, lifted. Sri Narayana Guru in Kerala led a lifelong struggle, against upper caste domination. He coined the slogan “one, religion, one caste, one God for mankind”, which his disciple, Sahadaran Ayyapan changed into “no religion, no caste, no, God for mankind”., Dr Bhimrao Ambedkar led the Mahad Satyagraha in, March 1927 to challenge the regressive customs of the caste, Hindus. He stressed the necessity of removing ideas of ‘high’, and ‘low’ and inculcating self-elevation through self-help,, self-respect and self-knowledge. He led a procession of, some 2,500 ‘untouchables’ through the town of Mahad to the, Chawdar tank, a public source of water tank from which the, untouchables were not allowed to draw water. Dr Ambedkar, took water from the tank and drank it. There were huge
Page 253 :
Socio-Religious Reform Movements, , 225, , protests by caste Hindus. Later in December 1927, Ambedkar, and his colleagues burnt the ‘Manusmriti’ at the same place, as a gesture of getting rid of inequalities., Dr Ambedkar established the Bahishkrit Hitakarini, Sabha in 1924 to highlight the difficulties and grievances of, the dalits before the government. Its motto was: ‘Educate,, Agitate and Organise’., ● The Constitution of free India has made equality, and non-discrimination on basis of caste imperative. The, struggle against caste discrimination could not be successful, during the British rule. The foreign government had its, limitations—it could not afford to invite hostile reaction, from the orthodox sections by taking up any radical measures., Also, no social uplift was possible without economic and, political upliftment. All this could be realised only under the, government of a free India. The Constitution of free India, abolishes untouchability and declares the endorsement of any, disability arising out of untouchability as unlawful. It also, forbids any restriction on access to wells, tanks, bathing, ghats, hotels, cinemas, clubs, etc. In one of the Directive, Principles, the Constitution has laid down that “the State shall, strive to promote the welfare of the people by securing and, protecting as effectively as it may a social order in which, justice—social, economic and political—shall inform all the, institutions of the national life”., Views, Nationalist power to stir up discontent would be immensely, increased if every cultivator could read., —Bombay Governor, [in a private letter to the Viceroy (1911)], The rising middle classes were politically inclined and were not, so much in search of a religion; but they wanted some cultural, roots to cling on to...that would reduce the sense of frustration, and humiliation that foreign conquest and rule had produced., —Jawaharlal Nehru
Page 254 :
226, , A Brief History of Modern India, , The dead and the buried are dead, buried and burnt once for, all and the dead past cannot, therefore, be revived except by, a reformation of the old materials into new organised forms., —Mahadeo Govind Ranade, Unfortunately, no brahmin scholar has so far come forward to, play the part of a Voltaire who had the intellectual honesty to, rise against the doctrines of the Catholic church in which he, was brought up...A Voltaire among the brahmins would be a, positive danger to the maintenance of a civilisation which is, contrived to maintain brahminic supremacy., —B.R. Ambedkar, Untouchability question is one of life and death for Hinduism., If untouchability lives, Hinduism perishes, and even India, perishes; but if untouchability is eradicated from the Hindu heart,, root and branch, then Hinduism has a definite message for the, world., —M.K. Gandhi, I want the culture of all lands to be blown about my house, as freely as possible. But I refuse to be blown off my feet, by any. I refuse to live in other people’s houses as an, interloper, a beggar or a slave., —M.K. Gandhi, , Summary, ●, , Factors which gave Rise to Reform Movements, Presence of colonial government on Indian soil., Various ills plaguing Indian society—obscurantism, superstition,, polytheism, idolatry, degraded position of women, exploitative, caste hierarchy., Spread of education and increased awareness of the world., Impact of modern Western culture and consciousness of defeat, by a foreign power., Rising tide of nationalism and democracy during the late 19th, century., , ●, , Social Base, Emerging middle class and Western-educated intellectuals., , ●, , Ideological Base, Rationalism, religious universalism, humanism, secularism.
Page 255 :
Socio-Religious Reform Movements, ●, , ●, , 227, , Social Reform Components, Betterment of Position of Women Degraded position due to, Purdah system, Early marriage, Lack of education, Unequal rights in marriage, divorce, inheritance, Polygamy, Female infanticide, Restrictions on widow remarriage, Sati, Major Contributors to Reforms, Social reform movements, freedom struggle, movements led by, enlightened women, free India’s Constitution., Legislative Measures for Women, Bengal Regulation (1829) banning sati, Bengal Regulations (1795, 1804)—declaring infanticide illegal., Hindu Widows’ Remarriage Act, 1856., Age of Consent Act, 1891, Sarda Act, 1930, Special Marriage Act, 1954, Hindu Marriage Act, 1955, Hindu Succession Act, 1956, Hindu Adoption and Maintenance Act, Maternity Benefits Act, 1961, Equal Remuneration Act, 1976, Child Marriage Restraint (Amendment) Act, 1978, Suppression of Immoral Traffic Act in Women and Girls, 1956, (amended in 1986), Dowry Prohibition Act, 1961 (amended in 1986), Struggle Against Caste-based Exploitation, Factors Undermining Caste Rigidities, Forces unleashed by colonial administration, Social reform movements, National movement, Gandhi’s campaign against untouchability, Stirrings among lower castes due to better education and, employment, Free India’s Constitution
Page 256 :
228, , A Brief History of Modern India, , 9, A General Survey of SocioCultural Reform Movements, Socio-Cultural Reform Movements and, their Leaders, Raja Rammohan Roy and Brahmo Samaj, , Raja Rammohan Roy (1772-1833), often called the the father, of Indian Renaissance and the maker of Modern India, was, a man of versatile genius., Rammohan Roy believed in the modern scientific, approach and principles of human dignity and social equality., He put his faith in monotheism. He wrote Gift to Monotheists, (1809) and translated into Bengali the Vedas and the five, Upanishads to prove his conviction that ancient Hindu texts, support monotheism., In 1814, he set up the Atmiya Sabha (or Society of, Friends) in Calcutta to propagate the monotheistic ideals of, the Vedanta and to campaign against idolatry, caste rigidities,, meaningless rituals and other social ills. Strongly influenced, by rationalist ideas, he declared that Vedanta is based on, reason and that, if reason demanded it, even a departure from, the scriptures is justified., He said the principles of rationalism applied to other, sects also, particularly to the elements of blind faith in them., In his Precepts of Jesus (1820), he tried to separate the, 228
Page 257 :
Survey of Socio-Cultural Reform Movements, , 229, , moral and philosophical message of the New Testament,, which he praised, from its miracle stories. He earned the, wrath of missionaries over his advocacy to incorporate the, message of Christ into Hinduism., He stood for a creative and intellectual process of, selecting the best from different cultures, over which, again,, he faced orthodox reaction., Raja Rammohan Roy founded the Brahmo Sabha in, August 1828; it was later renamed Brahmo Samaj. Through, the Sabha he wanted to institutionalise his ideas and mission., The Samaj was committed to “the worship and adoration of, the Eternal, Unsearchable, Immutable Being who is the, Author and Preserver of the Universe”. Prayers, meditation, and readings of the Upanishads were to be the forms of, worship and no graven image, statue or sculpture, carving,, painting, picture, portrait, etc., were to be allowed in the, Samaj buildings, thus underlining the Samaj’s opposition to, idolatry and meaningless rituals. The long-term agenda of the, Brahmo Samaj—to purify Hinduism and to preach, monotheism—was based on the twin pillars of reason and, the Vedas and Upanishads. The Samaj also tried to incorporate, teachings of other religions and kept its emphasis on human, dignity, opposition to idolatry and criticism of social evils, such as sati., Rammohan Roy did not want to establish a new religion., He only wanted to purify Hinduism of the evil practices, which had crept into it. Roy’s progressive ideas met with, strong opposition from orthodox elements like Raja Radhakant, Deb who organised the Dharma Sabha to counter Brahmo, Samaj propaganda. Roy’s death in 1833 was a setback for, the Samaj’s mission., View, Raja Rammohan Roy and his Brahmo Samaj form the starting, point for all the various reform movements—whether in Hindu, religion, society or politics—which have agitated modern India., —H.C.E. Zacharias
Page 258 :
230, , A Brief History of Modern India, , The features of Brahmo Samaj may be summed thus—, ● it denounced polytheism and idol worship;, ● it discarded faith in divine avataras (incarnations);, ● it denied that any scripture could enjoy the status, of ultimate authority transcending human reason and, conscience;, ● it took no definite stand on the doctrine of karma, and transmigration of soul and left it to individual, Brahmos to believe either way;, ● it criticised the caste system., His ideas and activities were also aimed at political, uplift of the masses through social reform and, to that extent,, can be said to have had nationalist undertones., , Raja Rammohan Roy’s Efforts at Social Reform, Rammohan was a determined crusader against the inhuman, practice of sati. He started his anti-sati struggle in 1818 and, he cited sacred texts to prove his contention that no religion, sanctioned the burning alive of widows, besides appealing to, humanity, reason and compassion. He also visited the, cremation grounds, organised vigilance groups and filed, counter petitions to the government during his struggle, against sati. His efforts were rewarded by the Government, Regulation in 1829 which declared the practice of sati a, crime., As a campaigner for women’s rights, Roy condemned, the general subjugation of women and opposed prevailing, misconceptions which formed the basis of according an, inferior social status to women. Roy attacked polygamy and, the degraded state of widows and demanded the right of, inheritance and property for women., Rammohan Roy did much to disseminate the benefits, of modern education to his countrymen. He supported David, Hare’s efforts to found the Hindu College in 1817, while, Roy’s English school taught mechanics and Voltaire’s, philosophy. In 1825, he established a Vedanta college where
Page 259 :
Survey of Socio-Cultural Reform Movements, , 231, , Views, I regret to say that the present system of religion adhered to by, the Hindus is not well calculated to promote their political, interests.... it is, I think, necessary that some change should take, place in their religion at least for the sake of their political, advantage and social comfort., —Raja Rammohan Roy, , courses in both Indian learning and Western social and, physical sciences were offered. He also helped enrich the, Bengali language by compiling a Bengali grammar book and, evolving a modern elegant prose style., Rammohan was a gifted linguist. He knew more than, a dozen languages including Sanskrit, Persian, Arabic, English,, French, Latin, Greek and Hebrew. A knowledge of different, languages helped him broadbase his range of study., As a bold supporter of freedom of the Press and as, a pioneer in Indian journalism, Roy brought out journals in, Bengali, Hindi, English, Persian to educate and inform the, public and represent their grievances before the government., As a political activist, Roy condemned oppressive, practices of Bengali zamindars and demanded fixation of, maximum rents. He also demanded abolition of taxes on taxfree lands. He called for a reduction of export duties on, Indian goods abroad and abolition of the East India Company’s, trading rights. He demanded the Indianisation of superior, services and separation of the executive from the judiciary., He demanded judicial equality between Indians and Europeans, and that trial be held by jury., Rammohan was an internationalist with a vision beyond, his times. He stood for cooperation of thought and activity, and brotherhood among nations. His understanding of the, universal character of the principles of liberty, equality and, justice indicated that he well understood the significance of, the modern age. He supported the revolutions of Naples and
Page 260 :
232, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Spanish America and condemned the oppression of Ireland, by absentee English landlordism and threatened emigration, from the empire if the reform bill was not passed., Roy had David Hare, Alexander Duff, Debendranath, Tagore, P.K. Tagore, Chandrashekhar Deb and Tarachand, Chakraborty as his associates., , Debendranath Tagore and Brahmo Samaj, Maharishi Debendranath Tagore (1817-1905), father of, Rabindranath Tagore and a product of the best in traditional, Indian learning and Western thought, gave a new life to, Brahmo Samaj and a definite form and shape to the theist, movement, when he joined the Samaj in 1842. Earlier, Tagore, headed the Tattvabodhini Sabha (founded in 1839) which,, along with its organ Tattvabodhini Patrika in Bengali, was, devoted to the systematic study of India’s past with a rational, outlook and to the propagation of Rammohan’s ideas. A new, vitality and strength of membership came to be associated, with the Brahmo Samaj due to the informal association of, the two sabhas. Gradually, the Brahmo Samaj came to include, prominent followers of Rammohan, the Derozians and, independent thinkers such as Ishwar Chandra Vidyasagar and, Ashwini Kumar Datta. Tagore worked on two fronts: within, Hinduism, the Brahmo Samaj was a reformist movement;, outside, it resolutely opposed the Christian missionaries for, their criticism of Hinduism and their attempts at conversion., The revitalised Samaj supported widow remarriage, women’s, education, abolition of polygamy, improvement in ryots’, conditions and temperance., , Keshab Chandra Sen and the Brahmo Samaj, The Brahmo Samaj experienced another phase of energy,, when Keshab Chandra Sen (1838-1884) was made the, acharya by Debendranath Tagore soon after the former, joined the Samaj in 1858. Keshab (also spelt Keshub) was, instrumental in popularising the movement, and branches of, the Samaj were opened outside Bengal—in the United
Page 261 :
Survey of Socio-Cultural Reform Movements, , 233, , Views, Whoever worships the True God daily must learn to recognise all, his fellow countrymen as brethren., —Keshab Chandra Sen, , Provinces, Punjab, Bombay, Madras and other towns., Unfortunately, Debendranath did not like some of Sen’s ideas, which he found too radical, such as cosmopolitanisation of, the Samaj’s meetings by inclusion of teachings from all, religions and his strong views against the caste system, even, open support to inter-caste marriages. Keshab Chandra Sen, was dismissed from the office of acharya in 1865., Keshab and his followers founded the Brahmo Samaj, of India in 1866, while Debendranath Tagore’s Samaj came, to be known as the Adi Brahmo Samaj., In 1878, Keshab’s inexplicable act of getting his, thirteen-year-old daughter married to the minor Hindu, Maharaja of Cooch-Behar with all the orthodox Hindu rituals, caused another split in Keshab’s Brahmo Samaj of India., Earlier, Keshab had begun to be considered as an incarnation, by some of his followers, much to the dislike of his, progressive followers. Further, Keshab had begun to be, accused of authoritarianism., After 1878, the disgusted followers of Keshab set up, a new organisation, the Sadharan Brahmo Samaj. The, Sadharan Brahmo Samaj was started by Ananda Mohan Bose,, Shibchandra Deb and Umesh Chandra Datta. It reiterated the, Brahmo doctrines of faith in a Supreme being, one God, the, belief that no scripture or man is infallible, belief in the, dictates of reason, truth and morality., A number of Brahmo centres were opened in Madras, province. In Punjab, the Dayal Singh Trust sought to implant, Brahmo ideas by the opening of Dayal Singh College at, Lahore in 1910.
Page 262 :
234, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Significance of the Brahmo Samaj, In matters of social reform, the Samaj attacked many dogmas, and superstitions. It condemned the prevailing Hindu prejudice, against going abroad. It worked for a respectable status for, women in society—condemned sati, worked for abolition of, purdah system, discouraged child marriage and polygamy,, crusaded for widow remarriage and for provisions of, educational facilities. It also attacked casteism and, untouchability though in these matters it attained only limited, success., The influence of the Brahmo Samaj, however, did not, go much beyond Calcutta and, at most, Bengal. It did not have, a lasting impact., , Prarthana Samaj, In 1867, Keshab Chandra Sen helped Atmaram Pandurang, found the Prarthana Samaj in Bombay. Earlier, the Brahmo, ideas spread in Maharashtra. A precursor of the Prarthana, Samaj was the Paramahansa Sabha, something like a secret, society to spread liberal ideas and encourage the breakdown, of caste and communal barriers. Mahadeo Govind Ranade, (1842-1901), joined the samaj in 1870, and much of the, popularity of and work done by the society was due to his, efforts. His efforts made the samaj gain an all-India character., Other leaders of the samaj were R.G. Bhandarkar (18371925) and N.G. Chandavarkar (1855-1923). The emphasis, was on monotheism, but on the whole, the samaj was more, concerned with social reforms than with religion. The, Prarthana Sabha was very attached to the bhakti cult of, Maharashtra. The samaj relied on education and persuasion, and not on confrontation with Hindu orthodoxy. There was, a four-point social agenda also: (i) disapproval of caste, system, (ii) women’s education, (iii) widow remarriage, and, (iv) raising the age of marriage for both males and females., Dhondo Keshav Karve and Vishnu Shastri were champions, of social reform with Ranade. Along with Karve, Ranade
Page 263 :
Survey of Socio-Cultural Reform Movements, , 235, , founded the Widow Remarriage Movement as well as Widows’, Home Association with the aim of providing education and, training to widows so that they could support themselves., , Young Bengal Movement and, Henry Vivian Derozio, During the late 1820s and early 1830s, there emerged a, radical, intellectual trend among the youth in Bengal, which, came to be known as the ‘Young Bengal Movement’. A young, Anglo-Indian, Henry Vivian Derozio (1809-31), who taught, at the Hindu College from 1826 to 1831, was the leader and, inspirer of this progressive trend. Drawing inspiration from, the great French Revolution, Derozio inspired his pupils to, think freely and rationally, question all authority, love liberty,, equality and freedom, and oppose decadent customs and, traditions. The Derozians also supported women’s rights and, education. Also, Derozio was perhaps the first nationalist, poet of modern India., The Derozians, however, failed to have a long-term, impact. Derozio was removed from the Hindu College in, 1831 because of his radicalism. The main reason for their, limited success was the prevailing social conditions at that, time, which were not ripe for the adoption of radical ideas., Further, there was no support from any other social group, or class. The Derozians lacked any real link with the masses;, for instance, they failed to take up the peasants’ cause. In, fact, their radicalism was bookish in character. But, despite, their limitations, the Derozians carried forward Rammohan, Roy’s tradition of public education on social, economic and, political questions. For instance, they demanded induction of, Indians in higher grades of services, protection of ryots from, oppressive zamindars, better treatment to Indian labour, abroad in British colonies, revision of the Company’s charter,, freedom of press and trial by jury., Later, Surendranath Banerjea was to describe the, Derozians as “the pioneers of the modern civilisation of
Page 264 :
236, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Bengal, the conscript fathers of our race whose virtues will, excite veneration and whose failings will be treated with, gentlest consideration”., , Ishwar Chandra Vidyasagar, The great scholar and reformer, Vidyasagar’s ideas were a, happy blend of Indian and Western thought. He believed in, high moral values, was a deep humanist and was generous, to the poor. In 1850, he became the principal of Sanskrit, College. He was determined to break the priestly monopoly, of scriptural knowledge, and for this he opened the Sanskrit, College to non-brahmins. He introduced Western thought in, Sanskrit College to break the self-imposed isolation of, Sanskritic learning. As an academician, he evolved a new, methodology to teach Sanskrit. He also devised a new Bengali, primer and evolved a new prose style., Vidyasagar started a movement in support of widow, remarriage which resulted in legalisation of widow remarriage., He was also a crusader against child marriage and polygamy., He did much for the cause of women’s education. As, government inspector of schools, he helped organise thirtyfive girls’ schools many of which he ran at his own expense., As secretary of Bethune School (established in 1849), he, was one of the pioneers of higher education for women in, India., The Bethune School, founded in Calcutta, was the result, of the powerful movement for women’s education that arose, in the 1840s and 1850s. The movement had to face great, difficulties. The young students were shouted at and abused, and, sometimes, even their parents subjected to social, boycott. Many believed that girls who had received Western, education would make slaves of their husbands., , Balshastri Jambhekar, , Balshastri Jambhekar (1812-1846) was a pioneer of social, reform through journalism in Bombay; he attacked brahminical, orthodoxy and tried to reform popular Hinduism. He started
Page 265 :
Survey of Socio-Cultural Reform Movements, , 237, , the newspaper Darpan in 1832. Known as the father of, Marathi journalism, Jambhekar used the Darpan to awaken, the people to awareness of social reforms, such as widow, remarriage, and to instil in the masses a scientific approach, to life. In 1840, he started Digdarshan which published, articles on scientific subjects as well as history., Jambhekar founded the Bombay Native General Library, and started the Native Improvement Society of which an, offshoot was the Students Literary and Scientific Library. He, was the first professor of Hindi at the Elphinston College,, besides being a director of the Colaba Observatory., , Paramahansa Mandali, , Founded in 1849 in Maharashtra, the founders of the, Paramahansa Mandali—Dadoba Pandurang, Mehtaji Durgaram, and others—began as a secret society that worked to reform, Hindu religion and society in general. The ideology of the, society was closely linked to that of the Manav Dharma, Sabha. Besides believing that one god should be worshipped,, the society also said real religion is based on love and moral, conduct. Freedom of thought was encouraged as was, rationality. The founders of the mandali were primarily, interested in breaking caste rules. At their meetings, food, cooked by lower caste people was taken by the members., These mandalis also advocated widow remarriage and women’s, education. Branches of Paramahansa Mandali existed in, Poona, Satara and other towns of Maharashtra., , Satyashodhak Samaj and Jyotiba or, Jyotirao Phule, Jyotiba Phule (1827-1890), born in Satara, Maharashtra,, belonged to the mali (gardener) community and organised, a powerful movement against upper caste domination and, brahminical supremacy. Phule founded the Satyashodhak, Samaj (Truth Seekers’ Society) in 1873, with the leadership, of the samaj coming from the backward classes, malis, telis,
Page 266 :
238, , A Brief History of Modern India, , kunbis, saris and dhangars. The main aims of the movement, were (i) social service, and (ii) spread of education among, women and lower caste people., Phule’s works, Sarvajanik Satyadharma and Gulamgiri,, became sources of inspiration for the common masses. Phule, used the symbol of Rajah Bali as opposed to the brahmins’, symbol of Rama. Phule aimed at the complete abolition of, the caste system and socio-economic inequalities; he was, against Sanskritic Hinduism. This movement gave a sense of, identity to the depressed communities as a class against those, brahmins who used religion and the blind faith of the masses, to exploit the masses for personal monetary gain., Phule, a firm believer in gender equality, was a pioneer, in women’s education; he with the help of his wife, Savitribai,, opened a girls’ school at Poona; he was a pioneer of widow, remarriage movement in Maharashtra and also opened a home, for widows in 1854. Phule was awarded the title ‘Mahatma’, for his social reform work., , Gopalhari Deshmukh ‘Lokahitawadi’, , Gopalhari Deshmukh (1823-1892) was a social reformer and, rationalist from Maharashtra. He held the post of a judge, under British raj, but wrote for a weekly Prabhakar under, the pen name of Lokahitawadi on social reform issues., He advocated a reorganisation of Indian society on rational, principles and modern, humanistic, secular values. He attacked, Hindu orthodoxy and supported social and religious equality., He wrote against the evils of the caste system. He said, “If, religion does not sanction social reform, then change religion.”, He started a weekly, Hitechhu, and also played a leading role, in founding the periodicals, Gyan Prakash, Indu Prakash, and Lokahitawadi., , Gopal Ganesh Agarkar, , Gopal Ganesh Agarkar (1856-1895) was an educationist and, social reformer from Maharashtra. A strong advocate of the, power of human reason, he criticised the blind dependence
Page 267 :
Survey of Socio-Cultural Reform Movements, , 239, , on tradition and false glorification of the past. He was a cofounder of the New English School, the Deccan Education, Society and Fergusson College. He was a principal of, Fergusson College. He was also the first editor of Kesari,, the journal started by Lokmanya Tilak. Later, he started his, own periodical, Sudharak, which spoke against untouchability, and the caste system., , The Servants of India Society, , Gopal Krishna Gokhale (1866-1915), a liberal leader of the, Indian National Congress, founded the Servants of India, Society in 1905 with the help of M.G. Ranade. The aim of, the society was to train national missionaries for the service, of India; to promote, by all constitutional means, the true, interests of the Indian people; and to prepare a cadre of, selfless workers who were to devote their lives to the cause, of the country in a religious spirit. In 1911, the Hitavada, began to be published to project the views of the society., The society chose to remain aloof from political activities, and organisations like the Indian National Congress., After Gokhale’s death (1915), Srinivasa Shastri took, over as president. The society still continues to function,, though with a shrunken base, at many places in India. It works, in the field of education, providing ashram type of schools, for tribal girls and balwadis at many places., , Social Service League, , A follower of Gokhale, Narayan Malhar Joshi founded the, Social Service League in Bombay with an aim to secure for, the masses better and reasonable conditions of life and work., They organised many schools, libraries, reading rooms, day, nurseries and cooperative societies. Their activities also, included police court agents’ work, legal aid and advice to, the poor and illiterate, excursions for slum dwellers, facilities, for gymnasia and theatrical performances, sanitary work,, medical relief and boys’ clubs and scout corps. Joshi also, founded the All India Trade Union Congress (1920).
Page 268 :
240, , A Brief History of Modern India, , The Ramakrishna Movement and, Swami Vivekananda, The didactic nationalism of the Brahmo Samaj appealed more, to the intellectual elite in Bengal, while the average Bengali, found more emotional satisfaction in the cult of bhakti and, yoga. The teachings of Ramakrishna Paramahamsa (18361886), a poor priest at the Kali temple in Dakshineshwar,, on the outskirts of Calcutta (who was known in childhood, as Gadadhar Chattopadhyay) found many followers., Ramakrishna experienced spiritual trances (ecstasy) from a, very early age. He is considered to have attained the highest, spiritual experience available to Hindus. He did not write, books, but his conversations with people formed the basis, of what were considered his teachings. He spoke simply, in, the form of parables and metaphors, drawn from the observation, of ordinary life and nature. But what he said was of universal, relevance. Two objectives of the Ramakrishna movement, were—(i) to bring into existence a band of monks dedicated, to a life of renunciation and practical spirituality, from among, whom teachers and workers would be sent out to spread the, universal message of Vedanta as illustrated in the life of, Ramakrishna, and (ii) in conjunction with lay disciples to, carry on preaching, philanthropic and charitable works, looking, upon all men, women and children, irrespective of caste,, creed or colour, as veritable manifestations of the Divine., Paramahamsa himself laid the foundations of the Ramakrishna, Math with his young monastic disciples as a nucleus to fulfil, the first objective. The second objective was taken up by, Swami Vivekananda after Ramakrishna’s death when he founded, the Ramakrishna Mission in 1897. The headquarters of the, Ramakrishna Math and Mission are at Belur near Calcutta., The two are twin organisations, though legally and financially, separate, Paramahamsa sought salvation through traditional ways, of renunciation, meditation and bhakti amidst increasing
Page 269 :
Survey of Socio-Cultural Reform Movements, , 241, , westernisation and modernisation. He recognised the, fundamental oneness of all religions and emphasised that, Krishna, Hari, Ram, Christ, Allah are different names for the, same God, and that there are many ways to God and salvation:, “As many faiths, so many paths.” Paramahamsa’s spirituality, and compassion for the suffering humanity inspired those, who listened to him. He used to say, “Service of man is the, service of God.”, Incidentally, Ramakrishna was married to Saradmani, Mukherjee, later known as Sarada Devi. Ramakrishna, considered Sarada as the embodiment of the Divine Mother., It was as ‘holy mother’ that the disciples also knew her as., She played an important role in the work of the math and, encouraging the young disciples in their mission., , Swami Vivekananda, Narendranath Datta (1862-1902), who later came to be, known as Swami Vivekananda spread Ramakrishna’s message, and tried to reconcile it to the needs of contemporary Indian, society. He emerged as the preacher of neo-Hinduism., Certain spiritual experiences of Ramakrishna, the teachings, of the Upanishads and the Gita and the examples of the, Buddha and Jesus are the basis of Vivekananda’s message to, the world about human values. He subscribed to the Vedanta, which he considered a fully rational system with a superior, approach. His mission was to bridge the gulf between, paramartha (service) and vyavahara (behaviour), and between, spirituality and day-to-day life., Vivekananda believed in the fundamental oneness of, God and said, “For our own motherland a junction of the two, great systems, Hinduism and Islam, is the only hope.”, Emphasising social action, he declared that knowledge, without action is useless. He lamented the isolationist, tendencies and the touch-me-not attitude of Hindus in, religious matters. He frowned at religion’s tacit approval of, the oppression of the poor by the rich. He believed that it
Page 270 :
242, , A Brief History of Modern India, Views, , No other religion preaches the dignity of humanity in such a lofty, strain as Hinduism and no other religion on earth treads upon the, poor and the low in such a fashion as Hinduism., —Swami Vivekananda, A country where millions have nothing to eat and where few, thousand holy men and brahmins suck the blood of the poor and, do nothing at all for them, is not a country but a living hell. Is, this religion or a dance of death?, —Swami Vivekananda, Forget not that the lower classes, the ignorant, the poor, the, illiterate, the cobbler, the sweeper are thy flesh and blood, thy, brothers., —Swami Vivekananda, , was an insult to God and humanity to teach religion to a, starving man. He pointed out that the masses needed two, kinds of knowledge—secular knowledge about how to work, for their economic uplift and the spiritual knowledge to have, faith in themselves and strengthen their moral sense. He, called upon his countrymen to imbibe a spirit of liberty,, equality and free thinking., At the Parliament of Religions held at Chicago in, 1893, Swami Vivekananda made a great impression on people, by his learned interpretations. The keynote of his opening, address was the need for a healthy balance between spiritualism, and materialism. Envisaging a new culture for the whole, world, he called for a blend of the materialism of the West, and the spiritualism of the East into a new harmony to, produce happiness for mankind. Vivekananda gave several, lectures on Vedanta in the USA and in London before, returning to India in 1897., In India he delivered a series of lectures, the focus of, which were to infuse into the new generation a sense of pride, in India’s past, a new faith in India’s culture, and a rare sense, of confidence in India’s future; to bring about a unification
Page 271 :
Survey of Socio-Cultural Reform Movements, , 243, , of Hinduism by pointing out the common foundation of its, sects; to make the educated people see the misery of the, downtrodden and work for their uplift by the application of, practical Vedanta principles. His emphasis was not only on, personal salvation, but also on social good and reform., In 1897 he founded the Ramakrishna Mission., Vivekananda was a great humanist and used the Ramakrishna, Mission for humanitarian relief and social work. The Mission, stands for religious and social reform. Vivekananda advocated, the doctrine of service—the service of all beings. The service, of jiva (living objects) is the worship of Siva. Life itself, is religion. By service, the Divine exists within man., Vivekananda was for using technology and modern science, in the service of mankind., Ever since its inception, the Mission has been running, a number of schools, hospitals, dispensaries. It offers help, to the afflicted in times of natural calamities like earthquakes,, famines, floods and epidemics. The Mission has developed, into a worldwide organisation. It is a deeply religious body,, but it is not a proselytising body. It does not consider itself, to be a sect of Hinduism. In fact, this is one of the strong, reasons for the success of the Mission. Unlike the Arya, Samaj, the Mission recognises the utility and value of image, worship in developing spiritual fervour and worship of the, eternal omnipotent God, although it emphasises on the, essential spirit and not the symbols or rituals. It believes that, the philosophy of Vedanta will make a Christian a better, Christian, and a Hindu a better Hindu., It was in 1898 that Swami Vivekananda acquired a large, piece of land at Belur where the Ramakrishna Math was, finally shifted and registered as such. The monastic order is, View, So far as Bengal is concerned Vivekananda may be regarded, as the spiritual father of the modern nationalist movement., —Subash Chandra Bose
Page 272 :
244, , A Brief History of Modern India, , open to all men without discrimination on the basis of caste, or creed., , Dayananda Saraswati and Arya Samaj, , The Arya Samaj Movement, revivalist in form though not in, content, was the result of a reaction to Western influences., Its founder, Dayananda Saraswati or Mulshankar (1824-1883), was born in the old Morvi state in Gujarat in a brahmin family., He wandered as an ascetic for fifteen years (1845-60) in, search of truth. The first Arya Samaj unit was formally set, up by him at Bombay in 1875 and later the headquarters of, the Samaj were established at Lahore., Dayananda’s views were published in his famous work,, Satyarth Prakash (The True Exposition). His vision of India, included a classless and casteless society, a united India, (religiously, socially and nationally), and an India free from, foreign rule, with Aryan religion being the common religion, of all. He took inspiration from the Vedas and considered, them to be ‘India’s Rock of Ages’, the infallible and the true, original seed of Hinduism. He gave the slogan “Back to the, Vedas”., Dayananda had received education on Vedanta from a, blind teacher named Swami Virajananda in Mathura. Along, with his emphasis on Vedic authority, he stressed the, significance of individual interpretation of the scriptures and, said that every person has the right of access to God. He, criticised later Hindu scriptures such as the Puranas and the, ignorant priests for perverting Hinduism., Dayananda launched a frontal attack on Hindu orthodoxy,, caste rigidities, untouchability, idolatry, polytheism, belief in, magic, charms and animal sacrifices, taboo on sea voyages,, feeding the dead through shraddhas, etc., Dayananda subscribed to the Vedic notion of, chaturvarna system in which a person was not born in any, caste but was identified as a brahmin, kshatriya, vaishya or, shudra according to the occupation the person followed., The Arya Samaj fixed the minimum marriageable age
Page 273 :
Survey of Socio-Cultural Reform Movements, , 245, , at twenty-five years for boys and sixteen years for girls., Swami Dayananda once lamented the Hindu race as “the, children of children”. Intercaste marriages and widow, remarriages were also encouraged. Equal status for women, was the demand of the Samaj, both in letter and in spirit., The Samaj also helped the people in crises like floods,, famines and earthquakes. It attempted to give a new direction, to education. The nucleus for this movement was provided, by the Dayananda Anglo-Vedic (D.A.V.) schools, established, first at Lahore in 1886, which sought to emphasise the, importance of Western education. Swami Shraddhanand started, the Gurukul at Hardwar in 1902 to impart education in the, traditional framework., Dayananda strongly criticised the escapist Hindu belief, in maya (illusion) as the running theme of all physical, existence and the aim of human life as a struggle to attain, moksha (salvation) through escape from this evil world to, seek union with God. Instead, he advocated that God, soul, and matter (prakriti) were distinct and eternal entities and, every individual had to work out his own salvation in the light, of the eternal principles governing human conduct. Thus he, attacked the prevalent popular belief that every individual, contributed and got back from the society according the, principles of niyati (destiny) and karma (deeds). He held, the world to be a battlefield where every individual has to, work out his salvation by right deeds, and that human beings, are not puppets controlled by fate., It should be clearly understood that Dayananda’s slogan, of ‘Back to the Vedas’ was a call for a revival of Vedic, learning and Vedic purity of religion and not a revival of, Vedic times. He accepted modernity and displayed a patriotic, attitude to national problems., The ten guiding principles of the Arya Samaj are—, (i) God is the primary source of all true knowledge; (ii) God,, as all-truth, all-knowledge, almighty, immortal, creator of, Universe, is alone worthy of worship; (iii) the Vedas are the
Page 274 :
246, , A Brief History of Modern India, , books of true knowledge; (iv) an Arya should always be ready, to accept truth and abandon untruth; (v) dharma, that is, due, consideration of right and wrong, should be the guiding, principle of all actions; (vi) the principal aim of the Samaj, is to promote world’s well-being in the material, spiritual, and social sense; (vii) everybody should be treated with love, and justice; (viii) ignorance is to be dispelled and knowledge, increased; (ix) one’s own progress should depend on uplift, of all others; (x) social well-being of mankind is to be placed, above an individual’s well-being., The Arya Samaj’s social ideals comprise, among others,, the fatherhood of God and brotherhood of Man, equality of, the sexes, absolute justice and fair play between man and man, and nation and nation. Dayananda also met other reformers, of the time—Keshab Chandra Sen, Ishwar Chandra Vidyasagar,, Ranade, Deshmukh, etc. The work of the Swami after his, death was carried forward by Lala Hansraj, Pandit Gurudutt,, Lala Lajpat Rai and Swami Shraddhanand, among others., The Arya Samaj was able to give self-respect and selfconfidence to the Hindus which helped to undermine the, myth of superiority of whites and the Western culture., In its zeal to protect the Hindu society from the, onslaught of Christianity and Islam, the Samaj started the, shuddhi (purification) movement to reconvert to the Hindu, fold the converts to Christianity and Islam. This led to, increasing communalisation of social life during the 1920s, and later snowballed into communal political consciousness., , Seva Sadan, A Parsi social reformer, Behramji M. Malabari (18531912), founded the Seva Sadan in 1908 along with a friend,, Diwan Dayaram Gidumal. Malabari spoke vigorously against, child marriage and for widow remarriage among Hindus. It, was his efforts that led to the Age of Consent Act regulating, the age of consent for females, Seva Sadan specialised in, taking care of those women who were exploited and then
Page 275 :
Survey of Socio-Cultural Reform Movements, , 247, , discarded by society. It catered to all castes and provided, the destitute women with education, and medical and welfare, services., [Behramji Malabari acquired and edited the Indian, Spectator.], , Dev Samaj, , Founded in 1887 at Lahore by Shiv Narayan Agnihotri (18501927), earlier a Brahmo follower, Dev Sadan is a religious, and social reform society. The society emphasised on the, eternity of the soul, the supremacy of the guru, and the need, for good action. It called for an ideal social behaviour such, as not accepting bribes, avoiding intoxicants and non-vegetarian, food, and keeping away from violent actions. Its teachings, were compiled in a book, Deva Shastra. Agnihotri spoke, against child marriage., , Dharma Sabha, , Radhakant Deb founded this sabha in 1830. An orthodox, society, it stood for the preservation of the status quo in, socio-religious matters, opposing even the abolition of sati., However, it favoured the promotion of Western education,, even for girls., , Bharat Dharma Mahamandala, , An all-India organisation of the orthodox educated Hindus,, it stood for a defence of orthodox Hinduism against the, teachings of the Arya Samajists, the Theosophists, and the, Ramakrishna Mission. Other organisations created to defend, orthodox Hinduism were the Sanatana Dharma Sabha (1895),, the Dharma Maha Parishad in South India, and Dharma, Mahamandali in Bengal. These organisations combined in, 1902 to form the single organisation of Bharat Dharma, Mahamandala, with headquarters at Varanasi. This organisation, sought to introduce proper management of Hindu religious, institutions, open Hindu educational institutions, etc. Pandit, Madan Mohan Malaviya was a prominent figure in this, movement.
Page 276 :
248, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Radhaswami Movement, , Tulsi Ram, a banker from Agra, also known as Shiv Dayal, Saheb, founded this movement in 1861. The Radhaswamis, believe in one supreme being, supremacy of the guru, a, company of pious people (satsang), and a simple social life., Spiritual attainment, they believe, does not call for renunciation, of the worldly life. They consider all religions to be true., While the sect has no belief in temples, shrines and sacred, places, it considers as necessary duties, works of faith and, charity, service and prayer., , Sree Narayana Guru Dharma Paripalana, (SNDP) Movement, The SNDP movement was an example of a regional movement, born out of conflict between the depressed classes and upper, castes. It was started by Sree Narayana Guru Swamy (18561928) among the Ezhavas of Kerala, who were a backward, caste of toddy-tappers and were considered to be untouchables,, denied education and entry into temples. The Ezhavas were, the single largest caste group in Kerala constituting 26 per, cent of the total population. Narayana Guru, himself from, the Ezhava caste, took a stone from the Neyyar river and, installed it as a Sivalinga at Aruvippuram on Sivaratri in 1888., It was intended to show that consecration of an idol was not, the monopoly of the higher castes. With this he began a, revolution that soon led to the removal of many, discriminations in Kerala’s society. The movement, (Aruvippuram movement) drew the famous poet Kumaran, Asan as a disciple of Narayana Guru. In 1889, the Aruvippuram, Kshetra Yogam was formed which was decided to expand into, a big organisation to help the Ezhavas to progress materially, as well as spiritually., Thus the Aruvippuram Sree Narayana Guru Dharma, Paripalana Yogam (in short SNDP) was registered in 1903, under the Indian Companies Act, with Narayana Guru as its, permanent chairman, and Kumaran Asan as the general
Page 277 :
Survey of Socio-Cultural Reform Movements, , 249, , secretary. (In the formation of SNDP, the efforts of Dr Palpu, must be acknowledged. He had started the fight for social, justice through movements like Ezhava Memorial, Malayali, Memorial, etc.), Sree Narayana Guru held all religions to be the same, and condemned animal sacrifice besides speaking against, divisiveness on the basis of caste, race or creed. On the wall, of the Aruvippuram temple he got inscribed the words,, “Devoid of dividing walls of caste or race, or hatred of rival, faith, we all live here in brotherhood.” He urged the Ezhavas, to leave the toddy tapping profession and even to stop, drinking liquor., The SNDP Yogam took up several issues for the, Ezhavas, such as (i) right of admission to public schools, (ii), recruitment to government services, (iii) access to roads and, entry to temples, and (iv) political representation. The, movement as a whole brought transformative structural, changes such as upward social mobility, shift in traditional, distribution of power and a federation of ‘backward castes’, into a large conglomeration., , Vokkaliga Sangha, , The Vokkaliga Sangha in Mysore launched an anti-brahmin, movement in 1905., , Justice Movement, , This movement in Madras Presidency was started by C.N., Mudaliar, T.M. Nair and P. Tyagaraja to secure jobs and, representation for the non-brahmins in the legislature. In, 1917, Madras Presidency Association was formed which, demanded separate representation for the lower castes in the, legislature., , Self-Respect Movement, , This movement was started by E.V. Ramaswamy Naicker, a, Balija Naidu, in the mid-1920s. The movement aimed at, nothing short of a rejection of the brahminical religion and, culture which Naicker felt was the prime instrument of
Page 278 :
250, , A Brief History of Modern India, , exploitation of the lower castes. He sought to undermine the, position of brahmin priests by formalising weddings without, brahmin priests., , Temple Entry Movement, Significant work in this direction had already been done by, reformers and intellectuals like Sree Narayana Guru and, N. Kumaran Asan. T.K. Madhavan, a prominent social reformer, and editor of Deshabhimani, took up the issue of temple, entry with the Travancore administration. Nothing transpired., In the meanwhile, Vaikom, in the northern part of Travancore,, became a centre of agitation for temple entry. In 1924, the, Vaikom Satyagraha led by K.P. Kesava, was launched in, Kerala demanding the throwing open of Hindu temples and, roads to the untouchables. The satyagraha was reinforced by, jathas from Punjab and Madurai. Gandhi undertook a tour, of Kerala in support of the movement., Again in 1931 when the Civil Disobedience Movement, was suspended, temple entry movement was organised in, Kerala. Inspired by K. Kelappan, poet Subramaniyam, Tirumambu (the ‘singing sword of Kerala’) led a group of, sixteen volunteers to Guruvayur. Leaders like P. Krishna, Pillai and A.K. Gopalan were among the satyagrahis. Finally,, on November 12, 1936, the Maharaja of Travancore issued, a proclamation throwing open all government-controlled, temples to all Hindus., A similar step was taken by the C. Rajagopalachari, administration in Madras in 1938., , Indian Social Conference, , Founded by M.G. Ranade and Raghunath Rao, the Indian, Social Conference met annually from its first session in, Madras in 1887 at the same time and venue as the Indian, National Congress. It focussed attention on the social issues, of importance; it could be called the social reform cell of, the Indian National Congress, in fact. The conference advocated, inter-caste marriages, opposed polygamy and kulinism. It
Page 279 :
Survey of Socio-Cultural Reform Movements, , 251, , launched the ‘Pledge Movement’ to inspire people to take, a pledge against child marriage., , Wahabi/Walliullah Movement, , The teachings of Abdul Wahab of Arabia and the preachings, of Shah Walliullah (1702-1763) inspired this essentially, revivalist response to Western influences and the degeneration, which had set in among Indian Muslims and called for a return, to the true spirit of Islam. He was the first Indian Muslim, leader of the 18th century to organise Muslims around the, two-fold ideals of this movement: (i) desirability of harmony, among the four schools of Muslim jurisprudence which had, divided the Indian Muslims (he sought to integrate the best, elements of the four schools); (ii) recognition of the role, of individual conscience in religion where conflicting, interpretations were derived from the Quran and the Hadis., The teachings of Walliullah were further popularised, by Shah Abdul Aziz and Syed Ahmed Barelvi who also gave, them a political perspective. Un-Islamic practices that had, crept into Muslim society were sought to be eliminated. Syed, Ahmed called for a return to the pure Islam and the kind, of society that had existed in the Arabia of the Prophet’s, time. India was considered to be dar-ul-Harb (land of the, kafirs) and it needed to be converted to dar-ul-Islam (land, of Islam). Initially, the movement was directed at the Sikhs, in Punjab but after the British annexation of Punjab (1849),, the movement was directed against the British. During the, 1857 Revolt, the Wahabi’s played an important role in, spreading anti-British feelings. The Wahabi Movement fizzled, out in the face of British military might in the 1870s., , Titu Mir‘s Movement, , Mir Nithar Ali, popularly known as Titu Mir, was a disciple, of Sayyid Ahmed Barelvi, the founder of the Wahabi, Movement. Titu Mir adopted Wahabism and advocated the, Sharia. He organised the Muslim peasants of Bengal against, the landlords, who were mosly Hindu, and the British indigo
Page 280 :
252, , A Brief History of Modern India, , planters.The movement was not as militant as the British, records made it out to be; only in the last year of Titu’s, life was there a confrontation between him and the British, police. He was killed in action in 1831., , Faraizi Movement, The movement, also called the Fara’idi Movement because, of its emphasis on the Islamic pillars of faith, was founded, by Haji Shariatullah in 1818. Its scene of action was East, Bengal, and it aimed at the eradication of social innovations, or un-Islamic practices current among the Muslims of the, region and draw their attention to their duties as Muslims., Under the leadership of Haji’s son, Dudu Mian, the movement, became revolutionary from 1840 onwards. He gave the, movement an organisational system from the village to the, provincial level with a khalifa or authorised deputy at every, level. The Fara’idis organised a paramilitary force armed with, clubs to fight the zamindars who were mostly Hindu, though, there were some Muslim landlords too, besides the indigo, planters. Dudu Mian asked his followers not to pay rent. The, organisation even established its own Law courts., Dudu Mian was arrested several times, and his arrest, in 1847 finally weakened the movement. The movement, survived merely as a religious movement without political, overtones after the death of Dudu Mian in 1862., , Ahmadiyya Movement, , The Ahmadiyya forms a sect of Islam which originated from, India. It was founded by Mirza Ghulam Ahmad in 1889. It, was based on liberal principles. It described itself as the, standard-bearer of Mohammedan Renaissance, and based, itself, like the Brahmo Samaj, on the principles of universal, religion of all humanity, opposing jihad (sacred war against, non-Muslims). The movement spread Western liberal education, among the Indian Muslims. The Ahmadiyya community is the, only Islamic sect to believe that the Messiah had come in, the person of Mirza Ghulam Ahmad to end religious wars
Page 281 :
Survey of Socio-Cultural Reform Movements, , 253, , and bloodshed and to reinstate morality, peace and justice., They believed in separating the mosque from the State as, well as in human rights and tolerance. However, the Ahmadiyya, Movement, like Baha’ism which flourished in the West Asian, countries, suffered from mysticism., , Sir Syed Ahmed Khan and the Aligarh, Movement, The British view on the revolt of 1857 held the Muslims, to be the main conspirators. This view was further strengthened, by the activities of the Wahabis. But later, an opinion got, currency among the rulers that the Muslims could be used, as allies against a rising tide of nationalist political activity, represented, among others, by the foundation of the Indian, National Congress. This was to be achieved through offers, of thoughtful concessions to the Muslims. A section of, Muslims led by Syed Ahmed Khan (1817-1898) was ready, to allow the official patronage to stimulate a process of, growth among Indian Muslims through better education and, employment opportunities., Syed Ahmed Khan, born in a respectable Muslim, family, was a loyalist member of the judicial service of the, British government. After retirement in 1876, he became a, member of the Imperial Legislative Council in 1878. His, loyalty earned him a knighthood in 1888. He wanted to, reconcile Western scientific education with the teachings of, the Quran which were to be interpreted in the light of, contemporary rationalism and science even though he also, held the Quran to be the ultimate authority. He said that, religion should be adaptable with time or else it would, become fossilised, and that religious tenets were not, immutable. He advocated a critical approach and freedom of, thought and not complete dependence on tradition or custom., He was also a zealous educationist—as an official, he opened, schools in towns, got books translated into Urdu and started, the Mohammedan Anglo-Oriental College (later, the Aligarh
Page 282 :
254, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Muslim University) at Aligarh in 1875. He also struggled to, bring about an improvement in the position of women through, better education and by opposing purdah and polygamy,, advocating easy divorce, and condemning the system of piri, and muridi. He believed in the fundamental underlying unity, of religions or ‘practical morality’. He also preached the, basic commonality of Hindu and Muslim interests., Syed Ahmed Khan argued that Muslims should first, concentrate on education and jobs and try to catch up with, their Hindu counterparts who had gained the advantage of an, early start. Active participation in politics at that point, he, felt, would invite hostility of the government towards the, Muslim masses. Therefore, he opposed political activity by, the Muslims. Unfortunately, in his enthusiasm to promote, the educational and employment interests of the Muslims,, he allowed himself to be used by the colonial government, in its obnoxious policy of divide and rule and, in later years,, started propagating divergence of interests of Hindus and, Muslims., Syed’s progressive social ideas were propagated through, his magazine Tahdhib-ul-Akhlaq (Improvement of Manners, and Morals)., The Aligarh Movement emerged as a liberal, modern, trend among the Muslim intelligentsia based in Mohammedan, Anglo-Oriental College, Aligarh. It aimed at spreading (i), modern education among Indian Muslims without weakening, their allegiance to Islam; (ii) social reforms among Muslims, relating to purdah, polygamy, widow remarriage, women’s, education, slavery, divorce, etc. The ideology of the followers, of the movement was based on a liberal interpretation of the, Quran and they sought to harmonise Islam with modern, liberal culture. They wanted to impart a distinct socio-cultural, identity to Muslims on modern lines. Soon, Aligarh became, the centre of religious and cultural revival of the Muslim, community.
Page 283 :
Survey of Socio-Cultural Reform Movements, , The Deoband School (Darul Uloom), , 255, , The Deoband Movement was organised by the orthodox, section among the Muslim ulema as a revivalist movement, with the twin objectives of propagating pure teachings of the, Quran and Hadis among Muslims and keeping alive the spirit, of jihad against the foreign rulers., The Deoband Movement was begun at the Darul Uloom, (or Islamic academic centre), Deoband, in Saharanpur district, (United Provinces) in 1866 by Mohammad Qasim Nanotavi, (1832-80) and Rashid Ahmed Gangohi (1828-1905) to train, religious leaders for the Muslim community. In contrast to, the Aligarh Movement, which aimed at the welfare of, Muslims through Western education and support of the, British government, the aim of the Deoband Movement was, moral and religious regeneration of the Muslim community., The instruction imparted at Deoband was in original Islamic, religion., On the political front, the Deoband school welcomed, the formation of the Indian National Congress and in 1888, issued a fatwa (religious decree) against Syed Ahmed Khan’s, organisations, the United Patriotic Association and the, Mohammaden Anglo-Oriental Association. Some critics, attribute Deoband’s support to the nationalists more to its, determined opposition to Syed Ahmed Khan than to any, positive political philosophy., Mahmud-ul-Hasan, the new Deoband leader, gave a, political and intellectual content to the religious ideas of the, school. He worked out a synthesis of Islamic principles and, nationalist aspirations. The Jamiat-ul-Ulema gave a concrete, shape to Hasan’s ideas of protection of the religious and, political rights of the Muslims in the overall context of Indian, unity and national objectives., Shibli Numani, a supporter of the Deoband school,, favoured the inclusion of English language and European, sciences in the system of education. He founded the Nadwatal, Ulama and Darul Uloom in Lucknow in 1894-96. He believed
Page 284 :
256, , A Brief History of Modern India, , in the idealism of the Congress and cooperation between the, Muslims and the Hindus of India to create a state in which, both could live amicably., , Parsi Reform Movements, The Rahnumai Mazdayasnan Sabha (Religious Reform, Association) was founded in 1851 by a group of Englisheducated Parsis for the “regeneration of the social conditions, of the Parsis and the restoration of the Zoroastrian religion, to its pristine purity”. The movement had Naoroji Furdonji,, Dadabhai Naoroji, K.R. Cama and S.S. Bengalee as its leaders., The message of reform was spread by the newspaper Rast, Goftar (Truth-Teller). Parsi religious rituals and practices, were reformed and the Parsi creed redefined. In the social, sphere, attempts were made to uplift the status of Parsi, women through removal of the purdah system, raising the, age of marriage and education. Gradually, the Parsis emerged, as the most westernised section of the Indian society., , Sikh Reform Movements, The Sikh community could not remain untouched by the, rising tide of rationalist and progressive ideas of the nineteenth, century., The Singh Sabha Movement was founded at Amritsar, in 1873 with a two-fold objective—(i) to make available, modern western education to the Sikhs, and (ii) to counter, the proselytising activities of Christian missionaries as well, as the Brahmo Samajists, Arya Samajists and Muslim maulvis., For the first objective, a network of Khalsa schools was, established by the Sabha throughout Punjab. In the second, direction, everything that went against the Gurus’ teachings, was rejected, and rites and customs considered to be, consistent with Sikh doctrine were sought to be established., The Akali movement (also known as Gurudwara Reform, Movement) was an offshoot of the Singh Sabha Movement., It aimed at liberating the Sikh gurudwaras from the control
Page 285 :
Survey of Socio-Cultural Reform Movements, , 257, , of corrupt Udasi mahants (the post having become hereditary)., These mahants were a loyalist and reactionary lot, enjoying, government patronage. The government tried its repressive, policies against the non-violent non-cooperation satyagraha, launched by the Akalis in 1921, but had to bow before popular, demands; it passed the Sikh Gurudwaras Act in 1922 (amended, in 1925) which gave the control of gurudwaras to the Sikh, masses to be administered through Shiromani Gurudwara, Prabandhak Committee (SGPC) as the apex body., The Akali Movement was a regional movement but not, a communal one. The Akali leaders played a notable role in, the national liberation struggle though some dissenting voices, were heard occasionally., , The Theosophical Movement, , A group of westerners led by Madame H.P. Blavatsky (18311891) and Colonel M.S. Olcott, who were inspired by Indian, thought and culture, founded the Theosophical Society in, New York City, United States in 1875. In 1882, they shifted, their headquarters to Adyar, on the outskirts of Madras (at, that time) in India. The society believed that a special, relationship could be established between a person’s soul and, God by contemplation, prayer, revelation, etc. It accepted the, Hindu beliefs in reincarnation and karma, and drew inspiration, from the philosophy of the Upanishads and samkhya, yoga, and Vedanta schools of thought. It aimed to work for, universal brotherhood of humanity without distinction of, race, creed, sex, caste or colour. The society also sought, to investigate the unexplained laws of nature and the powers, latent in man. The Theosophical Movement came to be allied, with the Hindu renaissance. It opposed child marriage and, advocated the abolition of caste discrimination, uplift of, outcastes, improvement in the condition of widows., In India, the movement became somewhat popular with, the election of Annie Besant (1847-1933) as its president, after the death of Olcott in 1907. Annie Besant had come
Page 286 :
258, , A Brief History of Modern India, , to India in 1893. She laid the foundation of the Central Hindu, College in Benaras in 1898 where both Hindu religion and, Western scientific subjects were taught. The college became, the nucleus for the formation of Benaras Hindu University, in 1916. Annie Besant also did much for the cause of the, education of women., The Theosophical Society provided a common denominator for the various sects and fulfilled the urge of educated, Hindus. However, to an average Indian the Theosophist, philosophy seemed to be vague and lacking a positive, programme; to that extent its impact was limited to a small, segment of the westernised class. As religious revivalists, the, Theosophists did not attain much success, but as a movement, of westerners glorifying Indian religious and philosophical, traditions, it gave much needed self-respect to the Indians, fighting British colonial rule. Viewed from another angle, the, Theosophists also had the effect of giving a false sense of, pride to the Indians in their outdated and sometimes backwardlooking traditions and philosophy., , Significance of Reform Movements, Positive Aspects, , The orthodox sections of society could not accept the, scientific ideological onslaught of the socio-religious rebels., As a result of this, the reformers were subjected to abuse,, persecution, issuing of fatwas and even assassination attempts, by the reactionaries., However, in spite of opposition, these movements, managed to contribute towards the liberation of the individual, from the conformity born out of fear and from uncritical, submission to exploitation by the priests and other classes., The translation of religious texts into vernacular languages,, emphasis on an individual’s right to interpret the scriptures
Page 287 :
Survey of Socio-Cultural Reform Movements, , 259, , and simplification of rituals made worship a more personal, experience., The movements emphasised the human intellect’s, capacity to think and reason., By weeding out corrupt elements, religious beliefs and, practices, the reformers enabled their followers to meet the, official taunt that their religions and society were decadent, and inferior., The reform movements gave the rising middle classes, the much needed cultural roots to cling to, and served the, purpose of reducing the sense of humiliation which the, conquest by a foreign power had produced., A realisation of the special needs of modern times,, especially in terms of scientific knowledge, and thus promoting, a modern, this-worldly, secular and rational outlook was a, major contribution of these reform movements. Socially, this, attitude reflected in a basic change in the notions of, ‘pollution and purity’. Although traditional values and customs, were a prominent target of attack from the reformers, yet, the reformers aimed at modernisation rather than outright, westernisation based on blind imitation of alien Western, cultural values. In fact, the reform movements sought to, create a favourable social climate for modernisation. To that, extent, these movements ended India’s cultural and intellectual, isolation from the rest of the world. The reformers argued, that modern ideas and culture could be best imbibed by, integrating them into Indian cultural streams., The underlying concern of these reformist efforts was, revival of the native cultural personality which had got, distorted by various factors over the years. This cultural, ideological struggle was to prove to be an important instrument, in the evolution of national consciousness and a part of Indian, national resolve to resist colonial cultural and ideological, hegemony. However, not all these progressive, nationalist, tendencies were able to outgrow the sectarian and obscurantist
Page 288 :
260, , A Brief History of Modern India, , outlook. This was possibly due to the divergent duality of, cultural and political struggles, resulting in cultural, backwardness despite political advancement., , Negative Aspects, , One of the major limitations of the religious reform, movements was that they had a narrow social base, namely, the educated and urban middle classes, while the needs of, the vast masses of peasantry and the urban poor were ignored., The tendency of reformers to appeal to the greatness, of the past and to rely on scriptural authority encouraged, mysticism in new garbs and fostered pseudo-scientific thinking, while exercising a check on the full acceptance of the need, for a modern scientific outlook. But, above all, these, tendencies contributed, at least to some extent, in, compartmentalising Hindus, Muslims, Sikhs and Parsis, as, also alienating high caste Hindus from low caste Hindus., The emphasis on religious and philosophical aspects of, the cultural heritage got somewhat magnified by an insufficient, emphasis on other aspects of culture—art, architecture,, literature, music, science and technology. To make matters, worse, the Hindu reformers confined their praise of the, Indian past to its ancient period and looked upon the medieval, period of Indian history essentially as an era of decadence., This tended to create a notion of two separate peoples, on, the one hand; on the other, an uncritical praise of the past, was not acceptable to the low caste sections of society which, had suffered under religiously sanctioned exploitation during, the ancient period. Moreover, the past itself tended to be, placed into compartments on a partisan basis. Many in the, Muslim middle classes went to the extent of turning to the, history of West Asia for their traditions and moments of, pride., The process of evolution of a composite culture which, was evident throughout Indian history showed signs of being, arrested with the rise of another form of consciousness—
Page 290 :
262, , A Brief History of Modern India, , ●, , Among Muslims, Wahabi/Walliullah Movement, Ahmadiyya Movement, Syed Ahmed Khan and Aligarh Movement, Deoband Movement, , ●, , Among Parsis, Rahnumai Mazdayasnan Sabha, , ●, , Among Sikhs, Singh Sabha Movement, Akali Movement, , ●, , Positive Aspects, Liberation of individual from conformity out of fear psychosis., Worship made a more personal affair, Cultural roots to the middle classes—thus mitigating the sense, of humiliation; much needed self-respect gained, Fostered secular outlook, Encouraged social climate for modernisation, Ended India’s cultural, intellectual isolation from rest of the world, Evolution of national consciousness, , ●, , Negative Aspects, Narrow social base, Indirectly encouraged mysticism, Overemphasis on religious, philosophical aspects of culture, while underemphasising secular and moral aspects, Hindus confined their praise to ancient Indian history and, Muslims to medieval history—created a notion of two separate, peoples and increased communal consciousness, Historical process of evolution of composite culture arrested to, some extent
Page 291 :
UNIT V, , The, Struggle, Begins
Page 292 :
Beginning of Modern Nationalism in India, , 265, , 10, Beginning of Modern, Nationalism in India, Factors in the Growth of, Modern Nationalism, The rise and growth of Indian nationalism has been traditionally, explained in terms of Indian response to the stimulus, generated by the British Raj through creation of new, institutions, new opportunities, resources, etc. In other, words, Indian nationalism grew partly as a result of colonial, policies and partly as a reaction to colonial policies. In fact,, it would be more correct to see Indian nationalism as a, product of a mix of various factors:, (i) Worldwide upsurge of the concepts of nationalism, and right of self-determination initiated by the, French Revolution., (ii) Indian Renaissance., (iii) Offshoot of modernisation initiated by the British in, India., (iv) Strong reaction to British imperialist policies in, India., , Understanding of Contradictions in Indian, and Colonial Interests, People came to realise that colonial rule was the major cause, of India’s economic backwardness and that the interests of, 265
Page 293 :
266, , A Brief History of Modern India, , the Indians involved the interests of all sections and classes—, peasants, artisans, handicraftsmen, workers, intellectuals, the, educated and the capitalists. The nationalist movement arose, to take up the challenge of these contradictions inherent in, the character and policies of colonial rule., , Political, Administrative and Economic, Unification of the Country, The British rule in the Indian subcontinent extended from the, Himalayas in the north to the Cape Comorin in the south, and from Assam in the east to Khyber Pass in the west. While, large areas of India had been brought under a single rule in, the past—under the Mauryas or later under the Mughals—, the British created a larger state than that of the Mauryas, or the great Mughals. While Indian provinces were under, ‘direct’ British rule, the princely states were under ‘indirect’, British rule. The British sword imposed political unity in, India. A professional civil service, a unified judiciary and, codified civil and criminal laws throughout the length and, breadth of the country imparted a new dimension of political, unity to the hitherto cultural unity that had existed in India, for centuries. The necessities of administrative convenience,, considerations of military defence and the urge for economic, penetration and commercial exploitation (all in British, interests) were the driving forces behind the planned, development of modern means of transport and communication, such as railways, roads, electricity and telegraph., From the nationalists’ point of view, this process of, unification had a two-fold effect:, (i) The economic fate of the people of different regions, got linked together; for instance, failure of crops in one, region affected the prices and supply in another region., (ii) Modern means of transport and communication, brought people, especially the leaders, from different regions, together. This was important for the exchange of political, ideas and for mobilisation and organisation of public opinion, on political and economic issues.
Page 294 :
Beginning of Modern Nationalism in India, , 267, , Western Thought and Education, , The introduction of a modern system of education afforded, opportunities for assimilation of modern Western ideas. This,, in turn, gave a new direction to Indian political thinking,, although the English system of education had been conceived, by the rulers in the self-interest of efficient administration., The liberal and radical thought of European writers like, Milton, Shelley, John Stuart Mill, Rousseau, Paine, Spencer, and Voltaire helped many Indians imbibe modern rational,, secular, democratic and nationalist ideas., The English language helped nationalist leaders from, different linguistic regions to communicate with each other., Those among the educated who took up liberal professions, (lawyers, doctors, etc.) often visited England for higher, education. There they saw the working of modern political, institutions in a free country and compared that system with, the Indian situation where even basic rights were denied to, the citizens. This ever-expanding English educated class, formed the middle class intelligentsia who constituted the, nucleus for the newly arising political unrest. It was this, section which provided leadership to the Indian political, associations., , Role of Press and Literature, , The second half of the nineteenth century saw an unprecedented, growth of Indian-owned English and vernacular newspapers,, despite numerous restrictions imposed on the press by the, colonial rulers from time to time. In 1877, there were about, 169 newspapers published in vernacular languages and their, circulation reached the neighbourhood of 1,00,000., The press while criticising official policies, on the one, hand, urged the people to unite, on the other. It also helped, spread modern ideas of self-government, democracy, civil, rights and industrialisation. The newspapers, journals,, pamphlets and nationalist literature helped in the exchange, of political ideas among nationalist leaders from different, regions.
Page 295 :
268, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Rediscovery of India’s Past, , The historical researches by European scholars, such as Max, Mueller, Monier Williams, Roth and Sassoon, and by Indian, scholars such as R.G. Bhandarkar, R.L. Mitra and later Swami, Vivekananda, created an entirely new picture of India’s past., This picture was characterised by well-developed political,, economic and social institutions, a flourishing trade with the, outside world, a rich heritage in arts and culture and, numerous cities. The theory put forward by European scholars,, that the Indo-Aryans belonged to the same ethnic group from, which other nations of Europe had evolved, gave a, psychological boost to the educated Indians. The self-respect, and confidence so gained helped the nationalists to demolish, colonial myths that India had a long history of servility to, foreign rulers., , Progressive Character of Socio-religious, Reform Movements, These reform movements sought to remove social evils, which divided the Indian society; this had the effect of, bringing different sections together, and proved to be an, important factor in the growth of Indian nationalism., , Rise of Middle Class Intelligentsia, , British administrative and economic innovations gave rise to, a new urban middle class in towns. According to Percival, Spear, “The new middle class was a well-integrated all-India, class with varied background but a common foreground of, knowledge, ideas and values.... It was a minority of Indian, society, but a dynamic minority.... It had a sense of unity, of purpose and of hope.”, This class, prominent because of its education, new, position and its close ties with the ruling class, came to the, forefront. The leadership to the Indian National Congress in, all its stages of growth was provided by this class.
Page 296 :
Beginning of Modern Nationalism in India, , 269, , Impact of Contemporary Movements, in the World, Rise of a number of nations on the ruins of the Spanish and, Portuguese empires in South America, and the national, liberation movements of Greece and Italy in general and of, Ireland in particular deeply influenced the nationalist ranks., , Reactionary Policies and Racial, Arrogance of Rulers, Racial myths of white superiority were sought to be perpetuated, by the British through a deliberate policy of discrimination, and segregation. Indians felt deeply hurt by this. Lytton’s, reactionary policies such as reduction of maximum age limit, for the I.C.S. examination from 21 years to 19 years (1876),, the grand Delhi Durbar of 1877 when the country was in the, severe grip of famine, the Vernacular Press Act (1878) and, the Arms Act (1878) provoked a storm of opposition in the, country. Then came the Ilbert Bill controversy. Ripon’s, Government had sought to abolish “judicial disqualification, based on race distinctions” and to give the Indian members, of the covenanted civil service the same powers and rights, as those enjoyed by their European colleagues. Ripon had, to modify the bill, thus almost defeating the original purpose,, because of the stiff opposition from the European community., It became clear to the nationalists that justice and fair, play could not be expected where interests of the European, community were involved. However, the organised agitation, by the Europeans to revoke the Ilbert Bill also taught the, nationalists how to agitate for certain rights and demands., , Political Associations Before the, Indian National Congress, The Indian National Congress was not the first political, organisation in India. However, most of the political, associations in the early half of the nineteenth century were
Page 297 :
270, , A Brief History of Modern India, , dominated by wealthy and aristocratic elements. They were, local or regional in character. Through long petitions to the, British Parliament most of them demanded—, ● administrative reforms,, ● association of Indians with the administration, and, ● spread of education., The political associations of the second half of the, nineteenth century came to be increasingly dominated by the, educated middle class—the lawyers, journalists, doctors,, teachers, etc.,—and they had a wider perspective and a larger, agenda., , Political Associations in Bengal, The Bangabhasha Prakasika Sabha was formed in, 1836 by associates of Raja Rammohan Roy., The Zamindari Association, more popularly known as, the ‘Landholders’ Society’, was founded to safeguard the, interests of the landlords. Although limited in its objectives,, the Landholders’ Society marked the beginning of an organised, political activity and use of methods of constitutional agitation, for the redressal of grievances., The Bengal British India Society was founded in, 1843 with the object of “the collection and dissemination, of information relating to the actual condition of the people, of British India... and to employ such other means of peaceful, and lawful character as may appear calculated to secure the, welfare, extend the just rights and advance the interests of, all classes of our fellow subjects”., In 1851, both the Landholders’ Society and the Bengal, British India Society merged into the British Indian, Association. It sent a petition to the British Parliament, demanding inclusion of some of its suggestions in the, renewed Charter of the Company, such as, (i) establishment of a separate legislature of a popular, character;, (ii) separation of executive from judicial functions;
Page 298 :
Beginning of Modern Nationalism in India, , 271, , (iii) reduction in salaries of higher officers; and, (iv) abolition of salt duty, abkari and stamp duties., These were partially accepted when the Charter Act of, 1853 provided for the addition of six members to the, governor-general’s council for legislative purposes., The East India Association was organised by Dadabhai, Naoroji in 1866 in London to discuss the Indian question, and influence public men in England to promote Indian, welfare. Later, branches of the association were started in, prominent Indian cities., The Indian League was started in 1875 by Sisir Kumar, Ghosh with the object of “stimulating the sense of nationalism, amongst the people” and of encouraging political education., The Indian Association of Calcutta (also known as, the Indian National Association) superseded the Indian, League and was founded in 1876 by younger nationalists of, Bengal led by Surendranath Banerjea and Ananda Mohan, Bose, who were getting discontented with the conservative, and pro-landlord policies of the British Indian Association., The Indian Association was the most important of preCongress associations and aimed to “promote by every, legitimate means the political, intellectual and material, advancement of the people.” It set out to—, (i) create a strong public opinion on political questions,, and, (ii) unify Indian people in a common political, programme., It protested against the reduction of age limit in 1877, for candidates of the Indian Civil Service examination. The, association demanded simultaneous holding of civil service, examination in England and India and Indianisation of higher, administrative posts. It led a campaign against the repressive, arms act and the vernacular press act., Branches of the association were opened in other towns, and cities of Bengal and even outside Bengal. The membership
Page 299 :
272, , A Brief History of Modern India, , fee was kept low in order to attract the poorer sections to, the association., The association sponsored an all India conference, which first took place in Calcutta on December 28 to 30,, 1883. More than hundred delegates from different parts of, the country attended. So, in a way the association was a, forerunner of the Indian National Congress as an all-India, nationalist organisation. It later merged with the Indian, National Congress in 1886., , Political Associations in Bombay, , The Poona Sarvajanik Sabha was founded in 1867 by, Mahadeo Govind Ranade and others, with the object of, serving as a bridge between the government and the people., The Bombay Presidency Association was started by, Badruddin Tyabji, Pherozshah Mehta and K.T. Telang in 1885., , Political Associations in Madras, , The Madras Mahajan Sabha was founded in 1884 by, M. Viraraghavachari, B. Subramaniya Aiyer and P. Anandacharlu., , Pre-Congress Campaigns, The associations organised various campaigns before the, Indian National Congress appeared on the scene. These, campaigns were—, (i) for imposition of import duty on cotton (1875), (ii) for Indianisation of government service (1878-79), (iii) against Lytton’s Afghan adventure, (iv) against Arms Act (1878), (v) against Vernacular Press Act (1878), (vi) for right to join volunteer corps, (vii) against plantation labour and against Inland Emigration, Act, (viii) in support of Ilbert Bill, (ix) for an All India Fund for Political Agitation
Page 300 :
Beginning of Modern Nationalism in India, , 273, , (x) campaign in Britain to vote for pro-India party, (xi) against reduction in maximum age for appearing in, Indian Civil Service; the Indian Association took up, this question and organised an all-India agitation, against it, popularly known as the Indian Civil, Service agitation., , Summary, ●, , Factors in Growth of Modern Nationalism, Understanding of contradictions in Indian and colonial interests, Political, administrative and economic unification of the country, Western thought and education, Role of press and literature, Rediscovery of India’s past—historical researches, Rise of middle class intelligentsia, Impact of contemporary movements worldwide, Reactionary policies and racial arrogance of rulers, , ●, , Political Associations Before Indian National Congress, 1836—Bangabhasha Prakasika Sabha, Zamindari Association or Landholders’ Society, 1843—Bengal British India Society, 1851—British Indian Association, 1866—East India Association, 1875—Indian League, 1876—Indian Association of Calcutta or Indian National Association, 1867—Poona Sarvajanik Sabha, 1885—Bombay Presidency Association, 1884—Madras Mahajan Sabha
Page 301 :
274, , A Brief History of Modern India, , 11, Indian National Congress:, Foundation and the, Moderate Phase, Foundation of Indian National, Congress, In the later 1870s and early 1880s, a solid ground had been, prepared for the establishment of an all-India organisation., The final shape to this idea was given by a retired English, civil servant, A.O. Hume, who mobilised leading intellectuals, of the time and, with their cooperation, organised the first, session of the Indian National Congress at Gokuldas Tejpal, Sanskrit College in Bombay in December 1885. As a prelude, to this, two sessions of the Indian National Conference had, been held in 1883 and 1885, which had representatives drawn, from all major towns of India. Surendranath Banerjea and, Ananda Mohan Bose were the main architects of the Indian, National Conference., The first session of the Indian National Congress was, attended by 72 delegates and presided over by Womesh, Chandra Bonnerjee. Hereafter, the Congress met every year, in December, in a different part of the country each time., Some of the great presidents of the Congress during this, early phase were Dadabhai Naoroji (thrice president),, Badruddin Tyabji, Pherozshah Mehta, P. Anandacharlu,, 274
Page 302 :
Indian National Congress, , 275, , Surendranath Banerjea, Romesh Chandra Dutt, Ananda Mohan, Bose and Gopal Krishna Gokhale. Other prominent leaders, included Mahadeo Govind Ranade, Bal Gangadhar Tilak, Sisir, Kumar Ghosh, Motilal Ghosh, Madan Mohan Malaviya,, G. Subramaniya Aiyar, C. Vijayaraghavachariar, Dinshaw E., Wacha., In 1890, Kadambini Ganguly, the first woman graduate, of Calcutta University, addressed the Congress session,, which symbolised the commitment of the freedom struggle, to give the women of India their due status in national life., Apart from the Indian National Congress, nationalist, activity was carried out through provincial conferences and, associations, newspapers and literature., , Was It a Safety Valve?, , There is a theory that Hume formed the Congress with the, idea that it would prove to be a ‘safety valve’ for releasing, the growing discontent of the Indians. To this end, he, convinced Lord Dufferin not to obstruct the formation of, the Congress. The extremist leaders like Lala Lajpat Rai, believed in the ‘safety valve’ theory. Even the Marxist, historian’s ‘conspiracy theory’ was an offspring of the ‘safety, valve’ notion. For example, R.P. Dutt opined that the Indian, National Congress was born out of a conspiracy to abort a, popular uprising in India and the bourgeois leaders were a, party to it., Modern Indian historians, however, dispute the idea of, ‘safety valve’. In their opinion the Indian National Congress, represented the urge of the politically conscious Indians to, set up a national body to express the political and economic, demands of the Indians. If the Indians had convened such a, body on their own, there would have been unsurmountable, opposition from the officials; such an organisation would not, have been allowed to form. In the circumstances, as Bipan, Chandra observes, the early Congress leaders used Hume as, a ‘lightning conductor’ i.e., as a catalyst to bring together
Page 303 :
276, , A Brief History of Modern India, , the nationalistic forces even if under the guise of a ‘safety, valve’., , Aims and Objectives of the Congress, , The main aims of the Indian National Congress in the initial, stage were to—, (i) found a democratic, nationalist movement;, (ii) politicise and politically educate people;, (iii) establish the headquarters for a movement;, (iv) promote friendly relations among nationalist, political workers from different parts of the, country;, (v) develop and propagate an anti-colonial nationalist, ideology;, (vi) formulate and present popular demands before the, government with a view to unifying the people, over a common economic and political, programme;, (vii) develop and consolidate a feeling of national unity, among people irrespective of religion, caste or, province., (viii) carefully promote and nurture Indian nationhood., , Era of Modernates (1885-1905), Important Leaders, , The national leaders like Dadabhai Naoroji, Pherozshah, Mehta, D.E. Wacha, W.C. Bonnerjea, S.N. Banerjea who, dominated the Congress policies during the early period, (1885-1905) were staunch believers in ‘liberalism’ and, ‘moderate’ politics and came to be labelled as Moderates to, distinguish them from the neo-nationalists of the early, twentieth century who were referred to as the Extremists., , Moderate Approach, , The moderate political activity involved constitutional agitation, within the confines of law and showed a slow but orderly
Page 304 :
Indian National Congress, , 277, , political progress. The Moderates believed that the British, basically wanted to be just to the Indians but were not aware, of the real conditions. Therefore, if public opinion could be, created in the country and public demands be presented to, the government through resolutions, petitions, meetings, etc.,, the authorities would concede these demands gradually., To achieve these ends, they worked on a two-pronged, methodology—one, create a strong public opinion to arouse, consciousness and national spirit and then educate and unite, people on common political questions; and two, persuade the, British Government and British public opinion to introduce, reforms in India on the lines laid out by the nationalists. They, used the method of ‘prayer and petition’ and if that failed,, they resorted to constitutional agitation., A British committee of the Indian National Congress, was established in London in 1899 which had India as its, organ. Dadabhai Naoroji spent a substantial portion of his, life and income campaigning for India’s case abroad. In 1890,, it was decided to hold a session of the Indian National, Congress in London in 1892, but owing to the British, elections of 1891 the proposal was postponed and never, revived later., The Moderate leaders believed that political connections, with Britain were in India’s interest at that stage of history, and that the time was not ripe for a direct challenge to the, British rule. Therefore, it was considered to be appropriate, to try and transform the colonial rule to be as close to a, national rule as possible., , Contributions of Moderate Nationalists, Economic Critique of British Imperialism, , The early nationalists, led by Dadabhai Naoroji, R.C. Dutt,, Dinshaw Wacha and others, carefully analysed the political, economy of British rule in India, and put forward the “drain, theory” to explain British exploitation of India. They opposed
Page 305 :
278, , A Brief History of Modern India, , the transformation of a basically self-sufficient Indian economy, into a colonial economy (i.e., a supplier of raw materials and, food stuff, an importer of finished goods and a field of, investment for British capital). Thus, the Moderates were able, to create an all-India public opinion that British rule in India, was the major cause of India’s poverty and economic, backwardness., To mitigate the deprivation characterising Indian life,, the early nationalists demanded severance of India’s economic, subservience to Britain and development of an independent, economy through involvement of Indian capital and enterprise., The early nationalists demanded reduction in land revenue,, abolition of salt tax, improvement in working conditions of, plantation labour, reduction in military expenditure, and, encouragement to modern industry through tariff, protection and direct government aid. (Also refer to chapter, on Economic Impact of British Rule in India.), , Constitutional Reforms and Propaganda in, Legislature, Legislative councils in India had no real official power till, 1920. Yet, work done in them by the nationalists helped the, growth of the national movement. The Imperial Legislative, Council constituted by the Indian Councils Act (1861) was, an impotent body designed to disguise official measures as, having been passed by a representative body. Indian members, were few in number—in the thirty years from 1862 to 1892, only forty-five Indians were nominated to it, most of them, being wealthy, landed and with loyalist interests. Only a, handful of political figures and independent intellectuals such, as Syed Ahmed Khan, Kristodas Pal, V.N. Mandlik, K.L., Nulkar and Rashbehari Ghosh were among those nominated., From 1885 to 1892, the nationalist demands for, constitutional reforms were centred around—, 1. expansion of councils—i.e., greater participation of, Indians in councils; and
Page 306 :
Indian National Congress, , 279, , Indian Councils Act 1892, Main Provisions, ● Number of additional members in Imperial Legislative Councils, and the Provincial Legislative Councils was raised. In Imperial, Legislative Council, now the governor-general could have ten, to sixteen non-officials (instead of six to ten previously)., ● The non-official members of the Indian legislative council were, to be nominated by the Bengal Chamber of Commerce and, provincial legislative councils. The members could be, recommended by universities, municipalities, zamindars and, chambers of commerce. So the principle of representation was, introduced., ● Budget could be discussed., ● Questions could be asked., Limitations, ● The officials retained their majority in the council, thus making, ineffective the non-official voice., ● The ‘reformed’ Imperial Legislative Council met, during its tenure, till 1909, on an average for only thirteen days in a year, and, the number of unofficial Indian members present was only five, out of twenty-four., ● The budget could not be voted upon, nor could any amendments, be made to it., ● Supplementaries could not be asked, nor could answers to any, question be discussed., , 2. reform of councils—i.e., more powers to councils,, especially greater control over finances., The early nationalists worked with the long-term, objective of a democratic self-government. Their demands, for constitutional reforms were meant to have been conceded, in 1892 in the form of the Indian Councils Act., These reforms were severely criticised at Congress, sessions, where the nationalists made no secret of their, dissatisfaction with them. Now, they demanded (i) a majority, of elected Indians, and (ii) control over the budget, i.e., the, power to vote upon and amend the budget. They gave the, slogan—“No taxation without representation”. Gradually, the
Page 307 :
280, , A Brief History of Modern India, , scope of constitutional demands was widened. Dadabhai, Naoroji (1904), Gopal Krishna Gokhale (1905) and Lokmanya, Tilak (1906) demanded self-government on the lines of the, self-governing colonies of Canada and Australia. Also, leaders, like Pherozshah Mehta and Gokhale put government policies, and proposals to severe criticism., The British had intended to use the councils to, incorporate the more vocal among Indian leaders, so as to, allow them to let off their “political steam”, while the, impotent councils could afford to remain deaf to their, criticism. But the nationalists were able to transform these, councils into forums for ventilating popular grievances, for, exposing the defects of an indifferent bureaucracy, for, criticising government policies/proposals, raising basic, economic issues, especially regarding public finance., The nationalists were, thus, able to enhance their, political stature and build a national movement while, undermining the political and moral influence of imperialist, rule. This helped in generating anti-imperialist sentiments, among the public. But, at the same time, the nationalists, failed to widen the democratic base of the movement by not, including the masses, especially women, and not demanding, the right to vote for all., , Campaign for General Administrative, Reforms, The Moderates campaigned on the following grounds:, (i) Indianisation of government service: on the economic, grounds that British civil servants got very high emoluments, while inclusion of Indians would be more economical; on, political grounds that, since salaries of British bureaucrats, were remitted back home and pensions paid in England (all, drawn from Indian revenue), this amounted to economic drain, of national resources; and on moral grounds that Indians, were being discriminated against by being kept away from, positions of trust and responsibility.
Page 308 :
Indian National Congress, , 281, , (ii) Call for separation of judicial from executive, functions., (iii) Criticism of an oppressive and tyrannical, bureaucracy and an expensive and time-consuming judicial, system., (iv) Criticism of an aggressive foreign policy which, resulted in annexation of Burma, attack on Afghanistan and, suppression of tribals in the North-West—all costing heavily, for the Indian treasury., (v) Call for increase in expenditure on welfare (i.e.,, health, sanitation), education—especially elementary and, technical—irrigation works and improvement of agriculture,, agricultural banks for cultivators, etc., (vi) Demand for better treatment for Indian labour, abroad in other British colonies, where they faced oppression, and racial discrimination., , Protection of Civil Rights, Civil rights included the right to speech, thought, association, and a free press. Through an incessant campaign, the nationalists, were able to spread modern democratic ideas, and soon the, defence of civil rights became an integral part of the freedom, struggle. It was due to the increased consciousness that there, was a great public outrage at the arrest of Tilak and several, other leaders and journalists in 1897 and at the arrest and, deportation of the Natu brothers without a trial. (Also refer, to chapter on Development of Press in India.), Views, You don’t realise our place in the history of our country. These, memorials are nominally addressed to the Government. In reality, they are addressed to the people, so that they may learn how, to think in these matters. This work must be done for many, years, without expecting any other results, because politics of, this kind is altogether new in this land., —Justice Mahadeo Govind Ranade to Gokhale (1891)
Page 309 :
282, , A Brief History of Modern India, , An Evaluation of the, Early Nationalists, The early nationalists did a great deal to awaken the national, sentiment, even though they could not draw the masses to, them., (i) They represented the most progressive forces of the, time., (ii) They were able to create a wide national awakening, of all Indians having common interests and the need to rally, around a common programme against a common enemy, and, above all, the feeling of belonging to one nation., (iii) They trained people in political work and popularised, modern ideas., (iv) They exposed the basically exploitative character, of colonial rule, thus undermining its moral foundations., (v) Their political work was based on hard realities, and, not on shallow sentiments, religion, etc., (vi) They were able to establish the basic political truth, that India should be ruled in the interest of Indians., (vii) They created a solid base for a more vigorous,, militant, mass-based national movement in the years that, followed., (viii) However, they failed to widen their democratic, base and the scope of their demands., , Role of Masses, , The moderate phase of the national movement had a narrow, social base and the masses played a passive role. This was, because the early nationalists lacked political faith in the, masses; they felt that there were numerous divisions and subdivisions in the Indian society, and the masses were generally, ignorant and had conservative ideas and thoughts. The, Moderates felt that these heterogeneous elements had first, to be welded into a nation before they entered the political, sphere. But they failed to realise that it was only during a
Page 310 :
Indian National Congress, , 283, , Views, We cannot blame them for the attitude they adopted as pioneers, of Indian political reform any more than we can blame the brick, and mortar that is buried six feet deep in the foundation and, plinth of a modern edifice. They have made possible the, superstructure, storey by storey, by colonial self-government,, home rule within the empire, swaraj and on the top of all,, complete independence., —Pattabhi Sitaramayya, The period from 1858 to 1905 was the seed time of Indian, nationalism; and the early nationalists sowed the seeds well and, deep., —Bipan Chandra, It was at best an opportunist movement. It opened opportunities, for treacheries and hypocrisies. It enabled some people to trade, in the name of patriotism., —Lala Lajpat Rai, , freedom struggle and with political participation that these, diverse elements could come together., Because of the lack of mass participation, the Moderates, could not take militant political positions against the authorities. The later nationalists differed from the Moderates, precisely on this point. Still, the early nationalists represented, the emerging Indian nation against colonial interests., , Attitude of the Government, , The British Indian Government was hostile to the Congress, from the beginning despite the latter’s moderate methods and, emphasis on loyalty to the British Crown. The official, attitude stiffened further after 1887 when the government, failed to persuade the Congress to confine itself to social, issues when the Congress was becoming increasingly critical, of the colonial rule. Now, the government resorted to open, condemnation of the Congress, calling the nationalists, “seditious brahmins”, “disloyal babus”, etc. Dufferin called, the Congress “a factory of sedition”. Later, the government, adopted a ‘divide and rule’ policy towards the Congress. The
Page 311 :
284, , A Brief History of Modern India, Views, , The Congress is tottering to its fall, and one of my great, ambitions while in India is to assist it to a peaceful demise., —Lord Curzon (1900), , officials encouraged reactionary elements like Sir Syed, Ahmed Khan and Raja Shiv Prasad Singh of Benaras to, organise the United Indian Patriotic Association to counter, Congress propaganda. The government also tried to divide, the nationalists on the basis of religion, and, through a policy, of ‘carrot and stick’, pitted the Moderates against the, Extremists. But the government failed to check the rising, tide of nationalism., Summary, ●, , Foundation of Indian National Congress, First session held in 1885 (Bombay)., Indian National Union, formed by A.O. Hume, became Indian, National Congress., Foundational theories of INC and prominent believers:, Safety Valve Theory —Lala Lajpat Rai, Conspiracy Theory—R.P. Dutt, Lightning conductor Theory—G.K. Gokhale, Important leaders of Moderate Phase: Dadabhai Naoroji, Badruddin, Tyabji, Pherozeshah Mehta, P. Ananda Charlu, Surendranath, Banerjea, Romesh Chandra Dutt, Ananda Mohan Bose, G.K., Gokhale, etc., , ●, , Early Nationalist Methodology, Constitutional agitation within four walls of law, Create public opinion in India and campaign for support to Indian, demands in England, Political education of people, Political connections with Britain in India’s interests at that stage, Time not ripe for direct challenge to colonial rule, , ●, , Contributions of Moderate Nationalists, Economic critique of British imperialism, Constitutional reforms and propaganda in legislature, Campaign for general administrative reforms, Defence of civil rights
Page 312 :
UNIT VI, , National, Movement, (1905-1918)
Page 313 :
Era of Militant Nationalism (1905-1909), , 287, , 12, Era of Militant Nationalism, (1905-1909), Growth of Militant Nationalism, A radical trend of a militant nationalist approach to political, activity started emerging in the 1890s and it took a concrete, shape by 1905. As an adjunct to this trend, a revolutionary, wing also took shape., , Why Militant Nationalism Grew, , Many factors contributed to the rise of militant nationalism., , Recognition of the True Nature of British Rule, Having seen that the British government was not conceding, any of their important demands, the more militant among, those politically conscious got disillusioned and started, looking for a more effective mode of political action. Also,, the feeling that only an Indian government could lead India, on to a path of progress started attracting more and more, people. The economic miseries of the 1890s further exposed, the exploitative character of colonial rule. Severe famines, killed 90 lakh persons between 1896 and 1900. Bubonic, plague affected large areas of the Deccan. There were largescale riots in the Deccan., The nationalists were wide awake to the fact that instead, of giving more rights to the Indians, the government was, taking away even the existing ones., 287
Page 314 :
288, , A Brief History of Modern India, , 1892 — The Indian Councils Act was criticised by, nationalists as it failed to satisfy them., 1897 — The Natu brothers were deported without trial, and Tilak and others, imprisoned on charges, of sedition., 1898 — Repressive laws under IPC Section 124 A, were further amplified with new provisions, under IPC Section 156 A, 1899 — Number of Indian members in Calcutta, Corporation were reduced., 1904 — Official Secrets Act curbed freedom of press., 1904 — Indian Universities Act ensured greater, government control over universities, which, it described as factories producing political, revolutionaries., Also, British rule was no longer progressive socially, and culturally. It was suppressing the spread of education,, especially mass and technical education., , Growth of Confidence and Self-Respect, , There was a growing faith in self-effort. Tilak, Aurobindo and, Bipin Chandra Pal repeatedly urged the nationalists to rely, on the character and capacities of the Indian people. A feeling, started gaining currency that the masses had to be involved, in the battle against colonial government as they were capable, of making the immense sacrifices needed to win freedom., , Growth of Education, , While, on the one hand, the spread of education led to an, increased awareness among the masses, on the other hand,, the rise in unemployment and underemployment among the, educated drew attention to poverty and the underdeveloped, state of the country’s economy under colonial rule. This, added to the already simmering discontent among the more, radical nationalists., , International Influences, Remarkable progress made by Japan after 1868 and its, emergence as an industrial power opened the eyes of Indians
Page 315 :
Era of Militant Nationalism (1905-1909), , 289, , Views, If there is a sin in the world, it is weakness; avoid all weakness,, weakness is sin, weakness is death., Swami Vivekananda, The Extremists of today will be the Moderates of tomorrow, just, as the Moderates of today were the Extremists of yesterday., B.G. Tilak, What one Asiatic has done, others can do... if Japan can drub, Russia, India can drub England with equal ease... let us drive, the British into the sea and take our place side by side with, Japan among the great powers of the world., Karachi Chronicle (June 18, 1905), , to the fact that economic progress was possible even in an, Asian country without any external help. The defeat of the, Italian army by Ethiopians (1896), the Boer wars (18991902) where the British faced reverses and Japan’s victory, over Russia (1905) demolished myths of European, invincibility. Also, the nationalists were inspired by the, nationalist movements worldwide—in Ireland, Russia, Egypt,, Turkey, Persia and China. The Indians realised that a united, people willing to make sacrifices could take on the mightiest, of empires., , Reaction to Increasing Westernisation, The new leadership felt the stranglehold of excessive, westernisation and sensed colonial designs to submerge the, Indian national identity in the British Empire. The intellectual, and moral inspiration of the new leadership was Indian., Intellectuals like Swami Vivekananda, Bankim Chandra, Chatterjee and Swami Dayananda Saraswati inspired many, young nationalists with their forceful and articulate arguments,, painting India’s past in brighter colours than the British, ideologues had. These thinkers exploded the myth of western, superiority by referring to the richness of Indian civilisation, in the past. Dayananda’s political message was ‘India for the, Indians’.
Page 316 :
290, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Dissatisfaction with Achievements of Moderates, The younger elements within the Congress were dissatisfied, with the achievements of the Moderates during the first 1520 years. They were strongly critical of the methods of, peaceful and constitutional agitation, popularly known as the, “Three ‘P’s”—prayer, petition and protest—and described, these methods as ‘political mendicancy’., , Reactionary Policies of Curzon, A sharp reaction was created in the Indian mind by Curzon’s, seven-year rule in India which was full of missions,, commissions and omissions. He refused to recognise India, as a nation, and insulted Indian nationalists and the intelligentsia, by describing their activities as “letting off of gas”. He spoke, derogatorily of Indian character in general. Administrative, measures adopted during his rule—the Official Secrets Act,, the Indian Universities Act, the Calcutta Corporation Act and,, above all, the partition of Bengal—left no doubt in Indian, minds about the basically reactionary nature of British rule, in India., , Existence of a Militant School of Thought, By the dawn of the twentieth century, a band of nationalist, thinkers had emerged who advocated a more militant approach, to political work. These included Raj Narain Bose, Ashwini, Kumar Datta, Aurobindo Ghosh and Bipin Chandra Pal in, Bengal; Vishnu Shastri Chiplunkar and Bal Gangadhar Tilak, in Maharashtra; and Lala Lajpat Rai in Punjab. Tilak emerged, as the most outstanding representative of this school of, thought., The basic tenets of this school of thought were:, ● hatred for foreign rule; since no hope could be, derived from it, Indians should work out their own, salvation;, ● swaraj to be the goal of national movement;, ● direct political action required;
Page 317 :
Era of Militant Nationalism (1905-1909), ●, , ●, , 291, , belief in capacity of the masses to challenge the, authority;, personal sacrifices required and a true nationalist to, be always ready for it., , Emergence of a Trained Leadership, The new leadership could provide a proper channelisation of, the immense potential for political struggle which the masses, possessed and, as the militant nationalists thought, were ready, to give expression to. This energy of the masses got a release, during the movement against the partition of Bengal, which, acquired the form of the swadeshi agitation., , The Swadeshi and Boycott Movement, The Swadeshi Movement had its genesis in the anti-partition, movement which was started to oppose the British decision, to partition Bengal., , Partition of Bengal to Divide People, , The British government’s decision to partition Bengal had, been made public in December 1903. The idea was to have, two provinces: Bengal comprising Western Bengal as well, as the provinces of Bihar and Orissa, and Eastern Bengal and, Assam. Bengal retained Calcutta as its capital, while Dacca, became the capital of Eastern Bengal. The official reason, given for the decision was that Bengal with a population of, 78 million (about a quarter of the population of British India), had become too big to be administered. It was also stated, that partition would help in the development of Assam if it, came under the direct jurisdiction of the government. This, was true to some extent, but the real motive behind the, partition plan was seen to be the British desire to weaken, Bengal, the nerve centre of Indian nationalism. This it sought, to achieve by putting the Bengalis under two administrations, by dividing them:, (i) on the basis of language, thus reducing the Bengalis
Page 318 :
292, , A Brief History of Modern India, View, , Bengal united is a power. Bengal divided will pull in several, different ways........ One of our main objects is to split up and, thereby to weaken a solid body of opponents to our rule., —Risley (home secretary to the, Government of India, 1904), , to a minority in Bengal itself (as in the new, proposal Bengal proper was to have 17 million, Bengalis and 37 million Hindi and Oriya speakers);, and, (ii) on the basis of religion, as the western half was, to be a Hindu majority area (42 million out of a, total 54 million) and the eastern half was to be a, Muslim majority area (18 million out of a total of, 31 million)., Trying to woo the Muslims, Curzon, the viceroy at that, time, argued that Dacca could become the capital of the new, Muslim majority province, which would provide them with, a unity not experienced by them since the days of old Muslim, viceroys and kings. Thus, it was clear that the government, was up to its old policy of propping up Muslim communalists, to counter the Congress and the national movement., , Anti-Partition Campaign Under, Moderates (1903-05), In the period 1903-1905, the leadership was provided by men, like Surendranath Banerjea, K.K. Mitra and Prithwishchandra, Ray. The methods adopted were petitions to the government,, public meetings, memoranda, and propaganda through, pamphlets and newspapers such as Hitabadi, Sanjibani and, Bengalee. Their objective was to exert sufficient pressure, on the government through an educated public opinion in, India and England to prevent the unjust partition of Bengal, from being implemented., Ignoring a loud public opinion against the partition, proposal, the government announced partition of Bengal in
Page 319 :
Era of Militant Nationalism (1905-1909), , 293, , July 1905. Within days, protest meetings were held in small, towns all over Bengal. It was in these meetings that the pledge, to boycott foreign goods was first taken. On August 7, 1905,, with the passage of the Boycott Resolution in a massive, meeting held in the Calcutta Townhall, the formal, proclamation of Swadeshi Movement was made. After, this, the leaders dispersed to other parts of Bengal to, propagate the message of boycott of Manchester cloth and, Liverpool salt., October 16, 1905, the day the partition formally came, into force, was observed as a day of mourning throughout, Bengal. People fasted, bathed in the Ganga and walked, barefoot in processions singing Bande Mataram (which, almost spontaneously became the theme song of the, movement). ‘Amar Sonar Bangla’, the national anthem of, present-day Bangladesh, was composed by Rabindranath, Tagore, and was sung by huge crowds marching in the streets., People tied rakhis on each other’s hands as a symbol of unity, of the two halves of Bengal. Later in the day, Surendranath, Banerjea and Ananda Mohan Bose addressed huge gatherings, (perhaps the largest till then under the nationalist banner)., Within a few hours of the meeting, Rs 50,000 was raised, for the movement., Soon, the movement spread to other parts of the, country—in Poona and Bombay under Tilak, in Punjab under, Lala Lajpat Rai and Ajit Singh, in Delhi under Syed Haider, Raza, and in Madras under Chidambaram Pillai., , The Congress’s Position, , The Indian National Congress, meeting in 1905 under the, presidentship of Gokhale, resolved to (i) condemn the, partition of Bengal and the reactionary policies of Curzon,, and (ii) support the anti-partition and Swadeshi Movement, of Bengal., The militant nationalists led by Tilak, Lajpat Rai, Bipin, Chandra Pal and Aurobindo Ghosh wanted the movement to
Page 320 :
294, , A Brief History of Modern India, , be taken outside Bengal to other parts of the country and, go beyond a boycott of foreign goods to become a fullfledged political mass struggle with the goal of attaining, swaraj. But the Moderates, dominating the Congress at that, time, were not willing to go that far. However, a big step, forward was taken at the Congress session held at Calcutta, (1906) under the presidentship of Dadabhai Naoroji, where, it was declared that the goal of the Indian National Congress, was “self-government or swaraj like the United Kingdom or, the colonies” of Australia or Canada. The Moderate-Extremist, dispute over the pace of the movement and techniques of, struggle reached a deadlock at the Surat session of the Indian, National Congress (1907) where the party split with serious, consequences for the Swadeshi Movement., , The Movement under, Extremist Leadership, After 1905, the Extremists acquired a dominant influence, over the Swadeshi Movement in Bengal. There were three, reasons for this:, (i) The Moderate-led movement had failed to yield, results., (ii) The divisive tactics of the governments of both the, Bengals had embittered the nationalists., (iii) The government had resorted to suppressive, measures, which included atrocities on students—many of, whom were given corporal punishment; ban on public singing, of Vande Mataram; restriction on public meetings;, prosecution and long imprisonment of swadeshi workers;, clashes between the police and the people in many towns;, arrests and deportation of leaders; and suppression of freedom, of the press., , The Extremist Programme, Emboldened by Dadabhai Naoroji’s declaration at the Calcutta, session (1906) that self-government or swaraj was to be the
Page 321 :
Era of Militant Nationalism (1905-1909), , 295, , goal of the Congress, the Extremists gave a call for passive, resistance in addition to swadeshi and boycott which would, include a boycott of government schools and colleges,, government service, courts, legislative councils,, municipalities, government titles, etc. The purpose, as, Aurobindo put it, was to “make the administration under, present conditions impossible by an organised refusal to do, anything which will help either the British commerce in the, exploitation of the country or British officialdom in the, administration of it”., The militant nationalists tried to transform the antipartition and Swadeshi Movement into a mass struggle and, gave the slogan of India’s independence from foreign rule., “Political freedom is the lifebreath of a nation,” declared, Aurobindo. Thus, the Extremists gave the idea of India’s, independence the central place in India’s politics. The goal, of independence was to be achieved through self-sacrifice., , New Forms of Struggle, The militant nationalists put forward several fresh ideas at, the theoretical, propaganda and programme levels. Among the, several forms of struggle thrown up by the movement were, the following., , Boycott of Foreign Goods, Boycott included boycott and public burning of foreign cloth,, boycott of foreign-made salt or sugar, refusal by priests to, ritualise marriages involving exchange of foreign goods,, refusal by washermen to wash foreign clothes. This form of, protest met with great success at the practical and popular, level., , Public Meetings and Processions, Public meetings and processions emerged as major methods, of mass mobilisation. Simultaneously they were forms of, popular expression.
Page 322 :
296, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Corps of Volunteers or ‘Samitis’, Samitis such as the Swadesh Bandhab Samiti of Ashwini, Kumar Dutta (in Barisal) emerged as a very popular and, powerful means of mass mobilisation. In Tirunelveli, Tamil, Nadu, V.O. Chidambaram Pillai, Subramania Siva and some, lawyers formed the Swadeshi Sangam which inspired the local, masses. These samitis generated political consciousness, among the masses through magic lantern lectures, swadeshi, songs, providing physical and moral training to their members,, social work during famines and epidemics, organisation of, schools, training in swadeshi crafts and arbitration courts., , Imaginative use of Traditional Popular, Festivals and Melas, The idea was to use traditional festivals and occasions as a, means of reaching out to the masses and spreading political, messages. For instance, Tilak’s Ganapati and Shivaji festivals, became a medium of swadeshi propaganda not only in western, India, but also in Bengal. In Bengal also, the traditional folk, theatre forms were used for this purpose., , Emphasis given to Self-Reliance, Self-reliance or ‘atma shakti’ was encouraged. This implied, re-assertion of national dignity, honour and confidence and, social and economic regeneration of the villages. In practical, terms, it included social reform and campaigns against caste, oppression, early marriage, dowry system, consumption of, alcohol, etc., , Programme of Swadeshi or National Education, Bengal National College, inspired by Tagore’s Shantiniketan,, was set up with Aurobindo Ghosh as its principal. Soon, national schools and colleges sprang up in various parts of, the country. On August 15, 1906, the National Council of, Education was set up to organise a system of education—, literary, scientific and technical—on national lines and under, national control. Education was to be imparted through the
Page 323 :
Era of Militant Nationalism (1905-1909), , 297, , Views, Swaraj or self-government is essential for the exercise of, swadharma. Without swaraj there could be no social reform, no, industrial progress, no useful education, no fulfilment of national, life. That is what we seek, that is why God has sent us to, the world to fulfil Him., —B.G. Tilak, Swadeshism during the days of its potency coloured the entire, texture of our social and domestic life., —Surendranath Banerjea, Swaraj is the fulfilment of the ancient life of India under modern, conditions, the return of satyuga of national greatness, the, resumption by her of her great role of the teacher and guide,, self-liberation of the people for final fulfilment of the Vedantic, idea in politics, that is the true swaraj for India., —Aurobindo Ghosh, , vernacular medium. A Bengal Institute of Technology was set, up for technical education and funds were raised to send, students to Japan for advanced learning., , Swadeshi or Indigenous Enterprises, The swadeshi spirit also found expression in the establishment, of swadeshi textile mills, soap and match factories, tanneries,, banks, insurance companies, shops, etc. These enterprises, were based more on patriotic zeal than on business acumen., V.O. Chidambaram Pillai’s venture into a national shipbuilding, enterprise—Swadeshi Steam Navigation Company—at, Tuticorin, however, gave a challenge to the British Indian, Steam Navigation Company., , Impact in the Cultural Sphere, The nationalists of all hues took inspiration from songs, written by Rabindranath Tagore, Rajnikant Sen, Dwijendralal, Ray, Mukunda Das, Syed Abu Mohammad and others. Tagore’s, Amar Sonar Bangla written on this occasion was later to, inspire the liberation struggle of Bangladesh and was adopted, by it as its national anthem. In Tamil Nadu, Subramania, Bharati wrote Sudesha Geetham.
Page 324 :
298, , A Brief History of Modern India, , In painting, Abanindranath Tagore broke the domination, of Victorian naturalism over the Indian art scene and took, inspiration from Ajanta, Mughal and Rajput paintings. Nandalal, Bose, who left a major imprint on Indian art, was the first, recipient of a scholarship offered by the Indian Society of, Oriental Art, founded in 1907., In science, Jagdish Chandra Bose, Prafullachandra Roy, and others pioneered original research which was praised the, world over., , Extent of Mass Participation, , Students Students came out in large numbers to, propagate and practise swadeshi, and to take a lead in, organising picketing of shops selling foreign goods. Student, participation was visible in Bengal, Maharashtra, especially, in Poona, and in many parts of the South—Guntur, Madras,, Salem. Police adopted a repressive attitude towards the, students. Schools and colleges whose students participated, in the agitation were to be penalised by disaffiliating them, or stopping of grants and privileges to them. Students who, were found guilty of participation were to be disqualified for, government jobs or for government scholarships, and, disciplinary action—fine, expulsion, arrest, beating, etc.—, was to be taken against them., Women Women, who were traditionally home-centred,, especially those of the urban middle classes, took active part, in processions and picketing. From now onwards, they were, to play a significant role in the national movement., Stand of Muslims Some of the Muslims participated—, Barrister Abdul Rasul, Liaqat Hussain, Guznavi, Maulana Azad, (who joined one of the revolutionary terrorist groups); but, most of the upper and middle class Muslims stayed away or,, led by Nawab Salimullah of Dacca, supported the partition, on the plea that it would give them a Muslim-majority East, Bengal. To further government interests, the All India Muslim, League was propped up on December 30, 1905 as an anti-
Page 325 :
Era of Militant Nationalism (1905-1909), , 299, , Congress front, and reactionary elements like Nawab, Salimullah of Dacca were encouraged. Also, the nature of, the Swadeshi Movement, with leaders evoking Hindu festivals, and goddesses for inspiration, tended to exclude the Muslims., Labour Unrest and Trade Unions In the beginning,, some strikes were organised on the issue of rising prices, and racial insult, primarily in the foreign owned companies., In September 1905, more than 250 Bengali clerks of the Burn, Company, Howrah, walked out in protest against a derogatory, work regulation. In July 1906, a strike of workers in the East, Indian Railway, resulted in the formation of a Railwaymen’s, Union. Between 1906 and 1908, strikes in the jute mills were, very frequent, at times affecting 18 out of 18 mills., Subramania Siva and Chidambaram Pillai led strikes in, Tuticorin and Tirunelveli in a foreign-owned cotton mill. In, Rawalpindi (Punjab), the arsenal and railway workers went, on strike led by Lala Lajpat Rai and Ajit Singh. However,, by summer of 1908, the labour unrests subsided under strict, action., Thus, the social base of the movement expanded to, include certain sections of the zamindari, the students, the, women, and the lower middle classes in cities and towns., An attempt was also made to give political expression to, economic grievances of the working class by organising, strikes. But the movement was not able to garner support, of the Muslims, especially the Muslim peasantry, because, of a conscious government policy of divide and rule helped, by overlap of class and community at places., , All India Aspect, , Movements in support of Bengal’s unity and the swadeshi, and boycott agitation were organised in many parts of the, country. Tilak, who played a leading role in the spread of, the movement outside Bengal, saw in this the ushering in of, a new chapter in the history of the national movement. He, realised that here was a challenge and an opportunity to
Page 326 :
300, , A Brief History of Modern India, , organise popular mass struggle against the British rule to, unite the country in a bond of common sympathy., , Annulment of Partition, It was decided to annul the partition of Bengal in 1911 mainly, to curb the menace of revolutionary terrorism. The annulment, came as a rude shock to the Muslim political elite. It was, also decided to shift the capital to Delhi as a sop to the, Muslims, as it was associated with Muslim glory, but the, Muslims were not pleased. Bihar and Orissa were taken out, of Bengal and Assam was made a separate province., , Evaluation of the, Swadeshi Movement, The Movement Fizzles Out, , By 1908, the open phase (as different from the underground, revolutionary phase) of the Swadeshi and Boycott movement, was almost over. This was due to many reasons—, ● There was severe government repression., ● The movement failed to create an effective organisation, or a party structure. It threw up an entire gamut of techniques, that later came to be associated with Gandhian politics—noncooperation, passive resistance, filling of British jails, social, reform and constructive work—but failed to give these, techniques a disciplined focus., ● The movement was rendered leaderless with most of, the leaders either arrested or deported by 1908 and with, Aurobindo Ghosh and Bipin Chandra Pal retiring from active, politics., ● Internal squabbles among leaders, magnified by the, Surat split (1907), did much harm to the movement., ● The movement aroused the people but did not know, how to tap the newly released energy or how to find new, forms to give expression to popular resentment.
Page 327 :
Era of Militant Nationalism (1905-1909), , 301, , ● The movement largely remained confined to the upper, and middle classes and zamindars, and failed to reach the, masses—especially the peasantry., ● Non-cooperation and passive resistance remained, mere ideas., ● It is difficult to sustain a mass-based movement at, a high pitch for too long., , Movement a Turning Point, , Despite its gradual decline into inactivity, the movement was, a turning point in modern Indian history., ● It proved to be a “leap forward” in more ways than, one. Hitherto untouched sections—students, women, workers,, some sections of urban and rural population—participated., All the major trends of the national movement, from, conservative moderation to political extremism, from, revolutionary activities to incipient socialism, from petitions, and prayers to passive resistance and non-cooperation, emerged, during the Swadeshi Movement., ● The richness of the movement was not confined to, the political sphere, but encompassed art, literature, science, and industry also., ● People were aroused from slumber and now they, learned to take bold political positions and participate in new, forms of political work., ● The swadeshi campaign undermined the hegemony of, colonial ideas and institutions., ● The future struggle was to draw heavily from the, experience gained., , Moderate Methods Give Way to, Extremist Modes, With the coming of Swadeshi and Boycott Movement, it, became clear that the Moderates had outlived their utility and, their politics of petitions and speeches had become obsolete., They had not succeeded in keeping pace with time, and this
Page 328 :
302, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Differences between Moderates and Extremists, Moderates, 1. Social base—zamindars and, upper middle classes in, towns., 2. Ideological inspiration—, western liberal thought and, European history., 3. Believed, in, England’s, providential mission in India., 4. Believed political connections, with Britain to be in India’s, social, political and cultural, interests., 5. Professed loyalty to the British, Crown., 6. Believed that the movement, should be limited to middle, class intelligentsia; masses, not yet ready for participation, in political work., 7. Demanded constitutional, reforms and share for Indians, in services., 8. Insisted on the use of, constitutional methods only., , 9. They were patriots and did not, play the role of a comprador, class., , Extremists, 1. Social base—educated middle, and lower middle classes in, towns., 2. Ideological inspiration—Indian, history, cultural heritage and, Hindu traditional symbols., 3. Rejected ‘providential mission, theory’ as an illusion., 4. Believed, that, political, connections with Britain would, perpetuate British exploitation, of India., 5. Believed that the British Crown, was unworthy of claiming Indian, loyalty., 6. Had immense faith in the, capacity of masses to participate and to make sacrifices., , 7. Demanded swaraj as the, panacea for Indian ills., 8. Did not hesitate to use extraconstitutional methods like, boycott and passive resistance, to achieve their objectives., 9. They were patriots who made, sacrifices for the sake of the, country., , was highlighted by their failure to get the support of the, younger generation for their style of politics. Their failure, to work among the masses had meant that their ideas did not, take root among the masses. Even the propaganda by the, Moderates did not reach the masses. No all-India campaigns, of the scale of Swadeshi and Boycott Movement had been, organised earlier by the Moderates and, in this campaign, they
Page 329 :
Era of Militant Nationalism (1905-1909), , 303, , discovered that they were not its leaders, which was rather, natural., The Extremist ideology and its functioning also lacked, consistency. Its advocates ranged from open members and, secret sympathisers to those opposed to any kind of political, violence. Its leaders—Aurobindo, Tilak, B.C. Pal and Lala, Lajpat Rai—had different perceptions of their goal. For Tilak,, swaraj meant some sort of self-government, while for, Aurobindo it meant complete independence from foreign, rule. But at the politico-ideological level, their emphasis on, mass participation and on the need to broaden the social base, of the movement was a progressive improvement upon the, Moderate politics. They raised patriotism from a level of, ‘academic pastime’ to one of ‘service and sacrifice for the, country’. But the politically progressive Extremists proved, to be social reactionaries. They had revivalist and obscurantist, undertones attached to their thoughts. Tilak’s opposition to, the Age of Consent Bill (which would have raised the, marriageable age for girls from 10 years to 12 years, even, though his objection was mainly that such reforms must come, from people governing themselves and not under an alien, rule), his organising of Ganapati and Shivaji festivals as, national festivals, his support to anti-cow killing campaigns,, etc., portrayed him as a Hindu nationalist. Similarly B.C. Pal, and Aurobindo spoke of a Hindu nation and Hindu interests., This alienated many Muslims from the movement., Though the seemingly revivalist and obscurantist tactics, of the Extremists were directed against the foreign rulers,, they had the effect of promoting a very unhealthy relationship, between politics and religion, the bitter harvests of which, the Indians had to reap in later years., , The Surat Split, The Congress split at Surat came in December 1907, around, the time when revolutionary activity had gained momentum., The two events were not unconnected.
Page 330 :
304, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Run-up to Surat, In December 1905, at the Benaras session of the Indian, National Congress presided over by Gokhale, the ModerateExtremist differences came to the fore. The Extremists, wanted to extend the Boycott and Swadeshi Movement to, regions outside Bengal and also to include all forms of, associations (such as government service, law courts,, legislative councils, etc.) within the boycott programme and, thus start a nationwide mass movement. The Extremists, wanted a strong resolution supporting their programme at the, Benaras session. The Moderates, on the other hand, were not, in favour of extending the movement beyond Bengal and were, totally opposed to boycott of councils and similar associations., They advocated constitutional methods to protest against the, partition of Bengal. As a compromise, a relatively mild, resolution condemning the partition of Bengal and the, reactionary policies of Curzon and supporting the swadeshi, and boycott programme in Bengal was passed. This succeeded, in averting a split for the moment., At the Calcutta session of the Congress in December, 1906, the Moderate enthusiasm had cooled a bit because of, the popularity of the Extremists and the revolutionaries and, because of communal riots. Here, the Extremists wanted, either Tilak or Lajpat Rai as the president, while the, Moderates proposed the name of Dadabhai Naoroji, who was, widely respected by all the nationalists. Finally, Dadabhai, Naoroji was elected as the president and as a concession to, the militants, the goal of the Indian National Congress was, defined as ‘swarajya or self-government’ like the United, Kingdom or the colonies of Australia and Canada. Also a, resolution supporting the programme of swadeshi, boycott, and national education was passed. The word swaraj was, mentioned for the first time, but its connotation was not spelt, out, which left the field open for differing interpretations, by the Moderates and the Extremists.
Page 331 :
Era of Militant Nationalism (1905-1909), , 305, , The Extremists, encouraged by the proceedings at the, Calcutta session, gave a call for wide passive resistance and, boycott of schools, colleges, legislative councils,, municipalities, law courts, etc. The Moderates, encouraged, by the news that council reforms were on the anvil, decided, to tone down the Calcutta programme. The two sides seemed, to be heading for a showdown., The Extremists thought that the people had been, aroused and the battle for freedom had begun. They felt the, time had come for the big push to drive the British out and, considered the Moderates to be a drag on the movement., They decided that it was necessary to part company with the, Moderates, even if it meant a split in the Congress., The Moderates thought that it would be dangerous at, that stage to associate with the Extremists whose antiimperialist agitation, it was felt, would be ruthlessly suppressed, by the mighty colonial forces. The Moderates saw in the, council reforms an opportunity to realise their dream of, Indian participation in the administration. Any hasty action, by the Congress, the Moderates felt, under Extremist pressure, was bound to annoy the Liberals, then in power in England., The Moderates were also ready to part company with the, Extremists., The Moderates failed to realise that the council reforms, were meant by the government more to isolate the Extremists, than to reward the Moderates. The Extremists did not realise, that the Moderates could act as their front line of defence, against state repression. And neither side realised that in a, vast country like India ruled by a strong imperialist power,, only a broad-based nationalist movement could succeed., , Split Takes Place, The Extremists wanted the 1907 session to be held in Nagpur, (Central Provinces) with Tilak or Lajpat Rai as the president, along with a reiteration of the swadeshi, boycott and national
Page 332 :
306, , A Brief History of Modern India, , education resolutions. The Moderates wanted the session at, Surat in order to exclude Tilak from the presidency, since, a leader from the host province could not be session, president (Surat being in Tilak’s home province of Bombay)., Instead, they wanted Rashbehari Ghosh as the president and, sought to drop the resolutions on swadeshi, boycott and, national education. Both sides adopted rigid positions, leaving, no room for compromise. The split became inevitable, and, the Congress was now dominated by the Moderates who lost, no time in reiterating Congress’ commitment to the goal of, self-government within the British Empire and to the use of, constitutional methods only to achieve this goal., , Government Repression, The government launched a massive attack on the Extremists., Between 1907 and 1911, five new laws were brought into, force to check anti-government activity. These legislations, included the Seditious Meetings Act, 1907; Indian Newspapers, (Incitement to Offences) Act, 1908; Criminal Law Amendment, Act, 1908; and the Indian Press Act, 1910. Tilak, the main, Extremist leader, was tried in 1909 for sedition for what he, had written in 1908 in his Kesari about a bomb thrown by, Bengal revolutionaries in Muzaffarpur, resulting in the death, of two innocent European women., Tilak had written: “This, no doubt, will inspire many, with hatred against the people belonging to the party of, rebels. It is not possible to cause British rule to disappear, from this country by such monstrous deeds. But rulers who, exercise unrestricted power must always remember that there, is also a limit to the patience of humanity … many newspapers, had warned the government that if they resorted to Russian, methods, then Indians too will be compelled to imitate the, Russian methods”., In another article, Tilak wrote that the real means of, stopping the bombs consisted in making a beginning towards
Page 333 :
Era of Militant Nationalism (1905-1909), , 307, , View, ”…the mischief of the trial and condemnation of Tilak would be, greater than if you left him alone”., —John Morley, Secretary of State for India in, a letter to Sydenham, Governor of Bombay, , the grant of rights of ‘Swarajya’ to the people. Tilak was, judged guilty and sentenced to six years’ transportation and, a fine of Rs 1,000. He was sent to Mandalay (Burma) jail, for six years. Aurobindo and B.C. Pal retired from active, politics. Lajpat Rai left for abroad. The Extremists were not, able to organise an effective alternative party to sustain the, movement. The Moderates were left with no popular base, or support, especially as the youth rallied behind the, Extremists., After 1908, the national movement as a whole declined, for a time. In 1914, Tilak was released and he picked up the, threads of the movement., , The Government Strategy, The British government in India had been hostile to the, Congress from the beginning. Even after the Moderates, who, dominated the Congress from the beginning, began distancing, themselves from the militant nationalist trend which had, become visible during the last decade of the nineteenth, century itself, government hostility did not stop. This was, because, in the government’s view, the Moderates still, represented an anti-imperialist force consisting of basically, patriotic and liberal intellectuals.., With the coming of Swadeshi and Boycott Movement, and the emergence of militant nationalist trend in a big way,, the government modified its strategy towards the nationalists., Now, the policy was to be of ‘rallying them’ (John Morley—, the secretary of state) or the policy of ‘carrot and stick’.
Page 334 :
308, , A Brief History of Modern India, , It may be described as a three-pronged approach of repressionconciliation-suppression. In the first stage, the Extremists, were to be repressed mildly, mainly to frighten the Moderates., In the second stage, the Moderates were to be placated, through some concessions, and hints were to be dropped that, more reforms would be forthcoming if the distance from the, Extremists was maintained. This was aimed at isolating the, Extremists: With the Moderates on its side, the government, could suppress the Extremists with its full might; the, Moderates could then be ignored., Unfortunately, neither the Moderates nor the Extremists, understood the purpose behind the strategy. The Surat split, suggested that the policy of carrot and stick had brought rich, dividends to the British India government., , Morley-Minto Reforms—1909, In October 1906, a group of Muslim elites called the Simla, Deputation, led by the Agha Khan, met Lord Minto and, demanded separate electorates for the Muslims and, representation in excess of their numerical strength in view, of ‘the value of the contribution’ Muslims were making “to, the defence of the empire”. The same group quickly took, over the Muslim League, initially floated by Nawab Salimullah, of Dacca along with Nawabs Mohsin-ul-Mulk and Waqar-ulMulk in December 1906. The Muslim League intended to, preach loyalty to the empire and to keep the Muslim, intelligentsia away from the Congress., Gopal Krishna Gokhale also went to England to meet, the Secretary of State for India, John Morley, to put Congress, demands of self-governing system similar to that in the other, British colonies., , The Reforms, The viceroy, Lord Minto, and the Secretary of State for India,, John Morley, agreed that some reforms were due so as to
Page 335 :
Era of Militant Nationalism (1905-1909), , 309, , placate the Moderates as well as the Muslims. They worked, out a set of measures that came to be known as the MorleyMinto (or Minto-Morley) Reforms that translated into the, Indian Councils Act of 1909., ● The elective principle was recognised for the nonofficial membership of the councils in India. Indians were, allowed to participate in the election of various legislative, councils, though on the basis of class and community., ● For the first time, separate electorates for Muslims, for election to the central council was established—a most, detrimental step for India., ● The number of elected members in the Imperial, Legislative Council and the Provincial Legislative Councils, was increased. In the provincial councils, non-official majority, was introduced, but since some of these non-officials were, nominated and not elected, the overall non-elected majority, remained., ● According to Sumit Sarkar, in the Imperial Legislative, Council, of the total 69 members, 37 were to be the officials, and of the 32 non-officials, 5 were to be nominated. Of the, 27 elected non-officials, 8 seats were reserved for the, Muslims under separate electorates (only Muslims could, vote here for the Muslim candidates), while 4 seats were, reserved for the British capitalists, 2 for the landlords and, 13 seats came under general electorate., ● The elected members were to be indirectly elected., The local bodies were to elect an electoral college, which, in turn would elect members of provincial legislatures, who, in turn would elect members of the central legislature., ● Besides separate electorates for the Muslims,, representation in excess of the strength of their population, was accorded to the Muslims. Also, the income qualification, for Muslim voters was kept lower than that for Hindus., ● Powers of legislatures—both at the centre and in
Page 336 :
310, , A Brief History of Modern India, Views, , Reforms may not save the Raj, but if they don’t, nothing else, will., Lord Morley, The reforms of 1909 afforded no answer, and could afford no, answer to Indian problems., Montford Report, Political barrier was created round them, isolating them from the, rest of India and reversing the unifying and amalgamating process, which had been going on for centuries... The barrier was a small, one at first, for the electorates were very limited, but with every, extension of franchise it grew and affected the whole structure, of political and social life like some canker which corrupted the, entire system., Jawaharlal Nehru, , provinces—were enlarged and the legislatures could now pass, resolutions (which may or may not be accepted), ask, questions and supplementaries, vote separate items in the, budget though the budget as a whole could not be voted upon., ● One Indian was to be appointed to the viceroy’s, executive council (Satyendra Sinha was the first Indian to be, appointed in 1909)., , Evaluation, The reforms of 1909 afforded no answer to the Indian, political problem. Lord Morley made it clear that colonial, self-government (as demanded by the Congress) was not, suitable for India, and he was against the introduction of, parliamentary or responsible government in India. He said,, “If it could be said that this chapter of reforms led directly, or indirectly to the establishment of a parliamentary system, in India, I, for one, would have nothing at all to do with it.”, The ‘constitutional’ reforms were, in fact, aimed at, dividing the nationalist ranks by confusing the Moderates and, at checking the growth of unity among Indians through the, obnoxious instrument of separate electorates. The government
Page 337 :
Era of Militant Nationalism (1905-1909), , 311, , aimed at rallying the Moderates and the Muslims against the, rising tide of nationalism. The officials and the Muslim, leaders often talked of the entire community when they, talked of the separate electorates, but in reality it meant the, appeasement of just a small section of the Muslim elite., Besides, the system of election was too indirect and, it gave the impression of “infiltration of legislators through, a number of sieves”. And, while parliamentary forms were, introduced, no responsibility was conceded, which sometimes, led to thoughtless and irresponsible criticism of the, government. Only some members like Gokhale put to, constructive use the opportunity to debate in the councils, by demanding universal primary education, attacking, repressive policies and drawing attention to the plight of, indentured labour and Indian workers in South Africa., What the reforms of 1909 gave to the people of the, country was a shadow rather than substance. The people had, demanded self-government but what they were given was, ‘benevolent despotism’., Summary, ●, , Why Militant Nationalism Grew, 1. Realisation that the true nature of British rule was exploitative,, and that the British India government, instead of conceding, more, was taking away even what existed., 2. Growth of self-confidence and self-respect., 3. Impact of growth of education—increase in awareness and, unemployment., 4. International influences and events which demolished the, myth of white/European supremacy. These included, — emergence of Japan—an Asian country—as an industrial, power, — Abyssinia’s (Ethiopia) victory over Italy., — Boer Wars (1899-1902) in which the British faced reverses., — Japan’s victory over Russia (1905)., — nationalist movements worldwide.
Page 338 :
312, , A Brief History of Modern India, , 5. Reaction to increasing westernisation., 6. Dissatisfaction with the achievements as well as the methods, of the Moderates., 7. Reactionary policies of Curzon such as the Calcutta Corporation, Act (1899), the Official Secrets Act (1904), the Indian, Universities Act (1904) and partition of Bengal (1905)., 8. Existence of a militant school of thought., 9. Emergence of a trained leadership., ●, , The Extremist Ideology, (i) Hatred for foreign rule, (ii) Belief in the capacity of the masses, (iii) Swarajya as goal, (iv) Advocacy of direct political action and self-sacrifice., , ●, , The Swadeshi and Boycott Movement, * Began as a reaction to partition of Bengal which became, known in 1903, was formally announced in July 1905 and came, into force in October 1905. The motive behind partition was to, weaken Bengal which was the nerve centre of Indian nationalist, activity; the official reason given for the partition was that Bengal, had become too big to administer—which was true to some, extent., * Moderate-led anti-partition movement (1903-05) was under, Surendranath Banerjea, K.K. Mitra, Prithwishchandra Ray., Methods included public meetings, petitions, memoranda,, propaganda through newspapers and pamphlets., * The movement under Extremists (1905-08) was led by Tilak,, Bipin Chandra Pal, Lajpat Rai, Aurobindo Ghosh., Methods included boycott of foreign cloth and other goods,, public meetings and processions, forming corps of volunteers, or samitis, use of traditional popular festivals and melas for, propaganda, emphasis on self-reliance or atma shakti, launching, programme of swadeshi or national education, swadeshi or, indigenous enterprises, initiating new trends in Indian painting,, songs, poetry, pioneering research in science and later calling, for boycott of schools, colleges, councils, government service,, etc., * Extremists took over because of the failure of the Moderates, to achieve positive results, divisive tactics of governments of, both Bengals, severe government repression.
Page 339 :
Era of Militant Nationalism (1905-1909), , 313, , * Extent of mass participation—students, women, certain sections, of zamindari, labour, some lower middle and middle classes in, towns and cities participated for the first time while the Muslims, generally kept away., * Annulment of Partition mainly to curb the ‘menace’ of, revolutionary terrorism., * Why Swadeshi Movement fizzled out by 1908, Severe government repression., Lack of effective organisation and a disciplined focus., With arrest/deportation of all leaders, the movement left leaderless., Split in nationalist ranks., Narrow social base., * Achievements, “A leap forward” because hitherto untouched sections participated,, major trends of later movement emerged; richness of the, movement extended to culture, science and literature; people, educated in bolder form of politics; colonial hegemony undermined., ●, , Major Cause of Moderate-Extremist Split at Surat (1907), Moderates wanted to restrict the Boycott Movement to Bengal, and to a boycott of foreign cloth and liquor., Extremists wanted to take the movement to all parts of the country, and include within its ambit all forms of association with the, government through a boycott of schools, colleges, law courts,, legislative councils, government service, municipalities, etc., , ●, , Government Acts for Repression of Swadeshi Movement, Seditious Meetings Act (1907), Criminal Law (Amendment) Act (1908), Indian Newspapers (Incitement to Offences) Act (1908), Explosive Substances Act (1908), Indian Press Act (1910), , ●, , Morley-Minto Reforms, Number of elected members in Imperial and Provincial Legislative, Councils increased—elected non-officials still in minority., Non-officials to be elected indirectly—thus elections introduced for, the first time., Separate electorates introduced for Muslims., Legislatures could pass resolutions, ask questions and, supplementaries, vote separate items of the budget.
Page 340 :
314, , A Brief History of Modern India, , One Indian to be on viceroy’s executive council., Aimed at dividing the nationalist ranks and at rallying the Moderates, and the Muslims to the government’s side., No responsibility entrusted to legislators—this resulted in thoughtless criticism sometimes., System of election was too indirect.
Page 341 :
First Phase of Revolutionary Activities (1907-1917), , 315, , 13, First Phase of Revolutionary, Activities (1907-1917), Why the Surge of Revolutionary, Activities, The activities of revolutionary heroism started as a byproduct of the growth of militant nationalism. The first phase, acquired a more activist form as a fallout of the Swadeshi, and Boycott Movement and continued till 1917. The second, phase started as a fallout of the Non-Cooperation Movement., After the decline of the open movement, the younger, nationalists who had participated in the movement found it, impossible to leave off and disappear into the background., They looked for avenues to give expression to their patriotic, energies, but were disillusioned by the failure of the leadership,, even the Extremists, to find new forms of struggle to bring, into practice the new militant trends. The Extremist leaders,, although they called upon the youth to make sacrifices, failed, to create an effective organisation or find new forms of, political work to tap these revolutionary energies. The youth,, finding all avenues of peaceful political protest closed to, them under government repression, thought that if nationalist, goals of independence were to be met, the British must be, expelled physically by force., 315
Page 342 :
316, , A Brief History of Modern India, , The Revolutionary Programme, The revolutionaries considered, but did not find it practical, at that stage to implement, the options of creating a violent, mass revolution throughout the country or of trying to subvert, the loyalties of the Army. Instead, they opted to follow in, the footsteps of Russian nihilists or the Irish nationalists., This methodology involved individual heroic actions, such as, organising assassinations of unpopular officials and of traitors, and informers among the revolutionaries themselves;, conducting swadeshi dacoities to raise funds for revolutionary, activities; and (during the First World War) organising, military conspiracies with expectation of help from the, enemies of Britain., The idea was to strike terror in the hearts of the rulers,, arouse people and remove the fear of authority from their, minds. The revolutionaries intended to inspire the people by, appealing to their patriotism, especially the idealistic youth, who would finally drive the British out., The Extremist leaders failed to ideologically counter, the revolutionaries as they did not highlight the difference, between a revolution based on activity of the masses and one, based on individual violent activity, thus allowing the, individualistic violent activities to take root., , A Survey of Revolutionary Activities, Following is a brief survey of revolutionary activities in, different parts of India and abroad before and during the First, World War., , Bengal, By the 1870s, Calcutta’s student community was honeycombed, with secret societies, but these were not very active. The first, revolutionary groups were organised in 1902 in Midnapore, (under Jnanendranath Basu) and in Calcutta (the Anushilan, Samiti founded by Promotha Mitter, and including Jatindranath
Page 343 :
First Phase of Revolutionary Activities (1907-1917), , 317, , Banerjee, Barindra Kumar Ghosh and others.) But their, activities were limited to giving physical and moral training, to the members and remained insignificant till 1907-08., In April 1906, an inner circle within Anushilan (Barindra, Kumar Ghosh, Bhupendranath Dutta) started the weekly, Yugantar and conducted a few abortive ‘actions’. By 190506, several newspapers had started advocating revolutionary, violence. For instance, after severe police brutalities on, participants of the Barisal Conference (April 1906), the, Yugantar wrote: “The remedy lies with the people. The 30, crore people inhabiting India must raise their 60 crore hands, to stop this curse of oppression. Force must be stopped by, force.”, Rashbehari Bose and Sachin Sanyal had organised a, secret society covering far-flung areas of Punjab, Delhi and, United Provinces while some others like Hemachandra, Kanungo went abroad for military and political training., In 1907, an abortive attempt was made by the Yugantar, group on the life of a very unpopular British official, Sir, Fuller (the first Lt. Governor of the new province of Eastern, Bengal and Assam, although he had resigned from the post, on August 20, 1906)., In December 1907, there were attempts to derail the, train on which the lieutenant-governor, Sri Andrew Fraser,, was travelling, In 1908, Prafulla Chaki and Khudiram Bose threw a, bomb at a carriage supposed to be carrying a particularly, sadistic white judge, Kingsford, in Muzaffarpur. Kingsford, was not in the carriage. Unfortunately, two British ladies,, instead, got killed. Prafulla Chaki shot himself dead while, Khudiram Bose was tried and hanged., The whole Anushilan group was arrested including the, Ghosh brothers, Aurobindo and Barindra, who were tried in, the Alipore conspiracy case, variously called Manicktolla, bomb conspiracy or Muraripukur conspiracy. (Barindra, Ghosh’s house was on Muraripukur Road in the Manicktolla
Page 344 :
318, , A Brief History of Modern India, , suburb of Calcutta.) The Ghosh brothers were charged with, ‘conspiracy’ or ‘waging war against the King’ – the equivalent, of high treason and punishable with death by hanging., Chittaranjan Das defended Aurobindo. Aurobindo was acquitted, of all charges with the judge condemning the flimsy nature, of the evidence against him. Barindra Ghosh, as the head of, the secret society of revolutionaries and Ullaskar Dutt, as, the maker of bombs, were given the death penalty which was, later commuted to life in prison. During the trial, Narendra, Gosain (or Goswami), who had turned approver and Crown, witness, was shot dead by two co-accused, Satyendranath, Bose and Kanailal Dutta in jail., In February 1909, the public prosecutor was shot dead, in Calcutta and in February 1910, a deputy superintendent, of police met the same fate while leaving the Calcutta High, Court. In 1908, Barrah dacoity was organised by Dacca, Anushilan under Pulin Das to raise funds for revolutionary, activities. Rashbehari Bose and Sachin Sanyal staged a, spectacular bomb attack on Viceroy Hardinge while he was, making his official entry into the new capital of Delhi in, a procession through Chandni Chowk in December 1912., (Hardinge was injured, but not killed.), Investigations following the assassination attempt led, to the Delhi Conspiracy trial. At the end of the trial, Basant, Kumar Biswas, Amir Chand and Avadh Behari were convicted, and executed for their roles in the conspiracy. Rashbehari, Bose was known as the person behind the plan but he evaded, arrest because, it is said, he escaped donning a disguise., The western Anushilan Samiti found a good leader in, Jatindranath Mukherjee or Bagha Jatin and emerged as the, Jugantar (or Yugantar). Jatin revitalised links between the, central organisation in Calcutta and other places in Bengal,, Bihar and Orissa., During the First World War, the Jugantar party arranged, to import German arms and ammunition through sympathisers, and revolutionaries abroad. Jatin asked Rashbehari Bose to
Page 345 :
First Phase of Revolutionary Activities (1907-1917), , 319, , take charge of Upper India, aiming to bring about an all-India, insurrection in what has come to be called the ‘German Plot’, or the ‘Zimmerman Plan’. The Jugantar party raised funds, through a series of dacoities which came to be known as, taxicab dacoities and boat dacoities, so as to work out the, Indo-German conspiracy. It was planned that a guerrilla force, would be organised to start an uprising in the country, with, a seizure of Fort William and a mutiny by armed forces., Unfortunately for the revolutionaries, the plot was leaked out, by a traitor. Police came to know that Bagha Jatin was in, Balasore waiting for the delivery of German arms. Jatin and, his associates were located by the police. There was a gunfight as a result of which the revolutionaries were either, killed or arrested. The German plot thus failed. Jatin Mukherjee, was shot and died a hero’s death in Balasore on the Orissa, coast in September 1915., “We shall die to awaken the nation”, was the call of, Bagha Jatin., The newspapers and journals advocating revolutionary, activity included Sandhya and Yugantar in Bengal, and Kal, in Maharashtra., In the end, revolutionary activity emerged as the most, substantial legacy of swadeshi Bengal which had an impact, on educated youth for a generation or more. But, an, overemphasis on Hindu religion kept the Muslims aloof., Moreover, it encouraged quixotic heroism. No involvement, of the masses was envisaged, which, coupled with the narrow, upper caste social base of the movement in Bengal, severely, limited the scope of the revolutionary activity. In the end,, it failed to withstand the weight of State repression., , Maharashtra, , The first of the revolutionary activities in Maharashtra was, the organisation of the Ramosi Peasant Force by Vasudev, Balwant Phadke in 1879, which aimed to rid the country of, the British by instigating an armed revolt by disrupting
Page 346 :
320, , A Brief History of Modern India, , communication lines. It hoped to raise funds for its activities, through dacoities. It was suppressed prematurely., During the 1890s, Tilak propagated a spirit of militant, nationalism, including use of violence, through Ganapati and, Shivaji festivals and his journals Kesari and Maharatta. Two, of his disciples—the Chapekar brothers, Damodar and, Balkrishna—murdered the Plague Commissioner of Poona,, Rand, and one Lt. Ayerst in 1897., Savarkar and his brother organised Mitra Mela, a, secret society, in 1899 which merged with Abhinav Bharat, (after Mazzinni’s ‘Young Italy’) in 1904. Soon Nasik, Poona, and Bombay emerged as centres of bomb manufacture. In, 1909, A.M.T. Jackson, the Collector of Nasik, who was also, a well-known indologist, was killed by Anant Lakshman, Kanhere, a member of Abhinav Bharat., It was found that the killing was part of a conspiracy, to overthrow the British government in India by means of, armed revolution. Thirty-eight people were arrested. Among, these, it was found that Savarkar (with his two brothers,) was, the brain, leader, and moving spirit of the conspiracy. At the, trial, Savarkar as the soul, inspiration, and moving spirit of, the conspiracy extending over a number of years, was, sentenced to transportation for life and forfeiture of all his, property., , Punjab, The Punjab extremism was fuelled by issues such as frequent, famines coupled with rise in land revenue and irrigation tax,, practice of ‘begar’ by zamindars and by the events in Bengal., Among those active here were Lala Lajpat Rai who brought, out Punjabee (with its motto of self-help at any cost) and, Ajit Singh (Bhagat Singh’s uncle) who organised the extremist, Anjuman-i-Mohisban-i-Watan in Lahore with its journal,, Bharat Mata. Before Ajit Singh’s group turned to extremism,, it was active in urging non-payment of revenue and water rates, among Chenab colonists and Bari Doab peasants. Other
Page 347 :
First Phase of Revolutionary Activities (1907-1917), , 321, , leaders included Aga Haidar, Syed Haider Raza, Bhai, Parmanand and the radical Urdu poet, Lalchand ‘Falak’., Extremism in the Punjab died down quickly after the, government struck in May 1907 with a ban on political, meetings and the deportation of Lajpat Rai and Ajit Singh., After this, Ajit Singh and a few other associates—Sufi, Ambaprasad, Lalchand, Bhai Parmanand, Lala Hardayal—, developed into full-scale revolutionaries., During the First World War, Rashbehari Bose was, involved as one of the leading figures of the Ghadr Revolution., At the close of 1913, Bose met Jatin to discuss the, possibilities of an all-India armed rising of 1857 type. Then,, he worked in cooperation with Bagha Jatin, extending the, Bengal plan to Punjab and the upper provinces. As the plan, for revolution did not succeed, Rashbehari Bose escaped to, Japan in 1915. Much later, he was to play an important part, in the founding of the Indian National Army., , Revolutionary Activities Abroad, , The need for shelter, the possibility of bringing out, revolutionary literature that would be immune from the Press, Acts and the quest for arms took Indian revolutionaries, abroad., Shyamji Krishnavarma had started in London in 1905, an Indian Home Rule Society—‘India House’—as a centre, for Indian students, a scholarship scheme to bring radical, youth from India, and a journal The Indian Sociologist., Revolutionaries such as Savarkar and Hardayal became the, members of India House., Madanlal Dhingra from this circle assassinated the India, office bureaucrat Curzon-Wyllie in 1909. Soon, London, became too dangerous for the revolutionaries, particularly, after Savarkar had been extradited in 1910 and transported, for life in the Nasik conspiracy case., New centres emerged on the continent—Paris and, Geneva—from where Madam Bhikaji Cama, a Parsi
Page 348 :
322, , A Brief History of Modern India, Views, , The ultimate object of the revolutionaries is not terrorism but, revolution and the purpose of the revolution is to install a national, government., Subhash Chandra Bose, Will you not see the writing that these terrorists are writing with, their blood?, M.K. Gandhi, Neither rich nor able, a poor son like myself can offer nothing, but his blood on the altar of mother’s deliverance... may I be, reborn of the same mother and may I redie in the same sacred, cause, till my mission is done and she stands free for the good, of humanity and to the glory of God., Madanlal Dhingra, God has not conferred upon the foreigners the grant inscribed, on a copper plate of the kingdom of Hindustan... Do not, circumscribe your vision like a frog in a well; get out of the, Penal Code and enter the extremely high atmosphere of the, Srimat Bhagvad Gita and consider the actions of great men., B.G. Tilak in Kesari (June 15, 1897), , revolutionary who had developed contacts with French, socialists and who brought out Bande Mataram, and Ajit, Singh operated. And after 1909 when Anglo-German relations, deteriorated, Virendranath Chattopadhyaya chose Berlin as, his base., ●, , The Ghadr, , The Ghadr Party was a revolutionary group organised around, a weekly newspaper The Ghadr with its headquarters at San, Francisco and branches along the US coast and in the Far, East., These revolutionaries included mainly ex-soldiers and, peasants who had migrated from the Punjab to the USA and, Canada in search of better employment opportunities. They, were based in the US and Canadian cities along the western, (Pacific) coast. Pre-Ghadr revolutionary activity had been, carried on by Ramdas Puri, G.D. Kumar, Taraknath Das,, Sohan Singh Bhakna and Lala Hardayal who reached there in
Page 349 :
First Phase of Revolutionary Activities (1907-1917), , 323, , 1911. To carry out revolutionary activities, the earlier, activists had set up a ‘Swadesh Sevak Home’ at Vancouver, and ‘United India House’ at Seattle. Finally in 1913, the, Ghadr was established., The Ghadr programme was to organise assassinations, of officials, publish revolutionary and anti-imperialist, literature, work among Indian troops stationed abroad, procure, arms and bring about a simultaneous revolt in all British, colonies., The moving spirits behind the Ghadr Party were Lala, Hardayal, Ramchandra, Bhagwan Singh, Kartar Singh Saraba,, Barkatullah, and Bhai Parmanand. The Ghadrites intended to, bring about a revolt in India. Their plans were encouraged, by two events in 1914—the Komagata Maru incident and, the outbreak of the First World War., Komagata Maru Incident and the Ghadr The, importance of this event lies in the fact that it created an, explosive situation in the Punjab. Komagata Maru was the, name of a ship which was carrying 370 passengers, mainly, Sikh and Punjabi Muslim would-be immigrants, from Singapore, to Vancouver. They were turned back by Canadian authorities, after two months of privation and uncertainty. It was generally, believed that the Canadian authorities were influenced by the, British government. The ship finally anchored at Calcutta in, September 1914. The inmates refused to board the Punjabbound train. In the ensuing conflict with the police at Budge, Budge near Calcutta, 22 persons died., Inflamed by this and with the outbreak of the First, World War, the Ghadr leaders decided to launch a violent, attack to oust British rule in India. They urged fighters to, go to India. Kartar Singh Saraba and Raghubar Dayal Gupta, left for India. Bengal revolutionaries were contacted;, Rashbehari Bose and Sachin Sanyal were asked to lead the, movement. Political dacoities were committed to raise funds., The Punjab political dacoities of January-February 1915 had, a somewhat new social content. In at least 3 out of the 5
Page 350 :
324, , A Brief History of Modern India, , main cases, the raiders targeted the moneylenders and the, debt records before decamping with the cash. Thus, an, explosive situation was created in Punjab., The Ghadrites fixed February 21, 1915 as the date for, an armed revolt in Ferozepur, Lahore and Rawalpindi garrisons., The plan was foiled at the last moment due to treachery. The, authorities took immediate action, aided by the Defence of, India Rules, 1915. Rebellious regiments were disbanded,, leaders arrested and deported and 45 of them hanged., Rashbehari Bose fled to Japan (from where he and Abani, Mukherji made many efforts to send arms) while Sachin, Sanyal was transported for life., The British met the wartime threat with a formidable, battery of repressive measures—the most intensive since, 1857—and above all by the Defence of India Act passed in, March 1915 primarily to smash the Ghadr movement. There, were large-scale detentions without trial, special courts, giving extremely severe sentences, numerous court-martials, of armymen. Apart from the Bengal revolutionaries and the, Punjab Ghadrites, radical pan-Islamists—Ali brothers, Maulana, Azad, Hasrat Mohani—were interned for years., Evaluation of Ghadr The achievement of the Ghadr, movement lay in the realm of ideology. It preached militant, nationalism with a completely secular approach. But politically, and militarily, it failed to achieve much because it lacked, an organised and sustained leadership, underestimated the, extent of preparation required at every level—organisational,, ideological, financial and tactical strategic—and perhaps Lala, Hardayal was unsuited for the job of an organiser., ●, , Revolutionaries in Europe, , The Berlin Committee for Indian Independence was, established in 1915 by Virendranath Chattopadhyay,, Bhupendranath Dutta, Lala Hardayal and others with the help, of the German foreign office under ‘Zimmerman Plan’. These, revolutionaries aimed to mobilise the Indian settlers abroad, to send volunteers and arms to India to incite rebellion among
Page 351 :
First Phase of Revolutionary Activities (1907-1917), , 325, , Indian troops there and to even organise an armed invasion, of British India to liberate the country., The Indian revolutionaries in Europe sent missions to, Baghdad, Persia, Turkey and Kabul to work among Indian, troops and the Indian prisoners of war (POWs) and to incite, anti-British feelings among the people of these countries., One mission under Raja Mahendra Pratap Singh, Barkatullah, and Obaidullah Sindhi went to Kabul to organise a ‘provisional, Indian government’ there with the help of the crown prince,, Amanullah., , Mutiny in Singapore, , ●, , Among the scattered mutinies during this period, the most, notable was in Singapore on February 15, 1915 by Punjabi, Muslim 5th Light Infantry and the 36th Sikh battalion under, Jamadar Chisti Khan, Jamadar Abdul Gani and Subedar Daud, Khan. It was crushed after a fierce battle in which many were, killed. Later, 37 persons were executed and 41 transported, for life., , Decline, There was a temporary respite in revolutionary activity after, the First World War because the release of prisoners held, under the Defence of India Rules cooled down passions a, bit; there was an atmosphere of conciliation after Montagu’s, August 1917 statement and the talk of constitutional reforms;, and the coming of Gandhi on the scene with the programme, of non-violent non-cooperation promised new hope., Summary, ●, , Revolutionary Activities, * Reasons for emergence, Younger elements not ready to retreat after the decline of open, phase., Leadership’s failure to tap revolutionary energies of the youth., Government repression left no peaceful avenues open for protest.
Page 353 :
First Phase of Revolutionary Activities (1907-1917), ●, , 327, , Revolutionary Activity Abroad, 1905—Shyamji Krishnavarma set up Indian Home Rule Society, and India House and brought out journal The Sociologist in, London., 1909—Madan Lal Dhingra murdered Curzon-Wyllie; Madame, Bhikaji Cama operated from Paris and Geneva and brought out, journal Bande Mataram., Ajit Singh also active., Berlin Committee for Indian Independence established by, Virendranath Chattopadhyay and others., Missions sent to Baghdad, Persia, Turkey, Kabul., * In North America, the Ghadr was organised by Lala Hardayal,, Ramchandra, Bhawan Singh, Kartar Singh Saraba, Barkatullah,, Bhai Parmanand., The Ghadr Programme, Assassinate officials., Publish revolutionary literature., Work among Indian troops abroad and raise funds., Bring about a simultaneous revolt in all colonies of Britain., Attempt to bring about an armed revolt in India on February, 21, 1915 amidst favourable conditions created by the outbreak, of First World War and the Komagata Maru incident (September, 1914). The plan was foiled due to treachery., Defence of India Act, 1915 passed primarily to deal with the, Ghadrites.
Page 354 :
328, , A Brief History of Modern India, , 14, First World War and, Nationalist Response, In the First World War (1914-1919), Britain allied with, France, Russia, USA, Italy and Japan against Germany,, Austria-Hungary and Turkey. This period saw the maturing, of Indian nationalism. The nationalist response to British, participation in the First World War was three-fold:, (i) the Moderates supported the empire in the war as, a matter of duty;, (ii) the Extremists, including Tilak (who was released, in June 1914), supported the war efforts in the, mistaken belief that Britain would repay India’s, loyalty with gratitude in the form of selfgovernment; and, (iii) the revolutionaries decided to utilise the, opportunity to wage a war on British rule and, liberate the country., The Indian supporters of British war efforts failed to, see that the imperialist powers were fighting to safeguard, their own colonies and markets., The revolutionary activity was carried out through the, Ghadr Party in North America, Berlin Committee in Europe, and some scattered mutinies by Indian soldiers, such as the, one in Singapore. In India, for revolutionaries striving for, immediate complete independence, the War seemed a heavensent opportunity, draining India of troops (the number of, 328
Page 355 :
First World War and Nationalist Response, , 329, , white soldiers went down at one point to only 15,000), and, raising the possibility of financial and military help from, Germany and Turkey—the enemies of Britain. (Details of, revolutionary activities of this period have been covered in, the previous chapter.), , Home Rule League Movement, The Home Rule Movement was the Indian response to the, First World War in a less charged but a more effective way, than the response of Indians living abroad which took the, form of the romantic Ghadr adventure., Two Indian Home Rule Leagues were organised on the, lines of the Irish Home Rule Leagues and they represented, the emergence of a new trend of aggressive politics. Annie, Besant and Tilak were the pioneers of this new trend., , Factors Leading to the Movement, , Some of the factors leading to the formation of the Home, Rule Movement were as follows., (i) A section of the nationalists felt that popular, pressure was required to attain concessions from the, government., (ii) The Moderates were disillusioned with the MorleyMinto reforms., (iii) People were feeling the burden of wartime miseries, caused by high taxation and a rise in prices, and were ready, to participate in any aggressive movement of protest., (iv) The war, being fought among the major imperialist, powers of the day and backed by naked propaganda against, each other, exposed the myth of white superiority., (v) Tilak was ready to assume leadership after his, release in June 1914, and had made conciliatory gestures—, to the government reassuring it of his loyalty and to the, Moderates that he wanted, like the Irish Home Rulers, a, reform of the administration and not an overthrow of the, government. He also admitted that the acts of violence had
Page 356 :
330, , A Brief History of Modern India, , only served to retard the pace of political progress in India., He urged all Indians to assist the British government in its, hour of crisis., (vi) Annie Besant, the Irish theosophist based in India, since 1896, had decided to enlarge the sphere of her, activities to include the building of a movement for home, rule on the lines of the Irish Home Rule Leagues., , The Leagues, , Both Tilak and Besant realised that the sanction of a, Moderate-dominated Congress as well as full cooperation of, the Extremists was essential for the movement to succeed., Having failed at the 1914 session of the Congress to reach, a Moderate-Extremist rapprochement, Tilak and Besant, decided to revive political activity on their own., By early 1915, Annie Besant had launched a campaign, to demand self-government for India after the war on the lines, of white colonies. She campaigned through her newspapers,, New India and Commonweal, and through public meetings, and conferences. At the annual session of the Congress in, 1915, the efforts of Tilak and Besant met with some success., It was decided that the Extremists be admitted to the, Congress. Although Besant failed to get the Congress to, approve her scheme of Home Rule Leagues, the Congress, did commit itself to a programme of educative propaganda, and to a revival of local-level Congress committees. Not, willing to wait for too long, Besant laid the condition that, if the Congress did not implement its commitments, she, would be free to set up her own league—which she finally, had to, as there was no response from the Congress., Tilak and Besant set up their separate leagues to avoid, any friction., , Tilak’s League, Tilak set up his Home Rule League in April 1916 and it was, restricted to Maharashtra (excluding Bombay city), Karnataka,, Central Provinces and Berar. It had six branches and the
Page 357 :
First World War and Nationalist Response, , 331, , demands included swarajya, formation of linguistic states and, education in the vernacular., , Besant’s League, Annie Besant set up her league in September 1916 in Madras, and covered the rest of India (including Bombay city). It had, 200 branches, was loosely organised as compared to Tilak’s, League and had George Arundale as the organising secretary., Besides Arundale, the main work was done by B.W. Wadia, and C.P. Ramaswamy Aiyar., , The Home Rule League Programme, , The League campaign aimed to convey to the common man, the message of home rule as self-government. It carried a, much wider appeal than the earlier mobilisations had and also, attracted the hitherto ‘politically backward’ regions of Gujarat, and Sindh. The aim was to be achieved by promoting political, education and discussion through public meetings, organising, libraries and reading rooms containing books on national, politics, holding conferences, organising classes for students, on politics, carrying out propaganda through newspapers,, pamphlets, posters, illustrated post-cards, plays, religious, songs, etc., collecting funds, organising social work, and, participating in local government activities. The Russian, Revolution of 1917 proved to be an added advantage for the, Home Rule campaign., The Home Rule agitation was later joined by Motilal, Nehru, Jawaharlal Nehru, Bhulabhai Desai, Chittaranjan Das,, Madan Mohan Malaviya, Mohammad Ali Jinnah, Tej Bahadur, Sapru and Lala Lajpat Rai. Some of these leaders became, heads of local branches. Many of the Moderate Congressmen, who were disillusioned with Congress inactivity, and some, members of Gokhale’s Servants of India Society also joined, the agitation. However, Anglo-Indians, most of the Muslims, and non-brahmins from the South did not join as they felt, Home Rule would mean rule of the Hindu majority, and that, too mainly by the high caste.
Page 358 :
332, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Government Attitude, , The government came down with severe repression, especially, in Madras where the students were prohibited from attending, political meetings. A case was instituted against Tilak which, was, however, rescinded by the high court. Tilak was barred, from entering the Punjab and Delhi. In June 1917, Annie, Besant and her associates, B.P. Wadia and George Arundale,, were arrested. This invited nationwide protest. In a dramatic, gesture, Sir S. Subramaniya Aiyar renounced his knighthood, while Tilak advocated a programme of passive resistance. The, repression only served to harden the attitude of the agitators, and strengthen their resolve to resist the government. Montagu,, the Secretary of State for India, commented that “Shiva ...cut, his wife into fifty-two pieces only to discover that he had, fifty-two wives. This is what happens to the Government of, India when it interns Mrs Besant.” Annie Besant was released, in September 1917., , Why the Agitation Faded Out by 1919, , The Home Rule agitation proved to be short-lived. By 1919,, it had petered out. The reasons for the decline were as, follows., (i) There was a lack of effective organisation., (ii) Communal riots were witnessed during 1917-18., (iii) The Moderates who had joined the Congress after, Annie Besant’s arrest were pacified by talk of reforms, (contained in Montagu’s statement of August 1917 which, held self-government as the long-term goal of the British rule, in India) and Besant’s release., (iv) Talk of passive resistance by the Extremists kept, the Moderates away from activity from September 1918, onwards., (v) The Montagu-Chelmsford reforms which became, known in July 1918 further divided the nationalist ranks., (vi) Tilak had to go abroad (September 1918) in, connection with a case while Annie Besant vacillated over, her response to the reforms and the techniques of passive
Page 359 :
First World War and Nationalist Response, , 333, , resistance. With Besant unable to give a positive lead and, Tilak away in England, the movement was left leaderless., , Positive Gains, , The Home Rule Leagues and the associated activities had, some positive effects and contributed to the fresh direction, that the freedom struggle was to take in the coming years., (i) The movement shifted the emphasis from the, educated elite to the masses and permanently deflected the, movement from the course mapped by the Moderates., (ii) It created an organisational link between the town, and the country, which was to prove crucial in later years, when the national movement entered its mass phase in a true, sense., (iii) It created a generation of ardent nationalists., (iv) It prepared the masses for politics of the Gandhian, style., (v) The August 1917 declaration of Montagu and the, Montford reforms were influenced by the Home Rule, agitation., (vi) The efforts of Tilak and Annie Besant towards the, Moderate-Extremist reunion at Lucknow (1916) revived the, Congress as an effective instrument of Indian nationalism., (vii) The home rule movement lent a new dimension, and a sense of urgency to the national movement., , Lucknow Session of the Indian, National Congress (1916), Readmission of Extremists to Congress, , The Lucknow session of the Indian National Congress,, presided over by a Moderate, Ambika Charan Majumdar,, finally readmitted the Extremists led by Tilak to the Congress, fold. Various factors facilitated this reunion:, (i) Old controversies had become meaningless now., (ii) Both the Moderates and the Extremists realised that, the split had led to political inactivity.
Page 360 :
334, , A Brief History of Modern India, , (iii) Annie Besant and Tilak had made vigorous efforts, for the reunion. To allay Moderate suspicions, Tilak had, declared that he supported a reform of administration and, not an overthrow of the government. He also denounced acts, of violence., (iv) The death of two Moderates, Gokhale and, Pherozshah Mehta, who had led the Moderate opposition, to the Extremists, facilitated the reunion., , Lucknow Pact between Congress and, Muslim League, Another significant development to take place at Lucknow, was the coming together of the Muslim League and the, Congress and the presentation of common demands by them, to the government. This happened at a time when the Muslim, League, now dominated by the younger militant nationalists,, was coming closer to the Congress objectives and turning, increasingly anti-imperialist., , Why the Change in the League’s Altitude, There were many reasons for the shift in the League’s, position:, (i) Britain’s refusal to help Turkey (ruled by the Khalifa, who claimed religio-political leadership of all Muslims) in, its wars in the Balkans (1912-13) and with Italy (during 1911), had angered the Muslims., (ii) Annulment of partition of Bengal in 1911 had, annoyed those sections of the Muslims who had supported, the partition., (iii) The refusal of the British government in India to, set up a university at Aligarh with powers to affiliate colleges, all over India also alienated some Muslims., (iv) The younger League members were turning to, bolder nationalist politics and were trying to outgrow the, limited political outlook of the Aligarh school. The Calcutta, session of the Muslim League (1912) had committed the
Page 361 :
First World War and Nationalist Response, , 335, , League to “working with other groups for a system of selfgovernment suited to India, provided it did not come in, conflict with its basic objective of protection of interests, of the Indian Muslims”. Thus, the goal of self-government, similar to that of the Congress brought both sides closer., (v) Younger Muslims were infuriated by the government, repression during the First World War. Maulana Azad’s Al, Hilal and Mohammad Ali’s Comrade faced suppression while, the leaders such as Ali brothers, Maulana Azad and Hasrat, Mohani faced internment. This generated anti-imperialist, sentiments among the ‘Young Party’., , The Nature of the Pact, The Lucknow Pact between the Congress and the Muslim, League could be considered an important event in the course, of the nationalistic struggle for freedom., While the League agreed to present joint constitutional, demands with the Congress to the government, the Congress, accepted the Muslim League’s position on separate electorates, which would continue till any one community demanded joint, electorates. The Muslims were also granted a fixed proportion, of seats in the legislatures at all-India and provincial levels., The joint demands were—, ● Government should declare that it would confer selfgovernment on Indians at an early date., ● The representative assemblies at the central as well, as provincial level should be further expanded with an elected, majority and more powers given to them., View, After nearly ten years of painful separation and wanderings, through the wilderness of misunderstanding and mazes of, unpleasant controversies...both wings of Indian Nationalist Party, have come to realise the fact that united they stand, but divided, they fall., A.C. Majumdar (president of the Lucknow session of, the INC—1916)
Page 362 :
336, ●, , A Brief History of Modern India, , The term of the legislative council should be five, , years., ● The salaries of the Secretary of State for India should, be paid by the British treasury and not drawn from Indian, funds., ● Half the members of the viceroy’s and provincial, governors’ executive councils should be Indians., , Critical Comments, Though half the executive was to be elected by the legislature,, the executive as a whole was not to be responsible to the, legislature. The legislature could not remove the elected half, of the executive, but since important matters like the budget, were dependent upon the approval of the legislature, a, constitutional deadlock was most likely. This was the nature, of executive-legislature relations that the Congress seemed, to ask for in any scheme of post-war constitutional reforms., The Lucknow Pact demands were thus just a significantly, expanded version of the Morley-Minto reforms., While the effort of the Congress and the Muslim, League to put up a united front was a far-sighted one, the, acceptance of the principle of separate electorates by the, Congress implied that the Congress and the League came, together as separate political entities. This was a major, landmark in the evolution of the two-nation theory by the, Muslim League. Secondly, while the leaders of the two, groups came together, efforts to bring together the masses, from the two communities were not considered. However,, the controversial decision to accept the principle of separate, electorates represented a serious desire on the part of the, Congress to allay minority fears of majority domination., Moreover, there was a large amount of enthusiasm generated, among the people by this reunion. Even the government, decided to placate the nationalists by declaring its intention, to grant self-government to Indians in times to come, as, contained in Montagu’s August 1917 declaration.
Page 363 :
First World War and Nationalist Response, , 337, , Montagu’s Statement of August 1917, The Secretary of State for India, Edwin Samuel Montagu,, made a statement on August 20, 1917 in the British House, of Commons in what has come to be known as the August, Declaration of 1917. The statement said: “The government, policy is of an increasing participation of Indians in every, branch of administration and gradual development of selfgoverning institutions with a view to the progressive realisation, of responsible government in India as an integral part of the, British Empire.”, From now onwards, the demand by nationalists for selfgovernment or home rule could not be termed as seditious, since attainment of self-government for Indians now became, a government policy, unlike Morley’s statement in 1909 that, the reforms were not intended to give self-government to, India. Also, in the use of the term ‘responsible government’, was implied the condition that the rulers were to be, answerable to the elected representatives, and not only to the, imperial government in London. However, it was equally, clear that the British had no intention of handing over power, to predominantly elected legislatures with an Indian majority., So, in order that the executive be made responsible in some, measure to the elected assemblies, whose size and the, proportion of elected members in which was going to be, increased in any case, the concept of ‘dyarchy’ was to be, evolved., , Indian Objections, , The objections of the Indian leaders to Montagu’s statement, were two-fold—, (i) No specific time frame was given., (ii) The government alone was to decide the nature and, the timing of advance towards a responsible government, and, the Indians were resentful that the British would decide what, was good and what was bad for Indians.
Page 364 :
338, , A Brief History of Modern India, Summary, , ●, , Home Rule League Movement, Manifestation of a trend of aggressive politics in national movement;, was pioneered by Tilak and Annie Besant on lines of a similar, movement in Ireland., * Factors Favouring the Movement, 1. Need being felt for popular pressure to attain concessions., 2. Disillusionment with Morley-Minto Reforms., 3. Wartime miseries—public ready to protest., 4. Tilak, Besant ready to assume leadership., * Aim of the Movement To convey to the common man the, concept of Home Rule as self-government., * Tilak’s League—Started in April 1916 and operated in, Maharashtra, Karnataka, Central Provinces and Berar; had six, branches., * Besant’s League—Started in September 1916 and operated in, rest of India; had 200 branches., Later, the leagues were joined by others including Moderate, Congressmen., * Methods used Organising discussions, reading rooms, propaganda, through public meetings, newspapers, pamphlets, posters, etc., * Positive Gains Emphasis shifted to the masses permanently;, organisational link established between town and country; prepared, a generation of ardent nationalists, influenced Moderate-Extremist, reunion at Lucknow (1916), , ●, , Lucknow Session of INC—1916, Extremists were readmitted to Congress, Muslim League and Congress put up joint demands under Lucknow, Pact., Congress accepted the League’s position on separate electorates., , ●, , Importance of Montagu’s Statement Attainment of self-government, for Indians became a government policy.
Page 365 :
UNIT VII, , Era of Mass, Nationalism, Begins, (1919-1939)
Page 366 :
Emergence of Gandhi, , 341, , 15, Emergence of Gandhi, Towards the end of the First World War, various forces were, at work in India and on the international scene. After the end, of the war, there was a resurgence of nationalist activity in, India and in many other colonies in Asia and Africa. The, Indian struggle against imperialism took a decisive turn, towards a broad-based popular struggle with the emergence, of Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi on the Indian political, scene., , Why Nationalist Resurgence Now, After the war, the conditions in India and influences from, abroad created a situation that was ready for a national, upsurge against foreign rule., , Post-War Economic Hardships, , India contributed in men and money towards the British war, efforts. Thousands of Indian men died in the war on various, fronts. The food supplies and ammunition and the army’s keep, came from the money raised by taxing Indians. When the war, ended, all sections of the Indian population were experiencing, hardships on various fronts., Industry First, an increase in prices, then a recession, coupled with increased foreign investment brought many, industries to the brink of closure and loss. They now, demanded protection against imports besides government, aid., 341
Page 367 :
342, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Workers and Artisans This section of the populace, faced unemployment and bore the brunt of high prices., Peasantry Faced with high taxation and poverty, the, peasants waited for a lead to protest., Soldiers Soldiers who returned from battlefields abroad, gave an idea of their experience to the rural folk. They were, also surprised to return to a country that was impoverished, and had less liberty than before., Educated Urban Classes This section was facing, unemployment as well as suffering from an acute awareness, of racism in the attitude of the British., , Expectations of Political Gains for, Cooperation in the War, The contribution of Indians to the British war effort was huge,, though it has gone unacknowledged. Gandhi and most, nationalists extended cooperation to the war effort and a huge, number of Indian troops sacrificed their lives on the war, fronts. So, after the war, there were high expectations of, political gains from the British government and this too, contributed towards the charged atmosphere in the country., , Nationalist Disillusionment with, Imperialism Worldwide, The Allied powers, to rally the colonies to their side during, the war, had promised them an era of democracy and selfdetermination after the war. During the war, both sides to, the war had launched vicious propaganda to malign each other, and expose each other’s uncivilised colonial record. But soon, it became clear from the Paris Peace Conference and other, peace treaties that the imperialist powers had no intention, of loosening their hold over the colonies; in fact they went, on to divide the colonies of the vanquished powers among, themselves. All this served to further erode the myth of the, cultural and military superiority of the whites. As a result,, the post-war period saw a resurgence of militant nationalist
Page 368 :
Emergence of Gandhi, , 343, , activity throughout Asia and Africa—in Turkey, Egypt,, Ireland, Iran, Afghanistan, Burma, Malaya, the Philippines,, Indonesia, Indo-China, China and Korea., , Impact of Russian Revolution, (November 7, 1917), The Bolshevik Party of workers overthrew the Czarist regime, and founded the first socialist state, the Soviet Union, under, the leadership of Vladimir Ilyich Ulyanov or Lenin. The, Soviet Union unilaterally renounced the Czarist imperialist, rights in China and the rest of Asia, gave rights of selfdetermination to former Czarist colonies in Asia and gave, equal status to the Asian nationalities within its borders., The October Revolution brought home the message that, immense power lay with the people, and that the masses were, capable of challenging the mightiest of tyrants provided they, were organised, united and determined., , Montagu-Chelmsford Reforms and, Government of India Act, 1919, The British government, not prepared to part with or even, share its power with the Indians, once again resorted to the, policy of ‘carrot and stick’. The carrot was represented by, the insubstantial Montagu-Chelmsford Reforms, while, measures such as the Rowlatt Act represented the stick., In line with the government policy contained in, Montagu’s statement of August 1917, the government, announced further constitutional reforms in July 1918,, known as Montagu-Chelmsford or Montford Reforms. Based, on these, the Government of India Act, 1919 was enacted., , Main Features, , The main features of the Montford Reforms were as follows., ●, , Provincial Government—Introduction of Dyarchy, , The Act introduced dyarchy for the executive at the level of, the provincial government.
Page 369 :
344, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Executive (i) Dyarchy, i.e., rule of two—executive, councillors and popular ministers—was introduced. The, governor was to be the executive head in the province., (ii) Subjects were divided into two lists: ‘reserved’, which included subjects such as law and order, finance, land, revenue, irrigation, etc., and ‘transferred’ subjects such as, education, health, local government, industry, agriculture,, excise, etc. The reserved subjects were to be administered, by the governor through his executive council of bureaucrats,, and the transferred subjects were to be administered by, ministers nominated from among the elected members of the, legislative council., (iii) The ministers were to be responsible to the, legislature and had to resign if a no-confidence motion was, passed against them by the legislature, while the executive, councillors were not to be responsible to the legislature., (iv) In case of failure of constitutional machinery in, the province the governor could take over the administration, of transferred subjects also., (v) The secretary of state for India and the governorgeneral could interfere in respect of reserved subjects while, in respect of the transferred subjects, the scope for their, interference was restricted., Legislature (i) Provincial legislative councils were, further expanded and 70 per cent of the members were to, be elected., (ii) The system of communal and class electorates was, further consolidated., (iii) Women were also given the right to vote., (iv) The legislative councils could initiate legislation, but the governor’s assent was required. The governor could, veto bills and issue ordinances., (v) The legislative councils could reject the budget but, the governor could restore it, if necessary., (vi) The legislators enjoyed freedom of speech.
Page 370 :
Emergence of Gandhi, ●, , 345, , Central Government—Still Without, Responsible Government, , No responsible government was envisaged in the Act for the, government at the all-India level. The main points were:, Executive (i) The governor-general was to be the chief, executive authority., (ii) There were to be two lists for administration—, central and provincial., (iii) In the viceroy’s executive council of eight, three, were to be Indians., (iv) The governor-general retained full control over the, reserved subjects in the provinces., (v) The governor-general could restore cuts in grants,, certify bills rejected by the central legislature and issue, ordinances., Legislature (i) A bicameral arrangement was introduced., The lower house or Central Legislative Assembly would, consist of 145 members (41 nominated and 104 elected—, 52 General, 30 Muslims, 2 Sikhs, 20 Special) and the upper, house or Council of State would have 60 members, of which, 26 were to be nominated and 34 elected—20 General, 10, Muslims, 3 Europeans and 1 Sikh (as per the figures given, by Subhash Kashyap)., (ii) The Council of State had a tenure of 5 years and, had only male members, while the Central Legislative, Assembly had a tenure of 3 years., (iii) The legislators could ask questions and, supplementaries, pass adjournment motions and vote a part, of the budget, but 75 per cent of the budget was still not, votable., Some Indians found their way into important committees, including finance., ● On the home government (in Britain) front, the, Government of India Act, 1919 made an important change—, the Secretary of State for India was henceforth to be paid, out of the British exchequer.
Page 371 :
346, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Drawbacks, The reforms had many drawbacks—, (i) Franchise was very limited. The electorate was, extended to some one-and-a-half million for the central, legislature, while the population of India was around 260, million, as per one estimate., (ii) At the centre, the legislature had no control over, the viceroy and his executive council., (iii) Division of subjects was not satisfactory at the, centre., (iv) Allocation of seats for central legislature to the, provinces was based on ‘importance’ of provinces—for, instance, Punjab’s military importance and Bombay’s, commercial importance., (v) At the level of provinces, division of subjects and, parallel administration of two parts was irrational and, hence,, unworkable. Subjects like irrigation, finance, police, press, and justice were ‘reserved’., (vi) The provincial ministers had no control over, finances and over the bureaucrats; this would lead to constant, friction between the two. Ministers were often not consulted, on important matters too; in fact, they could be overruled, by the governor on any matter that the latter considered, special., , Congress’s Reaction, The Congress met in a special session in August 1918 at, Bombay under Hasan Imam’s presidency and declared the, reforms to be “disappointing” and “unsatisfactory” and, demanded effective self-government instead., The Montford reforms were termed “unworthy and, disappointing—a sunless dawn” by Tilak, even as Annie, Besant found them “unworthy of England to offer and India, to accept”.
Page 372 :
Emergence of Gandhi, , 347, , Views, When the Cabinet used the expression ‘ultimate self-government’, they probably contemplated an intervening period of 500 years., —Lord Curzon, The Government of India Act, 1919 forged fresh fetters for the, people., —Subhash Chandra Bose, The Montford Reforms...were only a method of further draining, India of her wealth and of prolonging her servitude., —M.K. Gandhi, The dyarchy of the double executive was open to almost every, theoretical objection that the armoury of political philosophy can, supply., —P.E. Roberts, Never in the history of the world was such a hoax perpetrated, upon a great people as England perpetrated upon India, when, in return for India’s invaluable service during the War, we gave, to the Indian nation such a discreditable, disgraceful, undemocratic,, tyrannical constitution., —Dr. Rutherford, British Member of Parliament, Devolution was intended to tie in a larger element of society, to the status quo. But giving powers to local communities meant, that energies which could have been applied against the imperial, power were dissipated into communal rivalry. Division always, worked for Britain’s benefit ….. In Montford despotism proclaimed, its benevolence., —Walter Reid, Keeping the Jewel in the Crown, , Making of Gandhi, Early Career and Experiments with, Truth in South Africa, Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi was born on October 2, 1869, in Porbandar in the princely state of Kathiawar in Gujarat., His father was a diwan (minister) of the state. Having studied, law in England, Gandhi, in 1898, went to South Africa in, connection with a case involving his client, Dada Abdullah., In South Africa he witnessed the ugly face of white racism, and the humiliation and contempt to which Asians, who had
Page 373 :
348, , A Brief History of Modern India, , gone to South Africa as labourers, were subjected. He, decided to stay in South Africa to organise the Indian workers, to enable them to fight for their rights. He stayed there till, 1914 after which he returned to India., The Indians in South Africa consisted of three, categories—one, the indentured Indian labour, mainly from, south India, who had migrated to South Africa after 1890, to work on sugar plantations; two, the merchants—mostly, Meman Muslims who had followed the labourers; and three,, the ex-indentured labourers who had settled down with their, children in South Africa after the expiry of their contracts., These Indians were mostly illiterate and had little or no, knowledge of English. They accepted racial discrimination, as a part of their daily existence. These Indian immigrants, had to suffer many disabilities. They were denied the right, to vote. They could reside only in prescribed locations which, were insanitary and congested. In some colonies, Asians and, Africans could not stay out of doors after 9 PM nor could, they use public footpaths., , Moderate Phase of Struggle (1894-1906), During this phase, Gandhi relied on sending petitions and, memorials to the authorities in South Africa and in Britain, hoping that once the authorities were informed of the plight, of Indians, they would take sincere steps to redress their, grievances as the Indians were, after all, British subjects. To, unite different sections of Indians, he set up the Natal Indian, Congress and started a paper Indian Opinion., , Phase of Passive Resistance or Satyagraha, (1906-1914), The second phase, which began in 1906, was characterised, by the use of the method of passive resistance or civil, disobedience, which Gandhi named satyagraha., Satyagraha against Registration Certificates (1906), A new legislation in South Africa made it compulsory for
Page 374 :
Emergence of Gandhi, , 349, , Indians there to carry at all times certificates of registration, with their fingerprints. The Indians under Gandhi’s leadership, decided not to submit to this discriminatory measure. Gandhi, formed the Passive Resistance Association to conduct the, campaign of defying the law and suffering all the penalties, resulting from such a defiance. Thus was born satyagraha, or devotion to truth, the technique of resisting adversaries, without violence. The government jailed Gandhi and others, who refused to register themselves. Later, the authorities, used deceit to make these defiant Indians register themselves., The Indians under the leadership of Gandhi retaliated by, publicly burning their registration certificates. All this showed, up the South African government in a bad light. In the end,, there was a compromise settlement., Campaign against Restrictions on Indian Migration, The earlier campaign was widened to include protest against, a new legislation imposing restrictions on Indian migration., The Indians defied this law by crossing over from one, province to another and by refusing to produce licences., Many of these Indians were jailed., Campaign against Poll Tax and Invalidation of, Indian Marriages A poll tax of three pounds was imposed, on all ex-indentured Indians. The demand for the abolition, of poll tax (which was too much for the poor ex-indentured, Indians who earned less than ten shillings a month) widened, the base of the campaign. Then a Supreme Court order which, invalidated all marriages not conducted according to Christian, rites and registered by the registrar of marriages drew the, anger of the Indians and others who were not Christians. By, implication, Hindu, Muslim and Parsi marriages were illegal, and children born out of such marriages, illegitimate. The, Indians treated this judgement as an insult to the honour of, women and many women were drawn into the movement, because of this indignity., Protest against Transvaal Immigration Act The, Indians protested the Transvaal Immigration Act, by illegally
Page 375 :
350, , A Brief History of Modern India, Tolstoy Farm, , As it became rather difficult to sustain the high pitch of the, struggle, Gandhi decided to devote all his attention to the struggle., The Tolstoy Farm was founded in 1910 and named as such, by Gandhi’s associate, Herman Kallenbach, after the Russian writer, and moralist, whom Gandhi admired and corresponded with. Besides, being an experiment in education, it was to house the families of, the satyagrahis and to give them a way to sustain themselves., The Tolstoy Farm was the second of its kind established by, Gandhi. He had set up the Phoenix Farm in 1904 in Natal, inspired, by a reading of John Ruskin’s Unto This Last, a critique of, capitalism, and a work that extolled the virtues of the simple life, of love, labour, and the dignity of human beings. As at the Phoenix, settlement, at Tolstoy Farm too, manual work went hand-in-hand, with instruction. Vocational training was introduced to give “all-round, development to the boys and girls”. Co-educational classes were, held, and boys and girls were encouraged to work together. The, activities included general labour, cooking, scavenging, sandalmaking, simple carpentry and messenger work. Manual work such, as sweeping, scavenging and fetching water was perceived to be, invaluable to the psychological, social and moral well-being of an, integrated community. Gandhi’s objective in this context was to, inculcate the ideals of social service and citizenship besides a, healthy respect for manual work from the early formative years itself., The farm worked till 1913., , migrating from Natal into Transvaal. The government held, these Indians in jails. Miners and plantation workers went on, a lightning strike. In India, Gokhale toured the whole country, mobilising public opinion in support of the Indians in South, Africa. Even the viceroy, Lord Hardinge, condemned the, repression and called for an impartial enquiry., Compromise Solution Eventually, through a series of, negotiations involving Gandhi, Lord Hardinge, C.F. Andrews, and General Smuts, an agreement was reached by which the, Government of South Africa conceded the major Indian, demands relating to the poll tax, the registration certificates, and marriages solemnised according to Indian rites, and
Page 376 :
Emergence of Gandhi, , 351, , View, “... a man who cares nothing for sensual pleasure, nothing for, riches, nothing for comfort or praise, or promotion, but is simply, determined to do what he believes to be right. He is a dangerous, and uncomfortable enemy, because his body which you can, always conquer gives you so little purchase upon his soul.”, —Gilbert Murray on Gandhi in the Hibbert Journal, , promised to treat the issue of Indian immigration in a, sympathetic manner., , Gandhi’s Experience in South Africa, (i) Gandhi found that the masses had immense capacity, to participate in and sacrifice for a cause that moved them., (ii) He was able to unite Indians belonging to different, religions and classes, and men and women alike under his, leadership., (iii) He also came to realise that at times the leaders, have to take decisions unpopular with their enthusiastic, supporters., (iv) He was able to evolve his own style of leadership, and politics and new techniques of struggle on a limited scale,, untrammelled by the opposition of contending political, currents., , Gandhi’s Technique of Satyagraha, Gandhi evolved the technique of Satyagraha during his stay, in South Africa. It was based on truth and non-violence. He, combined some elements from Indian tradition with the, Christian requirement of turning the other cheek and the, philosophy of Tolstoy, who said that evil could best be, countered by non-violent resistance. Its basic tenets were as, follows:, ● A satyagrahi was not to submit to what he considered, as wrong, but was to always remain truthful, non-violent and, fearless., ● A satyagrahi works on the principles of withdrawal, of cooperation and boycott.
Page 377 :
352, , A Brief History of Modern India, , ● Methods of satyagraha include non-payment of taxes,, and declining honours and positions of authority., ● A satyagrahi should be ready to accept suffering in, his struggle against the wrong-doer. This suffering was to be, a part of his love for truth., ● Even while carrying out his struggle against the, wrong-doer, a true satyagrahi would have no ill feeling for, the wrong-doer; hatred would be alien to his nature., ● A true satyagrahi would never bow before the evil,, whatever the consequence., ● Only the brave and strong could practise satyagraha;, it was not for the weak and cowardly. Even violence was, preferred to cowardice. Thought was never to be separated, from practice. In other words, ends could not justify the, means., , Gandhi in India, Gandhi returned to India in January 1915. His efforts in South, Africa were well known not only among the educated but also, among the masses. He decided to tour the country the next, one year and see for himself the condition of the masses., He also decided not to take any position on any political, matter for at least one year. As for the political currents, prevalent at that time in India, he was convinced about the, limitations of moderate politics and was also not in favour, of Home Rule agitation which was becoming popular at that, time. He thought that it was not the best time to agitate for, Home Rule when Britain was in the middle of a war. He was, convinced that the only technique capable of meeting the, nationalist aims was a non-violent satyagraha. He also said, that he would join no political organisation unless it too, accepted the creed of non-violent satyagraha., During 1917 and 1918, Gandhi was involved in three, struggles—in Champaran, Ahmedabad and Kheda—before he, launched the Rowlatt Satyagraha.
Page 378 :
Emergence of Gandhi, , 353, , Champaran Satyagraha (1917)—First Civil, Disobedience, Gandhi was requested by Rajkumar Shukla, a local man, to, look into the problems of the farmers in context of indigo, planters of Champaran in Bihar. The European planters had, been forcing the peasants to grow indigo on 3/20 part of, the total land (called tinkathia system). When towards the, end of the nineteenth century German synthetic dyes replaced, indigo, the European planters demanded high rents and illegal, dues from the peasants in order to maximise their profits, before the peasants could shift to other crops. Besides, the, peasants were forced to sell the produce at prices fixed by, the Europeans., When Gandhi, joined now by Rajendra Prasad, Mazharul-Haq, Mahadeo Desai, Narhari Parekh, and J.B. Kripalani,, reached Champaran to probe into the matter, the authorities, ordered him to leave the area at once. Gandhi defied the order, and preferred to face the punishment. This passive resistance, or civil disobedience of an unjust order was a novel method, at that time. Finally, the authorities retreated and permitted, Gandhi to make an enquiry. Now, the government appointed, a committee to go into the matter and nominated Gandhi as, a member. Gandhi was able to convince the authorities that, the tinkathia system should be abolished and that the, peasants should be compensated for the illegal dues extracted, from them. As a compromise with the planters, he agreed, that only 25 per cent of the money taken should be, compensated., Within a decade, the planters left the area. Gandhi had, won the first battle of civil disobedience in India. Other, popular leaders associated with Champaran Satyagraha were, Brajkishore Prasad, Anugrah Narayan Sinha, Ramnavmi Prasad, and Shambhusharan Varma.
Page 379 :
354, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Ahmedabad Mill Strike (1918)—, First Hunger Strike, In March 1918, Gandhi intervened in a dispute between, cotton mill owners of Ahmedabad and the workers over the, issue of discontinuation of the plague bonus. The mill owners, wanted to withdraw the bonus. The workers were demanding, a rise of 50 per cent in their wages so that they could manage, in the times of wartime inflation (which doubled the prices, of food-grains, cloth, and other necessities) caused by, Britain’s involvement in World War I. The mill owners were, ready to give only a 20 per cent wage hike. The workers went, on strike., The relations between the workers and the mill owners, worsened with the striking workers being arbitrarily dismissed, and the mill owners deciding to bring in weavers from, Bombay. The workers of the mill turned to Anusuya Sarabhai, for help in fighting for justice. Anusuya Sarabhai was a social, worker who was also the sister of Ambalal Sarabhai, one of, the mill owners and the president of the Ahmedabad Mill, Owners Association (founded in 1891 to develop the textile, industry in Ahmedabad), for help in fighting for justice., Anusuya Behn went to Gandhi, who was respected by the mill, owners and workers, and asked him to intervene and help, resolve the impasse between the workers and the employers., Though Gandhi was a friend of Ambalal, he took up the, workers’ cause. Anusuya too supported the workers and was, one of the chief lieutenants of Gandhi’s. (It was Anusuya, Behn who went on later to form the Ahmedabad Textile, Labour Association in 1920.) Gandhi asked the workers to, go on a strike and demand a 35 per cent increase in wages, instead of 50 per cent., Gandhi advised the workers to remain non-violent while, on strike. When negotiations with mill owners did not, progress, he himself undertook a fast unto death (his first), to strengthen the workers’ resolve. But the fast also had the, effect of putting pressure on the mill owners who finally
Page 380 :
Emergence of Gandhi, , 355, , agreed to submit the issue to a tribunal. The strike was, withdrawn. In the end, the tribunal awarded the workers a 35, per cent wage hike., , Kheda Satyagraha (1918)—First NonCooperation, Because of drought in 1918, the crops failed in Kheda district, of Gujarat. According to the Revenue Code, if the yield was, less than one-fourth the normal produce, the farmers were, entitled to remission. The Gujarat Sabha, consisting of the, peasants, submitted petitions to the highest governing, authorities of the province requesting that the revenue, assessment for the year 1919 be suspended. The government,, however, remained adamant and said that the property of the, farmers would be seized if the taxes were not paid., Gandhi asked the farmers not to pay the taxes. Gandhi,, however, was mainly the spiritual head of the struggle. It was, Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel and a group of other devoted, Gandhians, namely, Narahari Parikh, Mohanlal Pandya and, Ravi Shankar Vyas,who went around the villages, organised, the villagers and told them what to do and gave the necessary, political leadership. Patel along with his colleagues organised, the tax revolt which the different ethnic and caste communities, of Kheda supported., The revolt was remarkable in that discipline and unity, were maintained. Even when, on non-payment of taxes, the, government seized the farmers’ personal property, land and, livelihood, a vast majority of Kheda’s farmers did not desert, Sardar Patel. Gujaratis in other parts who sympathised with, the cause of the revolt helped by sheltering the relatives and, property of the protesting peasants. Those Indians who sought, to buy the confiscated lands were socially ostracised., Ultimately, the government sought to bring about an, agreement with the farmers. It agreed to suspend the tax for, the year in question, and for the next; reduce the increase, in rate; and return all the confiscated property.
Page 381 :
356, , A Brief History of Modern India, , The struggle at Kheda brought a new awakening among, the peasantry. They became aware that they would not be free, of injustice and exploitation unless and until their country, achieved complete independence., , Gains from Champaran, Ahmedabad and, Kheda, ● Gandhi demonstrated to the people the efficacy of, his technique of satyagraha., ● He found his feet among the masses and came to, have a surer understanding of the strengths and weaknesses, of the masses., ● He acquired respect and commitment of many,, especially the youth., , Rowlatt Act, Satyagraha, Jallianwala, Bagh Massacre, While, on the one hand, the government dangled the carrot, of constitutional reforms (though of an unsatisfactory order),, on the other hand, it decided to arm itself with extraordinary, powers to suppress any discordant voice against the reforms., , The Rowlatt Act, Just six months before the Montford Reforms were to be, put into effect, two bills were introduced in the Imperial, Legislative Council. One of them was dropped, but the, other—an extension to the Defence of India Regulations Act, 1915—was passed in March 1919. It was what was officially, called the Anarchical and Revolutionary Crimes Act, but, popularly known as the Rowlatt Act. It was based on the, recommendations made in the previous year to the Imperial, Legislative Council by the Rowlatt Commission, headed by, the British judge, Sir Sidney Rowlatt, to investigate the, ‘seditious conspiracy’ of the Indian people. (The committee, had recommended that activists should be deported or
Page 382 :
Emergence of Gandhi, , 357, , imprisoned without trial for two years, and that even possession, of seditious newspapers would be adequate evidence of guilt.), All the elected Indian members of the Imperial Legislative, Council voted against the bill but they were in a minority, and easily overruled by the official nominees. All the elected, Indian members—who included Mohammed Ali Jinnah,, Madan Mohan Malaviya and Mazhar Ul Haq – resigned in, protest., The act allowed political activists to be tried without, juries or even imprisoned without trial. It allowed arrest of, Indians without warrant on the mere suspicion of ‘treason’., Such suspects could be tried in secrecy without recourse to, legal help. A special cell consisting of three high court judges, was to try such suspects and there was no court of appeal, above that panel. This panel could even accept evidence not, acceptable under the Indian Evidences Act. The law of habeas, corpus, the basis of civil liberty, was sought to be suspended., The object of the government was to replace the repressive, provisions of the wartime Defence of India Act (1915) by, a permanent law. So the wartime restrictions on freedom of, speech and assembly were re-imposed in India. There was, strict control over the press and the government was armed, with a variety of powers to deal with anything the authorities, chose to consider as terrorism or revolutionary tactics., , Satyagraha Against the Rowlatt Act—, First Mass Strike, Just when the Indians expected a huge advance towards selfrule as a reward for their contribution to the war, they were, given the Montford Reforms with its very limited scope and, the shockingly repressive Rowlatt Act. Not surprisingly the, Indians felt betrayed. More so Gandhi, who had been at the, forefront in offering cooperation in the British war effort,, and who had even offered to encourage recruitment of Indians, into the British Indian forces. He called the Rowlatt Act the, “Black Act” and argued that not everyone should get, punishment in response to isolated political crimes.
Page 383 :
358, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Gandhi called for a mass protest at all India level. But, soon, having seen the constitutional protest meet with, ruthless repression, Gandhi organised a Satyagraha Sabha and, roped in younger members of Home Rule Leagues and the, Pan Islamists. The forms of protest finally chosen included, observance of a nationwide hartal (strike) accompanied by, fasting and prayer, and civil disobedience against specific, laws, and courting arrest and imprisonment., There was a radical change in the situation by now., (i) The masses had found a direction; now they could, ‘act’ instead of just giving verbal expression to their grievances., (ii) From now onwards, peasants, artisans and the urban, poor were to play an increasingly important part in the, struggle., (iii) Orientation of the national movement turned to the, masses permanently. Gandhi said that salvation would come, when masses were awakened and became active in politics., Satyagraha was to be launched on April 6, 1919 but, before it could be launched, there were large-scale violent,, anti-British demonstrations in Calcutta, Bombay, Delhi,, Ahmedabad, etc. Especially in Punjab, the situation became, so very explosive due to wartime repression, forcible, recruitments and ravages of disease, that the Army had to, be called in. April 1919 saw the biggest and the most violent, anti-British upsurge since 1857. The Lieutenant Governor of, Punjab, Sir Michael O’Dwyer, is said to have used aircraft, strafing against the violent protestors., , Jallianwala Bagh Massacre (April 13, 1919), , Amritsar was the worst affected by violence. In the beginning, there was no violence by the protestors. Indians shut down, their shops and normal trade and the empty streets showed, the Indians’ displeasure at the British betrayal. On April 9,, two nationalist leaders, Saifuddin Kitchlew and Dr Satyapal,, were arrested by the British officials without any provocation, except that they had addressed protest meetings, and taken, to some unknown destination. This caused resentment among
Page 384 :
Emergence of Gandhi, , 359, , the Indian protestors who came out in thousands on April, 10 to show their solidarity with their leaders. Soon the, protests turned violent because the police resorted to firing, in which some of the protestors were killed. Tension ran high., In the riot that followed, five Englishmen are reported to have, been killed and Marcella Sherwood, an English woman, missionary going on a bicycle, was beaten up., Troops were sent immediately to quell the disturbances., Brigadier-General Reginald Dyer was the senior British, officer with the responsibility to impose martial law and, restore order. By then the city had returned to calm and the, protests that were being held were peaceful. Dyer, however,, issued a proclamation on April 13 (which was also Baisakhi), forbidding people from leaving the city without a pass and, from organising demonstrations or processions, or assembling, in groups of more than three., On Baisakhi day, a large crowd of people mostly from, neighbouring villages, unaware of the prohibitory orders in, the city, gathered in the Jallianwala Bagh, a popular place, for public events, to celebrate the Baisakhi festival. Local, leaders had also called for a protest meeting at the venue., It is not clear how many in the 20,000 odd people collected, there were political protestors, but the majority were those, who had collected for the festival. Meanwhile, the meeting, had gone on peacefully, and two resolutions, one calling for, the repeal of the Rowlatt Act and the other condemning the, firing on April 10, had been passed. It was then that BrigadierGeneral Dyer arrived on the scene with his men., The troops surrounded the gathering under orders from, General Dyer and blocked the only exit point and opened, fire on the unarmed crowd. No warning was issued, no, instruction to disperse was given. An unarmed gathering of, men, women and children was fired upon as they tried to, flee., According to official British Indian sources, 379 were, identified dead, and approximately 1,100 were wounded. The
Page 385 :
360, , A Brief History of Modern India, Views, , The enormity of the measures taken by the Government in the, Punjab for quelling some local disturbances has, with a rude, shock, revealed to our minds the helplessness of our position, as British subjects in India ... [T]he very least that I can do, for my country is to take all consequences upon myself in giving, voice to the protest of the millions of my countrymen, surprised, into a dumb anguish of terror. The time has come when badges, of honour make our shame glaring in the incongruous context, of humiliation..., —Rabindranath Tagore in a letter to the Viceroy, No government deserves respect which holds cheap the liberty, of its subjects., —M.K. Gandhi in Young India, after the, Jallianwala Bagh massacre, , Indian National Congress, on the other hand, estimated more, than 1,500 were injured, and approximately 1,000 were, killed. But it is precisely known that 1650 bullets were fired, into the crowd. The incident was followed by uncivilised, brutalities on the inhabitants of Amritsar. Martial law was, proclaimed in the Punjab, and public floggings and other, humiliations were perpetrated. To take just one instance,, Indians were forced to crawl on their bellies down the road, on which the English missionary had been assaulted., The entire nation was stunned. Rabindranath Tagore, renounced his knighthood in protest. Gandhi gave up the title, of Kaiser-i-Hind, bestowed by the British for his work during, the Boer War. Gandhi was overwhelmed by the atmosphere, of total violence and withdrew the movement on April 18,, 1919., Seen in an objective way, Dyer ensured the beginning, of the end of the British Raj., What had happened in Amritsar made Gandhi declare, that cooperation with a ‘satanic regime’ was now impossible., He realised that the cause of Indian independence from, British rule was morally righteous. The way to the noncooperation movement was ready.
Page 386 :
Emergence of Gandhi, , 361, , According to the historian, A.P.J Taylor, the Jallianwala, Bagh massacre was the “decisive moment when Indians were, alienated from British rule”., The events of 1919 were to shape Punjab’s politics of, resistance. Bhagat Singh was just 11 at the time of the, Jallianwala Bagh massacre. For Bhagat Singh’s Bharat, Naujawan Sabha, the massacre was to act as a symbol that, would help overcome the apathy that came in the wake of, the end of the non-cooperation movement., Udham Singh, who bore the name, Ram Mohammad, Singh Azad, later assassinated Michael O’Dwyer, the, Lieutenant-Governor who presided over the brutal British, suppression of the 1919 protests in Punjab. Udham Singh, was hanged in 1940 for his deed. (His ashes were returned, to India in 1974.), , The Hunter Committee of Inquiry, The massacre at Jallianwalla Bagh shocked Indians and many, British as well. The Secretary of State for India, Edwin, Montagu, ordered that a committee of inquiry be formed to, investigate the matter. So, on October 14, 1919, the, Government of India announced the formation of the Disorders, Inquiry Committee, which came to be more widely and, variously known as the Hunter Committee/Commission, after the name of chairman, Lord William Hunter, former, Solicitor-General for Scotland and Senator of the College, of Justice in Scotland. The purpose of the commission was, to “investigate the recent disturbances in Bombay, Delhi and, Punjab, about their causes, and the measures taken to cope, with them”., There were three Indians among the members, namely,, Sir Chimanlal Harilal Setalvad, Vice-Chancellor of Bombay, University and advocate of the Bombay High Court; Pandit, Jagat Narayan, lawyer and Member of the Legislative Council, of the United Provinces; and Sardar Sahibzada Sultan Ahmad, Khan, lawyer from Gwalior State.
Page 387 :
362, , A Brief History of Modern India, , After meeting in Delhi on October 29, the committee, took statements from witnesses called in from Delhi,, Ahmedabad, Bombay and Lahore. In November, the committee, reached Lahore and examined the principal witnesses to the, events in Amritsar. Dyer was called before the committee., He was confident that what he had done was only his duty., Dyer stated that his intentions had been to strike terror, throughout the Punjab and in doing so, reduce the moral, stature of the ‘rebels’. Dyer is reported to have explained, his sense of honour by saying, “I think it quite possible that, I could have dispersed the crowd without firing but they, would have come back again and laughed, and I would have, made, what I consider, a fool of myself.” He also stated that, he did not make any effort to tend to the wounded after the, shooting as he did not consider it his job., Though Dyer’s statement caused racial tensions among, the members of the committee, the final report, released in, March 1920, unanimously condemned Dyer’s actions. The, report stated that the lack of notice to disperse from the Bagh, in the beginning was an error; the length of firing showed, a grave error; Dyer’s motive of producing a sufficient moral, effect was to be condemned; Dyer had overstepped the, bounds of his authority; there had been no conspiracy to, overthrow British rule in the Punjab. The minority report of, the Indian members further added that the proclamations, banning public meetings were insufficiently publicised; there, were innocent people in the crowd, and there had not been, any violence in the Bagh beforehand; Dyer should have either, ordered his troops to help the wounded or instructed the civil, authorities to do so; Dyer’s actions had been “inhuman and, un-British” and had greatly injured the image of British rule, in India., The Hunter Committee did not impose any penal or, disciplinary action because Dyer’s actions were condoned by, various superiors (later upheld by the Army Council)., Also, before the Hunger Committee began its
Page 388 :
Emergence of Gandhi, , 363, , proceedings, the government had passed an Indemnity Act for, the protection of its officers. The “white washing bill” as, the Indemnity Act was called, was severely criticised by, Motilal Nehru and others., In England, it fell to the Secretary of State for War, at the time, Winston Churchill, to review the report of the, commission. In the House of Commons, Churchill (no lover, of Indians) condemned what had happened at Amritsar. He, called it “monstrous”. A former prime minister of Britain,, H.H. Asquith called it “one of the worst outrages in the whole, of our history”. The cabinet agreed with Churchill that Dyer, was a dangerous man and could not be allowed to continue, in his post. The decision that Dyer should be dismissed was, conveyed to the Army Council. In the end, Dyer was found, guilty of a mistaken notion of duty and relieved of his, command in March 1920. He was recalled to England. No, legal action was taken against him; he drew half pay and, received his army pension., Dyer was not, however, universally condemned. In the, House of Lords, most of the peers favoured Dyer and the, house passed a motion in his support. And the Morning Post, is reported to have raised a sum of 26,000 pounds for Dyer;, a famous contributor to the fund was Rudyard Kipling., Strangely enough, the clergy of the Golden Temple, led, by Arur Singh, honoured Dyer by declaring him a Sikh. The, honouring of Dyer by the priests of Sri Darbar Sahib,, Amritsar, was one of the reasons behind the intensification, of the demand for reforming the management of Sikh shrines, already being voiced by societies such as the Khalsa Diwan, Majha and Central Majha Khalsa Diwan. This resulted in the, launch of what came to be known as the Gurudwara Reform, movement., , Congress View, , The Indian National Congress appointed its own non-official, committee that included Motilal Nehru, C.R. Das, Abbas
Page 389 :
364, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Tyabji, M.R. Jayakar and Gandhi. The Congress put forward, its own view. This view criticised Dyer’s act as inhuman and, also said that there was no justification in the introduction, of the martial law in Punjab., , Summary, ●, , Why Nationalist Upsurge at End of First World War?, Post-War economic hardship., Nationalist disillusionment with imperialism worldwide., Impact of Russian Revolution., , ●, , Montagu-Chelmsford Reforms, Dyarchy in provinces., Two lists—reserved and transferred—for administration. Reserved, subjects to be administered by governor through executive council, and transferred subjects to be administered by ministers from, legislative council., Extensive powers to governor, governor-general and secretary of, state for interference., Franchise expanded, powers also extended., Governor-general to administer with an executive council of 8—, three to be Indians., Two lists for administration—central and provincial., Bicameral central legislature—Central Legislative Assembly as the, lower house and Council of States as the upper house., Drawbacks, Dyarchy arrangement too complex and irrational to be functional., Central executive not responsible to legislature., Limited franchise., ●, , Sense of Betrayal by the British specially after Rowlatt Act, British promises of reward after war failed to materialise., Nationalists disappointed., , ●, , Gandhi’s Activism in South Africa (1893-1914), Set up Natal Indian Congress and started Indian Opinion., Satyagraha against registration certificates., Campaign against restrictions on Indian migration.
Page 390 :
Emergence of Gandhi, , 365, , Campaign against poll tax and invalidation of Indian marriages., Gandhi’s faith in capacity of masses to fight established; he was, able to evolve his own style of leadership and politics and, techniques of struggle., ●, , Gandhi’s Early Activism in India, Champaran Satyagraha (1917)—First Civil Disobedience., Ahmedabad Mill Strike (1918)—First Hunger Strike., Kheda Satyagraha (1918)—First Non-Cooperation., Rowlatt Satyagraha (1918)—First mass-strike., Jallianwalla Bagh Massacre and the Inquiry Committee
Page 391 :
366, , A Brief History of Modern India, , 16, Non-Cooperation Movement, and Khilafat Aandolan, During 1919-22, the British were opposed through two mass, movements—the Khilafat and Non-Cooperation. Though the, two movements emerged from separate issues, they adopted, a common programme of action—that of non-violent noncooperation. The Khilafat issue was not directly linked to, Indian politics but it provided the immediate background to, the movement and gave an added advantage of cementing, Hindu-Muslim unity against the British., , Background, The background to the two movements was provided by a, series of events after the First World War which belied all, hopes of the government’s generosity towards the Indian, subjects. The year 1919, in particular, saw a strong feeling, of discontent among all sections of Indians for various, reasons:, ● The economic situation of the country in the postWar years had become alarming with a rise in prices of, commodities, decrease in production of Indian industries,, increase in burden of taxes and rents etc. Almost all sections, of society suffered economic hardship due to the war and, this strengthened the anti-British attitude., ● The Rowlatt Act, the imposition of martial law in, Punjab and the Jallianwalla Bagh massacre exposed the brutal, and uncivilised face of the foreign rule., 366
Page 392 :
Non-Cooperation Movement and Khilafat..., , 367, , ● The Hunter Committee on the Punjab atrocities, proved to be an eyewash. In fact, the House of Lords (of, the British Parliament) endorsed General Dyer’s action and, the British public showed solidarity with General Dyer by, helping The Morning Post collect 30,000 pounds for him., ● The Montagu-Chelmsford Reforms with their illconceived scheme of dyarchy failed to satisfy the rising, demand of the Indians for self-government., The post-First World War period also saw the preparation, of the ground for common political action by Hindus and, Muslims—(i) the Lucknow Pact (1916) had stimulated, Congress-Muslim League cooperation; (ii) the Rowlatt Act, agitation brought Hindus and Muslims, and also other sections, of the society, together; and (iii) radical nationalist Muslims, like Mohammad Ali, Abul Kalam Azad, Hakim Ajmal Khan, and Hasan Imam had now become more influential than the, conservative Aligarh school elements who had dominated the, League earlier. The younger elements advocated militant, nationalism and active participation in the nationalist, movement. They had strong anti-imperialist sentiments., In this atmosphere the Khilafat issue emerged, around, which developed the historic Non-Cooperation Movement., , The Khilafat Issue, The Khilafat issue paved the way for the consolidation of, the emergence of a radical nationalist trend among the, younger generation of Muslims and the section of traditional, Muslim scholars who were becoming increasingly critical of, British rule. This time, they were angered by the treatment, meted out to Turkey by the British after the First World War., The Muslims in India, as the Muslims all over the world,, regarded the sultan of Turkey as their spiritual leader, Khalifa,, so naturally their sympathies were with Turkey. During the, war, Turkey had allied with Germany and Austria against the, British. When the war ended, the British took a stern attitude
Page 393 :
368, , A Brief History of Modern India, , towards Turkey—Turkey was dismembered and the Khalifa, removed from power. This incensed Muslims all over the, world., In India, too, the Muslims demanded from the British, (i) that the Khalifa’s control over Muslim sacred places, should be retained, and (ii) the Khalifa should be left with, sufficient territories after territorial arrangements. In early, 1919, a Khilafat Committee was formed under the leadership, of the Ali brothers (Shaukat Ali and Muhammad Ali), Maulana, Azad, Ajmal Khan and Hasrat Mohani, to force the British, government to change its attitude towards Turkey. Thus, the, ground for a country-wide agitation was prepared., , Development of the Khalifat-NonCooperation Programme, For some time, the Khilafat leaders limited their actions to, meetings, petitions, deputations in favour of the Khilafat., Later, however, a militant trend emerged, demanding an active, agitation such as stopping all cooperation with the British., Thus, at the All India Khilafat Conference held in Delhi in, November 1919, a call was made for the boycott of British, goods. The Khilafat leaders also clearly spelt out that unless, peace terms after the War were favourable to Turkey they, would stop all cooperation with the Government. Gandhi, who, was the president of the All India Khilafat Committee, saw, in the issue a platform from which mass and united noncooperation could be declared against the Government., , Congress Stand on Khilafat Question, It was quite clear that the support of the Congress was, essential for the Khilafat movement to succeed. However,, although Gandhi was in favour of launching satyagraha and, non-cooperation against the government on the Khilafat, issue, the Congress was not united on this form of political, action. Tilak was opposed to having an alliance with Muslim, leaders over a religious issue and he was also sceptical of
Page 394 :
Non-Cooperation Movement and Khilafat..., , 369, , satyagraha as an instrument of politics. According to Professor, Ravinder Kumar, Gandhi made a concerted bid to convince, Tilak of the virtues of satyagraha and of the expediency of, an alliance with the Muslim community over the Khilafat, issue. There was opposition to some of the other provisions, of the Gandhi’s non-cooperation programme also, such as, boycott of councils. Later, however, Gandhi was able to the, get the approval of the Congress for his programme of, political action and the Congress felt inclined to support a, non-cooperation programme on the Khilafat question, because—, ●, it was felt that this was a golden opportunity to, cement Hindu-Muslim unity and to bring Muslim, masses into the national movement; now different, sections of society—Hindus, Muslims, Sikhs,, Christians, peasants, artisans, capitalists, tribals,, women, students—could come into the national, movement by fighting for their own rights and, realising that the colonial rule was opposed to them;, ●, the Congress was losing faith in constitutional, struggle, especially after the Punjab incidents and, the blatantly partisan Hunter Committee Report;, ●, the Congress was aware that the masses were eager, to give expression to their discontent., , Muslim League Support to Congress, The Muslim League also decided to give full support to the, Congress and its agitation on political questions., , The Non-Cooperation Khilafat, Movement, February 1920 In early 1920, a joint Hindu-Muslim, deputation was sent to the viceroy to seek redress of, grievances on the issue of Khilafat, but the mission proved, abortive.
Page 395 :
370, , A Brief History of Modern India, , In February 1920, Gandhi announced that the issues of, the Punjab wrongs and constitutional advance had been overshadowed by the Khilafat question and that he would soon, lead a movement of non-cooperation if the terms of the peace, treaty failed to satisfy the Indian Muslims., May 1920 The Treaty of Sevres with Turkey, signed, in May 1920, completely dismembered Turkey., June 1920 An all-party conference at Allahabad, approved a programme of boycott of schools, colleges and, law courts, and asked Gandhi to lead it., August 31, 1920 The Khilafat Committee started a, campaign of non-cooperation and the movement was formally, launched. (Tilak had, incidentally, breathed his last on August, 1, 1920.), September 1920 At a special session in Calcutta, the, Congress approved a non-cooperation programme till the, Punjab and Khilafat wrongs were removed and swaraj was, established. The programme was to include—, ●, boycott of government schools and colleges;, ●, boycott of law courts and dispensation of justice, through panchayats instead;, ●, boycott of legislative councils; (there were some, differences over this as some leaders like C.R. Das, were not willing to include a boycott of councils,, but bowed to Congress discipline; these leaders, boycotted elections held in November 1920 and the, majority of the voters too stayed away);, ●, boycott of foreign cloth and use of khadi instead;, also practice of hand-spinning to be done;, ●, renunciation of government honours and titles; the, second phase could include mass civil disobedience, including resignation from government service, and, non-payment of taxes., During the movement, the participants were supposed, to work for Hindu-Muslim unity and for removal of, untouchability, all the time remaining non-violent.
Page 396 :
Non-Cooperation Movement and Khilafat..., , 371, , December 1920 At the Nagpur session of the Indian, National Congress—, (i) The programme of non-cooperation was endorsed., (ii) An important change was made in the Congress, creed: now, instead of having the attainment of self-government, through constitutional means as its goal, the Congress, decided to have the attainment of swaraj through peaceful, and legitimate means, thus committing itself to an extraconstitutional mass struggle., (iii) Some important organisational changes were made:, a congress working committee (CWC) of 15 members was, set up to lead the Congress from now onwards; provincial, congress committees on linguistic basis were organised;, ward committees was organised; and entry fee was reduced, to four annas., (iv) Gandhi declared that if the non-cooperation, programme was implemented completely, swaraj would be, ushered in within a year., Many groups of revolutionary terrorists, especially, those from Bengal, also pledged support to the Congress, programme., At this stage, some leaders like Mohammad Ali Jinnah,, Annie Besant, G.S. Kharpade and B.C. Pal left the Congress, as they believed in a constitutional and lawful struggle while, some others like Surendranath Banerjea founded the Indian, National Liberal Federation and played a minor role in, national politics henceforward., The adoption by the Congress of the non-cooperation, movement initiated earlier by the Khilafat Committee gave, it a new energy, and the years 1921 and 1922 saw an unprecedented popular upsurge., , Spread of the Movement, Gandhi accompanied by the Ali brothers undertook a nationwide, tour. Thousands of students left government schools and, colleges and joined around 800 national schools and colleges
Page 397 :
372, , A Brief History of Modern India, , which cropped up during this time. These educational, institutions were organised under the leadership of Acharya, Narendra Dev, C.R. Das, Lala Lajpat Rai, Zakir Hussain,, Subhash Bose (who became the principal of National, College at Calcutta) and included Jamia Millia at Aligarh,, Kashi Vidyapeeth, Gujarat Vidyapeeth and Bihar, Vidyapeeth., Many lawyers gave up their practice, some of whom, were Motilal Nehru, Jawaharlal Nehru, C.R. Das, C. Rajagopalachari, Saifuddin Kitchlew, Vallabhbhai Patel, Asaf Ali,, T. Prakasam and Rajendra Prasad., Heaps of foreign cloth were burnt publicly and their, imports fell by half. Picketing of shops selling foreign liquor, and of toddy shops was undertaken at many places., The Tilak Swaraj Fund was oversubscribed and one, crore rupees collected., Congress volunteer corps emerged as the parallel, police., In July 1921, the Ali brothers gave a call to the, Muslims to resign from the Army as it was unreligious. The, Ali brothers were arrested for this in September. Gandhi, echoed their call and asked local Congress committees to, pass similar resolutions to that effect., Now, the Congress gave a call to local Congress bodies, to start civil disobedience if it was thought that the people, were ready for it. Already, a no-tax movement against union, board taxes in Midnapore (Bengal) and in Guntur (Andhra), was going on., In Assam, strikes in tea plantations, steamer services, and Assam-Bengal Railways had been organised. J.M. Sengupta, was a prominent leader in these strikes., In November 1921, the visit of the Prince of Wales, to India invited strikes and demonstrations., The spirit of defiance and unrest gave rise to many local, struggles such as Awadh Kisan Movement (UP), Eka Movement, (UP), Mappila Revolt (Malabar) and the Sikh agitation for, the removal of mahants in Punjab.
Page 398 :
Non-Cooperation Movement and Khilafat..., , 373, , People’s Response, The participation in the movement was from a wide range, of the society but to a varying extent., , Middle Class, , People from the middle classes led the movement at the, beginning but later they showed a lot of reservations about, Gandhi’s programme. In places like Calcutta, Bombay and, Madras, which were centres of elite politicians, the response, to Gandhi’s call was very limited. The response to the call, for resignation from the government service, surrendering of, titles, etc., was not taken seriously. The comparative, newcomers in Indian politics found expression of their, interests and aspirations in the movement. Rajendra Prasad, in Bihar and Vallabhbhai Patel in Gujarat provided solid, support and, in fact, leaders like them found non-cooperation, to be a viable political alternative to terrorism in order to, fight against a colonial government., , Business Class, , The economic boycott received support from the Indian, business group because they had benefited from the, nationalists’ emphasis on the use of swadeshi. But a section, of the big business remained sceptical towards the movement., They seemed to be afraid of labour unrest in their factories., , Peasants, , Peasants’ participation was massive. Although the Congress, was against class war, the masses broke this restraint. In, Bihar, the confrontation between the ‘lower and upper castes’, on the issue of the former taking the sacred thread got, merged with the Non-Cooperation Movement. In general, the, peasants turned against the landlords and the traders. The, movement gave an opportunity to the toiling masses to, express their real feelings against the British as well as, against their Indian masters and oppressors (landlords and, traders)., , Students, , Students became active volunteers of the movement and, thousands of them left government schools and colleges and
Page 399 :
374, , A Brief History of Modern India, , joined national schools and colleges. The newly opened, national institutions like the Kashi Vidyapeeth, the Gujarat, Vidyapeeth and the Jamila Milia Islamia and others, accommodated many students., , Women, , Women gave up purdah and offered their ornaments for the, Tilak Fund. They joined the movement in large numbers and, took active part in picketing before the shops selling foreign, cloth and liquor., , Hindu-Muslim Unity, , The massive participation of Muslims and the maintenance, of communal unity, despite the events like Moppila Uprisings,, were great achievements. In many places, two-thirds of those, arrested were Muslims, and such type of participation had, neither been seen in the past nor would be seen in the future., Gandhi and other leaders addressed the Muslim masses from, mosques, and Gandhi was even allowed to address meetings, of Muslim women in which he was the only male who was, not blind-folded., , Government Response, Talks between Gandhi and Reading, the viceroy, broke down, in May 1921 as the government wanted Gandhi to urge the, Ali brothers to remove those portions from speeches which, suggested violence. Gandhi realised that the government was, trying to drive a wedge between him and the Khilafat leaders, and refused to fall into the trap. In December, the government, came down heavily on the protestors. Volunteer corps were, declared illegal, public meetings were banned, the press was, gagged and most of the leaders barring Gandhi were arrested., , The Last Phase of the Movement, , Gandhi was now under increasing pressure from the Congress, rank and file to start the civil disobedience programme. The, Ahmedabad session in 1921 (presided over, incidentally, by, C.R. Das while still in jail; Hakim Ajmal Khan was the acting, president) appointed Gandhi the sole authority on the issue.
Page 400 :
Non-Cooperation Movement and Khilafat..., , 375, , On February 1, 1922 Gandhi threatened to launch civil, disobedience from Bardoli (Gujarat) if (i) political prisoners, were not released, and (ii) press controls were not removed., The movement had hardly begun before it was brought to an, abrupt end., , Chauri Chaura Incident, A small sleepy village named Chauri-Chaura (Gorakhpur, district in United Provinces) has found a place in history, books due to an incident of violence on February 5, 1922, which was to prompt Gandhi to withdraw the movement. The, police here had beaten up the leader of a group of volunteers, campaigning against liquor sale and high food prices, and then, opened fire on the crowd which had come to protest before, the police station. The agitated crowd torched the police, station with policemen inside who had taken shelter there;, those who tried to flee were hacked to death and thrown back, into the fire. Twenty-two policemen were killed in the, Views, To sound the order of retreat just when public enthusiasm was, reaching the boiling point was nothing short of a national calamity., The principal lieutenants of the Mahatma, Deshbandhu Das,, Pandit Motilal Nehru and Lala Lajpat Rai, who were all in prison,, shared the popular resentment., —Subhas Chandra Bose, A mass wave of revolutionary unrest in India in 1919 (evident, from the labour unrest and strike wave of 1919-20 and peasant, protests in UP and Bihar) ..... worked as a kind of popular groundswell virtually forcing the leadership to a radical posture...Gandhi, and the Congress bigwigs sensed that a revolutionary mass, movement was in the offing. They decided to take over the, leadership to keep the movement a ‘controlled’ affair and ‘within, safe channels’. The movement was called off just when the, masses seemed to be taking the initiative., —Marxist Interpretation, I would suffer every humiliation, every torture, absolute ostracism, and death itself to prevent the movement from becoming violent., —M.K. Gandhi, in Young India, February 16, 1922
Page 401 :
376, , A Brief History of Modern India, , violence. Gandhi, not happy with the increasingly violent, trend of the movement, immediately announced the withdrawal, of the movement., The Congress Working Committee met at Bardoli in, February 1922 and resolved to stop all activity that led to, breaking of the law and to get down to constructive work,, instead, which was to include popularisation of khadi, national, schools, and campaigning for temperance, for Hindu-Muslim, unity and against untouchability., Most of the nationalist leaders including C.R. Das,, Motilal Nehru, Subhash Bose, Jawaharlal Nehru, however,, expressed their bewilderment at Gandhi’s decision to withdraw, the movement., In March 1922, Gandhi was arrested and sentenced to, six years in jail. He made the occasion memorable by a, magnificent court speech: “I am here, therefore, to invite and, submit cheerfully to the highest penalty that can be inflicted, upon me for what in law is deliberate crime, and what appears, to me to be the highest duty of a citizen.”, , Why Gandhi Withdrew the Movement, Gandhi felt that people had not learnt or fully understood, the method of non-violence. Incidents like Chauri-Chaura, could lead to the kind of excitement and fervour that would, turn the movement to become generally violent. A violent, movement could be easily suppressed by the colonial regime, who would make the incidents of violence an excuse for using, the armed might of the State against the protestors., The movement was also showing signs of fatigue. This, was natural as it is not possible to sustain any movement, at a high pitch for very long. The government seemed to be, in no mood for negotiations., The central theme of the agitation—the Khilafat, question—also dissipated soon. In November 1922, the, people of Turkey rose under Mustafa Kamal Pasha and, deprived the sultan of political power. Turkey was made a
Page 402 :
Non-Cooperation Movement and Khilafat..., , 377, , secular state. Thus, the Khilafat question lost its relevance., A European style of legal system was established in Turkey, and extensive rights granted to women. Education was, nationalised and modern agriculture and industries developed., In 1924, the caliphate was abolished., , Evaluation of Khilafat Non-Cooperation, Movement, The movement brought the urban Muslims into the national, movement, but at the same time it communalised the national, politics, to an extent. Although Muslim sentiments were a, manifestation of the spread of a wider anti-imperialist, feeling, the national leaders failed to raise the religious, political consciousness of the Muslims to a level of secular, political consciousness., With the Non-Cooperation Movement, nationalist, sentiments reached every nook and corner of the country and, politicised every strata of population—the artisans, peasants,, students, urban poor, women, traders, etc. It was this, politicisation and activisation of millions of men and women, which imparted a revolutionary character to the national, movement. Colonial rule was based on two myths—one, that, such a rule was in the interest of Indians and two, that it, was invincible. The first myth had been exploded by the, economic critique by Moderate nationalists. The second myth, had been challenged by satyagraha through mass struggle., Now, the masses lost the hitherto all-pervasive fear of the, colonial rule and its mighty repressive organs., View, It (Khilafat movement) was a purely retrograde and reactionary, movement, and more importantly for Indian nationalism, it was, an intrinsically anti-nationalist movement pitting specifically, Islamic interests against secular and non-Muslim interests., —Dr. Koenraad Elst
Page 403 :
378, , A Brief History of Modern India, Summary, , ●, , Khilafat-Non-Cooperation Movement, * Three demands—, 1. Favourable treaty for Turkey, 2. Redressal of Punjab wrongs, 3. Establishment of swaraj, * Techniques used, Boycott of government-run schools, colleges, law courts,, municipality and government service, foreign cloth, liquor;, setting up of national schools, colleges, panchayats and using, khadi; second stage to include civil disobedience by nonpayment of taxes., * Nagpur Congress Session (December 1920)—Congress goal, changed to attainment of swaraj through peaceful and legitimate, means from attainment of self-government through constitutional, means., * Chauri-Chaura Incident (February 5, 1922)—Violence by, agitated mob prompted Gandhi to withdraw the movement.
Page 404 :
Emergence of Swarajists, Socialist Ideas, ..., , 379, , 17, Emergence of Swarajists,, Socialist Ideas, Revolutionary, Activities and Other, New Forces, Swarajists and No-Changers, Genesis of Congress-Khilafat Swarajya, Party, After Gandhi’s arrest (March 1922), there was disintegration,, disorganisation and demoralisation among nationalist ranks., A debate started among Congressmen on what to do during, the transition period, i.e., the passive phase of the movement., One section led by C.R. Das, Motilal Nehru and Ajmal, Khan wanted an end to the boycott of legislative councils, so that the nationalists could enter them to expose the basic, weaknesses of these assemblies and use these councils as, an arena of political struggle to arouse popular enthusiasm., They wanted, in other words, to ‘end or mend’ these councils,, i.e., if the government did not respond to the nationalists’, demands, then they would obstruct the working of these, councils., Those advocating entry into legislative councils came, to be known as the ‘Swarajists’, while the other school of, 379
Page 405 :
380, , A Brief History of Modern India, , thought led by C. Rajagopalachari, Vallabhbhai Patel, Rajendra, Prasad and M.A. Ansari came to be known as the ‘Nochangers’. The ‘No-changers’ opposed council entry, advocated, concentration on constructive work, and continuation of, boycott and non-cooperation, and quiet preparation for, resumption of the suspended civil disobedience programme., The differences over the question of council entry, between the two schools of thought resulted in the defeat, of the Swarajists’ proposal of ‘ending or mending’ the, councils at the Gaya session of the Congress (December, 1922). C.R. Das and Motilal Nehru resigned from the, presidentship and secretaryship respectively of the Congress, and announced the formation of Congress-Khilafat Swarajya, Party or simply Swarajist Party, with C.R. Das as the, president and Motilal Nehru as one of the secretaries., , Swarajists’ Arguments, The Swarajists had their reasons for advocating the entry into, the councils., ● Entering the councils would not negate the noncooperation programme; in fact, it would be like carrying on, the movement through other means—opening a new front., ● In a time of political vacuum, council work would, serve to enthuse the masses and keep up their morale. Entry, of nationalists would deter the government from stuffing the, councils with undesirable elements who may be used to, provide legitimacy to government measures., ● The councils could be used as an arena of political, struggle; there was no intention to use the councils as organs, for gradual transformation of colonial rule., , No-Changers’ Arguments, The No-Changers argued that parliamentary work would lead, to neglect of constructive work, loss of revolutionary zeal, and to political corruption. Constructive work would prepare, everyone for the next phase of civil disobedience.
Page 406 :
Emergence of Swarajists, Socialist Ideas, ..., , 381, , Agree to Disagree, Both sides, however, wanted to avoid a 1907-type split and, kept in touch with Gandhi who was in jail. Both sides also, realised the significance of putting up a united front to get, a mass movement to force the government to introduce, reforms, and both sides accepted the necessity of Gandhi’s, leadership of a united nationalist front. Keeping these factors, in mind, a compromise was reached at a meeting in Delhi, in September 1923., The Swarajists were allowed to contest elections as a, group within the Congress. The Swarajists accepted the, Congress programme with only one difference—that they, would join legislative councils. The elections to the newly, constituted Central Legislative Assembly and to provincial, assemblies were to be held in November 1923., , The Swarajist Manifesto for Elections, Released in October 1923, the Swarajist manifesto took a, strong anti-imperialist line. The points put forward were as, follows., ● The guiding motive of the British in governing India, lay in selfish interests of their own country;, ● The so-called reforms were only a blind to further, the said interests under the pretence of granting a responsible, government, the real objective being to continue exploitation, of the unlimited resources of the country by keeping Indians, permanently in a subservient position to Britain;, ● The Swarajists would present the nationalist demand, of self-government in councils;, ● If this demand was rejected, they would adopt a policy, of uniform, continuous and consistent obstruction within the, councils to make governance through councils impossible;, ● Councils would thus be wrecked from within by, creating deadlocks on every measure.
Page 407 :
382, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Gandhi’s Attitude, , Gandhi was initially opposed to the Swarajist proposal of, council entry. But after his release from prison on health, grounds in February 1924, he gradually moved towards a, reconciliation with the Swarajists., ● He felt public opposition to the programme of, council entry would be counter-productive., ● In the November 1923 elections, the Swarajists had, managed to win 42 out of 141 elected seats and a clear, majority in the provincial assembly of Central Provinces. In, legislatures, in cooperation with the Liberals and the, independents like Jinnah and Malaviya, they won a majority., The courageous and uncompromising manner in which the, Swarajists functioned convinced him that they would not, become just another limb of colonial administration., ● There was a government crackdown on revolutionary, terrorists and the Swarajists towards the end of 1924; this, angered Gandhi and he expressed his solidarity with the, Swarajists by surrendering to their wishes., Both sides came to an agreement in 1924 (endorsed, at the Belgaum session of the Congress in December 1924, over which Gandhi—the only time—presided over the, Congress session) that the Swarajists would work in the, councils as an integral part of the Congress., , Swarajist Activity in Councils, , Gradually, the Swarajist position had weakened because of, widespread communal riots, and a split among Swarajists, themselves on communal and Responsivist-Non-responsivist, lines. The government strategy of dividing the Swarajists—, the more militant from the moderate, the Hindus from the, Muslims—was successful. The Swarajists lost the support of, many Muslims when the party did not support the tenants’, cause against the zamindars in Bengal (most of the tenants, were Muslims). Communal interests also entered the party., The death of C.R. Das in 1925 weakened it further.
Page 408 :
Emergence of Swarajists, Socialist Ideas, ..., , 383, , The Responsivists among Swarajists—Lala Lajpat Rai,, Madan Mohan Malaviya and N.C. Kelkar—advocated, cooperation with the government and holding of office, wherever possible. Besides they also wanted to protect the, so-called Hindu interests. The communal elements accused, leaders like Motilal Nehru, who did not favour joining the, council, of being anti-Hindu even as Muslim communalists, called the Swarajists anti-Muslim., Thus, the main leadership of the Swarajist Party reiterated, faith in mass civil disobedience and withdrew from legislatures, in March 1926, while another section of Swarajists went into, the 1926 elections as a party in disarray, and did not fare, well on the whole. They won 40 seats in the Centre and some, seats in Madras but were routed in the United Provinces, the, Central Provinces and Punjab., In 1930, the Swarajists finally walked out as a result, of the Lahore Congress resolution on purna swaraj and the, beginning of the Civil Disobedience Movement., , Achievements, , (i) With coalition partners, they out-voted the government, several times, even on matters relating to budgetary grants,, and passed adjournment motions., (ii) They agitated through powerful speeches on selfgovernment, civil liberties and industrialisation., (iii) Vithalbhai Patel was elected speaker of Central, Legislative Assembly in 1925., (iv) A noteworthy achievement was the defeat of the, Public Safety Bill in 1928 which was aimed at empowering, the Government to deport undesirable and subversive, foreigners (because the Government was alarmed by the, spread of socialist and communist ideas and believed that a, crucial role was being played by the British and other foreign, activists being sent by the Commintern)., (v) By their activities, they filled the political vacuum, at a time when the national movement was recouping its, strength.
Page 409 :
384, , A Brief History of Modern India, , (vi) They exposed the hollowness of the Montford, scheme., (vii) They demonstrated that the councils could be used, creatively., , Drawbacks, (i) The Swarajists lacked a policy to coordinate their, militancy inside legislatures with the mass struggle outside., They relied totally on newspaper reporting to communicate, with the public., (ii) An obstructionist strategy had its limitations., (iii) They could not carry on with their coalition, partners very far because of conflicting ideas, which further, limited their effectiveness., (iv) They failed to resist the perks and privileges of, power and office., (v) They failed to support the peasants’ cause in Bengal, and lost support among Muslim members who were propeasant., , Constructive Work by No-Changers, The No-Changers devoted themselves to constructive work, that connected them to the different sections of the masses., (i) Ashrams sprang up where young men and women, worked among tribals and lower castes (especially in Kheda, and Bardoli areas of Gujarat), and popularised the use of, charkha and khadi., (ii) National schools and colleges were set up where, students were trained in a non-colonial ideological framework., (iii) Significant work was done for Hindu-Muslim unity,, removing untouchability, boycott of foreign cloth and liquor,, and for flood relief., (iv) The constructive workers served as the backbone, of civil disobedience as active organisers., , A Critique of Constructive Work, National education benefited the urban lower middle classes, and the rich peasants only. Enthusiasm for national education
Page 410 :
Emergence of Swarajists, Socialist Ideas, ..., , 385, , surfaced in the excitement of the movement only. In passivity,, the lure of degrees and jobs took the students to official, schools and colleges., Popularisation of khadi was an uphill task since it was, costlier than the imported cloth., While campaigning about the social aspect of, untouchability, no emphasis was laid on the economic, grievances of the landless and agricultural labourers comprising, mostly the untouchables., Although the Swarajists and the No-changers worked, in their separate ways, they kept on best of terms with one, another and were able to unite whenever the time was ripe, for a new political struggle., , Emergence of New Forces: Socialistic, Ideas, Youth Power, Trade Unionism, The third decade of the twentieth century is a watershed in, modern Indian history in more ways than one. While, on the, one hand, this period marked the entry of Indian masses into, the national movement, on the other hand, this period saw, the basic crystallisation of the main political currents on the, national scene. These diverse political currents owed their, origin partly to the coming on the scene of the Gandhian, philosophy of satyagraha based on truth and non-violence, as, they embodied a positive or negative reaction to it. The, international influence on Indian political thinkers during this, phase was also more pronounced than before., The new forces to emerge during the 1920s included, the following., , Spread of Marxist and Socialist Ideas, Ideas of Marx and Socialist thinkers inspired many groups, to come into existence as socialists and communists. These, ideas also resulted in the rise of a left wing within the, Congress, represented by Jawaharlal Nehru and Subhash
Page 411 :
386, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Chandra Bose. These young nationalists, inspired by the, Soviet Revolution and dissatisfied with Gandhian ideas and, political programme, began advocating radical solutions for, economic, political and social ills of the country. These, younger nationalists—, ● were critical of both Swarajists and No-Changers;, ● advocated a more consistent anti-imperialist line in, the form of a slogan for purna swarajya (complete, independence);, ● were influenced by an awareness, though still vague,, of international currents;, ● stressed the need to combine nationalism and antiimperialism with social justice and simultaneously, raised the question of internal class oppression by, capitalists and landlords., The Communist Party of India (CPI) was formed in, 1920 in Tashkent (now, the capital of Uzbekistan) by M.N., Roy, Abani Mukherji and others after the second Congress, of Commintern. M.N. Roy was also the first to be elected, to the leadership of Commintern., In 1924, many communists—S.A. Dange, Muzaffar, Ahmed, Shaukat Usmani, Nalini Gupta—were jailed in the, Kanpur Bolshevik Conspiracy Case., In 1925, the Indian Communist Conference at Kanpur, formalised the foundation of the CPI., In 1929, the government crackdown on communists, resulted in the arrest and trial of 31 leading communists,, trade unionists and left-wing leaders; they were tried at, Meerut in the famous Meerut conspiracy case., Workers’ and peasants’ parties were organised all over, the country and they propagated Marxist and communist, ideas., All these communist groups and workers’ and peasants’, parties remained an integral part of the national movement, and worked along with the Congress.
Page 412 :
Emergence of Swarajists, Socialist Ideas, ..., , 387, , Activism of Indian Youth, , All over, students’ leagues were being established and, students’ conferences were being held. In 1928, Jawaharlal, Nehru presided over the All Bengal Students’ Conference., , Peasants’ Agitations, In the United Provinces peasant agitations were for revision, of tenancy laws, lower rents, protection against eviction and, relief from indebtedness. Similar peasant agitations took, place in the Rampa region of Andhra, in Rajasthan, in ryotwari, areas of Bombay and Madras. In Gujarat, the Bardoli Satyagraha, was led by Vallabhbhai Patel (1928)., , Growth of Trade Unionism, The trade union movement was led by All India Trade Union, Congress (AITUC) founded in 1920. Lala Lajpat Rai was its, first president and Dewan Chaman Lal its general secretary., Tilak was also one of the moving spirits. The major strikes, during the 1920s included those in Kharagpur Railway, Workshops,Tata Iron and Steel Works (Jamshedpur), Bombay, Textile Mills (this involved 1,50,000 workers and went on, for 5 months), and Buckingham Carnatic Mills. In 1928, there, were a number of strikes involving 5 lakh workers. In 1923,, the first May Day was celebrated in India in Madras., , Caste Movements, As in earlier periods, the varied contradictions of the Indian, society found expression in caste associations and movements., These movements could be divisive, conservative and at times, potentially radical, and included:, ● Justice Party (Madras), ● Self-respect movement (1925) under “Periyar”—E.V., Ramaswamy Naicker (Madras), ● Satyashodhak activists in Satara (Maharashtra), ● Bhaskar Rao Jadhav (Maharashtra), ● Mahars under Ambedkar (Maharashtra), ● Radical Ezhavas under K. Aiyappan and C. Kesavan, in Kerala
Page 413 :
388, ●, ●, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Yadavs in Bihar for improvement in social status, Unionist Party under Fazl-i-Hussain (Punjab)., , Revolutionary Activity with a Turn towards, Socialism, This line was adopted by those dissatisfied with the nationalist, strategy of the political struggle with its emphasis on nonviolence. Here, too, two strands developed—, ● Hindustan Republican Association (H.R.A.)—in, Punjab-UP-Bihar, ● Yugantar, Anushilan groups and later Chittagong, Revolt Group under Surya Sen—in Bengal, , Revolutionary Activity During the, 1920s, Why Attraction for Revolutionary Activity, after Non-Cooperation Movement, The revolutionaries had faced severe repression during the, First World War. But in early 1920, many were released by, the government under a general amnesty to create a harmonious, environment for the Montford Reforms to work. Soon,, Gandhi launched the Non-Cooperation Movement. Under the, persuasion of Gandhi and C.R. Das, many revolutionary, groups either agreed to join the non-cooperation programme, or suspended their activities to give the non-violent NonCooperation Movement a chance., The sudden withdrawal of the Non-Cooperation, Movement, however, left many of them disillusioned; they, began to question the basic strategy of nationalist leadership, and its emphasis on non-violence and began to look for, alternatives. But since these younger nationalists were not, attracted to the parliamentary work of the Swarajists or to, the patient, undramatic, constructive work of the No-changers,
Page 414 :
Emergence of Swarajists, Socialist Ideas, ..., , 389, , they were drawn to the idea that violent methods alone would, free India. Thus, revolutionary activity was revived., Nearly all major leaders of revolutionary policies had, been enthusiastic participants in the Non-Cooperation, Movement and included Jogesh Chandra Chatterjee, Surya, Sen, Bhagat Singh, Sukhdev, Chandrasekhar Azad, Shiv Verma,, Bhagwaticharan Vohra, Jaidev Kapur and Jatin Das. Two, separate strands of revolutionary groups emerged during this, period—one operating in Punjab-UP-Bihar and the other in, Bengal., , Major Influences, , (i) Upsurge of working class trade unionism after the, War; the revolutionaries wanted to harness the revolutionary, potential of the new emergent class for nationalist revolution., (ii) Russian Revolution (1917) and the success of the, young Soviet state in consolidating itself., (iii) Newly sprouting communist groups with their, emphasis on Marxism, socialism and the proletariat., (iv) Journals publishing memoirs and articles extolling, the self-sacrifice of revolutionaries, such as Atmasakti,, Sarathi and Bijoli., (v) Novels and books such as Bandi Jiwan by Sachin, Sanyal and Pather Dabi by Sharatchandra Chatterjee (a, government ban only enhanced its popularity)., , In Punjab-United Provinces-Bihar, , The revolutionary activity in this region was dominated by, the Hindustan Republican Association/Army or HRA, (later renamed Hindustan Socialist Republican Association, or HSRA). The HRA was founded in October 1924 in Kanpur, by Ramprasad Bismil, Jogesh Chandra Chatterjee and Sachin, Sanyal, with an aim to organise an armed revolution to, overthrow the colonial government and establish in its place, the Federal Republic of United States of India whose basic, principle would be adult franchise.
Page 415 :
390, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Kakori Robbery (August 1925), The most important action of the HRA was the Kakori, robbery. The men held up the 8-Down train at Kakori, an, obscure village near Lucknow, and looted its official railway, cash. Government crackdown after the Kakori robbery led, to arrests of many, of whom 17 were jailed, four transported, for life and four—Bismil, Ashfaqullah, Roshan Singh and, Rajendra Lahiri—were hanged. Kakori proved to be a setback., , The HSRA, Determined to overcome the Kakori setback, the younger, revolutionaries, inspired by socialist ideas, set out to reorganise, Hindustan Republic Association at a historic meeting in the, ruins of Ferozshah Kotla in Delhi (September 1928). Under, the leadership of Chandra Shekhar Azad, the name of HRA, was changed to Hindustan Socialist Republican Association, (HSRA). The participants included Bhagat Singh, Sukhdev,, Bhagwaticharan Vohra from Punjab and Bejoy Kumar Sinha,, Shiv Verma and Jaidev Kapur from the United Provinces. The, HSRA decided to work under a collective leadership and, adopted socialism as its official goal., , Saunders’ Murder (Lahore, December 1928), Just when the HSRA revolutionaries had begun to move away, from individual heroic action, the death of Sher-i-Punjab Lala, Lajpat Rai due to lathi blows received during a lathi- charge, on an anti-Simon Commission procession (October 1928), led them once again to take to individual assassination. Bhagat, Singh, Azad and Rajguru shot dead Saunders, the police, official responsible for the lathicharge in Lahore. The, assassination was justified with these words: “The murder of, a leader respected by millions of people at the unworthy, hands of an ordinary police officer...was an insult to the, nation. It was the bounden duty of young men of India to, efface it... We regret to have had to kill a person but he was, part and parcel of that inhuman and unjust order which has, to be destroyed.”
Page 416 :
Emergence of Swarajists, Socialist Ideas, ..., , 391, , Bomb in the Central Legislative Assembly, (April 1929), The HSRA leadership now decided to let the people know, about its changed objectives and the need for a revolution, by the masses. Bhagat Singh and Batukeshwar Dutt were asked, to throw a bomb in the Central Legislative Assembly on April, 8, 1929 to protest against the passage of the Public Safety, Bill and Trade Disputes Bill aimed at curtailing civil liberties, of citizens in general and workers in particular. The bombs, had been deliberately made harmless and were aimed at, making ‘the deaf hear’. The objective was to get arrested and, to use the trial court as a forum for propaganda so that people, would become familiar with their movement and ideology., , Action against the Revolutionaries, Bhagat Singh, Sukhdev and Rajguru were tried in the Lahore, conspiracy case. Many other revolutionaries were tried in a, series of other cases. In jail, these revolutionaries protested, against the horrible conditions through fasting, and demanded, honourable and decent treatment as political prisoners. Jatin, Das became the first martyr on the 64th day of his fast. The, defence of these young revolutionaries was organised by, Congress leaders. Bhagat Singh became a household name., Azad was involved in a bid to blow up Viceroy Irwin’s, train near Delhi in December 1929. During 1930 there were, a series of violent actions in Punjab and towns of United, Provinces (26 incidents in 1930 in Punjab alone)., Azad died in a police encounter in a park in Allahabad, in February 1931. Bhagat Singh, Sukhdev and Rajguru were, hanged on March 23, 1931., , In Bengal, , During the 1920s many revolutionary groups reorganised, their underground activities, while many continued working, under the Congress, thus getting access to the masses and, providing an organisational base to the Congress in towns, and villages. Many cooperated with C.R. Das in his Swarajist
Page 417 :
392, , A Brief History of Modern India, , work. After Das’s death (1925), the Bengal Congress broke, up into two factions—one led by J.M. Sengupta (Anushilan, group joined forces with him) and the other led by Subhash, Bose (Yugantar group backed him)., The actions of the reorganised groups included an, assassination attempt on the notorious Calcutta Police, Commissioner, Charles Tegart (another man named Day got, killed) by Gopinath Saha in 1924. The government, armed, with a new ordinance, came down heavily on revolutionaries., Many including Subhash Bose were arrested. Gopinath Saha, was hanged., Because of government repression and factionalism, among the revolutionaries, revolutionary activity suffered a, setback, but soon many of revolutionaries started regrouping., Among the new ‘Revolt Groups’, the most active and famous, was the Chittagong group under Surya Sen., , Chittagong Armoury Raid (April 1930), Surya Sen had participated in the Non-Cooperation Movement, and had become a teacher in the national school in Chittagong., He was imprisoned from 1926 to 1928 for revolutionary, activity and afterwards continued working in the Congress., He was the secretary of the Chittagong District Congress, Committee. He used to say ”Humanism is a special virtue, of a revolutionary.” He was a lover of poetry and an admirer, of Tagore and Qazi Nazrul Islam., Surya Sen decided to organise an armed rebellion along, with his associates—Anant Singh, Ganesh Ghosh and Lokenath, Baul—to show that it was possible to challenge the armed, might of the mighty British Empire. They had planned to, occupy two main armouries in Chittagong to seize and supply, arms to the revolutionaries to destroy telephone and telegraph, lines and to dislocate the railway link of Chittagong with the, rest of Bengal. The raid was conducted in April 1930 and, involved 65 activists under the banner of Indian Republican, Army—Chittagong Branch. The raid was quite successful;
Page 418 :
Emergence of Swarajists, Socialist Ideas, ..., , 393, , Sen hoisted the national flag, took salute and proclaimed a, provisional revolutionary government. Later, they dispersed, into neighbouring villages and raided government targets., Surya Sen was arrested in February 1933 and hanged, in January 1934, but the Chittagong raid fired the imagination, of the revolutionary-minded youth and recruits poured into, the revolutionary groups in a steady stream., , Aspects of the New Phase of Revolutionary, Movement in Bengal, Some noteworthy aspects were as follows., ● There was a large-scale participation of young women, especially under Surya Sen. These women provided shelter,, carried messages and fought with guns in hand. Prominent, women revolutionaries in Bengal during this phase included, Pritilata Waddedar, who died conducting a raid; Kalpana, Dutt who was arrested and tried along with Surya Sen and, given a life sentence; Santi Ghosh and Suniti Chandheri,, school girls of Comilla, who shot dead the district magistrate., (December 1931); and Bina Das who fired point blank at, the governor while receiving her degree at the convocation, (February 1932)., ● There was an emphasis on group action aimed at, organs of the colonial State, instead of individual action. The, objective was to set an example before the youth and to, demoralise the bureaucracy., ● Some of the earlier tendency towards Hindu religiosity, was shed, and there were no more rituals like oath-taking,, and this facilitated participation by Muslims. Surya Sen had, Muslims such as Satar, Mir Ahmed, Fakir Ahmed Mian and, Tunu Mian in his group., There were some drawbacks too:, ● The movement retained some conservative elements., ● It failed to evolve broader socio-economic goals., ● Those working with Swarajists failed to support the, cause of Muslim peasantry against zamindars in Bengal.
Page 419 :
394, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Official Reaction, , There was panic at first and then severe government repression., Armed with 20 repressive Acts, the government let loose the, police on the revolutionaries. In Chittagong, several villages, were burned and punitive fines imposed on many others. In, 1933, Jawaharlal Nehru was arrested for sedition and given, two years’ sentence because he had condemned imperialism, and praised the heroism of the revolutionaries., , Ideological Rethinking, , A real breakthrough was made by Bhagat Singh and his, comrades in terms of revolutionary ideology, forms of, revolutionary struggle and the goals of revolution. The, rethinking had begun in the mid-1920s. The Founding Council, of HRA had decided to preach revolutionary and communist, principles, and the HRA Manifesto (1925) declared that the, “HRA stood for abolition of all systems which made, exploitation of man by man possible”. The HRA’s main organ, Revolutionary had proposed nationalisation of railways and, other means of transport and of heavy industries such as ship, building and steel. The HRA had also decided to start labour, and peasant organisations and work for an “organised and, armed revolution”. During their last days (late 1920s), these, revolutionaries had started moving away from individual, heroic action and violence towards mass politics., Bismil, during his last days, appealed to the youth to, give up pistols and revolvers, not to work in revolutionary, conspiracies and instead work in an open movement. He, urged the youth to strengthen Hindu-Muslim unity, unite all, political groups under the leadership of the Congress. Bismil, affirmed faith in communism and the principle that “every, human being has equal rights over the products of nature”., The famous statement of the revolutionary position is, contained in the book The Philosophy of the Bomb written, by Bhagwaticharan Vohra., Even before his arrest, Bhagat Singh had moved away
Page 420 :
Emergence of Swarajists, Socialist Ideas, ..., , 395, , from a belief in violent and individual heroic action to, Marxism and the belief that a popular broad-based movement, alone could lead to a successful revolution. In other words,, revolution could only be “by the masses, for the masses”., That is why Bhagat Singh helped establish the Punjab, Naujawan Bharat Sabha (1926) as an open wing of, revolutionaries to carry out political work among the youth,, peasants and workers, and it was to open branches in villages., Bhagat and Sukhdev also organised the Lahore Students’, Union for open, legal work among students. Bhagat and his, comrades also realised that a revolution meant organisation, and development of a mass movement of the exploited and, the suppressed sections by the revolutionary intelligentsia., Bhagat used to say, “...real revolutionary armies are in villages, and factories.”, What then was the need for individual heroic action?, Firstly, effective acquisition of new ideology is a prolonged, and historical process whereas the need of the time was a, quick change in the way of thinking. Secondly, these young, intellectuals faced the classic dilemma of how to mobilise, people and recruit them. Here, they decided to opt for, propaganda by deed, i.e., through individual heroic action and, by using courts as a forum for revolutionary propaganda., , Redefining Revolution, Revolution was no longer equated with militancy and violence., Its objective was to be national liberation—imperialism was, to be overthrown but beyond that a new socialist order was, to be achieved, ending “exploitation of man by man”. As, Bhagat Singh said in the court, “Revolution does not, necessarily involve sanguinary strife, nor is there a place in, it for personal vendetta. It is not the cult of bomb and pistol., By revolution we mean the present order of things, which, is based on manifest injustice, must change.”, Bhagat fully accepted Marxism and the class approach, to society—”Peasants have to free themselves not only from
Page 421 :
396, , A Brief History of Modern India, , the foreign yoke, but also from the yoke of landlords and, capitalists.” He also said, “The struggle in India will continue,, so long as a handful of exploiters continue to exploit labour, of common people to further their own interests. It matters, little whether these exploiters are British capitalists, British, and Indian capitalists in alliance, or even purely Indians.” He, defined socialism scientifically as abolition of capitalism and, class domination., Bhagat was fully and consciously secular—two of the, six rules drafted by Bhagat for the Punjab Naujawan Bharat, Sabha were that its members would have nothing to do with, communal bodies and that they would propagate a general, feeling of tolerance among people, considering religion to, be a matter of personal belief. Bhagat Singh also saw the, importance of freeing people from the mental bondage of, religion and superstition—”to be a revolutionary, one required, immense moral strength, but one also required criticism and, independent thinking”., Summary, ●, , Swarajists and No-Changers, Swarajists advocated council entry after withdrawal of NonCooperation Movement with an aim to end or mend the, councils., No-changers advocated constructive work during transition, period., , ●, , Emergence of New Forces during 1920s, 1. Spread of Marxism and socialist ideas, 2. Activism of Indian youth, 3. Peasants’ agitations, 4. Growth of trade unionism, 5. Caste movements, 6. Revolutionary terrorism with a tilt towards socialism, , ●, , Activities of HRA/HSRA, Established—1924
Page 422 :
Emergence of Swarajists, Socialist Ideas, ..., , 397, , Kakori robbery—1925, Reorganised—1928, Saunders’ murder—1928, Bomb in Central Legislative Assembly—1929, Bid to blow up viceroy’s train—1929, Azad killed in police encounter—1931, Bhagat Singh, Rajguru, Sukhdev hanged—1931, ●, , Broadened View of HSRA, In later years, ideology moved away from individual action towards, socialistic ideals., , ●, , Revolutionaries in Bengal, Attempt on life of Calcutta police commissioner—1924, Surya Sen’s Chittagong Revolt Group and Chittagong robberies—, 1930
Page 423 :
398, , A Brief History of Modern India, , 18, Simon Commission and the, Nehru Report, Appointment of the Indian Statutory, Commission, The Government of India Act, 1919 had a provision that a, commission would be appointed ten years from date to study, the progress of the governance scheme and suggest new, steps. An all-white, seven-member Indian Statutory, Commission, popularly known as the Simon Commission, (after the name of its chairman, Sir John Simon), was set, up by the British government under Stanley Baldwin’s prime, ministership on November 8, 1927. The commission was to, recommend to the British government whether India was, ready for further constitutional reforms and along what lines., Although constitutional reforms were due only in 1929,, the Conservative government, then in power in Britain, feared, defeat by the Labour Party and thus did not want to leave, the question of the future of Britain’s most priced colony, in “irresponsible Labour hands”. Also by the mid-1920s, the, failure of the 1919 Act to create a stable imperial power, had led to several parliamentary reports and inquiries. The, Lee Commission went into the Raj’s failure to recruit enough, British officers; the Mudiman Commission looked into the, deadlock within the diarchic dispensation; and the Linlithgow, Commission inquired into the crisis of Indian agriculture. So, 398
Page 424 :
Simon Commission and the Nehru Report, , 399, , the British government thought it necessary to go more fully, into the working of the 1919 Act. The Conservative Secretary, of State for India, Lord Birkenhead, who had constantly talked, of the inability of Indians to formulate a concrete scheme, of constitutional reforms which had the support of wide, sections of Indian political opinion, was responsible for the, appointment of the Simon Commission., , Indian Response, The Indian response to the Simon Commission was immediate, and nearly unanimous. What angered the Indians most was, the exclusion of Indians from the commission and the basic, notion behind the exclusion that foreigners would discuss and, decide upon India’s fitness for self-government. This notion, was seen as a violation of the principle of self-determination,, and as a deliberate insult to the self-respect of Indians., , Congress Response, , The Congress session in Madras (December 1927) meeting, under the presidency of M.A. Ansari decided to boycott the, commission “at every stage and in every form”. Meanwhile, Nehru succeeded in getting a snap resolution passed at the, session, declaring complete independence as the goal of the, Congress., , Other Groups, Those who decided to support the Congress call of boycott, of the Simon Commission included the liberals of the Hindu, Mahasabha and the majority faction of the Muslim League, under Jinnah. The Muslim league had two sessions in 1927, – one under Jinnah at Calcutta where it was decided to oppose, the Simon Commission, and another at Lahore under, Muhammad Shafi, who supported the government. Some, others, such as the Unionists in Punjab and the Justice Party, in the south, decided not to boycott the commission., , Public Response, The commission landed in Bombay on February 3, 1928. On, that day, a countrywide hartal was organised and mass rallies
Page 425 :
400, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Dr Ambedkar and the Simon Commission, Dr Ambedkar was appointed by the Bombay Legislative Council, to work with the Simon Commission. In October 1928, Ambedkar, went before the commission., He argued for ‘universal adult franchise’ for both male and, female alike; for provincial autonomy in the provinces and dyrarchy, at Centre. (Significantly, universal adult franchise was at the time, yet to be guaranteed in most of European countries.), On behalf of the Bahishkrita Hitakarini Sabha, he submitted, a memorandum on the rights and safeguards he felt were required, for the depressed classes., Ambedkar said that there was no link between the depressed, classes and the Hindu community, and stated that the depressed, classes should be regarded as a distinct and independent minority., He asserted that the depressed classes as a minority needed, far greater political protection than any other minority in British India, because of its educational backwardness, its economically poor, condition, its social enslavement, and for the reason that it suffered, from certain grave political disabilities, from which no other, community suffered., In the circumstances, Dr Ambedkar demanded, for the political, protection of the depressed classes, representation on the same, basis as the Mohammedan minority. He wanted reserved seats for, the depressed classes if universal adult franchise was granted. In, case universal franchise was not granted, Ambedkar said he would, campaign for a separate electorate for the depressed classes., He also expressed the need to have certain safeguards either, in the constitution, if it was possible, or else “in the way of advice, in the instrument to the governor regarding the education of the, depressed classes and their entry into the public services”., [The report of the Simon Commission did grant reserved seats, to the depressed classes, but the condition was that candidates, who would take part in the elections would have, first of all, to, get their competence endorsed by the governor of the province., Ambedkar was most displeased with this but, in any case, this, report remained a dead letter.], , held. Wherever the commission went, there were black flag, demonstrations, hartals and slogans of ‘Simon Go Back’., A significant feature of this upsurge was that a new, generation of youth got their first taste of political action.
Page 426 :
Simon Commission and the Nehru Report, , 401, , They played the most active part in the protest, giving it a, militant flavour. The youth leagues and conferences got a real, fillip., Nehru and Subhash Bose emerged as leaders of this, new wave of youth and students. Both travelled extensively,, addressed and presided over conferences., This upsurge among the youth also provided a fertile, ground for the germination and spread of new radical ideas, of socialism reflected in the emergence of groups such as, the Punjab Naujawan Bharat Sabha, Workers’ and Peasants’, Parties and Hindustani Sewa Dal (Karnataka)., , Police Repression, , The police came down heavily on demonstrators; there were, lathicharges not sparing even the senior leaders. Jawaharlal, Nehru and G.B. Pant were beaten up in Lucknow. Lala Lajpat, Rai received severe blows on his chest in October 1928, which proved fatal and he died on November 17, 1928., View, The blows, which fell on me today, are the last nails driven, into the coffin of British Imperialism., —Lala Lajpat Rai, , Impact of Appointment of Simon, Commission on the National Movement, The impact of the appointment of the Simon Commission, on Indian politics was two-fold:, (i) It gave a stimulus to radical forces demanding not, just complete independence but major socio-economic, reforms on socialist lines. When the Simon Commission was, announced, the Congress, which did not have any active, programme in hand, got an issue on which it could once again, forge mass action., (ii) The challenge of Lord Birkenhead to Indian, politicians to produce an agreed constitution was accepted
Page 427 :
402, , A Brief History of Modern India, , by various political sections, and thus prospects for Indian, unity seemed bright at that point of time., , The Simon Commission Recommendations, The Simon Commission published a two-volume report in, May 1930. It proposed the abolition of dyarchy and the, establishment of representative government in the provinces, which should be given autonomy. It said that the governor, should have discretionary power in relation to internal, security and administrative powers to protect the different, communities. The number of members of provincial legislative, council should be increased., The report rejected parliamentary responsibility at the, centre. The governor-general was to have complete power to, appoint the members of the cabinet. And the Government of, India would have complete control over the high court., It also recommended that separate communal electorates, be retained (and extended such electorates to other, communities) but only until tensions between Hindus and, Muslims had died down. There was to be no universal, franchise., It accepted the idea of federalism but not in the near, future; it suggested that a Consultative Council of Greater, India should be established which should include, representatives of both the British provinces as well as, princely states., It suggested that the North-West Frontier Province and, Baluchistan should get local legislatures, and both NWFP and, Baluchistan should have the right to be represented at the, centre., It recommended that Sindh should be separated from, Bombay, and Burma should be separated from India because, it was not a natural part of the Indian subcontinent., It also suggested that the Indian army should be, Indianised though British forces must be retained. India got, fully equipped.
Page 428 :
Simon Commission and the Nehru Report, , 403, , But by the time the report came out, it was no longer, relevant because several events overtook the importance of, its recommendations., , Nehru Report, As an answer to Lord Birkenhead’s challenge, an All Parties, Conference met in February 1928 and appointed a subcommittee under the chairmanship of Motilal Nehru to draft, a constitution. This was the first major attempt by the Indians, to draft a constitutional framework for the country. The, committee included Tej Bahadur Sapru, Subhash Bose, M.S., Aney, Mangal Singh, Ali Imam, Shuab Qureshi and G.R., Pradhan as its members. The report was finalised by August, 1928. The recommendations of the Nehru Committee were, unanimous except in one respect—while the majority favoured, the “dominion status” as the basis of the Constitution, a, section of it wanted “complete independence” as the basis,, with the majority section giving the latter section liberty of, action., , Main Recommendations, , The Nehru Report confined itself to British India, as it, envisaged the future link-up of British India with the princely, states on a federal basis. For the dominion it recommended:, (i) Dominion status on lines of self-governing dominions, as the form of government desired by Indians (much to the, chagrin of younger, militant section—Nehru being prominent, among them)., (ii) Rejection of separate electorates which had been, the basis of constitutional reforms so far; instead, a demand, for joint electorates with reservation of seats for Muslims, at the Centre and in provinces where they were in minority, (and not in those where Muslims were in majority, such as, Punjab and Bengal) in proportion to the Muslim population, there with right to contest additional seats., (iii) Linguistic provinces.
Page 429 :
404, , A Brief History of Modern India, , (iv) Nineteen fundamental rights including equal rights, for women, right to form unions, and universal adult suffrage., (v) Responsible government at the Centre and in provinces—, (a) The Indian Parliament at the Centre to consist of, a 500-member House of Representatives elected on the basis, of adult suffrage, a 200-member Senate to be elected by, provincial councils; the House of Representatives to have a, tenure of 5 years and the Senate, one of 7 years; the central, government to be headed by a governor-general, appointed, by the British government but paid out of Indian revenues,, who would act on the advice of the central executive council, responsible to the Parliament., (b) Provincial councils to have a 5-year tenure, headed, by a governor acting on the advice of the provincial executive, council., (vi) Full protection to cultural and religious interests, of Muslims., (vii) Complete dissociation of State from religion., , The Muslim and Hindu Communal, Responses, Though the process of drafting a constitutional framework, was begun enthusiastically and unitedly by political leaders,, communal differences crept in and the Nehru Report got, involved in controversies over the issue of communal, representation., , Delhi Proposals of Muslim League, Earlier, in December 1927, a large number of Muslim leaders, had met at Delhi at the Muslim League session and evolved, four proposals for their demands to be incorporated into the, draft constitution. These proposals, which were accepted by, the Madras session of the Congress (December 1927), came, to be known as the ‘Delhi Proposals’. These were:
Page 430 :
Simon Commission and the Nehru Report, ●, ●, ●, ●, , 405, , joint electorates in place of separate electorates with, reserved seats for Muslims;, one-third representation to Muslims in Central, Legislative Assembly;, representation to Muslims in Punjab and Bengal in, proportion to their population;, formation of three new Muslim majority provinces—, Sindh, Baluchistan and North-West Frontier Province., , Hindu Mahasabha Demands, The Hindu Mahasabha was vehemently opposed to the proposals, for creating new Muslim-majority provinces and reservation, of seats for Muslims majorities in Punjab and Bengal (which, would ensure Muslim control over legislatures in both). It, also demanded a strictly unitary structure. This attitude of, the Hindu Mahasabha complicated matters., , Compromises, In the course of the deliberations of the All Parties, Conference, the Muslim League dissociated itself and stuck, to its demand for reservation of seats for Muslims, especially, in the central legislature and in Muslim majority provinces., Thus, Motilal Nehru and other leaders drafting the report, found themselves in a dilemma: if the demands of the Muslim, communal opinion were accepted, the Hindu communalists, would withdraw their support, if the latter were satisfied, the, Muslim leaders would get estranged., The concessions made in the Nehru Report to Hindu, communalists included the following:, ● Joint electorates proposed everywhere but reservation, for Muslims only where in minority;, ● Sindh to be detached from Bombay only after, dominion status was granted and subject to weightage given, to Hindu minority in Sindh;, ● Political structure proposed broadly unitary, as, residual powers rested with the centre.
Page 431 :
406, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Amendments Proposed by Jinnah, , At the All Parties Conference held at Calcutta in December, 1928 to consider the Nehru Report, Jinnah, on behalf of the, Muslim League, proposed three amendments to the report:, (i) one-third representation to Muslims in the central, legislature;, (ii) reservation to Muslims in Bengal and Punjab, legislatures proportionate to their population, till, adult suffrage was established; and, (iii) residual powers to provinces., These demands were not accommodated., , Jinnah’s Fourteen Points, Jinnah went back to the Shafi faction of the Muslim League, and in March 1929 gave fourteen points which were to, become the basis of all future propaganda of the Muslim, League. The fourteen points were as follows., 1. Federal Constitution with residual powers to, provinces., 2. Provincial autonomy., 3. No constitutional amendment by the centre without, the concurrence of the states constituting the Indian federation., 4. All legislatures and elected bodies to have adequate, representation of Muslims in every province without reducing, a majority of Muslims in a province to a minority or equality., 5. Adequate representation to Muslims in the services, and in self-governing bodies., 6. One-third Muslim representation in the central, legislature., 7. In any cabinet at the centre or in the provinces, onethird to be Muslims., 8. Separate electorates., 9. No bill or resolution in any legislature to be passed, if three-fourths of a minority community consider such a bill, or resolution to be against their interests.
Page 432 :
Simon Commission and the Nehru Report, , 407, , 10. Any territorial redistribution not to affect the, Muslim majority in Punjab, Bengal and NWFP., 11. Separation of Sindh from Bombay., 12. Constitutional reforms in the NWFP and, Baluchistan., 13. Full religious freedom to all communities., 14. Protection of Muslim rights in religion, culture,, education and language., , Nehru Report Found Unsatisfactory, , Not only were the Muslim League, the Hindu Mahasabha and, the Sikh communalists unhappy about the Nehru Report, but, the younger section of the Congress led by Jawaharlal Nehru, and Subhash Bose were also angered. The younger section, regarded the idea of dominion status in the report as a step, backward, and the developments at the All Parties Conference, strengthened their criticism of the dominion status idea., Nehru and Subhash Bose rejected the Congress’ modified, goal and jointly set up the Independence for India League., Summary, ●, , Simon Commission, Came in 1928 to explore possibility of further constitutional, advance., Boycotted by Indians because no Indian represented in the, commission., Responses of Various Groups/ Ambedkar’s Memorandum, Impact of Simon Commission, , ●, , Nehru Report (1928), First Indian effort to draft constitutional scheme., Recommended—, * dominion status, * not separate electorates, but joint electorates with reserved, seats for minorities., * linguistic provinces, * 19 fundamental rights, * responsible government at centre and in provinces., * responses of various groups
Page 433 :
408, , A Brief History of Modern India, , 19, Civil Disobedience Movement, and Round Table Conferences, The Run-up to Civil, Disobedience Movement, Calcutta Session of Congress, It was at the Calcutta session of the Congress in December, 1928 that the Nehru Report was approved but the younger, elements led by Jawaharlal Nehru, Subhash Bose and, Satyamurthy expressed their dissatisfaction with dominion, status as the goal of Congress. Instead, they demanded that, the Congress adopt purna swaraj or complete independence, as its goal. The older leaders like Gandhi and Motilal Nehru, wished that the dominion status demand not be dropped in, haste, as consensus over it had been developed with great, difficulty over the years. They suggested that a two-year grace, period be given to the government to accept the demand for, a dominion status. Later, under pressure from the younger, elements, this period was reduced to one year. Now, the, Congress decided that if the government did not accept a, constitution based on dominion status by the end of the year,, the Congress would not only demand complete independence, but would also launch a civil disobedience movement to attain, its goal., 408
Page 434 :
CDM and Round Table Conferences, , 409, , Political Activity during 1929, , Gandhi travelled incessantly during 1929 preparing people, for direct political action—telling the youth to prepare for, the fiery ordeal, helping to organise constructive work in, villages and redressing specific grievances (on lines of the, Bardoli agitation of 1928)., The Congress Working Committee (CWC) organised, a Foreign Cloth Boycott Committee to propagate an aggressive, programme of boycotting foreign cloth and public burning, of foreign cloth. Gandhi initiated the campaign in March, 1929 in Calcutta and was arrested. This was followed by, bonfires of foreign cloth all over the country., Other developments which kept the political temperature, high during 1929 included the Meerut Conspiracy Case, (March), bomb explosion in Central Legislative Assembly by, Bhagat Singh and B.K. Dutt (April) and the coming to power, of the minority Labour government led by Ramsay MacDonald, in England in May. And Wedgewood Benn became the, Secretary of State for India., , Irwin’s Declaration (October 31, 1929), Before the Simon Commission report came out, the, declaration by Lord Irwin was made. It was the combined, effort of the Labour government (always more sympathetic, to Indian aspirations than the Conservatives) and a Conservative, viceroy. The purpose behind the declaration was to “restore, faith in the ultimate purpose of British policy”. The declaration, was made in the form of an official communique in the Indian, Gazette on October 31, 1929. It said:, “In view of the doubts which have been expressed both, in Great Britain and in India regarding the interpretations to, be placed on the intentions of the British government in, enacting the statute of 1919, I am authorised on behalf of, His Majesty’s Government to state clearly that in their, judgement it is implicit in the Declaration of 1917 that the
Page 435 :
410, , A Brief History of Modern India, , natural issue of India’s constitutional progress as they, contemplated is the attainment of Dominion status.”, However, there was no time scale. The dominion status, promised by Irwin would not be available for a long time, to come. There was in reality nothing new or revolutionary, in the declaration., Lord Irwin also promised a Round Table Conference, after the Simon Commission submitted its report., , Delhi Manifesto, , On November 2, 1929, a conference of prominent national, leaders issued a ‘Delhi Manifesto’ which put forward certain, conditions for attending the Round Table Conference:, 1. that the purpose of the Round Table Conference, should be not to determine whether or when dominion, status was to be reached but to formulate a constitution, for implementation of the dominion status (thus, acting as a constituent assembly) and the basic, principle of dominion status should be immediately, accepted;, 2. that the Congress should have majority representation, at the conference; and, 3. there should be a general amnesty for political, prisoners and a policy of conciliation;, Gandhi along with Motilal Nehru and other political, leaders met Lord Irwin in December 1929 (after the viceroy, had narrowly escaped after a bomb was detonated meaning, to hit the train he was travelling in). They asked the viceroy, for assurance that the purpose of the round table conference, was to draft a constitutional scheme for dominion status. That, was not the purpose of the conference, said Irwin. Viceroy, Irwin rejected the demands put forward in the Delhi Manifesto., The stage for confrontation was to begin now., , Lahore Congress and Purna Swaraj, , Jawaharlal Nehru, who had done more than anyone else to, popularise the concept of purna swaraj, was nominated the
Page 436 :
CDM and Round Table Conferences, , 411, , president for the Lahore session of the Congress (December, 1929) mainly due to Gandhi’s backing (15 out of 18, Provincial Congress Committees had opposed Nehru). Nehru, was chosen, — because of the appositeness of the occasion, (Congress’ acceptance of complete independence, as its goal), and, — to acknowledge the upsurge of youth which had, made the anti-Simon campaign a huge success., Nehru declared in his presidential address, “We have, now an open conspiracy to free this country from foreign, rule and you, comrades, and all our countrymen and countrywomen are invited to join it.”, Further explaining that liberation did not mean only, throwing off the foreign yoke, he said: “I must frankly, confess that I am a socialist and a republican, and am no, believer in kings and princes, or in the order which produces, the modern kings of industry, who have greater power of the, lives and fortunes of men than even the kings of old, and, whose methods are as predatory as those of the old feudal, aristocracy.”, Spelling out the methods of struggle, he said, “Any, great movement for liberation today must necessarily be a, mass movement, and mass movements must essentially be, peaceful, except in times of organised revolt...”, The following major decisions were taken at the Lahore, session., ●, The Round Table Conference was to be boycotted., ●, Complete independence was declared as the aim of, the Congress., ●, Congress Working Committee was authorised to, launch a programme of civil disobedience including, non-payment of taxes and all members of legislatures, were asked to resign their seats., ●, January 26, 1930 was fixed as the first Independence, (Swarajya) Day, to be celebrated everywhere.
Page 437 :
412, , A Brief History of Modern India, , December 31, 1929, At midnight on the banks of River Ravi, the newly adopted, tricolour flag of freedom was hoisted by Jawaharlal Nehru, amidst slogans of Inquilab Zindabad., , January 26, 1930: the Independence, Pledge, Public meetings were organised all over the country in, villages and towns and the independence pledge was read out, in local languages and the national flag was hoisted. This, pledge, which is supposed to have been drafted by Gandhi,, made the following points:, ● It is the inalienable right of Indians to have freedom., ● The British Government in India has not only deprived, us of freedom and exploited us, but has also ruined us, economically, politically, culturally and spiritually. India, must therefore sever the British connection and attain purna, swaraj or complete independence., ● We are being economically ruined by high revenue,, destruction of village industries with no substitutions made,, while customs, currency and exchange rate are manipulated, to our disadvantage., ● No real political powers are given—rights of free, association are denied to us and all administrative talent in, us is killed., ● Culturally, the system of education has torn us from, our moorings., ● Spiritually, compulsory disarmament has made us, unmanly., ● We hold it a crime against man and God to submit, any longer to British rule., ● We will prepare for complete independence by, withdrawing, as far as possible, all voluntary association from, the British government and will prepare for civil disobedience, through non-payment of taxes. By this an end of this inhuman, rule is assured.
Page 438 :
CDM and Round Table Conferences, , 413, , ● We will carry out the Congress instructions for, purpose of establishing purna swaraj., , Civil Disobedience Movement—the Salt, Satyagraha and Other Upsurges, Gandhi’s Eleven Demands, , To carry forward the mandate given by the Lahore Congress,, Gandhi presented eleven demands to the government and gave, an ultimatum of January 31, 1930 to accept or reject these, demands. The demands were as follows., , Issues of General Interest, 1. Reduce expenditure on Army and civil services by, 50 per cent., 2. Introduce total prohibition., 3. Carry out reforms in Criminal Investigation, Department (CID)., 4. Change Arms Act allowing popular control of issue, of firearms licences., 5. Release political prisoners., 6. Accept Postal Reservation Bill., , Specific Bourgeois Demands, 7. Reduce rupee-sterling exchange ratio to 1s 4d, 8. Introduce textile protection., 9. Reserve coastal shipping for Indians., , Specific Peasant Demands, 10. Reduce land revenue by 50 per cent., 11. Abolish salt tax and government’s salt monopoly., With no positive response forthcoming from the, government on these demands, the Congress Working, Committee invested Gandhi with full powers to launch the, Civil Disobedience Movement at a time and place of his, choice. By February-end, Gandhi had decided to make salt, the central formula for the movement
Page 439 :
414, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Why Salt was Chosen as the, Important Theme, As Gandhi said, “There is no other article like salt,, outside water, by taxing which the government can reach the, starving millions, the sick, the maimed and the utterly, helpless... it is the most inhuman poll tax the ingenuity of, man can devise.”, Salt in a flash linked the ideal of swaraj with a most, concrete and universal grievance of the rural poor (and with, no socially divisive implications like a no-rent campaign)., Salt afforded a very small but psychologically important, income, like khadi, for the poor through self-help., Like khadi, again, it offered to the urban populace the, opportunity of a symbolic identification with mass suffering., , Dandi March (March 12-April 6, 1930), , On March 2, 1930, Gandhi informed the viceroy of his plan, of action. According to this plan (few realised its significance, when it was first announced), Gandhi, along with a band of, seventy-eight members of Sabarmati Ashram, was to march, from his headquarters in Ahmedabad through the villages of, Gujarat for 240 miles. On reaching the coast at Dandi, the, salt law was to be violated by collecting salt from the beach., Even before the proposed march began, thousands, thronged to the ashram. Gandhi gave the following directions, for future action., ● Wherever possible civil disobedience of the salt law, should be started., ● Foreign liquor and cloth shops can be picketed., ● We can refuse to pay taxes if we have the requisite, strength., ● Lawyers can give up practice., ● Public can boycott law courts by refraining from, litigation., ● Government servants can resign from their posts., ● All these should be subject to one condition—truth
Page 440 :
CDM and Round Table Conferences, , 415, , and non-violence as means to attain swaraj should, be faithfully adhered to., ● Local leaders should be obeyed after Gandhi’s, arrest., The historic march, marking the launch of the Civil, Disobedience Movement, began on March 12, and Gandhi, broke the salt law by picking up a lump of salt at Dandi on, April 6. The violation of the law was seen as a symbol of, the Indian people’s resolve not to live under British-made, laws and therefore under British rule. Gandhi openly asked, the people to make salt from sea water in their homes and, violate the salt law. The march, its progress and its impact, on the people was well covered by newspapers. In Gujarat,, 300 village officials resigned in answer to Gandhi’s appeal., Congress workers engaged themselves in grassroot level, organisational tasks., , Spread of Salt Disobedience, , Once the way was cleared by Gandhi’s ritual at Dandi,, defiance of the salt laws started all over the country. Nehru’s, arrest in April 1930 for defiance of the salt law evoked huge, demonstrations in Madras, Calcutta and Karachi. Gandhi’s, arrest came on May 4, 1930 when he had announced that, he would lead a raid on Dharasana Salt Works on the west, coast. Gandhi’s arrest was followed by massive protests in, Bombay, Delhi, Calcutta and in Sholapur, where the response, was the most fierce. After Gandhi’s arrest, the CWC, sanctioned:, ● non-payment of revenue in ryotwari areas;, ● no-chowkidara-tax campaign in zamindari areas; and, ● violation of forest laws in the Central Provinces., , Satyagraha at Different Places, A brief survey of the nature of Civil Disobedience Movement, in different parts of the subcontinent is given below., ● Tamil Nadu In April 1930, C. Rajagopalachari, organised a march from Thiruchirapalli (Trichinapoly as it
Page 441 :
416, , A Brief History of Modern India, , was called by the British) to Vedaranniyam on the Tanjore, (or Thanjavur) coast to break the salt law. The event was, followed by widespread picketing of foreign cloth shops; the, anti-liquor campaign gathered forceful support in interior, regions of Coimbatore, Madura, Virdhanagar, etc. Although,, Rajaji tried to keep the movement non-violent, violent, eruptions of masses and the violent repressions of the police, began. To break the Choolai mills strike, police force was, used. Unemployed weavers attacked liquor shops and police, pickets at Gudiyattam, while the peasants, suffering from, falling prices, rioted at Bodinayakanur in Madura., ● Malabar K. Kelappan, a Nair Congress leader famed, for the Vaikom Satyagraha, organised salt marches. P., Krishna Pillai, the future founder of the Kerala Communist, movement, heroically defended the national flag in the face, of police lathi-charge on Calicut beach in November 1930., ● Andhra Region District salt marches were organised, in east and west Godavari, Krishna and Guntur. A number of, sibirams (military style camps) were set up to serve as the, headquarters of the Salt Satyagraha. The merchants contributed, to Congress funds, and the dominant caste Kamma and Raju, cultivators defied repressive measures. But the mass support, like that in the non-cooperation movement (1921-22) was, missing in the region., ● Orissa Under Gopalbandhu Chaudhuri, a Gandhian, leader, salt satyagraha proved effective in the coastal regions, of Balasore, Cuttack and Puri districts., ● Assam The civil disobedience failed to regain the, heights attained in 1921-22 due to divisive issues: the, growing conflicts between Assamese and Bengalis, Hindus, and Muslims, and the tensions developing from the inflow, of Muslim peasants from the densely populated east Bengal., However, a successful student strike against the Cunningham, Circular, which banned students’ participation in politics, was, seen in May 1930. Chandraprabha Saikiani, in December, 1930, incited the aboriginal Kachari villages to break forest
Page 442 :
CDM and Round Table Conferences, , 417, , laws, which was, however, denied by the Assam Congress, leadership., ● Bengal The Bengal Congress, divided into two, factions led by Subhas Bose and J.M. Sengupta, was involved, in the Calcutta Corporation election. This resulted in alienation, of most of Calcutta bhadralok leaders from the rural masses., Also, communal riots were seen in Dacca (now Dhakha) and, Kishoreganj, and there was little participation of Muslims in, the movements. Despite this, Bengal provided the largest, number of arrests as well as the highest amount of violence., Midnapur, Arambagh and several rural pockets witnessed, powerful movements developed around salt satyagraha and, chaukidari tax. During the same period, Surya Sen’s Chittagong, revolt group carried out a raid on two armouries and declared, the establishment of a provisional government., ● Bihar Champaran and Saran were the first two, districts to start salt satyagraha. In landlocked Bihar,, manufacture of salt on a large scale was not practicable and, at most places it was a mere gesture. In Patna, Nakhas Pond, was chosen as a site to make salt and break the salt law under, Ambika Kant Sinha. However, very soon, a very powerful nochaukidari tax agitation replaced the salt satyagraha (owing, to physical constraints in making salt). By November 1930,, sale of foreign cloth and liquor dramatically declined, and, administration collapsed in several parts like the Barhee, region of Munger., The tribal belt of Chhotanagpur (now in Jharkhand), saw, instances of lower-class militancy. Bonga Majhi and Somra, Majhi, influenced by Gandhism, led a movement in Hazaribagh, which combined socio-religious reform along ‘sanskritising’, lines, in which followers were asked to give up meat and, liquor, and use khadi. However, the Santhals were reported, to be taking up illegal distillation of liquor on a large scale, under the banner of Gandhi! It was observed that while most, big zamindars remained loyal to the government, small
Page 443 :
418, , A Brief History of Modern India, , landlords and better-off tenants participated in the movement., But several times, increased lower-class-militancy lowered, the enthusiasm of the small landlords and better-off tenants., Peshawar Here, Khan Abdul Gaffar Khan’s educational, and social reform work among the Pathans had politicised, them. Gaffar Khan, also called Badshah Khan and Frontier, Gandhi, had started the first Pushto political monthly, Pukhtoon and had organised a volunteer brigade ‘Khudai, Khidmatgars’, popularly known as the ‘Red-Shirts’, who were, pledged to the freedom struggle and non-violence., On April 23, 1930, the arrest of Congress leaders in, the NWFP led to mass demonstrations in Peshawar which, was virtually in the hands of the crowds for more than a week, till order was restored on May 4. This was followed by a, reign of terror and martial law. It was here that a section, of Garhwal Rifles soldiers refused to fire on an unarmed, crowd. This upsurge in a province with 92 per cent Muslim, population left the British government nervous., Sholapur This industrial town of southern Maharashtra, saw the fiercest response to Gandhi’s arrest. Textile workers, went on a strike from May 7 and along with other residents, burnt liquor shops and other symbols of government authority, such as railway stations, police stations, municipal buildings,, law courts, etc. The activists established a virtual parallel, government which could only be dislodged with martial law, after May 16., Dharasana On May 21, 1930, Sarojini Naidu, Imam, Sahib and Manilal (Gandhi’s son) took up the unfinished task, of leading a raid on the Dharasana Salt Works. The unarmed, and peaceful crowd was met with a brutal lathicharge which, left 2 dead and 320 injured. This new form of salt satyagraha, was eagerly adopted by people in Wadala (Bombay), Karnataka, (Sanikatta Salt Works), Andhra, Midnapore, Balasore, Puri, and Cuttack., Gujarat The impact was felt in Anand, Borsad and, Nadiad areas in Kheda district, Bardoli in Surat district and
Page 444 :
CDM and Round Table Conferences, , 419, , Views, Gandhiji’s body is in jail but his soul is with you. India’s prestige, is now in your hands. You must not use any violence under, any circumstances. You will be beaten but you must not resist,, you must not even raise a hand to ward off blows., —Sarojini Naidu, on the eve of Dharasana, Salt Sahyagraha, Although everyone knew that within a few minutes he would be, beaten down, and perhaps killed, I could detect no signs of, wavering or fear. They marched steadily with heads up…., —Web Miller, an American journalist, reporting, on Dharasana Salt Satyagraha, , Jambusar in Bharuch district. A determined no-tax movement, was organised here which included refusal to pay land, revenue. Villagers crossed the border into neighbouring, princely states (such as Baroda) with their families and, belongings and camped in the open for months to evade, police repression. The police retaliated by destroying their, property and confiscating their land., Maharashtra, Karnataka, Central Provinces These, areas saw defiance of forest laws such as grazing and timber, restrictions and public sale of illegally acquired forest, produce., United Provinces A no-revenue campaign was, organised; a call was given to zamindars to refuse to pay, revenue to the government. Under a no-rent campaign, a call, was given to tenants against zamindars. Since most of the, zamindars were loyalists, the campaign became virtually a norent campaign. The activity picked up speed in October 1930,, especially in Agra and Rai Bareilly., Manipur and Nagaland These areas took a brave part, in the movement. At the young age of thirteen, Rani, Gaidinliu, a Naga spiritual leader, who followed her cousin, Haipou Jadonang, born in what is now the state of Manipur,, raised the banner of revolt against foreign rule. “We are free, people, the white men should not rule over us,” she declared.
Page 445 :
420, , A Brief History of Modern India, , She urged the people not to pay taxes or work for the, British—in the tradition established by the freedom struggle, in the rest of India. As the reformist religious movement, steadily turned political, the British authorities caught Haipou, Jadonang and hanged him on charges of treason in 1931. A, manhunt was launched for Rani Gaidinliu. She outwitted the, British till October 1932 when she was finally captured. She, was later sentenced to life imprisonment. [It was the Interim, Government of India set up in 1946 that finally ordered her, release from Tura jail.], , Forms of Mobilisation, , Mobilisation of masses was also carried out through prabhat, pheries, vanar senas, manjari senas, secret patrikas and, magic lantern shows., , Impact of Agitation, 1. Imports of foreign cloth and other items fell., 2. Government suffered a loss of income from liquor,, excise and land revenue., 3. Elections to Legislative Assembly were largely, boycotted., , Extent of Mass Participation, Several sections of the population participated in the Civil, Disobedience Movement., Women Gandhi had specially asked women to play a, leading part in the movement. Soon, they became a familiar, sight, picketing outside liquor shops, opium dens and shops, selling foreign cloth. For Indian women, the movement was, the most liberating experience and can truly be said to have, marked their entry into the public sphere., Students Along with women, students and youth played, the most prominent part in the boycott of foreign cloth and, liquor., Muslims The Muslim participation was nowhere near, the 1920-22 level because of appeals by Muslim leaders to, stay away from the movement and because of active
Page 446 :
CDM and Round Table Conferences, , 421, , government encouragement to communal dissension. Still,, some areas such as the NWFP saw an overwhelming, participation. Middle class Muslim participation was quite, significant in Senhatta, Tripura, Gaibandha, Bagura and, Noakhali. In Dacca, Muslim leaders, shopkeepers, lower class, people and upper class women were active. The Muslim, weaving community in Bihar, Delhi and Lucknow were also, effectively mobilised., Merchants and Petty Traders They were very, enthusiastic. Traders’ associations and commercial bodies, were active in implementing the boycott, especially in Tamil, Nadu and Punjab., Tribals Tribals were active participants in Central, Provinces, Maharashtra and Karnataka., Workers The workers participated in Bombay, Calcutta,, Madras, Sholapur, etc., Peasants were active in the United Provinces, Bihar, and Gujarat., , Government Response—Efforts for Truce, The government’s attitude throughout 1930 was ambivalent, as it was puzzled and perplexed. It faced the classic dilemma, of ‘damned if you do, damned if you don’t’, if force was, applied, the Congress cried ‘repression’, and if little action, taken, the Congress cried ‘victory’. Either way, the government, suffered an erosion of power. Even Gandhi’s arrest came, after much vacillation. But once the repression began, the, ordinances banning civil liberties were freely used, including, the press being gagged. Provincial governments were given, freedom to ban civil disobedience organisations. The Congress, Working Committee was, however, not declared illegal till, June. There were lathi charges and firing on unarmed crowds, which left several killed and wounded, while thousands of, satyagrahis besides Gandhi and other Congress leaders were, imprisoned., The government repression and publication of the, Simon Commission Report, which contained no mention of
Page 447 :
422, , A Brief History of Modern India, , dominion status and was in other ways also a regressive, document, further upset even moderate political opinion., In July 1930 the viceroy, Lord Irwin, suggested a round, table conference and reiterated the goal of dominion status., He also accepted the suggestion that Tej Bahadur Sapru and, M.R. Jayakar be allowed to explore the possibility of peace, between the Congress and the government., In August 1930 Motilal and Jawaharlal Nehru were, taken to Yeravada Jail to meet Gandhi and discuss the, possibility of a settlement. The Nehrus and Gandhi, unequivocally reiterated the demands of:, 1. right of secession from Britain;, 2. complete national government with control over, defence and finance; and, 3. an independent tribunal to settle Britain’s financial, claims., Talks broke down at this point., , Gandhi-Irwin Pact, , On January 25, 1931, Gandhi and all other members of the, Congress Working Committee (CWC) were released, unconditionally. The CWC authorised Gandhi to initiate, discussions with the viceroy. As a result of these discussions,, a pact was signed between the viceroy, representing the, British Indian Government, and Gandhi, representing the, Indian people, in Delhi on February 14, 1931. This Delhi, Pact, also known as the Gandhi-Irwin Pact, placed the, Congress on an equal footing with the government., Irwin on behalf of the government agreed on—, 1. immediate release of all political prisoners not, convicted of violence;, 2. remission of all fines not yet collected;, 3. return of all lands not yet sold to third parties;, 4. lenient treatment to those government servants who, had resigned;
Page 448 :
CDM and Round Table Conferences, , 423, , 5. right to make salt in coastal villages for personal, consumption (not for sale);, 6. right to peaceful and non-aggressive picketing; and, 7. withdrawal of emergency ordinances., The viceroy, however, turned down two of Gandhi’s, demands—, (i) public inquiry into police excesses, and, (ii) commutation of Bhagat Singh and his comrades’, death sentence to life sentence., Gandhi on behalf of the Congress agreed—, (i) to suspend the civil disobedience movement, and, (ii) to participate in the next Round Table Conference, on the constitutional question around the three, lynch-pins of federation, Indian responsibility, and, reservations and safeguards that may be necessary, in India’s interests (covering such areas as defence,, external affairs, position of minorities, financial, credit of India and discharge of other obligations)., , Evaluation of Civil Disobedience Movement, Was Gandhi-Irwin Pact a Retreat?, Gandhi’s decision to suspend the civil disobedience movement, as agreed under the Gandhi-Irwin Pact was not a retreat,, because:, (i) mass movements are necessarily short-lived;, (ii) capacity of the masses to make sacrifices, unlike, that of the activists, is limited; and, (iii) there were signs of exhaustion after September, 1930, especially among shopkeepers and merchants,, who had participated so enthusiastically., No doubt, youth were disappointed: they had participated, enthusiastically and wanted the world to end with a bang and, not with a whimper. Peasants of Gujarat were disappointed, because their lands were not restored immediately (indeed,, they were restored only during the rule of the Congress
Page 449 :
424, , A Brief History of Modern India, , ministry in the province). But many people were jubilant that, the government had been made to regard their movement as, significant and treat their leader as an equal, and sign a pact, with him. The political prisoners, when released from jails,, were given a hero’s welcome., , Comparison to Non-Cooperation Movement, There were certain aspects in which the Civil Disobedience, Movement differed from the Non-Cooperation Movement., 1. The stated objective this time was complete, independence and not just remedying two specific wrongs and, a vaguely-worded swaraj., 2. The methods involved violation of law from the very, beginning and not just non-cooperation with foreign rule., 3. There was a decline in forms of protests involving, the intelligentsia, such as lawyers giving up practice, students, giving up government schools to join national schools and, colleges., 4. Muslim participation was nowhere near that in the, Non-Cooperation Movement level., 5. No major labour upsurge coincided with the, movement., 6. The massive participation of peasants and business, groups compensated for decline of other features., 7. The number of those imprisoned was about three, times more this time., 8. The Congress was organisationally stronger., Views, India is one vast prison-house. I repudiate this law., M.K. Gandhi to Lord Irwin, Gandhi was the best policeman the British had in India., Ellen Wilkinson, Dandi March is the ‘kindergarten stage of revolution’....... based, on the notion that King Emperor can be unseated by boiling, sea-water in a kettle., Brailsford, an English journalist
Page 450 :
CDM and Round Table Conferences, , 425, , Karachi Congress Session—1931, In March 1931, a special session of the Congress was held, at Karachi to endorse the Gandhi-Irwin Pact. Six days before, the session (which was held on March 29) Bhagat Singh,, Sukhdev and Rajguru were executed. Throughout Gandhi’s, route to Karachi, he was greeted with black flag demonstrations, by the Punjab Naujawan Bharat Sabha, in protest against his, failure to secure commutation of the death sentence for, Bhagat and his comrades., , Congress Resolutions at Karachi, , ● While disapproving of and dissociating itself from, political violence, the Congress admired the ‘bravery’ and, ‘sacrifice’ of the three martyrs., ● The Delhi Pact or Gandhi-Irwin Pact was endorsed., ● The goal of purna swaraj was reiterated., ● Two resolutions were adopted—one on Fundamental, Rights and the other on National Economic Programme—, which made the session particularly memorable. The, Resolution on Fundamental Rights guaranteed—, * free speech and free press, * right to form associations, * right to assemble, * universal adult franchise, * equal legal rights irrespective of caste, creed and sex, * neutrality of state in religious matters, * free and compulsory primary education, * protection to culture, language, script of minorities, and linguistic groups, The Resolution on National Economic Programme, included—, * substantial reduction in rent and revenue in the case, of landholders and peasants, * exemption from rent for uneconomic holdings, * relief from agricultural indebtedness
Page 451 :
426, , A Brief History of Modern India, , * control of usury, * better conditions of work including a living wage,, limited hours of work and protection of women, workers in the industrial sector, * right to workers and peasants to form unions, * state ownership and control of key industries, mines, and means of transport, This was the first time the Congress spelt out what, swaraj would mean for the masses—”in order to end, exploitation of masses, political freedom must include, economic freedom of starving millions.”, The Karachi Resolution was to remain, in essence, the, basic political and economic programme of the Congress in, later years., , The Round Table Conferences, The Viceroy of India, Lord Irwin, and the Prime Minister, of Britain, Ramsay MacDonald, agreed that a round table, conference should be held, as the recommendations of the, Simon Commission report were clearly inadequate., , First Round Table Conference, , The first Round Table Conference was held in London, between November 1930 and January 1931. It was opened, officially by King George V on November 12, 1930 and, chaired by Ramsay MacDonald., This was the first conference arranged between the, British and the Indians as equals., The Congress and some prominent business leaders, refused to attend, but many other groups of Indians were, represented at the conference., The Indian princely states were represented by the, Maharaja of Alwar, Maharaja of Baroda, Nawab of Bhopal,, Maharaja of Bikaner, Rana of Dholpur, Maharaja of Jammu, and Kashmir, Maharaja of Nawanagar, Maharaja of Patiala, (Chancellor of the Chamber of Princes), Maharaja of Rewa,
Page 455 :
430, , A Brief History of Modern India, , negotiating with the Congress on an equal basis. They,, instead, demanded a strong government in India. The Prime, Minister, Ramsay MacDonald headed the Conservativedominated cabinet with a weak and reactionary secretary of, state for India, Samuel Hoare., ● At the conference, Gandhi (and therefore the Congress), claimed to represent all people of India against imperialism., The other delegates, however, did not share this view., Historians point out that many of the delegates were, conservative, government loyalists, and communalists, and, these groups were used by the colonial government to, neutralise the efforts of Gandhi. Because of the participation, of a large number of groups, the British government claimed, that the Congress did not represent the interests of all of, India., ● Gandhi pointed out that there was a need of a, partnership between Britain and India on the basis of equality., He put forward the demand for the immediate establishment, of a responsible government at the centre as well as in the, provinces. He also reiterated that the Congress alone, represented political India. Saying that the untouchables were, Hindus, and thus not to be treated as a minority, he discarded, the idea of a separate electorate for them. He also said there, was no need for separate electorates or special safeguards, for Muslims or other minorities. Many of the other delegates, disagreed with Gandhi., ● The session soon got deadlocked on the question of, the minorities. Separate electorates were being demanded by, the Muslims, depressed classes, Christians and Anglo-Indians., All these came together in a ‘Minorities’ Pact’. Gandhi fought, desperately against this concerted move to make all, constitutional progress conditional on the solving of this, issue., ● The princes were also not too enthusiastic about a, federation, especially after the possibility of the formation
Page 457 :
432, , A Brief History of Modern India, , A.P. Patro, Tej Bahadur Sapru, Dr.Shafa’at Ahmad Khan, Sir, Shadi Lal, Tara Singh Malhotra, Sir Nripendra Nath Sircar,, Sir Purshottamdas Thakurdas, Muhammad Zafarullah Khan., Again, like in the two previous conferences, little was, achieved. The recommendations were published in a White, Paper in March 1933 and debated in the British Parliament, afterwards. A Joint Select Committee was formed to analyse, the recommendations and formulate a new Act for India, and, that committee produced a draft Bill in February 1935 which, was enforced as the Government of India Act of 1935 in, July 1935., , Civil Disobedience Resumed, On the failure of the second Round Table Conference, the, Congress Working Committee decided on December 29,, 1931 to resume the civil disobedience movement., , During Truce Period, (March-December 1931), Some activity during the period March to December 1931, kept alive the spirit of defiance. In the United Provinces, the, Congress had been leading a movement for rent reduction, and against summary evictions. In the NWFP, severe repression, had been unleashed against the Khudai Khidmatgars and the, peasants led by them who were agitating against the brutal, methods of tax-collection by the government. In Bengal,, draconian ordinances and mass detentions had been used in, the name of fighting terrorism. In September 1931, there was, a firing incident on political prisoners in Hijli Jail., , Changed Government Attitude After, Second RTC, The higher British officials had drawn their own lessons from, the Delhi Pact which they thought had raised the political, prestige of the Congress and the political morale of the, people and had undermined British prestige. After the second
Page 458 :
CDM and Round Table Conferences, , 433, , Round Table Conference, the British were determined to, reverse this trend. There were three main considerations in, British policy:, 1. Gandhi would not be permitted to build up the tempo, for a mass movement again., 2. Goodwill of the Congress was not required, but the, confidence of those who supported the British against the, Congress—government functionaries, loyalists, etc.—was, very essential., 3. The national movement would not be allowed to, consolidate itself in rural areas., After the CWC decided to resume the civil disobedience movement, Viceroy Willingdon refused a meeting, with Gandhi on December 31. On January 4, 1932, Gandhi, was arrested., , Government Action, , A series of repressive ordinances were issued which ushered, in a virtual martial law, though under civilian control, or a, ‘Civil Martial Law’. Congress organisations at all levels were, banned; arrests were made of activists, leaders, sympathisers;, properties were confiscated; Gandhi ashrams were occupied., Repression was particularly harsh on women. Press was, gagged and nationalist literature, banned., , Popular Response, , People responded with anger. Though unprepared, the response, was massive. In the first four months alone, about 80,000, satyagrahis, mostly urban and rural poor, were jailed. Other, forms of protest included picketing of shops selling liquor, and foreign cloth, illegal gatherings, non-violent, demonstrations, celebrations of national days, symbolic, hoistings of national flag, non-payment of chowkidara tax,, salt satyagraha, forest law violations and installation of a, secret radio transmitter near Bombay. This phase of the civil, disobedience movement coincided with upsurges in two, princely states—Kashmir and Alwar. But this phase of the, movement could not be sustained for long because
Page 459 :
434, , A Brief History of Modern India, , (i) Gandhi and other leaders had no time to build up, the tempo; and, (ii) the masses were not prepared., Finally in April 1934, Gandhi decided to withdraw the, civil disobedience movement. Though people had been cowed, down by superior force, they had not lost political faith in, the Congress—they had won freedom in their hearts., , Communal Award and Poona Pact, The Communal Award was announced by the British prime, minister, Ramsay MacDonald, on August 16, 1932. The, Communal Award, based on the findings of the Indian, Franchise Committee (also called the Lothian Committee),, established separate electorates and reserved seats for, minorities, including the depressed classes which were, granted seventy-eight reserved seats. Thus, this award accorded, separate electorates for Muslims, Europeans, Sikhs, Indian, Christians, Anglo-Indians, depressed classes, and even to the, Marathas for some seats in Bombay. The award was perceived, by the national leaders led by the Congress as another, manifestation of the British policy of divide and rule., It should be noted here that Dr B.R. Ambedkar in the, past, in his testimony to the Simon Commission, had stressed, that the depressed classes should be treated as a distinct,, independent minority separate from the caste Hindus. Even,, the Bengal Depressed Classes Association had lobbied for, separate electorates with seats reserved according to the, proportion of depressed class members to the total population, as well as for adult franchise. But the Simon Commission, rejected the proposal of separate electorate for the depressed, classes; however, it retained the concept of reserving seats., In the second Round Table Conference held in London,, Ambedkar again raised the issue of separate electorate for, the depressed classes. Earlier in the conference, Ambedkar
Page 460 :
CDM and Round Table Conferences, , 435, , had attempted to compromise with Gandhi on reserved seats, in a common electorate, but Gandhi, who had declared, himself the sole representative of India’s oppressed masses,, rejected Ambedkar’s proposal, and denounced the other, delegates as unrepresentative. Further, Gandhi attempted to, strike a deal with Muslims, promising to support their, demands as long as the Muslims voted against separate, electorates for the depressed classes. It is argued that, political considerations might have motivated Gandhi to adopt, such a stand. But despite such efforts, a consensus on the, minority representation could not be worked out among the, Indian delegates. In the wake of such a situation, Ramsay, MacDonald, who had chaired the committee on minorities,, offered to mediate on the condition that the other members, of the committee supported his decision. And, the outcome, of this mediation was the Communal Award., , Main Provisions of the Communal Award, ● Muslims, Europeans, Sikhs, Indian Christians, AngloIndians, depressed classes, women, and even the Marathas, were to get separate electorates. Such an arrangement for, the depressed classes was to be made for a period of 20, years., ● In the provincial legislatures, the seats were to be, distributed on communal basis., ● The existing seats of the provincial legislatures were, to be doubled., ● The Muslims, wherever they were in minority, were, to be granted a weightage., ● Except in the North West Frontier Province, 3 per, cent seats were to be reserved for women in all provinces., ● The depressed classes to be declared/accorded the, status of minority., ● The depressed classes were to get ‘double vote’, one, to be used through separate electorates and the other to be, used in the general electorates.
Page 461 :
436, , A Brief History of Modern India, , ● Allocation of seats were to be made for labourers,, landlords, traders and industrialists., ● In the province of Bombay, 7 seats were to be, allocated for the Marathas., , Congress Stand, Though opposed to separate electorates, the Congress was, not in favour of changing the Communal Award without the, consent of the minorities. Thus, while strongly disagreeing, with the Communal Award, the Congress decided neither to, accept it nor to reject it., The effort to separate the depressed classes from the, rest of the Hindus by treating them as separate political, entities was vehemently opposed by all the nationalists., , Gandhi’s Response, Gandhi saw the Communal Award as an attack on Indian unity, and nationalism. He thought it was harmful to both Hinduism, and to the depressed classes since it provided no answer to, the socially degraded position of the depressed classes. Once, the depressed classes were treated as a separate political, entity, he argued, the question of abolishing untouchability, would get undermined, while separate electorates would, ensure that the untouchables remained untouchables in, perpetuity. He said that what was required was not protection, of the so-called interests of the depressed classes but root, and branch eradication of untouchability., Gandhi demanded that the depressed classes be elected, through joint and if possible a wider electorate through, universal franchise, while expressing no objection to the, demand for a larger number of reserved seats. And to press, his demands, he went on an indefinite fast on September 20,, 1932. Now leaders of various persuasions, including, B.R. Ambedkar, M.C. Rajah and Madan Mohan Malaviya got, together to hammer out a compromise contained in the Poona, Pact.
Page 462 :
CDM and Round Table Conferences, , 437, , Poona Pact, Signed by B.R. Ambedkar on behalf of the depressed classes, on September 24, 1932, the Poona Pact abandoned the idea, of separate electorates for the depressed classes. But the, seats reserved for the depressed classes were increased from, 71 to 147 in provincial legislatures and to 18 per cent of, the total in the Central Legislature., The Poona Pact was accepted by the government as an, amendment to the Communal Award., , Impact of Poona Pact on Dalits, The Poona Pact, despite giving certain political rights to the, depressed classes, could not achieve the desired goal of, emancipation of the depressed class. It enabled the same old, Hindu social order to continue and gave birth to many, problems., ● The Pact made the depressed classes political tools, which could be used by the majoritarian caste Hindu, organisations., ● It made the depressed classes leaderless as the true, representatives of the classes were unable to win against the, stooges who were chosen and supported by the caste Hindu, organisations., ● This led to the depressed classes to submit to the, status quo in political, ideological and cultural fields and not, being able to develop independent and genuine leadership to, fight the Brahminical order., ● It subordinated the depressed classes into being part, of the Hindu social order by denying them a separate and, distinct existence., ● The Poona Pact perhaps put obstructions in the way, of an ideal society based on equality, liberty, fraternity and, justice., ● By denying to recognise the Dalits as a separate and, distinct element in the national life, it pre-empted the rights
Page 463 :
438, , A Brief History of Modern India, , and safeguards for the Dalits in the Constitution of independent, India., , Joint Electorates and Its Impact on, Depressed Classes, The Working Committee of the All India Scheduled Caste, Federation alleged that in the last elections held under the, Government of India Act, 1935, the system of joint electorates, deprived the scheduled castes of the right to send true and, effective representatives to the legislatures. The committee,, further, said that the provisions of the joint electorate gave, the Hindu majority the virtual right to nominate members of, the scheduled castes who were prepared to be the tools of, the Hindu majority. The working committee of the federation,, thus, demanded for the restoration of the system of separate, electorates, and nullification of the system of joint electorates, and reserved seats. Even after signing the Poona Pact, Dr, B.R. Ambedkar continued to denounce the Poona Pact till, 1947., , Gandhi’s Harijan Campaign and, thoughts on Caste, Determined to undo the divisive intentions of the government’s, divide and rule policy, Gandhi gave up all his other, preoccupations and launched a whirlwind campaign against, untouchability—first from jail and then, after his release in, August 1933, from outside jail., While in jail, he set up the All India Anti-Untouchability, League in September 1932 and started the weekly Harijan, in January 1933. After his release, he shifted to the Satyagraha, Ashram in Wardha as he had vowed in 1930 not to return, to Sabarmati Ashram unless swaraj was won., Starting from Wardha, he conducted a Harijan tour of, the country in the period from November 1933 to July 1934,
Page 464 :
CDM and Round Table Conferences, , 439, , covering 20,000 km, collecting money for his newly set up, Harijan Sevak Sangh, and propagating removal of untouchability, in all its forms. He urged political workers to go to villages, and work for social, economic, political and cultural upliftment, of the Harijans. He undertook two fasts—on May 8 and, August 16, 1934—to convince his followers of the seriousness, of his effort and the importance of the issue. These fasts, created consternation in nationalist ranks throwing many into, an emotional crisis., Throughout his campaign, Gandhi was attacked by, orthodox and reactionary elements. These elements disrupted, his meetings, held black flag demonstrations against him and, accused him of attacking Hinduism. They also offered, support to the government against the Congress and the Civil, Disobedience Movement. The government obliged them by, defeating the Temple Entry Bill in August 1934. Orthodox, Hindu opinion in Bengal was against the acceptance of, permanent caste Hindu minority status by the Poona, Pact., Throughout his Harijan tour, social work and fasts,, Gandhi stressed on certain themes:, ● He put forward a damning indictment of Hindu, society for the kind of oppression practised on Harijans., ● He called for total eradication of untouchability, symbolised by his plea to throw open temples to the, untouchables., ● He stressed the need for caste Hindus to do ‘penance’, for untold miseries inflicted on Harijans. For this reason he, was not hostile to his critics such as Ambedkar. He said,, “Hinduism dies if untouchability lives, untouchability has to, die if Hinduism is to live.”, ● His entire campaign was based on principles of, humanism and reason. He said that the Shastras do not, sanction untouchability, and if they did, they should be, ignored as it was against human dignity.
Page 465 :
440, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Gandhi was not in favour of mixing up the issue of, removal of untouchability with that of inter-caste marriages, and inter-dining because he felt that such restrictions existed, among caste Hindus and among Harijans themselves, and, because the all-India campaign at the time was directed, against disabilities specific to Harijans., Similarly, he distinguished between abolition of, untouchability and abolition of caste system as such. On this, point he differed from Ambedkar who advocated annihilation, of the caste system to remove untouchability. Gandhi felt, that whatever the limitations and defects of the varnashram, system, there was nothing sinful about it, as there was about, untouchability. Untouchability, Gandhi felt, was a product of, distinctions of high and low and not of the caste system itself., If it could be purged of this distinction, the varnashram, could function in a such manner that each caste would be, complementary to the other rather than being higher or lower., Anyway, he hoped that believers and critics of the caste, system would come together in the fight against untouchability., He believed that the removal of untouchability would, have a positive impact on communal and other questions, since opposition to untouchability meant opposing the notion, of highness and lowness. He was opposed to using compulsion, against the orthodox Hindus whom he called ‘sanatanis’. They, were to be won over by persuasion, by appealing to “their, reason and their hearts”. His fasts were aimed at inspiring, friends and followers to redouble their work to abolish, untouchability., Gandhi’s Harijan campaign included a programme of, internal reform by Harijans covering education, cleanliness,, hygiene, giving up eating of beef and carrion and consumption, of liquor, and removing untouchability among themselves., Impact of the Campaign Gandhi repeatedly described, the campaign as not a political movement but as being
Page 466 :
CDM and Round Table Conferences, , 441, , primarily meant to purify Hinduism and Hindu society., Gradually, the campaign carried the message of nationalism, to Harijans who also happened to be the agricultural labourers, in most parts of the country, leading to their increasing, participation in the national and peasant movements., , Ideological Differences and Similarities, between Gandhi and Ambedkar, Gandhi, the principal architect of the Indian freedom struggle,, and B.R. Ambedkar, the principal architect of the Constitution, of independent India shared many ideas, though in many ways, they held different beliefs. There is a striking similarity in, the symbolisim involved in some of the actions of both, individuals. The burning of foreign cloth by Gandhi and the, burning of Manusmriti by Ambedkar are not to be seen as, mere acts of sentiment. Rather, foreign cloth and Manusmriti, represented the bondage and slavery for India. So too, a pinch, of salt from the ocean, and a drop of water from the Mahad, tank were acts of political catharsis and social philosophy., Gandhi believed that freedom was never to be bestowed, but to be wrested from the authority by the people who desire, it, whereas Ambedkar expected bestowing of freedom by the, imperial rulers., The two leaders differed over the nature and scope of, democracy as a method of government. Ambedkar advocated, parliamentary system of government for independent India,, but Gandhi had very little respect for the parliamentary, system of governance. Gandhi believed that democracy tends, to get converted into mass democracy with a propensity for, domination by leaders. Ambedkar was inclined towards mass, democracy as it could act as a pressure on the government, with the advancement of the oppressed people., As a political and social activist, Ambedkar had certain
Page 467 :
442, , A Brief History of Modern India, , principles which were very rigid, while Gandhi had no, rigidities of ideology or principles except the uncompromising, notion of non-violence. Gandhi tried to put forward simple, practical alternatives to the political streams of the twentieth, century like liberalism, communism and fascism. Ambedkar,, on the other hand, had a natural inclination for liberal, ideology and desired institutional framework and structures., Ambedkar’s politics tended to highlight the aspect of Indian, disunity whereas the Gandhian politics tried to show the, aspect of Indian unity. In ‘Hind Swaraj’, Gandhi tries to, prove that India has always been a nation prior to the, beginning of the imperial rule and it was the British rule who, broke this cultural unity. Ambedkar, on the other hand,, believed in the notion that Indian unity was the by-product, of the legal system introduced by the imperial state., For Gandhi, ‘Gramraj’ was ‘Ramraj’ and real, independence for Indians. But for Ambedkar, the status-quoist, nature of the Indian villages denied equality and fraternity, and also liberty. As the scourge of casteism and untouchability, was most dominant in the rural areas of India, Ambedkar, believed that ‘Gramraj’ would continue the social hierarchy, based on discrimination and inequality. So he vehemently, propagated that there was nothing to be of proud of the Indian, village system., The idea of the use of compulsion or force for social, integration as well as social reforms was negated by Ambedkar., But the idea of proper education to make the individual desire, for change, reform and integration was the stance where the, views of two leaders were the same., The two leaders also differed in their views and, approaches in respect of the context of development for, deprived classes. For instance, when Gandhi named the, depressed classes and the untouchables as ‘Harijan’, Ambedkar, denounced it as a clever scheme. Thus, when the Depressed
Page 468 :
CDM and Round Table Conferences, , 443, , Classes League was renamed as Harijan Sevak Sangh (by, Gandhi), Ambedkar left the organisation by claiming that for, Gandhi removal of untouchability was only a platform, not, a sincere programme., Ambedkar held that the centre of religion must be, between man and man, and not between man and God alone,, as preached by Gandhi. In the beginning, Ambedkar too, wanted to cast away the evil practices prevalent in Hinduism, in an attempt to reform and reconstruct, rather than destroy, it fully. But in the later phase of his life, he left Hinduism,, denouncing it as an entity which couldn’t be reformed., Ambedkar denounced the Vedas and other Hindu, scriptures. He believed that the Hindu scriptures do not lend, themselves to a unified and coherent understanding, and, reflect strong contradictions within and across sects. And the, caste system and untouchability were the manifestations of, the Hindu religious scriptures. On the contrary, Gandhi held, that caste system in Hinduism has nothing to do with, religious precepts and spirituality. For Gandhi, caste and, varna are different, and caste is perversive degeneration., In political percepts, Ambedkar believed in freedom of, religion, free citizenship and separation of State and religion., Gandhi also endorsed the idea of freedom of religion, but, never approved a separation of politics and religion. But, religion as an agent of social change was well accepted by, both leaders. Both denounced in theory and thinking anything, that either decried or diminished the role of religion in the, life of an individual or in the life of society., Ambedkar envisaged limited sovereign power of the, State and, following from that, limited authority for the, government. According him, legal sovereign power should be, limited and people should be the ultimate sovereign. Gandhi, too believed in limited sovereign power of the State., According to him, absolute sovereign power of the State
Page 469 :
444, , A Brief History of Modern India, , would annihilate the spirit and personality of an individual., Gandhi, in fact, believed in least governance being the best, governance., The notions of violence and non-violence got differing, explanations from Gandhi and Ambedkar. Ambedkar held, absolute non-violence as an end and relative violence as a, means, whereas Gandhi never made such a distinction and, was an avowed opponent of violence of any kind., Ambedkar believed in purity of ends and justified means, as just when the ends were just. Whereas in Gandhian, perception it was purity of means that determined the end., Gandhi and Ambedkar differed greatly in their views, concerning mechanisation of production and utilisation of, heavy machinery. Gandhi was apprehensive about the dehumanising impact of mechanisation and held it responsible, for the creation as well as sustaining of exploitative socioeconomic orders in the world. Ambedkar, on the other hand,, attributed the evil effect of machinery to wrong social, organisations that gave sanctity to private property and the, pursuit of personal gains. Ambedkar was of the firm belief, that machinery and modern civilisation were of benefit to, all, and held that the slogan of a democratic society must, be machinery and more machinery, civilisation and more, civilisation., The idea of social transformation through democratic, and peaceful means got support from Ambedkar as well as, Gandhi. They never sought a violent overthrow of any kind., Ambedkar desisted from pleading a blunt destruction of the, social order, however, evil it was. And like Gandhi, he wanted, to solve the problem of social disharmony and disintegration, through peaceful rehabilitation of the oppressed classes., The target groups of Ambedkar and Gandhi were, different, even though they converged at certain points. The, methods and skills of communication and mobilisation of
Page 470 :
CDM and Round Table Conferences, , 445, , View, It would thus appear that Ambedkar and Gandhi had common, allergy for social evil and imperial injustice. But a fundamental, difference, more apparent than real, demarcated the two minds., —Justice Krishna Iyer, , both were different. Gandhi spoke in plain local vernacular,, whereas Ambedkar spoke in English., To disobey the law to make the law more just was a, Gandhian principle; its outward manifestations were noncooperation, hartal, satyagraha and civil disobedience., Ambedkar was more inclined towards the observance of law, and constitutionality in the political process., Gandhi viewed the untouchables as an integral part of, the Hindu whole, whereas Ambedkar had an ambivalent stand, on the issue. Ambedkar regarded the untouchables as a, religious minority and not a part of the Hindu community,, and preferred to call them a ‘political minority’ or ‘minority, by force’. To Gandhi, untouchability was one of the many, problems confronted by Indian society. To Ambedkar,, untouchability was the major problem that captured his sole, attention. Ambedkar made an exhaustive study of the problem, from its the historical angle, while Gandhi was more concerned, with the problem in its contemporary situation. Ambedkar, wanted to solve the problem of untouchability through laws, and constitutional methods, whereas Gandhi treated, untouchability as a moral stigma and wanted it to be erased, by acts of atonement. Gandhi had little use of legal/, constitutional modes; he looked to morality and thus supported, conscience to remedy the evil.
Page 471 :
446, , A Brief History of Modern India, Summary, , ●, , Calcutta Congress Session (December 1928), One year ultimatum to government to accept dominion status or, else civil disobedience to be launched for complete independence., , ●, , Lahore Congress Session (December 1929), Congress adopted complete independence as its goal., Congress decided to launch a civil disobedience movement., January 26, 1930 celebrated as the first Independence Day all, over the country., , ●, , Dandi March (March 12-April 6, 1930), Led by Gandhi; resulted in spread of salt satyagraha to Tamil, Nadu, Malabar, Andhra, Assam, Bengal., Spread of the movement with additional avenues of protest, Khudai Khidmatgars active in NWFP., Textile workers active in Sholapur., Salt satyagraha in Dharasana., No-chowkidara tax campaign in Bihar., Anti-chowkidara and anti-union-board tax in Bengal., No-tax movement in Gujarat., Civil disobedience of forest laws in Maharashtra, Karnataka and, Central Provinces., Agitation against ‘Cunningham Circular’ in Assam., No rent campaign in UP., Mass participation of women, students, some sections of Muslims,, merchants and petty traders, tribals, workers and peasants., , ●, , ●, , Gandhi-Irwin Pact (March 1931), Congress agreed to attend Second RTC and to withdraw CDM., , ●, , Karachi Congress Session (March 1931), Endorsed Delhi Pact between Gandhi and Irwin., Passed resolutions on economic programme and fundamental, rights., , ●, , The Round Table Conference, The Second RTC Right wing in Britain against concessions to, Indians., Session got deadlocked on question of safeguards to minorities.
Page 472 :
CDM and Round Table Conferences, , 447, , ●, , December 1931 - April 1934: Second phase of Civil Disobedience, Movement, , ●, , Communal Award (1932) and Poona Pact, Provided separate electorates to depressed classes., Nationalists felt this to be a threat to national unity., Gandhi’s fast unto death (September 1932) led to Poona Pact, which abandoned separate electorates for depressed classes in, favour of increased reserved seats for them., Impact of Poona Pact on depressed classes, Joint electorate and its Impact on depressed classes, Differences and similarities between thoughts of Gandhi and, Ambedkar, , ●, ●, ●
Page 473 :
448, , A Brief History of Modern India, , 20, Debates on the Future Strategy, after Civil Disobedience, Movement, Following the withdrawal of the Civil Disobedience Movement,, there was a two-stage debate on the future strategy of the, nationalists: the first stage was on what course the national, movement should take in the immediate future, i.e., during, the phase of non-mass struggle (1934-35); and the second, stage, in 1937, considered the question of office acceptance, in the context of provincial elections held under the autonomy, provisions of the Government of India Act, 1935., , The First Stage Debate, Three perspectives were put forward on what the nationalists, should work on immediately after the end of the Civil, Disobedience Movement. The first two were traditional, responses, while the third one represented the rise of a strong, leftist trend within the Congress. The three perspectives were, as follows., 1. There should be constructive work on Gandhian lines., 2.There should be a constitutional struggle and, participation in elections to the Central Legislature (due in, 1934) as advocated by M.A. Ansari, Asaf Ali, Bhulabhai, Desai, S. Satyamurthy and B.C. Roy among others. They, argued that:, 448
Page 474 :
Debates on the Future Strategy after CDM, , 449, , in a period of political apathy, elections and council, work could be utilised to keep up the political, interest and morale of the people;, ● participation in elections and council work did not, amount to faith in constitutional politics;, ● another political front would help build up Congress, and prepare the masses for the next phase;, ● this approach would give the Congress a certain, amount of prestige and confidence, and a strong, presence in councils would serve as an equivalent, to the movement., 3. A strong leftist trend within the Congress, represented, by Nehru, was critical of both constructive work and council, entry in place of the suspended civil disobedience movement, as that would sidetrack political mass action and divert, attention from the main issue of the struggle against, colonialism. Instead, this section favoured resumption and, continuation of non-constitutionalist mass struggle because, the situation was still revolutionary owing to continued, economic crisis and the readiness of the masses to fight., ●, , Nehru’s Vision, , Nehru said, “The basic goal before Indian people as before, people of the world is abolition of capitalism and establishment, of socialism.” He considered the withdrawal of the Civil, Disobedience Movement and council entry “a spiritual defeat”,, “a surrender of ideals” and “a retreat from revolutionary to, reformist mentality”., He suggested that the vested interests be revised in, favour of the masses by taking up the economic and class, demands of peasants and workers, and landlords and capitalists,, organising masses in their class organisations—kisan sabhas, and trade unions. He argued that these class organisations, should be allowed to affiliate with the Congress, thus, influencing its policies and activities. There could be no, genuine anti-imperialist struggle, he said, without incorporating the class struggle of the masses.
Page 475 :
450, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Nehru’s Opposition to StruggleTruce-Struggle Strategy, A large number of Congressmen led by Gandhi believed that, a mass phase of movement (struggle phase) had to be, followed by a phase of reprieve (truce phase) before the next, stage of mass struggle could be taken up. The truce period,, it was argued, would enable the masses to recoup their, strength to fight and also give the government a chance to, respond to the demands of the nationalists. The masses could, not go on sacrificing indefinitely. If the government did not, respond positively, the movement could be resumed again, with the participation of the masses. This was the struggletruce-struggle or S-T-S strategy., Criticising the S-T-S strategy, Nehru argued that the, Indian national movement had reached a stage, after the, Lahore Congress call for purna swaraj programme, in which, there should be a continuous confrontation and conflict with, imperialism till it was overthrown. He advocated maintenance, of a “continuous direct action” policy by the Congress and, without the interposition of a constitutionalist phase. Real, power, he said, cannot be won by two annas and four annas., Against an S-T-S strategy, he suggested a Struggle-Victory, (S-V) strategy., , Finally, Yes to Council Entry, , Nationalists with apprehension and British officials with hope, expected a split in the Congress on Surat lines sooner or, later, but Gandhi conciliated the proponents of council entry, by acceding to their basic demand of permission to enter, the legislatures. He said, “Parliamentary politics cannot lead, to freedom but those Congressmen who could not, for some, reason, offer satyagraha or devote themselves to constructive, work should not remain unoccupied and could express their, patriotic energies through council work provided they are not, sucked into constitutionalism or self-serving.” Assuring the, leftists, Gandhi said that the withdrawal of the Civil
Page 476 :
Debates on the Future Strategy after CDM, , 451, , Disobedience Movement did not mean bowing down before, opportunists or compromising with imperialism., In May 1934, the All India Congress Committee, (AICC) met at Patna to set up a Parliamentary Board to fight, elections under the aegis of the Congress itself., Gandhi was aware that he was out of tune with powerful, trends in the Congress. A large section of the intelligentsia, favoured parliamentary politics with which he was in, fundamental disagreement. Another section was estranged, from the Congress because of Gandhi’s emphasis on the, spinning wheel as the “second lung of the nation”. The, socialists led by Nehru also had differences with Gandhi. In, October 1934, Gandhi announced his resignation from the, Congress to serve it better in thought, word and deed. Nehru, and the socialists thought that the British must first be, expelled before the struggle for socialism could be waged,, and in an anti-imperialist struggle unity around the Congress,, still the only anti-imperialist mass organisation, was, indispensable. Thus it was better, they felt, to gradually, radicalise the Congress than to get isolated from the masses., The right wing was no less accommodating. In the elections, to the Central Legislative Assembly held in November 1934,, the Congress captured 45 out of 75 seats reserved for, Indians., , Government of India Act, 1935, Amidst the struggle of 1932, the Third RTC was held in, November, again without Congress participation. The, discussions led to the formulation of the Act of 1935., , Main Features, , The Government of India Act was passed by the British, Parliament in August 1935. Its main provisions were as, follows., 1. An All India Federation It was to comprise all, British Indian provinces, all chief commissioner’s provinces
Page 477 :
452, , A Brief History of Modern India, , and the Indian states (princely states). The federation’s, formation was conditional on the fulfilment of: (i) states with, allotment of 52 seats in the proposed Council of States, should agree to join the federation; and (ii) aggregate, population of states in the above category should be 50 per, cent of the total population of all Indian states., Since these conditions were not fulfilled, the proposed, federation never came up. The central government carried on, upto 1946 as per the provisions of Government of India Act,, 1919., 2. Federal Level: Executive ● The governor-general, was the pivot of the entire Constitution., ● Subjects to be administered were divided into reserved, and transferred subjects. Reserved subjects—foreign affairs,, defence, tribal areas and ecclesiastical affairs—were to be, exclusively administered by the governor-general on the, advice of executive councillors. Executive councillors were, not to be responsible to the central legislature. Transferred, subjects included all other subjects and were to be administered, by the governor-general on the advice of ministers elected, by the legislature. These ministers were to be responsible, to the federal legislature and were to resign on losing the, confidence of the body., ● Governor-general could act in his individual judgement, in the discharge of his special responsibilities for the, security and tranquillity of India., Legislature ● The bicameral legislature was to have an, upper house (Council of States) and a lower house (Federal, Assembly). The Council of States was to be a 260-member, house, partly directly elected from British Indian provinces, and partly (40 per cent) nominated by the princes. The, Federal Assembly was to be a 375-member house, partly, indirectly elected from British Indian provinces and partly, (one-third) nominated by the princes., ● Oddly enough, election to the Council of States was, direct and that to the Federal Assembly, indirect.
Page 478 :
Debates on the Future Strategy after CDM, , 453, , ● Council of States was to be a permanent body with, one-third members retiring every third year. The duration of, the assembly was to be 5 years., ● The three lists for legislation purposes were to be, federal, provincial and concurrent., ● Members of Federal Assembly could move a vote, of no-confidence against ministers. Council of States could, not move a vote of no-confidence., ● The system of religion-based and class-based, electorates was further extended., ● 80 per cent of the budget was non-votable., ● Governor-general had residuary powers. He could, (a) restore cuts in grants, (b) certify bills rejected by the, legislature, (c) issue ordinances and (d) exercise his veto., 3. Provincial Autonomy ● Provincial autonomy, replaced dyarchy., ● Provinces were granted autonomy and separate legal, identity., ● Provinces were freed from “the superintendence,, direction” of the secretary of state and governor-general., Provinces henceforth derived their legal authority directly, from the British Crown., ● Provinces were given independent financial powers, and resources. Provincial governments could borrow money, on their own security., Executive ● Governor was to be the Crown’s nominee, and representative to exercise authority on the king’s behalf, in a province., ● Governor was to have special powers regarding, minorities, rights of civil servants, law and order, British, business interests, partially excluded areas, princely states,, etc., ● Governor could take over and indefinitely run, administration., Legislature ● Separate electorates based on Communal, Award were to be made operational.
Page 479 :
454, , A Brief History of Modern India, , ● All members were to be directly elected. Franchise, was extended; women got the right on the same basis as men., ● Ministers were to administer all provincial subjects, in a council of ministers headed by a premier., ● Ministers were made answerable to and removable, by the adverse vote of the legislature., ● Provincial legislature could legislate on subjects in, provincial and concurrent lists., ● 40 per cent of the budget was still not votable., ● Governor could (a) refuse assent to a bill, (b), promulgate ordinances, (c) enact governor’s Acts., , Evaluation of the Act, , ● Numerous ‘safeguards’ and ‘special responsibilities’, of the governor-general worked as brakes in the proper, functioning of the Act., ● In provinces, the governor still had extensive powers., ● The Act enfranchised 14 per cent of British Indian, population., ● The extension of the system of communal electorates, and representation of various interests promoted separatist, tendencies which culminated in partition of India., ● The Act provided a rigid constitution with no possibility, of internal growth. Right of amendment was reserved with, the British Parliament., The Long-Term British Strategy ● Suppression could, only be a short-term tactic. In the long run, the strategy was, , Views, We framed the Act of 1935 because we thought that was the, best way...of maintaining British influence in India., Lord Linlithgow, viceroy (1936-43), We are provided with a car, all brakes and no engine., Jawaharlal Nehru, The process of constitutional advance in India is determined by, the need to attract Indian collaborators to the Raj., B.R. Tomlinson
Page 480 :
Debates on the Future Strategy after CDM, , 455, , to weaken the national movement and integrate large segments, of the movement into colonial, constitutional and, administrative structure., ● Reforms would revive the political standing of, constitutionalist liberals and moderates who had lost public, support during the Civil Disobedience Movement., ● Repression earlier and reforms now would convince, a large section of Congressmen of the ineffectiveness of an, extra-legal struggle., ● Once Congressmen tasted power, they would be, reluctant to go back to politics of sacrifice., ● Reforms could be used to create dissensions within, Congress—right wing to be placated through constitutional, concessions and radical leftists to be crushed through police, measures., ● Provincial autonomy would create powerful provincial, leaders who would gradually become autonomous centres of, political power. Congress would thus be provincialised and, the central leadership would get weakened., , Nationalists’ Response, , The 1935 Act was condemned by nearly all sections and, unanimously rejected by the Congress. The Hindu Mahasabha, and the National Liberal Foundation, however, declared, themselves in favour of the working of the 1935 Act in the, central as well as at the provincial level. The Congress, demanded, instead, the convening of a Constituent Assembly, elected on the basis of adult franchise to frame a constitution, for independent India., , The Second Stage Debate, In early 1937, elections to provincial assemblies were, announced and once again the debate on the future strategy, to be adopted by the nationalists began., Everyone in the Congress agreed that the 1935 Act was, to be opposed root and branch but it was not clear how it
Page 481 :
456, , A Brief History of Modern India, , was to be done in a period when a mass movement was not, yet possible. There was full agreement that the Congress, should fight these elections on the basis of a detailed, political and economic programme, thus deepening the antiimperialist consciousness of the people. But what to do after, the elections was not yet clear. If the Congress got majority, in a province, was it to agree to form a government?, There were sharp differences over these questions, among the nationalists. The two sides of the debate soon got, identified with the emerging ideological divide along the left, and right lines., , Divided Opinion, , Jawaharlal Nehru, Subhash Bose, and Congress, socialists and communists were opposed to office acceptance, and thereby in the working of the 1935 Act because they, argued that it would negate the rejection of the Act by the, nationalists. It would be like assuming responsibility without, power. Also, it would take away the revolutionary character, of the movement as constitutional work would sidetrack the, main issues of freedom, economic and social justice, and, removal of poverty., As a counter-strategy, the leftists proposed entry into, the councils with an aim to create deadlocks, thus making, the working of the Act impossible (older Swarajist strategy)., And, as a long-term strategy, they advocated an increased, reliance on workers and peasants, integration of their class, organisations into the Congress, thus imparting a socialist, direction to the Congress and preparing for the resumption, of a mass movement., The proponents of office acceptance argued that they, were equally committed to combating the 1935 Act, but work, in legislatures was to be only a short-term tactic since option, of a mass movement was not available at the time, and mass, struggle alone was capable of winning independence. Capture, or rejection of office was not a matter of socialism but of
Page 482 :
Debates on the Future Strategy after CDM, , 457, , strategy. They agreed that there was a danger of being sucked, in by wrong tendencies, but the answer was to fight these, tendencies and not to abandon office. The administrative field, should not be left open to pro-government reactionary forces., Despite limited powers, provincial ministries could be used, to promote constructive work., , Gandhi’s Position, Gandhi opposed office acceptance in the CWC meetings but, by the beginning of 1936, he was willing to give a trial to, the formation of Congress ministries., In its sessions at Lucknow in early 1936 and Faizpur, in late 1937, the Congress decided to fight elections and, postpone the decision on office acceptance to the postelection phase. The Congress resolution was “not to submit, to this constitution or to cooperate with it, but to combat, it both inside and outside the legislatures so that it can be, ended.” In February 1937, elections to the provincial, assemblies were held. Elections were held in eleven, provinces—Madras, Central Provinces, Bihar, Orissa, United, Provinces, Bombay Presidency, Assam, NWFP, Bengal, Punjab, and Sindh., These elections were the first in which a larger number, of Indians than ever before were eligible to participate. An, estimated 30.1 million persons, including 4.25 million, women, had been enfranchised (14 per cent of the total, population), and 15.5 million of these, including 917,000, women, actually exercised their franchise, according to, reports., , Congress Manifesto for Elections, The Congress manifesto reaffirmed total rejection of the, 1935 Act, and promised release of prisoners, removal of, disabilities on the basis of gender and caste, radical, transformation of the agrarian system, substantial reduction, of rent and revenue, scaling down of rural debts, cheap credit, and right to form trade unions and to strike., Gandhi did not attend a single election meeting.
Page 483 :
458, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Congress’ Performance, , The Congress won 716 out of 1,161 seats it contested. (There, were 1,585 seats in the legislative assemblies of the eleven, provinces.) It got a majority in all provinces, except in, Bengal, Assam, Punjab, Sindh and the NWFP, and emerged, as the largest party in Bengal, Assam and the NWFP. Because, of this performance, the prestige of the Congress rose and, Nehru was reconciled to the dominant strategy of S-T-S., Summary, ●, , First Stage Debate on, (i) Constructive work on Gandhian lines., (ii) Constitutional struggle and participation in elections., (iii) Rejection of constructive work and constitutional struggle—, continuation of CDM., , ●, , Government of India Act, 1935, Proposed—an All India Federation; bicameral legislature at the, centre; provincial autonomy; three lists for legislation—federal,, provincial and concurrent., At centre, subjects to be administered divided into reserved, and transferred categories., Provincial legislators to be directly elected., Early 1937—elections to provincial assemblies held. Congress, ministries formed in Bombay, Madras, Central Provinces, United, Provinces, Bihar, Orissa, Assam and NWFP., , ●, , Second Stage Debate, Nehru, Subhas, Congress and socialists opposed office, acceptance., Leftists proposed entry into the councils with an aim to crease, deadlocks., Gandhi, in the beginning opposed for office acceptance, but, later gave his approval., Congress sessions at Lucknow (1936) and Faizpur (1937), decided to contest elections.
Page 484 :
Congress Rule in Provinces, , 459, , 21, Congress Rule in Provinces, Congress ministries were formed in Bombay, Madras, Central, Provinces, Orissa, United Provinces, Bihar and later in the, NWFP and Assam also., , Gandhi’s Advice, Gandhi advised Congressmen to hold these offices lightly and, not tightly. The offices were to be seen as ‘crowns of thorns’, which had been accepted to see if they quickened the pace, towards the nationalist goal. Gandhi advised that these offices, should be used in a way not expected or intended by the, British., Gandhi urged Congressmen to prove that the Congress, could rule with least assistance from the police and the Army., , Work under Congress Ministries, There was great enthusiasm among the people; suppressed, mass energy had got released. There was an increase in the, prestige of the Congress as it had showed that it could not, only lead people but could also use State power for their, benefit. But the Congress ministries had some basic, limitations: they could not, through their administration,, change the basic imperialist character of the system and, could not introduce a radical era., 459
Page 485 :
460, , A Brief History of Modern India, , In the 28 months of Congress rule in the provinces,, there were some efforts made for people’s welfare., , Civil Liberties, The Congress ministries did much to ease curbs on civil, liberties:, ● Laws giving emergency powers were repealed., ● Ban on illegal organisations, such as the Hindustan, Seva Dal and Youth Leagues, and on certain books and, journals was lifted., ● Press restrictions were lifted., ● Newspapers were taken out of black lists., ● Confiscated arms and arms licences were restored., ● Police powers were curbed and the CID stopped, shadowing politicians., ● Political prisoners and revolutionaries were released,, and deportation and internment orders were revoked., ● In Bombay lands confiscated by the government, during the Civil Disobedience Movement were restored., ● Pensions of officials associated with the Civil, Disobedience Movement were restored., But there were certain blemishes in the performance, of the Congress ministries regarding civil liberties. Yusuf, Maherally, a socialist, was arrested by the Madras government, for inflammatory speeches and later released. S.S. Batliwala,, a socialist, was arrested by the Madras government for, seditious speech and given a six months’ sentence. Then,, K.M. Munshi, the Bombay home minister, used the CID, against communists and leftists., , Agrarian Reforms, There were certain basic constraints due to which the, Congress ministries could not undertake a complete overhaul, of the agrarian structure by completely abolishing zamindari., These constraints were:, (i) The ministries did not have adequate powers.
Page 486 :
Congress Rule in Provinces, , 461, , (ii) There were inadequate financial resources as a, lion’s share was appropriated by the Government of India., (iii) Strategy of class adjustments was another hurdle, since zamindars, etc., had to be conciliated and neutralised., (iv) There was constraint of time since the logic of, Congress politics was confrontation and not cooperation with, colonialism., (v) War clouds had started hovering around 1938., (vi) The reactionary second chamber (Legislative, Council) dominated by landlords, moneylenders and capitalists, in United Provinces, Bihar, Bombay, Madras and Assam had, to be conciliated as its support was necessary for legislations., (vii) The agrarian structure was too complex., In spite of these constraints, the Congress ministries, managed to legislate a number of laws relating to land, reforms, debt relief, forest grazing fee, arrears of rent, land, tenures, etc., But most of these benefits went to statutory and, occupancy tenants while sub-tenants did not gain much., Agricultural labourers did not benefit as they had not been, mobilised., , Attitude Towards Labour, The basic approach was to advance workers’ interests while, promoting industrial peace. This was sought to be achieved, by reducing strikes as far as possible and by advocating, compulsory arbitration prior to striking before the established, conciliation machinery. Goodwill was sought to be created, between labour and capital with mediation of ministries,, while at the same time efforts were made to improve, workers’ condition and secure wage increases for them., The ministries treated militant trade union protests as, law and order problems, and acted as mediators as far as, possible. This approach was largely successful but not so in, Bombay. Also, leftist critics were not satisfied by this, approach. Generally, the ministries took recourse to Section, 144 and arrested the leaders.
Page 487 :
462, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Nehru was unhappy about these repressive measures,, but in public supported the ministries to protect them from, petty and petulant criticism. Although Gandhi was against, militant and violent methods, he stood for political education, of the masses. He felt that the popular base of the Congress, should not erode. He appealed to Congressmen against, frequent resort to colonial laws and machinery., , Social Welfare Reforms, , These included the following—, ● Prohibition imposed in certain areas., ● Measures for welfare of Harijans taken—temple, entry, use of public facilities, scholarships, an increase in, their numbers in government service and police, etc., ● Attention given to primary, technical and higher, education and to public health and sanitation., ● Encouragement given to khadi through subsidies and, other measures., ● Prison reforms undertaken., ● Encouragement given to indigenous enterprises., ● Efforts taken to develop planning through National, Planning Committee set up under Congress president Subhash, Bose in 1938., Extra-Parliamentary Mass Activity of Congress, Such activities included—, ●, launching of mass literacy campaigns,, ●, setting up of Congress police stations and panchayats,, ●, Congress Grievance Committees presenting mass, petitions to government, and, ●, states peoples’ movements., , Evaluation, Though by 1939 internal strifes, opportunism and hunger for, power had started surfacing among Congressmen, yet they, were able to utilise council work to their advantage to a great
Page 488 :
Congress Rule in Provinces, , 463, , extent. The 28-month Congress rule was also significant for, the following reasons., ● The contention that Indian self-government was, necessary for radical social transformation got confirmed., ● Congressmen demonstrated that a movement could, use state power to further its ends without being co-opted., ● The ministries were able to control communal riots., ● The morale of the bureaucracy came down., ● Council work helped neutralise many erstwhile hostile, elements (landlords, etc)., ● People were able to perceive the shape of things to, come if independence was won., ● Administrative work by Indians further weakened the, myth that Indians were not fit to rule., The Congress ministries resigned in October 1939, after the outbreak of the Second World War., The huge Congress victory in the elections had aroused, the hopes of the industrial working class; there was increased, militancy and industrial unrest in Bombay, Gujarat, the United, Provinces and Bengal at a time when the Congress was drawn, into a closer friendship with Indian capitalists. This resulted, in what appeared to be an anti-labour shift in Congress, attitudes that led to the Bombay Traders Disputes Act in, 1938. The Congress leadership was also faced with another, dilemma: how to react to the situation in the princely states—, should the Congress support the Prajamandal movement for, greater democracy or not., In the meanwhile, the All India Muslim League, annoyed, with the Congress for not sharing power with them established, the Pirpur Committee in 1938 to prepare a detailed report, on the atrocities supposedly committed by the Congress, ministries. In its report the committee charged the Congress, with interference in the religious rites, suppression of Urdu, in favour of Hindi, denial of proper representation and of, the oppression of Muslims in the economic sphere., The Congress was forced to realise that being in power
Page 489 :
464, , A Brief History of Modern India, , and actually running the administration was not easy, and all, sections of populations had such high expectations as could, not be fulfilled all at once., Summary, ●, , Gandhi’s Advice to Office Bearers, Offices should be used in a way not expected or intended by, the British., Hold offices lightly, not tightly., , ●, , Work Under Congress Ministries, Eased curbs on civil liberties., Restrictions on press lifted., Political prisoners and revolutionaries released., Lifted ban from several illegal organisations, books and journals., Restoration of pensions of officials associated with the CDM.
Page 490 :
UNIT VIII, , Towards, Freedom, and, Partition, 1939-1947
Page 491 :
Nationalist Response in the Wake of World War II, , 467, , 22, Nationalist Response in the, Wake of World War II, Congress Crisis on Method of Struggle, In the aftermath of the civil disobedience movement, there, was some disarray within the Congress. In Gandhi’s perception, there was rising corruption and indiscipline in the organisation., He was also unhappy with the rivalries and petty squabbles, among the Congress leaders. There were issues of bogus, membership and unethical means employed in trying to, getting into the Congress committees and controlling them., Gandhi firmly believed that the Congress should first put its, house in order before the movement could again be launched;, besides, he also felt the masses were not in the mood for, a struggle. There were others who felt that the struggle should, continue., , Haripura and Tripuri Sessions: Subhash, Bose’s Views, Subhash Chandra Bose was president of the Bengal Provincial, Congress Committee. His main area of work lay in the, organisation of the youth and promoting the trade union, movement. Subhash Bose did not agree with Gandhi and other, leaders of the Congress on many aspects of the struggle for, freedom. He along with Jawaharlal Nehru opposed the, Motilal Nehru Report which spoke for dominion status for, 467
Page 492 :
468, , A Brief History of Modern India, , India. Bose was all for full independence; he also announced, the formation of the Independence League. When the Lahore, Congress session under Jawaharlal Nehru’s presidency adopted, a resolution that the Congress goal would be ‘Poorna Swaraj’,, Bose fully endorsed the decision. He was again fully active, in the Salt Satyagraha Movement in 1930, forcing the, government to arrest him. He was vehemently against the, suspension of the Civil Disobedience Movement and the, signing of the Gandhi-Irwin Pact in 1931, especially as the, government refused to negotiate on the death sentence for, Bhagat Singh and his associates. From all this we get a clear, idea that Bose was a man of action and radical ideas., , Haripura, At the Congress meeting in Haripura, Gujarat, in February, 1938, Bose was unanimously elected president of the session., He was firm in his belief that the Congress ministries in the, provinces had immense revolutionary potential, as he said in, his presidential address. Bose also talked of economic, development of the country through planning and was, instrumental in setting up a National Planning Committee, later., The session adopted a resolution that the Congress, would give moral support to those who were agitating against, the governance in the princely states., In the following months, the international situation was, highly disturbed; there were clear signs that Europe was going, to be embroiled in war., , 1939: Subhash Wins but Congress, Faces Internal Strife, In January 1939, Subhash Bose decided to stand again for, the president’s post in the Congress. Gandhi was not happy, with Bose’s candidature. Bose said he represented the “new, ideas, ideologies, problems and programmes” that had come, out of the “the progressive sharpening of the anti-imperialist, struggle in India”. However, Sardar Patel, Rajendra Prasad,
Page 493 :
Nationalist Response in the Wake of World War II, , 469, , J.B. Kripalani and some other members of the Congress, Working Committee pointed out that it was in the various, Congress bodies, such as the working committee, that, ideologies and programmes were developed; moreover, the, position of the Congress president was more of a constitutional, one, representative and symbolic of the unity of the nation., They favoured the candidate supported by Gandhi, namely,, Pattabhi Sitaramayya. Subhash Bose won the election by 1580, votes against 1377; he got the full support of the Congress, Socialist Party and the communists. Gandhi congratulated, Bose on his victory but also declared that “Pattabhi’s defeat, is my defeat.” Now it became a Gandhi versus Bose issue., , Tripuri, In March 1939 the Congress session took place at Tripuri,, in the Central Provinces (near Jabalpur in present Madhya, Pradesh). It was obvious that all was not well within the, Congress. The working committee, the ruling body of the, Congress, is not elected, but nominated by the president; the, election of the president is thus a constitutional opportunity, through which the membership expressed the nature of the, leadership of the Congress. With Bose’s victory the, polarisation in terms of ideology and method of future, struggle was clear. Thus the election of Bose, in the face, of the opposition of the official machine, led to a sharp inner, crisis., Subhash Bose had accused the working committee, leaders of being ready to reach a compromise with the, government on the matter of federation. Now, those leaders, felt they could not work with a president who had publicly, cast doubts on their nationalistic principles and resigned from, the working committee., Bose was ill when the Tripuri session took place, but, he attended it and in his presidential speech he prophecised, that an imperialist war was about to take place in Europe., He declared: “In the first place, we must give clear and
Page 494 :
470, , A Brief History of Modern India, , unequivocal expression to what I have been feeling for some, time past, namely, that the time has come for us to raise, the issue of Swaraj and submit our national demand to the, British government in the form of an ultimatum...” He was, in favour of giving a six-month ultimatum to Britain to grant, the national demand of independence; if the ultimatum was, rejected, he said, a mass civil disobedience movement should, be launched., In his opinion, as Bose was to write later, the Congress, was strong enough just as the masses were ready for such, a struggle. He felt that advantage should be taken of the, international crisis to strive for independence., Gandhi, on the other hand, was firm in the belief that, it was not the time for such ultimatums as neither the, Congress nor the masses were yet ready for struggle. He was, also aware that there were communal discord and class strife, and a lack of unified vision and that this would undermine, any movement., A resolution was moved by Govind Ballabh Pant,, reaffirming faith in Gandhian policies and asking Bose to, nominate the working committee “in accordance with the, wishes of Gandhiji”, and it was passed without opposition, from the socialists or the communists. Apparently, the Left, was not keen on discarding Gandhi’s leadership. However,, Gandhi said that he would not like to impose a working, committee on the president and that, since Bose was the, president, he should choose the members of the working, committee and lead the Congress., Bose continued his effort to win Gandhi’s confidence, but did not succeed. Bose refused to nominate a new working, committee. Bose wanted an immediate struggle led by, Gandhi, whereas Gandhi was firm in his belief that the time, was not ripe for struggle. The problem was that ideologically, Gandhi and Bose were on different platforms. Gandhi was, not willing to lead a Congress struggle based on the radical, lines preferred by Bose, even as Bose was not willing to
Page 495 :
Nationalist Response in the Wake of World War II, , 471, , compromise on his ideas. Gandhi was of the view that he, would either lead the Congress on the basis of his own, strategy and style of politics or surrender the position of, the leader. In his reply to a letter from Bose, Gandhi wrote:, “The views you express seem to be so diametrically opposed, to those of the others and my own that I do not see any, possibility of bridging them.”, Bose had misjudged the support he had got in his, election. Even the socialists and the communists for the most, part were not keen on a split in the Congress. They realised, that a split would reduce the Left (which was not very, consolidated at the time) to a splinter group. They preferred, a united Congress led by Gandhi, as the national struggle was, of utmost importance and the Congress was at the time the, main organ of this struggle., In the circumstances, Bose saw no option but to resign., He resigned from the president’s post in April 1939. This, led to the election of Rajendra Prasad as president of the, Congress. The crisis in the Congress had been overcome for, the present., In May, Bose and his followers formed the Forward, Bloc (at Makur, Unnao) as a new party within the Congress., But when he gave a call for an all-India protest on July 9, against an AICC resolution, the Congress Working Committee, took disciplinary action against Bose: in August 1939, he was, removed from the post of president of the Bengal Provincial, Among the resolutions at Tripuri was an interesting one relating, to China: “The Congress sends its greetings to the people of China, and its deepest sympathy in their trials and privations in their, struggle against ruthless and inhuman imperialism. It congratulates, them on their heroic resistance., “The Congress expresses its approval of the sending of a, Medical Mission on its behalf to the people of China and trusts, that this Mission will continue to receive full support, so that it, may carry on its work of succour effectively and be a worthy symbol, of Indian solidarity with China.”
Page 496 :
472, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Congress Committee besides being debarred from holding, any elective office in the Congress for a period of three, years., , Gandhi and Bose: Ideological, Differences, Gandhi and Subhash Bose had a deep respect for one another, despite their hugely differing ideologies. Each appreciated, the work done by the other in the national struggle for, freedom., In 1942, Gandhi called Bose the “Prince among the, Patriots”. When the death of Bose was reported, Gandhi said, that Netaji’s “patriotism is second to none... His bravery, shines through all his actions. He aimed high and failed. But, who has not failed.” On another occasion Gandhi said, “Netaji, will remain immortal for all time to come for his service, to India.”, Bose was fully aware of Gandhi’s importance as a, symbol of Indian nationalism and called him “The Father of, Our Nation” in a radio broadcast from Rangoon in 1944 even, though in the same speech he expressed his own conviction, that force was the only way to win freedom from the British., When forced to resign at the Tripuri session, Bose said he, would “yield to none in my respect for his (Gandhi’s), personality”, adding that “it will be a tragic thing for me if, I succeed in winning the confidence of other people but fail, to win the confidence of India’s greatest man.” Later, Bose, said that the “service which Mahatma Gandhi has rendered, to India and to the cause of India’s freedom is so unique, and unparalleled that his name will be written in letters of, gold in our National History—for all time”., Incidentally, both men considered socialism to be the, way forward in India, though in slightly different ways. Gandhi, did not subscribe to the Western form of socialism which, he associated with industrialisation, but agreed with the kind
Page 497 :
Nationalist Response in the Wake of World War II, , 473, , of socialism advocated by Jayaprakash Narayan. Both Gandhi, and Bose were religious men and disliked communism. Both, worked against untouchability and spoke for women’s, emancipation. But they differed widely in their ways and, methods and in their political and economic ideologies., , Non-Violence versus Militant Approach, , Gandhi was a firm believer in ahimsa and satyagraha, the nonviolent way to gain any goal. He believed that it was the way, in which the masses could be involved. He objected to, violence firstly because an unarmed masses had little chance, of success in an armed rebellion, and then because he, considered violence a clumsy weapon which created more, problems than it solved, and left behind hatred and bitterness, which could not be overcome through reconciliation., Bose believed that Gandhi’s strategy based on the, ideology of non-violence would be inadequate for securing, India’s independence. To his mind, violent resistance alone, could oust the alien imperialist rule from India. He considered, the Gandhian civil disobedience campaign as an effective, means of paralysing the administration, but did not think it, to be efficacious unless accompanied by a movement aimed, at total revolution that was prepared, if necessary, to use, violence., , Means and Ends, , Bose had his eye on the result of the action. When war clouds, hung over Europe, he saw the situation as an opportunity to, take advantage of the British weakness. He believed in seizing, whatever opportunity was available to carry forward the, struggle for freedom. He openly criticised the British for, professing to fight for the freedom of the European nations, under Nazi control but refusing to grant independence to its, own colonies, including India. He had no compunction in, taking the help of the Nazis or the Fascists and later of, Imperial Japan—the ‘Axis powers’ as they came to be called, when the war broke out—even though he believed in freedom
Page 498 :
474, , A Brief History of Modern India, , and equality and other liberal ideals and disapproved of the, arrogant racialism of the Nazis and the suppression of, democratic institutions in Nazi Germany (as his writings, show). However, he admired the Nazis and the Fascists for, their discipline. Bose’s supporters point out that his, association with Germany and Japan was dictated by, revolutionary strategy and not by ideological kinship. In other, words, he was just a pragmatist; he was against the Fascist, theory of racial superiority and the Fascist acceptance of, capitalism., Gandhi felt that the non-violent way of protest that he, propagated could not be practised unless the means and ends, were equally good. One could not just use any means to, achieve an end however desirable that end may be. It would, be against the truth that should guide one in all actions., Besides, he had a deep dislike for the ideas of the Fascists, and the Nazis and would not think of using them to ally, against the British, especially when the latter were in a, difficult situation. He saw Nazi Germany and Imperial Japan, not just as aggressors but as dangerous powers. Gandhi, himself said: “The difference of outlook between him (Bose), and me as to the means is too well known for comment.”, Bose acknowledged that Gandhi’s methods had their, importance when he said in his speech from Tokyo: “Though, personally I believe that this method will not succeed in, bringing us complete independence, there is no doubt that, it has greatly helped to rouse and unify the Indian people, and also to keep up a movement of resistance against the, foreign government.”, , Form of Government, , In his early writings, Bose expressed the opinion that, democracy was the acceptable political system for India. But, later, he seemed to have veered towards the idea that, at least, in the beginning, a democratic system would not be adequate, for the process of nation rebuilding and the eradication of
Page 499 :
Nationalist Response in the Wake of World War II, , 475, , poverty and social inequality. In an address to students in, Tokyo University in 1944, Bose is quoted as saying: “You, cannot have a so-called democratic system, if that system, has to put through economic reforms on a socialistic basis., Therefore we must have a political system—a State—of an, authoritarian character....”, [When Bose proclaimed, on October 21, 1943, the, formation of the Provisional Government of Azad Hind (Free, India), he held on to his post as Supreme Commander of the, Indian National Army, and also named himself head of state,, prime minister, and minister for war and foreign affairs. He, anticipated retaining the position of head of state in a free, India. This, say some scholars, indicated the authoritative, streak in Bose.], As early as 1930, Bose expressed the opinion that in, India there should be “a synthesis of what modern Europe, calls Socialism and Fascism. We have here the justice, the, equality, the love, which is the basis of Socialism, and, combined with that we have the efficiency and the discipline, of Fascism as it stands in Europe today.” He called this, ‘samyavada’. Bose admired discipline and orderly approach, to anything. He admired these qualities in the Fascists of Italy, and in the Nazis of Germany. Indeed, it is clear from his, letters that, despite his dislike of colonial power and his, desire to oust the alien British rule from India, he was, impressed by the methodical and systematic approach of the, British and their disciplined way of life., Bose, however, was not a Nazi or a Fascist, for he, supported empowerment of women, secularism and other, liberal ideas. Neither was Bose a communist: he considered, himself “a socialist, but that was a very different thing from, being a communist”. He laughed at the idea of internationalism, as espoused by the communists; he said nationalism was, important before going on to internationalism. He also felt, that the theoretical ideals found in Marx’s writings could not, be applied in India without a lot of modification. Nor did
Page 500 :
476, , A Brief History of Modern India, , he discard religion which was important to him. Bose was, a leftist in the sense that he was an anti-imperialist and, believed in attaining complete independence. After the, achievement of independence, Bose considered leftism would, mean socialism; the reconstruction of national life would, have to be on a socialist basis. Indeed, it would appear from, many of his writings that, after an initial stage of authoritarian, rule, there could be formed “a new India and a happy India, on the basis of the eternal principles of liberty, democracy, and socialism.”, Gandhi’s ideas on government can be found in the Hind, Swaraj (1909); it was “the nearest he came to producing a, sustained work of political theory.” Gandhi’s idealised state,, his Ramrajya—a utopia, in fact—did not need a representative, government, a constitution, an army or a police force., Capitalism, communism, exploitation and religious violence, would be absent. Instead, the country was to be modelled on, the India of the past. In many ways, Gandhi’s writings call, for a pre-modern, morally-enlightened and apolitical Indian, state. Swaraj lays stress on self-governance through individuals, and community building. “At the individual level Swaraj is, vitally connected with the capacity for dispassionate selfassessment, ceaseless self-purification and growing selfreliance.”, Gandhi said: “I look upon an increase in the power of, the state with greatest fear, because although while apparently, doing good by minimising exploitation, it does the greatest, harm to mankind by destroying individuality which is at the, root of progress”. He was sceptical of the party system and, sure that representative democracy could not provide people, with justice. He advocated a stateless society in which life, becomes perfect., Gandhi was opposed to centralisation. He believed in, decentralisation of political as well as economic power, and, this could come about only by beginning from the basic unit., In his vision of swaraj, society would be composed of
Page 501 :
Nationalist Response in the Wake of World War II, , 477, , “innumerable… ever-widening, never-ascending” village, republics. The basic unit would be the village whose people, will always abide by the ideals of truth and non-violence., Every village would be a self-sufficient republic or panchayat., (Self-sufficiency did not mean that in times of need help, could not be taken from other villages.) The panchayat, the, unit of local self-government, will consist of five persons, – male and female – elected annually. It would represent the, village community and be the custodian of all authority., Moreover, it would be an autonomous political institution in, the context of village administration., Significantly, Gandhi said: “In the ideal State. . . there, is no political power because there is no State. But the ideal, is never fully realised in life. Hence the classical statement, of Thoreau that the government is best which governs the, least –is worthy of consideration.” As Judith Brown writes,, Gandhi “seems to have visualised a loose linkage of, independent village republics as the ideal form of the State…, he can therefore properly be called an anarchist.” In Gandhi’s, view, democracy would not be possible without high morality., It is morality that develops a sense of responsibility in human, beings, and the strength of this sense of responsibility would, help them to respect and protect the rights of each other., Gandhi laid more emphasis on duties than on rights., , Militarism, , Subhas Bose was deeply attracted to military discipline and, was thankful for the basic training he received in the, University Unit of the India Defence Force. He volunteered, to form a guard of honour during the ceremonial functions, at the Calcutta session of the Congress in 1930. And it was, done on a massive and grand scale. Bose, in full dress, uniform, reviewed his ‘troops’. Gandhi and most of his, supporters were uneasy with this display., Gandhi was against the military on the whole. His, Ramrajya, being built on the concept of truth and non-
Page 502 :
478, , A Brief History of Modern India, , violence and self-regulation would be a perfect place and, would not require either police or grandiose armies. All, effort must be made to arrive at peace rather than go to war., War, said Gandhi, “demoralises those who are trained for it., It brutalises men of naturally gentle nature.” The main causes, of war, according to Gandhi, were racialism, imperialism and, fascism (in the context of the Second World War). He also, listed economic inequality and exploitation as additional, causes of war and instability in the international system. If, these were eradicated, there need not be any war. He was, not against defensive war: if the innocent were attacked, there, was no option but to defend oneself. So, of course, the, military was required for self-defence, but it was to be on, minimal scale., , Ideas on Economy, , Gandhi’s concept of Swaraj had its own brand of economic, vision. He wanted a decentralised economy without state, control. Gandhi dismissed both capitalism and Western, socialism—the former for its exploitative excesses and the, latter for its connection to industrialisation. Both, he believed,, led human beings to crave for luxury and self-indulgence., Gandhi wanted people to get rid of greed and make do with, just the bare necessities of life. He developed the idea of, village Sarvodaya. He advocated a “back to the roots” vision, when production was “simultaneous with consumption and, distribution and the vicious circle of money economy was, absent. Production was for immediate use and not for distant, markets.” What he wanted was the revival of ancient village, communities in which agriculture prospered, industry was, decentralised business was through small scale cooperative, organisations. He also wanted the participation of people at, all levels. In a letter he wrote to Henry Polak in 1909, Gandhi, expressed the view that India’s salvation lay in unlearning, what had been learnt; he wanted the railways, telegraphs,, hospitals, lawyers, doctors, and other modern trappings to be
Page 503 :
Nationalist Response in the Wake of World War II, , 479, , discarded, and the so-called upper classes to learn to live, the simple life of the peasant., He was against largescale industrialisation. He had, strong objections to labour saving machinery. “Men go on, saving labour, till thousands are without work and thrown on, the open streets to die of starvation”. He was not against, instruments and machinery that saved individual labour. He, wrote that “mechanisation is good when the hands are too, few for the work intended to be accomplished. It is an evil, when there are more hands than required for the work, as, is the case in India”., The capitalist who amassed wealth was a thief, according, to Gandhi. In his opinion, if a person had inherited wealth, or had made a lot of money through trade and industry, the, amount was to be shared with the entire society and must, be spent on the welfare of all. He put forward his theory, of trusteeship under which he wanted the capitalists to be, trustees, and as such would take care of not only themselves, but also of others. The workers would consider the capitalists, as their benefactors and would keep faith in them. So there, would be mutual trust and confidence, and as a consequence, the ideal of economic equality could be achieved., Bose considered economic freedom to be the essence, of social and political freedom. He was all in favour of, modernisation which was necessarily to be brought about by, industrialisation. He believed that India’s downfall in the, political and material sphere had been brought about by the, people’s inordinate belief in fate and the supernatural, accompanied by an indifference to modern scientific, developments, especially in the field of war weapons. He felt, the backward agriculture had to be modernised. The labour, that was ousted from the agricultural sector as a result of, such modernisation could be helped only with the development, of industry, which could absorb the surplus labour from, agriculture., In his speech at the Haripura Congress session, Bose
Page 504 :
480, , A Brief History of Modern India, , expressed his opinion that, for India to progress, a, comprehensive scheme of industrial development under stateownership and state-control would be indispensable. And he, spoke about the need to set up a planning commission to, advise the national government. He also spoke about abolition, of landlordism and liquidation of agricultural indebtedness., He was much impressed by the success attained by the Soviet, Union in economic development through rapid industrialisation, within a short period of time., Bose had his reasons for demanding industrialisation, for India. It would solve the problem of unemployment., Socialism, he said, was to be the basis of national, reconstruction and socialism presupposed industrialisation., Moreover, industrialisation was necessary if India were to, compete with foreign countries. Industrialisation was also, necessary for improving the standard of living of the people, at large. Bose classified industry into three categories: heavy,, medium, and cottage. Heavy industries, he said, form the, backbone of the national economy. But he was fully aware, of the great importance of cottage industries. “Industrialisation, does not ... mean that we turn our back on cottage industries., . . . It only means that we shall have to decide which industries, should be developed on a cottage basis and which on a largescale basis.”, , Religion, , Gandhi said “God is Truth and Love; God is ethics and, morality; God is fearlessness. God is the source of Light, and Life and yet He is above and beyond all these, God is, conscience. He is even the atheism of the atheist. For in His, boundless love God permits the atheist to live.”, Gandhi was primarily a man of religion. He had a, steadfast view on religion, and his religion was the basis of, all his other ideas. Truth and non-violence were the two, principles that helped Gandhi in evolving a comprehensive, view of religion that went beyond narrow sectarianism. For
Page 505 :
Nationalist Response in the Wake of World War II, , 481, , Gandhi there is no higher way of worshipping God than, serving the poor and identifying God in them., He considered different religions to be merely the, different paths towards the same destination. Gandhi out of, his own experiences and readings came to the conclusion that, all religions are based on the same principles, namely, truth, and love. He claimed that religion is a binding force and not, a dividing force. He said that each person should follow his, or her own religion freely. He would not conceive of a state, without religion, for the basic tenets of his religion were, at the base of his idea of state too., Subhash Bose believed in Upanishadic teachings. He, revered the Bhagavad Gita and was inspired by Vivekananda., He was also inspired by the India of the past as reinterpreted, by thinkers. According to many scholars, Hindu spirituality, formed the essential part of his political and social thought, throughout his adult life. However, he was free of bigotry, or orthodoxy. He was for total non-discrimination on the, basis of religion and in context he took up the Hindus’ cause, when he demanded that Hindu prisoners be given the right, to do Durga Puja just as Muslims and Christians were allowed, to celebrate their festivals. Bose motivated Indians towards, freedom struggle through Hindu symbolisms as appropriate, for the audience. On December 9, 1930, he called upon the, women to participate in the liberation struggle, invoking the, imagery of Durga, a form of Shakti, ready to vanquish evil., However, he was not a sectarian. He named his force Azad, Hind Fauz, and there were many non-Hindus in that army and, who were close to him. The INA was to be a mixture of, various religions, races, and castes with total social equality, of all soldiers. They were served food cooked in the common, kitchen and shared space in common barracks breaking the, age old caste bonds and practices. Common celebrations of, all religious festivals took place in the INA., Bose was a secularist with an impartial attitude to all, religions. He said that Free India must have an absolutely
Page 506 :
482, , A Brief History of Modern India, , neutral and impartial attitude towards all religions and leave, it to the choice of individuals to profess or follow a particular, religion of his faith. Religion is a private matter, the State, has nothing to do with it. He opined that economic issues, cut across communal divisions and barriers., , Caste and Untouchability, , Gandhi’s goals for society were mainly three: eradicating, untouchability, maintaining the varna distinctions of the caste, system and strengthening tolerance, modesty and religiosity, in India., Gandhi believed that one way of reinvigorating India, was to wipe out untouchability, which he considered to be, a pernicious practice preventing millions of peasants from, realising their dreams and aspirations. It was incompatible, with Swaraj. He said that if any Shastra propounded, untouchability that Shastra should be abandoned. He, however,, supported the varna system; he believed that the laws of caste, were eternal, and were the base for social harmony. In the, India that Gandhi visualised, each village would be organised, around the four-fold divisions with every member of society, doing his or her own duty. As there would be a complete, system of reciprocity, according to Gandhi, no one would, be subject to feelings of differences in status., Bose looked forward to an India changed by a socialist, revolution that would bring to an end the traditional social, hierarchy with its caste system; in its place would come an, egalitarian, casteless and classless society. Subhas Bose, completely rejected social inequality and the caste system., He spoke in favour of inter-caste marriages. In his public, speeches, Bose spoke vehemently against untouchability. He, was inspired by Vivekananda in his belief that the progress, of India would be possible only with uplift of the downtrodden, and the so-called untouchables., , Women, , In Gandhi’s words, “To call women the weaker sex is a libel;, it is man’s injustice to women.” Gandhi played an important
Page 507 :
Nationalist Response in the Wake of World War II, , 483, , role in uplifting the status of women in India., Gandhi was instrumental in bringing women out of their, homes to take part in the struggle for freedom. It was, as, scholars point out, the most radical of his ideas. It involved, bringing women out of the purdah – a system that was, prevalent among Hindus as well as Muslims of the time. It, involved the possibility of being jailed and thus being, separated from their families. These were steps that were, revolutionary for those times., Apart from bringing women into the struggle for swaraj,, he vehemently opposed various social ills affecting women, like child marriage, the dowry system and female infanticide,, and the treatment of widows., He considered men and women to be equal and declared, that men should treat women with respect and consideration., However, in the matter of the roles of men and women,, Gandhi would be regarded as patriarchal and traditional by, present standards. He wrote in 1937: “I do believe that woman, will not make her contribution to the world by mimicking, or running a race with man. She can run the race, but she, will not rise to the great heights she is capable of by, mimicking man. She has to be the complement of man.”, Again, in 1940, he wrote: “Whilst both are fundamentally one,, it is also equally true that in the form there is a vital, difference between the two. Hence, the vocations of the two, must also be different. Her duty of motherhood….requires, qualities which man need not possess. She is passive, he is, active. She is essentially mistress of the house. He is the, bread winner, she is the keeper and the distributor of the, bread. She is the caretaker in every sense of the term. The, art of bringing up the infants of the race is her special and, sole prerogative. Without her care, the race must become, extinct.”, Gandhi considered women to be the presiding deities, of the home. It was their dharma to take care of the home., “If they do not follow dharma, the people would be totally
Page 508 :
484, , A Brief History of Modern India, , destroyed,” said Gandhi. However, Gandhi also said that, dharma did not imply brutish behaviour from men treating, women as chattel. Women should not tolerate ill-treatment, from their husbands. But he did not ask women to walk out, of their homes and launch agitations, personal or public,, against their plight or a satyagraha within their exploitative, domestic environments. He did say in 1940 that domestic, slavery of woman is a symbol of our barbarism, and she, should be “freed from this incubus”. He also wrote: “Women, may not look for protection to men. They must rely on their, own strength and purity of character and on God, as did, Draupadi of old.”, Clearly, his ideal woman, as Judith Brown observes, was, not the ‘modern woman’, free of the restraints imposed on, her physically, socially and economically by virtue of her, being born female. He drew his symbol of his ideal woman, from the figure of Sita who bore patiently and bravely all, the injustices heaped on her by Rama. “Gandhi preached, female virtues of bravery and independence, and a capacity, to bear suffering; the model he offered to Indian women was, the virtuous and faithful wife,” says Judith Brown., Subhash Bose had a more robust view of women., Differing from the German National Socialists (Nazis) and, the Italian Fascists, who stressed the masculine in almost all, spheres of social and political activity, Bose considered, women to be the equals of men, and thus they should be, prepared to fight and sacrifice for the freedom of India. He, arduously campaigned to bring women more fully into the, life of the nation. In his presidential address at the Maharashtra, Provincial Conference in May 1928, he declared: “The status, of women should be raised and women should be trained to, take a larger and more intelligent interest in public affairs…, it is impossible for one half of the nation to win freedom, without the active sympathy and support of the other half.”, When, as Congress President in 1938, Bose set up the, Planning Commission, he insisted that there should be a
Page 509 :
Nationalist Response in the Wake of World War II, , 485, , separate planning commission for women. This commission, was chaired by Rani Lakshmi Bhai Rajawade and was to deal, with the role of women in planned economy in future India., Later, in 1943, he called on women to serve as soldiers, in the Indian National Army. This was a most radical view., He formed a women’s regiment in the INA in 1943, named, the Rani of Jhansi Regiment. Many women were enthused, to join the regiment commanded by Captain Lakshmi, Swaminathan (Sahgal after marriage).While those less suited, to combat duties were employed as nurses and in other, support roles, the majority were trained as soldiers. They, were given the same treatment as the men and received no, special privileges., In Bose’s view, women should be given a high position, in the family as well as in society. He believed in female, emancipation, in liberating women from age-old bondage to, customs and man-made disabilities, social, economic and, political. He wanted women to get all-round education, including not only literacy, but physical and vocational, training. He was all for abolition of purdah and also supported, widow remarriage. Women, he said, should also be made, conscious of their social and legal rights as well as their, duties as citizens., , Education, , Gandhi was against the English system of education as also, against the use of English as a medium of instruction. He, wanted education to be in the vernacular. He advocated free, and compulsory education for all-boys and girls between 7, and 14 years., In Gandhi’s view education should be an integrated, approach to the full development of the personality; it should, include physical training and high moral principles along with, intellectual and cognitive development. He differentiated, between learning and education, knowledge and wisdom,, literacy and lessons of life. According to him, “Literacy in, itself is no education”.
Page 510 :
486, , A Brief History of Modern India, , To Gandhi morality had to be a part of education. Taking, a leaf from Plato, Gandhi said that education should be a, means of attaining knowledge and wisdom that ultimately, place the seeker on the spiritual path. The end of education, was not merely a means to make a career and achieve social, status. Education should be a means to enlightenment. Gandhi, also wanted the Hindu scriptures to be a part of education, as they propounded discipline and self-restraint., He conceived his Nai Talim or basic education for all, in 1937. Nai Talim aimed to impart education that would lead, to freedom from ignorance, illiteracy, superstition, psyche, of servitude, and many more taboos that inhibited free, thinking of a free India. This scheme of education was to, emphasise on holistic training of mind and body, so along, with academics, there was to be purposeful manual labour., Handicrafts, art and drawing were the most fundamental, teaching tools in Nai Talim. As Gandhi wanted to make Indian, villages self-sufficient units, he emphasised on vocational, education which increases the efficiency of students in, undertaking tasks in those villages and make the village a selfsufficient unit., Subhash Bose was for higher education, especially in, the technical and scientific fields, as he wanted an industrial, India. He said, “National Reconstruction will be possible only, with the aid of science and our scientists.” He wanted Indian, students to be sent abroad for “training in accordance with, a clear and definite plan so that as soon as they returned, home, they may proceed straight away to build up new, industries”., , Second World War and, Nationalistic Response, On September 1, 1939, Germany attacked Poland – the action, that led to the Second World War. On September 3, 1939,, Britain declared war against Germany and the British
Page 511 :
Nationalist Response in the Wake of World War II, , 487, , Government of India declared India’s support for the war, without consulting Indian opinion., , Congress Offer to Viceroy, Though the Congress did not like the unilateral action of the, British of drawing India into the war without consulting the, Indians, it decided to support the war effort conditionally., The hostility of the Congress to Fascism, Nazism, militarism, and imperialism had been much more consistent than the, British record. The Indian offer to cooperate in the war effort, had two basic conditions:, 1. After the war, a constituent assembly should be, convened to determine political structure of a free India., 2. Immediately, some form of a genuinely responsible, government should be established at the Centre., The offer was rejected by Linlithgow, the viceroy. The, Congress argued that these conditions were necessary to win, public opinion for war., , CWC Meeting at Wardha, The official Congress position was adopted at the Wardha, session of the Congress Working Committee, but before that, different opinions were voiced on the question of Indian, support to British war efforts., Gandhi, who had all sympathy for Britain in this war, because of his total dislike of the fascist ideology, advocated, an unconditional support to the Allied powers. He made a, clear distinction between the democratic nations of western, Europe and the totalitarian Nazis and fascists. He said that, he was not willing to embarrass the British government during, the war., Subhas Bose and other socialists, such as Acharya, Narendra Dev and Jayaprakash Narayan, who had been invited, by the Congress to attend the Wardha meeting so that, different opinions could be discussed, had no sympathy for, either side in the war. In their opinion, the war was being, fought by imperialists on both sides; each side wanted to, protect its colonial possessions and gain more territories to
Page 512 :
488, , A Brief History of Modern India, , colonise, so neither side should be supported by the, nationalists. In fact, they thought it was the ideal time to, launch a civil disobedience movement, to thus take advantage, of the situation and snatch freedom from Britain., Jawaharlal Nehru was not ready to accept the opinion, of either Gandhi or of the socialists. He was clear in his, mind about the difference between democratic values and, fascism., He believed that justice was on the side of Britain,, France and Poland, but he also believed that Britain and, France were imperialist powers, and that “the war was the, result of the inner contradictions of capitalism maturing, since the end of World War I”. He, therefore, advocated no, Indian participation till India itself was free. However, at the, same time, no advantage was to be taken of Britain’s, difficulty by starting an immediate civil disobedience, movement., Gandhi was more or less isolated in his stand. In the, end he decided to go with Nehru’s position, which was, adopted by the Congress Working Committee., The CWC resolution condemned Fascist aggression., It said that (i) India could not be party to a war being fought,, on the face of it, for democratic freedom, while that freedom, was being denied to India; (ii) if Britain was fighting for, democracy and freedom, it should be proved by ending, imperialism in its colonies and establishing full democracy, in India; (iii) the government should declare its war aims soon, and, also, as to how the principles of democracy were to, be applied to India after the war., The Congress leadership wanted “to give every chance, to the viceroy and the British Government”., , Government Attitude and Congress, Ministries’ Resignation, The government’s response was entirely negative. Viceroy, Linlithgow, in his statement, made on October 17, 1939, tried
Page 513 :
Nationalist Response in the Wake of World War II, , 489, , to use the Muslim League and the princes against the, Congress. The government, ● refused to define British war aims beyond stating, that Britain was resisting aggression;, ● said it would, as part of future arrangement, consult, “representatives of several communities, parties and, interests in India, and the Indian princes” as to how, the Act of 1935 might be modified;, ● said it would immediately set up a “consultative, committee” whose advice could be sought whenever, required., , Government’s Hidden Agenda, Linlithgow’s statement was not an aberration, but a part of, general British policy—“to take advantage of the war to, regain the lost ground from the Congress” by provoking the, Congress into a confrontation with the government and then, using the extraordinary situation to acquire draconian powers., Even before the declaration of the War, emergency powers, had been acquired for the Centre in respect of provincial, subjects by amending the 1935 Act. Defence of India, ordinance had been enforced the day the War was declared,, thus restricting civil liberties. In May 1940, a top secret Draft, Revolutionary Movement Ordinance had been prepared, aimed, at launching crippling pre-emptive strikes on the Congress., The government could then call upon the Allied troops, stationed in India. It could also win an unusual amount of, liberal and leftist sympathy all over the world by painting, an aggressive Congress as being pro-Japan and pro-Germany., British Indian reactionary policies received full support, from the Prime Minister of Britain, Winston Churchill, and, the Secretary of State, Zetland, who branded the Congress, as a purely Hindu organisation., It became clear that the British government had no, intention of loosening its hold, during or after the war, and, was willing to treat the Congress as an enemy.
Page 514 :
490, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Gandhi reacted sharply to the government’s insensitivity, to Indian public opinion—“... there is to be no democracy, for India if Britain can prevent it.” Referring to the minorities, and other special interests, Gandhi said, “Congress will, safeguard minority rights provided they do not advance claims, inconsistent with India’s independence.”, , Congress Ministries Decide to Resign, On October 23, 1939, the CWC meeting, ● rejected the viceregal statement as a reiteration of, the old imperialist policy;, ● decided not to support the war; and, ● called upon the Congress ministries to resign in the, provinces., , Debate on the Question of Immediate Mass, Satyagraha, After Linlithgow’s statement of October 1939, the debate on, the question of immediate mass struggle began once again., Gandhi and his supporters were not in favour of an immediate, struggle because they felt that the, ●, allied cause was just;, ●, communal sensitiveness and lack of Hindu-Muslim, unity could result in communal riots;, ●, Congress organisation was in shambles and the, atmosphere was not conducive for a mass struggle;, and, ●, masses were not ready for a struggle., They instead advocated toning up the Congress, organisation, carrying on political work among the masses,, and negotiating till all possibilities of a negotiated settlement, were exhausted. Only then would the struggle be begun., In January 1940, Linlithgow stated, “Dominion status, of Westminster variety, after the war, is the goal of British, policy in India.”, In its meeting in Allahabad in November 1939, the, Congress Working Committee passed a resolution observing
Page 515 :
Nationalist Response in the Wake of World War II, , 491, , that “the course of the war and the policy pursued by the, British and the French governments and in particular the, declarations made on behalf of the British government in, regard to India, seem to demonstrate that the present war,, like the World War of 1914-18, is being carried on for, imperialist ends, and the British imperialism is to remain, entrenched in India. With such a war and with this policy, the Congress cannot associate itself, and it cannot countenance, the exploitation of India’s resources to this end.” It was, reiterated that India’s independence and of the right of Indians, to frame their constitution through a constituent assembly, should be recognised and that it was only through such a, constituent assembly that communal and other problems, could be tackled., The Ramgarh session of the Congress was held in, March 1940 with Maulana Abul Kalam Azad in the president’s, chair. All agreed that a battle must be waged but there was, disagreement over the form. It was decided to leave the form, and timing to Gandhi. But even now, Gandhi was in favour, of continued cooperation at the provincial level. He said that, he would offer the British moral support during the war but, on a non-violent basis. However, Jawaharlal Nehru reiterated, that complete independence for India must be a precondition, for Congress support to the British war effort. Subhash Bose, continued with his strong militant stand of direct action, against the colonial government forcing it to agree to the, grant of freedom. Once again he pointed out that Britain’s, difficulty was to be seized as India’s opportunity., The Congress finally declared at the session that the, people of India would accept nothing short of complete, independence. Indian freedom could not be in the form of, dominion or any other status within the imperial structure., Sovereignty, said the Congress resolution, must rest with the, people, whether in the States (the princely states) or the, provinces. It was also decided that “Congress would resort, to civil disobedience as soon as the Congress organisation
Page 516 :
492, , A Brief History of Modern India, , is considered fit enough or if circumstances precipitate a, crisis.”, , Pakistan Resolution—Lahore (March 1940), The Muslim League passed a resolution calling for “grouping, of geographically contiguous areas where Muslims are in, majority (North-West, East) into independent states in which, constituent units shall be autonomous and sovereign and, adequate safeguards to Muslims where they are in minority”., , August Offer, Hitler’s astounding success and the fall of Belgium, Holland, and France put England in a conciliatory mood. As the war, in Europe had undertaken a new turn, the dominant Congress, leadership was again in a dilemma. Both Gandhi and Nehru, strongly opposed the idea of taking advantage of Britain’s, position., The Congress was ready to compromise, asking the, British government to let it form an interim government, during the war period but the government was not interested., The government came up with its own offer to get the, cooperation of India in the war effort. Linlithgow announced, the August Offer (August 1940) which proposed:, ● dominion status as the objective for India;, ● expansion of viceroy’s executive council which, would have a majority of Indians (who would be, drawn from major political parties);, ● setting up of a constituent assembly after the war, where mainly Indians would decide the constitution, according to their social, economic and political, conceptions, subject to fulfilment of the obligation, of the government regarding defence, minority rights,, treaties with States, all India services; and, ● no future constitution to be adopted without the, consent of minorities.
Page 517 :
Nationalist Response in the Wake of World War II, , 493, , Responses, The Congress rejected the August Offer. Nehru said,, “Dominion status concept is dead as a doornail.” Gandhi said, that the declaration had widened the gulf between the, nationalists and the British rulers., The Muslim League welcomed the veto assurance given, to the League, and reiterated its position that partition was, the only solution to the deadlock., , Evaluation, For the first time, the inherent right of Indians to frame their, constitution was recognised and the Congress demand for a, constituent assembly was conceded. Dominion status was, explicitly offered., In July 1941, the viceroy’s executive council was, enlarged to give the Indians a majority of 8 out of 12 for, the first time, but the British remained in charge of defence,, finance and home. Also, a National Defence Council was set, up with purely advisory functions., , Individual Satyagrahas, The government had taken the adamant position that no, constitutional advance could be made till the Congress came, to an agreement with the Muslim leaders. It issued ordinance, after ordinance taking away the freedom of speech and that, of the press and the right to organise associations., Towards the end of 1940, the Congress once again, asked Gandhi to take command. Gandhi now began taking, steps which would lead to a mass struggle within his broad, strategic perspective. He decided to initiate a limited, June 1941: Germany attacks Russia and Russia is dragged into, the War., December 1941: Japan attacks Pearl Harbour., March 1942: After having overrun almost the whole of SouthEast Asia, Japan occupies Rangoon.
Page 518 :
494, , A Brief History of Modern India, , satyagraha on an individual basis by a few selected individuals, in every locality., The aims of launching individual satyagraha were—(i), to show that nationalist patience was not due to weakness;, (ii) to express people’s feeling that they were not interested, in the war and that they made no distinction between Nazism, and the double autocracy that ruled India; and (iii) to give, another opportunity to the government to accept Congress’, demands peacefully., The demand of the satyagrahi would be the freedom, of speech against the war through an anti-war declaration. If, the government did not arrest the satyagrahi, he or she would, not only repeat it but move into villages and start a march, towards Delhi, thus precipitating a movement which came to, be known as the ‘Delhi Chalo Movement’., Vinoba Bhave was the first to offer the satyagraha and, Nehru, the second. By May 1941, 25,000 people had been, convicted for individual civil disobedience., , Gandhi Designates Nehru as his, Successor, The Congress leaders, released in December 1941, in the, midst of Japan’s aggressive actions, were anxious to defend, Indian territory and go to the aid of the Allies. The CWC, overrode Gandhi’s and Nehru’s objections and passed a, resolution offering to cooperate with the government in the, defence of India, if, (i) full independence was given after the war, and, (ii) substance of power was transferred immediately., It was at this time that Gandhi designated Nehru as his, chosen successor., Nehru and Gandhi differed in temperament and attitudes, towards modernity, religion, God, State and industrialisation., Nehru was indifferent to religion, Gandhi believed deeply in, his own version of God; Nehru believed that industrialisation
Page 519 :
Nationalist Response in the Wake of World War II, , 495, , was the only solution to the acute and widespread poverty, of India, while Gandhi called for the reviving of the rural, economy. Nehru believed in the powers of the modern State, to elevate and reform society, while Gandhi was sceptical, of State power, trusting instead to the conscience and, willingness of individuals and communities. Despite having, so many differences, Nehru revered Gandhi, and Gandhi, in, turn, believed in Nehru more than his own sons. Both teacher, and disciple had fundamental similarities—patriotism in an, inclusive sense, i.e., they identified with India as a whole, rather than with a particular caste, language, region or, religion. Both believed in non-violence and democratic form, of government., Rajmohan Gandhi, in his book, The Good Boatman,, writes that Gandhi preferred Nehru to the alternatives because, he most reliably reflected the pluralist, inclusive idea of India, that the Mahatma himself stood for. The alternatives—Patel,, Rajaji, Azad, Kripalani, Rajendra Prasad—had somewhat, sectional interests and affiliations. But Nehru was a Hindu, who could be trusted by Muslims, a north-Indian who was, respected in south India, and a man who was admired by, women. Like Gandhi, Nehru was genuinely an all-India leader,, who gave Indians hope—that they could build a more, prosperous and peaceful society., , Cripps Mission, In March 1942, a mission headed by Stafford Cripps was sent, to India with constitutional proposals to seek Indian support, for the war. Stafford Cripps was a left-wing Labourite, the, leader of the House of Commons and a member of the British, War Cabinet who had actively supported the Indian national, movement., , Why Cripps Mission was Sent, ● Because of the reverses suffered by Britain in SouthEast Asia, the Japanese threat to invade India seemed real, now and Indian support became crucial.
Page 520 :
496, , A Brief History of Modern India, , ● There was pressure on Britain from the Allies (USA,, USSR, China) to seek Indian cooperation., ● Indian nationalists had agreed to support the Allied, cause if substantial power was transferred immediately and, complete independence given after the war., , Main Proposals, , The main proposals of the mission were as follows., 1. An Indian Union with a dominion status would be, set up; it would be free to decide its relations with the, Commonwealth and free to participate in the United Nations, and other international bodies., 2. After the end of the war, a constituent assembly, would be convened to frame a new constitution. Members, of this assembly would be partly elected by the provincial, assemblies through proportional representation and partly, nominated by the princes., 3. The British government would accept the new, constitution subject to two conditions: (i) any province not, willing to join the Union could have a separate constitution, and form a separate Union, and (ii) the new constitutionmaking body and the British government would negotiate a, treaty to effect the transfer of power and to safeguard racial, and religious minorities., 4. In the meantime, defence of India would remain in, British hands and the governor-general’s powers would, remain intact., , Departures from the Past and Implications, The proposals differed from those offered in the past in many, respects—, ● The making of the constitution was to be solely in, Indian hands now (and not ‘mainly’ in Indian hands—as, contained in the August Offer)., ● A concrete plan was provided for the constituent, assembly., ● Option was available to any province to have a, separate constitution—a blueprint for India’s partition.
Page 521 :
Nationalist Response in the Wake of World War II, , 497, , Free India could withdraw from the Commonwealth., Indians were allowed a large share in the administration, in the interim period., ●, ●, , Why Cripps Mission Failed, The Cripps Mission proposals failed to satisfy Indian, nationalists and turned out to be merely a propaganda device, for the consumption of the US and the Chinese. Various, parties and groups had objections to the proposals on, different points—, The Congress objected to:, (i) the offer of dominion status instead of a provision, for complete independence;, (ii) representation of the princely states by nominees, and not by elected representatives;, (iii) right to provinces to secede as this went against the, principle of national unity; and, (iv) absence of any plan for immediate transfer of power, and absence of any real share in defence; the, governor-general’s supremacy had been retained,, and the demand that the governor-general be only, the constitutional head had not been accepted., Nehru and Maulana Azad were the official negotiators, for the Congress., The Muslim League, (i) criticised the idea of a single Indian Union;, (ii) did not like the machinery for the creation of a, constituent assembly and the procedure to decide, on the accession of provinces to the Union; and, (iii) thought that the proposals denied the Muslims the, right to self-determination and the creation of, Pakistan., Other groups also objected to the provinces’ right to, secede. The Liberals considered the secession proposals to, be against the unity and security of India. The Hindu, Mahasabha criticised the basis of the right to secede. The
Page 522 :
498, , A Brief History of Modern India, , depressed classes thought that partition would leave them at, the mercy of the caste Hindus. The Sikhs objected that, partition would take away Punjab from them., The explanation that the proposals were meant not to, supersede the August Offer but to clothe general provisions, with precision cast doubts on the British intentions., The incapacity of Cripps to go beyond the Draft, Declaration and the adoption of a rigid “take it or leave it”, attitude added to the deadlock. Cripps had earlier talked of, “cabinet” and “national government” but later he said that he, had only meant an expansion of the executive council., The procedure of accession was not well-defined. The, decision on secession was to be taken by a resolution in the, legislature by a 60 per cent majority. If less than 60 per cent, of members supported it, the decision was to be taken by, a plebiscite of adult males of that province by a simple, majority. This scheme weighed against the Hindus in Punjab, and Bengal if they wanted accession to the Indian Union., It was not clear as to who would implement and, interpret the treaty effecting the transfer of power., Churchill (the British prime minister), Amery (the, secretary of state), Linlithgow (the viceroy) and Ward (the, commander-in-chief) consistently torpedoed Cripps’ efforts., Talks broke down on the question of the viceroy’s veto., Gandhi described the scheme as “a post-dated cheque”;, Nehru pointed out that the “existing structure and autocratic, powers would remain and a few of us will become the, viceroy’s liveried camp followers and look after canteens and, the like”., Stafford Cripps returned home leaving behind a frustrated, and embittered Indian people, who, though still sympathising, with the victims of Fascist aggression, felt that the existing, situation in the country had become intolerable and that the, time had come for a final assault on imperialism.
Page 523 :
Nationalist Response in the Wake of World War II, , 499, , Views, I have not become His Majesty’s first Minister to preside over, the liquidation of the British Empire., Winston Churchill, The offer of Cripps really gave us nothing. If we accepted his, offer, we might have cause to rue it in future. In case the British, went back on their word, we should not even have the justification, for launching a fresh struggle. War had given India an opportunity, for achieving her freedom. We must not lose it by depending, upon a mere promise., Maulana Abul Kalam Azad, , Summary, ●, , Congress Stand on World War II:, It would cooperate in the war effort if:, (i) freedom was given after the War., (ii) some form of genuinely responsible government was, immediately set up., September 1, 1939: World War-II broke out and Britain, declared India’s support for war., September 10-14, 1939: At CWC meeting at Wardha:, — Gandhi was for unconditional support to Britain’s war, efforts., — Subhash Bose and Leftists were for taking advantage of, Britain’s difficulties and starting a mass movement to, dislodge colonialism., — Nehru recognised the imperialist nature of the war, but, was against taking advantage of Britain’s difficulties, even, as he was against Indian participation in the war., — The CWC resolved—No Indian participation unless freedom, is granted; Government should declare its war aims soon., , ●, , Linlithgow’s Statement (October 17, 1939), Britain’s war aim is to resist aggression., All interest groups are to be consulted to modify 1935 Act for, future., Immediately a “consultative committee” is to be formed for, advising functions.
Page 524 :
500, , A Brief History of Modern India, , ●, , Congress Response, No Indian support to the war, Congress ministries in provinces to resign, But no immediate mass struggle to be launched, , ●, , March 1940, ‘Pakistan Resolution’ passed at Lahore session of Muslim League, , ●, , August Offer (August 1940), Dominion status to be the long-term objective, After the war, constituent assembly to be formed comprising, mainly Indians, Minorities’ consent to be essential for any future settlement., Congress rejects the Offer, , ●, , October 1940, Congress launches individual satyagraha; 25,000 satyagrahis, court arrest, , ●, , March 1942, Japan reaches Rangoon after having overrun almost the whole, of South-East Asia., , ●, , Cripps Mission (March 1942), It offeres—, *, an Indian Union with dominion status, with right to withdraw, from Commonwealth., *, after war, a constituent assembly elected by provincial, assemblies to frame the constitution., *, freedom to any province unwilling to join the Union to have, a separate agreement with Britain., Meanwhile, defence of India to remain in British hands., The Congress objects to—, *, dominion status, *, right of provinces to secede, *, no immediate transfer of power, *, retention of governor-general’s supremacy., The Muslim League objects to—, *, Pakistan not being explicitly offered, *, the machinery for creation of Constituent Assembly.
Page 525 :
Quit India Movement, Demand for Pakistan, ..., , 501, , 23, Quit India Movement, Demand, for Pakistan, and the INA, Quit India Movement, After Cripps’ departure, Gandhi framed a resolution calling, for British withdrawal and a non-violent non-cooperation, movement against any Japanese invasion. The CWC meeting, at Wardha (July 14, 1942) accepted the idea of a struggle., , Why Start a Struggle Now, , The reasons were several—, 1. The failure of the Cripps Mission to solve the, constitutional deadlock exposed Britain’s unchanged attitude, on constitutional advance and made it clear that any more, silence would be tantamount to accepting the British right, to decide the fate of Indians without consulting them., 2. There was popular discontent because of rising, prices and shortage of rice, salt, etc., and because of factors, such as commandeering of boats in Bengal and Orissa. There, were fears of Britain following a scorched earth policy in, Assam, Bengal and Orissa against possible Japanese advance., 3. News of reverses suffered by the British in SouthEast Asia and an imminent British collapse enhanced popular, willingness to give expression to discontent. The Japanese, troops were approaching the borders of India. Popular faith, in the stability of British rule was so low that people were, withdrawing deposits from banks and post offices., 501
Page 526 :
502, , A Brief History of Modern India, , 4. The manner in which the British evacuated from, South-East Asia leaving the subjects to their fate (two roads, were provided—Black Road for Indian refugees and White, Road exclusively for European refugees), and the rout of a, European power by an Asian power shattered white prestige, and the British behaviour towards the Indian subjects in, South-East Asia exposed the racist attitude of the rulers., 5. The leadership wanted to condition the masses for, a possible Japanese invasion., , The ‘Quit India’ Resolution, In July 1942, the Congress Working Committee met at, Wardha and resolved that it would authorise Gandhi to take, charge of the non-violent mass movement. The resolution, generally referred to as the ‘Quit India’ resolution. Proposed, by Jawaharlal Nehru and seconded by Sardar Patel, it was to, be approved by the All India Congress Committee meeting, in Bombay in August., The Quit India Resolution was ratified at the Congress, meeting at Gowalia Tank, Bombay, on August 8, 1942. The, meeting also resolved to, ● demand an immediate end to British rule in India., ● declare commitment of free India to defend itself, against all types of Fascism and imperialism., ● form a provisional Government of India after British, withdrawal., ● sanction a civil disobedience movement against, British rule., Gandhi was named the leader of the struggle., , Gandhi’s General Instructions to, Different Sections, Gandhi’s special instructions were spelt out at the Gowalia, Tank meeting but not actually issued. They were directed at, various sections of society.
Page 527 :
Quit India Movement, Demand for Pakistan, ..., , 503, , ● Government servants: Do not resign but declare, your allegiance to the Congress., ● Soldiers: Do not leave the Army but do not fire on, compatriots., ● Students: If confident, leave studies., ● Peasants: If zamindars are anti-government, pay, mutually agreed rent, and if zamindars are pro-government,, do not pay rent., ● Princes: Support the masses and accept sovereignty, of your people., ● Princely states’ people: Support the ruler only if, he is anti-government and declare yourselves to be a part of, the Indian nation., Gandhi followed up with the now-famous exhortation:, “Here is a mantra, a short one, that I give you. You may, imprint it on your hearts and let every breath of yours give, expression to it. The mantra is: ‘Do or Die’. We shall either, free India or die in the attempt; we shall not live to see the, perpetuation of our slavery.”, , Spread of the Movement, Gandhi had carefully built the tempo through individual civil, disobedience movements or satyagraha, organisational, revamping and a consistent propaganda campaign. The, government, however, was in no mood to either negotiate, with the Congress or wait for the movement to be formally, launched., In the early hours of August 9, 1942, in a single sweep,, all the top leaders of the Congress were arrested and taken, to unknown destinations. The Congress Working Committee,, the All India Congress Committee and the Provincial Congress, Committees were declared unlawful associations under the, Criminal Law Amendment Act of 1908. The assembly of, public meetings was prohibited under rule 56 of the Defence, of India Rules. The removal of established leaders left the, younger and militant elements to their own initiative. With, the major leaders out of the picture, young Aruna Asaf Ali,
Page 528 :
504, , A Brief History of Modern India, , till then relatively unknown, presided over the Congress, committee session on August 9, and hoisted the flag., , Public on Rampage, The general public attacked symbols of authority, and hoisted, national flags forcibly on public buildings. Satyagrahis offered, themselves up to arrest, bridges were blown up, railway tracks, were removed and telegraph lines were cut. This kind of, activity was most intense in eastern United Provinces and, Bihar. Students responded by going on strike in schools and, colleges, participating in processions, writing and distributing, illegal news sheets (patrikas) and acting as couriers for, underground networks. Workers went on strike in Ahmedabad,, Bombay, Jamshedpur, Ahmednagar and Poona., , Underground Activity, Many nationalists went underground and took to subversive, activities. The participants in these activities were the, Socialists, Forward Bloc members, Gandhi ashramites,, revolutionary nationalists and local organisations in Bombay,, Poona, Satara, Baroda and other parts of Gujarat, Karnataka,, Kerala, Andhra, United Provinces, Bihar and Delhi. The main, personalities taking up underground activity were Rammanohar, Lohia, Jayaprakash Narayan, Aruna Asaf Ali, Usha Mehta, Biju, Patnaik, Chhotubhai Puranik, Achyut Patwardhan, Sucheta, Kripalani and R.P. Goenka. Usha Mehta started an underground, radio in Bombay. This phase of underground activity was, meant to keep up popular morale by continuing to provide, a line of command and guidance to distribute arms and, ammunition., View, . . . though the need for non-violence was always reiterated,, Gandhi’s mantra of Do or Die represents the militant mood of, Gandhi., —Sumit Sarkar
Page 529 :
Quit India Movement, Demand for Pakistan, ..., , 505, , Parallel Governments, Parallel governments were established at many places:, ● Ballia (in August 1942 for a week)—under Chittu, Pandey. He got many Congress leaders released., ● Tamluk (Midnapore, from December 1942 to, September 1944)—Jatiya Sarkar undertook cyclone relief, work, sanctioned grants to schools, supplied paddy from the, rich to the poor, organised Vidyut Vahinis, etc., ● Satara (mid-1943 to 1945)—named “Prati Sarkar”, was, organised under leaders like Y.B. Chavan, Nana Patil, etc., Village libraries and Nyayadan Mandals were organised,, prohibition campaigns were carried on and ‘Gandhi marriages’, were organised., Active help was provided by businessmen (through, donations, shelter and material help), students (acting as, couriers), simple villagers (by refusing information to, authority), pilots and train drivers (by delivering bombs and, other material) and government officials including police, (who passed on secret information to the activists)., , Extent of Mass Participation, The participation was on many levels., Youth, especially the students of schools and colleges,, remained in the forefront., Women, especially school and college girls, actively, participated, and included Aruna Asaf Ali, Sucheta Kripalani, and Usha Mehta., Workers went on strikes and faced repression., Peasants of all strata were at the heart of the movement., Even some zamindars participated. These peasants concentrated, their offensive on symbols of authority and there was, complete absence of anti-zamindar violence., Government officials, especially those belonging to, lower levels in police and administration, participated resulting, in erosion of government loyalty., Muslims helped by giving shelter to underground
Page 530 :
506, , A Brief History of Modern India, , activists. There were no communal clashes during the, movement., The Communists did not join the movement; in the, wake of Russia (where the communists were in power) being, attacked by Nazi Germany, the communists began to support, the British war against Germany and the ‘Imperialist War’, became the ‘People’s War’., The Muslim League opposed the movement, fearing, that if the British left India at that time, the minorities would, be oppressed by the Hindus., The Hindu Mahasabha boycotted the movement., The Princely states showed a low-key response., , Government Repression, Although martial law was not applied, the repression was, severe. Agitating crowds were lathi-charged, tear-gassed and, fired upon. The number of those killed is estimated at 10,000., The press was muzzled. The military took over many cities;, police and secret service reigned supreme. Rebellious villages, were fined heavily and in many villages, mass flogging was, done., , Estimate, ● Left without leaders, there was no restraint and, violence became common., ● Main storm centres of the movement were in eastern, United Provinces, Bihar, Midnapore, Maharashtra, Karnataka., ● Students, workers and peasants were the backbone of, the movement while the upper classes and the bureaucracy, remained largely loyal., ● Loyalty to government suffered considerable erosion., This also showed how deep nationalism had reached., ● The movement established the truth that it was no, longer possible to rule India without the wishes of Indians., ● The element of spontaneity was higher than before,, although a certain degree of popular initiative had been, sanctioned by the leadership itself, subject to limitations of, the instructions. Also, the Congress had been ideologically,
Page 531 :
Quit India Movement, Demand for Pakistan, ..., , 507, , politically and organisationally preparing for the struggle for, a long time., ● The great significance was that the movement placed, the demand for independence on the immediate agenda of, the national movement. After Quit India, there could be no, retreat., ● In this struggle, the common people displayed unparalleled heroism and militancy. The repression they faced was, the most brutal, and the circumstances under which resistance, was offered were most adverse., , Gandhi Fasts, In February 1943, Gandhi started a fast as an answer to an, exhortation by the government to condemn violence; the fast, was directed against the violence of the State. The popular, response to the news of the fast was immediate and, overwhelming. Protests were organised at home and abroad, through hartals, demonstrations and strikes. Three members, of the viceroy’s executive council resigned. The fast achieved, the following—, ● public morale was raised., ● anti-British feeling was heightened., ● an opportunity was provided for political activity., ● Government’s high-handedness was exposed., Gandhi got the better of his opponents and refused to, oblige by dying., On March 23, 1943 Pakistan Day was observed., , Famine of 1943, The horror and inconveniences of war were increased by the, famine of 1943. The worst-affected areas were south-west, Bengal comprising the Tamluk-Contai-Diamond Harbour, region, Dacca, Faridpur, Tippera and Noakhali. Around 1.5, to 3 million people perished in this basically man-made, famine, the epidemics (malaria, cholera, small pox),, malnutrition and starvation. The fundamental causes of the, famine were as follows.
Page 532 :
508, , A Brief History of Modern India, , 1. The need to feed a vast Army diverted foodstuffs., 2. Rice imports from Burma and South-East Asia had, been stopped., 3. The famine got aggravated by gross mismanagement, and deliberate profiteering; rationing methods were belated, and were confined to big cities., , Rajagopalachari Formula, Meanwhile, efforts were on to solve the ongoing constitutional, crisis, and some individuals also tried to come up with, constitutional proposals., , The Formula, , C. Rajagopalachari (CR), the veteran Congress leader,, prepared a formula for Congress-League cooperation in, 1944. It was a tacit acceptance of the League’s demand for, Pakistan. Gandhi supported the formula. The main points in, the CR Plan were:, ● Muslim League to endorse Congress demand for, independence., ● League to cooperate with Congress in forming a, provisional government at centre., ● After the end of the war, the entire population of, Muslim majority areas in the North-West and North-East, India to decide by a plebiscite, whether or not to form a, separate sovereign state., ● In case of acceptance of partition, agreement to be, made jointly for safeguarding defence, commerce,, communications, etc., ● The above terms to be operative only if England, transferred full powers to India., , Objections, Jinnah wanted the Congress to accept the two-nation theory., He wanted only the Muslims of North-West and North-East, to vote in the plebiscite and not the entire population. He, also opposed the idea of a common centre.
Page 533 :
Quit India Movement, Demand for Pakistan, ..., , 509, , While the Congress was ready to cooperate with the, League for the independence of the Indian Union, the League, did not care for independence of the Union. It was only, interested in a separate nation., Hindu leaders led by Vir Savarkar condemned the CR, Plan., , Desai-Liaqat Pact, Efforts continued to end the deadlock. Bhulabhai Desai,, leader of the Congress Party in the Central Legislative, Assembly, met Liaqat Ali Khan, deputy leader of the Muslim, League in that Assembly, and both of them came up with, the draft proposal for the formation of an interim government, at the centre, consisting of—, ● an equal number of persons nominated by the, Congress and the League in the central legislature., ● 20% reserved seats for minorities., No settlement could be reached between the Congress, and the League on these lines, but the fact that a sort of, parity between the Congress and the League was decided upon, had far-reaching consequences., , Wavell Plan, Although the war in Europe came to an end in May 1945,, the Japanese threat still remained. The Conservative, government in Britain led by Churchill was keen to reach, a solution on the constitutional question in India. The viceroy,, Lord Wavell was permitted to start negotiations with Indian, leaders. Congress leaders were released from jails in June, 1945., , Why the Government was Keen on a, Solution Now, 1. The general election in England was scheduled for, mid-1945. The Conservatives wanted to be seen as sincere, on reaching a solution.
Page 534 :
510, , A Brief History of Modern India, , 2. There was pressure from the Allies to seek further, Indian cooperation in the war., 3. The government wanted to divert Indian energies into, channels more profitable for the British., , The Plan, The idea was to reconstruct the governor-general’s executive, council pending the preparation of a new constitution. For, this purpose, a conference was convened by the viceroy, Lord, Wavell, at Shimla in June 1945. The main proposals of the, Wavell Plan were as follows., ● With the exception of the governor-general and the, commander-in-chief, all members of the executive council, were to be Indians., ● Caste Hindus and Muslims were to have equal, representation., ● The reconstructed council was to function as an, interim government within the framework of the 1935 Act, (i.e. not responsible to the Central Assembly)., ● The governor-general was to exercise his veto on the, advice of ministers., ● Representatives of different parties were to submit, a joint list to the viceroy for nominations to the executive, council. If a joint list was not possible, then separate lists, were to be submitted., ● Possibilities were to be kept open for negotiations, on a new constitution once the war was finally won., , Muslim League’s Stand, The League wanted all Muslim members to be League, nominees, because it feared that since the aims of other, minorities—depressed classes, Sikhs, Christians, etc.—were, the same as those of the Congress, this arrangement would, reduce the League to a one-third minority. (Wavell wanted, Khizr Hyat Khan as the Muslim representative from Western, Punjab.) The League claimed some kind of veto in the council, with decisions opposed to Muslims needing a two-thirds, majority for approval.
Page 535 :
Quit India Movement, Demand for Pakistan, ..., , 511, , Congress Stand, The Congress objected to the plan as “an attempt to reduce, the Congress to the status of a purely caste Hindu party and, insisted on its right to include members of all communities, among its nominees”., , Wavell’s Mistake, Wavell announced a breakdown of talks thus giving the, League a virtual veto. This strengthened the League’s position,, as was evident from the elections in 1945-46, and boosted, Jinnah’s position; and exposed the real character of the, Conservative government of Churchill., , The Indian National Army, and Subhash Bose, Subhash Chandra Bose was an intrepid man. He had always, shown a militant streak and reacted violently to any insult, of Indians by the Europeans. He passed the Indian Civil, Services examination securing fourth position but resigned, from the service in 1921 to join the struggle for freedom, by becoming a member of the Congress. His political guru, was Chittaranjan Das. He became mayor of Calcutta in 1923., He was jailed many times by the British. Once it became, clear to Subhash Chandra Bose that he could not follow, Gandhi’s way but that the Congress was determined to follow, Gandhi, Bose decided to go his own way to fight for, independence., In March 1940, Bose convened an Anti-Compromise, Conference at Ramgarh; it was a joint effort of the Forward, Bloc and the Kisan Sabha. It was resolved at the conference, that a world-wide struggle should be launched on April 6,, the first day of the National Week, with a call to the people, not to help the Imperialist War with any resource—men,, money or materials. He called for resistance to be offered, to all forms of exploitation of Indian resources for the
Page 536 :
512, , A Brief History of Modern India, , imperial cause. There was enthusiastic participation by the, people in the struggle launched on April 6., Bose was arrested in July when he protested and tried, to launch a satyagraha against a proposed monument for, Holwell in Calcutta. He was released from prison and placed, under house arrest in December 1940 after a hunger strike., In January 1941, it was reported that Bose had escaped. On, January 26, 1941, he reached Peshawar under the pseudoname Ziauddin, helped by Bhagat Ram., Later it was heard that he had left India “to supplement, from outside the struggle going on at home”. He was, reported to have approached Russia for help in the Indian, struggle for freedom from Britain. But, in June 1941, Russia, joined the Allies in the war, which disappointed Bose. He, then went to Germany., Bose met Hitler under the pseudo name, Orlando, Mazzotta. With the help of Hitler, the ‘Freedom Army’, (Mukti Sena) was formed which consisted of all the prisoners, of war of Indian origin captured by Germany and Italy., Dresden, Germany was made the office of the Freedom, Army. Bose came to be called ‘Netaji’ by the people of, Germany. He gave the famous slogan, ‘Jai Hind’ from the, Free India Centre, Germany., He began regular broadcasts from Berlin radio in, January 1942, which enthused Indians. In early 1943, he left, Germany and travelled by German and later by Japanese, submarines to reach Japan and then Singapore in July of the, same year. He was to take over command of the Indian, independence movement from Rashbehari Bose, but that was, the second phase of the Indian National Army., , Origin and First Phase of the Indian, National Army, The idea of creating an army out of the Indian prisoners of, war (POWs) was originally that of Mohan Singh, an Indian, army officer who had decided not to join the retreating
Page 537 :
Quit India Movement, Demand for Pakistan, ..., , 513, , British army in Malaya. He decided to turn to the Japanese, for help. The Japanese had till then encouraged Indian, civilians to form anti-British organisations. Mohan Singh, asked for Indian prisoners of war., The Japanese handed over the Indian prisoners of war, to Mohan Singh who tried to recruit them into an Indian, National Army. After the fall of Singapore, several POWs, were ready to join Mohan Singh. By the end of 1942, 40,000, men were ready to join the INA. It was intended that the INA, would go into action only on the invitation of the Indian, National Congress and the people of India. The move to form, this army has been seen by many as a check against the, misconduct of the Japanese against Indians in South-East Asia, and as a bulwark against a possible future Japanese occupation, of India., The INA got a boost with the outbreak of the Quit India, Movement in India. In September 1942, the first division of, the INA was formed with 16,300 men. With the Japanese, contemplating an Indian invasion, the idea of an armed wing, of INA seemed more relevant to them. But soon, serious, differences emerged between the Indian Army officers led, by Mohan Singh and the Japanese over the role to be played, by the INA. Actually, the Japanese wanted a token force of, 2,000 only while Mohan Singh wanted to raise a much larger, army. Mohan Singh was taken into custoday by the Japanese., The second phase began with the arrival of Subhash, Bose in Singapore. But before that in June 1943, Subhash, Chandra Bose (under pseudo name Abid Hussain) reached, Tokyo; met the Japanese prime minister, Tojo., The role of Rasbehari Bose, another great freedom, fighter, should also be acknowledged here. He had fled to, Japan in 1915 following the failed revolutionary activities., In Japan, Rashbehari Bose eventually became a naturalised, citizen. He made a lot of effort in getting the Japanese, interested in the Indian independence movement. He became
Page 538 :
514, , A Brief History of Modern India, , active in Pan-Asian circles, founded the Indian Club of Tokyo,, and gave lectures on the evils of Western imperialism., Very early itself he was impressed by Subhash Chandra, Bose. When the Indian National Army was formed by Mohan, Singh in Singapore, Rashbehari Bose was greatly excited and, left Tokyo for Southeast Asia. It was at a conference in, Bangkok (also under Japanese occupation at the time) that, it was decided to place the INA under an Indian Independence, League whose chairman would be Rashbehari Bose himself., He had created the League in 1942 in Tokyo., When Subhash Bose was sought by the Japanese to lead, the INA, he was ready for it. He went to Singapore and met, Rashbehari Bose, and the latter happily transferred the, control and leadership of the Indian Independence League and, the INA to Subhash in July 1943. It must be noted that it, was on the organisational spadework done by Rashbehari, Bose that Subhas Bose could build up the Indian National, Army. Subhash Bose became Supreme Commander of the, INA on August 25. (In February 1944, after a collapse of, the lungs, Rashbehari’s health steadily deteriorated, and he, died on January 21, 1945, aged 58.), On October 21, 1943, Subhash Bose formed the, Provisional Government for Free India at Singapore with H.C., Chatterjee (Finance portfolio), M.A. Aiyar (Broadcasting),, Lakshmi Swaminathan (Women Department), etc. The famous, slogan—“Give me blood, I will give you freedom” was given, in Malaya., This provisional government declared war on Britain, and the United States, and was recognised by the Axis powers., Recruits were trained and funds collected for the INA. A, women’s regiment called the Rani Jhansi Regiment was also, formed., The INA headquarters was shifted to Rangoon (in, Burma) in January 1944, and the army recruits were to march, from there with the war cry “Chalo Delhi!” on their lips., On November 6, 1943, Andaman and Nicobar islands
Page 539 :
Quit India Movement, Demand for Pakistan, ..., , 515, , was given by the Japanese army to the INA; the islands were, renamed as Shahid Dweep and Swaraj Dweep respectively., On July 6, 1944, Subhas Bose addressed Mahatma, Gandhi as ‘Father of Nation’—from the Azad Hind Radio (the, first person to call Gandhi, ‘Father of Nation’). He asked for, Gandhi’s blessings for “India’s last war of independence”., One INA battalion commanded by Shah Nawaz was, allowed to accompany the Japanese Army to the Indo-Burma, front and participate in the Imphal campaign. However, the, Indians received discriminatory treatment from the Japanese,, which included being denied rations and arms and being made, to do menial work for the Japanese units, and this disgusted, and demoralised the INA units., The Azad Hind Fauz crossed the Burma border, and, stood on Indian soil on March 18, 1944. The INA units, subsequently advanced up to Kohima and Imphal. On April, 14, Colonel Malik of the Bahadur Group hoisted the INA, flag for the first time on the Indian mainland at Moirang,, in Manipur (where the INA Memorial Complex stands today), to enthusiastic cries of “Jai Hind” and “Netaji Zindabad”. For, three months the INA carried out military administration, duties at Moirang but then the Allied forces reclaimed the, territory. The INA met the same fate as the Japanese, and, all brigades began their withdrawal on July 18, 1944., The steady Japanese retreat thereafter quashed any, hopes of the INA liberating the nation. The retreat continued, till mid-1945., On August 15, 1945 the surrender of Japan in the, Second World War took place and with this the INA also, surrendered., On August 18, 1945, reportedly, Subhash Bose died, mysteriously in an air-crash at Taipei (Taiwan)., But when the INA POWs were brought back to India, after the war to be court-martialled, a powerful movement, emerged in their defence.
Page 540 :
516, , A Brief History of Modern India, Summary, , ●, , Quit India Movement, Why launch a movement now?, *, Failure of Cripps Offer an evidence of British lack of will, to concede Indian demands, Public discontent against wartime hardships, A feeling of imminent British collapse, Indian leadership’s desire to prepare masses for possible, Japanese invasion, *, AICC Meeting (Bombay—August 8, 1942), The meeting ratifies Quit India Resolution, *, August 9, 1942 All prominent leaders arrested, *, Major Activity, Public on rampage—especially Eastern UP, Bihar, Bengal—, attacking symbols of authority, Underground activity to provide a line of command, Parallel governments in Ballia (UP), Tamluk (Bengal) and, Satara (Maharashtra), Sections participating included youth, women, workers,, peasants, government officials, some communists, February 1943 Gandhi started a fast, March 23, 1943 Pakistan Day observed, , ●, , C. Rajagopalachari Formula (March 1944), League should immediately support independence for India and, cooperate in Interim Government, After War, Muslim majority areas to exercise right to selfdetermination, In case of partition, common centre for defence, commerce,, communications, etc, Jinnah rejected the offer as he wanted Congress to accept the, two-nation theory, , ●, , Desai-Liaqat Pact, Congress and League nominees to have equal representation in, Central Executive, 20% of seats reserved for minorities, , ●, , Wavell Plan (Shimla Conference—June 1945), An all-Indian executive council except the governor-general and, commander-in-chief
Page 541 :
Quit India Movement, Demand for Pakistan, ..., , 517, , Equal representation for caste Hindus and Muslims, Muslim League wanted all Muslims to be its nominees and, claimed a communal veto in the executive council, Congress objected to it being painted purely as a caste Hindu, party, ●, , Subhash Bose and the INA, Origin of INA—Mohan Singh’s role., First Phase of INA., Second Phase of INA., Subhash Bose takes over from Rashbehari Bose., INA achievements—flag hoisted on Indian Soil., Retreat of INA with the Japanese with the end of Second World, War.
Page 542 :
518, , A Brief History of Modern India, , 24, Post-War National Scenario, Two Strands of National Upsurge, Two basic strands of national upsurge can be identified during, the last two years of British rule—, (i) tortuous negotiations involving the government,, Congress and Muslim League, increasingly accompanied by, communal violence and culminating in freedom and the, partition., (ii) sporadic, localised and often extremely militant and, united mass action by workers, peasants and states’ peoples, which took the form of a countrywide strike wave. This kind, of activity was occasioned by the INA Release Movement,, Royal Indian Navy (RIN) revolt, Tebhaga movement, Worli, revolt, Punjab Kisan Morchas, Travancore peoples’ struggle, (especially the Punnapra-Vayalar episode) and the Telangana, peasant revolt., When the government lifted the ban on the Congress, and released the Congress leaders in June 1945, they, expected to find a demoralised people. Instead, they found, tumultuous crowds impatient to do something. Popular, energy resurfaced after three years of repression. People’s, expectations were heightened by the release of their leaders., The Wavell Plan backed by the Conservative government in, Britain failed to break the constitutional deadlock., In July 1945, Labour Party formed the government in, 518
Page 543 :
Post-War National Scenario, , 519, , Britain. Clement Attlee took over as the new prime minister, and Pethick Lawrence as the new secretary of state for India., In August 1945, elections to central and provincial, assemblies were announced., In September 1945, it was announced that a constituent, assembly would be convened after the elections and that the, government was working according to the spirit of the Cripps, Offer., , Why a Change in Government’s Attitude, 1. The end of the War resulted in a change in balance, of global power—the UK was no more a big power while, the USA and USSR emerged as superpowers, both of which, favoured freedom for India., 2. The new Labour government was more sympathetic, to Indian demands., 3. Throughout Europe, there was a wave of socialistradical governments., 4. British soldiers were weary and tired and the British, economy lay shattered. (By 1945 the British government in, London owed India £1.2 billion and was being drained by the, US Lend-Lease agreement, which was finally paid off only, in 2006.), 5. There was an anti-imperialist wave in South-East, Asia—in Vietnam and Indonesia—resisting efforts to replant, French and Dutch rule there., 6. Officials feared another Congress revolt, a revival, of the 1942 situation but much more dangerous because of, a likely combination of attacks on communications, agrarian, revolts, labour trouble, army disaffection joined by government, officials and the police in the presence of INA men with, some military experience., 7. Elections were inevitable once the war ended since, the last elections had been held in 1934 for the Centre and, in 1937 for the provinces., The British would have had to retreat; the Labour, government only quickened the process somewhat.
Page 544 :
520, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Congress Election Campaign, and INA Trials, Elections were held in the winter of 1945-46., , Election Campaign for Nationalistic Aims, The most significant feature of the election campaign was, that it sought to mobilise the Indians against the British; it, did not just appeal to the people for votes., The election campaign expressed the nationalist, sentiments against the state repression of the 1942 Quit India, upsurge. This was done by glorifying martyrs and condemning, officials. The brave resistance of the leaderless people was, lauded; martyrs’ memorials were set up; relief funds were, collected for sufferers; the officials responsible for causing, pain were condemned; and promises of enquiry and threats, of punishment to guilty officials were spelt out., The government failed to check such speeches. This had, a devastating effect on the morale of the services. The, prospect of the return of Congress ministries, especially in, those provinces where repression had been most brutal,, further heightened the fears of those in government services., A ‘gentleman’s agreement’ with the Congress seemed, necessary to the government., Mass pressure against the trial of INA POWs, sometimes, described as “an edge of a volcano”, brought about a decisive, shift in the government’s policy. The British had initially, decided to hold public trials of several hundreds of INA, prisoners besides dismissing them from service and detaining, without trial around 7,000 of them. They compounded the, folly by holding the first trial at the Red Fort in Delhi in, November 1945 and putting on dock together a Hindu, Prem, Kumar Sehgal, a Muslim, Shah Nawaz Khan, and a Sikh,, Gurbaksh Singh Dhillon., Another issue was provided by the use of Indian Army
Page 545 :
Post-War National Scenario, , 521, , units in a bid to restore French and Dutch colonial rule in, Vietnam and Indonesia: this enhanced the anti-imperialist, feeling among a section of urban population and the Army., , Congress Support for INA Prisoners, ● At the first post-War Congress session in September, 1945 at Bombay, a strong resolution was adopted declaring, Congress support for the INA cause., ● Defence of INA prisoners in the court was organised, by Bhulabhai Desai, Tej Bahadur Sapru, Kailash Nath Katju,, Jawaharlal Nehru and Asaf Ali., ● INA Relief and Enquiry Committee distributed small, sums of money and food, and helped arrange employment, for the affected., ● Fund collection was organised., , The INA Agitation—A Landmark on, Many Counts, The high pitch and intensity at which the campaign for the, release of INA prisoners was conducted was unprecedented., The agitation got wide publicity through extensive press, coverage with daily editorials, distribution of pamphlets often, containing threats of revenge, grafitti conveying similar, messages, holding of public meetings and celebrations of, INA Day (November 12, 1945) and INA week (November, 5-11)., The campaign spread over a wide area of the country, and witnessed the participation of diverse social groups and, political parties. While the nerve centres of the agitation, were Delhi, Bombay, Calcutta, Madras, United Provinces, towns and Punjab, the campaign spread to distant places such, as Coorg, Baluchistan and Assam. The forms of participation, included fund contributions made by many people—from, film stars, municipal committees, Indians living abroad and, gurudwaras to tongawallas; participation in meetings;
Page 546 :
522, , A Brief History of Modern India, , shopkeepers closing shops; political groups demanding release, of prisoners; contributing to INA funds; student meetings, and boycott of classes; organising kisan conferences; and All, India Women’s Conference demanding the release of INA, prisoners., Those who supported the INA cause in varying degrees,, apart from the Congress, included the Muslim League,, Communist Party, Unionists, Akalis, Justice Party, Ahrars in, Rawalpindi, Rashtriya Swayamsevak Sangh, Hindu Mahasabha, and the Sikh League., Pro-INA sentiments surfaced in traditional bulwarks of, the Raj. Government employees collected funds. The, loyalists—the gentlemen with titles—appealed to the, government to abandon the trials for good Indo-British, relations. Men of the armed forces were unexpectedly, sympathetic and attended meetings, received those released, (often in uniforms) and contributed funds., The central theme became the questioning of Britain’s, right to decide a matter concerning Indians. Britain realised, the political significance of the INA issue, which with each, day assumed more and more of an ‘Indian versus British’, colour., , Three Upsurges—Winter of 1945-46, The nationalist sentiment which reached a crescendo around, the INA trials developed into violent confrontations with the, authority in the winter of 1945-46. There were three major, upsurges—, 1. November 21, 1945—in Calcutta over the INA trials., 2. February 11, 1946—in Calcutta against the sevenyear sentence to INA officer Rashid Ali., 3. February 18, 1946—in Bombay, strike by the Royal, Indian Navy ratings.
Page 547 :
Post-War National Scenario, , 523, , Three-Stage Pattern, , All three upsurges showed a similar three-stage pattern., , Stage I. When a Group Defies Authority, and is Repressed, In the first instance of this stage (November 21, 1945), a, student procession comprising some Forward Bloc, sympathisers, Student Federation of India (SFI) activists and, Islamia College students, who had joined up with the League, and the Congress, tied flags as a symbol of anti-imperialist, unity, marched to Dalhousie Square—the seat of government, in Calcutta. These protestors refused to disperse and were, lathicharged. They retaliated by throwing stones and brickbats., The police resorted to firing in which two persons died., In the next step (February 11, 1946), the protest was, led by Muslim League students in which some Congress and, communist students’ organisations joined. Some arrests, provoked the students to defy Section 144. There were more, arrests and the agitating students were lathicharged., Rebellion by Naval Ratings On February 18, 1946, some 1100 Royal Indian Navy (RIN) ratings of HMIS Talwar, went on a strike to protest against, * racial discrimination (demanding equal pay for Indian, and white soldiers), * unpalatable food, * abuse by superior officers, * arrest of a rating for scrawling ‘Quit India’ on HMIS, Talwar, * INA trials, * use of Indian troops in Indonesia, demanding their, withdrawal., The rebellious ratings hoisted the tricolour, crescent,, and the hammer and sickle flags on the mast of the rebel, fleet. Other ratings soon joined and they went around Bombay, in lorries holding Congress flags threatening Europeans and, policemen. Crowds brought food to the ratings and shopkeepers invited them to take whatever they needed.
Page 548 :
524, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Stage II. When the City People Join In, This phase was marked by a virulent anti-British mood, resulting in the virtual paralysis of Calcutta and Bombay., There were meetings, processions, strikes, hartals, and attacks, on Europeans, police stations, shops, tram depots, railway, stations, banks, besides stopping of rail and road traffic by, squatting on tracks and barricading of streets., , Stage III. When People in Other Parts of the, Country Express Sympathy and Solidarity, While the students boycotted classes and organised hartals, and processions to express sympathy with other students and, the ratings, there were sympathetic strikes in military, establishments in Karachi, Madras, Visakhapatnam, Calcutta,, Delhi, Cochin, Jamnagar, Andamans, Bahrain and Aden. There, were strikes by the Royal Indian Air Force in Bombay, Poona,, Calcutta, Jessore and Ambala., Patel and Jinnah persuaded the ratings to surrender on, February 23 with an assurance that national parties would, prevent any victimisation., , Evaluation of Potential and Impact of the, Three Upsurges, The three upsurges were significant in many ways:, ● Fearless action by the masses was an expression of, militancy in the popular mind., ● Revolt in the armed forces had a great liberating, effect on the minds of people., ● The RIN revolt was seen as an event marking the end, of British rule., ● These upsurges prompted the British to extend some, concessions:, (i) On December 1, 1946, the government announced, that only those INA members accused of murder or brutal, treatment of fellow prisoners would be brought to trial., (ii) Imprisonment sentences passed against the first, batch were remitted in January 1947.
Page 549 :
Post-War National Scenario, , 525, , (iii) Indian soldiers were withdrawn from Indo-China, and Indonesia by February 1947., (iv) The decision to send a parliamentary delegation to, India (November 1946) was taken., (v) The decision to send Cabinet Mission was taken in, January 1946., But could the communal unity witnessed during these, events, if built upon, have offered a way out of the communal, deadlock? Or, in other words, what was the potential of these, upsurges?, These upsurges were in the nature of direct and violent, conflict with authority, which had obvious limitations. Only, the more militant sections could participate., These upsurges were short-lived and were confined to, a few urban centres while the general INA agitation reached, the remotest villages., Communal unity witnessed was more organisational, than a unity among the people. Muslim ratings went to the, League to seek advice and the rest to the Congress and the, Socialists., Despite considerable erosion of the morale of the, bureaucracy, the British infrastructure to repress was intact., They were soon able to control the situation. It was a Maratha, battalion in Bombay that rounded up the ratings and restored, them to their barracks., , Congress Strategy, , The leftists claim that the Congress indifference to the, revolutionary situation arose because of two considerations—, that the situation would go out of its control and that a, disciplined armed forces were vital in a free India. They also, claim that if the Congress leaders had not surrendered to, power play, a different path to independence would have, emerged. But actually these upsurges were an extension of, earlier nationalist activity fostered by the Congress through, its election campaign, its advocacy of the INA cause and, highlighting of the excesses of 1942.
Page 550 :
526, , A Brief History of Modern India, , These upsurges were distinguishable from the earlier, activity because of their form of articulation. These were, violent challenges to the authority while the earlier activity, was a peaceful demonstration of national solidarity., The Congress did not officially support these upsurges, because of their tactics and timing., Negotiations had been an integral part of the Congress, strategy, to be explored before a mass movement could be, launched, especially when the British were seen to be, preparing to leave soon., In Gandhi’s opinion, the mutiny was badly advised: if, they mutinied for India’s freedom, they were doubly wrong;, if they had any grievances, they should have waited for the, guidance of leaders., , Election Results, Performance of the Congress, , It got 91 per cent of non-Muslim votes., It captured 57 out of 102 seats in the Central, Assembly., ● In the provincial elections, it got a majority in most, provinces except in Bengal, Sindh and Punjab. The Congress, majority provinces included the NWFP and Assam which, were being claimed for Pakistan., ●, ●, , Muslim League’s Performance, , It got 86.6 per cent of the Muslim votes., It captured the 30 reserved seats in the Central, Assembly., ● In the provincial elections, it got a majority in Bengal, and Sindh., ● Unlike in 1937, now the League clearly established, itself as the dominant party among Muslims., In Punjab A Unionist-Congress-Akali coalition under, Khizr Hayat Khan assumed power., ●, ●
Page 551 :
Post-War National Scenario, , 527, , Significant Features of Elections, , The elections witnessed communal voting in contrast to the, strong anti-British unity shown in various upsurges due to, 1. separate electorates; and, 2. limited franchise—for the provinces, less than 10, per cent of the population could vote and for the Central, Assembly, less than 1 per cent of the population was eligible., , The Cabinet Mission, The Attlee government announced in February 1946 the, decision to send a high-powered mission of three British, cabinet members (Pethick Lawrence, Secretary of State for, India; Stafford Cripps, President of the Board of Trade; and, A.V. Alexander, First Lord of Admiralty) to India to find out, ways and means for a negotiated, peaceful transfer of power, to India. (Pethick Lawrence was the chairman of the mission.), , Why British Withdrawal Seemed, Imminent Now, 1. The success of nationalist forces in the struggle for, hegemony was fairly evident by the end of the War., Nationalism had penetrated into hitherto untouched sections, and areas., 2. There was a demonstration in favour of nationalism, among the bureaucracy and the loyalist sections; because the, paucity of European ICS recruits and a policy of Indianisation, had ended the British domination of the ICS as early as the, First World War and by 1939, there existed a British-Indian, parity. The long war had caused weariness and economic, worries. Now only a depleted, war-weary bureaucracy battered, by the 1942 events remained., 3. The British strategy of conciliation and repression, had its limitations and contradictions., ● After the Cripps’ Offer there was little left to offer, for conciliation except full freedom.
Page 552 :
528, , A Brief History of Modern India, , ● When non-violent resistance was repressed with, force, the naked force behind the government stood exposed,, while if the government did not clamp down on ‘sedition’, or made offers for truce, it was seen to be unable to wield, authority, and its prestige suffered., ● Efforts to woo the Congress dismayed the loyalists., This policy of an unclear mix presented a dilemma for, the services, who nevertheless had to implement it. The, prospect of Congress ministries coming to power in the, provinces further compounded this dilemma., 4. Constitutionalism or Congress Raj had proved to be, a big morale-booster and helped in deeper penetration of, patriotic sentiments among the masses., 5. Demands of leniency for INA prisoners from within, the Army and the revolt of the RIN ratings had raised fears, that the armed forces may not be as reliable if the Congress, started a 1942-type mass movement, this time aided by the, provincial ministries., 6. The only alternative to an all-out repression of a, mass movement was an entirely official rule which seemed, impossible now because the necessary numbers and efficient, officials were not available., 7. The government realised that a settlement was, necessary for burying the ghost of a mass movement and for, good future Indo-British relations., , Views, The British Cabinet saw the growing rift between the Congress, and the Muslim League as their trump card... Both Linlithgow, and the Cabinet looked to the rivalry of the Congress and the, League as their most useful weapon against the demands of, either., B.R. Tomlinson, Our time in India is limited and our power to control events almost, gone. We have only prestige and previous momentum to trade, on and these will not last long., Lord Wavell (October 1946)
Page 553 :
Post-War National Scenario, , 529, , Now the overarching aim of the British policy-makers, was a graceful withdrawal, after a settlement on the modalities, of the transfer of power and nature of post-imperial IndiaBritain relations., , On the Eve of Cabinet Mission Plan, The Congress demanded that power be transferred to one, centre and that minorities’ demands be worked out in a, framework ranging from autonomy to Muslim-majority, provinces to self-determination or secession from the Indian, Union—but, only after the British left., The British bid for a united and friendly India and an, active partner in defence of the Commonwealth, because a, divided India would lack in defence and would be a blot on, Britain’s diplomacy., The British policy in 1946 clearly reflected a preference, for a united India, in sharp contrast to earlier declarations., On March 15, 1946, the Prime Minister of Britain, Clement, Attlee said: “...though mindful of the rights of minorities..., cannot allow a minority to place their veto on advance of, the majority.” This was a far cry from the Shimla Conference, where Wavell had allowed Jinnah to wreck the conference., , Cabinet Mission Arrives, The Cabinet Mission reached Delhi on March 24, 1946. It, had prolonged discussions with Indian leaders of all parties, and groups on the issues of, (i) interim government; and, (ii) principles and procedures for framing a new, constitution giving freedom to India., As the Congress and the League could not come to any, agreement on the fundamental issue of the unity or partition, of India, the mission put forward its own plan for the solution, of the constitutional problem in May 1946., , Cabinet Mission Plan—Main Points, ●, , because, , Rejection of the demand for a full-fledged Pakistan,
Page 554 :
530, , A Brief History of Modern India, , (i) the Pakistan so formed would include a large nonMuslim population—38 per cent in the North-West, and 48 per cent in the North-East;, (ii) the very principle of communal self-determination, would claim separation of Hindu-majority western, Bengal and Sikh- and Hindu-dominated Ambala and, Jullundur divisions of Punjab (already some Sikh, leaders were demanding a separate state if the, country was partitioned);, (iii) deep-seated regional ties would be disturbed if, Bengal and Punjab were partitioned;, (iv) partition would entail economic and administrative, problems, for instance, the problem of, communication between the western and eastern, parts of Pakistan; and, (v) the division of the armed forces would be dangerous., ● Grouping of existing provincial assemblies into three, sections:, Section-A: Madras, Bombay, Central Provinces, United, Provinces, Bihar and Orissa (Hindu-majority provinces), Section-B: Punjab, North-West Frontier Province and, Sindh (Muslim-majority provinces), Section-C: Bengal and Assam (Muslim-majority, provinces)., ● Three-tier executive and legislature at provincial,, section and union levels., ● A constituent assembly was to be elected by provincial, assemblies by proportional representation (voting in three, groups—General, Muslims, Sikhs). This constituent assembly, would be a 389-member body with provincial assemblies, sending 292, chief commissioner’s provinces sending 4, and, princely states sending 93 members., (This was a good, democratic method not based on, weightage.), ● In the constituent assembly, members from groups, A, B and C were to sit separately to decide the constitution
Page 555 :
Post-War National Scenario, , 531, , for provinces and if possible, for the groups also. Then, the, whole constituent assembly (all three sections A, B and C, combined) would sit together to formulate the union, constitution., ● A common centre would control defence,, communication and external affairs. A federal structure was, envisaged for India., ● Communal questions in the central legislature were, to be decided by a simple majority of both communities, present and voting., ● Provinces were to have full autonomy and residual, powers., ● Princely states were no longer to be under paramountcy, of the British government. They would be free to enter into, an arrangement with successor governments or the British, government., ● After the first general elections, a province was to, be free to come out of a group and after 10 years, a province, was to be free to call for a reconsideration of the group or, the union constitution., ● Meanwhile, an interim government was to be formed, from the constituent assembly., , Different Interpretations of the Grouping, Clause, Each party or group looked at the plan from its own point, of view., Congress: To the Congress, the Cabinet Mission Plan, was against the creation of Pakistan since grouping was, optional; one constituent assembly was envisaged; and the, League no longer had a veto., Muslim League: The Muslim League believed Pakistan, to be implied in compulsory grouping. (The Mission later, clarified that the grouping was compulsory.), , Main Objections, Different parties objected to the Plan on different grounds.
Page 556 :
532, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Congress ● Provinces should not have to wait till the, first general elections to come out of a group. They should, have the option of not joining a group in the first place., (Congress had the Congress-ruled provinces of NWFP and, Assam in mind which had been included in groups B and C, respectively.), ● Compulsory grouping contradicts the oft-repeated, insistence on provincial autonomy., ● Absence of provision for elected members from the, princely states in the constituent assembly (they could only, be nominated by the princes) was not acceptable., League ● Grouping should be compulsory with sections, B and C developing into solid entities with a view to future, secession into Pakistan., The League had thought that the Congress would reject, the plan, thus prompting the government to invite the League, to form the interim government., , Acceptance and Rejection, , The Muslim League on June 6 and the Congress on June 24,, 1946 accepted the long-term plan put forward by the Cabinet, Mission., July 1946 Elections were held in provincial assemblies, for the Constituent Assembly., Wavell’s “Breakdown Plan”, Wavell presented his plan to the Cabinet Mission in May 1946., It visualised a middle course between “repression” and “scuttle”., This plan envisaged the withdrawal of the British Army and, officials to the Muslim provinces of North-West and North-East, and handing over the rest of the country to the Congress. Though, superseded by the Cabinet Mission Plan, Wavell’s plan was an, evidence of, ● British recognition of the impossibility of suppressing any, future Congress-led rebellion., ● desire in some high official circles to make a “Northern, Ireland” of Pakistan.
Page 557 :
Post-War National Scenario, , 533, , July 10, 1946 Nehru stated, “We are not bound by a, single thing except that we have decided to go into the, Constituent Assembly (implying that the Constituent Assembly, was sovereign and would decide the rules of procedure). The, big probability is that there would be no grouping as NWFP, and Assam would have objections to joining sections B, and C.”, July 29, 1946 The League withdrew its acceptance of, the long-term plan in response to Nehru’s statement and gave, a call for “direct action” from August 16 to achieve, Pakistan., , Communal Holocaust and the, Interim Government, From August 16, 1946, the Indian scene was rapidly, transformed. There were communal riots on an unprecedented, scale, which left around several thousands dead., The worst-hit areas were Calcutta, Bombay, Noakhali,, Bihar and Garhmukteshwar (United Provinces)., , Changed Government Priorities, Wavell was now eager to somehow get the Congress into, the Interim Government, even if the League stayed out (a, departure from Wavell’s stand during the Shimla conference)., This attitude was against the League’s insistence that all, settlements be acceptable to it and also against earlier, government postures of encouraging communal forces, of, denying the legitimacy of nationalism, and of denying the, representative nature of Congress., Thus, continuance of British rule had demanded one, stance from Britain, and the withdrawal and post-imperial, links dictated a contrary posture., , Interim Government, , Fearing mass action by the Congress, a Congress-dominated, Interim Government headed by Nehru was sworn in on
Page 558 :
534, , A Brief History of Modern India, , September 2, 1946 with Nehru continuing to insist on his, party’s opposition to the compulsory grouping., Despite the title, the Interim Government was little, more than a continuation of the old executive of the viceroy, (Wavell overruled the ministers on the issue of the release, of INA prisoners in his very last cabinet meeting in March, 1947)., Wavell quietly brought the Muslim League into the, Interim Government on October 26, 1946. The League was, allowed to join, ● without giving up the ‘direct action’;, ● despite its rejection of the Cabinet Mission’s longterm and short-term plans; and, ● despite insistence on compulsory grouping with, decisions being taken by a majority vote by a section, as a whole (which would reduce the opponents of, Pakistan in Assam and NWFP to a position of, helpless minority)., , 14 Ministers of Interim Government, (September 2, 1946–August 15, 1947), , 1. Jawaharlal Nehru: Vice President of Executive, Council, External Affairs and Common Wealth Relations, 2. Vallabhbhai Patel: Home, Information and, Broadcasting, 3. Baldev Singh: Defence, 4. Dr. John Mathai: Industries and Supplies, 5. C. Rajagopalachari: Education, 6. C.H. Bhabha: Works, Mines and Power, 7. Rajendra Prasad: Agriculture and Food, 8. Jagjivan Ram: Labour, 9. Asaf Ali: Railway, 10. Liaquat Ali Khan (Muslim League): Finance, 11. Ibrahim Ismail Chundrigar (Muslim League):, Commerce, 12. Abdur Rab Nishtar (Muslim League): Communications, 13. Ghazanfar Ali Khan (Muslim League): Health, 14. Jogendra Nath Mandal (Muslim League): Law
Page 559 :
Post-War National Scenario, , 535, , Obstructionist Approach and Ulterior, Motives of League, The League did not attend the Constituent Assembly which, had its first meeting on December 9, 1946. Consequently,, the Assembly had to confine itself to passing a general, ‘Objectives Resolution’ drafted by Jawaharlal Nehru stating, the ideals of an independent sovereign republic with, autonomous units, adequate minority safeguards and social,, political and economic democracy., The League refused to attend informal meetings of the, cabinet to take decisions., The League questioned the decisions and appointments, made by the Congress members., Liaqat Ali Khan as the finance minister restricted and, encumbered the efficient functioning of other ministries., The League had only sought a foothold in the government, to fight for Pakistan. For them, it was a continuation of the, civil war by other means. The Congress demand that the, British get the League to change its attitude in the Interim, Government or quit was voiced ever since the League joined, the Interim Government., In February 1947, nine Congress members of the, cabinet wrote to the viceroy demanding the resignation of, League members and threatening the withdrawal of their own, nominees. The last straw came with the League demanding, the dissolution of the Constituent Assembly. A crisis seemed, to be developing rapidly., , Birth and Spread of Communalism in, India, With the rise of nationalism, communalism appeared around, the end of the nineteenth century. It proved to be a huge threat, to the unity of the Indian people and the national movement., The legacy, unfortunately continues.
Page 560 :
536, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Characteristic Features of Indian, Communalism, Communalism (more accurately ‘sectarianism’) is basically, an ideology, which gives more importance to one’s own, ethnic/religious group rather than to the wider society as a, whole, evolved through three broad stages in India., (i) Communal Nationalism: the notion that since a, group or a section of people belong to a particular religious, community, their secular interests are the same, i.e., even, those matters which have got nothing to do with religion, affect all of them equally., (ii) Liberal Communalism: the notion that since two, religious communities have different religious interests, they, have different interests in the secular sphere also (i.e., in, economic, political and cultural spheres)., (iii) Extreme Communalism: the notion that not only, do different religious communities have different interests,, but also that these interests are incompatible, i.e., two, communities cannot co-exist because the interests of one, community come into conflict with those of the other., There is nothing unique about Indian communalism. It, was the result of the conditions which have, in other, societies, produced similar phenomena and ideologies such, as Fascism, anti-Semitism, racism, the Catholic-Protestant, conflict in Northern Ireland and the Christian-Muslim conflict, in Lebanon., Bypassing basic economic interests, the communalists, claim to protect interests which do not necessarily exist., Communalism is a modern phenomenon—rooted in the, modern social, economic and political colonial structure—, that emerged out of modern politics based on mass, mobilisation and popular participation. Modern politics made, it necessary for people to have wider links and loyalties and, to form establish identities. This process involved the spread, of modern ideas of nation, class and cultural-linguistic
Page 561 :
Post-War National Scenario, , 537, , identity. In India, religious consciousness was transformed, into communal consciousness in some parts of the country, and among some sections of the people., Its social roots lay in the rising middle classes who, propagated imaginary communal interests to further their own, economic interests—communalism was a bourgeois question, par excellence, according to the Left., Communalists were backed in their communal campaign, by the colonial administration. It was the channel through, which colonialists expanded their social base., Communalists and colonialists were helped in their, sinister motives by the fact that often socio-economic, distinctions in Indian society coincided with religious, distinctions. The inherent class contradictions were given a, post-facto communal colouring by the vested interests., Conservative social reactionary elements gave full, support to communalism., Religiosity itself did not amount to communalism but, in a country where lack of education and low awareness of, the outside world was a sad reality, religion had the potential, of becoming, and was used as, a vehicle of communalism., , Reasons for Growth of Communalism, , Communalism grew in the modern economic, political and, social institutions where new identities were emerging in a, haphazard manner even as the old, pre-modern identities had, not diminished. A clash of this fundamental dichotomy gave, rise to a communal ideology., , Socio-economic Reasons, Religion did not actually dictate the economic and political, interests of the Hindus and Muslims. One community, (consisting of Hindus as well as Muslims) differed from, another (also consisting of Hindus and Muslims) by language,, culture, caste, social status, food and dress habits, social, practices or customs and so on. Even socially and culturally, the Hindu and the Muslim masses had developed common
Page 562 :
538, , A Brief History of Modern India, , ways of life: a Bengali Muslim has much more in common, with a Bengali Hindu than with a Punjabi Muslim. Moreover,, Hindus and the Muslims were equal victims of oppression, and exploitation by British imperialism., Modern Western thought and scientific ideas were not, absorbed by Muslim intellectuals, who remained traditional, and backward. Even when, as a result of the efforts of, reformers, modern education spread among Muslims, the, proportion of the educated was far lower among Muslims, than among Hindus, Parsis or Christians. The Muslims also, lagged behind as participants in the growth of trade and, industry. As the number of educated persons and men of trade, and industry among the Muslims was rather small, it was easy, for the reactionary big landlords and the richer classes to, continue to wield influence over the Muslim masses. Landlords, and zamindars, whether Hindu or Muslim, supported the, British rule out of self-interest. But, among the Hindus, the, modern intellectuals and the rising commercial and industrialist, class had taken over the leadership from the old order of, landlords., The educated Muslims found few opportunities in, business or the professions; they inevitably looked for, government employment. The British officials and the loyalist, Muslim leaders incited the educated Muslims against the, educated Hindus. Syed Ahmad Khan and others demanded, special treatment for the Muslims in the matter of government, service, on the one hand, and on the other told the Muslims, that if the educated Muslims remained loyal to the British,, the latter would reward them with government jobs and other, special favours. The same arguments were used by some, loyalist Hindus and Parsis with regard to their people, but, they were in a small minority., As a result of the underdevelopment due to colonial, policies, there was a lack of industrial development; hence,, unemployment was an acute problem in India, especially for, the educated, and there was an intense competition for
Page 563 :
Post-War National Scenario, , 539, , Views, There has been a difference of a generation or more in the, development of the Hindu and the Muslim middle classes, and, that difference continues to show itself in many directions,, political, economic, and other. It is this lag which produces a, psychology of fear among the Muslims., Jawaharlal Nehru in The Discovery of India, He who does what is beneficial to the people of this country,, be he a Muhammedan or an Englishman, is not alien. ‘Alienness’, has to do with interests. Alienness is certainly not concerned, with white or black skin or religion., Bal Gangadhar Tilak, , existing jobs. In the circumstances there were advocates of, short-sighted and short-term solutions such as reservation in, jobs on communal, provincial or caste lines. These persons, aroused communal and religious and, later, caste and provincial, passions in an attempt to get a larger share of the existing,, limited employment opportunities. It was easy for those, desperately searching for jobs for employment to fall prey, to such ideas., Because of the economic backwardness of India and, rampant unemployment, there was ample scope for the, colonial government to use concessions, favours and, reservations to fuel communal and separatist tendencies., Also, modern political consciousness was late in developing, among the Muslims and the dominance of traditional, reactionary elements over the Muslim masses helped a, communal outlook to take root., There was talk of Hindu nationalism and Muslim, nationalism. Politically immature, many Hindus as well as, Muslims did not realise that the economic, educational and, cultural difficulties they were experiencing were born out of, their subjection to foreign rule and because of economic, underdevelopment.
Page 564 :
540, , A Brief History of Modern India, , British Policy of Divide and Rule, Muslims were generally looked upon with suspicion initially,, especially after the Wahabi and 1857 revolts, and were, subjected to repression and discrimination by the British, government. Also, the introduction of English education had, undermined Arabic and Persian learning which added further, to the economic backwardness and exclusion of the Muslims, from service., After the 1870s, with signs of the emergence of Indian, nationalism and growing politicisation of the educated middle, classes, the government reversed its policy of repression of, Muslims and, instead, decided to rally them behind the, government through concessions, favours and reservations,, and used them against nationalist forces. The government, used persons like Sir Syed Ahmed Khan to counter the, growing influence of the Congress. Syed Ahmed Khan had, a broadminded and reformist outlook initially but later he, started supporting the colonial government, exhorting the, Muslim masses to stay away from the Congress and not to, get politicised. He also started talking of separate interests, of Hindus and Muslims., , Communalism in History Writing, Initially suggested by imperialist historians and later adopted, by some chauvinist Indian historians, the communal, interpretation of Indian history portrayed the ancient phase, as the Hindu phase and the medieval phase (which included, the rule of the Turks, the Afghans and the Mughals) as the, Muslim phase. The conflicts of ruling classes during the, , View, Communal harmony could not be permanently established in our, country so long as highly distorted versions of history were taught, in her schools and colleges, through the history textbooks., M.K. Gandhi
Page 565 :
Post-War National Scenario, , 541, , medieval phase were distorted and exaggerated as HinduMuslim conflicts., Historians ignored the fact that politics, ancient and, medieval as of all times and anywhere, was based on, economic and political interests and not on religious, considerations. It was in the interests of the British and, communal historians to refuse to acknowledge the notion of, a composite culture in India. On its part, the Hindu communal, view of history chose to project the view that Indian society, and culture had reached ideal heights in the ancient period, from which they began to decay in the medieval period, because of ‘Muslim’ rule. In this, there was a refusal to, acknowledge how Indian economy and technology, religion, and philosophy, arts and literature, culture and society had, developed and been enriched in the medieval period., , Side-effects of Socio-religious Reform Movements, Reform movements such as the Wahabi Movement among, Muslims and Shuddhi among Hindus with their militant, overtones made the role of religion more vulnerable to, communalism. Reforms, at times, were seen as a process of, insulating one community from the influence of another, religious community., , Side-effects of Militant Nationalism, The early nationalists made conscious efforts to remove, minority fears. Dadabhai Naoroji, presiding over the second, Congress session (1886), declared the intentions of the, Congress not to raise socio-religious questions in its forums., In 1889 the Congress decided not to take up any issue, opposed by the Muslims. But later, with the coming of, militant nationalism, a distinct Hindu nationalist tinge was, palpable in the nationalist politics. For instance, Tilak’s, Ganapati and Shivaji festivals and anti-cow slaughter campaigns, created much suspicion. Aurobindo’s vision of an Aryanised, world, the Swadeshi Movement with elements like dips in, the Ganga and revolutionary activity with oath-taking before
Page 566 :
542, , A Brief History of Modern India, , goddesses were hardly likely to enthuse Muslims into these, campaigns in a big way. The communal element in the, Lucknow Pact (1916) and the Khilafat agitation (1920-22), was too visible to be of insignificant consequences., When the Khilafat question came up, there was unease, among some Congressmen who felt that the issue was not, really nationalistic. The fight against imperialistic Britain in, this case was not about the economic and political, consequences of imperialism, but on the ground that the, Caliph and some holy places of Islam were being threatened., The Muslims’ sympathy for Turkey was on religious grounds., Even later, the heroes and myths and cultural traditions the, Muslims appealed to belonged not to the history of India but, to the history of West Asia. Though this tendency did not, immediately clash with Indian nationalism, but in fact made, its supporters anti-imperialist, in the longer term, it encouraged, the habit of looking at political questions from a religious, point of view., , Communal Reaction by Majority Community, The minority communalism met with a reaction from the, majority community. From the 1870s itself, some Hindu, zamindars, moneylenders and middle-class professionals began, to give expression to anti-Muslim sentiments. They went to, the extent of declaring that the British had liberated the land, from Muslim tyranny and saved the Hindus from the oppression, by Muslims. The cause of Hindi was given a communal colour, by saying that Urdu was the language of the Muslims (which, was not historically quite correct)., Then came organisations to promote a communal, outlook. The Punjab Hindu Sabha, founded in 1909 by U.N., Mukherjee and Lal Chand, opposed the Congress for trying, to unite Indians of all colours into a single nation. They, argued that Hindus should side with the colonial government, in their fight against Muslims. The All-India Hindu Mahasabha, held its first session in April 1915 with the Maharaja of
Page 567 :
Post-War National Scenario, , 543, , Kasim Bazar as president. The Rashtriya Swayamsevak Sangh, (RSS) was established in 1925. However, Hindu communalism, was not a strong force for a long time as the modern secular, intelligentsia and middle class among Hindus wielded a, greater influence. This was not the case with the Muslims;, the Muslim communal elements – landlords, traditional, religious leaders and bureaucrats – exercised a lot of, influence on the Muslims., The one-upmanship of different versions of communal, tendencies was a factor which deterred any effective counteroffensive against communalism., , Evolution of the Two-Nation Theory, The development of the two-nation theory over the years is, as follows:, 1887: There was a frontal attack on the Congress by, Dufferin, the viceroy, and Colvin, the Lt. Governor of the, United Provinces. Syed Ahmed Khan and Raja Shiv Prasad, of Bhinga were propped up as an anti-Congress front by the, government. Syed Ahmed Khan appealed to the educated, Muslims to stay away from the Congress, although some, Muslims did join the Congress. These included Badruddin, Tyabji, Mir Musharraf Hussain, A. Bhimji and Hamid Ali, Khan., 1906: Agha Khan led a Muslim delegation (called the, Shimla delegation) to the viceroy, Lord Minto, to demand, separate electorates for Muslims at all levels and that the, Muslim representation should be commensurate not only, with their numerical strength but also with their “political, importance and their contribution to the British Empire”., Minto assured them of special communal representation in, excess of their population for their “extraordinary service”, to the empire., The All India Muslim League was founded by the Agha, Khan, Nawab Salimullah of Dacca, Nawab Mohsin-ul-Mulk, and Nawab Waqar-ul-Mulk to preach loyalty to the British
Page 568 :
544, , A Brief History of Modern India, , government and to keep the Muslim intelligentsia away from, the Congress., 1909: Separate electorates were awarded under MorleyMinto Reforms., Punjab Hindu Sabha was founded by U.N. Mukherji and, Lal Chand., 1915: First session of All India Hindu Mahasabha was, held under the aegis of the Maharaja of Kasim Bazar., 1912-24: During this period, the Muslim League was, dominated by younger Muslim nationalists, but their, nationalism was inspired by a communal view of political, questions., 1916: The Congress accepted the Muslim League, demand of separate electorates and the Congress and the, League presented joint demands to the government. But the, Congress and the League came together as separate political, entities and the Congress gave political legitimacy to the, existence of the Muslim League., 1920-22: Muslims participated in the Rowlatt and, Khilafat Non-Cooperation agitations but there was a communal, element in the political outlook of the Muslims., 1920s: The shadow of communal riots loomed large, over the country. The Arya Samajists started Shuddhi, (purification) and Sangathan (organisation) movements. The, Shuddhi movement was aimed at reconverting to Hinduism, those who had converted to Islam. The Muslims started the, Tabligh and Tanzeem movements in retaliation., Some nationalists also turned communal. The Swarajists, were divided along communal lines and many of the, Responsivists among them joined the Hindu Mahasabha. The, Ali brothers, after having put up a spectacular united front, with the Congress, accused the Congress of protecting only, Hindu interests., The Congress failed to evolve a suitable strategy to, counter the rise of communalism., 1928: The Nehru Report on constitutional reforms as
Page 569 :
Post-War National Scenario, , 545, , suggested by the Congress was opposed by Muslim hardliners, and the Sikh League. Jinnah proposed fourteen points, demanding separate electorates and reservation for Muslims, in government service and self-governing bodies. By, negotiating with the Muslim League, the Congress made a, number of mistakes:, 1. It gave legitimacy to the politics of the League, thus, giving recognition to the division of society into separate, communities with separate interests., 2. It undermined the role of secular, nationalist Muslims., 3. Concessions to one community prompted other, communities to demand similar concessions., 4. Launching an all-out attack on communalism became, difficult., 1930-34: Some Muslim groups, such as the Jamaati-ulema-i-Hind, State of Kashmir and Khudai Khidmatgars, participated in the Civil Disobedience Movement but overall, the participation of Muslims was nowhere near the level of, the Khilafat agitation. While the Congress stayed away from, two of the three round table conferences held in London to, discuss further constitutional reforms, the communalists, attended all three of them., 1932: The Communal Award accepted all Muslim, communal demands contained in the 14 points., After 1937: After the Muslim League performed badly, in the 1937 provincial elections, it decided to resort to, extreme communalism. There began a tendency to project, the Muslims, not as a minority but as a separate nation (in, the early 1930s this idea of a separate Muslim nation was, proposed by a young Muslim intellectual Rahmat Ali and later, developed further by the poet Iqbal). From now onwards,, communalism was organised as a mass movement with its, base among middle and upper classes. Vicious propaganda, was launched against the Congress by Z.A. Suleri, F.M., Durrani, Fazl-ul-Haq, etc. Extreme communalism was based, on fear, hatred and violence of word and deed.
Page 570 :
546, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Till 1937 there had been liberal communalism, centred, around safeguards and reservations. It was communal while, upholding certain liberal, democratic, humanistic and, nationalistic values and the notion that these diverse, communities could be welded together into one nation in one, national interest., The extreme communalism of Muslims found its echo, in the militant communal nationalism of Hindus represented, by organisations such as the Hindu Mahasabha and RSS and, in the thoughts of leaders like Golwalkar. There were several, reasons for the advent of extreme communalism., 1. With increasing radicalisation, the reactionary, elements searched for a social base through channels of, communalism., 2. The colonial administration had exhausted all other, means to divide nationalists., 3. Earlier failures to challenge communal tendencies, had emboldened the communal forces., 1937-39: Jinnah blocked all avenues for conciliation, by forwarding the impossible demand that the Congress, Views, The question of majority and minority community is a, creation of the British Government and would disappear with their, withdrawal., M.K. Gandhi, We divide and they rule., Maulana Mohammad Ali, After 1940 it was clear as daylight to the Muslims that their, real destiny was neither a second class citizenship in a uninational Hindu state, nor even the doubtful partnership in a, multinational India...but a separate nationhood with a separate, homeland., History of Freedom Movement of Pakistan, The independent sovereign nation of Pakistan was born in the, Muslim University of Aligarh., Agha Khan
Page 571 :
Post-War National Scenario, , 547, , should declare itself a Hindu organisation and recognise the, Muslim League as the sole representative of the Indian, Muslims., March 24, 1940: The ‘Pakistan Resolution’ was passed, at the Lahore session of the Muslim League calling for, “grouping of all geographically contiguous Muslim majority, areas (mainly north-western and eastern India) into independent, states in which the constituent units shall be autonomous and, sovereign, and adequate safeguards to Muslims in other areas, where they are in a minority”., During Second World War The British India, Government gave a virtual veto to the League on political, settlement. The League made full use of this privilege and, stuck to its demand of a separate Pakistan throughout the, negotiations under the August Offer, Cripps’ proposals,, Shimla Conference and Cabinet Mission Plan. Finally, it got, what it had aspired for—an independent Pakistan comprising, Muslim majority areas of Punjab, Sindh, Baluchistan, NorthWest Frontier Province and Bengal in 1947., Summary, ●, , Last Two Years of British Rule, *, Two basic strands—, 1. Tortuous negotiations resulting in freedom and partition,, accompanied by communal violence, 2. Sporadic, localised mass action, *, July 1945 Labour government comes to power in Britain, *, August 1945 Elections to central and provincial assemblies, announced, *, September 1945 Announcement of a Constituent Assembly, after War, *, A change in Government’s attitude due to, Change in global power equations; UK no longer a power, Labour government sympathetic to India, Tired British soldiers and shattered British economy, Anti-imperialist wave throughout Asia
Page 572 :
548, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Officials feared another Congress revolt, Two Main Election Planks for Congress, 1. Repression of 1942, 2. Mass pressure against trial of INA POWs, INA Agitation—Main Features, *, Had unprecedented high pitch and intensity, Had wide geographical and social spread, Penetrated traditional bulwarks of Raj—government employees, and loyalists, With each day, became a purely India versus Britain issue, *, Three Upsurges, 1. November 21, 1945 in Calcutta over INA trials, 2. February 11, 1946 in Calcutta over seven-year sentence, to an INA officer, 3. February 18, 1946 in Bombay, strike by Royal Indian, Navy Ratings, Congress did not support these upsurges because of their timing, and tactics, *, Election Results, Congress won 57 out of 102 seats in Central Assembly;, — got majority in Madras, Bombay, UP, Bihar, Orissa and, Central Provinces and coalition partner with Unionists and, Akalis in Punjab, Muslim League won 30 reserved seats in Central Assembly;, got majority in Bengal, Sindh, *, Why British Withdrawal Seemed Imminent by 1946, 1. Success of nationalist forces in struggle for hegemony, 2. Demoralisation among bureaucracy and the loyalist, sections, 3. Limitations of British strategy of conciliation and, repression, 4. Demands of leniency for INA by armymen and RIN, ratings’ revolt, 5. An entirely official rule was impossible, *, Main Aim of Government Policy Now, A graceful withdrawal after settlement on modalities of, transfer of power, and post-imperial Indo-British relations, *, , ●, , Cabinet Mission, *, Proposals, Rejection of Pakistan
Page 573 :
Post-War National Scenario, , ●, , 549, , Grouping of existing assemblies into three sections A, B, C, Three-tier executive and legislature at province, princely, states and union level, Provincial assemblies to elect a constituent assembly, Common centre for defence, communications, external, affairs, Provinces to have autonomy and residual powers, Princely states free to have an arrangement with the, successor government or the British Government, In future, a province free to come out of the section or, the union, Meanwhile, an interim government to be formed from constituent, assembly., *, Interpretation Congress claimed that the grouping was, optional while the League thought that the grouping was, compulsory. Mission decided the matter in the League’s, favour, *, Acceptance League, followed by Congress, accepted Cabinet, Mission proposals in June 1946, *, Further Developments: July 1946 League withdrew from, the Plan after Nehru’s press statement, and gave a call, for “direct action” from August 16, 1946, September 1946 An Interim Government headed by Nehru, sworn in, October 1946 League joins Interim Government and follows, an obstructionist approach, February 1947 Congress members demand removal of, League members; League demands dissolution of Constituent, Assembly, Birth and Spread of Communalism in India
Page 574 :
550, , A Brief History of Modern India, , 25, Independence with Partition, Attlee’s Statement of February 20, 1947, Clement Attlee, the British prime minister, sensing the, trouble all around, made an announcement on February 20,, 1947. The British House of Commons declared the British, intention of leaving the Indian subcontinent., , Main Points of Attlee’s Statement, ● A deadline of June 30, 1948 was fixed for transfer, of power even if the Indian politicians had not agreed by that, time on the constitution., ● The British would relinquish power either to some, form of central government or in some areas to the existing, provincial governments if the constituent assembly was not, fully representative, i.e., if the Muslim majority provinces, did not join., ● British powers and obligations vis-a-vis the princely, states would lapse with transfer of power, but these would, not be transferred to any successor government in British, India., ● Mountbatten would replace Wavell as the viceroy., The statement contained clear hints of partition and, even Balkanisation of the country into numerous states and, was, in essence, a reversion of the Cripps Offer., , 550
Page 575 :
Independence with Partition, , 551, , Why a Date Fixed by Government for, Withdrawal, ● The government hoped that a fixed date would shock, the parties into an agreement on the main question., ● The government was keen to avert the developing, constitutional crisis., ● The government hoped to convince the Indians of, British sincerity., ● The truth in Wavell’s assessment could no longer be, denied—that an irreversible decline of the government’s, authority had taken place., , Congress Stand, The provision of transfer of power to more than one centre, was acceptable to Congress because it meant that the existing, assembly could go ahead and frame a constitution for the, areas represented by it, and it offered a way out of the, existing deadlock., But the illusory hopes of a settlement were soon, shattered as the statement proved to be a prelude to the final, showdown. The League launched a civil disobedience, movement to overthrow the coalition government in Punjab,, as it felt emboldened by the statement., , Independence and Partition, The communal riots and the unworkability of the CongressLeague coalition compelled many in early 1947 to think in, terms of accepting the so far unthinkable idea of partition., The most insistent demand now came from the Hindu and, Sikh communal groups in Bengal and Punjab who were, alarmed at the prospect of compulsory grouping which might, find them in Pakistan. The Hindu Mahasabha in Bengal was, assessing the feasibility of a separate Hindu province in West, Bengal., On March 10, 1947, Nehru stated that the Cabinet
Page 576 :
552, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Mission’s was the best solution if carried out; the only real, alternative was the partition of Punjab and Bengal., In April 1947, the Congress president, Kripalani,, communicated to the viceroy— “... rather than have a battle,, we shall let them have their Pakistan provided you allow, Bengal and Punjab to be partitioned in a fair manner.”, , Mountbatten as the Viceroy, Mountbatten proved more firm and quick in taking decisions, than his predecessors because he was informally given more, powers to decide things on the spot. He also had the, advantage of the firm decision of the British government to, quit at the earliest. His task was to explore the options of, unity and division till October 1947 and then advise the, British government on the form of transfer of power. But, he soon discovered that the broad contours of the scenario, to emerge were discernible even before he came to India., The Cabinet Mission Plan was a dead horse and Jinnah was, obstinate about not settling for anything less than a sovereign, state. But a serious attempt at unity would involve supporting, those forces which wanted a unified India and countering, those who opposed it. Mountbatten preferred to woo both, sides., , Mountbatten Plan, June 3, 1947, The freedom-with-partition formula was coming to be widely, accepted well before Mountbatten arrived in India. One major, innovation (actually suggested by V.P. Menon) was the, immediate transfer of power on the basis of grant of, dominion status (with a right of secession), thus obviating, the need to wait for an agreement in the constituent assembly, on a new political structure., , Main Points, The important points of the plan were as follows., ● Punjab and Bengal Legislative Assemblies would, meet in two groups, Hindus and Muslims, to vote for
Page 577 :
Independence with Partition, , 553, , partition. If a simple majority of either group voted for, partition, then these provinces would be partitioned., ● In case of partition, two dominions and two constituent assemblies would be created., ● Sindh would take its own decision., ● Referendums in NWFP and Sylhet district of Bengal, would decide the fate of these areas., ● Since the Congress had conceded a unified India, all, their other points would be met, namely,, (i) independence for princely states ruled out—they, would join either India or Pakistan;, (ii) independence for Bengal ruled out;, (iii) accession of Hyderabad to Pakistan ruled out, (Mountbatten supported the Congress on this);, (iv) freedom to come on August 15, 1947; and, (v) a boundary commission to be set up if partition was, to be effected., Thus, the League’s demand was conceded to the extent, that Pakistan would be created and the Congress’ position, on unity was taken into account to make Pakistan as small, as possible. Mountbatten’s formula was to divide India but, retain maximum unity., , Why Congress Accepted Dominion Status, The Congress was willing to accept dominion status despite, its being against the Lahore Congress (1929) spirit because, (i) it would ensure a peaceful and quick transfer of, power;, (ii) it was more important for the Congress to assume, authority to check the explosive situation; and, (iii) it would allow for some much needed continuity in, the bureaucracy and the army., For Britain, the dominion status offered a chance to, keep India in the Commonwealth, even if temporarily,, considering the economic strength, defence potential and, greater value of trade and investment in India.
Page 578 :
554, , A Brief History of Modern India, View, , There is, however, no basis for the claim that the Civil, Disobedience Movement directly led to independence. The, campaigns of Gandhi … came to an ignoble end about fourteen, years before India achieved independence … During the First, World War the Indian revolutionaries sought to take advantage, of German help in the shape of war materials to free the country, by armed revolt. But the attempt did not succeed. During the, Second World War Subhas Bose followed the same method and, created the INA. In spite of brilliant planning and initial success,, the violent campaigns of Subhas Bose failed … The Battles, for India’s freedom were also being fought against Britain, though, indirectly, by Hitler in Europe and Japan in Asia. None of these, scored direct success, but few would deny that it was the, cumulative effect of all the three that brought freedom to India., In particular, the revelations made by the INA trial, and the, reaction it produced in India, made it quite plain to the British,, already exhausted by the war, that they could no longer depend, upon the loyalty of the sepoys for maintaining their authority, in India. This had probably the greatest influence upon their final, decision to quit India., R.C. Mazumdar, , Rationale for an Early Date (August 15, 1947), Britain wanted to secure Congress’ agreement to the dominion, status. At the same time, the British could escape the, responsibility for the communal situation., The plan was put into effect without the slightest delay., The legislative assemblies of Bengal and Punjab decided in, favour of partition of these two provinces. Thus, East Bengal, and West Punjab joined Pakistan; West Bengal and East, Punjab remained with the Indian Union. The referendum in, Sylhet resulted in the incorporation of that district in East, Bengal. Two boundary commissions, one in respect of each, province, were constituted to demarcate the boundaries of, the new provinces. The referendum in NWFP decided in, favour of Pakistan, the Provincial Congress refraining from, the referendum. Baluchistan and Sindh threw in their lot with, Pakistan.
Page 579 :
Independence with Partition, , 555, , Indian Independence Act, , On July 5, 1947 the British Parliament passed the Indian, Independence Act which was based on the Mountbatten Plan,, and the Act got royal assent on June 18, 1947. The Act was, implemented on August 15, 1947., The Act provided for the creation of two independent, dominions of India and Pakistan with effect from August 15,, 1947. Each dominion was to have a governor-general to be, responsible for the effective operation of the Act. The, constituent assembly of the each new dominion was to, exercise the powers of the legislature of that dominion, and, the existing Central Legislative Assembly and the Council, of States were to be automatically dissolved. For the, transitional period, i.e., till a new constitution was adopted, by each dominion, the governments of the two dominions, were to be carried on in accordance with the Government, of India Act, 1935., As per the provisions of the Indian Independence Act,, 1947, Pakistan became independent on August 14 while India, got its freedom on August 15, 1947. M.A. Jinnah became, the first Governor-General of Pakistan. India, however,, decided to request Lord Mountbatten to continue as the, Governor-General of India., Plan Balkan, Between March and May of 1947, Mountbatten decided that the, Cabinet Mission Plan had become untenable and formulated an, alternative plan. This plan envisaged the transfer of power to, separate provinces (or to a confederation, if formed before the, transfer), with Punjab and Bengal given the option to vote for, partition of their provinces. The various units thus formed along, with the princely states (rendered independent by lapse of, paramountcy) would have the option of joining India or Pakistan, or remaining separate. The plan was quickly abandoned after, Nehru reacted violently to it.
Page 580 :
556, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Problems of Early withdrawal, , The breakneck speed of events under Mountbatten caused, anomalies in arranging the details of partition and totally, failed to prevent the Punjab massacre, because, ● there were no transitional institutional structures, within which partition problems could be tackled;, ● Mountbatten had hoped to be the common GovernorGeneral of India and Pakistan, thus providing the necessary, link, but Jinnah wanted the position for himself in Pakistan;, ● there was a delay in announcing the Boundary, Commission Award (under Radcliffe); though the award was, ready by August 12, 1947 Mountbatten decided to make it, public after August 15 so that the British could escape all, responsibility of disturbances., , Integration of States, During 1946-47 there was a new upsurge of the State, People’s Movement demanding political rights and elective, representation in the Constituent Assembly. Nehru presided, over the All India State People’s Conference sessions in, Udaipur (1945) and Gwalior (April 1947). He declared that, the states refusing to join the Constituent Assembly would, be treated as hostile. In July 1947, Vallabhbhai Patel took, charge of the new States Department. Under Patel, the, incorporation of Indian states took place in two phases with, a skilful combination of baits and threats of mass pressure, in both., Phase I By August 15, 1947, all states except Kashmir,, Hyderabad and Junagarh had signed an instrument of accession, with the Indian government, acknowledging central authority, over defence, external affairs and communication. The princes, agreed to this fairly easily because (i) they were ‘surrendering’, only what they never had (these three functions had been a, part of the British paramountcy) and (ii) there was no change, in the internal political structure., Phase II The second phase involved a much more
Page 581 :
Independence with Partition, , 557, , difficult process of ‘integration’ of states with neighbouring, provinces or into new units like the Kathiawar Union, Vindhya, and Madhya Pradesh, Rajasthan or Himachal Pradesh alongwith, internal constitutional changes in states which for some years, retained their old boundaries (Hyderabad, Mysore, TravancoreCochin). This phase was accomplished within a year. The, principal bait offered was a generous privy purse while some, princes were made governors and rajpramukhs in free India., This rapid political unification of the country after, independence was Patel’s greatest achievement., , Inevitability of Partition, Why Congress Accepted Partition, , ● The Congress was only accepting the inevitable due, to the long-term failure to draw the Muslim masses into the, national movement. The partition reflects the success-failure, dichotomy of the Congress-led anti-imperialist movement., The Congress had a two fold task—(i) structuring diverse, classes, communities, groups and regions into a nation, and, (ii) securing independence for this nation. While the Congress, succeeded in building up sufficient national consciousness, to exert pressure on the British to quit India, it failed to, complete the task of welding the nation, especially in, integrating the Muslims into the nation., ● Only an immediate transfer of power could forestall, the spread of ‘direct action’ and communal violence. The, virtual collapse of the Interim Government also made the, notion of Pakistan appear unavoidable., ● The partition plan ruled out independence for the, princely states which could have been a greater danger to, Indian unity as it would have meant Balkanisation of the, country., ● Acceptance of partition was only a final act of the, process of step-by-step concessions to the League’s, championing of a separate Muslim state.
Page 582 :
558, , A Brief History of Modern India, Views, , The British were neither the foes of the Hindus nor friends of, the Muslims. They set up Pakistan not as a gesture of friendship, towards the Muslims, but under the compulsions of their, international policies., Wali Khan, It was not so much that Britain pursued a policy of divide and, rule as that the process of devolving power by stages in a, politically and socially desperate country was inherently divisive., R.J. Moore, The truth is that we were tired men, and we were getting on, in years too. Few of us could stand the prospect of going to, prison again—and if we had stood out for a united India as we, wished it, prison obviously awaited us. We saw the fires burning, in the Punjab and heard every day of the killings. The plan for, partition offered a way out and we took it., Jawaharlal Nehru, I felt that if we did not accept partition, India would be split, into many bits and would be completely ruined. My experience, of office for one year convinced me that the way we have been, proceeding would lead us to disaster. We would not have had, one Pakistan but several. We would have had Pakistan cells, in every office., Sardar Patel, Congress, as well as the Muslim League, had accepted partition...The real position was, however, completely different...The, acceptance was only in a resolution of the AICC of the Congress, and on the register of the Muslim League. The people of India, had not accepted partition with free and open minds. Some had, accepted it out of sheer anger and resentment and others out, of a sense of despair., Maulana Azad, , — During Cripps Mission (1942), autonomy of Muslim, majority provinces was accepted., — During Gandhi-Jinnah talks (1944), Gandhi accepted, the right of self-determination of Muslim-majority provinces., — After the Cabinet Mission Plan (1946) Congress, conceded the possibility of Muslim majority provinces
Page 583 :
Independence with Partition, , 559, , setting up a separate constituent assembly. Later, the Congress, accepted, without demur, that grouping was compulsory, (December 1946)., — Official reference to Pakistan came in March 1947,, when CWC resolution stated that Punjab (and by implication,, Bengal) must be partitioned if the country was divided., — With the 3rd June Plan, Congress accepted partition., ● While loudly asserting the sovereignty of the Constituent Assembly, the Congress quietly accepted compulsory, grouping and accepted the partition most of all because it, could not stop the communal riots., There was nevertheless much wishful thinking and lack, of appreciation of the dynamics of communal feeling by the, Congress, especially in Nehru who stated at various times—, “Once the British left, Hindu-Muslim differences would, be patched up and a free, united India would be built up.”, “Partition is only temporary.”, “Partition would be peaceful—once Pakistan was, conceded, what was there to fight for?”, The communalism of the 1920s and the 1930s was, different from that of the 1940s. Now it was an all-out effort, for an assertive ‘Muslim nation’. Congress leadership, underestimated the potential of this type of communalism., , Gandhi’s Helplessness, , Gandhi felt helpless because there had been a communalisation, of the people. He had no option but to accept partition, because the people wanted it. How could there be a movement, to fight communalism involving a communalised people? He, asked the Congressmen, however, not to accept it in their, hearts., View, I alone with the help of my Secretary and my typewriter won, Pakistan for the Muslims., M.A. Jinnah
Page 584 :
560, , A Brief History of Modern India, Summary, , ●, , Attlee’s Statement (February 20, 1947), June 30, 1948 as deadline for transfer of power, Power may be transferred to one centre or in some areas to, existing provincial governments, , ●, , Mountbatten Plan June 3, 1947, Punjab and Bengal Assemblies to take decision on partition., Sindh to take its own decision, Referendum to be held in NWFP and Sylhet district, Two dominions to be created if partition is to take place, with, two Constituent Assemblies, Freedom to be granted on August 15, 1947, , ●, , July 18, 1947, The Indian Independence Act 1947 got royal assent, and it, was implemented on August 15, 1947, , ●, , Why partition was seen to be inevitable
Page 585 :
UNIT IX, , India under, British Rule:, Governance, and Other, Aspects
Page 586 :
Constitutional, Administrative and ..., , 563, , 26, Constitutional, Administrative, and Judicial Developments, The establishment of the East India Company in 1600 and, its transformation into a ruling body from a trading one in, 1765 had little immediate impact on Indian polity and, governance. But the period between 1773 and 1858 under, the Company rule, and then under the British Crown till 1947,, witnessed a plethora of constitutional and administrative, changes. The nature and objective of these changes were to, serve the British imperial ideology but unintentionally they, introduced elements of the modern State into India’s political, and administrative system., , Constitutional Development between, 1773 and 1858, After the Battle of Buxar (1764), the East India Company, got the Diwani (right to collect revenue) of Bengal, Bihar, and Orissa. An annual subsidy was to be paid to the Mughal, Emperor, Shah Alam II, and an annual pension to the Nawab, of Awadh, Shuja-ud-Daula. The Company appointed two, Indians as the deputy diwans—Mohammad Reza Khan for, Bengal and Raja Shitab Rai for Bihar., 1767 The first intervention in Indian affairs by the, British government came in 1767. It demanded 10 per cent, share in the plunder amounting to 4 million pounds annually., 563
Page 587 :
564, , A Brief History of Modern India, , 1765-72 The dual system of government where the, Company had the authority but no responsibility and its Indian, representatives had all the responsibility but no authority, continued for seven years. This period was characterised by—, ● rampant corruption among servants of the Company, who made full use of private trading to enrich, themselves;, ● excessive revenue collection and oppression of, peasantry;, ● the Company’s bankruptcy, while the servants were, flourishing., By now the British government decided to regulate the, Company to bring some order into its business. From now,, there would be a gradual increase in controlling laws., , The Regulating Act of 1773, ● The 1973 Regulating Act brought about the British, government’s involvement in Indian affairs in the effort to, control and regulate the functioning of the East India, Company. It recognised that the Company’s role in India, extended beyond mere trade to administrative and political, fields, and introduced the element of centralised, administration., ● The directors of the Company were required to, submit all correspondence regarding revenue affairs and civil, and military administration to the government. (Thus for the, first time, the British cabinet was given the right to exercise, control over Indian affairs.), ● In Bengal, the administration was to be carried out, by governor-general and a council consisting of 4 members,, representing civil and military government. They were required, to function according to the majority rule. Warren Hastings, and four others were named in the Act, later ones were to, be appointed by the Company., ● A Supreme Court of judicature was to be established, in Bengal with original and appellate jurisdictions where all, subjects could seek redressal. In practice, however, the
Page 588 :
Constitutional, Administrative and ..., , 565, , Supreme Court had a debatable jurisdiction vis-a-vis the, council which created various problems., ● The governor-general could exercise some powers, over Bombay and Madras—again, a vague provision which, created many problems., The whole scheme was based on checks and balances., Amendments (1781) ● The jurisdiction of the Supreme, Court was defined—within Calcutta, it was to administer the, personal law of the defendant., ● The servants of the government were immune if they, did anything while discharging their duties., ● Social and religious usages of the subjects were to, be honoured., , Pitt’s India Act of 1784, ● The Pitt’s India Act gave the British government a, large measure of control over the Company’s affairs. In fact,, the Company became a subordinate department of the State., The Company’s territories in India were termed ‘British, possessions’., ● The government’s control over the Company’s affairs, was greatly extended. A Board of Control consisting of the, chancellor of exchequer, a secretary of state and four, members of the Privy Council (to be appointed by the Crown), were to exercise control over the Company’s civil, military, and revenue affairs. All dispatches were to be approved by, the board. Thus a dual system of control was set up., ● In India, the governor-general was to have a council, of three (including the commander-in-chief), and the, presidencies of Bombay and Madras were made subordinate, to the governor-general., ● A general prohibition was placed on aggressive wars, and treaties (breached often)., , The Act of 1786, ● Cornwallis wanted to have the powers of both the, governor-general and the commander-in-chief. The new Act, conceded this demand and also gave him the power.
Page 589 :
566, , A Brief History of Modern India, , ● Cornwallis was allowed to override the council’s, decision if he owned the responsibility for the decision., Later, this provision was extended to all the governorsgeneral., , The Charter Act of 1793, , ● The Act renewed the Company’s commercial privileges, for next 20 years., ● The Company, after paying the necessary expenses,, interest, dividends, salaries, etc., from the Indian revenues,, was to pay 5 lakh pounds annually to the British government., ● The royal approval was mandated for the appointment, of the governor-general, the governors, and the commanderin-chief., ● Senior officials of the Company were debarred from, leaving India without permission—doing so was treated as, resignation., ● The Company was empowered to give licences to, individuals as well as the Company’s employees to trade in, India. The licences, known as ‘privilege’ or ‘country trade’,, paved the way for shipments of opium to China., ● The revenue administration was separated from the, judiciary functions and this led to disappearing of the Maal, Adalats., ● The Home Government members were to be paid out, of Indian revenues which continued up to 1919., , The Charter Act of 1813, In England, the business interests were pressing for an end, to the Company’s monopoly over trade in India because of, a spirit of laissez-faire and the continental system by, Napoleon by which the European ports were closed for, Britain. The 1813 Act sought to redress these grievances—, ● The Company’s monopoly over trade in India ended,, but the Company retained the trade with China and the trade, in tea., ● The Company’s shareholders were given a 10.5 per, cent dividend on the revenue of India.
Page 590 :
Constitutional, Administrative and ..., , 567, , ● The Company was to retain the possession of, territories and the revenue for 20 years more, without, prejudice to the sovereignty of the Crown. (Thus, the, constitutional position of the British territories in India was, defined explicitly for the first time.), ● Powers of the Board of Control were further, enlarged., ● A sum of one lakh rupees was to be set aside for, the revival, promotion and encouragement of literature,, learning and science among the natives of India, every year., (This was an important statement from the point of State’s, responsibility for education.), ● The regulations made by the Councils of Madras,, Bombay and Calcutta were now required to be laid before, the British Parliament. The constitutional position of the, British territories in India was thus explicitly defined for the, first time., ● Separate accounts were to be kept regarding, commercial transactions and territorial revenues. The power, of superintendence and direction of the Board of Control was, not only defined but also enlarged considerably., ● Christian missionaries were also permitted to come, to India and preach their religion., , The Charter Act of 1833, , ● The lease of 20 years to the Company was further, extended. Territories of India were to be governed in the, name of the Crown., ● The Company’s monopoly over trade with China and, in tea also ended., ● All restrictions on European immigration and the, acquisition of property in India were lifted. Thus, the way, was paved for the wholesale European colonisation of India., ● In India, a financial, legislative and administrative, centralisation of the government was envisaged:, — The governor-general was given the power to
Page 591 :
568, , A Brief History of Modern India, , superintend, control and direct all civil and military affairs, of the Company., — Bengal, Madras, Bombay and all other territories, were placed under complete control of the governor-general., — All revenues were to be raised under the authority, of the governor-general who would have complete control, over the expenditure too., — The Governments of Madras and Bombay were, drastically deprived of their legislative powers and left with, a right of proposing to the governor-general the projects of, law which they thought to be expedient., ● A law member was added to the governor-general’s, council for professional advice on law-making., ● Indian laws were to be codified and consolidated., ● No Indian citizen was to be denied employment under, the Company on the basis of religion, colour, birth, descent,, etc. (Although the reality was different, this declaration, formed the sheet-anchor of political agitation in India.), ● The administration was urged to take steps to, ameliorate the conditions of slaves and to ultimately abolish, slavery. (Slavery was abolished in 1843.), , The Charter Act of 1853, , ● The Company was to continue possession of territories, unless the Parliament provided otherwise., ● The strength of the Court of Directors was reduced, to 18., ● The Company’s patronage over the services was, dissolved—the services were now thrown open to a competitive, examination., ● The law member became the full member of the, governor-general’s executive council., ● The separation of the executive and legislative, functions of the Government of British India progressed with, the inclusion of six additional members for legislative, purposes.
Page 592 :
Constitutional, Administrative and ..., , 569, , ● Local representation was introduced in the Indian, legislature. The legislative wing came to be known as the, Indian Legislative Council. However, a law to be promulgated, needed the assent of the governor-general, and the governorgeneral could veto any Bill of the legislative council., , The Act for Better Government of India,, 1858, The 1857 revolt had exposed the Company’s limitations in, administering under a complex situation. Till then, there had, not been much accountability. The 1858 Act sought to rectify, this anomaly—, ● India was to be governed by and in the name of the, Crown through a secretary of state and a council of 15. The, initiative and the final decision was to be with the secretary, of state and the council was to be just advisory in nature., (Thus, the dual system introduced by the Pitt’s India Act came, to an end.), ● Governor-general became the viceroy (his prestige,, if not authority, increased)., The assumption of power by the Crown was one of, formality rather than substance. It gave a decent burial to an, already dead horse—the Company’s administration., , Developments after 1858 till, Independence, Indian Councils Act, 1861, ● The 1861 Act marked an advance in that the principle, of representatives of non-officials in legislative bodies, became accepted; laws were to be made after due deliberation,, and as pieces of legislation they could be changed only by, the same deliberative process. Law-making was thus no, longer seen as the exclusive business of the executive., ● The portfolio system introduced by Lord Canning laid, the foundations of cabinet government in India, each branch
Page 593 :
570, , A Brief History of Modern India, , of the administration having its official head and spokesman, in the government, who was responsible for its administration., ● The Act by vesting legislative powers in the, Governments of Bombay and Madras and by making provision, for the institution of similar legislative councils in other, provinces laid the foundations of legislative devolution., However, the legislative councils established by the Act, of 1861 possessed no real powers and had many weaknesses., The councils could not discuss important matters and no, financial matters at all without previous approval of, government. They had no control over budget. They could, not discuss executive action. Final passing of the bill needed, viceroy’s approval. Even if approved by the viceroy, the, secretary of state could disallow a legislation. Indians, associated as non-officials were members of elite sections, only., , Indian Councils Act, 1892, ● In 1885, the Indian National Congress was founded., The Congress saw reform of the councils as the “root of, all other reforms”. It was in response to the Congress demand, that the legislative councils be expanded that the number of, non-official members was increased both in the central, (Imperial) and provincial legislative councils by the Indian, Councils Act, 1892., ● The Legislative Council of the Governor-General (or, the Indian Legislative Council, as it came to be known) was, enlarged., ● The universities, district boards, municipalities,, zamindars, trade bodies and chambers of commerce were, empowered to recommend members to the provincial councils., Thus was introduced the principle of representation., ● Though the term ‘election’ was firmly avoided in the, Act, an element of indirect election was accepted in the, selection of some of the non-official members., ● The members of the legislatures were now entitled, to express their views upon financial statements which were, henceforth to be made on the floor of the legislatures.
Page 594 :
Constitutional, Administrative and ..., , 571, , ● They could also put questions within certain limits, to the executive on matters of public interest after giving, six days’ notice., , Indian Councils Act, 1909, ● Popularly known as the Morley-Minto Reforms, the, Act made the first attempt to bring in a representative and, popular element in the governance of the country., ● The strength of the Imperial Legislative Council was, increased., ● With regard to the central government, an Indian, member was taken for the first time in the Executive Council, of the Governor-General (Satyendra Prasad Sinha was the, first Indian to join the Governor-General’s—or Viceroy’s—, Executive Council, as law member.), ● The members of the Provincial Executive Council, were increased., ● The powers of the legislative councils, both central, and provincial, were increased., Under this Act the real power remained with the, government and the councils were left with no functions but, criticism., The introduction of separate electorates for Muslims, created new problems., Besides separate electorates for the Muslims,, representation in excess of their population strength was, accorded to the Muslims. Also, the income qualification for, Muslim voters was kept lower than that for Hindus., The system of election was very indirect., Thus, the representation of the people at large remained, remote and unreal., , Government of India Act, 1919, This Act was based on what are popularly known as the, Montague-Chelmsford Reforms. In August 1917, the British, government for the first time declared that its objective was, to gradually introduce responsible government in India, but, as an integral part of the British Empire.
Page 595 :
572, , A Brief History of Modern India, , The Act of 1919, clarified that there would be only, a gradual development of self-governing institutions in India, and that the British Parliament—and not self-determination, of the people of India—would determine the time and manner, of each step along the path of constitutional progress., ● Under the 1919 Act, the Indian Legislative Council, at the Centre was replaced by a bicameral system consisting, of a Council of State (Upper House) and a Legislative, Assembly (Lower House). Each house was to have a majority, of members who were directly elected. So, direct election, was introduced, though the franchise was much restricted, being based on qualifications of property, tax or education., ● The principle of communal representation was, extended with separate electorates for Sikhs, Christians and, Anglo-Indians, besides Muslims., ● The Act introduced dyarchy in the provinces, which, indeed was a substantial step towards transfer of power to, the Indian people., ● The provincial legislature was to consist of one house, only (legislative council)., ● The Act separated for the first time the provincial, and central budgets, with provincial legislatures being, authorised to make their budgets., ● A High Commissioner for India was appointed, who, was to hold his office in London for six years and whose, duty was to look after Indian trade in Europe. Some of the, functions hitherto performed by the Secretary of State for, India were transferred to the high commissioner., ● The Secretary of State for India who used to get his, pay from the Indian revenue was now to be paid by the British, Exchequer, thus undoing an injustice in the Charter Act of, 1793., ● Though Indian leaders for the first time got some, administrative experience in a constitutional set-up under this, Act, there was no fulfilment of the demand for responsible, government. Though a measure of power devolved on the
Page 596 :
Constitutional, Administrative and ..., , 573, , provinces with demarcation of subjects between centre and, provinces, the structure continued to be unitary and centralised., Dyarchy in the provincial sector failed., The Central Legislature, though more representative, than the previous legislative councils and endowed, for the, first time, with power to vote supplies, had no power to, replace the government and even its powers in the field of, legislation and financial control were limited and subject to, the overriding powers of the governor-general. Besides his, existing power to veto any bill passed by the legislature or, to reserve the same for the signification of the British, monarch’s pleasure, the governor-general was given the, power to secure the enactment of laws which he considered, essential for the safety, tranquility or interests of British, India, or any part of British India., The Indian legislature under the Act of 1919 was only, a non-sovereign law-making body and was powerless before, the executive in all spheres of governmental activity, as, Subhash Kashyap observes., , Simon Commission, The 1919 Act had provided that a Royal Commission would, be appointed ten years after the Act to report on its working., In November 1927, two years before schedule, the British, government announced the appointment of such a, commission—the Indian Statutory Commission. The, commission submitted its report in 1930. It recommended, that dyarchy be abolished, responsible government be extended, in the provinces, a federation of British India and the Princely, States be established, and that communal electorates be, continued., Three Round Table Conferences were called by the, British government to consider the proposals. Subsequently,, a White Paper on Constitutional Reforms was published, by the British government in March 1933 containing provisions, for a federal set-up and provincial autonomy. A joint committee
Page 597 :
574, , A Brief History of Modern India, , of the Houses of the British Parliament was set up under, Lord Linlithgow to further consider the scheme. Its report, submitted in 1934 said that a federation would be set up if, at least 50 per cent of the princely states were ready to join, it. The bill prepared on the basis of this report was passed, by the British Parliament to become the Government of India, Act of 1935., , Government of India Act, 1935, ● The Act, with 451 clauses and 15 schedules,, contemplated the establishment of an All-India Federation in, which Governors’ Provinces and the Chief Commissioners’, Provinces and those Indian states which might accede to be, united were to be included. (The ruler of each Princely State, willing to join was to sign an ‘instrument of accession’, mentioning the extent to which authority was to be surrendered, to the federal government.), ● Dyarchy, rejected by the Simon Commission, was, provided for in the Federal Executive., ● The Federal Legislature was to have two chambers, (bicameral)—the Council of States and the Federal Legislative, Assembly. The Council of States (the Upper House) was to, be a permanent body., ● There was a provision for joint sitting in cases of, deadlock between the houses. There were to be three subjectlists—the Federal Legislative List, the Provincial Legislative, List and the Concurrent Legislative List. Residuary, legislative powers were subject to the discretion of the, governor-general. Even if a bill was passed by the federal, legislature, the governor-general could veto it, while even, Acts assented to by the governor-general could be disallowed, by the King-in-Council., ● Dyarchy in the provinces was abolished and provinces, were given autonomy, i.e., the distinction between Reserved, and Transferred Subjects was abolished and full responsible, government was established, subject to certain safeguards.
Page 598 :
Constitutional, Administrative and ..., , 575, , ● Provinces derived their power and authority directly, from the British Crown. They were given independent financial, powers and resources. Provincial governments could borrow, money on their own security., ● Provincial legislatures were further expanded., Bicameral legislatures were provided in the six provinces of, Madras, Bombay, Bengal, United Provinces, Bihar and Assam,, with other five provinces retaining unicameral legislatures., ● The principles of ‘communal electorates’ and, ‘weightage’ were further extended to depressed classes,, women and labour., ● Franchise was extended, with about 10 per cent of, the total population getting the right to vote., ● The Act also provided for a Federal Court (which was, established in 1937), with original and appellate powers, to, interpret the 1935 Act and settle inter-state disputes, but the, Privy Council in London was to dominate this court., ● The India Council of the Secretary of State was, abolished., ● The All-India Federation as visualised in the Act never, came into being because of the opposition from different, parties of India. The British government decided to introduce, the provincial autonomy on April 1, 1937, but the Central, government continued to be governed in accordance with the, 1919 Act, with minor amendments. The operative part of the, Act of 1935 remained in force till August 15, 1947., The 1935 Act was an endeavour to give India a written, constitution, even though Indians were not involved in its, creation, and it was a step towards complete responsible, government in India. However, the Act provided a rigid, constitution with no possibility of internal growth. Right of, amendment was reserved for the British Parliament. Extension, of the system of communal electorates and representation, of various interests promoted separatist tendencies—, culminating in partition of India. The 1935 Act was condemned
Page 599 :
576, , A Brief History of Modern India, , by nearly all sections and unanimously rejected by the, Congress. The Congress demanded, instead, convening of a, Constituent Assembly elected on basis of adult franchise to, frame a constitution for independent India., Various other developments took place after the 1935, Act. There was the August Offer of 1940, the Cripps, Proposals of 1942, the C.R. Formula of 1944 trying to seek, the cooperation of the Muslim League, Wavell Plan of 1945, and the Cabinet Mission. Then came the Mountbatten Plan, in 1947 and finally the Indian Independence Act, 1947., [These developments have been extensively discussed, in the earlier chapters. The making of the Constitution of, independent India is discussed in a later chapter.], , Evolution of Civil Services in India, The civil service system introduced in India by the East India, Company for the benefit of its commercial affairs got, transformed into a well structured machinery to look after, the administrative affairs of the acquired territories in India., In fact, in the beginning, the term ‘civil service’ was used, to distinguish the servants of the Company engaged in, commercial affairs from those people employed in the, military and naval services. Gradually, the civil servants were, bestowed with other responsibilities and authority., , Cornwallis’ Role, Cornwallis (governor-general, 1786-93) was the first to bring, into existence and organise the civil services. He tried to, check corruption through—, ● raising the civil servants’ salary,, ● strict enforcement of rules against private trade,, ● debarring civil servants from taking presents, bribes, etc.,, ● enforcing promotions through seniority.
Page 600 :
Constitutional, Administrative and ..., , 577, , Wellesley’s Role, In 1800, Wellesley (governor-general, 1798-1805) set up the, Fort William College for training of new recruits. In 1806, Wellesley’s college was disapproved by the Court of Directors, and instead the East India College was set up at Haileybury, in England to impart two years’ training to the recruits., , Charter Act of 1853, The 1853 Charter Act ended the Company’s patronage,, enjoining recruitment to be through an open competition, henceforth., The Indians, however, were barred from high posts from, the very beginning. Cornwallis thought, “Every native of, Hindustan is corrupt.” The Charter Act of 1793 had reserved, all posts worth 500 pounds per annum for the covenanted, servants of the Company. The reasons for exclusion of, Indians were—, ● the belief that only the English could establish, administrative services serving British interests;, ● the belief that the Indians were incapable, untrustworthy and insensitive to the British interests;, ● the fact there was high competition among the, Europeans themselves for lucrative posts, so why, offer them to the Indians., Although the Charter Act of 1833 theoretically threw, open the services to the Indians, the relevant provisions were, never really implemented. After 1857, when the Indians, claimed a share in higher services, the Proclamation of 1858, declared the British intention of including the Indians, freely, and impartially, in offices under the civil service., , Indian Civil Service Act, 1861, This Act reserved certain offices for convenanted civil, servants but the examination was held in England in English, language, based on classical learning of Greek and Latin. The, maximum permissible age was gradually reduced from 23 (in, 1859) to 22 (in 1860) to 21 (in 1866) and to 19 (1878).
Page 601 :
578, , A Brief History of Modern India, , In 1863, Satyendra Nath Tagore became the first Indian, to qualify for the Indian Civil Service., , Statutory Civil Service, In 1878-79, Lytton introduced the Statutory Civil, Service consisting of one-sixth of covenanted posts to be, filled by Indians of high families through nominations by, local governments subject to approval by the secretary of, State and the viceroy. But the system failed and was, abolished., , Congress Demand and Aitchison, Committee, The Indian National Congress raised the demand,, after it was set up in 1885, for, ● lowering of age limit for recruitment, and, ● holding the examination simultaneously in India and, Britain., The Aitchison Committee on Public Services (1886),, set up by Dufferin, recommended—, ● dropping, of the terms ‘covenanted’ and, ‘uncovenanted’;, ● classification of the civil service into Imperial Indian, Civil Service (examination in England), Provincial, Civil Service (examination in India) and Subordinate, Civil Service (examination in India); and,, ● raising the age limit to 23., In 1893, the House of Commons in England passed a, resolution supporting holding of simultaneous examination, in India and England; but the resolution was never implemented., Kimberley, the secretary of state, said, “It is indispensable, that an adequate number of members of civil service shall, always be Europeans.”, , Montford Reforms (1919), The Montford reforms—, ● stated a realistic policy—“If a responsible government, is to be established in India, the more Indians we, can employ in public service, the better.”
Page 602 :
Constitutional, Administrative and ..., ●, , ●, , 579, , recommended holding of simultaneous examination, in India and England., recommended that one-third of recruitments be made, in India itself—to be raised annually by 1.5 per cent., , Lee Commission (1924), The Lee Commission recommended that—, ● the secretary of state should continue to recruit the, ICS, the Irrigation branch of the Service of Engineers,, the Indian Forest Service, etc.;, ● the recruitments for the transferred fields like, education and civil medical service be made by, provincial governments;, ● direct recruitment to ICS on basis of 50:50 parity, between the Europeans and the Indians be reached, in 15 years;, ● a Public Service Commission be immediately, established (as laid down in the Government of India, Act, 1919)., , Government of India Act, 1935, The 1935 Act recommended the establishment of a Federal, Public Service Commission and Provincial Public Service, Commission under their spheres., But the positions of control and authority remained in, British hands and the process of Indianisation of the civil, service did not put effective political power in Indian hands, since the Indian bureaucrats acted as the agents of colonial, rule., , Evaluation of Civil Services under, British Rule, Just as Indians were systematically excluded from law and, policy-making bodies, they were mostly kept out of the, institutions responsible for policy implementation. European, supremacy was assured in the civil service as in other spheres, of governance. This was done in mainly two ways.
Page 603 :
580, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Firstly, although Indians had begun to enter the coveted, ranks of the Indian Civil Services (ICS) ever since 1863,, entering the civil services was still extremely difficult for, the Indians. The entrance examination for the ICS was held, in London in English medium only, and the subjects included, classical Greek and Latin learning. Moreover, the maximum, age for appearing at the examination was reduced from, twenty-three in 1859 to nineteen in 1878 under Lytton., Secondly, all key positions of power and authority and, those which were well-paid were occupied by the Europeans., Though a slow process of Indianisation occurred after, 1918 under nationalist pressure, important and senior positions, continued to be occupied by Europeans. But gradually, the, Indians came to realise that Indianisation of civil service had, not, in any way, transferred effective power into Indian hands., The Indian members of the civil service continued to serve, the imperialist interests of their British masters., , Evolution of Police System in, Modern India, In pre-colonial India, the governments, under the Mughals and, other native states, were autocratic in nature, and lacked a, separate or formal police system. However, there have been, watch guards since time immemorial protecting villages at, night. Later, under the Mughal rule there were the faujdars, who helped in maintaining law and order, and amils who were, basically revenue collectors but had to contend with rebels,, if any. The kotwal was responsible for maintenance of law, and order in the cities. Even during the dual rule in Bengal,, Bihar and Orissa between 1765 and 1772 the zamindars were, expected to maintain the staff including thanedars for law, and order duties and for maintaining peace, as well as dealing, with crime and criminals. But very often, the zamidars, neglected their duties. They are even said to have colluded, with dacoits and shared their loot. In 1770, the institution
Page 604 :
Constitutional, Administrative and ..., , 581, , of the faujdar and amils were abolished. However, in 1774,, Warren Hastings restored the institution of faujdars and, asked the zamindars to assist them in suppression of dacoits,, violence and disorder. In 1775, faujdar thanas were, established in the major towns of large districts and were, assisted by several smaller police stations., An account of steady developments in the police, system under the British have been given below., 1791 Cornwallis organised a regular police force to, maintain law and order by going back to and modernising the, old Indian system of thanas (circles) in a district under a, daroga (an Indian) and a superintendent of police (SP) at, the head of a district. He relieved the zamindars of their, police duties., 1808 Mayo appointed an SP for each division helped, by a number of spies (goyendas) but these spies committed, depredations on local people., 1814 By an order of the Court of Directors, the, appointment of darogas and their subordinates was abolished, in all possessions of the Company except in Bengal., Bentinck (governor-general, 1828-35) abolished the, office of the SP. The collector/magistrate was now to head, the police force in his jurisdiction and the commissioner in, each division was to act as the SP. This arrangement resulted, in a badly organised police force, putting a heavy burden on, the collector/magistrate. Presidency towns were the first to, have the duties of collector/magistrate separated., The recommendations of the Police Commission, (1860) led to the Indian Police Act, 1861. The commission, recommended—, ● a system of civil constabulary—maintaining the village, set-up in the present form (a village watchman, maintained by the village) but in direct relationship, with the rest of the constabulary., ● inspector-general as the head in a province, deputy
Page 605 :
582, , A Brief History of Modern India, , inspector-general as the head in a range, and SP as, the head in a district., The police gradually succeeded in curbing criminal, acts, such as dacoity, thugee, etc. But, while dealing with, the public, the attitude of the police was unsympathetic. The, police was also used to suppress the national movement., The British did not create an All-India Police. The, Police Act, 1861 presented the guidelines for a police setup in the provinces. The ranks were uniformly introduced all, over the country., 1902 The Police Commission recommended the, establishment of CID (Criminal Investigation Department) in, the provinces and a Central Intelligence Bureau at the Centre., , Military Under the British, The military was the backbone of the Company’s rule in India., Prior to the revolt of 1857, there were two separate sets, of military forces under the British control, which operated, in India. The first set of units, known as the Queen’s army,, were the serving troops on duty in India. The other was the, Company’s troops—a mixture of European regiments of, Britons and Native regiments recruited locally from India but, with British officers. The Queen’s army was part of Crown’s, military force., After 1857, there was a systematic reorganisation of, the Army since, as Dufferin warned in December 1888, “the, British should always remember the lessons which were, learnt with such terrible experience 30 years ago.”, To prevent the recurrence of another revolt was the, main reason behind this reorganisation. Also, the Indian Army, was to be used to defend the Indian territory of the empire, from other imperialist powers in the region—Russia,, Germany, France, etc. The Indian branch of the army was to, be used for expansion in Asia and Africa, while the British, section was to be used as an army of occupation—the, ultimate guarantee of British hold over India.
Page 606 :
Constitutional, Administrative and ..., , 583, , To begin with, domination of the European branch over, the Indian branches was ensured. The commissions of 1859, and 1879 insisted on the principle of a one-third white army, (as against 14% before 1857). Finally, the proportion of, Europeans to Indians was carefully fixed at one to two in, the Bengal Army and two to five in the Madras and Bombay, Armies. Strict European monopoly over key geographical, locations and departments, such as artillery, tanks and armed, corps, was maintained. Even the rifles given to Indians were, of an inferior quality till 1900, and Indians were not allowed, in these high-tech departments till the Second World War., No Indians were allowed in the officer rank, and the highest, rank an Indian could reach till 1914 was that of a subedar, (only from 1918 onwards were Indians allowed in the, commissioned ranks). As late as 1926, the Indian Sandhurst, Committee was visualising a 50% Indianised officer cadre, for 1952!, The Indian branch was reorganised on basis of the, policy of balance and counterpoise or divide and rule. The, 1879 Army Commission had emphasised—“Next to the grand, counterpoise of a sufficient European force comes the, counterpoise of natives against natives.” An ideology of, ‘martial races’ and ‘non-martial races’, which assumed that, good soldiers could come only from some specific, communities, developed particularly from the late 1880s,, under Lord Roberts, the commander-in-chief from 1887 to, 1892. It was used to justify a discriminatory recruitment, policy directed towards Sikhs, Gurkhas and Pathans who had, assisted in the suppression of the revolt and were relatively, marginal social groups—therefore less likely to be affected, by nationalism. The soldiers from Awadh, Bihar, Central India, and South India who had participated in the revolt were, declared to be non-martial. Moreover, caste and communal, companies were introduced in all the regiments and Indian, regiments were made a mixture of various socio-ethnic
Page 607 :
584, , A Brief History of Modern India, , groups so as to balance each other. Communal, caste, tribal, and regional consciousness was encouraged to check the, growth of nationalist feelings among soldiers. Charles Wood,, the Secretary of State for India, said, “I wish to have a, different and rival spirit in different regiments, so that Sikh, might fire into Hindu, Gorkha into either, without any scruple, in case of need.” Finally, conscious efforts were made to, isolate the soldiers from life and thoughts of rest of the, population through measures such as preventing newspapers,, journals and nationalist publications from reaching them., On the whole, the British Indian Army remained a, costly military machine., , Development of Judiciary in, British India, In the India of pre-colonial times—in the Mughal era or even, prior to that (including the ancient period)—the judicial, system, as a whole, neither adopted proper procedures nor, had proper organisation of the law courts—in a regular, gradation from the highest to the lowest—nor had any proper, distribution of courts in proportion to the area to be served, by them. The bulk of the litigation among the Hindus was, decided by caste elders or village panchayats or zamindars., For Muslims, the unit of judicial administration was the, qazi—an office held by religious persons—located in, provincial capitals, towns and qasbas (large villages). The, rajas and badshahs were considered as the fountainhead of, justice, and the process of dispensing justice could be, arbitrary., The beginning of a common law system, based on, recorded judicial precedents, can be traced to the establishment, of ‘Mayor’s Courts’ in Madras, Bombay and Calcutta in 1726, by the East India Company. With the Company’s, transformation from a trading company into a ruling power,, new elements of judicial system replaced the existing Mughal
Page 608 :
Constitutional, Administrative and ..., , 585, , legal system. A brief survey of those changes has been, discussed below., , Reforms under Warren Hastings, (1772-1785), ● District Diwani Adalats were established in districts, to try civil disputes. These adalats were placed under the, collector and had Hindu law applicable for Hindus and the, Muslim law for Muslims. The appeal from District Diwani, Adalats lay to the Sadar Diwani Adalat which functioned under, a president and two members of the Supreme Council., ● District Fauzdari Adalats were set up to try criminal, disputes and were placed under an Indian officer assisted by, qazis and muftis. These adalats also were under the general, supervision of the collector. Muslim law was administered, in Fauzdari Adalats. The approval for capital punishment and, for acquisition of property lay to the Sadar Nizamat Adalat, at Murshidabad which was headed by a deputy nizam (an, Indian Muslim) assisted by chief qazi and chief mufti., ● Under the Regulating Act of 1773, a Supreme Court, was established at Calcutta which was competent to try all, British subjects within Calcutta and the subordinate factories,, including Indians and Europeans. It had original and appellate, jurisdictions. Often, the jurisdiction of the Supreme Court, clashed with that of other courts., , Reforms under Cornwallis (1786-1793)—, Separation of Powers, ● The District Fauzdari Courts were abolished and,, instead, circuit courts were established at Calcutta, Dacca,, Murshidabad and Patna. These circuit courts had European, judges and were to act as courts of appeal for both civil and, criminal cases., ● The Sadar Nizamat Adalat was shifted to Calcutta and, was put under the governor-general and members of the, Supreme Council assisted by the chief qazi and the chief, mufti.
Page 609 :
586, , A Brief History of Modern India, , ● The District Diwani Adalat was now designated as the, District, City or the Zila Court and placed under a district, judge. The collector was now responsible only for the, revenue administration with no magisterial functions., ● A gradation of civil courts was established (for both, Hindu and Muslim laws)—, (i) Munsiff’s Court under Indian officers,, (ii) Registrar’s Court under a European judge,, (iii) District Court under the district judge,, (iv) Four Circuit Courts as provincial courts of appeal,, (v) Sadar Diwani Adalat at Calcutta, and, (vi) King-in-Council for appeals of 5000 pounds and, above., ● The Cornwallis Code was laid out—, — There was a separation of revenue and justice, administration., — European subjects were also brought under, jurisdiction., — Government officials were answerable to the civil, courts for actions done in their official capacity., — The principle of sovereignty of law was established., , Reforms under William Bentinck, (1828-1833), ● The four Circuit Courts were abolished and their, functions transferred to collectors under the supervision of, the commissioner of revenue and circuit., ● Sadar Diwani Adalat and a Sadar Nizamat Adalat were, set up at Allahabad for the convenience of the people of, Upper Provinces., ● Till now, Persian was the official language in courts., Now, the suitor had the option to use Persian or a vernacular, language, while in the Supreme Court, English language, replaced Persian., 1833 : A Law Commission was set up under Macaulay, for codification of Indian laws. As a result, a Civil Procedure
Page 610 :
Constitutional, Administrative and ..., , 587, , Code (1859), an Indian Penal Code (1860) and a Criminal, Procedure Code (1861) were prepared., , Later Developments, 1860 : It was provided that the Europeans can claim, no special privileges except in criminal cases, and no judge, of an Indian origin could try them., 1865 : The Supreme Court and the Sadar Adalats were, merged into three High Courts at Calcutta, Bombay and, Madras., 1935 : The Government of India Act provided for a, Federal Court (set up in 1937) which could settle disputes, between governments and could hear limited appeals from, the High Courts., , Evaluation, Positive Aspects of Judiciary under the British, The rule of law was established., The codified laws replaced the religious and personal, laws of the rulers., ● Even European subjects were brought under the, jurisdiction, although in criminal cases, they could be tried, by European judges only., ● Government servants were made answerable to the, civil courts., ●, ●, , The Negative Aspects, ● The judicial system became more and more, complicated and expensive. The rich could manipulate the, system., ● There was ample scope for false evidence, deceit and, chicanery., ● Dragged out litigation meant delayed justice., ● Courts became overburdened as litigation increased., ● Often, the European judges were not familiar with, the Indian usage and traditions.
Page 611 :
588, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Major Changes in Administrative, Structure after 1857, Genesis of Administrative Changes:, New Stage of Colonialism, The British were quick to learn from their experience of, 1857—an organised mass action could pose a serious, challenge to the existence of British rule in India. The rulersubject gap was sought to be narrowed so as to reduce, if, not eliminate altogether, the alienation of the masses from, the administration. Also, association of natives in, administration could give the rulers an opportunity to have, a better idea of the customs, traditions and values of the, people they were supposed to rule. This could help them, handle more tactfully an 1857-like situation., The second half of the nineteenth century saw further, spread and intensification of the industrial revolution. The, emergence of new industrial powers—the USA, Japan and, European countries—and a cut-throat competition for colonies, and sub-colonies for raw materials, markets for manufactured, goods and capital investment were the highlights of this new, phenomenon. The British supremacy in the world in finance, and manufactured goods trade came to an end. At this point,, there were large-scale British capital investments in railways, and loans to the Government of India, and to a smaller extent, in tea plantations, coal-mining, jute mills, shipping, trade and, banking., All these factors combined to inaugurate a new stage, of colonialism in India. The prime concern of the colonial, authority in India was to consolidate its position here to, secure British economic and commercial interests against, political dangers and to extend its sphere to other parts of, the world, wherever and whenever possible. There was a, renewed upsurge of imperial control and imperialist ideology
Page 612 :
Constitutional, Administrative and ..., , 589, , which was reflected in the reactionary policies during the, vice-royalties of Lytton, Dufferin, Lansdowne, Elgin and,, above all, Curzon. The changes in the governmental structure, and policies in India were to shape the destiny of modern, India in many ways., , Administration: Central,, Provincial, Local, Central Government, The Act for Better Government of India, 1858 transferred, the power to govern from the East India Company to the, British Crown. The Company’s limitations in administering, the country in complex situations had been exposed by the, revolt of 1857; besides, there was not much accountability., Now, the power to govern was to be wielded through a, secretary of state (earlier this power was exercised by, Directors of the Company and the Board of Control). The, secretary of state was to be a member of the British cabinet,, and was to be assisted by a council of 15. He was answerable, to the British Parliament. All initiatives and final decisions, rested with the secretary and the council was only advisory, in nature. (Thus the dual system introduced by Pitt’s India, Act, 1784 came to an end.) Also, the ultimate power over, India remained with Parliament., The Government in India was to be carried on, as, before, by the governor-general whose prestige, if not, authority, increased with the new title of viceroy given to, him. The viceroy was to be assisted by an executive council, whose members were to act as the heads of various, departments, as well as viceroy’s official advisors., The concentration of the main authority in the hands, of the secretary of state based in London, on the one hand,, gradually reduced the viceroy to a subordinate status and, further alienated the Indian public opinion from the government
Page 613 :
590, , A Brief History of Modern India, , policy-making. On the other hand, it had the effect of, increasing the influence of British industrialists, merchants, and bankers over government policy in India. This made the, Indian administration even more reactionary than it had been, before 1858., By the Indian Councils Act, 1861, a fifth member,, who was to be a jurist, was added to viceroy’s executive, council. For legislative purposes, the viceroy could add six, to twelve additional members, of whom at least half had to, be non-officials who could be either Indian or English. The, legislative council so constituted possessed no real powers, and was merely advisory in nature. Its weaknesses were as, follows—, ● It could not discuss important matters, and no, financial matters at all without previous approval of the, Government., ● It had no control over the budget., ● It could not discuss executive action., ● Final passing of the bill needed the viceroy’s approval., ● Even if approved by the viceroy, the secretary of state, could disallow a legislation., ● Indians associated as non-officials were members of, elite sections only—princes, landlords, diwans, etc.—and, were not representative of the Indian opinion., ● The viceroy could issue ordinances (of 6 months, validity) in case of emergency., The only important function of the legislative council, was to endorse official measures and give them the appearance, of having been passed by a legislative body. The British, Government in India remained, as before, an alien despotism., , Provincial Government, The Indian Councils Act, 1861 returned the legislative powers, to provinces of Madras and Bombay which had been taken, away in 1833. Later, legislative councils were established in, other provinces. The three presidencies of Bombay, Madras
Page 614 :
Constitutional, Administrative and ..., , 591, , and Calcutta enjoyed more rights and powers compared to, other provinces. The presidencies were administrated by a, governor and his executive council of three who were, appointed by the Crown, while other provinces were, administered by lieutenant governors and chief commissioners, appointed by the governor-general., In the following decades, some steps towards financial, decentralisation were taken, but these were more in the nature, of administrative reorganisation aimed at increasing revenues, and reducing expenditure and these did not in any way indicate, progress towards provincial autonomy., The granting of fixed sums out of central revenues for, administration of certain services like police, jails, education,, medical services and roads to provincial governments signified, the first step in the direction towards bifurcating central and, provincial finances in 1870 by Lord Mayo. Now, the provincial, governments were asked to administer these services as they, liked., Certain other heads of expenditure like land revenue,, excise, general administration and law and justice were, transferred to provinces in 1877 by Lord Lytton. Besides, this, a provincial government was to receive a fixed share, of the income realised within that province from sources like, stamps, excise and income tax., In 1882, all sources of revenue were divided into three, groups—general (going entirely to centre), provincial (going, entirely to the provinces) and those to be divided between, the centre and the provinces., Nevertheless, the central government remained supreme, and retained detailed control over provinces. This was inevitable since both the central and provincial governments were, completely subordinated to the secretary of state and the, British Government., , Local Bodies, It was decided to decentralise administration by promoting, local government through municipalities and district boards
Page 615 :
592, , A Brief History of Modern India, , which would administer local services like education, health,, sanitation, water supply, roads and other basic amenities, financed through local taxes. There were many factors which, made it necessary for the British government in India to work, towards establishing local bodies., (i) Financial difficulties faced by the Government, due, to overcentralisation, made decentralisation imperative., (ii) It became necessary that modern advances in civic, amenities in Europe be transplanted in India considering, India’s increasing economic contacts with Europe., (iii) The rising tide of nationalism had improvement in, basic facilities as a point on its agenda., (iv) A section of British policy-makers saw association, of Indians with the administration in some form or the other,, without undermining the British supremacy in India, as an, instrument to check the increasing politicisation of Indians., (v) The utilisation of local taxes for local welfare could, be used to counter any public criticism of British reluctance, to draw upon an already overburdened treasury or to tax the, rich upper classes., The important stages in the evolution of local government, can be identified as follows., , Between 1864 and 1868, Local bodies were first formed in this period but in most, cases consisted of nominated members and were headed by, district magistrates. Thus, these were seen not more than as, instruments of additional tax collection., , Mayo’s Resolution of 1870, Financial decentralisation was a legislative devolution, inaugurated by the Indian Councils Act of 1861. Apart from, the annual grant from imperial Government, the provincial, governments were authorised to resort to local taxation to, balance their budgets. This was done in context of transfer, of certain departments of administration, such as medical, services, education and roads, to the control of provincial
Page 616 :
Constitutional, Administrative and ..., , 593, , governments. This was the beginning of local finance. Mayo’s, Resolution emphasised, “Local interest, supervision and care, are necessary for success in the management of the funds, devoted to education, sanitation, medical relief and local, public works.”, The various provincial governments such as in Bengal,, Madras, North-Western Province, Punjab, passed municipal, acts to implement the policy outlined., , Ripon’s Resolution of 1882, The Government of Ripon desired the provincial governments, to apply in case of local bodies the same principle of, financial decentralisation which Lord Mayo’s Government, had begun towards them. For his contributions, Lord Ripon, is called father of local self-government in India. The main, points of the resolution were as follows., ● Development of local bodies advocated to improve, the administration and as an instrument of political and, popular education;, ● Policy of administrating local affairs through urban, and rural local bodies charged with definite duties and, entrusted with suitable sources of revenues;, ● Non-officials to be in majority in these bodies, who, could be elected if the officials thought that it was possible, to introduce elections;, ● Non-officials to act as chairpersons to these bodies;, ● Official interference to be reduced to the minimum, and to be exercised to revise and check the acts of local, bodies, but not to dictate policies;, ● Official executive sanction required in certain cases,, such as raising of loans, alienation of municipal property,, imposition of new taxes, undertaking works costing more, than a prescribed sum, framing rules and bye-laws, etc., In pursuance of this resolution many Acts were passed, between 1883 and 1885 which greatly altered the constitution,, powers and functions of municipal bodies in India. But, an
Page 617 :
594, , A Brief History of Modern India, , era of effective local self-governing bodies was still a dream, unfulfilled. The existing local bodies had various drawbacks., ● The elected members were in a minority in all district, boards and in many of the municipalities;, ● The franchise was very limited;, ● District boards continued to be headed by district, officials, though non-officials gradually came to head the, municipalities;, ● The Government retained strict control, and it could, suspend or supersede these bodies at will., The bureaucracy, in fact, did not share the liberal views, of the viceroy and thought that the Indians were unfit for, self-government. The closing decades of the 19th century, were a period of imperialism, and the high priest of that, creed, Lord Curzon, actually took steps to increase official, control over local bodies., , Royal Commission on Decentralisation (1908), Pointing out the lack of financial resources as the great, stumbling block in the effective functioning of local bodies,, the commission made the following recommendations., (i) It emphasised that village panchayats should be, entrusted with more powers like judicial jurisdiction in petty, cases, incurring expenditure on minor village works, village, schools, small fuel and fodder reserves, etc. The panchayats, should be given adequate sources of income., (ii) It emphasised the importance of sub-district boards, to be established in every taluka or tehsil, with separate, spheres of duties and separate sources of revenue for subdistrict boards and the district boards., (iii) It urged the withdrawal of existing restrictions on, their powers of taxation, and also, the stoppage of regular, grants-in-aid from provincial governments except for, undertaking large projects., (iv) The municipalities might undertake the responsibility for primary education and, if willing, for middle
Page 618 :
Constitutional, Administrative and ..., , 595, , vernacular schools, otherwise the Government should relieve, them of any charges in regard to secondary education,, hospitals, relief, police, veterinary works, etc., , The Government of India Resolution of 1915, This resolution contained the official views on the, recommendations of the Decentralisation Commission, but, most of the recommendations remained on paper and the, condition of local bodies continued to be as it was left by, Lord Ripon., , The Resolution of May 1918, This resolution reviewed the entire question of local selfgovernment in the light of the announcement of August 20,, 1917, which had declared that the future direction of, constitutional advance was towards grant of responsible, government to the people of India and the first step towards, the progressive realisation of that ideal was to be in the, sphere of local self-government., The resolution suggested that the local bodies be made, as representative as possible of the people with real and not, nominal authority vested in them., , Under Dyarchy, Local self-government was made a ‘transferred’ subject under, popular ministerial control by Government of India Act,, 1919, and each province was allowed to develop local selfinstitutions according to provincial needs and requirements., But, since finance was a ‘reserved’ subject under the charge, of an executive councillor, the Indian ministers could not do, much work in the sphere of local self-government for lack, of funds., The Simon Commission (May 1930) pointed out the, lack of progress of village panchayats except in UP, Bengal, and Madras. The commission suggested the retrograde step, of increasing provincial control over local bodies for the sake, of efficiency. The commission also adversely commented on
Page 619 :
596, , A Brief History of Modern India, , reluctance of elected members to impose local taxes and, observed that, generally speaking, the management of finances, of local bodies had deteriorated since the introduction of the, reforms of 1919., , The Government of India Act, 1935 and After, The provincial autonomy ushered in by the Government of, India Act, 1935 gave further impetus to the development of, local self-governing institutions in India. Portfolio finance, being under the control of popular ministries, now the funds, could be made available for development of local bodies., Further, the demarcation of taxation between provincial and, local finance which prevailed since the reforms of 1919 was, scrapped. New Acts were passed in the provinces giving more, authority to local bodies., However, financial resources and power of taxation of, local institutions remained more or less at the same level, as in the days of Ripon. Rather, after 1935, certain new, restrictions were placed on powers of local bodies to levy, or enhance terminal taxes on trades, callings and professions, and municipal property. The provincial governments seemed, to have ignored the liberal policy of granting wide powers, of taxation to local institutions as recommended by the, Decentralisation Commission (1908)., [The Constitution of free India directs the state, governments to organise village panchayats as effective, organs of local self-government (Article 40). The Seventythird and Seventy-fourth Amendments are aimed at plugging, the loopholes in the structure of local self-governing, institutions in rural and urban areas.]
Page 620 :
Survey of British Policies in India, , 597, , 27, Survey of British Policies, in India, Administrative Policies, Contrary to their pre-1857 intentions of trying to modernise, India on progressive lines, now the administration adopted, blatantly reactionary policies on the pretext that Indians were, not fit for self-governance and needed British presence in, their lives., , Divide and Rule, Determined to avoid a united mass action challenging their, authority, the British rulers in India decided to practice a, naked policy of divide and rule, by putting princes against, states’ people, region against region, province against province,, caste against caste and Hindus against Muslims., After an immediate spell of repression against Muslims,, following the 1857 revolt, the authorities decided, after, 1870, to use the middle and upper educated classes among, Muslims against the rising tide of nationalism, using conflicts, over scarce resources in education, administrative jobs and, later political spoils (which were inherent in the very logic, of colonial underdevelopment) as a tool to create a split, along religious lines among educated Indians., , Hostility Towards Educated Indians, The emerging middle class nationalist leadership was analysing, the exploitative, colonial character of British rule and, 597
Page 621 :
598, , A Brief History of Modern India, Views, , All experience teaches us that where a dominant race rules, another, the mildest form of government is despotism., Charles Wood (the Secretary of State for India), Systems of nomination, representation and election were all, means of enlisting Indians to work for imperial ends., Anil Seal, , demanding Indian participation in administration. At a time, when the nationalist movement was born (Indian National, Congress was founded in 1885), the British interpreted the, moves as a challenge to their authority and adopted a hostile, attitude to such leadership. In fact, from then onwards, they, opposed all those who stood for modern education., , Attitude Towards the Zamindars, In their pursuit of reactionary policies and hope to expand, their social base, the British looked for alliances with the, most reactionary of social groups—the princes, zamindars,, etc. The British intended to use them as a counterweight, against nationalist-minded intelligentsia. Now, the zamindars, and landlords were hailed as the ‘natural’ and ‘traditional’, leaders of people. Lands of most of the Awadh taluqdars, confiscated prior to 1857 were restored to them. The, interests and privileges of zamindars and landlords were, protected in opposition to those of the peasants; the former, in turn saw the British as guarantors of their very existence, and became their firm supporters., , Attitude Towards Social Reforms, Having decided to side with the reactionary elements of, Indian society, the British withdrew support to social reforms,, which they felt had aroused the wrath of orthodox sections, against them. Also, by encouraging caste and communal, consciousness, the British helped the reactionary forces., , Underdeveloped Social Services, A disproportionately large expenditure on army and civil, administration and the cost of wars left little to be spent on
Page 622 :
Survey of British Policies in India, , 599, , social services like education, health, sanitation, physical, infrastructure, etc., a legacy which still haunts this country., And whatever facilities were established catered to the elite, sections and urban areas., , Labour Legislations, As in the early stages of industrial revolution in Europe, the, working conditions in factories and plantations in the, nineteenth-century India were miserable. Working hours were, long—for women and children as well as for men—and wages, were low. In overcrowded, poorly ventilated and poorly, lighted working places, the safety measures were practically, non-existent., Ironically, the first-ever demand for regulation of the, condition of workers in factories in India came from the, Lancashire textile capitalist lobby. Apprehending the, emergence of a competitive rival in the Indian textile industry, under conditions of cheap and unregulated labour, they, demanded the appointment of a commission for investigation, into factory conditions. The first commission was appointed, in 1875 although the first Factory Act was not passed before, 1881., The Indian Factory Act, 1881 dealt primarily with the, problem of child labour (between 7 and 12 years of age)., Its significant provisions were:, ● employment of children under 7 years of age prohibited,, ● working hours restricted to 9 hours per day for children,, ● children to get four holidays in a month,, ● hazardous machinery to be properly fenced off., The Indian Factory Act, 1891, ● increased the minimum age (from 7 to 9 years) and, the maximum (from 12 to 14 years) for children,, ● reduced maximum working hours for children to 7, hours a day,, ● fixed maximum working hours for women at 11, hours per day with an one-and-a-half hour interval, (working hours for men were left unregulated),, ● provided weekly holiday for all.
Page 623 :
600, , A Brief History of Modern India, Views, , I am sorry to hear of the increasing friction between the Hindus, and Mohammedans in the north-west and the Punjab. One hardly, knows what to wish, for unity of ideas and action could be very, dangerous politically; divergence of ideas and collision are, administratively troublesome. Of the two, the latter is least risky,, though it throws anxiety and responsibility upon those on the, spot where the friction exists., Hamilton (Secretary of State, 1897), The English were an imperial race, we were told, with God-given, right to govern us and keep us in subjection; if we protested,, we were reminded of the tiger qualities of an imperial race., Jawaharlal Nehru, , But these laws did not apply to British-owned tea and, coffee plantations where the labour was exploited ruthlessly, and treated like slaves. The Government helped these planters, by passing laws such as those which made it virtually, impossible for a labourer to refuse to work once a contract, was entered into. A breach of contract was a criminal offence,, with a planter having the right to get the defaulting labourer, arrested., More labour laws were passed under nationalist pressures, in the twentieth century but the overall working conditions, remained deplorable as ever., , Restrictions on Freedom of the Press, The nationalists had been quick to use new advancements in, press technology to educate public opinion and influence, government policies through criticism and censure and later, to arouse national consciousness., In 1835, Metcalfe had lifted restrictions imposed on, the Indian press. But Lytton, fearing an increased influence, of the nationalist press on public opinion, imposed restrictions, on Indian language press through the infamous Vernacular, Press Act, 1878. This Act had to be repealed under public, protest in 1882. After that, the press enjoyed relative, freedom for about two decades, but was under repression
Page 624 :
Survey of British Policies in India, , 601, , again in the wake of swadeshi and anti-partition movement, as restrictions were imposed in 1908 and 1910. (Also refer, to chapter on “Development of Press in India”.), , White Racism, The notion of white superiority was maintained very carefully, by the colonial rulers by systematically excluding the Indians, from higher grades of services—both civil and military—, from railway compartments, parks, hotels, clubs, etc., and by, public display of racial arrogance through beatings, blows and, even murders (reported as accidents). As Elgin once wrote,, “We could only govern by maintaining the fact that we were, the dominant race—though Indians in services should be, encouraged, there is a point at which we must reserve the, control to ourselves, if we are to remain at all.”, , British Social and Cultural, Policy in India, Till 1813, the British followed a policy of non-interference, in the social, religious and cultural life of the country. After, 1813, measures were taken to transform Indian society and, its cultural environs because of the emergence of new, interests and ideas in Britain of the nineteenth century in the, wake of significant changes in Europe during the 18th and, the 19th centuries. Some of these changes were—, (i) Industrial Revolution which began in the 18th, century and resulted in the growth of industrial capitalism., The rising industrial interests wanted to make India a big, market for their goods and therefore required partial, modernisation and transformation of Indian society., (ii) Intellectual Revolution which gave rise to new, attitudes of mind, manners, and morals., (iii) French Revolution which with its message of, liberty, equality and fraternity, unleashed the forces of, democracy and nationalism.
Page 625 :
602, , A Brief History of Modern India, , The new trend was represented by Bacon, Locke,, Voltaire, Rousseau, Kant, Adam Smith and Bentham in, thought and by Wordsworth, Byron, Shelley and Charles, Dickens in literature., , Characteristics of New Thought, Some of the characteristics of the new wave of thought, were—, (i) Rationalism which advocated faith in reason and, a scientific attitude., (ii) Humanism which advocated the love of man—the, belief that every man is an end in himself and should be, respected and prized as such. No man has a right to look, upon another man as a mere agent of his happiness. These, ideals gave rise to liberalism, socialism and individualism., (iii) Doctrine of Progress according to which nothing, is static and all societies must change with time. Man has, the capacity to remodel nature and society on just and rational, lines., , Schools of Thought, These new currents of thought caused conflicts among, administrators and produced different schools of thought:, The Conservatives advocated introduction of as few, changes as possible. Indian civilisation, they felt, was different, from the European one but not necessarily inferior to it., Many of these thinkers respected Indian philosophy and, culture. If at all, Western ideas and practices were to be, introduced gradually and cautiously. Social stability was a, must, they felt. Early representatives of this school of, thought were Warren Hastings and Edmund Burke and later, ones included Munro, Metcalfe, and Elphinstone. The, Conservatives remained influential throughout and most of, the British officials in India were generally of a conservative, persuasion., The Paternalistic Imperialists became influential, especially after 1800. They were sharply critical of Indian
Page 626 :
Survey of British Policies in India, , 603, , society and culture and used to justify economic and political, enslavement of India., The Radicals went beyond the narrow criticism and, imperialistic outlook of the Conservatives and the Imperialists, and applied advanced humanistic and rational thought to the, Indian situation. They thought that India had the capacity to, improve and that they must help the country do that. They, wanted to make India a part of the modern progressive world, of science and humanism and therefore advocated the, introduction of modern western science, philosophy and, literature. Some of the British officials who came to India, after 1820 were Radicals. They were strongly supported by, Raja Rammohan Roy and other like-minded reformers., But predominantly, the ruling elements in the British, Indian administration continued to be imperialistic and, exploitative. They thought that the modernisation of India had, to occur within broad limits imposed by the needs of an, easier and more thorough exploitation of its resources. In, this respect, often the Radicals also towed a conservative, line. They desired most of all the safety and perpetuation, of the British rule in India; every other consideration was, secondary., , Indian Renaissance, , There were many Indians who instigated social reform and, caused legislations to be brought about so as to control and, eradicate social evils imbedded in so-called tradition., Rammohan Roy, Ishwar Chandra Vidyasagar, B.M. Malabari,, to name a few social reformers, worked hard to get legislation, passed by the government to remove social evils. [These, aspects have been discussed in detail in the chapter on, Religious and Social Reform.], , Dilemma Before the Government, , The government feared that too much modernisation might, generate forces hostile to their interests; thus it was thought, to be appropriate to opt for partial modernisation—introducing, it in some respects and blocking it in others, in other words,, a ‘colonial modernisation’.
Page 627 :
604, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Role of Christian Missionaries, , The missionaries regarded Christianity to be a superior, religion and wanted to spread it in India through westernisation, which, they believed, would destroy the faith of the natives, in their own religion and culture. Towards this end, the, Christian missionaries, — supported the Radicals whose scientific approach,, they believed, would undermine the native culture, and beliefs;, — supported the Imperialists since law and order and, the British supremacy were essential for their, propaganda; and, — sought business and the capitalist support holding, out the hope to them that the Christian converts, would be better customers of their goods., , British Retreat, , After 1858, however, the policy of hesitant modernisation, was gradually abandoned. However, the Indians proved to be, apt pupils and shifted rapidly towards modernisation of their, society and assertion of their culture and demanded a rule, in accordance with the modern principles of liberty, equality, and justice. Now, the British came to side with the socially, orthodox and conservative elements of society. They also, encouraged casteism and communalism., , British Policy Towards, Princely States, Relations with princely states were to be guided by a twopoint policy—using and perpetuating them as bulwark of the, empire and subordinating them completely to British authority, (the policy of subordinate union)., To cultivate these states as a buffer against future, political unrest and to reward them for their loyalty during, the revolt of 1857, the policy of annexation was abandoned., The new policy was to depose or punish but not annex. Also,, territorial integrity of states was guaranteed and it was
Page 628 :
Survey of British Policies in India, , 605, , View, The British and the princes needed one another; India’s need, for either was highly doubtful., F.G. Hutchins, , announced that their right to adopt an heir would be, respected., The subordination of princely states to British authority, was completed when the fiction of Indian states standing in, a status of equality with the Crown as independent, sovereign, states ended with the Queen adopting the title of Kaiser-iHind (Queen Empress of India) in 1876, to emphasise British, sovereignty over entire India. It was later made clear by Lord, Curzon that the princes ruled their states merely as agents, of the British Crown. With paramountcy, the British, Government exercised the right to interfere in the internal, affairs of states through their residents or by appointing and, dismissing ministers and officials., The British were helped further in their encroachment, by modern developments in communication—railways, roads,, telegraph, canals, post offices, etc. The motive for interference, was also provided by the rise of nationalist, democratic, sentiments in these states, the suppression of which, the, British realised, was essential for their survival. As a positive, side to these modern political movements, the British helped, these states adopt modern administrative institutions. (Also, refer to chapter on “Indian States under British Rule”.), , British Foreign Policy in India, The pursuance of a foreign policy, guided by interest of, British imperialism, often led to India’s conflicts with, neighbouring countries. These conflicts arose due to various, reasons. Firstly, political and administrative consolidation of, the country coupled with the introduction of modern means, of communication impelled the Government of India to reach, out for natural, geographical frontiers for internal cohesion
Page 629 :
606, , A Brief History of Modern India, , and defence which sometimes resulted in border clashes., Secondly, the British Government had as its major aims in, Asia and Africa—, (i) protection of the invaluable Indian empire;, (ii) expansion of British commercial and economic, interests;, (iii) keeping other European imperialist powers, whose, colonial interests came in conflict with those of, the British, at an arm’s length in Asia and Africa., These aims led to British expansion and territorial, conquests outside India’s natural frontiers, and to conflicts, with other imperialist European powers such as Russia and, France., While the interests served were British, the money, spent and the blood shed was Indian., (A survey of British relations with various neighbours, of India has been made in the chapter on ‘British Expansion, and Consolidation in India’)., Summary, ●, , Administrative Policies, Divide and Rule., Hostility to educated Indians., Zamindars and landlords propped as counterweights to the nationalists., Reversal of policy of support to social reforms., Social services ignored., Half-hearted and inadequate labour legislations introduced., Stifling of press wherever seen to be helping the nationalist upsurge., Racial arrogance., , ●, , British Social and Cultural Policies, , ●, , Foreign Policy, Reach out to natural geographical frontiers for internal cohesion and, defence., Keep other European powers at an arm’s length., Promote British economic and commercial interests.
Page 630 :
Economic Impact of British Rule in India, , 607, , 28, Economic Impact of, British Rule in India, The major difference between the British colonists in India, and earlier invaders was that none of the earlier invaders made, any structural changes in Indian economy or drained away, India’s wealth as tribute. British rule in India caused a, transformation of India’s economy into a colonial economy,, i.e., the structure and operation of Indian economy were, determined by the interests of the British economy., According to historians, at the beginning of the, eighteenth century India had some 23 per cent of the world, economy. This share came down to some 3 per cent when, India got independence., A detailed survey of the economic impact of British, rule follows., , Deindustrialisation—Ruin of, Artisans and Handicraftsmen, One-Way Free Trade, Cheap and machine-made imports flooded the Indian market, after the Charter Act of 1813 allowing one-way free trade, for the British citizens. On the other hand, Indian products, found it more and more difficult to penetrate the European, markets. Tariffs of nearly 80 per cent were imposed on Indian, textiles so that Indian cloth could no longer be cheap. After, 607
Page 631 :
608, , A Brief History of Modern India, Views, , The misery hardly finds a parallel in the history of commerce;, the bones of cotton weavers are bleaching the plains of north, India., —William Bentinck, The armour of the isolated self-sufficient village was pierced by, the steel rail, and its life blood ebbed away., —D.H. Buchanan, , 1820, European markets were virtually closed to Indian, exports. Cheap British made cloth flooded the Indian market., The newly introduced rail network helped the European, products to reach the remotest corners of the country. From, being a net exporter, India became a net importer., , No Steps towards Modern Industrialisation, The loss of traditional livelihood was not accompanied by, a process of industrialisation in India, as had happened in, other rapidly industrialising countries of the time. This, resulted in deindustrialisation of India at a time when Europe, was witnessing a reintensified Industrial Revolution. This, happened at a time when Indian artisans and handicraftsmen, were already feeling the crunch due to loss of patronage by, princes and the nobility, who were now under the influence, of new western tastes and values., , Ruralisation, Another feature of deindustrialisation was the decline of, many cities and a process of ruralisation of India. Many, artisans, faced with diminishing returns and repressive, policies (in Bengal, during the Company’s rule, artisans were, paid low wages and forced to sell their products at low, prices), abandoned their professions, moved to villages and, took to agriculture. This resulted in increased pressure on, land. An overburdened agriculture sector was a major cause, of poverty during British rule and this upset the village, economic set-up.
Page 632 :
Economic Impact of British Rule in India, , 609, , Impoverishment of Peasantry, The government, only interested in maximisation of rents and, in securing its share of revenue, had enforced the Permanent, Settlement system in large parts. Transferability of land was, one feature of the new settlement which caused great, insecurity to the tenants who lost all their traditional rights, in land. There was little spending by Government on, improvement of land productivity. The zamindars, with, increased powers, resorted to summary evictions, demanded, illegal dues and ‘begar’ to maximise their share in the, produce and, as such, had no incentive to invest for, improvement of agriculture. The overburdened peasants had, to approach the moneylenders to be able to pay their dues, to the zamindars. The money-lender, who was often also the, village grain-merchant, forced the farmer to sell the produce, at low prices to clear his dues. The powerful money-lender, was also able to manipulate the judiciary and law in his favour., The peasant turned out to be the ultimate sufferer under, the triple burden of the Government, zamindar and moneylender. His hardship increased at the time of famine and, scarcity. This was as much true for the zamindari areas as, for areas under Ryotwari and Mahalwari systems. The peasant, became landless., View, … for most of the colonial era, the story of India manufacturing, was of dispossession, displacement and defeat. What happened, to India’s textiles was replicated across the board. From the, great manufacturing nation described by Sunderland, India, became a mere exporter of raw materials and foodstuffs, raw, cotton, as well as jute, silk, coal, opium, rice, spices and tea., With the collapse of its manufacturing and the elimination of, manufactured goods from its export rosters, India’s share of world, manufacturing exports fell from 27 per cent to 2 per cent under, British rule., —Shashi Tharoor in An Era of Darkness
Page 633 :
610, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Emergence of Intermediaries, Absentee, Landlordism, Ruin of Old Zamindars, By 1815, half of the total land in Bengal had passed into, new hands—merchants, moneylenders and other moneyed, classes living in towns. The new zamindars, with increased, powers but with little or no avenues for new investments,, resorted to landgrabbing and sub-infeudation. Increase in, number of intermediaries to be paid gave rise to absentee, landlordism and increased the burden on the peasant. Since, the demand for land was high, prices went up and so did the, liabilities of the peasant. With no traditional or benevolent, ties with the tenants, the zamindar had no incentive to invest, in the improvement of agriculture. The interests of the, zamindars lay only in the perpetuation of British rule and, in opposing the national movement., , Stagnation and Deterioration of, Agriculture, The cultivator had neither the means nor any incentive to, invest in agriculture. The zamindar had no roots in the, villages, while the Government spent little on agricultural,, technical or mass education. All this, together with, fragmentation of land due to sub-infeudation, made it difficult, to introduce modern technology which caused a perpetually, low level of productivity., , Famine and Poverty, Regular recurrence of famines became a common feature of, daily existence in India. These famines were not just because, of foodgrain scarcity, but were a direct result of poverty, unleashed by colonial forces in India. Between 1850 and, 1900, about 2.8 crore people died in famines.
Page 634 :
Economic Impact of British Rule in India, , 611, , Commercialisation of Indian Agriculture, In the latter half of the nineteenth century, another significant, trend was the emergence of the commercialisation of, agriculture. So far, agriculture had been a way of life rather, than a business enterprise. Now agriculture began to be, influenced by commercial considerations. Certain specialised, crops began to be grown not for consumption in the village, but for sale in the national and even international markets., Commercial crops like cotton, jute, groundnut, oilseeds,, sugarcane, tobacco, etc., were more remunerative than, foodgrains. Again, the cultivation of crops like condiments,, spices, fruits and vegetables could cater to a wider market., Perhaps, the commercialisation trend reached the highest, level of development in the plantation sector, i.e., in tea,, coffee, rubber, indigo, etc., which was mostly owned by, Europeans and the produce was for sale in a wider market., The new market trend of commercialisation and, specialisation was encouraged by many factors—spread of, money economy, replacement of custom and tradition by, competition and contract, emergence of a unified national, market, growth of internal trade, improvement in, communications through rail and roads and boost to, international trade given by entry of British finance capital,, etc., For the Indian peasant, commercialisation seemed a, forced process. There was hardly any surplus for him to, invest in commercial crops, given the subsistence level at, View, The servants of the Company forced the natives to buy dear, and sell cheap... Enormous fortunes were thus rapidly accumulated, at Calcutta, while thirty millions of human beings were reduced, to the extremity of wretchedness. They had never [had to live], under tyranny like this..., —Macaulay
Page 635 :
612, , A Brief History of Modern India, , which he lived, while commercialisation linked Indian, agriculture with international market trends and their, fluctuations. For instance, the cotton of the 1860s pushed, up prices but this mostly benefited the intermediaries, and, when the slump in prices came in 1866, it hit the cultivators, the most, bringing in its turn heavy indebtedness, famine and, agrarian riots in the Deccan in the 1870s. Thus, the cultivator, hardly emerged better from the new commercialisation trend., , Destruction of Industry and Late, Development of Modern Industry, Indian industry was steadily destroyed. The destruction of, textile competition of India is a glaring example of the deindustrialisation of India. The British stopped paying for, Indian textiles in pounds, choosing instead to pay from the, revenue gained from Bengal and at very low rates, thus, impoverishing the peasants further., A thriving ship-building industry was crushed. Surat and, Malabar on the western coast and Bengal and Masulipatnam, on the eastern coast were known for their ship-building, industries. The British ships contracted by the Company were, given a monopoly over trade routes, while even the Indian, merchant ships plying along the coast were made to face, heavy duties. In 1813, a law by the British parliament, prohibited ships below 350 tonnes from sailing between India, to Britain; this effectively put a large proportion of Bengalbuilt ships out of commission on the Indo-British trade, routes. In 1814, another law was passed under which Indianbuilt ships were refused to be considered ‘British-registered, vessels’ which could trade with America and the European, continent. So the decline of the Indian shipping industry was, ensured., The British did not allow the Indian steel industry to, grow. Industries like the Tatas which began to produce steel, after a lot of trouble getting the required permissions were
Page 636 :
Economic Impact of British Rule in India, , 613, , restricted by being forced to produce a higher standard of, steel for British use. The firms were not able to produce, the lower standard of steel at the same time, so they were, left out of the larger market that demanded the lower quality, of steel. As restrictions were placed by Britain on Indian steel, imports, this steel could only be used in India. Obviously,, the growth of the industry was hampered., Indian traders, moneylenders and bankers had amassed, some wealth as junior partners of English merchant capitalists, in India. Their role fitted in the British scheme of colonial, exploitation. The Indian moneylender provided loans to, hardpressed agriculturists and thus facilitated the state, collection of revenue. The Indian trader carried imported, British products to the remotest corners and helped in the, movement of Indian agricultural products for exports. The, indigenous bankers helped both in the process of distribution, and collection. But, the colonial situation retarded the, development of a healthy and independent industrial, bourgeoisie, and its development was different from other, independent countries like Germany and Japan., It was only in the second half of the nineteenth century, that modern machine-based industries started coming up in, India. The first cotton textile mill was set up in 1853 in, Bombay by Cowasjee Nanabhoy and the first jute mill came, up in 1855 in Rishra (Bengal). But most of the modern, industries were foreign-owned and controlled by British, managing agencies., There was a rush of foreign capital in India at this time, due to prospects of high profits, availability of cheap labour,, cheap and readily available raw material, ready market in India, and the neighbours, diminishing avenues for investments at, home, willingness of the administration to provide all help,, and ready markets abroad for some Indian exports such as, tea, jute and manganese., Indian-owned industries came up in cotton textiles and, jute in the nineteenth century and in sugar, cement, etc., in
Page 637 :
614, , A Brief History of Modern India, View, , …deindustrialisation was a deliberate British policy, not an, accident. British industry flourished and Indian industry did not, because of systematic destruction abetted by tariffs and, regulatory measures that stacked the decks in favour of British, industry conquering the Indian market, rather than the other way, around., —Shashi Tharoor in An Era of Darkness, , the twentieth century. Indian-owned industries suffered from, many handicaps—credit problems, no tariff protection by, Government, unequal competition from foreign companies,, and stiff opposition from British capitalist interests who were, backed by sound financial and technical infrastructure at, home., The colonial factor also caused certain structural and, institutional changes. The industrial development was, characterised by a lopsided pattern—core and heavy industries, and power generation were neglected and some regions were, favoured more than the others—causing regional disparities., These regional disparities hampered the process of nationbuilding. In the absence of careful nurturing of technical, education, the industry lacked sufficient technical manpower., Socially, the rise of an industrial capitalist class and the, working class was an important feature of this phase., , Nationalist Critique of, Colonial Economy, The early intellectuals of the first half of the nineteenth, century supported British rule under the impression that it, would modernise the country based on latest technology and, capitalist economic organisation. After the 1860s,, disillusionment started to set in among the politically conscious, and they began to probe into the reality of British rule in, India., The foremost among these economic analysts was
Page 638 :
Economic Impact of British Rule in India, , 615, , Economic Drain, The term ‘economic drain’ refers to a portion of national product, of India which was not available for consumption of its peoples,, but was being drained away to Britain for political reasons and India, was not getting adequate economic or material returns for it. The, drain theory was put forward by Dadabhai Naoroji in his book Poverty, and UnBritish Rule in India. The major components of this drain, were salaries and pensions of civil and military officials, interests, on loans taken by the Indian Government from abroad, profits on, foreign investment in India, stores purchased in Britain for civil and, military departments, payments to be made for shipping, banking, and insurance services which stunted the growth of Indian enterprise, in these services., The drain of wealth checked and retarded capital formation in, India while the same portion of wealth accelerated the growth of, British economy. The surplus from British economy re-entered India, as finance capital, further draining India of its wealth. This had, immense effect on income and employment potential within India., , Dadabhai Naoroji, the ‘Grand Old Man of India’, who after, a brilliant analysis of the colonial economy put forward the, theory of economic drain in Poverty and UnBritish Rule, in India. Other economic analysts included Justice Mahadeo, Govind Ranade, Romesh Chandra Dutt (The Economic History, of India), Gopal Krishna Gokhale, G. Subramaniya Iyer and, Prithwishchandra Ray. The essence of nineteenth century, colonialism, they said, lay in the transformation of India into, a supplier of foodstuffs and raw-materials to the metropolis,, a market for metropolitan manufacturers and a field for, investment of British capital. These early nationalist analysts, organised intellectual agitations and advocated a complete, severance of India’s economic subservience to Britain and, the development of an independent economy based on, modern industries., , British Policies Making India Poor, The basic assertion of these early intellectuals was that India, was poor and growing poorer due to British imperialism, and
Page 639 :
616, , A Brief History of Modern India, Views, , ‘India Reform Tract’ II, p. 3, says: ‘It is an exhausting drain, upon the resources of the country, the issue of which is replaced, by no reflex; it is an extraction of the life blood from the veins, of national industry which no subsequent introduction of, nourishment is furnished to restore., —Dadabhai Naoroji quoting from Mill’s History of India, Our system acts very much like a sponge, drawing up all the, good things from the banks of the Ganges, and squeezing them, down on the banks of the Thames., —John Sullivan, President, Board of Revenue, Madras, Where foreign capital has been sunk in a country, the administration, of that country becomes at once the concern of the bondholders., —The Hindu (September 1889), It is not the pitiless operations of economic laws, but it is the, thoughtless and pitiless action of the British policy; it is the, pitiless eating of India’s substance in India, and the further, pitiless drain to England; in short, it is the pitiless perversion, of economic laws by the sad bleeding to which India is subjected,, that is destroying India., —Dadabhai Naoroji, Taxes spent in the country from which they are raised are totally, different in their effect from taxes raised in one country and, spent in another. In the former case the taxes collected from, the population... are again returned to the industrious classes..., But the case is wholly different when the taxes are not spent, in the country from which they are raised... They constitute [an], absolute loss and extinction of the whole amount withdrawn from, the taxed country... [The money] might as well be thrown into, the sea. Such is the nature of the tribute we have so long exacted, from India., —Sir George Wingate, Under the native despot the people keep and enjoy what they, produce, though at times they suffer some violence. Under the, British Indian despot, the man is at peace, there is no violence;, his substance is drained away, unseen, peaceably and subtly—, he starves in peace, and peaceably perishes in peace, with law, and order., Dadabhai Naoroji
Page 640 :
Economic Impact of British Rule in India, , 617, , since the causes of India’s economic backwardness were, man-made, they were explainable and removable. The problem, of poverty was seen as a problem of raising productive, capacity and energy of the people or as a problem of national, development, thus making poverty a national issue. This, helped in rallying all sections of society around common, economic issues. Also, development was equated with, industrialisation. This industrialisation was to be based on, Indian and not foreign capital because, according to the early, nationalists, foreign capital replaced and suppressed instead, of augmenting and encouraging Indian capital. This suppression, caused economic drain, further strengthening British hold, over India. The political consequences of foreign capital, investments were equally harmful as they caused political, subjugation and created vested interests which sought security, for investors, thus perpetuating the foreign rule., , Growth of Trade and Railways to, Help Britain, These analysts exposed the force of British arguments that, the growth of foreign trade and railways implied development, for India. They pointed out that the pattern of foreign trade, was unfavourable to India. It relegated India to a position of, importer of finished goods and exporter of raw materials and, foodstuffs. The development of railways, they argued, was, not coordinated with India’s industrial needs and it ushered, in a commercial rather than an industrial revolution. The net, effect of the railways was to enable foreign goods to outsell, indigenous products. Further, the benefits from impetus to, steel, machinery and capital investment in railways accrued, to the British. G.V. Joshi remarked, “Expenditure on railways, should be seen as an Indian subsidy to British industries.”, , One-Way Free Trade and Tariff Policy, The nationalists claimed that one-way free trade was ruining, Indian handicrafts industry, exposing it to premature, unequal, and unfair competition, while tariff policy was guided by
Page 641 :
618, , A Brief History of Modern India, Views, , There can be no denial that there was a substantial outflow which, lasted for 190 years. If these funds had been invested in India, they could have made a significant contribution to raising income, levels., —Angus Maddison, Taxation raised by the King, says the Indian poet, is like the, moisture sucked up by the sun, to be returned to the earth as, fertilising rain; but the moisture raised from the Indian soil now, descends as fertilising rain largely on other lands, not on India., —R.C. Dutt, Trade cannot thrive without efficient administration, while the, latter is not worth attending to in the absence of profits of the, former. So, always with the assent and often to the dictates, of the Chamber of Commerce, the Government of India is carried, on, and this is the ‘White Man’s Burden’., —Sachidanand Sinha, , British capitalist interests. On the finance front, taxes were, levied to overburden the poor, sparing British capitalists and, the bureaucrats. They demanded reduction of land revenue,, abolition of salt tax, imposition of income tax and excise, duties on consumer goods consumed by the rich middle, classes. The government expenditure, it was argued, was, meant to serve colonial needs only, while development and, welfare were ignored., , Effect of Economic Drain, The drain theory incorporated all threads of the nationalist, critique that it denuded India of its productive capital., According to nationalist estimates, the economic drain at that, time was—, ● more than the total land revenue, or, ● half the total government revenue, or, ● one third of the total savings (in today’s terms, it, amounted to 8 per cent of the national product)., The concept of drain—one country taking away wealth, from another country—was easily grasped by a nation of, peasants for whom exploitation was a matter of daily, experience.
Page 642 :
Economic Impact of British Rule in India, , 619, , Economic Issue a Stimulant to, National Unrest, The nationalist agitation on economic issues served to, undermine the ideological hegemony of alien rulers over, Indian minds that the foreign rule was in the interest of, Indians, thus exposing the myth of its moral foundations. It, was also shown clearly that India was poor because it was, being ruled for British interests. This agitation was one of, the stimulants for intellectual unrest and spread of national, consciousness during the moderate phase of freedom struggle, (1875-1905)—the seed-time of national movement., Till the end of the 19th century, the nationalists had, been demanding some share in political power and control, over the purse. During the first decade of the 20th century,, they started demanding self-rule, like United Kingdom or the, colonies, and prominent among such nationalists was Dadabhai, Naoroji., , Stages of Colonialism in India, The fundamental character of British rule in India did not, remain the same through its long history of nearly two, centuries. The changing pattern of Britain’s position in the, world economy led to changes in the nature of British, colonialism. Marxist Historians, especially Rajni Palme Dutt,, identified three overlapping stages in the history of imperialist, rule in India. He points out that each stage developed out, of the conditions of the previous stage and the different, modes of colonial exploitation overlapped—old forms of, colonial exploitation never entirely ceased but got integrated, into new patterns of exploitation. These stages are, however,, marked by distinct dominant features i.e., qualitative changes, from one stage to another., , First Stage, The Period of Merchant Capital (Mercantilism), often, described as the Period of Monopoly Trade and Direct
Page 643 :
620, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Appropriation (or the Period of East India Company’s, Domination, 1757-1813), was based on two basic objectives—, (i) to acquire a monopoly of trade with India, against other, English or European merchants or trading companies as well, as against the Indian merchants; (ii) to directly appropriate, or take over governmental revenues through control over, State power., During this period no basic changes were introduced, in administration, judicial system, transport and, communication, methods of agricultural or industrial, production, forms of business management or economic, organisation. Nor were any major changes made in education, or intellectual field, culture or social organisation. In fact,, the traditional Indian civilisation, religions, laws, caste system,, family structure, etc., were not seen as obstacles in the, colonial exploitation., The only changes made were:, (i) in military organisation and technology which, native rulers were also introducing in their armed, forces, and, (ii) in administration at the top of the structure of, revenue collection so that it could become more, efficient and smooth., In this phase there was large scale drain of wealth from, India which constituted 2-3 per cent of Britain’s national, income at the time. It was this wealth that played an important, role in financing Britain’s industrial revolution., In this stage there was no large scale import of British, manufactures into India, rather, the reverse occurred—there, was an increase in export of Indian textiles, etc. The weavers, were, however, ruined at this stage by the Company’s, monopoly and exploitation. They were forced to produce for, the Company under uneconomic compulsions., , Second Stage, Owing to its mode of exploitation being trade, this stage is, also termed as Colonialism of Free Trade. It started with the
Page 644 :
Economic Impact of British Rule in India, , 621, , Charter Act of 1813 and continued till 1860s. Soon after, the East India Company became the ruler over most parts, of India, there was a debate in Britain as to whose interests, the newly acquired colony would serve. The newly emerging, industrial capitalists began to criticise the East India Company, and its exploitation of India. They demanded that colonial, administration and policy in India should now serve British, capitalist interests which were very different from those of, the East India Company. Now India was to serve as a market, for the ever increasing output of British manufactured goods, especially textiles. At the same time, the new capitalists in, England, needed from India exports of raw materials, especially, cotton, and foodgrains. Moreover, India could buy more, British goods only if it earned foreign exchange by enhancing, its exports., The export of raw materials was increased sharply to, meet the dividends of the Company and profits of British, merchants. Besides, there was a need of money to pay for, pensions of British officials who would go to Britain after, retirement., In this phase the following dominant features were, visible:, (i) India’s colonial economy was integrated with the, British and world capitalist economy. This was made possible, with the introduction of free trade. All import duties in India, were either totally removed or drastically reduced to nominal, rates., (ii) Free entry was also granted to the British capitalists, to develop tea, coffee and indigo plantations, trade, transport,, mining and modern industries in India. The British Indian, Government gave active State help to such capitalists., (iii) The Permanent Settlement and the Ryotwari system, in agriculture were introduced to transform traditional agrarian, structure into a capitalist one., (iv) Administration was made more comprehensive and, included villages and outlying areas of the country. These
Page 645 :
622, , A Brief History of Modern India, , changes were brought about to make British goods reach, and, agricultural products drawn from, interior villages and remotest, parts., (v) Personal law was largely left untouched since it did, not affect colonial transformation of the economy. However,, the changes related to criminal law, law of contract and legal, procedures were overhauled to promote capitalist commercial, relations and maintain law and order., (vi) Modern education was introduced to provide cheap, manpower to the vastly expanded administration. However,, it was also aimed at transforming India’s society and culture, for two reasons: (a) create an overall atmosphere of change, and development and, (b) give birth to a culture of loyalty, to the rulers., (vii) The taxation and the burden on peasant rose sharply, due to economic transformation and costly administration, (civil as well as military)., (viii) India absorbed 10 to 12 per cent of British, exports and nearly 20 per cent of Britain’s textile exports., After 1850, engine coaches, rail lines and other railway, stores were imported into India at large scale., (ix) Indian army was used for British expansion of, colonialism in Asia and Africa., , Third Stage, The third stage is often described as the Era of Foreign, Investments and International Competition for Colonies. It, began around the 1860s in India owing to several changes, in the world economy. These changes were as follows., (i) Britain’s industrial supremacy was challenged by, several countries of Europe, the United States and Japan., (ii) As a result of the application of scientific knowledge, to industry, the pace of industrialisation increased sharply, (use of petroleum as fuel for the internal combustion engine, and the use of electricity for industrial purposes were, significant innovations).
Page 646 :
Economic Impact of British Rule in India, , 623, , (iii) The world market became more unified due to, revolution in the means of international transport., During this stage, Britain made strenuous efforts to, consolidate its control over India. Liberal imperialist policies, got replaced with reactionary imperialist policies which were, reflected in the viceroyalties of Lytton, Dufferin, Lansdowne, and Curzon. The strengthening of colonial rule over India was, meant to keep out the rivals as well as to attract British, capital to India and provide it security. As a result, a very, large amount of British capital got invested in railways, loans, (to the Government of India), trade and, to a lesser extent,, in plantations, coal mining, jute mills, shipping and banking, in India., The notion of training the Indian people for selfgovernment vanished (revived only after 1918 because of, pressure exerted by the Indian national movement). Now, the, aim of British rule was declared as permanent ‘trusteeship’, over the Indians. The Indians were declared to be permanently, immature—a ‘child’ people—needing British control and, trusteeship. Geography, climate, race, history, religion, culture, and social organisation were all cited as factors in making, the Indians unfit for self-government or democracy. The, British thus tried to justify their rule over Indians for, centuries to come—all in the name of civilising a barbaric, people—“the White Man’s burden”., , Summary, ●, , Economic Impact of British Rule, Deindustrialisation—ruin of artisans and handicraftsmen., Impoverishment of peasantry—ruralisation of India., Emergence of new land relations—ruin of old zamindars., Stagnation and deterioration of agriculture., Commercialisation of Indian agriculture., Development of modern industry.
Page 647 :
624, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Rise of Indian national bourgeoisie., Economic drain., Famine and poverty., ●, , Nationalist Critique, India getting poorer due to colonial exploitation., Problem of poverty—a national problem of raising productive, capacities and energy., Development equated with industrialisation, which should take, place through Indian, not foreign capital., British policies on trade, finance, infrastructure development,, expenditure designed to serve imperialist interests., Need for complete severance of India’s economic subservience, to Britain and development of an independent economy.
Page 648 :
Development of Indian Press, , 625, , 29, Development of Indian Press, James Augustus Hickey in 1780 started The Bengal Gazette, or Calcutta General Advertiser, the first newspaper in India,, which was seized in 1872 because of its outspoken criticism, of the Government. Later more newspapers/journals came, up—The Bengal Journal, The Calcutta Chronicle, The, Madras Courier, The Bombay Herald. The Company’s, officers were worried that these newspapers might reach, London and expose their misdeeds. Thus they saw the need, for curbs on the press., , Early Regulations, Censorship of Press Act, 1799, Lord Wellesley enacted this, anticipating French invasion of, India. It imposed almost wartime press restrictions including, pre-censorship. These restrictions were relaxed under Lord, Hastings, who had progressive views, and in 1818, precensorship was dispensed with., , Licensing Regulations, 1823, , The acting governor-general, John Adams, who had reactionary, views, enacted these. According to these regulations, starting, or using a press without licence was a penal offence. Later, on, the Act was extended to cover journals, pamphlets and, books. These restrictions were directed chiefly against Indian, language newspapers or those edited by Indians. Rammohan, Roy’s Mirat-ul-Akbar had to stop publication., 625
Page 649 :
626, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Press Act of 1835 or Metcalfe Act, Metcalfe (governor-general—1835-36) repealed the, obnoxious 1823 ordinance and earned the epithet, “liberator, of the Indian press”. The new Press Act (1835) required a, printer/publisher to give a precise account of premises of, a publication and cease functioning, if required by a similar, declaration., The result of a liberal press policy was a rapid growth, of newspapers., , Licensing Act, 1857, Due to the emergency caused by the 1857 revolt, this Act, imposed licensing restrictions in addition to the already, existing registration procedure laid down by Metcalfe Act, and the government reserved the right to stop publication and, circulation of any book, newspaper or printed matter., , Registration Act, 1867, This replaced Metcalfe’s Act of 1835 and was of a regulatory,, not restrictive, nature. As per the Act, (i) every book/, newspaper was required to print the name of the printer and, the publisher and the place of the publication; and (ii) a copy, was to be submitted to the local government within one, month of the publication of a book., , Struggle by Early Nationalists to, Secure Press Freedom, Right from the early nineteenth century, defence of civil, liberties, including the freedom of the press, had been high, on nationalist agenda. As early as 1824, Raja Rammohan Roy, had protested against a resolution restricting the freedom of, the press., The early phase of nationalist movement from around, 1870 to 1918 focussed more on political propaganda and, education, formation and propagation of nationalist ideology, and arousing, training, mobilisation and consolidation of
Page 650 :
Development of Indian Press, , 627, , public opinion, than on mass agitation or active mobilisation, of masses through open meetings. For this purpose the press, proved a crucial tool in the hands of the nationalists. The, Indian National Congress in its early days relied solely on, the press to propagate its resolutions and proceedings., Many newspapers emerged during these years under, distinguished and fearless journalists. These included The, Hindu and Swadesamitran under G. Subramaniya Aiyar, The, Bengalee under Surendranath Banerjea, Voice of India under, Dadabhai Naoroji, Amrita Bazar Patrika under Sisir Kumar, Ghosh and Motilal Ghosh, Indian Mirror under N.N. Sen,, Kesari (in Marathi) and Maharatta (in English) under, Balgangadhar Tilak, Sudharak under Gopal Krishna Gokhale,, and Hindustan and Advocate under G.P. Verma. Other main, newspapers included, Tribune and Akbhar-i-am in Punjab,, Gujarati, Indu Prakash, Dhyan Prakash and Kal in Bombay, and Som Prakash, Banganivasi and Sadharani in Bengal., These newspapers were not established as profitmaking business ventures but were seen as rendering national, and public service. In fact, these newspapers had a wide reach, and they stimulated a library movement. Their impact was, not limited to cities and towns; these newspapers reached, the remote villages, where each news item and editorial, would be read and discussed thoroughly in the ‘local libraries’, which would gather around a single newspaper. In this way,, these libraries served the purpose of not only political, education but also of political participation. In these, newspapers, government Acts and policies were put to critical, scrutiny. They acted as an institution of opposition to the, government., The government on its part had enacted many strident, laws, such as Section 124 A of the Indian Penal Code which, provided that anyone trying to cause disaffection against the, British Government in India was to be transported for life, or for any term or imprisoned up to three years. But the, nationalist-minded journalists had evolved many clever
Page 651 :
628, , A Brief History of Modern India, , strategems to subvert these legal hurdles. For instance,, writings hostile to the government used to be prefaced with, sentiments of loyalty to the government or critical writings, of socialists or Irish nationalists from newspapers in England, used to be quoted. This was a difficult task which required, an intelligent mix of simplicity with subtlety., The national movement, from its very beginning, stood, for the freedom of press. The Indian newspapers became, highly critical of Lord Lytton’s administration especially, regarding its inhuman treatment to victims of the famine of, 1876-77. The Government struck back with the Vernacular, Press Act, 1878., , Vernacular Press Act, 1878, A bitter legacy of the 1857 revolt was the racial bitterness, between the ruler and the ruled. After 1858, the European, press always rallied behind the government in political, controversies while the vernacular press was critical of the, government. There was a strong public opinion against the, imperialistic policies of Lytton, compounded by terrible, famine (1876-77), on the one hand, and lavish expenditure, on the imperial Delhi Durbar, on the other., The Vernacular Press Act (VPA) was designed to, ‘better control’ the vernacular press and effectively punish, and repress seditious writing. The provisions of the Act, included the following., 1. The district magistrate was empowered to call upon, the printer and publisher of any vernacular newspaper to enter, into a bond with the government undertaking not to cause, disaffection against the government or antipathy, between persons of different religions, caste, race through, published material; the printer and publisher could also be, required to deposit security which could be forefeited if the, regulation were contravened, and press equipment could be, seized if the offence re-occurred.
Page 652 :
Development of Indian Press, , 629, , 2. The magistrate’s action was final and no appeal could, be made in a court of law., 3. A vernacular newspaper could get exemption from, the operation of the Act by submitting proofs to a government, censor., The Act came to be nicknamed “the gagging Act”. The, worst features of this Act were—(i) discrimination between, English and vernacular press, (ii) no right of appeal., Under VPA, proceedings were instituted against Som, Prakash, Bharat Mihir, Dacca Prakash and Samachar., (Incidentally, the Amrita Bazar Patrika turned overnight, into an English newspaper to escape the VPA.), Later, the pre-censorship clause was repealed, and a, press commissioner was appointed to supply authentic and, accurate news to the press., There was strong opposition to the Act and finally, Ripon repealed it in 1882., In 1883, Surendranath Banerjea became the first, Indian journalist to be imprisoned. In an angry editorial, in The Bengalee Banerjea had criticised a judge of Calcutta, High Court for being insensitive to the religious sentiments, of Bengalis in one of his judgements., Bal Gangadhar Tilak is most frequently associated with, the nationalist fight for the freedom of press. Tilak had been, building up anti-imperialist sentiments among the public, through Ganapati festivals (started in 1893), Shivaji festivals, (started in 1896) and through his newspapers Kesari and, Maharatta. He was among the first to advocate bringing the, lower middle classes, the peasants, artisans and workers into, the Congress fold. In 1896, he organised an all Maharashtra, campaign for boycott of foreign cloth in opposition to, imposition of excise duty on cotton. In 1896-97 he initiated, a no-tax campaign in Maharashtra, urging farmers to withhold, the payment of revenue if their crop had failed. In 1897,, plague occurred in Poona. Although Tilak supported, government measures to check plague, there was large-scale, popular resentment against heartless and harsh methods such
Page 653 :
630, , A Brief History of Modern India, , as segregation and house searches. The popular unrest, resulted in murder of the chairman of the Plague Committee, in Poona by the Chapekar brothers. The government policies, on tariff, currency and famine were also behind this popular, resentment., The government had been looking for an opportunity, to check this militant trend and hostility in the press. They, decided to make Tilak a victim to set an example to the, public. Tilak was arrested after the murder of Rand on the, basis of the publication of a poem, ‘Shivaji’s Utterances’, in, Kesari, and a speech which Tilak had delivered at the Shivaji, festival, justifying Afzal Khan’s murder by Shivaji. Tilak’s, defence of Shivaji’s killing of Afzal Khan was portrayed by, the prosecution as an incitement to kill British officials. Tilak, was held guilty and awarded rigorous imprisonment of, eighteen months. Simultaneously several other editors in, Bombay presidency were tried and given similar harsh, sentences. There were widespread protests against these, measures. Overnight Tilak became a national hero and was, given the title of ‘Lokmanya’ (respected and honoured by the, people)—a new leader who preached with his deeds., In 1898, the government amended Section 124A and, added another Section 153A which made it a criminal offence, for anyone to bring into contempt the Government of India, or to create hatred among different classes, that is, vis-avis the English in India. This also led to nation-wide protests., During Swadeshi and Boycott Movements and due to rise of, militant nationalist trends, several repressive laws were, passed., Newspaper (Incitement to Offences) Act, 1908 Aimed, against Extremist nationalist activity, the Act empowered the, magistrates to confiscate press property which published, objectionable material likely to cause incitement to murder/, acts of violence., Tilak as the leader of militant nationalists was tried on, charges of sedition and transported to Mandalay (Burma) for, six years. This led to countrywide protests. In Bombay, textile
Page 654 :
Development of Indian Press, , 631, , Views, The government has converted the entire nation into a prison, and we are all prisoners. Going to prison only means that from, a big cell one is confined to a smaller one., Bal Gangadhar Tilak, , workers and railway workshop workers took on the Army in, streets and went on strike for days. Lenin hailed this as the, entrance of the Indian working class on the political stage., Indian Press Act, 1910 This Act revived the worst, features of the VPA—local government was empowered to, demand a security at registration from the printer/publisher, and fortfeit/deregister if it was an offending newspaper, and, the printer of a newspaper was required to submit two copies, of each issue to local government free of charge., , During and After the, First World War, Defence of India Rules were imposed for repression of, political agitation and free public criticism during the First, World War. In 1921, on the recommendations of a Press, Committee chaired by Tej Bahadur Sapru, the Press Acts of, 1908 and 1910 were repealed., Indian Press (Emergency Powers) Act, 1931 This, Act gave sweeping powers to provincial governments to, suppress propaganda for Civil Disobedience Movement. It, was further amplified in 1932 to include all activities, calculated to undermine government authority., , During the Second World War, Under the Defence of India Rules, pre-censorship was, imposed and amendments made in Press Emergency Act and, Official Secrets Act. At one time, publication of all news, related to Congress activity was declared illegal.
Page 655 :
632, , A Brief History of Modern India, , 30, Development of Education, Under Company Rule, For the first 60 years of its dominion in India, the East India, Company, a trading and profit-making concern, took no, interest in the promotion of education. Some minor exceptions, were efforts by individuals—, ● The Calcutta Madrasah was established by Warren, Hastings in 1781 for the study of Muslim law and related, subjects., ● The Sanskrit College was established by Jonathan, Duncan, the resident, at Benaras in 1791 for study of Hindu, law and philosophy., ● Fort William College was set up by Wellesley in, 1800 for training of civil servants of the Company in, languages and customs of Indians (closed in 1802)., The Calcutta Madrasah and the Sanskrit College were, designed to provide a regular supply of qualified Indians to, help the administration of law in the Company’s court, and, the knowledge of classical languages and vernaculars was, useful in correspondence with Indian states., Enlightened Indians and missionaries started exerting, pressure on the Government to promote modern, secular,, Western education, as they thought that Western education, was the remedy for social, economic and political ills of the, country. Missionaries thought that modern education would, 632
Page 656 :
Development of Education, , 633, , destroy the faith of Indians in their own religions and they, would take to Christianity. Serampore missionaries were, in, particular, very enthusiastic about spread of education., , A Humble beginning by, Charter Act of 1813, The Charter Act of 1813 incorporated the principle of, encouraging learned Indians and promoting knowledge of, modern sciences in the country. The Act directed the, Company to sanction one lakh rupees annually for this, purpose. However, even this petty amount was not made, available till 1823, mainly because of the controversy raged, on the question of the direction that this expenditure should, take., Meanwhile, efforts of enlightened Indians such as Raja, Rammohan Roy bore fruit and a grant was sanctioned for, Calcutta College set up in 1817 by educated Bengalis,, imparting English education in Western humanities and, sciences. The government also set up three Sanskrit colleges, at Calcutta, Delhi and Agra., , Orientalist-Anglicist Controversy, Within the General Committee on Public Instruction, the, Anglicists argued that the government spending on education, should be exclusively for modern studies., The Orientalists said while Western sciences and literature should be taught to prepare students to take up jobs,, emphasis should be placed on expansion of traditional Indian, learning., Even the Anglicists were divided over the question of, medium of instruction—one faction was for English language, as the medium, while the other faction was for Indian, languages (vernaculars) for the purpose., Unfortunately there was a great deal of confusion over, English and vernacular languages as media of instruction and, as objects of study.
Page 657 :
634, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Lord Macaulay’s Minute (1835), The famous Lord Macaulay’s Minute settled the row in favour, of Anglicists—the limited government resources were to be, devoted to teaching of Western sciences and literature, through the medium of English language alone. Lord Macaulay, held the view that “Indian learning was inferior to European, learning”—which was true as far as physical and social, sciences in the contemporary stage were concerned., The government soon made English as the medium of, instruction in its schools and colleges and opened a few, English schools and colleges instead of a large number of, elementary schools, thus neglecting mass education. The, British planned to educate a small section of upper and, middle classes, thus creating a class “Indian in blood and, colour but English in tastes, in opinions, in morals and in, intellect” who would act as interpreters between the, government and masses and would enrich the vernaculars by, which knowledge of Western sciences and literature would, reach the masses. This was called the ‘downward filtration, theory’., Modern ideas, if not education, did filter down to the, masses, though not in a form desired by the rulers, but, through political parties, press, pamphlets, public platforms,, etc. Modern education only helped this process by making, available the basic literature on physical and social sciences, to nationalists, thus stimulating their capacity to make social, analysis—otherwise the content, structure and curricula of, modern education served colonial interests., , Efforts of Thomson, James Thomson, lieutenant-governor of NW Provinces (184353), developed a comprehensive scheme of village education, through the medium of vernacular languages. In these village, schools, useful subjects such as mensuration and agriculture, sciences were taught. The purpose was to train personnel for, the newly set up Revenue and Public Works Department.
Page 658 :
Development of Education, , 635, , Wood’s Despatch (1854), In 1854, Charles Wood prepared a despatch on an educational, system for India. Considered the “Magna Carta of English, Education in India”, this document was the first comprehensive, plan for the spread of education in India., 1. It asked the government of India to assume, responsibility for education of the masses, thus repudiating, the ‘downward filtration theory’, at least on paper., 2. It systematised the hierarchy from vernacular primary, schools in villages at bottom, followed by Anglo-Vernacular, High Schools and an affiliated college at the district level,, and affiliating universities in the presidency towns of Calcutta,, Bombay and Madras., 3. It recommended English as the medium of instruction, for higher studies and vernaculars at school level., 4. It laid stress on female and vocational education, and, on teachers’ training., 5. It laid down that the education imparted in government, institutions should be secular., 6. It recommended a system of grants-in-aid to, encourage private enterprise., , Developments, In 1857, universities at Calcutta, Bombay and Madras were, set up and later, departments of education were set up in all, provinces. The Bethune School founded by J.E.D. Bethune, at Calcutta (1849) was the first fruit of a powerful movement, for education of women which arose in 1840s and 1850s., Bethune was the president of the Council of Education., Mostly due to Bethune’s efforts, girls’ schools were set up, on a sound footing and brought under government’s grantsin-aid and inspection system., An Agriculture Institute at Pusa (Bihar) and an, Engineering Institute at Roorkee were started., The ideals and methods of Wood’s Despatch dominated, the field for five decades which saw rapid westernisation of
Page 659 :
636, , A Brief History of Modern India, , education system in India, with educational institutions run, by European headmasters and principals. Missionary, enterprises played their own part. Gradually, private Indian, effort appeared in the field., , After the Crown Took Over, Hunter Education Commission (1882-83), , Earlier schemes had neglected primary and secondary, education. When education was shifted to provinces in 1870,, primary and secondary education further suffered because the, provinces already had limited resources at their disposal. In, 1882, the Government appointed a commission under the, chairmanship of W.W. Hunter to review the progress of, education in the country since the Despatch of 1854. The, Hunter Commission mostly confined its recommendations to, primary and secondary education. The commission—, (i) emphasised that state’s special care is required for, extension and improvement of primary education,, and that primary education should be imparted, through vernacular., (ii) recommended transfer of control of primary, education to newly set up district and municipal, boards., (iii) recommended that secondary (High School), education should have two divisions—, ● literary—leading up to university., ● vocational—for commercial careers., (iv) drew attention to inadequate facilities for female, education, especially outside presidency towns, and made recommendations for its spread., The next two decades saw rapid growth and expansion, of secondary and collegiate education with the participation, of Indians. Also, more teaching-cum-examining universities, were set up like the Punjab University (1882) and the, Allahabad University (1887).
Page 660 :
Development of Education, , 637, , Indian Universities Act, 1904, The dawn of 20th century saw political unrest. The official, view was that under private management the quality of, education had deteriorated and educational institutions acted, as factories producing political revolutionaries. Nationalists, accepted the decline in quality but accused the Government, of not doing anything to eradicate illiteracy., In 1902, Raleigh Commission was set up to go into, conditions and prospects of universities in India and to, suggest measures for improvement in their constitution and, working. The commission precluded from reporting on, primary or secondary education. Based on its, recommendations, the Indian Universities Act was passed in, 1904. As per the Act,, (i) universities were to give more attention to study, and research;, (ii) the number of fellows of a university and their, period in office were reduced and most fellows, were to be nominated by the Government;, (iii) Government was to have powers to veto, universities’ senate regulations and could amend, these regulations or pass regulations on its own;, (iv) conditions were to be made stricter for affiliation, of private colleges; and, (v) five lakh rupees were to be sanctioned per annum, for five years for improvement of higher education, and universities., Curzon justified greater control over universities in the, name of quality and efficiency, but actually sought to restrict, education and to discipline the educated towards loyalty to, the Government., The nationalists saw in it an attempt to strengthen, imperialism and to sabotage nationalist feelings. Gokhale, called it a “retrograde measure”.
Page 661 :
638, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Government Resolution on Education, Policy—1913, In 1906, the progressive state of Baroda introduced, compulsory primary education throughout its territories., National leaders urged the government to do so for British, India (Gokhale made a powerful advocacy for it in the, Legislative Assembly)., In its 1913 Resolution on Education Policy, the, government refused to take up the responsibility of compulsory, education, but accepted the policy of removal of illiteracy, and urged provincial governments to take early steps to, provide free elementary education to the poorer and more, backward sections. Private efforts were to be encouraged for, this and the quality of secondary schools was to be improved., A university, it was decided, was to be established in each, province and teaching activities of universities were to be, encouraged., , Saddler University Commission (1917-19), The commission was set up to study and report on problems, of Calcutta University but its recommendations were, applicable more or less to other universities also. It reviewed, the entire field from school education to university education., It held the view that, for the improvement of university, education, improvement of secondary education was a, necessary pre-condition. Its observations were as follows:, 1. School course should cover 12 years. Students, should enter university after an intermediate stage (rather, than matric) for a three-year degree course in university. This, was done to, (a) prepare students for university stage;, (b) relieve universities of a large number of below, university standard students; and, (c) provide collegiate education to those not planning, to go through university stage., A separate board of secondary and intermediate education
Page 662 :
Development of Education, , 639, , should be set up for administration and control of secondary, and intermediate education., 2. There should be less rigidity in framing university, regulations., 3. A university should function as centralised, unitary, residential-teaching autonomous body, rather than as scattered,, affiliated colleges., 4. Female education, applied scientific and technological, education, teachers’ training including those for professional, and vocational colleges should be extended., In the period from 1916 to 1921 seven new universities, came up at Mysore, Patna, Benaras, Aligarh, Dacca, Lucknow, and Osmania., In 1920, the Government recommended Saddler report, to the provincial governments., , Education Under Dyarchy, Under Montagu-Chelmsford reforms education was shifted, to provincial ministries and the government stopped taking, direct interest in educational matters, while government, grants, liberally sanctioned since 1902, were now stopped., Financial difficulties prevented any substantial expansion, but still education grew, especially under philanthropic, efforts., , Hartog Committee (1929), An increase in number of schools and colleges had led to, deterioration of education standards. The Hartog Committee, was set up to report on development of education. Its main, recommendations were as follows., 1. Emphasis should be given to primary education but, there need be no hasty expansion or compulsion in education., 2. Only deserving students should go in for high school, and intermediate stage, while average students should be, diverted to vocational courses after VIII standard., 3. For improvements in standards of university, education, admissions should be restricted.
Page 663 :
640, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Sergeant Plan of Education, The Sergeant Plan (Sergeant was the educational advisor to, the Government) was worked out by the Central Advisory, Board of Education in 1944. It recommended—, 1. pre-primary education for 3-6 years age group; free,, universal and compulsory elementary education for, 6-11 years age group; high school education for 1117 years age group for selected children, and a, university course of 3 years after higher secondary;, Wardha Scheme of Basic Education (1937), The Congress had organised a National Conference on Education, in October 1937 in Wardha. In the light of the resolutions passed, there, Zakir Hussain committee formulated a detailed national, scheme for basic education. The main principle behind this scheme, was ‘learning through activity’. It was based on Gandhi’s ideas, published in a series of articles in the weekly Harijan. Gandhi thought, that Western education had created a gulf between the educated, few and the masses and had also made the educated elite, ineffective. The scheme had the following provisions., (i) Inclusion of a basic handicraft in the syllabus., (ii) First seven years of schooling to be an integral part of, a free and compulsory nationwide education system (through mother, tongue)., (iii) Teaching to be in Hindi from class II to VII and in English, only after class VIII., (iv) Ways to be devised to establish contact with the, community around schools through service., (v) A suitable technique to be devised with a view to, implementing the main idea of basic education—educating the child, through the medium of productive activity of a suitable handicraft., The system, rather than being a methodology for, education, was an expression of an idea for a new life and a new, society. The basic premise was that only through such a scheme, could India be an independent and non-violent society. This scheme, was child-centred and cooperative., There was not much development of this idea, because of, the start of the Second World War and the resignation of the, Congress ministries (October 1939).
Page 664 :
Development of Education, , 641, , high schools to be of two types: (i) academic and, (ii) technical and vocational., 2. adequate technical, commercial and arts education., 3. abolition of intermediate course., 4. liquidation of adult illiteracy in 20 years., 5. stress on teachers’ training, physical education,, education for the physically and mentally, handicapped., The objective was to create within 40 years, the same, level of educational attainment as prevailed in England., Although a bold and comprehensive scheme, it proposed no, methodology for implementation. Also, the ideal of England’s, achievements may not have suited Indian conditions., , Development of Vernacular Education, During the early 19th century vernacular education was in, a sorry state of affairs. It was mostly dependent on, contributions from wealthy zamindars., 1835, 1836, 1838 : William Adam’s reports on, vernacular education in Bengal and Bihar pointed out defects, in the system of vernacular education., 1843-53 : James Jonathan’s experiments in NorthWest Provinces (UP), as the lieutenant-governor there,, included opening one government school as model school, in each tehsildari and a normal school for teachers’ training, for vernacular schools., 1853 : In a famous minute, Lord Dalhousie expressed, strong opinion in favour of vernacular education., 1854 : Wood’s Despatch made the following provisions, for vernacular education:, 1. Improvement of standards, 2. Supervision by government agency, 3. Normal schools to train teachers, These gave impetus to the cause of vernacular education, 1854-71 : The government paid some attention to
Page 665 :
642, , A Brief History of Modern India, , secondary and vernacular education. The number of vernacular schools increased by more than five-fold., 1882 : The Hunter Commission held that State should, make special efforts for extension and improvement of, vernacular education. Mass education was to be seen as, instructing masses through vernaculars., 1904 : Education policy put special emphasis on, vernacular education and increased grants for it., 1929 : Hartog Committee presented a gloomy picture, of primary education., 1937 : These schools received encouragement from, Congress ministries., , Development of Technical Education, The Engineering College at Roorkee was set up in 1847; the, Calcutta College of Engineering came up in 1856. In 1858,, Overseers’ School at Poona was raised to the status of Poona, College of Engineering and affiliated to Bombay University., Guindy College of Engineering was affiliated to Madras, University., Medical training started with establishment of a medical, college in Calcutta in 1835. Lord Curzon did much to, broaden the whole basis of professional courses—medicine,, agriculture, engineering, veterinary sciences, etc. He, established an agriculture college at Pusa which acted as a, parent institution of similar institutions in other provinces., , Evaluation of British Policy, on Education, 1. Even the inadequate measures the government took, for the expansion of modern education were guided by, concerns other than philanthropic. The government measures, for promotion of education were influenced by—, ● agitation in favour of modern education by
Page 666 :
Development of Education, , 643, , enlightened Indians, Christian missionaries and, humanitarian officials;, ● the need to ensure a cheap supply of educated, Indians to man an increasing number of subordinate, posts in administration and in British business, concerns—thus there was an emphasis on English, medium as the language of administration and of, education;, ● the hope that educated Indians would help expand, market for British manufactures in India;, ● an expectation that Western education would, reconcile Indians to British rule, particularly as it, glorified British conquerors and their administration., The British thus wanted to use modern education to, strengthen the foundations of their political authority in India., 2. Traditional system of Indian learning gradually, declined for want of support, and specially after 1844 when, it was declared that applicants for government employment, should possess knowledge of English., 3. Mass education was neglected leading to widespread, illiteracy (1911—84 per cent and in 1921—92 per cent), which created a wide linguistic and cultural gulf between the, educated few and the masses., 4. Since education was to be paid for, it became a, monopoly of upper and richer classes and city dwellers., 5. There was an almost total neglect of women’s, education because (i) the Government did not want to arouse, wrath of orthodox sections; and (ii) it had no immediate, utility for the colonial rule., 6. Scientific and technical education was by and large, neglected. By 1857 there were only three medical colleges, at Calcutta, Bombay and Madras, and only one good, engineering college at Roorkee which was open only to, Europeans and Eurasians.
Page 667 :
644, , A Brief History of Modern India, , 31, Peasant Movements, 1857-1947, Peasantry Under Colonialism, The impoverishment of the Indian peasantry was a direct, result of the transformation of the agrarian structure due to—, ● colonial economic policies,, ● ruin of the handicrafts leading to overcrowding of, land,, ● the new land revenue system,, ● colonial administrative and judicial system., The peasants suffered from high rents, illegal levies,, arbitrary evictions and unpaid labour in zamindari areas. In, Ryotwari areas, the government itself levied heavy land, revenue. The overburdened farmer, fearing loss of his only, source of livelihood, often approached the local moneylender, who made full use of the former’s difficulties by extracting, high rates of interests on the money lent. Often, the farmer, had to mortgage his land and cattle. Sometimes, the moneylender seized the mortgaged belongings. Gradually, over large, areas, the actual cultivators were reduced to the status of, tenants-at-will, share croppers and landless labourers., The peasants often resisted the exploitation, and soon, they realised that their real enemy was the colonial state., Sometimes, the desperate peasants took to crime to come, out of intolerable conditions. These crimes included robbery,, dacoity and what has been called social banditry., 644
Page 668 :
Peasant Movements 1857-1947, , 645, , A Survey of Early Peasant Movements, Indigo Revolt (1859-60), In Bengal, the indigo planters, nearly all Europeans, exploited, the local peasants by forcing them to grow indigo on their, lands instead of the more paying crops like rice. The planters, forced the peasants to take advance sums and enter into, fraudulent contracts which were then used against the peasants., The planters intimidated the peasants through kidnappings,, illegal confinements, flogging, attacks on women and children,, seizure of cattle, burning and demolition of houses and, destruction of crops., The anger of the peasants exploded in 1859 when, led, by Digambar Biswas and Bishnu Biswas of Nadia district, they, decided not to grow indigo under duress and resisted the, physical pressure of the planters and their lathiyals (retainers), backed by police and the courts. They also organised a, counter force against the planters’ attacks. The planters also, tried methods like evictions and enhanced rents. The ryots, replied by going on a rent strike by refusing to pay the, enhanced rents and by physically resisting the attempts to, evict them. Gradually, they learned to use the legal machinery, and initiated legal action supported by fund collection., The Bengali intelligentsia played a significant role by, supporting the peasants’ cause through newspaper campaigns,, organisation of mass meetings, preparing memoranda on, peasants’ grievances and supporting them in legal battles., The Government appointed an indigo commission to, inquire into the problem of indigo cultivation. Based on its, recommendations, the Government issued a notification in, November 1860 that the ryots could not be compelled to, grow indigo and that it would ensure that all disputes were, settled by legal means. But, the planters were already closing, down factories and indigo cultivation was virtually wiped out, from Bengal by the end of 1860.
Page 669 :
646, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Pabna Agrarian Leagues, During the 1870s and 1880s, large parts of Eastern Bengal, witnessed agrarian unrest caused by oppressive practices of, the zamindars. The zamindars resorted to enhanced rents, beyond legal limits and prevented the tenants from acquiring, occupancy rights under Act X of 1859. To achieve their ends,, the zamindars resorted to forcible evictions, seizure of cattle, and crops and prolonged, costly litigation in courts where, the poor peasant found himself at a disadvantage., Having had enough of the oppressive regime, the, peasants of Yusufshahi Pargana in Patna district formed an, agrarian league or combination to resist the demands of the, zamindars. The league organised a rent strike—the ryots, refused to pay the enhanced rents, challenging the zamindars, in the courts. Funds were raised by ryots to fight the court, cases. The struggles spread throughout Patna and to other, districts of East Bengal. The main form of struggle was that, of legal resistance; there was very little violence., Though the peasant discontent continued to linger on, till 1885, most of the cases had been solved, partially through, official persuasion and partially because of zamindars’ fears., Many peasants were able to acquire occupancy rights and, resist enhanced rents. The government also promised to, undertake legislation to protect the tenants from the worst, aspects of zamindari oppression. In 1885, the Bengal Tenancy, Act was passed., Again, a number of young Indian intellectuals supported, the peasants’ cause. These included Bankim Chandra Chatterjee,, R.C. Dutt and the Indian Association under Surendranath, Banerjea., , Deccan Riots, The ryots of Deccan region of western India suffered heavy, taxation under the Ryotwari system. Here again the peasants, found themselves trapped in a vicious network with the, moneylender as the exploiter and the main beneficiary. These
Page 670 :
Peasant Movements 1857-1947, , 647, , moneylenders were mostly outsiders—Marwaris or Gujaratis., The conditions had worsened due to a crash in cotton prices, after the end of the American Civil War in 1864, the, Government’s decision to raise the land revenue by 50% in, 1867, and a succession of bad harvests., In 1874, the growing tension between the moneylenders, and the peasants resulted in a social boycott movement, organised by the ryots against the “outsider” moneylenders., The ryots refused to buy from their shops. No peasant would, cultivate their fields. The barbers, washermen, shoemakers, would not serve them. This social boycott spread rapidly to, the villages of Poona, Ahmednagar, Sholapur and Satara. Soon, the social boycott was transformed into agrarian riots with, systematic attacks on the moneylenders’ houses and shops., The debt bonds and deeds were seized and publicly burnt., The Government succeeded in repressing the movement., As a conciliatory measure, the Deccan Agriculturists Relief, Act was passed in 1879., This time also, the modern nationalist intelligentsia of, Maharashtra supported the peasants’ cause., , Changed Nature of Peasant, Movements after 1857, ● Peasants emerged as the main force in agrarian, movements, fighting directly for their own demands., ● The demands were centred almost wholly on, economic issues., ● The movements were directed against the immediate, enemies of the peasant—foreign planters and indigenous, zamindars and moneylenders., ● The struggles were directed towards specific and, limited objectives and redressal of particular grievances., ● Colonialism was not the target of these movements., ● It was not the objective of these movements to end, the system of subordination or exploitation of the peasants.
Page 671 :
648, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Territorial reach was limited., There was no continuity of struggle or long-term, organisation., ● The peasants developed a strong awareness of their, legal rights and asserted them in and outside the courts., ●, ●, , Weaknesses, ● There was a lack of an adequate understanding of, colonialism., ● The 19th-century peasants did not possess a new, ideology and a new social, economic and political programme., ● These struggles, however militant, occurred within the, framework of the old societal order lacking a positive, conception of an alternative society., , Later Movements, The peasant movements of the 20th century were deeply, influenced by and had a marked impact on the national, freedom struggle. (Refer to the chapters on Freedom, Movement for ‘Champaran’ and ‘Kheda Satyagraha’.), , The Kisan Sabha Movement, , After the 1857 revolt, the Awadh taluqdars had got back their, lands. This strengthened the hold of the taluqdars or big, landlords over the agrarian society of the province. The, majority of the cultivators were subjected to high rents,, summary evictions (bedakhali), illegal levies, renewal fees, or nazrana. The First World War had hiked the prices of, food and other necessities. This worsened the conditions of, the UP peasants., Mainly due to the efforts of the Home Rule activists,, kisan sabhas were organised in UP. The United Provinces, Kisan Sabha was set up in February 1918 by Gauri Shankar, Mishra and Indra Narayan Dwivedi. Madan Mohan Malaviya, supported their efforts. By June 1919, the UP Kisan Sabha
Page 672 :
Peasant Movements 1857-1947, , 649, , had 450 branches. Other prominent leaders included Jhinguri, Singh, Durgapal Singh and Baba Ramchandra. In June 1920,, Baba Ramchandra urged Nehru to visit these villages. During, these visits, Nehru developed close contacts with the villagers., In October 1920, the Awadh Kisan Sabha came into, existence because of differences in nationalist ranks. The, Awadh Kisan Sabha asked the kisans to refuse to till, bedakhali land, not to offer hari and begar (forms of unpaid, labour), to boycott those who did not accept these conditions, and to solve their disputes through panchayats., From the earlier forms of mass meetings and, mobilisation, the patterns of activity changed rapidly in, January 1921 to the looting of bazaars, houses, granaries and, clashes with the police. The centres of activity were primarily, the districts of Rai Bareilly, Faizabad and Sultanpur., The movement declined soon, partly due to government, repression and partly because of the passing of the Awadh, Rent (Amendment) Act., , Eka Movement, Towards the end of 1921, peasant discontent resurfaced in, some northern districts of the United Provinces—Hardoi,, Bahraich, Sitapur. The issues involved were:, (i) high rents—50 per cent higher than the recorded, rates;, (ii) oppression of thikadars in charge of revenue, collection; and, (iii) practice of share-rents., The meetings of the Eka or the Unity Movement, involved a symbolic religious ritual in which the assembled, peasants vowed that they would, ● pay only the recorded rent but would pay it on time;, ● not leave when evicted;, ● refuse to do forced labour;, ● give no help to criminals;, ● abide by panchayat decisions., The grassroot leadership of the Eka Movement came
Page 673 :
650, , A Brief History of Modern India, , from Madari Pasi and other low-caste leaders, and many, small zamindars., By March 1922, severe repression by authorities, brought the movement to an end., , Mappila Revolt, The Mappilas were the Muslim tenants inhabiting the Malabar, region where most of the landlords were Hindus. The, Mappilas had expressed their resentment against the, oppression of the landlords during the nineteenth century, also. Their grievances centred around lack of security of, tenure, high rents, renewal fees and other oppressive exactions., The Mappila tenants were particularly encouraged by, the demand of the local Congress body for a government, legislation regulating tenant-landlord relations. Soon, the, Mappila movement merged with the ongoing Khilafat agitation., The leaders of the Khilafat-Non-Cooperation Movement like, Gandhi, Shaukat Ali and Maulana Azad addressed Mappila, meetings. After the arrest of national leaders, the leadership, passed into the hands of local Mappila leaders., Things took a turn for the worse in August 1921 when, the arrest of a respected priest leader, Ali Musaliar, sparked, off large-scale riots. Initially, the symbols of British, authority—courts, police stations, treasuries and offices—, and unpopular landlords (jenmies who were mostly Hindus), were the targets. But once the British declared martial law, and repression began in earnest, the character of the rebellion, underwent a definite change. Many Hindus were seen by the, Mappilas to be helping the authorities. What began as an antigovernment and anti-landlord affair acquired communal, overtones. The communalisation of the rebellion completed, the isolation of the Mappilas from the Khilafat-NonCooperation Movement. By December 1921, all resistance, had come to a stop., , Bardoli Satyagraha, The Bardoli taluqa in Surat district had witnessed intense, politicisation after the coming of Gandhi on the national
Page 674 :
Peasant Movements 1857-1947, , 651, , political scene. The movement sparked off in January 1926, when the authorities decided to increase the land revenue by, 30 per cent. The Congress leaders were quick to protest and, a Bardoli Inquiry Committee was set up to go into the issue., The committee found the revenue hike to be unjustified. In, February 1926, Vallabhbhai Patel was called to lead the, movement. The women of Bardoli gave him the title of, “Sardar”. Under Patel, the Bardoli peasants resolved to refuse, payments of the revised assessment until the Government, appointed an independent tribunal or accepted the current, amount as full payment. To organise the movement, Patel set, up 13 chhavanis or workers’ camps in the taluqa. Bardoli, Satyagraha Patrika was brought out to mobilise public, opinion. An intelligence wing was set up to make sure all, the tenants followed the movement’s resolutions. Those who, opposed the movement faced a social boycott. Special, emphasis was placed on the mobilisation of women. K.M., Munshi and Lalji Naranji resigned from the Bombay Legislative, Council in support of the movement., By August 1928, massive tension had built up in the, area. There were prospects of a railway strike in Bombay., Gandhi reached Bardoli to stand by in case of any emergency., The Government was looking for a graceful withdrawal now., It set the condition that first the enhanced rent be paid by, all the occupants (not actually done). Then, a committee went, into the whole affair and found the revenue hike to be, unjustified and recommended a rise of 6.03 per cent only., During the 1930s, the peasant awakening was influenced, by the Great Depression in the industrialised countries and, the Civil Disobedience Movement which took the form of, no-rent, no-revenue movement in many areas. Also, after the, decline of the active phase movement (1932) many new, entrants to active politics started looking for suitable outlets, for release of their energies and took to organisation of, peasants.
Page 675 :
652, , A Brief History of Modern India, , The All India Kisan Congress/Sabha, This sabha was founded in Lucknow in April 1936 with Swami, Sahjanand Saraswati as the president and N.G. Ranga as the, general secretary. A kisan manifesto was issued and a, periodical under Indulal Yagnik started. The AIKS and the, Congress held their sessions in Faizpur in 1936. The, Congress manifesto (especially the agrarian policy) for the, 1937 provincial elections was strongly influenced by the, AIKS agenda., , Under Congress Ministries, The period 1937-39 was the high watermark of the peasant, movements and activity under the Congress provincial rule., The chief form of mobilisation was through holding kisan, conferences and meetings where demands were aired and, resolutions were passed. Mobilisation campaigns were carried, out in the villages., , Peasant Activity in Provinces, Kerala, In the Malabar region, the peasants were mobilised mainly, by the Congress Socialist Party activists. Many “Karshak, Sanghams” (peasants’ organisations) came into existence. The, most popular method was the marching of jaths or peasants, groups to the landlords to get their demands accepted. One, significant campaign by the peasants was in 1938 for the, amendment of the Malabar Tenancy Act, 1929., , Andhra, This region had already witnessed a decline in the prestige, of zamindars after their defeat by Congressmen in elections., Anti-zamindar movements were going on in some places., Many provincial ryot associations were active. N.G. Ranga, had set up, in 1933, the India Peasants’ Institute. After 1936,, the Congress socialists started organising the peasants. At, many places, the summer schools of economics and politics
Page 676 :
Peasant Movements 1857-1947, , 653, , were held and addressed by leaders like P.C. Joshi, Ajoy, Ghosh and R.D. Bhardwaj., , Bihar, Here, Sahjanand Saraswati was joined by Karyanand Sharma,, Yadunandan Sharma, Rahul Sankritayan, Panchanan Sharma,, Jamun Karjiti, etc. In 1935, the Provincial Kisan Conference, adopted the anti-zamindari slogan. The Provincial Kisan Sabha, developed a rift with the Congress over the ‘bakasht land’, issue because of an unfavourable government resolution, which was not acceptable to the sabha. The movement died, out by August 1939., , Punjab, The earlier peasant mobilisation here had been organised by, the Punjab Naujawan Bharat Sabha, the Kirti Kisan Party, the, Congress and the Akalis. A new direction to the movement, was given by the Punjab Kisan Committee in 1937. The main, targets of the movement were the landlords of western Punjab, who dominated the unionist ministry. The immediate issues, taken up were resettlement of land revenue in Amritsar and, Lahore and increase in water rates in canal colonies of, Multan and Montgomery where feudal levies were being, demanded by the private contractors. Here the peasants went, on a strike and were finally able to win concessions., The peasant activity in Punjab was mainly concentrated, in Jullundur, Amritsar, Hoshiarpur, Lyallpur and Shekhupura., The Muslim tenants-at-will of west Punjab and the Hindu, peasants of south-eastern Punjab (today’s Haryana) remained, largely unaffected., Peasant activity was also organised in Bengal (Burdwan, and 24 Parganas), Assam (Surma Valley), Orissa, Central, Provinces and NWFP., , During the War, Because of a pro-War line adopted by the communists, the, AIKS was split on communist and non-communist lines and
Page 677 :
654, , A Brief History of Modern India, , many veteran leaders like Sahjanand, Indulal Yagnik and N.G., Ranga left the sabha. But the Kisan Sabha continued to work, among the people. It did notable work during the famine of, 1943., , Post-War Phase, Tebhaga Movement, In September 1946, the Bengal Provincial Kisan Sabha gave, a call to implement, through mass struggle, the Flood, Commission recommendations of tebhaga—two-thirds’, share—to the bargardars, the share-croppers also known as, bagchasi or adhyar, instead of the one-half share. The, bargardars worked on lands rented from the jotedars. The, communist cadres, including many urban student militias, went to the countryside to organise the bargardars. The, central slogan was “nij khamare dhan tolo”—i.e.,, sharecroppers taking the paddy to their own threshing floor, and not to the jotedar’s house, as before, so as to enforce, tebhaga., The storm centre of the movement was north Bengal,, principally among Rajbanshis—a low caste of tribal origin., Muslims also participated in large numbers. The movement, dissipated soon, because of the League ministry’s sop of the, Bargardari Bill, an intensified repression, the popularisation, of the Hindu Mahasabha’s agitation for a separate Bengal and, renewed riots in Calcutta which ended the prospects of, sympathetic support from the urban sections., , Telangana Movement, This was the biggest peasant guerrilla war of modern Indian, history affecting 3000 villages and 3 million population. The, princely state of Hyderabad under Asajahi Nizams was, marked by a combination of religious-linguistic domination, (by a mall Urdu-speaking Muslim elite ruling over, predominantly Hindu-Telugu, Marathi, Kannada-speaking, groups), total lack of political and civil liberties, grossest
Page 678 :
Peasant Movements 1857-1947, , 655, , forms of forced exploitation by deshmukhs, jagirdars,, doras (landlords) in forms of forced labour (vethi) and, illegal exactions., During the war, the communist-led guerrillas had built, a strong base in Telangana villages through Andhra Mahasabha, and had been leading local struggles on issues such as, wartime exactions, abuse of rationing, excessive rent and, vethi., The uprising began in July 1946 when a deshmukh’s, thug murdered a village militant in Jangaon taluq of Nalgonda., Soon, the uprising spread to Warrangal and Khammam., The peasants organised themselves into village, sanghams, and attacked using lathis, stone slings and chilli, powder. They had to face brutal repression. The movement, was at its greatest intensity between August 1947 and, September 1948. The peasants brought about a rout of the, Razaqars—the Nizam’s stormtroopers. Once the Indian, security forces took over Hyderabad, the movement fizzled, out., The Telangana movement had many positive achievement, to its credit., ● In the villages controlled by guerrillas, vethi and, forced labour disappeared., ● Agricultural wages were raised., ● Illegally seized lands were restored., ● Steps were taken to fix ceilings and redistribute lands., ● Measures were taken to improve irrigation and fight, cholera., ● An improvement in the condition of women was, witnessed., ● The autocratic-feudal regime of India’s biggest princely, state was shaken up, clearing the way for the formation of, Andhra Pradesh on linguistic lines and realising another aim, of the national movement in this region.
Page 679 :
656, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Balance-Sheet of Peasant Movements, These movements created an atmosphere for postindependence agrarian reforms, for instance, abolition of, zamindari., They eroded the power of the landed class, thus adding, to the transformation of the agrarian structure., These movements were based on the ideology of, nationalism., The nature of these movements was similar in diverse, areas.
Page 680 :
The Movement of the Working Class, , 657, , 32, The Movement of the, Working Class, The beginning of the second half of the nineteenth century, heralded the entry of modern industry into India. The, thousands of hands employed in construction of railways, were harbingers of the modern Indian working class. Further, industrialisation came with the development of ancillary, industries along with the railways. The coal industry developed, fast and employed a large working force. Then came the, cotton and the jute industries., The Indian working class suffered from the same kind, of exploitation witnessed during the industrialisation of, Europe and the rest of the West, such as low wages, long, working hours, unhygienic and hazardous working conditions,, employment of child labour and the absence of basic, amenities. The presence of colonialism in India gave a, distinctive touch to the Indian working class movement. The, Indian working class had to face two basic antagonistic, forces—an imperialist political rule and economic exploitation, at the hands of both foreign and native capitalist classes., Under the circumstances, inevitably, the Indian working class, movement became intertwined with the political struggle for, national emancipation., 657
Page 681 :
658, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Early Efforts, The early nationalists, especially the Moderates,, ● were indifferent to the labour’s cause;, ● differentiated between the labour in the Indianowned factories and those in the British-owned, factories;, ● believed that labour legislations would affect the, competitive edge enjoyed by the Indian-owned, industries;, ● did not want a division in the movement on the basis, of classes;, ● did not support the Factory Acts of 1881 and 1891, for these reasons., Thus, earlier attempts to improve the economic, conditions of the workers were in the nature of the, philanthropic efforts which were isolated, sporadic and aimed, at specific local grievances., 1870 Sasipada Banerjea started a workingmen’s club, and newspaper Bharat Shramjeevi., 1878 Sorabjee Shapoorji Bengalee tried to get a bill,, providing better working conditions to labour, passed in the, Bombay Legislative Council., 1880 Narain Meghajee Lokhanday started the newspaper, Deenbandhu and set up the Bombay Mill and Millhands, Association., 1899 The first strike by the Great Indian Peninsular, Railways took place, and it got widespread support. Tilak’s, Kesari and Maharatta had been campaigning for the strike, for months., There were many prominent nationalist leaders like, Bipin Chandra Pal and G. Subramanya Aiyar who demanded, better conditions for workers and other pro-labour reforms., , During Swadeshi Upsurge, Workers participated in wider political issues. Strikes were, organised by Ashwini Coomar Banerjea, Prabhat Kumar Roy
Page 682 :
The Movement of the Working Class, , 659, , Chaudhuri, Premtosh Bose and Apurba Kumar Ghosh. These, strikes were organised in government press, railways and the, jute industry., There were attempts to form trade unions but these, were not very successful., Subramaniya Siva and Chidambaram Pillai led strikes, in Tuticorin and Tirunelvelli and were arrested., The biggest strike of the period was organised after, Tilak’s arrest and trial., , During the First World War and After, The War and its aftermath brought a rise in exports, soaring, prices, massive profiteering opportunities for the industrialists, but very low wages for the workers. This led to discontent, among workers., The emergence of Gandhi led to a broad-based national, movement and the emphasis was placed on the mobilisation, of the workers and peasants for the national cause., A need was felt for the organisation of the workers, in trade unions., International events like the establishment of a socialist, republic in the Soviet Union, formation of the Comintern and, setting up of International Labour Organisation (ILO) lent a, new dimension to the movement of the working class in India., , The AITUC, The All India Trade Union Congress was founded on October, 31, 1920. The Indian National Congress president for the, year, Lala Lajpat Rai, was elected as the first president of, AITUC and Dewan Chaman Lal as the first general secretary., Lajpat Rai was the first to link capitalism with imperialism—, “imperialism and militarism are the twin children of, capitalism”., The prominent Congress and swarajist leader C.R. Das, presided over the third and the fourth sessions of the AITUC., The Gaya session of the Congress (1922) welcomed the
Page 683 :
660, , A Brief History of Modern India, , formation of the AITUC and a committee was formed to, assist it. C.R. Das advocated that the Congress should take, up the workers’ and peasants’ cause and incorporate them in, the struggle for swaraj or else they would get isolated from, the movement. Other leaders who kept close contacts with, the AITUC included Nehru, Subhas Bose, C.F. Andrews, J.M., Sengupta, Satyamurthy, V.V. Giri and Sarojini Naidu. In the, beginning, the AITUC was influenced by social democratic, ideas of the British Labour Party. The Gandhian philosophy, of non-violence, trusteeship and class-collaboration had great, influence on the movement. Gandhi helped organise the, Ahmedabad Textile Labour Association (1918) and through, a protest secured a 27.5 per cent wage hike. (Later, the, arbitrator’s award ensured a 35 per cent raise.), , The Trade Union Act, 1926, The Trade Union Act, 1926, ● recognised trade unions as legal associations;, ● laid down conditions for registration and regulation, of trade union activities;, ● secured immunity, both civil and criminal, for trade, unions from prosecution for legitimate activities, but, put some restrictions on their political activities., , Late 1920s, A strong communist influence on the movement lent a, militant and revolutionary content to it. In 1928 there was, a six-month-long strike in Bombay Textile Mills led by the, Girni Kamgar Union. The whole of 1928 witnessed, unprecedented industrial unrest. This period also saw the, crystallisation of various communist groups, with leaders like, S.A. Dange, Muzaffar Ahmed, P.C. Joshi, Sohan Singh Joshi, etc., Alarmed at the increasing strength of the trade union, movement under extremist influence, the government resorted, to legislative restrictions. It passed the Public Safety Ordinance, (1929) and the Trade Disputes Act (TDA), 1929. The TDA,, 1929
Page 684 :
The Movement of the Working Class, ●, , ●, , ●, , 661, , made compulsory the appointment of Courts of, Inquiry and Consultation Boards for settling industrial, disputes;, made illegal the strikes in public utility services like, posts, railways, water and electricity, unless each, individual worker planning to go on strike gave an, advance notice of one month to the administration;, forbade trade union activity of coercive or purely, political nature and even sympathetic strikes., , Meerut Conspiracy Case (1929), In March 1929, the Government arrested 31 labour leaders,, and the three-and-a-half-year trial resulted in the conviction, of Muzaffar Ahmed, S.A. Dange, Joglekar, Philip Spratt, Ben, Bradley, Shaukat Usmani and others. The trial got worldwide, publicity but weakened the working class movement., The workers participated during 1930 in the Civil, Disobedience Movement but after 1931 there was a dip in, the working class movement because of a split in 1931 in, which the corporatist trend led by N.M. Joshi broke away, from the AITUC to set up the All India Trade Union, Federation. In 1935, the communists rejoined the AITUC., Now, the left front consisted of the communists, Congress, socialists and the leftist nationalists like Nehru and Subhas., , Under Congress Ministries, During the 1937 elections, the AITUC had supported the, Congress candidates. The Congress governments in provinces, gave a fillip to the trade union activity. The Congress, ministries were generally sympathetic to the workers’, demands. Many legislations favourable to the workers were, passed., , During and After the, Second World War, Initially, the workers opposed the War but after 1941 when, Russia joined the war on behalf of the Allies, the communists
Page 685 :
662, , A Brief History of Modern India, , described the war as a “peoples’ war” and supported it. The, communists dissociated themselves from the Quit India, Movement. A policy of industrial peace was advocated by, the communists., In the period 1945 to 1947, workers participated, actively in the post-War national upsurges. In 1945, the dock, workers of Bombay and Calcutta refused to load ships taking, supplies to the warring troops in Indonesia. During 1946, the, workers went on a strike in support of the Naval Ratings., During the last year of foreign rule, there were strikes by, workers of posts, railways and many other establishments., , After Independence, The working class movement got polarised on the basis of, political ideologies.
Page 686 :
UNIT X, , Independence, and, After
Page 687 :
Challenges Before the New-born Nation, , 665, , 33, Challenges Before the, New-born Nation, First Day of Independent India, August 15, 1947 started an epoch that ended India’s colonial, subjugation and looked forward to a new India—India as an, independent country. The Constituent Assembly of India met, at 11 p.m. on August 14, 1947. Rajendra Prasad presided over, the session. In a ceremony held in the Constituent Assembly, (in Parliament House) at midnight of August 14-15, 1947,, Jawaharlal Nehru, speaking as the first prime minister of, Independent India, gave his historic speech. Nehru said, “Long, years ago we made a tryst with destiny, and now the time, comes when we shall redeem our pledge, not wholly or in, full measure, but very substantially. At the stroke of midnight, hour, when the world sleeps, India will wake to life and, freedom...”, On August 15, 1947, Jawaharlal Nehru, as Prime, Minister of India, hoisted the Indian national flag above the, Lahori Gate of Red Fort in Delhi., , First Cabinet After Independence, The governor-general and the ministers were sworn in., Jawaharlal Nehru took charge as the first Prime Minister of, India on August 15, 1947, and was assisted by 15 other, members. Sardar Patel served as the deputy prime minister, 665
Page 688 :
666, , A Brief History of Modern India, , till his death in December 1950. Lord Mountbatten, and later, C. Rajagopalachari served as Governor-General till January, 26, 1950, when India became a republic and elected Rajendra, Prasad as its first president., The first Council of Ministers of Independent India was, as follows., 1. Jawaharlal Nehru: Prime Minister; Minister of, External Affairs and Commonwealth Relations; Minister, of Scientific Research, 2. Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel: Deputy Prime Minister;, Minister of Home Affairs and States; Minister of, Information and Broadcasting, 3. Maulana Abul Kalam Azad: Minister of Education, 4. John Mathai: Minister of Railways and Transport, 5. Sardar Baldev Singh: Minister of Defence, 6. Jairamdas Daulatram: Minister of Food and, Agriculture, 7. Jagjivan Ram: Minister of Labour, 8. C.H. Bhabha: Minister of Commerce, 9. Amrit Kaur: Minister of Health, 10. Rafi Ahmad Kidwai: Minister of Communications, 11. Narhar Vishnu Gadgil: Minister of Works, Mines, and Power, 12. R.K. Shanmukham Chetty: Minister of Finance, 13. K.C. Neogy: Minister of Relief and Rehabilitation, 14. B.R. Ambedkar: Minister of Law (belonged to the, Scheduled Castes Federation; resigned in 1951), 15. Shyama Prasad Mookherjee: Minister of Industries, and Supplies [Hindu Mahasabha; first to resign from, the cabinet in April 1950], 16. Narasimha Gopalaswami Ayyangar: Minister without, portfolio; assigned the task to act as a link between, the union government and the cabinet of East Punjab, government, 17. Mohanlal Saxena: Minister without portfolio
Page 689 :
Challenges Before the New-born Nation, , 667, , Independent India, however, had to face several, challenges., Immediate Challenges—territorial and administrative, integration of princely states, communal riots, rehabilitation, of nearly 60 lakh refugees migrated from Pakistan, protection, of Muslims living in India as well as those going to Pakistan, from communal gangs, need to avoid war with Pakistan,, Communist insurgency, etc., Medium Term Challenges—framing of the, Constitution for India, building of a representative, democratic, and civil libertarian political order, elections, and abolition, of feudal set up in agriculture, etc., Long Term Challenges—national integration,, economic development, poverty alleviation, etc., India, as well as Pakistan, faced the consequences of, partition. The Independence Act had laid the procedure for, the resolution of three major problems—(i) the settlement, of boundaries between the two nations; (ii) the division of, apparatus and personnel of Indian Civil Services and some, other services; and (iii) division of military assets and, formations., , Radcliffe’s Boundary Award and the, Communal Riots, In accordance with the partition plan, the respective legislative, assemblies of Punjab and Bengal met in two sections (one, representing the Muslim majority districts and other of the, rest of the province) and decided by simple majority in favour, of the partition of the two provinces. West Punjab which went, to Pakistan received 62,000 square miles of territory and, 15.7 million people (census 1941), of whom 11.85 million, were Muslims. East Punjab (India’s share) received 37,000, square miles of land area, with a population of 12.6 million,, of whom 4.37 million were Muslims. Likewise, West Bengal, became part of India with a territory of 28,000 square miles,, and a population of 21.2 million, of whom 5.3 million were
Page 690 :
668, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Muslims. East Bengal, which constituted East Pakistan, got, 49,400 square miles of territory and 39.10 million people, (27.7 million Muslims and the rest non-Muslims). Thus on, both sides of the Radcliffe Line, sizable sections of populations, became minority (religion-wise)—20 million non-Muslims, in Pakistan and 42 million (later reduced to 35 million), Muslims in India., , Challenges before the Boundary, Commission, In absurd hurry, the British government appointed the Boundary, Commission under the chairmanship of Sir Cyril Radcliffe., The Boundary Commission consisted of two Muslims and, two non-Muslim judges in each case, and worked under, serious constraints. Radcliffe, with very limited knowledge, of India, and with the use of out-of-date maps and census, materials, was required to draw the boundaries and decide, disputed points within a period of six weeks., Although the religious demography was the deciding, factor, other factors, such as rivers as natural boundaries,, administrative units, economic viability, railway and roadway, connectivity and other infrastructural facilities, such as the, canal system, were also to be taken into consideration. The, Sikhs, as a third party (Hindus and Muslims being two, parties), were demographically scattered throughout Punjab., Their demand that all Sikh holy shrines be included in East, Punjab (part of India) further complicated the situation. In, face of such legal intricacies, a rational approach gave way, to political considerations. The census of 1941, the basis of, decisions, was also faulty. So the resultant boundary lines, were bound to create several problems and leave many people, unhappy., The report of the Boundary Commission was ready by, August 12, but Lord Mountbatten intentionally made it, public after August 15, so that the responsibility of the, consequences—communal riots and its repercussions—would, not fall on the British.
Page 691 :
Challenges Before the New-born Nation, , 669, , Views, The systematic failure of British governments to contemplate or, prepare for any planned transfer of power to India is epitomised, by the fact that a man of Radcliffe’s background and lack of, experience (he had never been east of Gibraltar before he came, to India) should have been asked to embark on such a, fundamental task so very late in the day., —Walter Reid, Keeping the Jewel in the Crown, With limitations of time, knowledge and understanding, it was, virtually impossible to deal adequately with the often vital, accessories of a boundary line—such as the location of the canal, head waters in relation to the canals themselves, communications, by road and rail, the fate of mixed or isolated populations and, such ‘invisible’ problems as the location of pasture lands in, relation to villagers’ flocks and herds., —Percival Spear, He (Radcliffe) tried to take account of irrigation canals and water, supplies so that there was enough water in the central Punjab,, but on the scale with which he was dealing, he was bound to, make mistakes. If villages weren’t bisected by the boundary they, were separated from the villagers’ fields, railway stations from, the towns they served and communities from the resources on, which they relied., Walter Reid, Keeping the Jewel in the Crown, They had absolutely no conception. They asked me to come, in and do this sticky job for them, and when I had done it they, hated it. But what could they expect in the circumstances?, Surely, they must have realised what was coming to them once, they had decided on partition. But they had made absolutely, no plans for coping with the situation., —Radcliffe, quoted by Leonard Mosley,, The Last Days of the British Raj, , The way in which the British government decided to, demarcate the boundary and leave the country amidst unrest, was a most callous way to behave., , Regions Most Affected by Riots, , The communal riots had started in August 1946 itself, but, with the announcement of partition and independence, the
Page 692 :
670, , A Brief History of Modern India, , situation became more inflamed. The regions through which, the Radcliffe line was drawn became most violent and, maximum number of murders, rapes and abduction of women, and children took place. Armed bands of Sikhs (and Hindus), and Muslims roamed the cities and countryside of Punjab,, committing unbelievable crimes., A war of extermination was launched on both sides of, the border, when refugee trains are reported to have arrived, sometimes carrying only dead bodies. According to an, estimate, around 180,000 were killed (60,000 from the west, and 120,000 from the east)., The regions of Bengal, due to the presence of Gandhi, and his efforts through fasts, experienced less violence in, comparison to Punjab., Riots began in Delhi, with a massacre of Muslims in, revenge for Punjab (Gandhian fasts had a temporary impact)., In Bihar, prior to partition, in October 1946, Hindu, peasants, allegedly instigated by Hindu landlords to divert, attention from agrarian problems, killed Muslims. This was, followed by violence in Garhmukteswar in the United Province, where Hindu pilgrims killed thousand Muslims. But after, partition, due to Gandhi’s initiatives, no massacres took place, in these regions., Why so many casualties The governor-general, anticipated the danger of riots and assembled a boundary, force of 50,000 men. But Nehru’s decision to not allow, British troops into the matter proved devastating—the boundary, force themselves got divided along communal affiliations., Further, the European officers were busy preparing to leave, India. According to Lockhart, the Commander-in-Chief of the, Indian Army (August 15–December 31, 1947), the widespread, disorder would have been under control if all the personnel, from civil and armed services had been placed in their, respective new countries.
Page 693 :
Challenges Before the New-born Nation, , 671, , Challenges Associated with Division, of Resources, The partition of India was accompanied by division of, resources of the civil government as well as division of the, military forces and equipment., , Division of Civil Government, , To resolve the division of civil government amicably, a, partition council, presided over by the governor-general and, consisting of two representatives each of India and Pakistan,, was set up. The council was helped by a steering committee,, consisting of H.M. Patel and Mohammad Ali, at operational, level. All civl servants were offered to give their option about, the Dominion they wanted to serve. Around 1,60,000, employees opted for transfer from India to Pakistan or from, Pakistan to India., For the personnel of the Indian Civil Services, a, distinction was made between the Europeans and the Indians., The Indian members were to continue in service in their, country of choice (India or Pakistan) on the existing scale, of service. The European officers could continue in service, on their existing pay, leave, pension rights, etc., but if they, wished to retire they were entitled to special compensation, and early retirement., , Division of Finances, The division of cash balances as well as allocation of public, debt created tensions between the two countries. Pakistan, wanted a one-fourth share of the total cash balances, but India, had to point out that only a small portion of the cash balances, represented the real cash needs of the undivided India and, the rest was maintained only as an anti-inflationary mechanism., Ramachandra Guha writes in his India After Gandhi that the, Indian government had withheld Pakistan’s share of the, ‘sterling balance’ which the British owed jointly to the two
Page 694 :
672, , A Brief History of Modern India, , dominions, a debt incurred on account of Indian contributions, to the Second World War. The amount was some Rs 550, million. The Indian government was not keen to release the, money due to Pakistan as it was angry with Pakistan for, having attempted to seize Kashmir by force. Gandhi saw this, as being unnecessarily spiteful. He went on a fast and made, the ending of the fast conditional on the transfer of the, money owed to Pakistan. He succeeded in pressurising the, Congress leadership to decide to give more cash resources, to Pakistan. (According to some scholars, this became one, of the reasons for the assassination of Gandhi by a Hindu, fanatic)., , Division of Defence Personnel and, Equipment, For a smooth division of the armed forces and their plants,, machinery, equipment and stores, a joint defence council,, headed by Auchinleck as its Supreme Commander, was set, up. The council decided that Muslim-majority units should, be transferred to Pakistan and non-Muslim units to India, but, due to serious differences between the two parties, the post, of Supreme Commander was abolished. Amidst serious, chaos, the British troops started to leave India from August, 17, 1947 and the process was completed by February 1948., , Assassination of Gandhi, On the evening of January 30, 1948, as he carried on his, usual prayer meeting at Birla mansion (New Delhi), Mahatma, Gandhi was shot dead by Nathuram Godse. The event sent, shock waves through the nation in making. Communalism and, misinterpretation of nationalism were two fundamental factors, under whose influence Godse killed Gandhi., In an address to the nation on the All India Radio, Nehru, summed up the mood and spirit of the time, “The light has, gone out of our lives and there is darkness everywhere…, The best prayer we can offer him and his memory is to, dedicate ourselves to truth and to the cause for which the
Page 695 :
Challenges Before the New-born Nation, , 673, , great countryman of ours lived and for which he died.”, Sardar Patel appealed to the people not to seek revenge, but to follow Gandhi’s message of love and non-violence., He said, “It is a shame for us that the greatest man of the, world has had to pay with his life for the sins which we have, committed. We did not follow him when he was alive; let, us at least follow his steps now he is dead.”, Nathuram Godse was tried and sentenced to death. At, his trial he declared that he had acted as he had because of, Gandhi’s consistent pandering to the Muslims, “culminating, in his last pro-Muslim fast [which] at last goaded me to the, conclusion that the existence of Gandhi should be brought, to an end immediately.”, On February 4, 1948, the Rashtriya Swayamsevak Sangh, (RSS) was banned by the government. It was felt by the, government that the right wing extremism which the RSS was, seen to represent would be very harmful for the unity of the, nation. Though not directly involved in the assassination of, Gandhi, the organisation was seen to have a hand in the Punjab, violence. It also attracted the support of many of the, refugees. It was also rumoured that the members of the RSS, had celebrated the death of Gandhi. Nehru considered that, groups such as the RSS had “the blood of Mahatma Gandhi, on their hands” even though they dissociated themselves from, his killing. The ban was lifted in July 1949, when the RSS, accepted the conditions laid down by the government. These, conditions were that the Sangh would restrict itself to cultural, activities and not meddle with politics; renounce its agenda, of violence and secrecy; profess publicly loyalty to the Indian, Constitution and flag (tri-colour); and organise itself on, democratic principles., , Rehabilitation and Resettlement of, Refugees, The people displaced by partition were ‘refugees’ in the sense, that they had not left their homes voluntarily. The two new
Page 696 :
674, , A Brief History of Modern India, , governments did not organise an orderly exchange of, population. Refugee resettlement became the immediate, challenge for both governments (India and Pakistan). The, Indian government established an emergency committee of, the cabinet to deal with the crisis in Delhi, and a Ministry, of Relief and Rehabilitation to look after the refugees. In, view of large-scale influx of displaced people, the notion of, ‘evacuee property’ to be protected by government, for any, future return of those who had left for Pakistan, became an, empty rhetoric because it was almost impossible to force, the refugees who settled in the empty houses of Muslims., (This, at a later time, made the return of the refugees, impossible)., , East Punjab, Some refugees were accommodated temporarily in refugee, camps, which were run till 1949. For urban refugees, the, government started industrial and vocational training schemes,, and even grants were given to start small businesses or, industries. The rural refugees were given land, agricultural, loans and housing subsidies. Although, the state government, and the central government mobilised massive resources, it, was still not adequate and a general trend of differentiated, entitlements to such benefits was observed. For example, refugees with social and cultural capital—class and caste, status and political connections—often got the better deal,, while the depressed classes were given little or no, consideration., , Bengal, The problem was much more prolonged and complicated in, Bengal. By 1948, only a small group of high-caste, landed, or middle class Hindus migrated to West Bengal by arranging, exchange of property or jobs on individual levels. But during, December 1949 and January 1950, due to a fresh outbreak, of violence in Khulna, a large number of peasants started to, leave East Pakistan. In revenge, anti-Muslim riots started in
Page 697 :
Challenges Before the New-born Nation, , 675, , February 1950 and forced about one million Muslims to, leave West Bengal. This further aggravated anti-Hindu violence, in East Pakistan and by 1951, about 15 lakh Hindu refugees, arrived in West Bengal. But the Indian government didn’t, recognise these migrants as refugees and Nehru tried to send, them back., , Delhi Pact on Minorities, To resolve the problems of refugees and restore communal, peace in the two countries, especially in Bengal (East, Pakistan as well as West Bengal), the Indian prime minister,, Jawaharlal Nehru and the Pakistani prime minister, Liaquat, Ali Khan, signed an agreement on April 8, 1950. The, agreement, known as the Delhi Pact on Minorities or LiaquatNehru Pact, envisaged the appointment of ministers from, minority communities in both Pakistan and India at both, central and provincial levels. Under the pact, minority, commissions were to be set up, together with the Commissions, of Inquiry to look into the probable causes behind the, communal riots on both sides of border (in Bengal), and to, recommend steps to prevent recurrence of such incidents., Under the pact, India and Pakistan also agreed to include, representatives of the minority community in the cabinets, of East Pakistan and West Bengal and decided to depute two, central ministers, one from each government, to remain in, the affected regions for such period as might be necessary., The pact provided for the creation of an agency, entrusted with the task of recovering and rehabilitating, ‘abducted’ women (the idea was criticised by many scholars)., The idea to encourage refugees to return to their original, homes failed, because the two governments failed to restore, confidence among the refugees. Further, the properties of, the refugees were declared as enemy property [India brought, amendments in the Enemy Property Act, 1968 in 2016 also]., The provisions of the Liaquat-Nehru Pact were severely, criticised by Hindu nationalists like Shyama Prasad, Mookherjee and K.C. Neogy. Mookherjee resigned from the
Page 698 :
676, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Nehru cabinet in protest, as he believed that the refugee, problem could only be solved through a transfer of population, and acquisition of certain territories from Pakistan to, rehabilitate the people who came into India., , Centres of Refugee Settlements in India, , In Delhi, Lajpat Nagar, Rajinder Nagar, Punjabi Bagh,, Nizamuddin East and Kingsway Camp were some areas, developed into housing complexes to settle the refugees, permanently. People who came from West Pakistan settled, in states like Punjab (which at the time included the present, day Haryana) and Himachal Pradesh. The Sindhi Hindus, settled in Gujarat, Maharashtra, Rajasthan and Madhya Pradesh., Ulhasnagar (city of joy), in Maharashtra, was especially, developed to settle refugees from Sindh areas., West Bengal, Assam, Tripura and other north-eastern, states accommodated the refugees from East Pakistan (present, Bangladesh). The government settled some refugees in the, Andaman Islands too (at present, Bengalis form the largest, linguistic group in some parts of Andaman Islands)., , Communists and Independence, On September 1948, on the pretext of maintaining law and, order situation in South India, the Indian army intervened and, took control of Hyderabad without much resistance from the, Nizam. But the internal politics of Hyderabad became, complicated due to the Telangana movement led by the, communists. The alliance between the Congress and the, communists had broken before the accession of Hyderabad, into India., In December 1947, the Communist Party of India (CPI), had denounced the Indian independence as ‘fake’—with the, slogan, ‘ye azadi jhooti hai’—and termed the Congress, government led by Nehru as the stooges of Anglo-American, imperialism and the feudal forces within the country. In, February-March 1948, in its Second Congress in Calcutta,, the CPI adopted its ‘Political Thesis’, which formally declared
Page 699 :
Challenges Before the New-born Nation, , 677, , that the national government established on August 15, 1947, was indeed the major enemy of the Indian people and hence, required to be changed through general revolution. To achieve, this goal, the communist leaders decided to follow what, popularly came to be known as the B.T. Ranadive line (after, the name of CPI’s then general secretary). They declared,, “the present state will be replaced by a people’s democratic, republic—a republic of workers, peasants and oppressed, middle classes.” The Communist insurgency spread to other, parts of India especially in West Bengal which saw the revival, of the Tebhaga Movement and an urban insurgency in, Calcutta., , Why Communists were Skeptical about, Independence?, 1. They believed that a policy of class struggle and, armed insurgency against the State run by the Congress,, alleged as collaborationist bourgeoisie, was necessary to, shift the attention of the masses from the politics of, communal hatred that shrouded the country after partition., 2. The late 1940s and the early 1950s witnessed, communist successes in Asian countries like China, Malaya,, Indonesia, the Philippines and Burma (Myanmar). In September, 1947, Russia announced its ‘A. Zhdanov thesis’ as an answer, to the Marshall Plan, encouraging more activism on the part, of the international communist parties. The Indian communists, thus geared up for an armed insurgency., 3. According to Ramachandra Guha, the CPI leadership,, encouraged by the initial successes of the Telangana, movement, misconceived the ‘scattered disillusionment with, the Congress as revolutionary potential, and thought this as, the ‘beginning of Red India’., , Shift from Antagonistic Strategy to, Constitutional Democracy, The communist movement remained localised in Hyderabad, and West Bengal. The mass support was sporadic and
Page 700 :
678, , A Brief History of Modern India, , conditional as people were not ready to reject the Congress, so soon after Independence. The government also decided to, take stern action; while in the Hyderabad region the Indian, armed forces continued its ‘police action’, in West Bengal, the CPI was banned in March 1948 and in January, a security, act was passed to imprison the communist leaders without, trial. Within the Communist leadership, there were divisions, on the ‘Chinese line’ and the ‘Russian line’ which became, wider after the failure of a proposed railway strike on May, 9, 1949., In September 1950, the prominent communist leaders, like Ajoy Ghosh, S.A. Dange and S.V. Ghate criticised the, organisation for its faulty strategies and its failure to take, notice of the true picture of independent India. Consequently,, in October 1951, at the Third Party Congress of the CPI,, held in Calcutta, a significant shift in its policy was endorsed., It decided to withdraw the Telangana movement and forge, an inclusive front of the peasants, workers and middle, classes. Consequently, the ban was lifted by the government,, and the Indian communists participated in the general election, of 1951-52, thus moving from an insurrectionist path to the, path of constitutional democracy.
Page 701 :
The Indian States, , 679, , 34, The Indian States, The princely states, also called the Indian states, which, covered a total area of 7,12,508 square miles and numbered, no fewer than 562, included tiny states such as Bilbari with, a population of 27 persons only and some big ones like, Hyderabad (as large as Italy) with a population of 14 million., The East India Company acquired, in the process of conquest,, important coastal tracts, the valleys of the great navigable, rivers and such tracts which were rich in agricultural, products and densely populated by prosperous people, while,, generally, the Indian states were “the inaccessible and less, fertile tracts of the Indian peninsula”., The making of Indian states was largely governed by, the same circumstances which led to the growth of East India, Company’s power in India. The evolution of relations between, the British authority and states can be traced under the, following broad stages., , I. The Company’s Struggle for, Equality from a Position of, Subordination (1740-1765), Starting with Anglo-French rivalry with the coming of, Dupleix in 1751, the East India Company asserted political, identity with capture of Arcot (1751). With the Battle of, Plassey in 1757, the East India Company acquired political, 679
Page 702 :
680, , A Brief History of Modern India, , power next only to the Bengal nawabs. In 1765 with the, acquisition of the Diwani of Bengal, Bihar and Orissa, the, East India Company became a significant political power., , II. Policy of Ring Fence (1765-1813), This policy was reflected in Warren Hastings’ wars against, the Marathas and Mysore, and aimed at creating buffer zones, to defend the Company’s frontiers. The main threat was from, the Marathas and Afghan invaders (the Company undertook, to organise Awadh’s defence to safeguard Bengal’s security)., Wellesley’s policy of subsidiary alliance was an extension, of ring fence—which sought to reduce states to a position, of dependence on British Government in India. Major powers, such as Hyderabad, Awadh and the Marathas accepted, subsidiary alliance. Thus, British supremacy was established., , III. Policy of Subordinate Isolation, (1813-1857), Now, the imperial idea grew and the theory of paramountcy, began to develop—Indian states were supposed to act in, subordinate cooperation with the British government and, acknowledge its supremacy. The states surrendered all forms, of external sovereignty but retained sovereignty in internal, administration. British Residents were transformed from, diplomatic agents of a foreign power to executive and, controlling officers of a superior government., In 1833, the Charter Act ended the Company’s, commercial functions even as it retained political functions., It adopted the practice of insisting on prior approval/sanction, for all matters of succession. In 1834, the Board of Directors, issued guidelines to annex states wherever and whenever, possible. This policy of annexation culminated in usurpation, of eight states by Dalhousie including some big states such, as Satara and Nagpur.
Page 703 :
The Indian States, , 681, , IV. Policy of Subordinate, Union (1857-1935), The year 1858 saw the assumption of direct responsibility, by the Crown. Because of the states’ loyalty during the 1857, revolt and their potential use as breakwaters in political, storms of the future, the policy of annexation was abandoned., The new policy was to punish or depose but not to annex., After 1858, the fiction of authority of the Mughal emperor, ended; sanction for all matters of succession was required, from the Crown since the Crown stood forth as the, unquestioned ruler and the paramount power. Now the ruler, inherited the gaddi not as a matter of right but as a gift from, the paramount power, because the fiction of Indian states, standing in a status of equality with the Crown as independent,, sovereign states ended with the Queen adopting the title of, “Kaiser-i-Hind” (Queen Empress of India). The paramount, supremacy of the Crown presupposed and implied the, subordination of states. The British government exercised the, right to interfere in the internal spheres of states—partly in, the interest of the princes, partly in the interest of people’s, welfare, partly to secure proper conditions for British, subjects and foreigners and partly in the interest of the whole, of India., The British government was further helped in this, encroachment by modern developments in communication—, railways, roads, telegraph, canals, post offices, press and, public opinion. The Government of India exercised complete, and undisputed control in international affairs—it could, declare war, peace or neutrality for states. According to the, Butler Commission in 1927, “For the purpose of international, relations, state territory is in the same position as British, territory and state subjects in the same position as British, subjects.”
Page 704 :
682, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Curzon’s Approach, Curzon stretched the interpretation of old treaties to mean, that the princes, in their capacity as servants of people, were, supposed to work side-by-side with the governor-general in, the scheme of Indian government. He adopted a policy of, patronage and ‘intrusive surveillance’. He thought the relations, between the states and government were neither feudal nor, federal, but a type not based on a treaty but consisting of, a series of relationships having grown under different historical, conditions that, in the course of time, gradually conformed, to a single line., The new trend seemed to reduce all states to a single, type—uniformly dependent on the British government and, considered as an integral part of Indian political system., , Post-1905, A policy of cordial cooperation began to counter progressive, and revolutionary developments in face of large-scale political, unrests., According to the recommendations of the Montford, Reforms (1921), a Chamber of Princes (Narendra Mandal), was set up as a consultative and advisory body having no say, in the internal affairs of individual states and having no, powers to discuss matters concerning existing rights and, freedoms. For the purpose of the chamber the Indian states, were divided into three categories—, 1. Directly represented—109, 2. Represented through representatives—127, 3. Recognised as feudal holdings or jagirs., , Butler Committee, The question of extent of sovereignty and paramountcy was, still undefined. The Butler Committee (1927) was set up to, examine the nature of relationship between the, princely states and government. It gave the following, recommendations—
Page 705 :
The Indian States, , 683, , 1. Paramountcy must remain supreme and must fulfil, its obligations, adopting and defining itself according to the, shifting necessities of time and progressive development of, states., 2. States should not be handed over to an Indian, Government in British India, responsible to an Indian, legislature, without the consent of states., Thus, “paramountcy” was left undefined and this, hydra-headed creature was left to feed on usage, Crown’s, prerogative and the princes’ implied consent., , V. Policy of Equal Federation, (1935-1947): A Non-Starter, The Government of India Act, 1935 proposed a Federal, Assembly with 125 out of 375 seats for the princes and the, Council of States with 104 out of 160 seats for the princes,, under its scheme of an all-India federation, which was subject, to ratification by states representing more than half of the, population and entitled to more than half of the seats in the, Council of States., This scheme never came into existence and after the, outbreak of World War II (September 1939) it was dropped, altogether., , VI. Integration and Merger, After World War II began and a position of non-cooperation, was adopted by the Congress, the British government tried, to break the deadlock through the Cripps Mission (1942),, Wavell Plan (1945), Cabinet Mission (1946) and Attlee’s, statement (February 1947)., Cripps held that the British government did not, contemplate transferring paramountcy of Crown to any other, party in India. The states tried various schemes to forge a, union of their own, envisaging themselves as sovereign in
Page 706 :
684, , A Brief History of Modern India, , status or as a third force in the Indian political scene. The, June 3rd Plan and Attlee’s statement made it clear that the, states were free to join either of the two dominions, and, Mountbatten refused to give a sovereign status to the states., Sardar Patel, who was in charge of the states’ ministry, in the interim cabinet, helped by V.P. Menon, the secretary, in the ministry, appealed to the patriotic feeling of rulers, to join the Indian dominion in matters of defence,, communication and external affairs—the three areas which, had been part of the paramountcy of the Crown and over, which the states had anyway no control. By August 15, 1947,, 136 states had joined the Indian Union but others remained, precariously outside., , Plebiscite and Army Action, 1. Junagarh The Muslim Nawab wanted to join Pakistan, but a Hindu majority population wanted to join the Indian, Union. In the face of repressive attitude of the nawab, there, was a plebiscite which decided in favour of India., 2. Hyderabad Hyderabad wanted a sovereign status. It, signed a Standstill Agreement with India in November 1947., Indian troops withdrew and the Nizam’s police and, stormtroopers (Razakkars) took over. The Nizam wanted an, outlet to the sea (Goa). The violence and supply of foreign, arms prompted Indian troops to move in again in 1948—, described as “a police action to restore law and order”., Hyderabad acceded in November 1949., 3. Kashmir The state of Jammu and Kashmir had a, Hindu prince and a Muslim majority population. The prince, envisaged a sovereign status for the state and was reluctant, to accede to either of the dominions. As he procrastinated,, the newly established state of Pakistan sent its forces behind, a front of tribal militia and moved menacingly towards, Srinagar. It was now that the prince was forced to sign an, Instrument of Accession (October 1947) with the Indian, Union, endorsed by the popular leader Sheikh Abdullah., Indian troops were despatched to defend the state against the, raiders from Pakistan. India’s complaints to the UN Security
Page 707 :
The Indian States, , 685, , Council regarding raids from Pakistan and the Indian offer, to settle the status of the state through a plebiscite led to, a ceasefire but left 84,000 square km of area under Pakistani, occupation. The special status of Jammu and Kashmir was, recognised under Article 370 of the Indian Constitution, which implied a limited jurisdiction of the Indian Union over, the state as compared to other states., , Gradual Integration, The problem now was two-fold—, (i) of transforming the states into viable administrative, units, and, (ii) of absorbing them into the constitutional units., This was sought to be solved by—, 1. incorporating smaller states (216 such states) into, contiguous provinces and listed in Part A; for instance, 39, states of Orissa and Chhattisgarh were incorporated into, Central Provinces, Orissa. Gujarat states were incorporated, into Bombay;, 2. making some states as centrally administered for, strategic or special reasons, listed in Part-C (61 states)—, Himachal Pradesh, Vindhya Pradesh, Manipur, Tripura, Bhopal,, etc.;, 3. creating five unions—United States of Kathiawar,, United States of Matsya, Patiala and East Punjab States, Union, Rajasthan, and United States of Travancore-Cochin, (later Kerala)., Initially these states acceded with respect to defence,, communication, external affairs; later they felt that a closer, association was necessary. The five unions and Mysore, accepted Indian jurisdiction in Union, concurrent subjects, except taxation and subject to differences as under Article, 238 and the supervisory power of Union for ten years., The Seventh Amendment (1956) abolished Part-B states, as a class and formed one class out of Parts A and B; thus, special provisions relating to Part B states were deleted., The Indian states thus became part of one uniform, political set-up.
Page 708 :
686, , A Brief History of Modern India, , 35, Making of the Constitution, for India, The Indian Constitution, which came into effect on January, 26, 1950, has the distinction of being the longest in the world, in terms of its length, content and complexity owing to, country’s size and diversity. At the time of framing of the, constitution, India was deeply divided besides being large and, diverse, and hence it was designed in a way to keep the, country together. If in one way, it sought to make Indians, of different classes, castes and communities come together, for a shared vision, in another way it sought to nurture, democratic institutions in what had long been a culture of, hierarchy and deference., , Background, Although the Constitution of India was framed between, December 1946 and December 1949, its roots deep lie in, the Indian national movement against the colonial rule as well, as in the movements for responsible and constitutional, government in the princely states., Mridula Mukherjee, in her work, India Since, Independence, has rejected the idea that the British initiated, modern, responsible and constitutional government in India, and that the 1950 Constitution was merely the culmination, of the series of constitutional initiatives made by the British, 686
Page 709 :
Making of the Constitution for India, , 687, , in 1861, 1892, 1909, 1919 and 1935. The fact that British, concessions, at every stage, fell far short of what nationalists, were demanding for., In the modern sense, there appeared the Constitution, of India Bill, also known as the Home Rule Bill in 1895,, which envisaged basic human rights such as freedom of, expression, equality before the law, right to the inviolability, of one’s home, right to property, etc., for all citizens of India., Although, there is no conclusive evidence to prove the, authorship of the Home Rule Bill, Annie Besant believed that, the Bill was inspired by Tilak., In 1922, Mahatma Gandhi, in an article titled, ‘Independence’ published in Young India, wrote that Swaraj, would not be a free gift of the British Parliament but a, declaration of India’s full self-expression—the Constitution, of India would be framed as per the wishes of the Indians., The Commonwealth of India Bill, which was drafted in, India and to which Annie Besant, Tej Bahadur Sapru, V.S., Srinivasa Shastri made important contributions, was accepted, unanimously by the executive committee of the Parliamentary, Labour Party. The Bill had its first reading in the House of, Commons in December 1925; it was defeated, but it proved, crucial as it had the support of very wide sections of Indian, opinion, and specified in clear words that “India shall be, placed on an equal footing with the self-governing dominions”., After the Non-Cooperation Movement, Motilal Nehru, in February 1924 introduced in the Central Legislative, Assembly a resolution that gave due regard to minority rights, and interests and came to be known as the National Demand., It was passed by a large majority in the Assembly. For the, first time, a demand for a constitution and the procedure for, its adoption were expounded in clear terms., Britain, in response to the National Demand, appointed, the all-white Simon Commission in November 1927 to, recommend further constitutional changes., In response to Lord Birkenhead’s challenge, the Nehru
Page 710 :
688, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Report, submitted on August 1928, was an outline of a draft, constitution for India. Most of its features were later, incorporated in the Constitution of independent India., The Report embodied not only the perspective of the, contemporary nationalist opinion but also an outline of a draft, constitution for India. The latter was based on the principle, of dominion status with full responsible government on the, parliamentary pattern. It asserted the principle that sovereignty, belongs to the Indian people, laid down a set of fundamental, rights and provided for a federal system with maximum, autonomy granted to the units but residuary powers vesting, in the central government and joint electorates for elections, to the federal lower house and the provincial legislatures with, reservation of seats for minorities in certain cases for a, limited period., In the aftermath of the Nehru Report, the Simon, Commission was boycotted and in December 1929, the, Congress declared complete independence as its ultimate, goal. The idea that India’s Constitution should be framed via, a Constituent Assembly elected for this very purpose and, based on widest possible franchise gained support. Although,, M.N. Roy had made such a suggestion earlier, Jawaharlal, Nehru was the first national leader to enunciate the idea in, 1933., The Congress took up the demand for a constituent, assembly as a part of its official policy in 1934 after refusing, the Simon Commission’s recommendations of 1933 as not, expressive of the will of the people. Jawaharlal Nehru, declared that the Congress had proposed “the Constitution, of India must be framed, without outside interference, by a, Constituent Assembly elected on the basis of adult franchise”,, and, the Working Committee of the Congress reiterated the, stand. At the Lucknow session of the Congress in 1936, it, was declared that “no constitution imposed by an outside, authority and no constitution which curtails the sovereignty, of the people” would be acceptable to the Congress.
Page 711 :
Making of the Constitution for India, , 689, , In July 1937, after the Congress accepted office in a, majority of provinces, Nehru pressed the legislators to, introduce resolutions in the assemblies rejecting the present, constitution and demanding a Constituent Assembly. In, August, the CWC accepted a draft resolution prepared under, Acharya Kripalani. Between August and October 1937, all the, Congress ruled provinces and Sind passed this resolution and, demanded repealment of the Government of India Act, 1935., In September 1937 itself, a resolution recommending the, replacement of the 1935 Act by a constitution framed by, a constituent assembly was introduced in the Central, Legislative Assembly by S. Satyamurti. The same demand was, reiterated in the Haripura session of 1938., The Cripps Proposals of 1942, though rejected by the, Congress as unacceptable, had one redeeming feature in that, it conceded the request of Indians to frame their own, constitution through a constituent assembly., In September 1945, the newly elected Labour, government in England announced that it planned to create, a constituent assembly in India. On March 15, 1946, the, Cabinet Mission came to India and, in the course of its stay,, recommended the forming of (a) the Constituent Assembly,, and (b) an interim government., , Constituent Assembly, Formation, It was decided that the Constituent Assembly was to be, elected indirectly by the Provincial Assemblies. According, to the plan, the provinces of British India were grouped into, three categories, A, B and C. Each province was allotted seats, on the basis of the population, in the ratio of one member, for a million. The seats given to a province were decided, among three communities on the basis of their number, the, three communities being the Muslims, Sikhs and General, including Hindus and all others who were not Muslims and
Page 712 :
690, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Sikhs. They were to be elected by the representatives of each, community in their respective legislative assemblies by the, method of proportional representation with single transferable, vote. The number of members allotted to the Indian states, was also to be fixed on the same basis of population as, adopted for British India, but the method of their selection, was to be settled later by consultation. The strength of the, constitution-making body was to be 389. Of these, 296, representatives were to be from British India, (292, representatives drawn from the eleven Governors’ Provinces, of British India and a representative each from the four Chief, Commissioners’ Provinces of Delhi, Ajmer-Merwara, Coorg, and British Baluchistan) and 93 representatives from the, Indian states. The states’ representatives were to be nominated, by the respective rulers., Elections for the 296 seats assigned to the British, Indian Provinces were completed by July-August 1946. The, Congress won 208 seats including all the General seats, except nine and the Muslim League 73 seats, that is, all but, five of the seats allotted to Muslims., The 93 seats meant for the states’ representatives, remained vacant and the princely states decided not to, participate in the Constituent Assembly. However,, representatives of some of the states (Baroda, Bikaner,, Jaipur, Patiala, Rewa, and Udaipur) entered the Assembly by, April 1947 and by August 15, 1947 and, soon after, all the, states had sent their representatives to the Assembly., The Assembly was, however, not able to start its work, immediately as Jinnah withdrew his acceptance and caused, the Muslim League to boycott it. The Congress went ahead, with its plan and appointed an expert committee to draft, Fundamental Rights and arrange an early session of the, Assembly. The party also accepted the viceroy’s invitation, to form an interim government, with Jawaharlal Nehru as, prime minister. The Constituent Assembly opened on, December 9, 1946 in the Constitution Hall—now the Central
Page 713 :
Making of the Constitution for India, , 691, , Hall of Parliament House at New Delhi. Jawaharlal Nehru, moved the historic Objectives Resolution on 13 December, 1946, after it had been in session for some days. The, resolution envisaged a federal polity with the residuary, powers vesting in the autonomous units and sovereignty, belonging to the people. The Resolution gave to the Assembly, its guiding principles and the philosophy of constitutionmaking., , Two Constituent Assemblies: India and, Pakistan, By the end of January 1947, it was clear that there was no, possibility of the Muslim League’s joining the Assembly; an, uncompromising call for a separate constituent assembly for, Pakistan had been given by Jinnah. On June 26, 1947, Lord, Mountbatten, the Governor-General, announced the setting up, of a separate Constituent Assembly for Pakistan. The Indian, Independence Act, 1947, passed with surprising speed, came, into force on July 18, 1947., The Indian Independence Act, 1947 declared the, Constituent Assembly of India to be a fully sovereign body, and on the midnight of August 14-15, 1947, the Assembly, assumed full powers of the governance of the country., Section 8 of the Act conferred on the Constituent Assembly, full legislative power., , Evaluation of the Assembly for India, The assembly, set up under the Cabinet Mission Plan, was, a result of compromises made by the Congress on its, ideological and philosophical sphere. The assembly was not, fully sovereign despite the efforts of the Congress, whereas, the Congress’ demand was for a fully sovereign assembly., Nor was it elected on the basis of universal adult franchise, as the Congress had demanded. The Congress caved in to, accept communal representation too, and the grouping plan, for the provinces. It also went along with the limits imposed
Page 714 :
692, , A Brief History of Modern India, , on the powers of the central government. So the Constituent, Assembly set up was quite far from what the Congress had, demanded in the later years of the freedom struggle., The Constituent Assembly was indirectly elected by the, provincial assemblies which themselves were elected on the, basis of a limited franchise established by the Government, of India Act of 1935. The 1935 Act imposed qualifications, on the basis of tax, property and education. This kept out, more than 70 per cent of the adult population from the voting., The Constituent Assembly thus reflected the composition of, the provincial assemblies in which the Congress had a, comfortable majority (which rose to more than 80 per cent, after partition)., The composition of the Assembly reflected the different, ideological views present in the country at the time. There, were Socialists, the Marxian as well as the democratic, variety. Both groups were opposed to private ownership of, important means of production and wanted an egalitarian, society; while the Marxian variety wanted a revolutionary, reconstruction. It was the more moderate group (of which, Nehru was a member) preferring peaceful parliamentary, methods that held sway. Sardar Patel may be considered a, leader of the Rightist views supporting private enterprise. The, rightist point of view was also represented by Purushottam, Das Tandon and S.P. Mukherjee. There were also the, Gandhians proposing decentralised village government through, panchayats. All these viewpoints influenced the Constitution,, to an extent, but the dominant influence was that of the, liberals and the democratic socialists., , After Independence, With independence of India on August 15, 1947, the, Constituent Assembly became a sovereign body responsible, for framing the constitution as well as making ordinary laws., Now the work of Constituent Assembly was organised into, five stages: first—committees were required to present
Page 715 :
Making of the Constitution for India, , 693, , Drafting Committee, (1) Dr. B.R. Ambedkar (Chairman) (2) G.B. Pant (3) K.M. Munshi, (4) Alladi Krishnaswamy Iyer (5) N. Gopalaswami Ayengar (6) B.L., Mitra (later replaced with Madhav Rao) (7) Sayyid Muhammad, Sadullah (7) D.P. Khaitan died in 1948 and hence T.T. Krishnamachari, was appointed., , reports on basic issues; second—Benegal Narsing Rau, a, judge of the Calcutta High Court and also the constitutional, adviser of the constituent assembly, prepared an initial draft, on the basis of the reports of these committees and on his, own research into the constitutions of other countries;, third—the drafting committee, under the chairmanship of Dr, B.R. Ambedkar, presented a detailed draft constitution which, was published for public discussion and comments. Criticisms, and counter-criticisms in the press in turn moulded the nature, of the consensus that was ultimately reached on specific, issues; fourth—the draft constitution was debated and, amendments proposed; fifth—the Constitution of India was, adopted., , Work : Committees and Consensus, When the Constituent Assembly first met on December 9,, 1946, J.B. Kripalani, the then Congress president, proposed, the name of Dr Sachhidanand Sinha, the oldest member of, the Assembly, for the post of the provisional president. Later,, on December 11, Dr Rajendra Prasad was elected as the, President of the Constituent Assembly., The Constituent Assembly appointed several committees, for framing the constitution., These committees submitted their reports between, April and August 1947 and on the basis of these reports, Dr, B.N. Rau, the Constitutional Adviser, submitted a draft of the, Constitution by the end of October 1947. This draft contained, 240 Clauses and 13 Schedules. In order to consider this Draft, Constitution, a Drafting Committee under the chairmanship
Page 716 :
694, , A Brief History of Modern India, , of Dr B.R. Ambedkar (the law minister at the time) was set, up. (The other members were: Alladi Krishnaswami Iyer,, N. Gopalaswami Ayyangar, K.M. Munshi, Saiyad Mohammad, Saadulla, Sir B.L. Mitter and D.P. Khaitan. After the first, meeting Sir B.L. Mitter resigned and in his place N. Madhava, Rao was nominated, and T.T. Krishnamachari took the place, of D.P. Khaitan on the latter’s death in 1948.), The Drafting Committee prepared the first draft of the, Constitution. This was then circulated for the comments of, jurists, lawyers, judges and other publicmen. In the light of, their comments and criticism, the Drafting Committee, prepared a second draft which consisted of 315 Articles and, 9 Schedules. This second draft was placed before the, Constituent Assembly on February 21, 1948. The draft was, then considered clause by clause by the Assembly. The third, reading commenced on November 14 and was finished on, November 26, 1949. The Preamble was adopted last. It had, taken 2 years, 11 months and 18 days to complete the task., As many as 7000 odd amendments had been proposed and, nearly 2500 were actually discussed before the draft, constitution was accepted., Dr Ambedkar then moved a motion that the Constitution, as settled by the Constituent Assembly be passed. On, November 26, 1949, the people of India in the Constituent, Assembly adopted, enacted and gave to themselves the, Constitution of the Sovereign Democratic Republic of India., Dr Rajendra Prasad as president of the assembly signed the, document., The members of the Constituent Assembly appended, their signatures to it on January 24, 1950—the last day of, the Assembly. In all, 284 members actually signed the, Constitution., The Constituent Assembly, besides drafting the, Constitution of India, adopted the National Flag on July 22,, 1947, and adopted the National Anthem and National Song, on January 24, 1950—the last day of its session.
Page 717 :
Making of the Constitution for India, , 695, , View, [a]ny claim for the sharing of power by the minority...[is] called, communalism while the monopolising of the whole power by the, majority...[is] called Nationalism., —B.R. Ambedkar, , The Constituent Assembly elected Dr Rajendra Prasad, as the first President of India on January 24, 1950., Late in the evening of August 14, 1947, the Assembly, met in the Constitution Hall and at the stroke of midnight,, took over as the Legislative Assembly of an Independent, India., The Assembly continued as the provisional Parliament, of India from January 26, 1950 till the new Parliament was, installed after the first general elections., It must, however, be noted that while the formal centres, of the work of drafting the Constitution were, no doubt, the, Constituent Assembly and the Drafting Committee, the, Congress leaders held the important powers of decisionmaking. In a way, the Congress Working Committee was the, real architect of the Constitution in that most of the, important decisions were arrived at on the basis of what the, Congress leaders suggested. Granville Austin points out that, four men—Jawaharlal Nehru, Sardar Patel, Rajendra Prasad, and Abul Kalam Azad—constituted a virtual oligarchy in the, Assembly and dominated the proceedings by virtue of the, prestige and power they enjoyed both in the Congress and, in the government., The manner in which the Constituent Assembly arrived, at decisions was that of consensus, defined by Granville, Austin as “the manner of making decisions by unanimity or, near unanimity”. An effort was made to smoothen differences, and arrive at compromises and agreement. The objective was, to overcome the biases, and an element of overruling dissent,, ingrained in decision by majority.
Page 718 :
696, , A Brief History of Modern India, , 36, The Evolution of Nationalist, Foreign Policy, One of the factors that facilitated India’s ready interaction, with the world outside, immediately on independence, was, the already well-established diplomatic engagement even, under colonial rule. At independence, India was a member, of 51 international organisations and a signatory to 600 odd, treaties. India had signed the Versailles Treaty after the First, World War, largely as a result of having contributed more, than a million soldiers to that war. In the 1920s, it was a, founding member of the League of Nations, the International, Labour Organisation, and the International Court of Justice., It participated in the Washington Conference on Naval, Armaments in 1921-22. From 1920 there was an Indian high, commissioner in London. Even before the First World War,, Indian nationals were staffing a few diplomatic posts. It was, no accident that Indians formed the largest and most influential, non-Western contingent in the United Nations and allied, agencies very soon after independence., The basic framework of India’s foreign policy was, structured much before 1947., A significant and inevitable fallout of the Western, influence on the nationalist intelligentsia was a growing, interest in and contact with the dominant international, currents and events. Gradually, the nationalist thinkers came, to realise that colonialism and imperialism had an international, character and much wider implications. With the development, 696
Page 719 :
The Evolution of Nationalist Foreign Policy, , 697, , and crystallisation of an anti-imperialist nationalist ideology,, there emerged a nationalist foreign policy perspective. The, evolution of this policy perspective can be traced under these, broad phases., , 1880 to First World War: AntiImperialism and Pan-Asian Feeling, After 1878, the British undertook a number of expansionist, expeditions which were opposed by the nationalists. These, expeditions included—, ● the Second Afghan War (1878-80);, ● the dispatch of troops by England in 1882, to, suppress the nationalist uprising by Col. Arabi in, Egypt;, ● annexation of Burma in 1885;, ● invasion of Tibet under Curzon in 1903; and, ● a number of annexations during the 1890s in the, north-west to stop the Russian advance. The, nationalists supported the tribal resistance to these, adventures by the British., In place of an aggressive imperialism, the nationalists, advocated a policy of peace. C. Sankaran Nair, the Congress, president in 1897, said, “Our true policy is a peaceful policy.”, So, the emerging themes during 1880-1914 were—, 1. solidarity with other colonies fighting for freedom,, such as Russia, Ireland, Egypt, Turkey, Ethiopia, Sudan,, Burma and Afghanistan;, 2. pan-Asian feeling reflected in—, ● condemnation of annexation of Burma in 1885,, ● inspiration from Japan as an example of industrial, development,, ● condemnation of the participation of Japan in the, international suppression of the I-Ho-Tuan uprising, (1895),, ● condemnation of the imperialist efforts to divide, China,
Page 720 :
698, ●, ●, , A Brief History of Modern India, , defeat of the Czarist Russia by Japan which exploded, the myth of European superiority,, Congress support for Burma’s freedom., , World War I, The nationalists supported the British Indian Government in, the belief that Britain would apply the same principles of, democracy for which they were supposed to be fighting. After, the conclusion of the War, the Congress insisted on being, represented at the Peace Conference. In 1920, the Congress, urged the people not to join the Army to fight in the West., In 1925, the Congress condemned the dispatch of Indian, Army to suppress the Chinese nationalist army under SunYat-Sen., , 1920s and 1930s—Identifying, with Socialists, In 1926 and 1927, Nehru was in Europe where he came in, contact with the socialists and other leftist leaders. Earlier,, Dadabhai Naoroji attended the Hague session of the, International Socialist Congress. He was a close friend of, H.M. Hyndman, the famous socialist. Lajpat Rai also made, contacts with the American socialists during his visit to the, USA from 1914 to 1918. Gandhi had close relations with, Tolstoy and Rolland Romain. In 1927, Nehru attended the, Congress of Oppressed Nationalists at Brussels on behalf of, the Indian National Congress. The conference was organised, by political exiles and revolutionaries from Asia, Africa and, Latin America, suffering from political and economic, imperialism. Nehru was one of the honorary presidents along, with Einstein, Madam Sun-Yet-Sen, Rolland Romain and, George Lansbury. Nehru came to understand the international, character of US imperialism during his European experience., Nehru was also nominated to the executive council of the, League Against Imperialism. The Congress also decided to, open a foreign department to be in touch with the other
Page 721 :
The Evolution of Nationalist Foreign Policy, , 699, , peoples’ movements. In 1927, Nehru also visited the Soviet, Union and was very impressed by the achievements of the, infant socialist state. He saw Russia as a bulwark against, imperialism., , After 1936—Anti-Fascism, The 1930s saw the rise of Fascism in Europe and the struggle, against it. The nationalists saw imperialism and fascism as, organs of capitalism. They lend support to the struggle against, fascism in other parts of the world in Ethiopia, Spain, China,, Czechoslovakia. In 1939, at the Tripuri session, the Congress, dissociated itself from the British policy which supported, fascism in Europe., In 1939, the Japanese attack on China was condemned, by the nationalists. The Congress also sent a medical mission, under Dr Atal to China., On the Palestine issue, the Congress lent support to, the Palestinians. It expressed sympathy with the Jews, but, urged that the Palestinians not be displaced and that the issue, be settled by direct dealing between the Jews and the Arabs, without Western intervention. It also opposed the partition, of Palestine., , After Independence, Nehru is often called the architect of independent India’s, foreign policy. He realised the importance of the need to, have direct contact with other nations and to cooperate with, them in enhancing world peace and freedom; he also, understood the importance of maintaining an identity as a free, nation and not become a satellite of any other nation, however, mighty. In his address to the Constituent Assembly on, December 4, 1947, Nehru laid the foundations of India’s, foreign policy: “....the art of conducting the foreign affairs, of a country lies in finding out what is most advantageous, to the country. We may talk about peace and freedom and, earnestly mean what we say. But in the ultimate analysis, a, government functions for the good of the country it governs,
Page 722 :
700, , A Brief History of Modern India, , and no government dare do anything which in the short or, long run is manifestly to the disadvantage of the country.”, The main challenge to Nehru was to evolve a policy, that could help India compete on the world arena with the, modern states, and for that, he realised, a drastic socioeconomic and technological transformation of the country, was required. His objective was to transform India without, becoming dependent on any particular country or group of, countries to the extent of losing independence of thought, or policy. What India needed was peaceful relations with all, nations so that it could concentrate on its developmental, efforts, and relations good enough for it to get the necessary, help in that direction without compromising its freedom. In, the circumstances, non-alignment seemed to be the right, policy., , Panchsheel and Non-Alignment, Panchsheel and Non-Alignment are the foundations of India’s, foreign policy., , Panchsheel, , It was on April 29, 1954, that Panchsheel, or the Five, Principles of Peaceful Co-existence, were first formally, enunciated in the Agreement on Trade and Intercourse, between the Tibet region of China and India. It was stated, in the preamble to this agreement that the two governments, had resolved to enter into the agreement on the basis of five, principles, namely,, (i) Mutual respect for each other’s territorial integrity, and sovereignty, (ii) Mutual non-aggression, (iii) Mutual non-interference, (iv) Equality and mutual benefit, (v) Peaceful co-existence., In June 1954, when the Chinese premier, Zhou Enlai, visited India, he and his Indian counterpart, Jawaharlal Nehru, in a joint statement elaborated their vision of Panchsheel as, the framework for the relations between the two countries, as well as the basis on which relations with other countries
Page 723 :
The Evolution of Nationalist Foreign Policy, , 701, , Historical Perspective on Panchsheel, In the classical language, the word ‘sheel’ doesn’t mean, ‘principle’ but ‘character’. The term is taken from the Indonesian, usage of the word — and Indonesians may have been influenced, by Buddhist use of the word ‘sheel’. Most Indians think ‘Panchsheel’, was Jawaharlal Nehru’s valuable contribution to the world, as it first, received world attention when he and Zhou Enlai issued a joint, statement in Delhi on June 18, 1954. In fact, the credit for, formulating these principles should go to Zhou. While receiving the, Indian delegation to the Tibetan trade talks on December 31, 1953,, he enunciated them as “five principles governing China’s relations, with foreign countries”., T.N. Kaul, a joint secretary in the external affairs ministry, at the time or Director General for Asian Affairs in Delhi, was, impressed and conveyed his appreciation and the significance of, these principles to Nehru, with whom he enjoyed a close rapport., Nehru agreed and Kaul took the initiative to mention them at the, very outset of his draft text of agreement. That was in January, 1954. However, the response from the Chinese foreign office was, in the negative. At the time Zhou wasn’t in China., When Zhou returned to Peking, he, with his native genius for, compromise, found a via-media. He suggested that the five, principles may not be included in the main text prominently, but, could appear in the preamble. India accepted the compromise. But, two months later, when Zhou visited Delhi, Nehru and Kaul, emphasised these principles in the joint statement issued on June, 18, 1954. China’s hesitant formulation caught worldwide attention, because of Indian sponsorship. Zhou propounded the principles but, Kaul picked them up and Nehru propagated them. Nehru enjoyed, high regard in the NAM and soon other Asian countries like Burma, and Indonesia followed suit., Nehru and Zhou were leaders who strove hard to forge close, ties between India and China and usher in a better world order, through Panchsheel. Their efforts, however, were undermined and, undone by the machinations of self-seeking or vindictive colleagues, and they died disenchanted men., Source: An article by V.V. Paranjpe, formerly Chinese, language expert to the Government of India, in the Hindustan Times, of June 2004.
Page 724 :
702, , A Brief History of Modern India, , should be maintained. The two leaders expressed the hope, that Panchsheel “will also help in creating an area of peace, which as circumstances permit can be enlarged thus lessening, the chances of war and strengthening the cause of peace all, over the world.”, As per the documents of the Ministry of External, Affairs, Panchsheel was incorporated into the Ten Principles, of International Peace and Cooperation put forward in the, Declaration issued by the April 1955 Bandung Conference, of 29 Afro-Asian countries. The universal relevance of, Panchsheel was emphasised when its tenets were incorporated, in a resolution on peaceful co-existence presented by India,, Yugoslavia and Sweden, and unanimously adopted on December, 11, 1957, by the United Nations General Assembly. And in, 1961, the Conference of Non-Aligned Nations in Belgrade, accepted Panchsheel as the basic principles at the centre of, the Non-Aligned Movement., , Non-Alignment, , The global environment that India faced after independence, was very different from what existed before the Second, World War. The major players on the world stage before the, War, namely, the United Kingdom, France, Germany and, Japan, lay subdued, their vast empires shrunken or shrinking, fast. The United States, which had followed an isolationist, policy, keeping aloof from active international involvement,, became dramatically active. The Soviet Union had acquired, unprecedented influence in Eastern Europe besides gaining, recognition as a powerful state for crushing the German, might on the Eastern Front where most of the German, military casualties had occurred. If the US demonstrated its, nuclear weapon capability in 1945, the USSR followed suit, with its own nuclear test in 1949. The Cold War that began, in the wake of the Second World War had no precedent in, history. Almost the entire developed world was divided into, two opposing nuclear-armed blocs, with the US and the USSR, leading as ‘super powers’. The balance of power diplomacy, of the pre-war years thus disappeared from the industrialised, countries. The Third World became a surrogate field for, super power competition. Meanwhile, decolonisation was
Page 725 :
The Evolution of Nationalist Foreign Policy, , 703, , proceeding apace, and more and more independent countries, were emerging, mostly in Asia and Africa. China was aligned, with the Soviet Union till the mid-fifties. India found itself, the largest country with the ability to manoeuvre between the, two blocs., At this point of time, the Soviet Union did not possess, the economic or military support capability to influence the, countries emerging from the colonial yoke. It was the West,, which tried to incorporate the newly independent countries, into its strategic grouping. Alignment with the West was, economically attractive, but it would have created a dependent, relationship, which was seen by most of the newly independent, countries as obstructive to a self-reliant development. The, idea of aligning with the communist bloc was not possible, for India, in spite of its socialist leanings; it could not, visualise a Chinese-type restructuring of the society and, economy, being basically attuned to a liberal democratic, political vision. Political non-alignment was, therefore,, prudent as well as pragmatic., The principles of non-interference in the domestic, Five Criteria of Non-alignment, The Preparatory Committee of the first non-aligned conference laid, down the following five criteria of non-alignment:, (i) A country should follow an independent policy based on, peaceful co-existence and non-alignment., (ii) It should have consistently supported national freedom, movements in other countries., (iii) It should not be a member of multi-lateral military alliances, concluded in the context of super-power conflicts., (iv) If it has conceded military bases, these concessions should, not have been made in the context of super-power conflicts., (v) If it is a member of a bilateral or regional defence arrangements,, this should not be in the context of super-power politics., Five Pioneering Leaders of the NAM, (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), , President Tito (original name Josip Broz) of Yugoslavia, President Gamal Abdel Nasser of Egypt, President Kwame Nkrumah of Ghana, President Sukarno of Indonesia, Prime Minister Jawaharlal Nehru of India
Page 726 :
704, , A Brief History of Modern India, , affairs of other countries and maintenance of one’s own, sovereignty (which are the basic postulates of India’s foreign, policy) evolved into the crystallisation of the concept of, non-alignment. The term ‘non-alignment’ got currency in the, post-Bandung Conference (1955). Non-alignment implies, the active refusal of a state to align itself with either party, in a dispute between two power blocs. In the conference of, non-aligned powers—the first non-aligned movement or, NAM summit—held in Belgrade in 1961 and attended by, 36 Mediterranean and Afro-Asian powers, Jawaharlal Nehru, explained the essence of non-alignment: “We call ourselves, the conference of non-aligned countries. Now the word nonaligned may be differently interpreted but basically it was, used and coined almost with the meaning: non aligned with, greater power blocs of the world. Non-aligned has a negative, meaning but if you give it a positive connotation it means, nations which object to this lining up for war purpose,, military blocs, military alliances and the like. Therefore, we, keep away from this and we want to throw our weight, such, as it is, in favour of peace”., Non-alignment is the characteristic feature of India’s, foreign policy. India was one of the founder-members of, NAM. In the Cold War era, India refused to favour any super, power and remained non-aligned. Non-alignment, however, is, not to be confused with neutrality. A neutral state remains, inactive or passive during hostilities between two blocs., Neutrality is maintained basically in times of war, whereas, non-alignment has relevance both in times of war and peace., Neutrality is equivalent to passivity, a neutral country has no, opinions (positive or negative) on issues at all. However,, adherence to non-alignment is to have positive and constructive, opinions on international issues. India has firmly and, convincingly asserted its ‘non-aligned’ and not ‘neutral’ stand, on various issues. Non-alignment as one of the principles, of India’s foreign policy attempts to promote international, peace, disarmament and territorial independence. It aims at, democratisation of international relations by putting an end, to imperialism and hegemony and establishing a just and equal, world order.
Page 727 :
First General Elections, , 705, , 37, First General Elections, With the Constitution coming into force in 1950, India no, longer had a dominion status and could sever any remaining, links with Britain; it was a sovereign democratic republic., The provisions of the Constitution relating to citizenship and, Article 324 (the Election Commission) were brought into, force on November 26, 1949, while the rest of the, Constitution came into force on January 26, 1950. The next, year, the government wanted to go in for general elections, to constitute the House of the People—the Lok Sabha—as, provided for in the Constitution., The founding fathers of the Indian Constitution, incorporated certain aspects of the electoral procedure in the, Constitution itself (Part XV, Articles 324 to 329)., , Groundwork for the Elections, The Election Commission, The office of the Election Commission had been set up in, a small way on January 25, 1950. The first Chief Election, Commissioner of India was Sukumar Sen, an ICS officer, who, assumed office on March 21, 1950. Although the Constitution, provides for the appointment of other members of the, Election Commission as and when necessary, for long after, India became a republic the commission was a single-member, one., 705
Page 728 :
706, , A Brief History of Modern India, , The Election Commission of India is a permanent, constitutional body, established in accordance with the, Constitution. It has been made independent of the government, of the day. Under Article 324, the Election Commission of, India has been vested with the power of the superintendence,, direction and control of the entire process for conduct of, elections to Parliament and legislature of every state and to, the offices of President and Vice-President of India. The, Election Commission had to do a lot of ground work before, the first polls were held., , Legislation for Polls, , Two major measures were passed by Parliament which, provided the detailed law under which elections were to be, held. The first of these measures was the Representation of, the People Act, 1950, which provided for the qualifications, of voters and matters connected with the preparation and, publication of electoral rolls. It also allocated the number, of seats in the House of the People to the several states, and fixed the number of seats in each state legislature. The, second legislation was the Representation of the People Act,, 1951, which laid down other provisions relating to, qualifications and disqualifications of members, the conduct, of elections, poll expenses, the poll itself, counting of votes,, etc., It was only after these laws were passed that the, electoral machinery could be put in place. So, though the, government was in a hurry to hold the elections as early as, 1950 and then by the spring of 1951, the first phase of the, elections could be held only from October 15, 1951., Of the 489 seats in the House of the People to be filled, by election, 72 seats were reserved for candidates belonging, to the Scheduled Castes, and 26 for candidates belonging to, the Scheduled Tribes., The total number of seats in the Legislative Assemblies, of the states was 3,283. Out of these, 477 seats were reserved, for the Scheduled Castes, and 192 for the Scheduled Tribes.
Page 729 :
First General Elections, , 707, , Independent India Goes to the Polls, for the First Time, The elections were held based on universal adult franchise,, with all those twenty-one years of age or older having the, right to vote. The total number of voters enrolled in the whole, of India (excluding Jammu and Kashmir) was 17,32,13,635, (roughly more than 173 million). Of these, approximately 45, per cent were women voters. The total population of India, (excluding Jammu and Kashmir) according to the 1951, census was 35,66,91,760. As much as 49 per cent of the, total population was thus enrolled as voters., , Challenges, , Most of the voters were poor, illiterate, and came from rural, areas, and had no experience of elections. There was much, scepticism about such an electorate being able to exercise, its right to vote in a politically mature and responsible, manner. The electoral exercise was described by some as ‘a, leap in the dark’ and by others as ‘fantastic’ and as ‘an act, of faith’ before the elections took place., The Election Commission faced many challenges. There, was a house-to-house survey to register the voters. Many, eligible voters could not be included in the electoral rolls, despite much effort on the part of the Election Commission, because of (i) ignorance and apathy of the common voter,, (ii) lack of adequate organisation and experience on the part, of the political parties, and (iii) inexperience and poor, organisation of the governmental machinery in some of the, states., According to the report by Sukumar Sen after the, elections were over, a large number of women voters had, been enrolled in some states not by their own names but by, the description of the relationship they bore to their male, relations, e.g., as the mother of so and so or the wife of, so and so; this was because local custom dictated that women
Page 730 :
708, , A Brief History of Modern India, , do not disclose their proper names to strangers. The Election, Commission had to issue firm instructions that, as the name, of an elector was an essential part of his or her identity,, the correct name must be included in the electoral rolls and, that no elector should be enrolled unless sufficient particulars,, including the name, were given. If a woman did not give her, proper name, she was not to be registered as a voter. As a, result, the names of nearly two to three million out of a total, of nearly 80 million women voters in the country were unable, to be registered as they failed to disclose their proper names,, and these women could not exercise their vote. Most of these, women, says the report, were from the states of Bihar, Uttar, Pradesh, Madhya Bharat, Rajasthan and Vindhya Pradesh., The Election Commission also faced a major problem, with regard to the displaced persons (who had migrated from, Pakistan in the wake of partition) in West Bengal, Punjab,, Delhi and, to some extent, in Assam. These migrants, constituted a considerable floating population, and it was very, difficult to register those of them that were eligible for, registration under the law., Political parties in a mature democracy participate in, all stages of the process of elections. The parties could be, of great help in the preparation of electoral rolls. However,, India was a nascent democracy and political parties lacked, experience; they took little interest in doing their bit. As it, was, the huge task of preparing the electoral rolls in a country, of some 173 million voters had to be borne almost entirely, by the governmental machinery in the states acting under the, directions of the Election Commission., With over 70 per cent of the voters being illiterate,, it was necessary for candidates to be identified by symbols., The Election Commission had to allot a symbol to each major, party and independent candidate. At the time of allotment of, symbols the political parties became more active. Indeed,, according to the Sen report, a remarkable feature of the, increasing tempo was the formation of new political parties
Page 731 :
First General Elections, , 709, , all over the country, some of them ultimately proving to be, a mushroom growth. There were as many as 178 parties but, most of these parties virtually disappeared after the elections,, with many of their candidates forfeiting their deposits., The symbols were painted on the ballot-boxes (this was, later changed to symbols on the ballot papers). “A voter had, to simply insert the ballot paper given to him in the ballot, box of the candidate of his choice in the voting compartment,”, writes former Chief Election Commissioner S.Y. Quraishi, in his book, An Undocumented Wonder: The Making of the, Great Indian Election. The ballot was secret., , Parties in the Fray for the Lok Sabha, , Though it was generally accepted that the Congress had the, largest following, various other political strands in India were, also beginning to take shape. Just before the first elections,, Shyama Prasad Mookeree (industries minister under Nehru), broke away to set up the Bharatiya Jana Sangh (a proto-BJP), in October 1951. Dr. B. R. Ambedkar revived the Scheduled, Castes Federation (which was later named the Republican, Party). Another high-profile Congress leader, J. B. (Acharya), Kripalani, founded the Kisan Mazdoor Praja Party. Ram, Manohar Lohia and Jaya Prakash Narayan, were the forces, behind the Socialist Party. And the communists (then united),, having just abandoned an armed struggle in Telangana, too, contested., There were 53 political parties participating in the first, general elections for the Lok Sabha seats. These included, the 14 national parties, according to the report by the, Election Commission of India. Besides, there were the, independents. There were a total number of 1,874 candidates,, including 533 independents., The national parties were:, 1. All India Bhartiya Jan Sangh (BJS), 2. Bolshevik Party of India (BPI), 3. Communist Party of India (CPI)
Page 732 :
710, 4., 5., 6., 7., 8., 9., 10., 11., 12., 13., 14., , A Brief History of Modern India, Forward Bloc (Marxist Group) FBL (MG), Forward Bloc (Ruikar Group) FBL (RG), Akhil Bharatiya Hindu Mahasabha (HMS), Indian National Congress (INC), Krishikar Lok Party (KLP), Kisan Mazdoor Praja Party (KMPP), Revolutionary Communist Party of India (RCPI), Akhil Bharatiya Ram Rajya Parishad (RRP), Revolutionary Socialist Party (RSP), All India Scheduled Caste Federation (SCF), Socialist Party (SP), , Conduct of Elections, , In the first general elections of the nation, there were three, types of constituencies: 314 with single seats, 86 with two, seats and one with three seats. The total seats thus were 489, from 401 constituencies., There were over 224,000 polling booths, one for, almost every 1000 voters, and these were equipped with over, 2 million steel ballot-boxes, one box for every candidate., About a million officials supervised the conduct of the polls., Indelible ink was introduced as a precautionary step:, a mark was put on the voter’s finger as he/she went in to, vote so as to prevent impersonation. (The practice continues, to this day.), The first-past-the-post system was the mode, so of the, many candidates, whoever got the plurality or the largest, number of votes would be elected; the winning candidate did, not need to have a majority., The voter turnout for the elections was 45.7 per cent., The people demonstrated their ability to vote with knowledge, even though the majority of them were illiterate. The number, of invalid votes was as low as 3 to 4 per cent. The, participation of women was significant with some 40 per cent, of the eligible women voters exercising their vote.
Page 733 :
First General Elections, , 711, , Results, Lok Sabha, The Indian National Congress contested 472 seats and won, 364, a stupendous majority of the seats to the Lok Sabha., The CPI won 16 and the Socialist Party won 12 – the only, other parties to get two-digit number of seats. The KMPP, won 9 seats.The BJS won 3 seats. The independents got the, highest number of seats after the Congress., The Congress polled close to 45 per cent of the total, vote. The CPI got about 3.29 per cent votes. The Socialist, Party got 10.59 per cent votes., First General Elections: Winners, Winning Parties, Indian National Congress (INC), Communist Party of India (CPI), Socialist Party, Kisan Mazdoor Praja Party (KMPP), Peoples Democratic Front (PDF), Ganatantra Parishad, Akhil Bharatiya Hindu Mahasabha, Shiromani Akali Dal, Tamil Nadu Toilers Party, Akhil Bharatiya Ram Rajya Parishad, Bharatiya Jana Sangh, Revolutionary Socialist Party, Commonwealth Party, Jharkhand Party, Scheduled Caste Federation, Lok Sevak Sangh, Peasants and Workers Party of India, Forward Bloc (Marxist Group), Krishikar Lok Party, Chhota Nagpur Santhal Parganas Janta Party, Madras State Muslim League Party, Travancore Tamil Nadu Congress Party, Independents, Anglo-Indians (Nominated), , Percentage, of Votes, 44.99, 3.29, 10.59, 5.79, 1.29, 0.91, 0.95, 0.99, 0.84, 1.97, 3.06, 0.44, 0.31, 0.71, 2.38, 0.29, 0.94, 0.91, 1.41, 0.22, 0.08, 0.11, 15.9, , Seats, 364, 16, 12, 9, 7, 6, 4, 4, 4, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 2, 2, 2, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 37, 2
Page 734 :
712, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Some prominent winners were: Gulzari Lal Nanda and, Lal Bahadur Shastri who were to be future prime ministers;, Delhi’s first chief minister to be, Chaudhry Brahm Prakash;, Humayun Kabir, A.K. Gopalan, Rafi Ahmed Kidwai, K.D., Malviya and Subhadra Joshi., Dr B. R. Ambedkar was defeated in the Bombay (North, Central), which was a reserved constituency, as a candidate, of the Scheduled Castes Federation by his little-known, former assistant and Congress candidate, Narayan Sadoba, Kajrolkar. (Dr Ambedkar later entered Parliament as a Rajya, Sabha member.), Acharya Kripalani as the KMPP candidate lost from, Faizabad in UP, but his wife Sucheta Kripalani defeated the, Congress candidate, Manmohini Sahgal, in Delhi., After the votes were counted and results declared, the, first Lok Sabha or the House of the People was constituted, by the Election Commission on April 2, 1952. Until this, point, the Indian Constituent Assembly had served as an, interim legislature., The Speaker of the first Lok Sabha was Ganesh Vasudev, Mavalankar., Jawaharlal Nehru became the first prime minister after, the general elections., , State Leislatures, In the state legislature elections, too, the Indian National, Congress swept the polls. The party won 2,248 seats on the, whole. It formed the government in all the states, though it, did not get the majority on its own in four states, namely,, Madras, Travancore-Cochin, Orissa and PEPSU.
Page 735 :
Developments under Nehru’s Leadership (1947-64), , 713, , 38, Developments under Nehru’s, Leadership (1947-64), Jawaharlal Nehru, as the first prime minister of independent, India, along with other leaders, laid the foundation of a new, India. The period between India’s independence and the death, of Nehru, in May 1964, has been often termed as ‘Nehruvian, Era’ due to Nehru’s influence on almost all aspects of, decisions taken in India during that time., Nehru was influenced by many streams of thought,, some imported from his association with Europe and some, imbibed from his close association with Gandhi, besides what, he perceived in the nation on his tours across its regions., As a result, he enunciated a framework of democracy, committed to secularism, socialistic approach and social, justice, besides the creation of an institutional base for, speedy development of the country not only large but marked, by huge diversity. He never forgot the idea of keeping the, country united. He tried his best to arouse in his people an, awareness of the need for social concern for the poor and, the marginalised and a respect for democratic values. Nehru, is noted for having tried to impart modern values and ways, of thinking that were adapted to Indian conditions. He was, committed to carry India into an age of scientific discovery, and technological development., A brief survey of different events and aspects of the, Nehruvian period follows., 713
Page 736 :
714, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Political Developments, In the first general elections in 1952, the Congress won a, huge majority and formed the government at the Centre, headed by Jawaharlal Nehru. Rajendra Prasad was elected, president by the electoral college of the first Parliament of, India., Nehru led the Congress to major election victories in, 1957 and 1962, though the winning majority was reduced, towards the end., Parliament in this period legislated various noteworthy, laws that were directed towards social change and equity., (These aspects are dealt with under separate headings later.), , Debate Over National Language, At the time of Independence, there were eleven major, languages in India, each spoken by more than a million, people. In colonial India, English was used as the official, language but with the attainment of independence the question, arose about having a ‘national’ or ‘official’ language, replacing, English. Gandhi had recommended the use of Hindustani as, the national language of the country for the sake of national, integration. Nehru too acknowledged the potential of, Hindustani—not too Sanskritised, not too Persianised—to, become the national language. On the whole, the idea of Hindi, as a national language was not appreciated by the non-Hindi, speaking southern and eastern regions of India. In the wake, of serious resistance, the Language Committee of Constituent, Assembly came up with a compromise formula. The Committee, decided that the Hindi in Devanagari script was to be the, ‘official’ language, but transition to Hindi would be gradual., For the first fifteen years, English would continue to be used, for all official purposes, and each province could choose one, of the regional languages, for official work within the, province, which were to be listed in the Eighth Schedule of, the Constitution. Thus, by referring to Hindi as the official
Page 737 :
Developments under Nehru’s Leadership (1947-64), , 715, , language rather than national, the committee hoped to placate, the opposition., The language issue was further clarified by Parliament, in 1963 through the Official Languages Act which stated that, Hindi was to become the official language in India from, 1965. But as a concession to the non-Hindi speakers, English, was accorded the status of ‘associate additional official, language’. Despite this, among non-Hindi speakers, especially, in south India, the resentment against Hindi continued, and, in late 1964 and in early 1965, violent demonstrations, erupted over the language issue. The Official Languages, (Amendment) Act of 1967, provided a bilingual (EnglishHindi) solution for any official communication between the, Centre and states, and gave a concession to the diverse, multiplicity of languages by recognising regional languages, in provincial administration and in public service examinations., , Linguistic Reorganisation of the States, The demand for reorganisation of the states on the basis of, language was an outcome of linguistic pluralism in India. The, demand surfaced immediately after independence. The, boundaries of provinces in pre-independent India were the, outcome of the British conquest of India. The state boundaries, were drawn either for administrative convenience or simply, coincided with the territories annexed by the British, government or the territories ruled by the princely states., The Congress in its 1920’s session in Nagpur had made, efforts to recognise regional linguistic identities and divided, India into 21 linguistic units for its organisational set up., Many provincial Congress committees were set up on the, basis of linguistic zones, which often did not coincide with, the administrative divisions of British India., However, when demands for the linguistic reorganisation, of the provinces came up in the Constituent Assembly in, 1946 and after independence, the national leadership under
Page 738 :
716, , A Brief History of Modern India, , the Congress opposed it on the ground of national unity. The, situation in the newly independent country was difficult., India’s partition had created serious administrative, economic, and political challenges. The post-War world faced serious, economic and law and order problems. The Kashmir problem, and a war-like situation with Pakistan needed urgent attention., However, due to continuous demands, the Constituent, Assembly, in June 1948, appointed the Linguistic Provinces, Commission, headed by Justice S.K. Dhar, to enquire into, the need of linguistic provinces. The Dhar Commission,, however, opposed such a move in the interest of national, integration. Consequently the Constituent Assembly decided, not to include the linguistic principle in the constitution., In December 1948, to pacify the vocal votaries of, linguistic states, the Congress appointed a committee (JVP),, with Jawaharlal Nehru, Vallabhbhai Patel and Pattabhi, Sitaramayya as its members. Its report which is known as, the JVP Report—also went against the creation of linguistic, states in the interests of national unity. There was widespread, agitation, especially in southern India, in the wake of the JVP, report., The first demand for a linguistic province was seen in, the Telugu-speaking region of Andhra. In August 1951, Swami, Sitaram, a Congressman and Gandhian leader, started a fast, unto death. While he broke his fast after thirty-five days, the, movement was renewed in December 1952, by another, Gandhian follower, Potti Sriramulu who died after fasting for, fifty-six days. Sriramulu’s death was followed by rioting,, demonstrations, hartals and violence all over the Andhra, region. The government conceded the demand for a separate, state of Andhra, which finally came into existence on October, 1, 1953 with the region being separated from the Tamil, speaking Madras state., The creation of Andhra encouraged other linguistic, groups to intensify their movements for their own state or, for rectification of their boundaries on a linguistic ground., Under popular pressure, Nehru government appointed the
Page 739 :
Developments under Nehru’s Leadership (1947-64), , 717, , States Reorganisation Commission (SRC) in August 1953., The commission, comprising Justice Fazl Ali, K.M. Panikkar, and Hridaynath Kunzru as members, submitted its report in, October 1955; its recommendations were accepted with, some modifications and implemented quickly., In November 1956, the States Reorganisation Act was, passed which provided for fourteen states and six centrally, administered territories, but many of these states still, contained sizeable linguistic minorities and regional economic, disparities. The Telangana region of Hyderabad state was, merged into Andhra, Kerala was formed by merging the, Malabar district of the old Madras Presidency with TravancoreCochin. Bombay state was enlarged further by merging the, states of Kutch and Saurashtra and the Marathi-speaking, regions of Hyderabad state. The Mysore state was enlarged, by adding Kannada-speaking areas of adjoining states—, Bombay, Madras, Hyderabad and Coorg., As the SRC had opposed the splitting of Bombay and, Punjab, a widespread rioting broke out in January 1956 in, Bombay city. The government finally agreed in May 1960, to bifurcate the state of Bombay into Maharashtra and, Gujarat, with Bombay city being included in Maharashtra, and, Ahmedabad being made the capital of Gujarat., The Nagas, the first to raise issue of ethnic identity,, forced the Government of India to concede to demand for, a separate state of Nagaland in 1960, inaugurated in 1963., In an exception to the linguistic principle, in 1956, the, states of PEPSU were merged with Punjab. Punjab remained, a trilingual state having three language speakers—Punjabi,, Hindi and Pahari. The demand for a separate Punjabi Suba, (Punjabi-speaking state) assumed communal overtones because, of the Sikh and Hindu communalists. The problem remained, unsolved in Nehru’s time. It was to be addressed later by, Indira Gandhi. Over the years since then, many new states, have been formed, not necessarily along linguistic lines.
Page 740 :
718, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Growth of other Political Parties, Through the 1950s and 1960s the Congress party ruled at, the Centre and in most of the states. The people voted for, the Congress mainly because they saw it as the legatee of, the freedom struggle and because its leaders were perceived, to be individuals of character and integrity. Perhaps the first, time people exercised their right of choice for a party other, than the Congress was when they voted the Communists into, power in Kerala in 1957. Then, in 1963, three notable, opponents of the Congress were elected to the Lok Sabha,, namely, the socialist Rammanohar Lohia, the liberal M. R., Masani, and the Gandhian Acharya Kripalani. All this signified, that the people of India were getting well acquainted with, the mores of democracy., The period also saw the start and growth of political, parties other than the Congress and the Communist Party of, India and notable changes within the communist groups., , The Socialist Party, , Formed in 1934 as Congress Socialist Party (SP), with its, own constitution, membership, discipline and ideology, it, remained within the Congress Party till March 1948. Their, disassociation as a protest against the Congress’s move, towards the right and its growing authoritarian tendencies was, announced at a meeting in Nashik on March 28, 1948., In September 1952, the CSP merged with the Kisan, Mazdoor Praja Party (KMPP) to form a new party—Praja, Socialist Party (PSP)., , Praja Socialist Party, In September 1952, the Socialist Party and the KMPP, merged to form Praja Socialist Party (PSP), with J.B., Kripalani as the chairman and Ashoka Mehta as the general, secretary. With the merger, it became the largest opposition, party to the Congress with all India presence. But the party, could not maintain its cohesion for long., In June 1953, at the party’s Betul conference, Ashok
Page 741 :
Developments under Nehru’s Leadership (1947-64), , 719, , Mehta called for support to the ruling party, as he believed, that in a backward country like India the crucial task was, economic development—a common challenge for all political, parties. Mehta’s thesis was rejected by the rest of the party, which accepted Rammanohar Lohia’s approach., Lohia believed in a position of equidistance from both, the Congress and the Communists, and supported the, organisation of militant mass movements., Lohia and his group left the PSP at the end of 1955., While Acharya Narendra Dev died in 1956, Jayaprakash, Narayan, in 1954, announced that he would dedicate his life, to Bhoodan and other constructive activities. In 1957, after, the general elections, Jayaprakash Narayan left active politics,, declaring that party politics was not suitable for India and, campaigned for ‘partyless democracy’. Kripalani, in 1960,, left the party too, and three years later, Ashok Mehta agreed, to become the deputy chairman of the Planning Commission., Ashok Mehta joined the Congress Party with almost one-third, of PSP cadres with him., Lohiya formed the Socialist Party which in 1964, merged with the PSP to form the Samyukta (or United), Socialist Party (SSP). In 1965 the party split again—Lohia’s, group kept the SSP label, while his critics started a fresh, PSP., , The Communist Party, In the period following independence, the official stand taken, by the Communist Party of India towards the changing sociopolitical dynamics went through alterations. It first accepted, India’s independent foreign policy though it still considered, the government to be an agent of imperialism. It later went, on to accept India had become a sovereign republic but also, felt its policies were pro-capitalist and anti-people. The, communists would offer a ‘democratic front’ to replace the, Congress Party. In 1958, at its Amritsar meeting, the party, declared that it was possible to advance to socialism through
Page 742 :
720, , A Brief History of Modern India, , peaceful and parliamentary means. And, if the party came to, power, it would grant full civil liberties including the right, to oppose the socialist government and the socialist system, through constitutional mechanisms. Then, in 1961, at, Vijayawada, it was decided to follow a policy of struggle as, well as unity towards Congress—progressive policies were, to be supported while struggle against other policies were, to continue., Split in CPI Within the party, there were several, differences on issues like attitude towards the Soviet critique, of Stalin, Russia-China ideological differences, and SinoIndia War of 1962. Some communists supported the, government fully against the Chinese invasion, while others, though opposed to the Chinese stand on the question of IndiaChina frontiers, also opposed the unqualified support to the, Nehru government because of its class character., The Sino-Soviet ideological split also witnessed a great, deal of resonance on the Indian Communists—many, sympathetic to the Chinese position. In fact, the Chinese call, which asked the revolutionary elements in the communist, parties of the world to distance themselves from those, supporting the ‘revisionist’ soviet line, had great influence, on the Indian Communists. In 1964, the party got divided into,, CPI—representing the earlier ‘right’ and ‘centrist’ trends,, and CPM or the Communist Party (Marxist)—representing, the earlier ‘left’ trend., The CPM believed that the Indian State was being ruled, by big bourgeoisie who collaborated with foreign finance, capital and hence have to be destroyed. They had contempt, for Indian Constitution as they thought it to be antidemocratic and hence didn’t believe in peaceful and, parliamentary means. For them, an agrarian revolution coupled, with an armed struggle led by working class and the CPM, was necessary to bring changes in the social relations., , Bharatiya Jan Sangh, , The Bharatiya Jan Sangh, founded on October 21, 1951, was, based on right wing ideology. According to Bipan Chandra,
Page 743 :
Developments under Nehru’s Leadership (1947-64), , 721, , the Jan Sangh was a communal party and to understand its, basic character and politics, the genesis of the Rashtriya, Swayamsevak Sangh (RSS) is to be analysed first. The Jan, Sangh was a creation of the RSS and drew its organised, strength, centralised character and ideological homogeneity, from it., The party, in the beginning was strongly anti-Pakistan., The propagation of Bharatiya culture and the establishment, of Bharatiya nationalism were its core agenda and it gave the, slogan of ‘one country one culture, one nation’. Similarly,, it took a strident stand in favour of Sanskritised Hindi as, an official link language of India. (In 1965 it gave up this, demand in view of expansion of party in non-Hindi belt and, accepted the decision to retain English along with Hindi so, long as the non-Hindi states wanted this.), Dr Shyama Prasad Mukherjee, who had resigned from, the Nehru cabinet in April 1951 over the Liaquat-Nehru Pact,, was the main force behind the formation of the Jan Sangh., Mukherjee claimed it to be a non-communal party aiming, to build a broad-based democratic opposition to the Congress., But in the absence of any effective alternative ideology or, programme, and mass support, the party became a subsidiary, of the RSS. It won 3 Lok Sabha seats with 3.06 per cent, of votes. Incidentally, Mauli Chandra Sharma, the second, president of the Jan Sangh, resigned in protest against the, RSS domination of the party., In later years, the party was to be a part of the coalition, Janata Party against the Emergency., , The Swatantra Party, , Founded in August 1959, the Swatantra Party was a nonsocialist, constitutionalist and secular conservative party, having distinguished leaders like C. Rajagopalachari (who, resigned from the Congress), Minoo Masani, N.G. Ranga and, K.M. Munshi, most of them being veteran Congress leaders., The social base of the party was narrow and consisted of:, (i) a section of industrialists and business class, discontented, with government control, quotas and licences and fearful of
Page 744 :
722, , A Brief History of Modern India, , nationalisation; (ii) landlords, jagirdars and princes, annoyed, due to loss of fiefdoms, social power and status, and, deteriorating economic conditions; (iii) ex-landlord-turnedcapitalist farmers and rich and middle peasants, who had, welcomed the abolition of landlordism but were fearful of, losing part of their land; and (iv) a few retired civil servants., The Swatantra Party favoured the notion of the ‘night, watchman’ or laissez-faire State, and stood for free, private, enterprise. It opposed the active role of the State in economic, development and nationalisation of private enterprises and, extension of land reforms., In international relations, the party denounced nonalignment as well as Indo-Soviet collaboration and wanted a, close relation with the US and countries of Western Europe., In fact, it advocated for a defence coalition with noncommunist countries of Asia including Pakistan, under the, capitalist super power, United States., In the 1962 elections, it won 18 seats in the Lok Sabha, and emerged as the main opposition party in four states, (Bihar, Rajasthan, Gujarat and Orissa)., Factions, defections, and death of C. Rajagopalachari, in 1967, proved detrimental to the Swatantra Party. Most of, the party leaders joined the Bharatiya Lok Dal in 1974, while, a small group led by Masani tried to survive the party., , Communal and Regional Parties, ● The Hindu Mahasabha, which was founded in 1915, at Haridwar by Madan Mohan Malaviya, gradually disappeared, from the political scene after 1952 and lost its support base, to the Bharatiya Jana Sangh., ● The Muslim League, owing to its association with, the demand for Pakistan, lay dormant and many of its leaders, joined the Congress Party and other parties. Later, it revived, in parts of Tamil Nadu and in Kerala and was to become, coalition partners of the Congress, CPI and CPM in coming, years.
Page 745 :
Developments under Nehru’s Leadership (1947-64), , 723, , ● The Akali Dal gave way to Shiromani Akali Dal and, remained limited to Punjab., ● The other regional parties which came into prominence, were—The DMK (Tamil Nadu), the Jammu and Kashmir, National conference (J & K), Jharkhand Party (in undivided, Bihar), Ganatantra Parishad (Orissa), All Parties Hill Leaders’, Conference (Assam), Scheduled Castes Federation, (Maharashtra) etc. Forward Bloc (West Bengal) and Peasants, and Workers Party (Maharashtra) were parties inclined, towards left ideology but restricted to only one state., , An Undemocratic Deed, In 1957, the Congress Party faced an unexpected defeat in, the State of Kerala when the CPI emerged as the largest, single party in the legislative assembly. E.M.S. Namboodiripad, formed the government with the support of some independents., It was perhaps the first time that a communist government, was formed on the basis of democratic elections., Trouble began with the introduction of the Education, Bill which was, in actuality, a progressive measure. It was, vehemently opposed by the Catholic Church in the state, which ran several educational institutions and saw the bill as, an encroachment on its power. Seeing in this situation an, apt opportunity, the local Congress party members who had, lost in the elections, organised state-wide protests. There, were strikes as well. The government resorted to lathi charges, and firing. Several persons were jailed., Nehru, though he had little objection to the education, bill, maintained a neutral front in public. He admonished the, state government for its excessive use of force even as he, tried to rein in the Congress workers. But he failed to change, anything on the ground. In the end, he succumbed to pressure, from within and outside his party and advised the dismissal, of the EMS government and imposition of President’s Rule, in Kerala in July 1959. A democratically elected government, was thus, for the first time in independent India, dismissed, under emergency powers.
Page 746 :
724, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Concept of Planning for Economic, Development, Nehru believed in effective planning through the democratic, process for extensive land reforms, industrialisation, and, development of various infrastructural facilities like power, plants, transport projects, irrigation dams, etc. In his ideas, on economic development, he was not in favour of Gandhi’s, ideas. So he envisaged the State intervening in the economy,, and guiding its growth and acting directly to promote the, welfare of the population. Nehru, together with several, national leaders, were fascinated with the success of economic, planning in the Soviet Union in the 1930s and 1940s. The, genesis of the Planning Commission could be traced to the, National Planning Committee established in 1938 by, Congress, and the Bombay Plan of 1944., The Planning Commission, an extra-constitutional, body, was set up in March 1950 by a simple resolution of, the Government of India. The body was assigned the task of, economic planning in the form of five-year plans. The prime, minister, himself, was the ex-officio chairman of the, commission. The National Development Council (NDC),, which was to give final approval to the plans, was established, on August 6, 1952., The First Five Year Plan (1951-1956), based on, Harrod-Domar model, sought to get the nation’s economy, out of the cycle of poverty. It addressed, mainly, the agrarian, sector including investments in dams and irrigation. Huge, allocations were made for large-scale projects like the, Bhakhra Nangal Dam. It also focused on land reforms., The Second Plan, drafted under the leadership of P.C., Mahalanobis, stressed on heavy industries. The Plan reflected, ‘socialistic pattern of society’, as the government imposed, substantial tariffs on imports in order to protect domestic, industries., The Third Plan was not significantly different from, the Second. However, the plan strategies, according to critics,
Page 747 :
Developments under Nehru’s Leadership (1947-64), , 725, , from this time around displayed an unmistakable ‘urban bias’, as well as the industry was wrongly given priority over, agriculture., Under the guidance of Nehru, who believed in, ‘democratic socialism’, India opted for a ‘mixed economy’,, i.e., elements from the capitalist model and socialist model, were taken and mixed together. Much of the agriculture, trade, and industry were left in private hands. The State controlled, key heavy industries, provided industrial infrastructure,, regulated trade and made some important interventions in, agriculture. However, a mixed model like this was open to, criticism from both the left and the right., According to the critics, the FYPs didn’t provide the, private sector with enough space and the stimulus to grow., Further, the systems of licenses and permits for investment, discouraged private sector and gave rise to corruption and, red tapism. On the other hand, the sympathisers of the, socialist model alleged that the State did not spend significant, amounts on public education and healthcare. The State, intervention ended up creating a new ‘middle class’ that, enjoyed the privileges of high salaries without much, accountability, according to critics., Despite criticism of the shortfalls in plan targets, none, can deny that a solid industrial base and infrastructure, facilities were created under the plans., Bhakhra-Nangal, Damodar Valley Corporation and, Hirakud mega-dams were constructed for irrigation and, power generation. Some of the heavy industries in the public, sector—steel plants, oil refineries, manufacturing units,, defence production, etc., were started. The Hindustan Machine, Tools, Sindri Fertiliser, Chittaranjan Rail Factory, Integral, Coach Factory, Hindustan Antibiotics, etc., proved to be of, great help to the new nation., , Progress of Science and Technology, Nehru believed that science and technology were crucial to, the solution of India’s problems. The Scientific Policy
Page 748 :
726, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Resolution, acknowledging the role of science and technology, in the economic, social and cultural advancement of the, country, was passed by the Lok Sabha in March 1958. But, prior to the passing of SPR in 1958 many scientific and, technological institutes were set up in the country. To, emphasise the value of science and scientific research, Nehru, himself assumed the chairmanship of the Council of Scientific, and Industrial Research (CSIR). Some of the strides taken, in this direction, are given below., ● In January 1947, to promote self-sustaining, scientific, and technological growth, the National Physical Laboratory—, India’s first national laboratory—was set up; which was, followed by the setting up of a network of seventeen national, laboratories, focusing on different areas of research., ● In 1952, the first of the five institutes of technology,, patterned after the Massachusetts Institute of Technology,, was set up at Kharagpur., ● The Atomic Energy Commission, headed by Homi J., Bhabha, was set up in August 1948. Nehru personally, encouraged Bhabha to do his best. In 1954, the government, created a separate Department of Atomic Energy with Homi, Bhabha as secretary. In August 1956, India’s first nuclear, reactor in Trombay (Asia’s first also), became critical., ● In 1962, the Indian National Committee for Space, Research (INCOSPAR), together with a Rocket Launching, Facility at Thumba (TERLS), was established., ● Steps were taken to increase India’s capacity in, production of defence equipment., ● A change over to decimal coinage and a metric system, of weights and measures, in line with international standards,, was made in phases between 1955 and 1962., , Social Developments, Developments in Education, In 1951 only 16.6 per cent of the total population was literate, and the percentage was much lower in rural areas. Between
Page 749 :
Developments under Nehru’s Leadership (1947-64), , 727, , 1951 and 1961 school enrolment doubled for boys and, tripled for girls. Through the personal interest and efforts, of Nehru, several policies were introduced to improve the, educational situation. By 1964, the number of universities, increased from 18 (in 1947) to 54., In 1949, the Indian University Education Commission,, under the chairmanship of Dr. S. Radhakrishnan was set up., On the recommendation of the commission, the University, Grants Commission (UGC) was set up in 1953, and University, Grants Commission Act was passed in 1956., For improvements in the secondary education, the, government appointed Mudaliar Commission in 1952, with, Dr. A. Lakshmanswami Mudaliar as chairperson. Further, to, assist and advise the Central and state governments on, academic matters related to school education, the National, council of Educational Research and Training (NCERT) was, established in September 1961 as a literary, scientific and, charitable society., , Social Change Under Nehru, The Constitution of India ensured that Indian social organisation, underwent change, leading to the social liberation of the, hitherto socially backward and suppressed sections of society., In 1955, the government passed the Anti-Untouchability Law,, making the practice of untouchability punishable and a, cognisable offence. The clauses mentioned in the Constitution, regarding reservations in educational institutions and, government employment in favour of weaker sections of the, society were implemented., For women’s equal rights in the society, the Hindu, Code Bill was moved in Parliament in 1951. Despite facing, sharp opposition from conservative sections of society, the, bill was passed in the form of four separate Acts. These Acts, introduced monogamy and the right of divorce to both men, and women, raised the age of consent and marriage, and gave, women the right to maintenance and to inherit family, property. But unfortunately, in the absence of uniform civil, code, the revolutionary step benefited only Hindu women.
Page 750 :
728, , A Brief History of Modern India, , There was much more that needed to be done for Hindu, women too., , Foreign Policy, To pursue an independent foreign policy, for a nascent nation,, was a great challenge for the leaders of independent India., The broad parameters which had evolved during the freedom, struggle had to be kept at the core while taking any decisions, on international affairs. Nehru gave this voice a shape in the, form of the idea of non-alignment and an organisational, structure through the non-aligned movement (NAM)., The basic principles of India’s foreign policy, during, Nehruvian Era, broadly revolved around the premises given, below., (i) Disapproval of participation in any military alliance, either bilaterally or multilaterally., (ii) An independent foreign policy not tied to any of, the two contending power blocs, though this was, not a synonym for a neutral foreign policy., (iii) A policy of friendship with every country, whether, of the American bloc or of the Soviet bloc., (iv) An active anti-colonial policy which supported, decolonisation in Asian-African-Latin American, countries., (v) Open support to the policy of anti-apartheid., (vi) Promotion of disarmament as the key to world, peace., [The basic principles of non-alignment and NAM have, already been discussed at length in the chapter, ‘The Evolution, of Nationalistic Foreign Policy’.], India’s commitment to disarmament at the international, level, could be seen in the time of framing of UN’s Charter., Article 11 of the Charter advocates international disarmament., India supported the formation of the Atomic Energy, Commission in 1947 and sponsored the Eighteen Nations, Disarmament Conference in 1962.
Page 751 :
Developments under Nehru’s Leadership (1947-64), , 729, , Relations with Neighbours, India and Pakistan, The unnaturalness and artificiality of partition impelled, Pakistan to try and establish its identity independent of India,, of which it was till 1947 a part by geography, history,, tradition and culture. Pakistan, since its birth, has the, aspiration for achieving parity with India in all fields. Thus,, Pakistan started competing with India at all international fora, and used all kinds of means to acquire prominence., , Kashmir Issue, , Pakistan refused to accept Kashmir’s accession to India on, October 26, 1947. In response to the Pakistan-sponsored, tribal attack, India, supported by the local population under, Sheikh Abdullah, undertook a swift military action. But,, unfortunately, before the task of rescuing the territory could, be accomplished, a complaint was lodged by Nehru with the, Security Council in January 1948. This resulted in a ceasefire, on January 1, 1949. India also agreed to hold plebiscite in, 1947 under international supervision but due to changed, circumstances, finally withdrew from the offer in 1955., Although diplomatic battles for Kashmir were fought in the, UNO and other international forums, no actual war took place, between the two countries upto 1964., , Indus River Water Dispute, , Equitable sharing of the waters of the Indus system had been, an issue of discord since partition. The partition gave India, 5 million of the 28 million acres of land irrigated by the, Indus. Most of the waters of the western parts of the Indus, system wento into the Arabian Sea. Some canals in Pakistan, depended on the eastern rivers flowing through the East, Punjab (India) for supplies. The headworks of some vital, canals in Pakistan come within the Indian territory. The, successive governments in Pakistan blamed India for any, calamity created by natural factors like droughts and floods, in Pakistan. So, under the guidance of the World Bank, an
Page 752 :
730, , A Brief History of Modern India, , interim agreement on canal waters was signed on April 17,, 1959. Subsequently, a comprehensive agreement between the, two countries, was signed on September 19, 1960 in Karachi., Unfortunately, till today, on several occasions, the Indus, Water Treaty has caused discord between two nations., , India and China, One of the first countries with which independent India, established diplomatic relations was the Nationalist, Government of China led by Chiang Kaishek. When the, Nationalist Government was overthrown by the Communists, in 1949, India was once more among the first countries to, recognise the new government led by Mao Tse Tung. India, consistently supported the efforts of the People’s Republic, of China to get admitted to the United Nations. But the, results of all these efforts proved frustrating for India., , Developments in Tibet and Panchsheel, , The Chinese army entered Tibet in 1950 and occupied it., India, apart from sharing about 2000 miles of frontier in the, Tibet region, had inherited several rights and obligations over, Tibet from the British rule. However, to maintain peace,, Nehru in 1954 concluded an agreement with China, which, formalised the Chinese occupation of Tibet. The agreement, is popularly known as Panchsheel., In 1959, a popular uprising took place in Tibet against, Chinese dominance. Though the upsurge was suppressed by, China, the religious head of Tibet, Dalai Lama fled and took, asylum in India. Taking this as an excuse, China in 1959, occupied Longju and 12,000 square miles of Indian territory, in Ladakh. This followed a series of protest notes,, memorandums and aide memoires being exchanged between, the two countries. In the next move, China laid claims on, large parts of Indian territories, after which the Chinese, prime minister, Chou-En-Lai came to New Delhi in April, 1960 to negotiate border disputes. Official teams of the two, countries also visited each other, but no agreement could be, reached and the border dispute continued.
Page 753 :
Developments under Nehru’s Leadership (1947-64), , 731, , Sino-India War, 1962, In October 1962, China attacked India in NEFA (Arunachal, Pradesh) and Ladakh. Thus, a war between the two countries, started, which ended in a military debacle for India. The, Chinese had a geographical advantage as well as superior, arms. Nehru turned to the USA and Britain for help. The, Western powers—the USA as well as Britain—pledged, support to India and were already flying arms to India. In, November 1962, China made a unilateral declaration of its, withdrawal. But China continued its occupation of a large, chunk of Ladakh—a much coveted strategic link between Sin, Kiang and southern China., India’s diplomatic efforts to pressurise China to return, the territories yielded no results. Even the Afro-Asian, mediation by Indonesia, Cambodia, Burma, UAR, Ghana and, Ceylon to find a peaceful solution of Sino-Indian border, dispute, at Colombo in December 1962, failed to get a, favourable response from China. In 1964, China tested its, first nuclear explosion, further alarming India., , Consequences of Sino-Indian War, (i) The war gave a big blow to the self-respect of India., (ii) The policy of non-alignment came under question., (iii) The Congress lost three parliamentary by-elections in, a row and Nehru had to face the first no-confidence, motion of his life., (iv) The Third Five-Year Plan was badly affected as, resources were diverted for defence., (v) India’s foreign policy took a change, as the US and, the UK had responded positively in the crisis, they, were to be considered in future. US intelligence, agencies developed links in the name of countering, the Chinese threat and even planted a nuclear-powered, device in the Himalayas., (vi) Pakistan, encouraged by the Indian debacle in the war,, was to attack India in 1965, covertly helped by China.
Page 754 :
732, , A Brief History of Modern India, , India and Nepal, The geographical location of Nepal has made it inseparable, from India from the point of view of India’s external security., Being conscious of this factor, India signed a treaty with, Nepal in July 1950 by which it recognised Nepal’s sovereignty,, territorial integrity and independence. The two countries, made a commitment to each other to inform each other of, any serious friction or misunderstanding arising on any, problem., , India and Bhutan, In August 1949, the two countries signed a treaty for, perpetual peace and friendship. India undertook to exercise, non-interference in the internal administration of Bhutan,, while Bhutan agreed to be guided by the advice of government, of India in regard to its external relations., , India and Sri Lanka, The Tamil-Sinhalese riots of 1958 and thereafter attracted, the sympathy of some Indian leaders for the Tamilian, population of Sri Lanka. This open sympathy, inside and, outside Indian Parliament, was disliked by the Sri Lankan, government. But the Indian government, considering the, ethnic disputes in Sri Lanka to be an internal matter of that, country, remained friendly towards Sri Lanka. Both nations, forged mutually beneficient economic and trade relations. In, fact, Sri Lanka supported NAM and did not join any military, alliance.
Page 755 :
Appendices
Page 760 :
Appendices, , 739, , Non-cooperation Movement, M.K. Gandhi issued a manifesto in March 1920,, announcing his doctrine of non-violent Non-Cooperation, Movement. He was the main force behind the movement and, urged the people to adopt swadeshi principles and habits, including hand spinning, weaving and work for removal of, untouchability. He addressed lakhs of people during his, nation-wide tour in 1921. He suspended the movement after, an outburst of violence at Chauri Chaura in UP in February, 1922., C.R. Das moved the main resolution on non-cooperation, in the annual session of the Congress in Nagpur in 1920 and, played a major role in promoting the movement. A successful, lawyer, he boycotted the law courts and gave up a lucrative, practice. His three subordinates and supporters, Birendranath, Samsal in Midnapore, J.M. Sengupta in Chittagong and, Subhash Bose in Calcutta played a major role in uniting the, Hindus and Muslims., Jawaharlal Nehru carried on the non-cooperation, propaganda and encouraged the formation of kisan sabhas to, take up the cause of the peasants exploited by government, policies. He was against Gandhi’s decision to withdraw the, movement., J.M. Sengupta, a Bengali nationalist leader, supported, the labourers on tea plantations in Assam in their protests, and strike., Basanti Debi, wife of C.R. Das, was one of the first, women volunteers to court arrest in 1921., Birendranath Samsal organised the anti-union board, agitation in the Contai and Tamluk sub-divisions of Midnapore., In November-December 1921, Samsal initiated a no-tax, movement among the Mahishya substantial tenantry of, Midnapore., Jitendralal Banerji organised the peasants in 192122 to resist settlement operations in Bogra, Pabna and, Birbhum.
Page 761 :
740, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Subhash Chandra Bose supported the movement and, resigned from the civil service. He was appointed the, principal of the National College in Calcutta., Ali brothers (Shaukat Ali and Muhammed Ali) who, were the foremost Khilafat leaders vehemently supported, Gandhi in his nation-wide tour to spread the movement. At, the All India Khilafat Conference, Muhammed Ali declared, that ‘it was religiously unlawful for the Muslims to continue, in the British Army’. The Ali brothers were arrested later., Motilal Nehru renounced his legal practice in response, to the non-cooperation call by Gandhi. He was arrested in, 1921. Other notable lawyers who gave up their practice, included M.R. Jayakar, Saifuddin Kitchlew, Vallabhbhai, Patel, C. Rajagopalachari, T. Prakasam and Asaf Ali. Their, sacrifice inspired many others, who boycotted government, jobs and entered the mainstream of freedom struggle., Lala Lajpat Rai was initially not in favour of the, policy of non-cooperation (he was against the boycott of, schools) but later he supported the movement. In fact he, protested against its withdrawal in 1922., Rajendra Prasad actively supported the Gandhian, movement in Bihar., Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel spread the movement in, Gujarat and regarded non-cooperation as a feasible alternative, to revolutionary terrorism to fight against a colonial, government., Motilal Tejawat organised the Bhils and the Bhil, movement strengthened the non-cooperation activities., Alluri Sitaram Raju led the tribals in Andhra and, combined their demands with those of the Non-Cooperation, Movement., Hasrat Mohani, a Khilafat leader, condemned the, arrest of the Ali brothers and demanded complete, independence., Purushottamdas Thakurdas, Jamnadas Dwarkadas,, Cowasji Jehangir, Phroze Sethna and Setalvad, all of
Page 763 :
742, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Singaravelu Chettiar was a lawyer and labour organiser, in Madras and played a significant role in merging the labour, and freedom movements. He was the first communist in south, India and was in favour of using non-violent non-cooperation, against ‘capitalistic autocracy’., Konda Venkatappaya, A. Kaleswara Rao, T., Prakasam and Pattabhi Sitaramaya led the Non-Cooperation, Movement in the Andhra delta region., Duggirala Gopalakrishnayya inspired the inhabitants, of the small town of Chirala-Parala in Guntur district to resist, the Government’s plan to make the town a municipality and, the hike in local taxes., N.C. Bardaloi, an Assam Congress leader, favoured, non-cooperation but was against strikes in plantations, as he, himself was a planter., ‘Assam Kesari’ Ambikagiri Roy Chaudhuri’s poetry, had a profound impact on the Assamese and helped in, arousing nationalist spirit in them., Muzaffar Ahmad formed the pioneer communist group, in Calcutta. He was influenced by M.N. Roy and Nalini, Gupta., Someshwarprasad Chaudhuri, a student in Calcutta,, organised the peasants protesting against indigo cultivation, on the Rajshaski-Nadia and Pabna-Murshidabad border., Purushottamdas Tandon, Ganesh Shankar Vidyarthi,, Govind Ballabh Pant and Lal Bahadur Shastri began their, political careers in 1920-21, with the onset of the NonCooperation Movement., Premchand, a well-known novelist, resigned his post, in a Gorakhpur government school in February 1921 and, started contributing to the journal Aaj. His novels, Premasharam, Rangbhumi etc., reflect Gandhian principles, and values and endorse non-cooperation as an effective, weapon to gain freedom., Baba Ramchandra organised peasants’ revolt in south, and south-east Awadh and helped merge the peasants’ revolt
Page 764 :
Appendices, , 743, , with the Non-Cooperation Movement. He was arrested in, February 1921., A. Shah Naim Ata announced himself ‘King of Salon’, and initiated no-taxes movement., M.N. Roy, a communist leader, was the editor of the, communist journal Vanguard. He condemned the sessions, court’s sentence to death to 172 of the 225 accused in the, Chauri Chaura incident (later, 19 were hanged and the rest, transported) as against 22 policemen killed., Bhagwan Ahir, an army pensioner in Gorakhpur village,, was beaten up by the British police. The incident flared up, nationalist sentiments in the village, which then led to the, killing of 22 policemen in Chauri-Chaura, by the peasants., , Civil Disobedience Movement, M.K. Gandhi formally launched the Civil Disobedience, Movement on April 6, 1930 by picking a handful of salt after, the completion of historic ‘Dandi March’ from Sabarmati, Ashram to Dandi, thus breaking the salt law imposed by the, Government. He was the major force behind the movement, and inspired grass-root participation in the freedom struggle., C. Rajagopalachari led a salt march from Trichinopoly, to Vedaranniyam on the Tanjore coast in Tamil Nadu, in, support of the Civil Disobedience Movement. He was, arrested on April 30, 1930., K. Kelappan, a Nair Congress leader, launched the, Vaikom Satyagraha and marched from Calicut to Payanneer, in defiance of salt laws., Jawaharlal Nehru was actively involved in the, movement and was arrested on April 17, 1930 for defiance, of the salt law. He formulated a radical agrarian programme, and suggested formation of the Constituent Assembly as the, prime political slogan., P. Krishna Pillai defended the national flag and, resisted lathicharge on the Calicut beach on November 11,, 1930. He later founded the Kerala Communist Movement.
Page 765 :
744, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Khan Abdul Gaffar Khan formed a clan of non-violent, revolutionaries, the Khudai Khidmatgars (known as Red, Shirts), who played an active role in the movement., Sarojini Naidu, the first Indian woman to become the, president of the Congress, was involved in a march towards, the Dharsana Salt Works, a government salt depot. Other, leaders who participated in this total non-violent affair were, Imam Saheb, Gandhi’s comrade of the South African struggle,, and Manilal, Gandhi’s son., Surya Sen’s Chittagong Revolt Group carried out a raid, on two armouries and declared the establishment of a, provisional government. He issued a manifesto in the name, of Indian Republican Army and called on the Indians to revolt, against the British rule., Abbas Tayabji, a leader of the nationalist Muslims in, Bombay, took the place of Gandhi in the movement after the, latter’s arrest. However, he too was arrested by the, Government., Ambalal Sarabhai and Kasturbhai Lakhai gave their, cooperation to Motilal Nehru in removing the barriers, between the Congress and the Bombay mill-owners and, industrialists., Industrialists such as G.D. Birla (who donated from, one to five lakh rupees), Jamnalal Bajaj (who served as the, AICC treasurer for several years and represented Gandhian, leadership in Bombay), Homi Modi, Walchand Hirachand,, Lalji Naranji, Purushottamdas Thakurdas, Lala Sri Ram, etc., supported the movement in its first phase. Homi Modi,, in his presidential speech to Bombay Mill-owners’ Association, in March 1931 said that though the Swadeshi Movement had, helped the Indian industry, frequent strikes had dislocated, trade and industry. Naranji and Thakurdas, who had remained, indifferent to the nationalist struggle in 1921, demanded, Indian control over finance, currency, fiscal policy and, railways. However, from September 1930, there was a sharp, decline in support from the industrialists and traders; with
Page 766 :
Appendices, , 745, , the prominent businessmen having differences of opinion, with the Congress., Chandraprabha Saikiani instigated the aboriginal, Kachari villagers in Assam to break forest laws., Subhash Bose and J.M. Sengupta led the faction group, in Bengal Congress and set up rival organisations to conduct, civil disobedience. Bose criticised Gandhi, when the latter, suspended the movement in May 1933. He was supported, by Vithalbhai Patel., Bonga Majhi and Somra Majhi led the movement in, Hazaribagh along the sanskritising lines with the Congress., Kalka Prasad, a local leader in Rai Bareilly, promoted, the no-rent campaign., Santi and Suniti Chaudhari assassinated the district, magistrate of Tippera, Stevens. Their action marked the entry, of women in the revolutionary movement., Seth Achal Singh, a nationalist landlord, financed the, Gram Seva Sangh in Agra and remained indifferent to riots, in the area, while strictly following the policy of nonviolence., Sheikh Abdullah, a Muslim graduate, started an agitation, and attacked the Srinagar jail on July 31, 1931 where 21, persons were killed in police firing. He also developed close, contacts with a group of anti-autocratic Jammu Hindus led, by P.N. Bazaz., Mohammed Yasin Khan, a Muslim leader in Punjab,, organised the Meos (semi-tribal peasant community with, leanings towards Islam) to protest against Maharaja Jaisingh, Sawai’s hike in revenue, begar, and reservation of forests, for the purpose of hunting., K.M. Ashraf, who became India’s first Marxist historian,, was associated with the movement., Pandit Madan Mohan Malaviya, who was an upholder, of Gandhian policies since 1920’s, began to drift away with, the launch of Harijan campaign by Gandhi. He started a, breakaway Congress Nationalist Party.
Page 768 :
Appendices, , 747, , A.K. Gopalan, a school teacher, was a popular activist, at Guruvayoor in Kerala and later became Kerala’s most, popular communist peasant leader., Mannu Gond and Chaitu Koiku offered forest, satyagraha in Betul in Central Provinces., Maulana Bhasani, organised a large praja sammelan, at Sirajgunj and demanded abolition of zamindari and reduction, in debts., B.T. Ranadeve and S.V. Deshpande in Bombay and, Abdul Halim, Somnath Lahiri and Ranen Sen in Calcutta, were the young communist militants who organised several, labour strikes. V.B. Karnik, Maniben Kara, Rajani Mukherji, and Niharendu Dutta were other leaders who started trade, union activities., M.N. Roy and his followers popularised socialist ideas, in the villages and a no-tax campaign was started in Awadh., , Quit India Movement, M.K. Gandhi planned an all-out campaign to compel, British withdrawal from India, after the failure of the Cripps, Mission to reach a compromise. At the historic August, meeting at Gowalia Tank in Bombay, Gandhi proclaimed his, mantra—’do or die’. He was arrested on August 9, 1942., He undertook a 21-day fast in February 1943 to protest, against the Government actions against Indians involved in, the movement., Jayaprakash Narayan was a member of the Congress, Socialist group and played a prominent role in the movement., Ram Manohar Lohia, Aruna Asaf Ali, Sucheta, Kripalani, Chhotubhai Puranik, Biju Patnaik, R.P. Goenka, and Achyut Patwardhan were leaders associated with the, underground movement and revolutionary activities in support, of Quit India Movement., Chittu Pande, who called himself a Gandhian, formed, a parallel government and captured all the ten police stations, in Ballia, in east UP in August 1942.
Page 769 :
748, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Usha Mehta actively supported the movement and was, an important member of a small group which ran the, Congress Radio., Jawaharlal Nehru initially supported the arch, Moderates, who were opposed to Gandhi’s plan, but later,, he moved the Quit India Resolution on August 8, 1942., Sumati Morarjee helped Achyut Patwardhan in his, underground activities. She later became India’s leading, woman industrialist., Rashbehari Bose, a revolutionary activist, was elected, the president of the Indian Independence League (formed in, March 1942) in June 1942. He was living in Japan since 1915, as a fugitive. He mobilised Indian soldiers taken as prisoners, of war by the Japanese forces (after the British was defeated, in South East Asia) for an armed rebellion against the British, colonial rule., Captain Mohan Singh, an Indian soldier fighting on, behalf of the British was taken as prisoner of war by the, Japanese. He was persuaded by a Japanese army officer to, work with the Japanese for India’s freedom. He was appointed, the commander of the Indian National Army., Subhash Chandra Bose joined the Indian National, Army in 1943. One of his most famous declarations was, “Tum mujhe khoon do mai tumhe azadi doonga” (You give, me blood, I will give you freedom). The INA played a, significant role in the independence struggle under the, leadership of Subhash Bose., C. Rajagopalachari and Bhulabhai Desai were the, arch-Moderates, who were in favour of recognising the rights, of Muslim majority provinces to secede through plebiscites, after independence had been gained. They resigned from the, AICC in July 1942., K.G. Mashruwalla brought out two militant issues of, Harijan (after the arrest of Mahadev Desai) to arouse the, sentiments of people.
Page 770 :
Appendices, , 749, , K.T. Bhashyam, a Congress leader in Bangalore, played, an active role in the trade union field and organised strikes, by about 30,000 workers., Satish Samanta, a local Congress leader and the first, sarbadhinayak of the Tamluk Jatiya Sarkar, helped in, establishing a rebel ‘national government’ in Tamluk subdivision of Midnapore., Matangini Hazra, a 73-year-old peasant widow in, Tamluk, was killed in violence on September 29, 1942, when, the Sutahata police-station was captured. Matangini kept the, national flag aloft even after being shot., Lakshman Naik, an illiterate villager, led a large tribal, population from Koraput to protest against the Jeypore, zamindari and attack police-stations. Lakshman Naik was, hanged on November 16, 1942 for allegedly murdering a, forest guard., Nana Patil headed a rebellion in Satara.
Page 771 :
750, , A Brief History of Modern India, , 2. Governors-General and Viceroys of, India: Significant Events in their Rule, Governors-General, 1. Warren Hastings 1773-1785, (i) Regulating Act of 1773., (ii) Act of 1781, under which the powers of jurisdiction, between the governor-general-in-council and the, Supreme Court at Calcutta, were clearly divided., (iii) Pitt’s India Act of 1784., (iv) The Rohilla War of 1774., (v) The First Maratha War in 1775-82 and the Treaty of, Salbai in 1782., (vi) Second Mysore War in 1780-84., (vii) Strained relationships with Chait Singh, the Maharaja, of Benaras, which led to Hastings’ subsequent, impeachment in England., (viii) Foundation of the Asiatic Society of Bengal (1784)., 2. Lord Cornwallis 1786-1793, (i) Third Mysore War (1790-92) and Treaty of Seringapatam (1792)., (ii) Cornwallis Code (1793) incorporating several judicial, reforms, and separation of revenue administration and, civil jurisdiction., (iii) Permanent Settlement of Bengal, 1793., (iv) Europeanisation of administrative machinery and, introduction of civil services., 3. Sir John Shore 1793-1798, (i) Charter Act of 1793.
Page 772 :
Appendices, , 751, , (ii) Battle of Kharda between the Nizam and the Marathas, (1795)., 4. Lord Wellesley 1798-1805, (i) Introduction of the Subsidiary Alliance System (1798);, first alliance with Nizam of Hyderabad., (ii) Fourth Mysore War (1799)., (iii) Second Maratha War (1803-05)., (iv) Took over the administration of Tanjore (1799),, Surat (1800) and Carnatic (1801)., (v) Treaty of Bassein (1802)., 5. Sir George Barlow 1805-1807, Vellore Mutiny (1806)., 6. Lord Minto I 1807-1813, Treaty of Amritsar with Ranjit Singh (1809)., 7. Lord Hastings 1813-1823, (i) Anglo-Nepal War (1814-16) and the Treaty of Sagauli,, 1816., (ii) Third Maratha War (1817-19) and dissolution of, Maratha Confederacy; creation of Bombay Presidency, (1818)., (iii) Strife with Pindaris (1817-1818)., (iv) Treaty with Sindhia (1817)., (v) Establishment of Ryotwari System by Thomas Munro,, governor of Madras (1820)., 8. Lord Amherst 1823-1828, (i) First Burmese War (1824-1826)., (ii) Capture of Bharatpur (1826)., 9. Lord William Bentinck 1828-1835, (i) Abolition of sati and other cruel rites (1829)., (ii) Suppression of thugi (1830)., (iii) Charter Act of 1833., (iv) Resolution of 1835, and educational reforms and, introduction of English as the official language.
Page 773 :
752, , A Brief History of Modern India, , (v) Annexation of Mysore (1831), Coorg (1834) and, Central Cachar (1834)., (vi) Treaty of ‘perpetual friendship’ with Ranjeet Singh., (vii) Abolition of the provincial courts of appeal and, circuit set up by Cornwallis, appointment of, commissioners of revenue and circuit., 10. Lord Metcalfe 1835-1836, New press law removing restrictions on the press in, India., 11. Lord Auckland 1836-1842, (i) First Afghan War (1838-42)., (ii) Death of Ranjit Singh (1839)., 12. Lord Ellenborough 1842-1844, (i) Annexation of Sindh (1843)., (ii) War with Gwalior (1843)., 13. Lord Hardinge I 1844-1848, (i) First Anglo-Sikh War (1845-46) and the Treaty of, Lahore (1846)., (ii) Social reforms including abolition of female, infanticide and human sacrifice., 14. Lord Dalhousie 1848-1856, (i) Second Anglo-Sikh War (1848-49) and annexation of, Punjab (1849)., (ii) Annexation of Lower Burma or Pegu (1852)., (iii) Introduction of the Doctrine of Lapse and annexation, of Satara (1848), Jaitpur and Sambhalpur (1849),, Udaipur (1852), Jhansi (1853), Nagpur (1854) and, Awadh (1856)., (iv) “Wood’s (Charles Wood, President of the Board of, Control) Educational Despatch” of 1854 and opening, of Anglo-vernacular schools and government colleges., (v) Railway Minute of 1853; and laying down of first, railway line connecting Bombay and Thane in 1853.
Page 774 :
Appendices, , 753, , (vi) Telegraph (4000 miles of telegraph lines to connect, Calcutta with Bombay, Madras and Peshawar) and, postal (Post Office Act, 1854) reforms., (vii) Ganges Canal declared open (1854); establishment of, separate public works department in every province., (viii) Widow Remarriage Act (1856)., 15. Lord Canning 1856-1857, (i) Establishment of three universities at Calcutta, Madras, and Bombay in 1857., (ii) Revolt of 1857., Viceroys, 1. Lord Canning 1858-1862, (i) Transfer of control from East India Company to the, Crown, the Government of India Act, 1858., (ii) ‘White Mutiny’ by European troops in 1859., (iii) Indian Councils Act of 1861., 2. Lord Elgin I 1862-1863, Wahabi Movement, 3. Lord John Lawrence 1864-1869, (i) Bhutan War (1865), (ii) Setting up of the High Courts at Calcutta, Bombay, and Madras (1865)., 4. Lord Mayo 1869-1872, (i) Opening of the Rajkot College in Kathiawar and the, Mayo College at Ajmer for political training of, Indian princes., (ii) Establishment of Statistical Survey of India., (iii) Establishment of Department of Agriculture and, Commerce., (iv) Introduction of state railways., 5. Lord Northbrook 1872-1876, (i) Visit of Prince of Wales in 1875.
Page 775 :
754, , A Brief History of Modern India, , (ii) Trial of Gaekwar of Baroda., (iii) Kuka Movement in Punjab., 6. Lord Lytton 1876-1880, (i) Famine of 1876-78 affecting Madras, Bombay,, Mysore, Hyderabad, parts of central India and Punjab;, appointment of Famine Commission under the, presidency of Richard Strachey (1878)., (ii) Royal Titles Act (1876), Queen Victoria assuming, the title of ‘Kaiser-i-Hind’ or Queen Empress of, India., (iii) The Vernacular Press Act (1878)., (iv) The Arms Act (1878)., (v) The Second Afghan War (1878-80)., 7. Lord Ripon 1880-1884, (i) Repeal of the Vernacular Press Act (1882)., (ii) The first Factory Act (1881) to improve labour, conditions., (iii) Continuation of financial decentralisation., (iv) Government resolution on local self-government, (1882)., (v) Appointment of Education Commission under, chairmanship of Sir William Hunter (1882)., (vi) The Ilbert Bill controversy (1883-84)., (vii) Rendition of Mysore., 8. Lord Dufferin 1884-1888, (i) The Third Burmese War (1885-86)., (ii) Establishment of the Indian National Congress., 9. Lord Lansdowne 1888-1894, (i) Factory Act (1891)., (ii) Categorisation of civil services into imperial,, provisional and subordinate., (iii) Indian Councils Act (1892)., (iv) Setting up of Durand Commission (1893) to define
Page 776 :
Appendices, , 755, , the Durand Line between India and Afghanistan (now, between Pakistan and Afghanistan; a small portion of, the line touches India in Pakistan occupied Kashmir)., 10. Lord Elgin II 1894-1899, Two British officials assassinated by Chapekar, brothers (1897)., 11. Lord Curzon 1899-1905, (i) Appointment of Police Commission (1902) under Sir, Andrew Frazer to review police administration., (ii) Appointment of Universities Commission (1902) and, passing of Indian Universities Act (1904)., (iii) Establishment of Department of Commerce and, Industry., (iv) Calcutta Corporation Act (1899)., (v) Ancient Monuments Preservation Act (1904)., (vi) Partition of Bengal (1905)., (vii) Curzon-Kitchener controversy., (viii) Younghusband’s Mission to Tibet (1904)., 12. Lord Minto II 1905-1910, (i) Popularisation of anti-partition and Swadeshi, Movements., (ii) Split in Congress in the annual session of 1907 in, Surat., (iii) Establishment of Muslim League by Aga Khan (1906)., 13. Lord Hardinge II 1910-1916, (i) Creation of Bengal Presidency (like Bombay and, Madras) in 1911., (ii) Transfer of capital from Calcutta to Delhi (1911)., (iii) Establishment of the Hindu Mahasabha (1915) by, Madan Mohan Malaviya., (iv) Coronation durbar of King George V held in Delhi, (1911)., 14. Lord Chelmsford 1916-1921, (i) Formation of Home Rule Leagues by Annie Besant, and Tilak (1916).
Page 777 :
756, , A Brief History of Modern India, , (ii) Lucknow session of the Congress (1916)., (iii) Lucknow pact between the Congress and Muslim, League (1916)., (iv) Foundation of Sabarmati Ashram (1916) after Gandhi’s, return; launch of Champaran Satyagraha (1916), Kheda, Satyagraha (1918), and Satyagraha at Ahmedabad, (1918)., (v) Montagu’s August Declaration (1917)., (vi) Government of India Act (1919)., (vii) The Rowlatt Act (1919)., (viii) Jallianwalla Bagh massacre (1919)., (ix) Launch of Non-Cooperation and Khilafat Movements., (x) Foundation of Women’s University at Poona (1916), and appointment of Saddler’s Commission (1917) for, reforms in educational policy., (xi) Death of Tilak (August 1, 1920)., (xii) Appointment of S.P. Sinha as governor of Bihar (the, first Indian to become a governor)., 15. Lord Reading 1921-1926, (i) Chauri Chaura incident (February 5, 1922) and the, subsequent withdrawal of Non-Cooperation, Movement., (ii) Moplah rebellion in Kerala (1921)., (iii) Repeal of the Press Act of 1910 and the Rowlatt Act, of 1919., (iv) Criminal Law Amendment Act and abolition of cotton, excise., (v) Communal riots in Multan, Amritsar, Delhi, Aligarh,, Arvi and Calcutta., (vi) Kakori train robbery (1925)., (vii) Murder of Swami Shraddhanand (1926)., (viii) Establishment of Swaraj Party by C.R. Das and, Motilal Nehru (1922)., (ix) Decision to hold simultaneous examinations for the, ICS both in Delhi and London, with effect from 1923.
Page 778 :
Appendices, , 757, , 16. Lord Irwin 1926-1931, (i) Visit of Simon Commission to India (1928) and the, boycott of the commission by the Indians., (ii) An All-Parties Conference held at Lucknow (1928), for suggestions for the (future) Constitution of India,, the report of which was called the Nehru Report or, the Nehru Constitution., (iii) Appointment of the Harcourt Butler Indian States, Commission (1927)., (iv) Murder of Saunders, the assistant superintendent of, police of Lahore; bomb blast in the Assembly Hall, of Delhi (1929); the Lahore Conspiracy Case and, death of Jatin Das after prolonged hunger strike, (1929), and bomb accident in train in Delhi (1929)., (v) Lahore session of the Congress (1929); Purna Swaraj, Resolution., (vi) Dandi March (March 12, 1930) by Gandhi to launch, the Civil Disobedience Movement., (vii) ‘Deepavali Declaration’ by Lord Irwin (1929)., (viii) Boycott of the First Round Table Conference (1930),, Gandhi-Irwin Pact (1931) and suspension of Civil, Disobedience Movement., 17. Lord Willingdon 1931-1936, (i) Second Round Table Conference (1931) and failure, of the conference, resumption of Civil Disobedience, Movement., (ii) Announcement of Communal Award (1932) under, which separate communal electorates were set up., (iii) ‘Fast unto death’ by Gandhi in Yeravada prison,, broken after the Poona Pact (1932)., (iv) Third Round Table Conference (1932)., (v) Launch of Individual Civil Disobedience (1933)., (vi) The Government of India Act of 1935., (vii) Establishment of All India Kisan Sabha (1936) and
Page 779 :
758, , A Brief History of Modern India, , Congress Socialist Party by Acharya Narendra Dev, and Jayaprakash Narayan (1934)., (viii) Burma separated from India (1935)., 18. Lord Linlithgow 1936-1944, (i) First general elections (1936-37); Congress attained, absolute majority., (ii) Resignation of the Congress ministries after the, outbreak of the Second World War (1939)., (iii) Subhash Chandra Bose elected as the president of, Congress at the fifty-first session of the Congress, (1938)., (iv) Resignation of Bose in 1939 and formation of the, Forward Bloc (1939)., (v) Lahore Resolution (March 1940) by the Muslim, League, demand for separate state for Muslims., (vi) ‘August Offer’ (1940) by the viceroy; its criticism, by the Congress and endorsement by the Mulsim, League., (vii) Winston Churchill elected prime minister of England, (1940)., (viii) Escape of Subhash Chandra Bose from India (1941), and organisation of the Indian National Army., (ix) Cripps Mission’s Cripps Plan to offer dominion, status to India and setting up of a Constituent, Assembly; its rejection by the Congress., (x) Passing of the ‘Quit India Resolution’ by the Congress, (1942); outbreak of ‘August Revolution’; or Revolt, of 1942 after the arrest of national leaders., (xi) ‘Divide and Quit’ slogan at the Karachi session, (1944) of the Muslim League., 19. Lord Wavell 1944-1947, (i) C. Rajagopalachari’s CR Formula (1944), failure of, Gandhi-Jinnah talks (1944)., (ii) Wavell Plan and the Shimla Conference (1942).
Page 780 :
Appendices, , 759, , (iii) End of Second World War (1945)., (iv) Proposals of the Cabinet Mission (1946) and its, acceptance by the Congress., (v) Observance of ‘Direct Action Day’ (August 16,, 1948) by the Muslim League., (vi) Elections to the Constituent Assembly, formation of, Interim Government by the Congress (September, 1946)., (vii) Announcement of end of British rule in India by, Clement Attlee (prime minister of England) on, February 20, 1947., 20. Lord Mountbatten 1947-1948, (i) June Third Plan (June 3, 1947) announced., (ii) Introduction of Indian Independence Bill in the House, of Commons., (iii) Appointment of two boundary commissions under Sir, Cyril Radcliff for the partition of Bengal and Punjab.
Page 791 :
Movement/, d Place, , People Associated with it, , ment; Qadiani in, , Mirza Ghulam Ahmad (1839-1908)—, founder, , sociation; Madras, , Viresialingam Pantulu, , ssion founded in, at Belur and, e focal points—, , Vivekananda (originally Narendranath, Dutta), 1863-1902 (its founder);, Ramakrishna Paramhansa (1834-86)—, Vivekananda’s guru, , Nature and Obje, and Media Effor, , consumption, and, vegetarian food., Defended Islam fro, Christian mission, revivalists; belief i, religion; Ghula, proclaimed himself, and as an incarna, Krishna., Social purity move, devadasi system an, of widows., Sought to revive Hi, on ancient India’s r, and concepts (of V, against caste r, oppression, sup, Hinduism, aimed to, and overhaul th, system.
Page 793 :
5. Famous Trials of the Nationalist Period, , al, , h Zafar; January, March 9, 1858, Delhi), th Banerjea;, 883 in Calcutta, ar Tilak; 1897,, , Ghosh and 37, ore Bombay Case, 909, ar; 1910 and, , Charges, , Verdict, , treason, conspiracy, rebellion and, murder in 1857 revolt, , convicted and exiled t, , contempt of court, on his remarks, in The Bengalee, , sent to civil jail for t, , provocative articles in Kesari, , 18 months’ imprisonm, six years’ exile to Ma, fine of Rs 1000 fo, writings (1908); no ja, was imposed (1916)., spent a year in jail as a, prisoner., , attempt to murder district judge, of Muzaffarpur, delivering infuriating speeches, against British and procuring and, distributing arms, , two consecutive life tra, (50 years); the Interna, of Arbitration at the, held him guilty; spent, Andaman jail (1911-1
Page 794 :
and Shankarlal Banker, er of Young India);, , four inflammatory articles against, the British in Young India, , sentenced to jail, set free in 1924, , munists in the Meerut, acy Case; March 1929, Singh; June 1929, , conspiracy against the British, , received sentence, years to life sent, received transpor, , 9, , oy; 1931-1932, , Nawaz Khan, Prem, Sehgal and Gurbaksh, hillon in the INA trials;, Red Fort, Delhi, , throwing a bomb in Central, Assembly, killing police head constable,, Saunders, conspiracy and sedition, waging war by murdering or, abetment of murder, , sentenced to dea, , sentenced to, imprisonment (la, years)., sentences of trans, were remitted;, cashiering and for, of pay and al, confirmed.
Page 797 :
7. Peasant Movements, , nt / Year / Region, , Causes and Consequences, , Movement, under leadership of Mir, or Titu Mir (1782-1831; West, , Against Hindu landlords who impose, on the Farazis., , Movement of the Hajong and Garo, he leadership of Karam Shah and Tipu, 835; Mymensingh district, earlier in, , Against hike in rents; the movement w, suppressed., , sings (1836-1854; Malabar), , Against rise in revenue demand and r, field size., Against terms imposed by Europ, planters; Indigo Commission was set, to view the situation., Against corrupt practices of Gujarati a, moneylenders; Agriculturists’ Relief, was passed., Against the British failure to take up, measures., , t by Bengal indigo cultivators led by, d Bishnu Biswas (1859-1860; Nadia, , nts’ Uprising by the Maratha peasants, h village and Poona in Maharashtra), , mosi Uprising by Ramosi peasants led, o Balwant Phadke (1877-1887;
Page 798 :
grarian Uprising led by Shah Chandra Roy,, u Pal, Khoodi Mollah and supported by, hatterjee and R.C. Dutt (1873; Pabna, East Bengal, now in Bangladesh), , Against policies of zamindars to p, from acquiring occupancy righ, Tenancy Act of 1885 was pas, , Peasants’ Revolt (during the last decade of, century, Punjab), , Against prospects of losing their, Land Alienation Act, 1900 was, imposed regulations on sale and m, and revenue demands., , ran Satyagraha by peasants of Champaran, Bihar), , Against the tinkathia system i, European indigo planters; the Cha, Act abolished the tinkathia syst, , Satyagraha by peasants of Kheda, led by, (1918; Gujarat), , Against ignored appeals for rem, revenue in case of crop failure, were finally fulfilled., , Satyagraha by the Kunbi-Patidar landpeasants and untouchables, supported by, rothers, Vallabhbhai Patel (1928; Surat,, , Against oppression by upper ca, revenue by 22 per cent by, Government; the revenue was b, 6.03 per cent.
Page 800 :
8. Newspapers and Journals, , he, nal, , Year and Place, from which Published, , Name of the Fou, Editor, , ette (also, eneral Advertiser),, , 1780, Calcutta, , Started by James A, (Irishman), , te, , 1787, Calcutta, , urier, from Madras), rald, from Bombay), ld (in English), , 1784, Madras, , Henry Louis V, associated with it., —, , 1789, Bombay, , —, , a, li monthly), urnal, ette, li newspaper), , 1795, Madras, , Started by R. William, and published by H, , 1818, Calcutta, 1818, 1818, Calcutta, , —, Started by J.S. Buc, Harishchandra Ray
Page 805 :
Spectrum Books, Private Limited, UPSC CIVIL SERVICES PRELIMS 2017, 1. Handbook of General Studies for Civil Services, Preliminary Paper-I, 2. Handbook of General Studies for Civil Services, Preliminary Paper-II, STATE CIVIL SERVICES PRELIMS 2017, 3. Indian History (Optionals), 4. Political Science (Optionals), 5. Public Administration (Optionals), 6. Sociology (Optionals), CIVIL SERVICES MAINS 2017, 7. A Brief History of Modern India, 8. Facets of Indian Culture, 9. Gandhi, Nehru, Tagore & Other Eminent, Personalities of Modern India, 10. Indian Polity, 11. International Organisations, Conferences and Treaties, 12. Geography of India, 13. Developments in Science and Technology, 14. Statistical Analysis, Graphs and Diagrams, 15. Comprehensive History of Modern India (Optionals), 16. Historical Atlas of India (Optionals), 17. Geography (Optionals), 18. Public Administration Theories and Principles, , 1595, 805, , 665, 645, 465, 435, 365, 340, 245, 595, 415, 455, 510, 315, 505, 265, 765, 525, , SPECTRUM’S ENGLISH LANGUAGE SERIES, 19. A Book of Essays, 20. A Book of Short Essays, 21. English Grammar—A User’s Manual, 22. Comprehension and Precis, , 385, 60, 195, 75, , SPECTRUM’S BOOKS FOR BANKING AND, OTHER COMPETITIVE EXAMS, 23. Objective English, 24. Quantitative Aptitude, , 475, 545, , SPECTRUM’S LITSCAN, 25. Critical Evaluation of T.S. Eliot’s Poems, 26. Critical Evaluation of W.B. Yeats’ Poems, 27. Huckleberry Finn - Mark Twain, 28. Philip Larkin : Critical Evaluation of Selected Poems, , 195, 175, 175, 105, , OTHERS, 29. The Media Effect, 30. Philosophers from Socrates to Sartre, 31. Scientists from Pythagoras to Hubble, , 165, 135, 135
